diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 783-0.txt | 7470 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 783-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 140908 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 783-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 148288 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 783-h/783-h.htm | 9430 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 783.txt | 7469 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 783.zip | bin | 0 -> 140421 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/locty10.txt | 7956 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/locty10.zip | bin | 0 -> 138793 bytes |
11 files changed, 32341 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/783-0.txt b/783-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..acef492 --- /dev/null +++ b/783-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7470 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Lost City, by Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Lost City + +Author: Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + +Posting Date: July 27, 2008 [EBook #783] +Release Date: January 1997 +Last Updated: March 14, 2018 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST CITY *** + + + + +Produced by Charles Keller + + + + + +THE LOST CITY + +By Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + + + +CONTENTS. + + CHAPTER + I. NATURE IN TRAVAIL + II. PROFESSOR FEATHERWIT TAKING NOTES + III. RIDING THE TORNADO + IV. THE PROFESSOR'S LITTLE EXPERIMENT + V. THE PROFESSOR'S UNKNOWN LAND + VI. A BRACE OF UNWELCOME VISITORS + VII. THE PROFESSOR'S GREAT ANTICIPATIONS + VIII. A DUEL TO THE DEATH + IX. GRAPPLING A QUEER FISH + X. RESCUED AND RESCUERS + XI. ANOTHER SURPRISE FOR THE PROFESSOR + XII. THE STORY OF A BROKEN LIFE + XIII. THE LOST CITY OF THE AZTECS + XIV. A MARVELLOUS VISION + XV. ASTOUNDING, YET TRUE + XVI. CAN IT BE TRUE? + XVII. AN ENIGMA FOR THE BROTHERS + XVIII. SOMETHING LIKE A WHITE ELEPHANT + XIX. THE CHILDREN OF THE SUN GOD + XX. THE PROFESSOR AND THE AZTEC + XXI. DISCUSSING WAYS AND MEANS + XXII. A DARING UNDERTAKING + XXIII. A FLIGHT UNDERGROUND + XXIV. THE SUN CHILDREN'S PERIL + XXV. WALDO GOES FISHING + XXVI. DOWN AMONG THE DEAD + XXVII. PENETRATING GRIM SECRETS + XXVIII. BROUGHT BEFORE THE GODS + XXIX. BENEATH THE SACRIFICIAL STONE + XXX. AGAINST OVERWHELMING ODDS + XXXI. DEFENDING THE SUN CHILDREN + XXXII. ADIEU TO THE LOST CITY + + + + + +THE LOST CITY. + + + +CHAPTER I. NATURE IN TRAVAIL. + +“I say, professor?” + +“Very well, Waldo; proceed.” + +“Wonder if this isn't a portion of the glorious climate, broken loose +from its native California, and drifting up this way on a lark?” + +“If so, said lark must be roasted to a turn,” declared the third (and +last) member of that little party, drawing a curved forefinger across +his forehead, then flirting aside sundry drops of moisture. “I can't +recall such another muggy afternoon, and if we were only back in what +the scientists term the cyclone belt--” + +“We would be all at sea,” quickly interposed the professor, the fingers +of one hand vigorously stirring his gray pompadour, while the other +was lifted in a deprecatory manner. “At sea, literally as well as +metaphorically, my dear Bruno; for, correctly speaking, the ocean alone +can give birth to the cyclone.” + +“Why can't you remember anything, boy?” sternly cut in the roguish-eyed +youngster, with admonitory forefinger, coming to the front. “How many +times have I told you never to say blue when you mean green? Why don't +you say Kansas zephyr? Or windy-auger? Or twister? Or whirly-gust on a +corkscrew wiggle-waggle? Or--well, almost any other old thing that you +can't think of at the right time? W-h-e-w! Who mentioned sitting on a +snowdrift, and sucking at an icicle? Hot? Well, now, if this isn't a +genuine old cyclone breeder, then I wouldn't ask a cent!” + +Waldo Gillespie let his feet slip from beneath him, sitting down with +greater force than grace, back supported against a gnarled juniper, +loosening the clothes at his neck while using his other hand to ply his +crumpled hat as a fan. + +Bruno laughed outright at this characteristic anticlimax, while +Professor Featherwit was obliged to smile, even while compelled to +correct. + +“Tornado, please, nephew; not cyclone.” + +“Well, uncle Phaeton, have it your own way. Under either name, I +fancy the thing-a-ma-jig would kick up a high old bobbery with a man's +political economy should it chance to go bu'st right there! And, +besides, when I was a weenty little fellow I was taught never to call +a man a fool or a liar--” + +“Waldo!” sharply warned his brother, turning again. + +“So long as I knew myself to be in the wrong,” coolly finished the +youngster, face grave, but eyes twinkling, as they turned towards his +mistaken mentor. “What is it, my dear Bruno?” + +“There is one thing neither cyclone nor tornado could ever deprive you +of, Kid, and that is--” + +“My beauty, wit, and good sense,--thanks, awfully! Nor you, my dear +Bruno, although my inbred politeness forbids my explaining just why.” + +There was a queer-sounding chuckle as Professor Featherwit turned away, +busying himself about that rude-built shed and shanty which sheltered +the pride of his brain and the pet of his heart, while Bruno smiled +indulgently as he took a few steps away from those stunted trees in +order to gain a fairer view of the stormy heavens. + +Far away towards the northeast, rising above the distant hill, now +showed an ugly-looking cloud-bank which almost certainly portended a +storm of no ordinary dimensions. + +Had it first appeared in the opposite quarter of the horizon, Bruno +would have felt a stronger interest in the clouds, knowing as he did +that the miscalled “cyclone” almost invariably finds birth in +the southwest. Then, too, nearly all the other symptoms were +noticeable,--the close, “muggy” atmosphere; the deathlike stillness; the +lack of oxygen in the air, causing one to breathe more rapidly, yet with +far less satisfying results than usual. + +Even as Bruno gazed, those heavy cloud-banks changed, both in shape +and in colour, taking on a peculiar greenish lustre which only too +accurately forebodes hail of no ordinary force. + +His cry to this effect brought the professor forth from the shed-like +shanty, while Waldo roused up sufficiently to speak: + +“To say nothing of yonder formation way out over the salty drink, my +worthy friends, who intimated that a cyclone was born at sea?” + +Professor Featherwit frowned a bit as his keen little rat-like eyes +turned towards that quarter of the heavens; but the frown was not for +Waldo, nor for his slightly irreverent speech. + +Where but a few minutes before there had been only a few light clouds +in sight, was now a heavy bank of remarkable shape, its crest a straight +line as though marked by an enormous ruler, while the lower edge was +broken into sharp points and irregular sections, the whole seeming to +float upon a low sea of grayish copper. + +“Well, well, that looks ugly, decidedly ugly, I must confess,” the wiry +little professor spoke, after that keen scrutiny. + +“Really, now?” drawled Waldo, who was nothing if not contrary on the +surface. “Barring a certain little topsy-turvyness which is something +out of the ordinary, I'd call that a charming bit of--Great guns and +little cannon-balls!” + +For just then there came a shrieking blast of wind from out the +northeast, bringing upon its wings a brief shower of hail, intermingled +with great drops of rain which pelted all things with scarcely less +force than did those frozen particles. + +“Hurrah!” shrilly screamed Waldo, as he dashed out into the storm, +fairly revelling in the sudden change. “Who says this isn't 'way up in +G?' Who says--out of the way, Bruno! Shut that trap-door in your face, +so another fellow may get at least a share of the good things coming +straight down from--ow--wow!” + +Through the now driving rain came flashing larger particles, and one +of more than ordinary size rebounded from that curly pate, sending its +owner hurriedly to shelter beneath the scrubby trees, one hand ruefully +rubbing the injured part. + +Faster fell the drops, both of rain and of ice, clattering against the +shanty and its adjoining shed with an uproar audible even above the +sullenly rolling peals of heavy thunder. + +The rain descended in perfect sheets for a few minutes, while the +hailstones fell thicker and faster, growing in size as the storm raged, +already beginning to lend those red sands a pearly tinge with their +dancing particles. Now and then an aerial monster would fall, to draw +a wondering cry from the brothers, and on more than one occasion Waldo +risked a cracked crown by dashing forth from shelter to snatch up a +remarkable specimen. + +“Talk about your California fruit! what's the matter with good old +Washington Territory?” he cried, tightly clenching one fist and holding +a hailstone alongside by way of comparison. “Look at that, will you? +Isn't it a beauty? See the different shaded rings of white and clear +ice. See--brother, it is as large as my fist!” + +But for once Professor Phaeton Featherwit was fairly deaf to the claims +of this, in some respects his favourite nephew, having scuttled back +beneath the shed, where he was busily stowing away sundry articles of +importance into a queerly shaped machine which those rough planks fairly +shielded from the driving storm. + +Having performed this duty to his own satisfaction, the professor came +back to where the brothers were standing, viewing with them such of the +storm as could be itemised. That was but little, thanks to the driving +rain, which cut one's vision short at but a few rods, while the +deafening peals of thunder prevented any connected conversation during +those first few minutes. + +“Good thing we've got a shelter!” cried Waldo, involuntarily shrinking +as the plank roof was hammered by several mammoth stones of ice. “One of +those chunks of ice would crack a fellow's skull just as easy!” + +Yet the next instant he was out in the driving storm, eagerly snatching +at a brace of those frozen marvels, heedless of his own risk or of the +warning shouts sent after him by those cooler-brained comrades. + +Thunder crashed in wildest unison with almost blinding sheets of +lightning, the rain and hail falling thicker and heavier than ever for a +few moments; but then, as suddenly as it had come, the storm passed on, +leaving but a few scattered drops to fetch up the rear. + +“Isn't that pretty nearly what people call a cloudburst, uncle Phaeton?” + asked Bruno, curiously watching that receding mass of what from their +present standpoint looked like vapour. + +“Those wholly ignorant of meteorological phenomena might so pronounce, +perhaps, but never one who has given the matter either thought or +study,” promptly responded the professor, in no wise loth to give a free +lecture, no matter how brief it might be, perforce. “It is merely nature +seeking to restore a disturbed equilibrium; a current of colder air, in +search of a temporary vacuum, caused by--” + +“But isn't that just what produces cy--tornadoes, though?” interrupted +Waldo, with scant politeness. + +“Precisely, my dear boy,” blandly agreed their mentor, rubbing his +hands briskly, while peering through rain-dampened glasses, after that +departing storm. “And I have scarcely a doubt but that a tornado of no +ordinary magnitude will be the final outcome of this remarkable display. +For, as the record will amply prove, the most destructive windstorms are +invariably heralded by a fall of hail, heavy in proportion to the--” + +“Then I'd rather be excused, thank you, sir!” again interrupted the +younger of the brothers, shrugging his shoulders as he stepped forth +from shelter to win a fairer view of the space stretching away towards +the south and the west. “I always laughed at tales of hailstones large +as hen's eggs, but now I know better. If I was a hen, and had to match +such a pattern as these, I'd petition the legislature to change my name +to that of ostrich,--I just would, now!” + +Bruno proved to be a little more amenable to the law of politeness, and +to him Professor Featherwit confined his sapient remarks for the time +being, giving no slight amount of valuable information anent these +strange phenomena of nature in travail. + +He spoke of the different varieties of land-storms, showing how a +tornado varied from a hurricane or a gale, then again brought to the +front the vital difference between a cyclone, as such, and the miscalled +“twister,” which has wrought such dire destruction throughout a large +portion of our own land during more recent years. + +While that little lecture would make interesting reading for those who +take an interest in such matters, it need scarcely be reproduced in this +connection, more particularly as, just when the professor was getting +fairly warmed up to his work, an interruption came in the shape of a +sharp, eager shout from the lips of Waldo Gillespie. + +“Look--look yonder! What a funny looking cloud that is!” + +A small clump of trees growing upon a rising bit of ground interfered +with the view of his brother and uncle, for Waldo was pointing almost +due southeast; yet his excitement was so pronounced that both the +professor and Bruno hastened in that direction, stopping short as they +caught a fair sight of the object indicated. + +A mighty mass of wildly disturbed clouds, black and green and white and +yellow all blending together and constantly shifting positions, out of +which was suddenly formed a still more ominous shape. + +A mass of lurid vapour shot downwards, taking on the general semblance +of a balloon, as it swayed madly back and forth, an elongating trunk or +tongue reaching still nearer the earth, with fierce gyrations, as though +seeking to fasten upon some support. + +Not one of that trio had ever before gazed upon just such another +creation, yet one and all recognised the truth,--this was a veritable +tornado, just such as they had read in awed wonder about, time and time +again. + +Neither one of the brothers Gillespie were cravens, in any sense of the +word, but now their cheeks grew paler, and they seemed to shrink from +yonder airy monster, even while watching it grow into shape and awful +power. + +Professor Featherwit was no less absorbed in this wondrous spectacle, +but his was the interest of a scientist, and his pulse beat as ordinary, +his brain remaining as clear and calm as ever. + +“I hardly believe we have anything to fear from this tornado, my lads,” + he said, taking note of their uneasiness. “According to both rule and +precedent, yonder tornado will pass to the east of our present position, +and we will be as safe right here as though we were a thousand miles +away.” + +“But,--do they always move towards the northeast, uncle Phaeton?” + +“As a rule, yes; but there are exceptions, of course. And unless this +should prove to be one of those rare ex--er--” + +“Look!” cried Waldo, with swift gesticulation. “It's coming this way, or +I never--ISN'T it coming this way?” + +“Unless this should prove to be one of those rare exceptions, my dear +boy, I can promise you that--Upon my soul!” with an abrupt change of +both tone and manner, “I really believe it IS coming this way!” + +“It is--it is coming! Get a move on, or we'll never know--hunt a hole +and pull it in after you!” fairly screamed Waldo, turning in flight. + + + +CHAPTER II. PROFESSOR FEATHERWIT TAKING NOTES. + +“To the house!” cried the professor, raising his voice to overcome +yonder sullen roar, which was now beginning to come their way. “Trust +all to the aeromotor, and 'twill be well with us!” + +The wiry little man of science himself fell to work with an energy which +told how serious he regarded the emergency, and, acting under his lead, +the brothers manfully played their part. + +Just as had been done many times before this day, a queer-looking +machine was shoved out from the shed, gliding along the wooden ways +prepared for that express purpose, while Professor Featherwit hurried +aboard a few articles which past experience warned him might prove of +service in the hours to come, then sharply cried to his nephews: + +“Get aboard, lads! Time enough, yet none to spare in idle motions. See! +The storm is drifting our way in deadly earnest!” + +And so it seemed, in good sooth. + +Now fairly at its dread work of destruction, tearing up the rain +dampened dirt and playing with mighty boulders, tossing them here and +there, as a giant of olden tales might play with jackstones, snapping +off sturdy trees and whipping them to splinters even while hurling them +as a farmer sows his grain. + +Just the one brief look at that aerial monster, then both lads hung fast +to the hand-rail of rope, while the professor put that cunning machinery +in motion, causing the air-ship to rise from its ways with a sudden +swooping movement, then soaring upward and onward, in a fair curve, as +graceful and steady as a bird on wing. + +All this took some little time, even while the trio were working as men +only can when dear life is at stake; but the flying-machine was +afloat and fairly off upon the most marvellous journey mortals ever +accomplished, and that ere yonder death-balloon could cover half the +distance between. + +“Grand! Glorious! Magnificent!” fairly exploded the professor, when he +could risk a more comprehensive look, right hand tightly gripping the +polished lever through which he controlled that admirable mechanism. “I +have longed for just such an opportunity, and now--the camera, Bruno! We +must never neglect to improve such a marvellous chance for--get out the +camera, lad!” + +“Get out of the road, rather!” bluntly shouted Waldo, face unusually +pale, as he stared at yonder awful force in action. “Of course I'm not +scared, or anything like that, uncle Phaeton, but--I want to rack out o' +this just about the quickest the law allows! Yes, I DO, now!” + +“Wonderful! Marvellous! Incredible! That rara avis, an exception to all +exceptions!” declared the professor, more deeply stirred than either of +his nephews had ever seen him before. “A genuine tornado which has +no eastern drift; which heads as directly as possible towards the +northwest, and at the same time--incredible!” + +Only ears of his own caught these sentences in their entirety, for now +the storm was fairly bellowing in its might, formed of a variety of +sounds which baffles all description, but which, in itself, was more +than sufficient to chill the blood of even a brave man. Yet, almost as +though magnetised by that frightful force, the professor was holding his +air-ship steady, loitering there in its direct path, rather than fleeing +from what surely would prove utter destruction to man and machine alike. + +For a few moments Bruno withstood the temptation, but then leaned far +enough to grasp both hand and tiller, forcing them in the requisite +direction, causing the aeromotor to swing easily around and dart away +almost at right angles to the track of the tornado. + +That roar was now as of a thousand heavily laden trains rumbling over +hollow bridges, and the professor could only nod his approval when thus +aroused from the dangerous fascination. Another minute, and the air-ship +was floating towards the rear of the balloon-shaped cloud itself, each +second granting the passengers a varying view of the wonder. + +True to the firm hand which set its machinery in motion, the +flying-machine maintained that gentle curve until it swung around well +to the rear of the cloud, where again Professor Featherwit broke out in +ecstatic praises of their marvellous good fortune. + +“'Tis worth a life's ransom, for never until now hath mortal being been +blessed with such a magnificent opportunity for taking notes and drawing +deductions which--” + +The professor nimbly ducked his head to dodge a ragged splinter of +freshly torn wood which came whistling past, cast far away from the +tornado proper by those erratic winds. And at the same instant the +machine itself recoiled, shivering and creaking in all its cunning +joints under a gust of wind which seemed composed of both ice and fire. + +“Oh, I say!” gasped Waldo, when he could rally from the sudden blow. +“Turn the old thing the other way, uncle Phaeton, and let's go look +for--well, almost anything's better than this old cyclone!” + +“Tornado, lad,” swiftly corrected the man of precision, leaning far +forward, and gazing enthralled upon the vision which fairly thrilled +his heart to its very centre. “Never again may we have such another +opportunity for making--” + +They were now directly in the rear of the storm, and as the air-ship +headed across that track of destruction, it gave a drunken stagger, +casting down its inmates, from whose parching lips burst cries of +varying import. + +“Air! I'm choking!” gasped Bruno, tearing open his shirt-collar with a +spasmodic motion. + +“Hold me fast!” echoed Waldo, clinging desperately to the life-line. +“It's drawing me--into the--ah!” + +Even the professor gave certain symptoms of alarm for that moment, +but then the danger seemed past as the ship darted fairly across the +storm-trail, hovering to the east of that aerial phantom. + +There was no difficulty in filling their lungs now, and once more +Professor Featherwit headed the flying-machine directly for the +balloon-shaped cloud, modulating its pace so as to maintain their +relative position fairly well. + +“Take note how it progresses,--by fits and starts, as it were,” observed +Featherwit, now in his glory, eyes asparkle and muscles aquiver, hair +bristling as though full of electricity, face glowing with almost +painful interest, as those shifting scenes were for ever imprinted upon +his brain. + +“Sort of a hop, step, and jump, and that's a fact,” agreed Waldo, now a +bit more at his ease since that awful sense of suffocation was lacking. +“I thought all cyclones--” + +“Tornado, my DEAR boy!” expostulated the professor. + +“I thought they all went in holy hurry, like they were sent for and +had mighty little time in which to get there. But this one,--see how it +stops to dance a jig and bore holes in the earth!” + +“Another exception to the general rule, which is as you say,” admitted +the professor. “Different tornadoes have been timed as moving from +twelve to seventy miles an hour, one passing a given point in half a +score of seconds, at another time being registered as fully half an hour +in clearing a single section. + +“Take the destructive storm at Mount Carmel, Illinois, in June of '77. +That made progress at the rate of thirty-four miles an hour, yet its +force was so mighty that it tore away the spire, vane, and heavy gilded +ball of the Methodist church, and kept it in air over a distance of +fifteen miles. + +“Still later was the Texas tornado, doing its awful work at the rate of +more than sixty miles an hour; while that which swept through Frankfort, +Kansas, on May 17, 1896, was fully a half-hour in crossing a half-mile +stretch of bottom-land adjoining the Vermillion River, pausing in its +dizzy waltz upon a single spot for long minutes at a time.” + +“Couldn't have been much left when it got through dancing, if that +storm was anything like this one,” declared Waldo, shivering a bit as +he watched the awful destruction being wrought right before their +fascinated eyes. + +Trees were twisted off and doubled up like blades of dry grass. Mighty +rocks were torn apart from the rugged hills, and huge boulders were +tossed into air as though composed of paper. And over all ascended +the horrid roar of ruin beyond description, while from that misshapen +balloon-cloud, with its flattened top, the electric fluid shone and +flashed, now in great sheets as of flame, then in vicious spurts and +darts as though innumerable snakes of fire had been turned loose by the +winds. + +Still the aerial demon bored its almost sluggish course straight towards +the northwest, in this, as in all else, seemingly bent on proving itself +the exception to all exceptions as Professor Featherwit declared. + +The savant himself was now in his glory, holding the tiller between arm +and side, the better to manipulate his hand-camera, with which he was +taking repeated snap-shots for future development and reference. + +Truly, as he more than once declared, mortal man never had, nor mortal +man ever would have, such a glorious opportunity for recording the +varying phases of nature in travail as was now vouchsafed themselves. + +“Just think of it, lads!” he cried, almost beside himself with +enthusiasm. “This alone will be sufficient to carry our names ringing +through all time down the corridors of undying fame! This alone would be +more than enough to--Look pleasant, please!” + +In spite of that awful vision so perilously close before them, and the +natural uncertainty which attended such a reckless venture, Waldo could +not repress a chuckle at that comical conclusion, so frequently used +towards himself when their uncle was coaxing them to pose before his pet +camera. + +“Is it--surely this is not safe, uncle Phaeton?” ventured Bruno, as +another retrograde gust of air smote their apparently frail conveyance +with sudden force. + +“Let's call it a day's work, and knock off,” chimed in Waldo. “If +the blamed thing should take a notion to balk, and rear back on its +haunches, where'd we come out at?” + +Professor Featherwit made an impatient gesture by way of answer. Speech +just then would have been worse than useless, for that tremendous +roaring, crashing, thundering of all sounds, seemed to fall back and +envelop the air-ship as with a pall. + +A shower of sand and fine debris poured over and around them, filling +ears and mouths, and blinding eyes for the moment, forcing the brothers +closer to the floor of the aerostat, and even compelling the eager +professor to remit his taking of notes for future generations. + +Then, thin and reed-like, yet serving to pierce that temporary obscurity +and horrible jangle of outer sounds, came the voice of their relative: + +“Fear not, my children! The Lord is our shield, and so long as he +willeth, just so long shall we--Ha! didn't I tell ye so?” + +For the blinding veil was torn away, and once again the trio of +adventurers might watch yonder grandly awesome march of devastation. + +“Heading direct for the Olympics!” declared Professor Featherwit, +digging the sand out of his eyes and striving to clean his glasses +without removing them, clinging to tiller and camera through all. “What +a grand and glorious guide 'twould be for us!” + +“If we could only hitch on--like a tin can to the tail of a dog!” + suggested Waldo, with boyish sarcasm. “Not any of that in mine, thank +you! I can wait. No such mighty rush. No,--SIR!” + +There came no answer to his words, for just then that swooping air-demon +turned to vivid fire, lightning playing back and forth, from side +to side, in every conceivable direction, until in spite of the broad +daylight its glory pained those watching eyes. + +“Did you ever witness the like!” awesomely cried Bruno, gazing like one +fascinated. “Who could or would ever believe all that, even if tongue +were able to portray its wondrous beauty?” + +“What a place that would be for popping corn!” contributed Waldo, +practical or nothing, even under such peculiar circumstances. “If I had +to play poppy, though, I'd want a precious long handle to the concern!” + +More intensely interested than ever, Professor Featherwit plied his +shutter, taking shot after shot at yonder aerial phenomena, feeling that +future generations would surely rise up to call him blessed when the +results of his experiments were once fairly spread before the world. + +And hence it came to pass that still more thrilling experiences came +unto these daring navigators of space, and that almost before one or the +other of them could fairly realise that greater danger really menaced +both their air-ship and their lives. + +Another whirly-gust of sand and other debris assailed the +flying-machine, and while sight was thus rendered almost useless for +the time being, the aerostat began to sway and reel from side to side, +shivering as though caught by an irresistible power, yet against which +it battled as though instinct with life and brain-power. + +Once again the adventurers found it difficult to breathe, while an +unseen power seemed pressing them to that floor as though--Thank heaven! + +Just as before, that cloud was swept away, and again air came to fill +those painfully oppressed lungs. Once again the trio cleared their eyes +and stared about, only to utter simultaneous cries of alarm. + +For, brief though that period of blindness had been, 'twas amply +sufficient to carry the aeromotor perilously near yonder storm-centre, +and though Professor Featherwit gripped hard his tiller, trying all he +knew to turn the air-ship for a safer quarter,-'twas all in vain! + +“Haste,--make haste, uncle Phaeton!” hoarsely panted Bruno, leaning to +aid the professor. “We will be sucked in and--hasten, for life!” + +“I can't,--we're already--in the--suction!” + + + +CHAPTER III. RIDING THE TORNADO. + +Whether it was that the air-ship itself had increased its speed during +those few moments of dense obscurity, or whether the madly whirling +winds had taken a retrograde movement at that precise time, could only +be a matter of conjecture; but the ominous fact remained. + +The aerostat was fairly over the danger-line, and, despite all efforts +being made to the contrary, was being drawn directly towards that +howling, crashing, thundering mass of destructive energy. + +Already the inmates felt themselves being sucked from the +flying-machine, and instinctively tightened their grip upon hand-rail +and floor, gasping and oppressed, breath failing, and ribs apparently +being crushed in by that horrible pressure. + +“Hold fast--for life!” pantingly screamed Professor Featherwit, as he +strove in vain to check or change the course of his aeromotor, now for +the first time beyond control of that master-hand. + +A few seconds of soul-trying suspense, during which the flying-machine +shivered from stem to stern, almost like a human creature in its +death-agony, creaking and groaning, with shrill sounds coming from those +expanded, curved wings, as the suction increased; then-- + +A merciful darkness fell over those sorely imperilled beings, and the +vessel itself seemed about to be overwhelmed by an avalanche of sand and +dirt and mixed debris. Then came a dizzy, rocking lurch, followed by a +shock which nearly cast uncle and nephews from their frantic holds, and +the air-ship appeared to be whirled end for end, cast hither and yon, +wrenched and twisted as though all must go to ruin together. + +A blast as of superheated air smote upon them one moment, while in the +next they were whirled through an icy atmosphere, then tossed dizzily to +and fro, as their too-frail vehicle spun upward as though on a journey +to the far-away stars. + +A shrieking blast of wind served to briefly clear away the choking dust, +affording the trio a fleeting glimpse of their immediate surroundings: +hurtling sticks and stones, splintered tops of trees, shrubs with wildly +lashing roots freshly torn from the bed of years, all madly spinning +through a blinding, scorching, freezing mass of crazily battling winds, +the different currents twining and weaving in and out, as so many +hideous serpents at play. + +A moment thus, then that horrid uproar grew still more deafening, +and the air-ship was whirled high and higher, in a dizzy dance, those +luckless creatures clinging fast to whatever their frenzied hands might +clutch, feeling that this was the end of all. + +Further sight was denied them. They were powerless to move a limb, save +as jerked painfully by those shrieking currents. Breath was taken away, +and an enormous weight bore down upon them, threatening to produce a +fatal collapse through their ribs giving way. + +Upward whirled the flying-machine, powerless now as those wretched +beings within its cunning shape, smitten sharply here and there by some +of those ascending missiles, yet without receiving material injury; +until a last shivering lurch came, ending in a sudden fall. + +A dizzying swoop downward, but not to death and destruction, for the +aerostat alighted easily upon what appeared to be a sort of air-cushion, +and, though unsteady for a brief space, then settled upon an even keel. + +“Cling fast--for life!” huskily gasped the professor, unwittingly +repeating the caution which had last crossed his lips, which he had +ever since been striving to enunciate, faithful to his guardianship over +these, his sole surviving relatives. + +“I don't--where are we?” + +Waldo lifted his head to peer with half-blind eyes about them, in which +action he was imitated by both brother and uncle; but, for a brief +space, they were none the wiser. + +All around the aeromotor rose a wall of whirling winds, seemingly +impenetrable, apparently within reach of an extended arm, changing +colour with each fraction of a second, hideously beautiful, yet never +twice the same in blend or mixture. + +A hollow, strangely sounding roar was perceptible; one instant coming as +from the far distance, then from nigh at hand, causing the air-ship +to quiver and tremble, as a sentient being might in the presence of a +torturing death. + +“Look--upward!” panted Bruno, a few seconds later, his face as pale as +that of a corpse, in spite of the dirt and blotches of sticky mud with +which he had been peppered during that dizzy whirl. + +Mechanically his companions in peril obeyed, catching breath sharply, as +they saw a clear sky and yellow sunshine far above,--so awfully far +they were, that it seemed like looking upward from the bottom of an +enormously deep well. + +And then the marvellous truth flashed upon the brain of Phaeton +Featherwit, almost robbing him of all power of speech. Still he managed +to jerkily ejaculate: + +“We're inside,--riding the--tornado--itself!” + +Then those whirling winds closed quickly above them, shutting out the +sunlight, hiding the heavens from their view, enclosing that vehicle and +its occupants, as they were borne away into unknown regions, within the +very heart of the tornado itself! + +Yet, incredible as it surely seems, no actual harm came to the trio +or to their flying-machine as it swayed gently upon its airy cushion, +although from every side came the horrid roar of destruction, while ever +and anon they could glimpse a wrestling tree or torn mass of shrubbery +whizzing upward and outward, to be flung far away beyond the vortex of +electrical winds. + +Once more came that awful sense of suffocation. That painted pall closed +down upon them, robbing their lungs of air, one instant fairly crisping +their hair with a touch of fire, only to send an icy chill to their +veins a moment later. + +In vain they struggled, fighting for breath, as a fish gasps when swung +from its native element. While that horrid pressure endured, man, youth, +and boy alike were powerless. + +Again the pall lifted, folding back and blending with those madly +circling currents, once again affording a glimpse of yonder far-away +heavens, so marvellously clear, and bright, and peaceful in seeming! + +Weakened by those terrible moments, Bruno and Waldo lay gasping, +trembling, faint of heart and ill of body, yet filling their lungs with +comparatively pure air,--pity there was so little of it to win! + +Professor Featherwit still had thought and care for his nephews rather +than himself alone, and pantingly spoke, as he dragged himself to the +snug locker, where many important articles had been stowed away: + +“Here--suck life--compressed air!” + +With husky cries the brothers caught at the tubes offered, the method of +working which had so often been explained by their relative. + +Once more the tube became a chamber, and that horrid force threatened +to flatten their bodies; but the worst had passed, for that precious +cylinder now gave them air to inhale, and they were enabled to wait for +the lifting of the cloud once more. + +Thanks to this important agency, strength and energy both of body and +of mind now came back to the air-voyagers, and after a little they could +lift their heads to peer around them with growing wonder and curiosity. + +There was little room left for doubting the wondrous truth, and yet +belief was past their powers during those first few minutes. + +All around them whirled and sped those maddened winds, curling and +twisting, rising and falling, mixing in and out as though some unknown +power might be weaving the web of destiny. + +Now dull, now brilliant, never twice the same, but ever changing in +colour as in shape, while stripes and zigzags of lightning played here +and there with terrifying menace, those walls of wind held an awfully +fascinating power for uncle and nephews. + +From every side came deadened sounds which could bear but a single +interpretation: the tornado was still in rapid motion, was still tearing +and rending, crushing and battering, leaving dire destruction and ruin +to mark its advance, and these were the sounds that recorded its ugly +work. + +In goodly measure revived by the compressed air, which was regulated +in flow to suit his requirements by a device of his own, Professor +Featherwit now looked around with something of his wonted animation, +heedless of his own peril for the moment, so great was his interest in +this marvellous happening. + +So utterly incredible was it all that, during those first few minutes +of rallying powers, he dared not express the belief which was shaping +itself, gazing around in quest of still further confirmation. + +He took note of the windy walls about their vessel, rising upward +for many yards, irregular in shape and curvature here and there, but +retaining the general semblance of a tube with flaring top. He peered +over the edge of the basket, to draw back dizzily as he saw naught but +yeasty, boiling, seething clouds below,--a veritable air-cushion which +had served to save the pet of his brain from utter destruction at the +time of falling within-- + +Yes, there was no longer room for doubt,--they were actually inside the +distorted balloon, so dreaded by all residents of the tornado belt! + +“What is it, uncle?” huskily asked Bruno, likewise rallying under that +beneficial influence. “Where are we now?” + +“Where I'm wishing mighty hard we wasn't, anyhow!” contributed Waldo, +with something of his usual energy, although, judging from his face +and eyes, the youngster had suffered more severely than either of his +comrades in peril. + +Professor Featherwit broke into a queerly sounding laugh, as he waved +his free hand in exultation before speaking: + +“Where no living being ever was before us, my lads,--riding the tornado +like a--ugh!” + +The air-ship gave an awkward lurch just then, and down went the little +professor to thump his head heavily against one corner of the locker. +Swaying drunkenly from side to side, then tossing up and down, turning +in unison with those fiercely whirling clouds, the aeromotor seemed at +the point of wreck and ruin. + +Desperately the trio clung to the life-lines, clenching teeth upon the +life-giving tubes as that terrible pressure increased so much that it +seemed impossible for the human frame to longer resist. + +Fortunately that ordeal did not long endure, and again relief came to +those so sorely oppressed. A brief gasping, sighing, stretching as the +aerostat resumed its level position, merely rocking easily within that +partial vacuum, and then Waldo huskily suggested: + +“Looks like the blame thing was sick at the stomach!” + +No doubt this was meant for a feeble attempt at joking, but Professor +Featherwit took it for earnest, and made quick reply: + +“That is precisely the case, my dear lad, and I am greatly joyed to +find that you are not so badly frightened but that you can assist me in +taking notes of this wondrous happening. To think that we are the ones +selected for--” + +“I say, uncle Phaeton.” + +“Well, my lad?” + +“If this thing is really sick at the stomach, when will it erupt? I'd +give a dollar and a half to just get out o' this, science or no science, +notes or no notes at all!” + +“Patience, my dear boy,” gravely spoke the little man of science, busily +studying those eddying currents like one seeking a fairly safe method of +extrication from peril. “It may come far sooner than you think, and +with results more disastrous than feeble words can tell. We surely are +a burden such as a tornado must be wholly unaccustomed to, and I really +believe these alternations are spasmodic efforts of the cloud itself to +vomit us forth; hence you were nearer right than you thought in making +use of that expression.” + +Just then came a rush of icy air, and Bruno pantingly cried: + +“I'm swelling up--like Aesop's--bullfrog!” + + + +CHAPTER IV. THE PROFESSOR'S LITTLE EXPERIMENT. + +Again those involuntary riders of the tornado were tossed violently to +and fro in their seemingly frail ship, while the balloon itself appeared +threatened with instant dissolution, those eddying currents growing +broken and far less regular in action, while the fierce tumult grew in +sound and volume a thousandfold. + +All around the air-ship now showed ugly debris, limbs and boughs and +even whole trunks of giant trees being whirled upward and outward, each +moment menacing the vessel with total destruction, yet as frequently +vanishing without infringing seriously upon their curious prison. + +Sand and dirt and fragments of shattered rock whistled by in an +apparently unending shower, only with reversed motion, flying upward in +place of shooting downward to earth itself. + +Speech was utterly impossible under the circumstances, and the +fate-tossed voyagers could only cling fast to the hand-rail, and hold +those precious air-tubes in readiness for the worst. + +Never before had either of the trio heard such a deafening crash and +uproar, and little wonder if they thought this surely must herald the +crack of doom! + +The tornado seemed to reel backward, as though repulsed by an immovable +obstacle, and then, while the din was a bit less deafening, Professor +Featherwit contrived to make himself heard, through screaming at the top +of his voice: + +“The mountain range, I fancy! It's a battle to the--” + +That sentence was perforce left incomplete, since the storm-demon gave +another mad plunge to renew the battle, bringing on a repetition of that +drunken swaying so upsetting to both mind and body. + +A few seconds thus, then the tornado conquered, or else rose higher in +partial defeat, for their progress was resumed, and comparative quiet +reigned again. + +The higher clouds curved backward, affording a wider view of the heavens +far above, and, as all eyes turned instinctively in that direction, +Bruno involuntarily exclaimed: + +“Still daylight! I thought--how long has this lasted?” + +“It's the middle o' next week; no less!” positively affirmed his +brother. “Don't tell me! We've been in here a solid month, by my watch!” + +Instead of making reply such as might have been expected from one of his +mathematical exactness, Professor Featherwit gave a cry of dismay, while +hurriedly moving to and fro in their contracted quarters, for the time +being forgetful of all other than this, his great loss. + +“What is it, uncle Phaeton?” asked Bruno, rising to his knees in natural +anxiety. “Surely nothing worse than has already happened to us?” + +“Worse? What could be worse than losing for ever--the camera, boys; +where is the camera, I ask you?” + +Certainly not where the professor was looking, and even as he roared +forth that query, his heart told him the sad truth; past doubting, +the instrument upon whose aid he relied to place upon record these +marvellous facts, so that all mankind might see and have full faith, was +lost,--thrown from the aerostat, to meet with certain destruction, when +the vessel first came within the tornado's terrible clutch. + +“Gone,--lost,--and now who will believe that we ever--oh, this is enough +to crush one's very soul!” mourned the professor, throwing up his +hands, and sinking back to the floor of the flying-machine in a limp and +disheartened heap for the time being. + +Neither Bruno nor Waldo could fully appreciate that grief, since +thoughts and care for self were still the ruling passion with both; but +once more they were called upon to do battle with the swaying of the +winds, and once again were they saved only through that life-giving +cylinder of compressed air. + +Presently, the heart-broken professor rallied, as was his nature, and, +with a visible effort putting his great loss behind him, endeavoured to +cheer up his comrades in peril. + +“So far we have passed through all danger without receiving material +injury,--to ourselves, I mean,--and surely it is not too much to hope +for eventual escape?” he said, earnestly, pressing the hands of his +nephews, by way of additional encouragement. + +“Yes,” hesitated Bruno, with an involuntary shiver, as he glanced around +them upon those furiously boiling clouds, then cast an eye upward, +towards yonder clear sky. “Yes, but--in what manner?” + +“What'll we do when the cyclone goes bu'st?” cut in Waldo, with +disagreeable bluntness. “It can't go on for ever, and when it splits +up,--where will we be then?” + +“I wish it lay within my power to give you full assurance on all points, +my dear boys,” the professor made reply. “I only wish I could ensure +your perfect safety by giving my own poor remnant of life--” + +“No, no, uncle Phaeton!” cried the brothers, in a single breath. + +“How cheerfully, if I only might!” insisted the professor, his homely +face wearing an expression of blended regret and unbounded affection. +“But for me you would never have encountered these perils, nor ever--” + +Again he was interrupted by the brothers, and forced to leave that +regret unspoken to the end. + +“Only for you, uncle Phaeton, what would have become of us when we were +left without parents, home, fortune? Only for you, taking us in and +treating us as though of your own flesh and blood--” + +“As you are, my good lads! Let it pass, then, but I must say that I do +wish--well, well, let it pass, then!” + +A brief silence, which was spent in gripping hands and with eyes giving +pledges of love and undying confidence; then Professor Featherwit spoke +again, in an entirely different vein. + +“If nothing else, we have exploded one fallacy which has never met with +contradiction, so far as my poor knowledge goes.” + +“And that is--what, uncle Phaeton?” + +“Observe, my lads,” with a wave of his hand towards those whirling +walls, and then making a downward motion. “You see that we are floating +in a partial vacuum, yet where there is air sufficient to preserve life +under difficulties. And by looking downward--careful that you don't fall +overboard through dizziness, though!” + +“Looks as though we were floating just above a bed of ugly wind!” + declared Waldo, after taking a look below. + +“Precisely; the aerostat rests upon an air-cushion amply solid enough +to sustain far more than our combined weight. But what is the generally +accepted view, my dear boys?” + +“You tell, for we don't know how,” frankly acknowledged Waldo. + +“Thanks. Yet you are now far wiser than all of the scientists who have +written and published whole libraries concerning these storm formations, +but whose fallacies we are now fully prepared to explode, once for all, +through knowledge won by personal investigation--ahem!” + +Strange though it may appear, the professor forgot the mutual danger +by which they were surrounded, and trotted off on his hobby-horse in +blissful pride, paying no attention to the hideous uproar going on, only +raising his voice higher to make it heard by his youthful auditors. + +“The common belief is that, while these tornadoes are hollow, even +through the trunk or tongue down to its contact with the earth, that +hollow is caused by a constant suction, through which a steady stream of +debris is flowing, to be sown broadcast for miles around after emerging +from the open top of the so-called balloon.” + +“But it isn't at all like that,” eagerly cried Waldo, pointing to where +the fragments were flowing upward through those walls themselves, yet +far enough from that hollow interior to be but indistinctly seen save on +rare occasions. “Look at 'em scoot, will ye? Oh, if we could only climb +up like that!” + +Professor Featherwit was keenly watching and closely studying that very +phenomena through all, and now he gave a queer little chuckle, as he +nodded his head with vigour, before dryly speaking. + +“Well, it might be done; yes, it might be done, and that with no very +serious difficulty, my lad.” + +“How? Why not try it on, then?” + +“To meet with instant death outside?” sharply queried Bruno. “It would +be suicidal to make the attempt, even if we could; which I doubt.” + +Waldo gave a sudden cry, pointing upward where, far above that +destructive storm, could be seen a brace of buzzards floating on +motionless wings, wholly undisturbed by the tumult below. + +“If we were only like that!” the lad cried, longingly. “If a +flying-machine could be built like those turkey-buzzards! I wish--well, +I do suppose they're about the nastiest varmints ever hatched, but just +now I'd be willing to swap, and wouldn't ask any boot, either!” + +Apparently the professor paid no attention to this boyish plaint, for +he was fumbling in the locker, then withdrew his hand and uncoiled an +ordinary fish-line, with painted float attached. + +Before either brother could ask a question, or even give a guess at +his purpose, Professor Phaeton flung hook and cork into those circling +currents, only to have the whole jerked violently out of his grip, the +line flying upward, to vanish from the sight of all. + +That jerk was powerful enough to cut through the skin of his hand, but +the professor chuckled like one delighted, as he sucked away the few +drops of blood before adding: + +“I knew it! It CAN be done, and if the worst should come to pass, why +should it not be done?” + +Before an answer could be vouchsafed by either of the brothers, the pall +swooped down upon them once more, and again the supply of natural air +was shut off, while their vessel was rocked and swayed crazily, just as +though the delayed end was at last upon them. + +For several minutes this torture endured, each second of which appeared +to be an hour to those imperilled beings, who surely must have perished, +as they lay pinned fast to the floor of the aerostat by that pitiless +weight, only for the precious air-tubes in connection with that cylinder +of compressed air. + +After a seeming age of torment the awful pressure was relaxed, leaving +the trio gasping and shivering, as they lay side by side, barely +conscious that life lingered, for the moment unable to lift hand or head +to aid either self or another. + +In spite of his far greater age, Professor Featherwit was first to +rally, and his voice was about the first thing distinguished by the +brothers, as their powers began to rally. + +“Shall we take our chances, dear boys?” the professor was saying, +in earnest tones. “I believe there is a method of escaping from this +hell-chamber, although of what may lie beyond--” + +“It can't well be worse than this!” huskily gasped Bruno. + +“Anything--everything--just to get out o' here!” supplemented Waldo, for +once all spirits subdued. + +“It may be death for us all, even if we do get outside,” gravely warned +the professor. “Bear that in mind, dear boys. It may be that not one of +us will escape with life, after--” + +“How much better to remain here?” interrupted Bruno. “I felt death would +be a mercy--then! And I'd risk anything, everything, rather than go +through such another ordeal! I say,--escape!” + +“Me too, all over!” vigorously decided Waldo, lifting himself to both +knees as he added: “Tell us what to do, and here I am, on deck, uncle.” + +Even now Professor Phaeton hesitated, his eyes growing dimmer than usual +as they rested upon one face after the other, for right well he knew how +deadly would be the peril thus invited. + +But, as the brothers repeated their cry, he turned away to swiftly +knot a strong trail-rope to a heavy iron grapnel, leaving the other end +firmly attached to a stanchion built for that express purpose. + +“Hold fast, if you value life at all, dear boys!” he warned, then added: +“Heaven be kind to you, even if my life pays the forfeit! Now!” + +Without further delay, he cast the heavy grapnel into that mass of +boiling vapour, then fell flat, as an awful jerk was given the aerostat. + + + +CHAPTER V. THE PROFESSOR'S UNKNOWN LAND. + +There was neither time nor opportunity for taking notes, for that +long rope straightened out in the fraction of a second, throwing all +prostrate as the flying-machine was jerked upward with awful force. + +All around them raged and roared the mighty winds, while missiles of +almost every description pelted and pounded both machine and inmates +during those few seconds of extraordinary peril. + +Fortunately neither the professor nor his nephews could fairly realise +just what was taking place, else their brains would hardly have stood +the test; and fortunately, too, that ordeal was not protracted. + +A hideous experience while it lasted, those vicious currents dragging +the aerostat upward out of the air-chamber by means of grapnel and rope, +then casting all far away in company with wrecked trees and bushes, +and even solider materials, all shrouded for a time in dust and debris, +which hindered the eyesight of both uncle and nephews. + +Through it all the brothers were dimly aware of one fact uncle Phaeton +was shrilly bidding them cling fast and have courage. + +All at once they felt as though vomited forth from a volcano which +alternately breathed fire and ice, the clear light of evening bursting +upon their aching, smarting eyes with actual pain, while that horrid +roar of warring elements seemed to pass away in the distance, leaving +them--where, and how? + +“We're falling to--merciful heavens! Hold fast, all!” screamed the +professor, desperately striving to regain full command of their +air-ship. “The tiller is jammed, but--” + +To all seeming, the aerostat had sustained some fatal damage during that +brief eruption caused by the professor's little experiment, for it +was pitching drunkenly end for end, refusing to obey the hand of its +builder, bearing all to certain death upon the earth far below. + +Half stupefied with fear, the brothers clung fast to the life-line and +glared downward, noting, in spite of themselves, how swiftly yonder dark +tree-tops and gray crags were shooting heavenward to meet them and claim +the sacrifice. + +With fierce energy Professor Featherwit jerked and wrenched at the +steering-gear, uttering words such as had long been foreign to his lips, +but then--just when destruction appeared inevitable--a wild cry burst +from his lungs, as a broken bit of native wood came away in his left +hand, leaving the lever free as of old! + +And then, with a dizzying swoop and rapid recovery, the gallant air-ship +came back to an even keel, sailing along with old-time grace and ease, +barely in time to avoid worse mishap as the crest of a tall tree was +brushed in their passage. + +“Saved,--saved, my lads!” screamed the professor, as his heart-pet +soared upward once more until well past the danger-line. “Safe and sound +through all,--praises be unto the Lord, our Father!” + +Neither brother spoke just then, for they lay there in half stupor, +barely able to realise the wondrous truth: that their lives had surely +been spared them, even as by a miracle! + +That swooping turn now brought their faces towards the tornado, which +was at least a couple of miles distant, rapidly making that distance +greater even while continuing its work of destruction. + +“And we--were in it!” huskily muttered Bruno, his lids closing with a +shiver, as he averted his face, unwilling to see more. + +“Heap sight worse than being in the soup, too, if anybody asks you,” + declared Waldo, beginning to rally both in strength and in spirit. +“But--what's the matter with the old ship, uncle Phaeton?” + +For the aerostat was indulging itself in sundry distressing gyrations, +pretty much as a boy's kite swoops from side to side, when lacking in +tail-ballast, while the professor seemed unable to keep the machine +under complete control. + +“Nothing serious, only--hold fast, all! I believe 'twould be as well to +make our descent, for fear something--steady!” + +Just ahead there appeared a more than usually open space in the forest, +and, quite as much by good luck as through actual skill, Professor +Featherwit succeeded in making a landing with no more serious mishap +than sundry bruises and a little extra teeth-jarring. + +As quickly as possible, both Bruno and Waldo pitched themselves out of +the partially disabled aeromotor, the elder brother grasping the grapnel +and taking a couple of turns of the strong rope around a convenient +tree-trunk, lest the ship escape them altogether. + +“No need, my gallant boy!” assured the professor, an instant later. “All +is well,--all IS well, thanks to an over-ruling Providence!” + +In spite of this expressed confidence, he hurriedly looked over his pet +machine, taking note of such injuries as had been received during that +remarkable journey, only giving over when fairly satisfied that all +damage might be readily made good, after which the aerostat would be as +trustworthy as upon its first voyage on high. + +Then, grasping the brothers each by a hand, he smiled genially, then +lifted eyes heavenward, to a moment later sink upon his knees with bowed +head and hands folded across his bosom. + +Bruno and Waldo imitated his action, and, though no audible words +were spoken, never were more heartfelt prayers sent upward, never more +grateful thanks given unto the Most High. + +Boy, youth, and man alike seemed fairly awed into silence for the next +few minutes, unable to so soon cast off the spell which had fallen upon +them, one and each, when realising how mercifully their lives had been +spared, even after all earthly hope had been abandoned. + +As usual, however, Waldo was first to rally, and, after silently moving +around the aerostat, upon which the professor was already busily at work +by the last gleams of the vanished sun, he paused, legs separated, and +hands thrust deep into pockets, head perking on one side as he spoke, +drawlingly: + +“I say, uncle Phaeton?” + +“What is it, Waldo?” + +“It'll never do to breathe even a hint of all this, will it?” + +“Why so, pray?” + +“Whoever heard it would swear we were bald-headed liars right from +Storytown! And yet,--did it really happen, or have I been dreaming all +the way through?” + +Professor Featherwit gave a brief, dry chuckle at this, rising erect to +cast a deliberate glance around their present location, then speaking: + +“Without I am greatly mistaken, my dear boy, you will have still other +marvellous happenings to relate ere we return to what is, rightfully or +wrongfully, called civilisation.” + +“Is that so? Then you really reckon--” + +“For one thing, my lad, we are now fairly entered upon a terra +incognita, so far as our own race is concerned. In other words,--behold, +the Olympics!” + +Both Bruno and Waldo cast their eyes around, but only a circumscribed +view was theirs. The shades of evening were settling fast, and on all +sides they could see but mighty trees, rugged rocks, a mountain stream +from whose pebbly bed came a soothing murmur. + +“Nothing so mighty much to brag of, anyway,” irreverently quoth Waldo, +after that short-lived scrutiny. “It wouldn't fetch a dollar an acre at +auction, and for my part,--wonder when the gong will sound for supper?” + +That blunt hint was effective, and, letting the subject drop for the +time being, even the professor joined in the hurry for an evening meal, +to which one and all felt able to do full justice. + +Although some rain had fallen at this point as well, no serious +difficulty was experienced in kindling a fire, while Waldo had little +trouble in heaping up a bounteous supply of fuel. + +Through countless ages the forest monarchs had been shedding their +superfluous boughs, while here and there lay an entire tree, overthrown +by some unknown power, and upon which the brothers made heavy +requisition. + +Professor Featherwit took from the locker a supply of tinned goods, +together with a patent coffee-pot and frying-pan, so convenient where +space is scarce and stowage-room precious. + +With water from the little river, it took but a few minutes more to +scent the evening with grateful fumes, after which the adventurous trio +squatted there in the ruddy glow, eating, sipping, chatting, now and +again forced to give thanks for their really miraculous preservation +after all human hopes had been exhausted. + +Although Professor Featherwit was but little less thankful for the +wondrous leniency shown them, he could not altogether refrain from +mourning the loss of his camera, with its many snap-shots at the tornado +itself, to say nothing of what he might have secured in addition, while +riding the storm so marvellously. + +More to take his thoughts away from that loss than through actual +curiosity in the subject offered by way of substitute, Bruno asked for +further light upon the so-called terra incognita. + +“Of course it isn't really an unknown land, though, uncle Phaeton?” he +added, almost apologetically. “In this age, and upon our own continent, +such a thing is among the impossibilities.” + +“Indeed? And, pray, how long since has it been that you would, with at +least equal positivity, have declared it impossible to enter a tornado +while in wildest career, yet emerge from it with life and limb intact?” + +“Yes, uncle, but--this is different, by far.” + +“In one sense, yes; in another, no,” affirmed the professor, with +emphatic nod, brushing the tips of his fingers together, as he moved +back to assume a more comfortable position inside the air-ship, then +quickly preparing a pipe and tobacco for his regular after-meal smoke. + +A brief silence, then the professor spoke, clearly, distinctly: + +“Washington has her great unknown land, quite as much as has the +interior of Darkest Africa, my boys, besides enjoying this peculiar +advantage: while adventurous white men have traversed those benighted +regions in every direction, even though little permanent good may +have been accomplished, this terra incognita remains virgin in that +particular sense of the word.” + +“You mean, uncle?” + +“That here in the Olympic region you see what is literally an unknown, +unexplored scope of country, as foreign to the foot of mankind as it was +countless ages gone by. So far as history reads, neither white man nor +red has ever ventured fairly within these limits; a mountainous waste +which rises from the level country, within ten or fifteen miles of the +Straits of San Juan de Fuca, in the north, the Pacific Ocean in the +west, Hood's Canal in the east, and the barren sand-hills lying to the +far south. + +“This irregular range is known upon the map as the Olympics, and, +rising to the height of from six to eight thousand feet, shut in a vast +unexplored area. + +“The Indians have never penetrated it, so far as can be ascertained, +for their traditions say that it is inhabited by a very fierce tribe of +warriors, before whose might and strange weapons not one of the coast +tribes can stand.” + +“One of the Lost Tribes of Israel, shouldn't wonder,” drawlingly +volunteered Waldo, stifling a yawn, and forced to rub his inflamed eyes +with a surreptitious paw. + +Professor Featherwit, though plainly absorbed in his curious theory, was +yet quick to detect this evidence of weariness, and laughed a bit, with +change of both tone and manner, as he spoke further: + +“That forms but a partial introductory to my lecture, dear lads, but +perhaps it might be as well to postpone the rest for a more propitious +occasion. You have undergone sore trials, both of--Hark!” + +Some sound came to his keen ears, which the brothers failed to catch, +but as they bent their heads in listening, another noise came, which +proved startling enough, in all conscience,--a shrill, maniacal screech, +which sent cold chills running races up each spine. + + + +CHAPTER VI. A BRACE OF UNWELCOME VISITORS. + +Instinctively the brothers drew nearer each other, as though for mutual +protection, each one letting hand drop to belt where a revolver was +habitually carried, but which was lacking now, thanks to the great haste +with which they had taken wing at the approach of the tornado. + +“What is it? What can it mean?” asked Bruno and Waldo, almost in the +same breath, as those fierce echoes died away in the distance. + +Professor Featherwit made no immediate reply, but by the glow of yonder +camp-fire he fumbled inside the magic locker, fetching forth firearms, +then speaking in hushed tones: + +“Wait. Listen for--I knew it!” + +From the opposite quarter came what might easily have been an echo of +that first wild screech, only louder, longer, more savage, if such a +thing be possible. + +Prepared though they now were, neither brother could refrain from +shrinking and shuddering, so hideously that cry sounded in their ears. +But their uncle spoke in cool, clear tones: + +“There is nothing supernatural about that, my lads. A panther or +mountain lion, I dare say, scenting the fumes of our cookery, and coming +to claim a share.” + +“Then it isn't--Nothing spookish, uncle Phaeton?” ventured Waldo, in +slightly unsteady tones. + +The professor gave swift assurance upon that point, and, rallying as +few youngsters would have done under like circumstances, the brothers +grasped the weapons supplied their hands, waiting and watching for what +was to come. + +Once, twice, thrice those savage calls echoed far and wide, but with +each repetition losing a portion of their terrors; and knowing now +that prowling beasts surely were drawing nigh the camp-fire, the flying +machine was abandoned by the trio, all drawing closer to the fire, which +might prove no slight protection against attack. + +Then followed a period of utter silence, during which their eyes roved +restlessly around, striving to sight the four-footed enemy ere an actual +attack could be made. + +Professor Featherwit was first to glimpse a pair of greenish eyes in +silent motion, and, giving a low hiss of warning to his nephews, that +same sound serving to check further progress on the part of the wild +beast, his short rifle came to a level, then emitted a peculiar sound. + +Only the keenest of ears could have noted that, for only the fraction of +an instant later followed a sharp explosion, the darkness beyond being +briefly lit up by a yellowish glare. + +“That's enough,--beware its mate!” cried the professor, keenly alert for +whatever might ensue; but the words were barely across his lips when, +with a vicious snarl, a furry shape came flying through the air, +knocking Featherwit over as he instinctively ducked his head with arm +flying up as additional guard. + +Both man and beast came very near falling into the fire itself, and +there ensued a wild, confused scramble, out of which the brothers +singled their enemy, Waldo opening fire with a revolver, at close range, +each shot causing the lion to yell and snarl most ferociously. + +A cat-like recovery, then the fatal leap might have followed, for the +confused professor was rising to his feet again, fairly in front of the +enraged brute; but ere worse came, Waldo and Bruno were to the rescue, +one firing as rapidly as possible, his brother driving a keen-bladed +knife to the very hilt just back of that quivering forearm. + +One mad wrestle, in which both lads were overthrown, then the gaunt +and muscular brute stretched its length in a shivering throe, dead even +while it strove to slay. + +Just as the professor hurried to the front, beseeching his boys to +keep out of peril if they loved him; at which Waldo laughed outright, +although never had he felt a warmer love for the same odd-speaking, +queer-acting personage than right at that moment. + +“I'm all right; how's it with you, sir? And--Bruno?” + +“Without a scratch to remember it by,” promptly asserted the elder +brother, likewise regaining his feet and taking hasty account of stock. +“No fault of his, though!” giving that carcass a kick as he spoke. “My +gracious! I caught just one glimpse of them, and I was ready to make +affidavit that each fang would measure a foot, while his claws--” + +“Would pass through an elephant and clinch on the other side,” declared +Waldo, stooping far enough to lift one of those armed paws. “But, I say, +Bruno, how awfully they have shrunk, since then!” + +Whether so intended or not, this characteristic break caused a mutual +laugh, and, as there was neither sound nor sign of further danger +from like source, one and all satisfied their curiosity by minutely +inspecting the huge brute, stirring up the fire for that purpose. + +“An ugly customer, indeed, if we had given him anything like a fair +show,” gravely uttered the professor. “Only for your prompt assistance, +my dear boys, what would have become of poor me?” + +“We acted on our own account, as well, please remember, uncle. And even +so, after all you have done for us since--” + +“What was it you shot at, uncle Phaeton?” interrupted Waldo, who was +constitutionally averse to aught which savoured of sentiment. “Another +one of these--little squirrels, was it?” + +Snatching up a blazing brand, the lad moved off in that direction, +whirling the torch around his head until it burst into clear flame, then +lowering it closer to a bloody heap of fur and powerful limbs, to give a +short ejaculation of wondering awe. + +It was a headless body upon which he gazed, ragged fragments of skin and +a few splinters of bone alone remaining to tell that a solid skull had +so recently been thereon. + +Professor Phaeton gave another of his peculiar little chuckles, as +he drew near, then patted the compact little rifle with which he had +wrought such extraordinary work: a weapon of his own invention, as were +the dynamite-filled shells to match. + +“Although I am rather puny myself, boys, with this neat little +contrivance I could fairly well hold my own against man or beast,” he +modestly averred. + +“A modern David,” gravely added Bruno, while Waldo chimed in with: + +“What a dandy Jack the Giant-killer you would have been, uncle Phaeton, +if you had only lived in the good old days! I wish--and yet I don't, +either! Of course, it might have been jolly old sport right then, but +now,--where'd I be, to-day?” + +“A day on which has happened a miracle far more marvellous than all that +has been set down in fairyland romance, my dear son,” earnestly spoke +the professor. “And when the astounding truth shall have been published, +broadcast, throughout all Christendom, what praises--” + +“How thoroughly we shall be branded liars, and falsificationers from +'way up the crick'!” exploded the youngster, making a wry grimace and +moving on to view the headless lion from a different standpoint. + +“He means well, uncle Phaeton,” assured Bruno, in lowered tones. “He +would not knowingly hurt your feelings, sir, but--may I speak out?” + +“Why not?” quickly. “Surely I am not one to stand in awe of, lad?” + +“One to be loved and reverenced, rather,” with poorly hidden emotion; +then rallying, to add, “But when one finds it impossible to realise all +that has happened this afternoon, when one feels afraid to even make an +effort at such belief, how can the boy be blamed for feeling that all +others would pronounce us mad or--wilful liars?” + +Professor Phaeton saw the point, and made a wry grimace while roughing +up his pompadour and brushing his closely trimmed beard with doubtful +hand. After all, was the whole truth to be ever spoken? + +“Well, well, we can determine more clearly after fully weighing the +subject,” he said, turning back towards the flying-machine. “And, after +all, what has happened to us thus far may not seem so utterly incredible +after our explorations are completed.” + +“Of this region, do you mean, sir?” + +“Of the Olympic mountains, and all their mountainous chain may +encompass,--yes,” curtly spoke the man of hopes, stepping inside the +aerostat to perfect his arrangements for the night. + +Waldo took greater pleasure in viewing the mountain lion towards whose +destruction he had so liberally contributed, but when he spoke of +removing the skin, Bruno objected. + +“Why take so much trouble for nothing, Waldo? Even if we could stow the +pelts away on board, they would make a far from agreeable burden. And +if what I fancy lies before us is to come true, the more lightly we +are weighted, the more likely we are to come safely to--well, call it +civilisation, just for a change.” + +“Then you believe that uncle Phaeton is really in earnest about +exploring this region, Bruno?” + +“He most assuredly is. Did you ever know him to speak idly, or to be +otherwise than in earnest, Waldo?” + +“Well, of course uncle is all right, but--sometimes--” + +A friendly palm slipped over those lips, cutting short the speech which +might perchance have left a sting behind. And yet the worthy professor +had no more enthusiastic acolyte than this same reckless speaking +youngster, when the truth was all told. + +Leaving the animals where they had fallen, for the time being, the +brothers passed over to where rested the aeromotor, finding the +professor busily engaged in rigging up a series of fine wires, +completely surrounding the flying-machine, save for one narrow, +gate-like arrangement. + +“Beginning to feel as though you could turn in for all night, eh, my +boys?” came his cheery greeting. + +“Well, somehow I do feel as though 'the sandman' had been making +his rounds rather earlier than customary,” dryly said Waldo, winking +rapidly. “I believe there must have been a bit more wind astir to-day +than common, although neither of you may have noticed the fact.” + +Professor Featherwit chuckled softly while at work, but neither he nor +Bruno made reply in words. And then, his arrangements perfected save +for closing the circuit, which could only be done after all hands had +entered the air-ship, he spoke to the point: + +“Come, boys. You've had a rough bit of experience this day, and there +may be still further trouble in store, here in this unknown land. Better +make sure of a full night's rest, and thus have a reserve fund to draw +upon in case of need.” + +There was plenty of sound common sense in this adjuration, and, only +taking time to procure a can of fresh water from yonder stream, the two +youngsters stepped within that charmed circle, permitting their uncle to +close the circuit, and then test the queer contrivance to make sure all +was working nicely. + +A confused sound broke forth, resembling the faraway tooting of tin +horns, which blended inharmoniously with the ringing of nearer bells, +all producing a noise which was warranted to arouse the heaviest sleeper +from his soundest slumber. + +“That will give fair warning in case any intruder drifts this way,” + declared the professor, chucklingly, then sinking down and wrapping +himself up in a close-woven blanket, similar to those employed by the +boys. + +“Even a ghost, or a goblin, do you reckon, uncle Phaeton?” + +“Should such attempt to intrude, yes. Go to sleep, you young rascal!” + +But that proved to be far more readily spoken than lived up to. Not but +that the brothers were weary, jaded, and sore of muscle enough to make +even the thought of slumber agreeable; but their recent experience had +been so thrilling, so nerve-straining, so far apart from the ordinary +routine of life, that hours passed ere either lad could fairly lose +himself in sleep. + +Still, when unconsciousness did steal over their weary brains, it proved +to be all the more complete, and after that neither Bruno nor Waldo +stirred hand or foot until, well after the dawn of a new day, Professor +Featherwit shook first one and then the other, crying shrilly: + +“Turn out, youngsters! A new day, and plenty of work to be done!” + + + +CHAPTER VII. THE PROFESSOR'S GREAT ANTICIPATIONS. + +A stretch and a yawn, which in Waldo's case ended in a prolonged howl, +which would not have disgraced either of their four-footed visitors +of the past evening, then the brothers Gillespie sprung forth from the +flying-machine, entering upon a race for the brawling mountain stream, +“shedding” their garments as they ran. + +“First man in!” cried Bruno, whose clothes seemed to slip off the more +readily; but Waldo was not to be outdone so easily, and, reckless of the +consequences, he plunged into the eddying pool, with fully half of his +daylight rig still in place. + +The water proved to be considerably deeper than either brother had +anticipated, and Waldo vanished from sight for a few seconds, then +reappearing with lusty puff and splutter, shaking the pearly drops from +his close-clipped curls, while ranting: + +“Another vile fabrication nailed to the standard of truth, and clinched +by the hammer of--ouch!” + +A wild flounder, then the youngster fairly doubled himself up, acting +so strangely that Bruno gave a little cry of alarm; but ere the elder +brother could take further action, Waldo swung his right arm upward and +outward, sending a goodly sized trout flashing through the air to the +shore, crying in boyish enthusiasm: + +“Glory in great chunks! I want to camp right here for a year to come! +Will ye look at that now?” + +Bruno had to dodge that writhing missile, and, before he could fairly +recover himself, Waldo had floundered ashore, leaving a yeasty turmoil +in his wake, but then throwing up a dripping hand, and speaking in an +exaggerated whisper: + +“Whist, boy! On your life, not so much as the ghost of a whimper! The +hole's ramjammed chuck full of trout, and we'll have a meal fit for the +gods if--where's my fishing tackle?” + +Bruno picked up the trout, so queerly brought to light, really +surprised, but feigning still further, as he made his examination. + +“It really IS a trout, and--how long have you carried this about in your +clothes, Waldo Gillespie?” + +“Not long enough for you to build a decent joke over it, brother mine. +Just happened so. Tried to ram its nose in one of my pockets, and of +course I had to take him in out of the wet. Pool's just full of them, +too, and I wouldn't wonder if--oh, quit your talking, and do something, +can't you, boy?” + +Vigorously though he spoke, Waldo wound up with a shiver and sharp +chatter of teeth as the fresh morning air struck through his dripping +garments. He gave a coltish prance, as he turned to seek his fishing +tackle; but, unfortunately for his hopes of speedy sport, the professor +was nigh enough to both see and hear, and at once took charge of the +reckless youngster. + +“Wet to the hide, and upon an empty stomach, too! You foolish child! +Come, strip to the buff, and put on some of these garments until--here +by the fire, Waldo.” + +And thus taken in tow, the lad was forced to slowly but thoroughly +toast his person beside the freshly started fire, ruefully watching his +brother deftly handle rod and line, in a remarkably short space of time +killing trout enough to furnish all with a bounteous meal. + +“And I was the discoverer, while you reap all the credit, have all the +fun!” dolefully lamented Waldo, when the catch was displayed with an +ostentation which may have covered just a tiny bit of malice. “I'll put +a tin ear on you, Amerigo Vespucius!” + +“All right; we'll have a merry go together, after you've cleaned the +trout for cooking, lad,” laughed his elder. + +Waldo gazed reproachfully into that bright face for a brief space, then +bowed head in joined hands, to sob in heartfelt fashion, his sturdy +frame shaking with poorly suppressed grief--or mirth? + +Bruno passed an arm caressingly over those shoulders, murmuring words of +comfort, earnestly promising to never sin again in like manner, provided +he could find forgiveness now. And then, with deft touch, that same hand +held his garment far enough for its mate to let slip a wriggling trout +adown his brother's back. + +Waldo howled and jumped wildly, as the cold morsel slipped along his +spine, and ducking out of reach, the elder jester called back: + +“Land him, boy, and you've caught another fish!” + +Although laughing heartily himself, Professor Featherwit deemed it a +part of wisdom to interfere now, and, ere long, matters quieted down, +all hands engaged in preparing the morning meal, for which all teeth +were now fairly on edge. + +If good nature had been at all disturbed, long before that breakfast was +despatched it was fully restored, and of the trio, Waldo appeared to be +the most enthusiastic over present prospects. + +“Why, just think of it, will you?” he declaimed, as well as might be +with mouth full of crisply fried mountain trout, “where the game comes +begging for you to bowl it over, and the very fish try to jump into your +pockets--” + +“Or down your back, Amerigo,” interjected Bruno, with a grin. + +“Button up, or you'll turn to be a Sorry-cus--tomer, old man,” came the +swift retort, with a portentous frown. “But, joking aside, why not? With +such hunting and fishing, I'd be willing to sign a contract for a round +year in this region.” + +“To say nothing of exploration, and such discoveries as naturally attend +upon--” + +“Then you really mean it all, uncle Phaeton?” + +Leaning back far enough to pluck a handful of green leaves, which fairly +well served the purpose of a napkin, Professor Featherwit brought forth +pipe and pouch, maintaining silence until the fragrant tobacco was well +alight. Then he gave a vigorous nod of his head, to utter: + +“It has been the dearest dream of my life for more years gone by than +you would readily credit, my lads; or, in fact, than I would be wholly +willing to confess. And it was with an eye single to this very adventure +that I laboured to devise and perfect yonder machine.” + +“A marvel in itself, uncle Phaeton. Only for that, where would we have +been, yesterday?” seriously spoke the elder Gillespie. + +“I know where we wouldn't have been: inside that blessed cy-nado!” + +“Nor here, where you can catch brook trout in your clothes without the +trouble of taking them off, youngster.” + +“And where you'll catch a precious hiding, without you let up harping on +that old string; it's way out of tune already, old man.” + +“Tit for tat. Excuse us, please, uncle Phaeton. We're like colts in +fresh pasture, this morning,” brightly apologised Bruno, for both. + +Apparently the professor paid no attention to that bit of sparring +between his nephews, staring into the glowing camp-fire with eyes which +surely saw more than yellow coals or ruddy flames could picture; eyes +which burned and sparkled with all the fires of distant youth. + +“The dearest dream of all my life!” he repeated, in half dreamy tones, +only to rouse himself, with a a start and shoulder shake, an instant +later, forcing a bright smile as he glanced from face to face. “And why +not? How better could my last years be employed than in piercing the +clouds of mystery, and doubt, and superstition, with which this vast +tract has been enveloped for uncounted ages?” + +“Is it really so unknown, then, uncle Phaeton?” hesitatingly asked +Bruno, touched, in spite of himself, by that intensely earnest tone and +expression. “Of course, I know what the Indians say; they are full of a +rude sort of superstitious awe, which--” + +“Which is one of the surest proofs that truth forms a foundation for +that very superstition,” quickly interjected the professor. “It is an +undisputed fact that there are hundreds upon hundreds of square miles of +terra incognita, lying in this corner of Washington Territory. No white +man ever fairly penetrated these wilds, even so far as we may have been +carried while riding the tornado. Or, if so, he assuredly has never +returned, or made known his discoveries.” + +“Provided there was anything beyond the ordinary to see or experience, +shouldn't we add, uncle?” suggested Waldo, modestly. + +“There is,--there must be! No matter how wildly improbable their +traditions may seem in our judgment, it only takes calm investigation +to bring a fair foundation to light. In regard to this vast scope of +country, go where you will among the natives, question whom you see +fit, as to its secrets, and you will meet with the same results: a +deep-seated awe, a belief which cannot be shaken, that here strange +monsters breed and flourish, matched in magnitude and power by an armed +race of human beings, before whose awful might other tribes are but as +ants in the pathway of an elephant.” + +Waldo let escape a low, prolonged whistle of mingled wonder and +incredulity, but Bruno gave him a covert kick, himself too deeply +interested to bear with a careless interruption just then. + +“Of course there may be something of exaggeration in all this,” admitted +the enthusiastic professor. “Undoubtedly, there is at least a fair spice +of that; but, even so, enough remains to both waken and hold our keenest +interest. Listen, and take heed, my good lads. + +“You have often enough, of late days, noticed these mountains, and if +you remark their altitude, the vast scope of country they dominate, the +position they fill, you must likewise realise one other fact: that an +immense quantity of snow in winter, rain in spring and autumn, surely +must fall throughout the Olympics. Understand?” + +“Certainly; why not, uncle Phaeton?” + +“Then tell me this: where does all the moisture go to? What becomes of +the surplus waters? For it is an acknowledged fact that, though rivers +and brooks surely exist in the Olympics, not one of either flows away +from this wide tract of country!” + +The professor paused for a minute, to let his words take full effect, +then even more positively proceeded: + +“You may say, what I have had others offer by way of solution, that all +is drained into a mighty inland sea or enormous lake. Granting so much, +which I really believe to be the truth as far as it goes, why does that +lake never overflow? Of all that surely must drain into its basin, +be that enormously wide and deep as it may, how much could ordinary +evaporation dispose of? Only an infinitesimal portion; scarcely worth +mentioning in such connection. Then,--what becomes of the surplusage?” + +Another pause, during which neither Gillespie ventured a solution; then +the professor offered his own suggestion: + +“It must flow off in some manner, and what other manner can that be +than--through a subterranean connection with the Pacific Ocean?” + +Bruno gave a short ejaculation at this, while Waldo broke forth in +words, after his own particular fashion: + +“Jules Verne redivivus! Why can't WE take a trip through the centre of +the earth, or--or--any other little old thing like that?” + +“With the tank of compressed air as a life-preserver?” laughed Bruno, in +turn. “That might serve, but; unfortunately, we have only the one, and +we are three in number, boy.” + +“Only two, now; I'm squelched!” sighed the jester, faintly. + +If the professor heard, he heeded not. Still staring with vacant gaze +into the fire, his face bearing a rapt expression curious to see, he +broke into almost unconscious speech: + +“An enormous inland sea! Where float the mighty ichthyosaurus, the +megalosaurus, in company with the gigantic plesiosaurus! Upon whose +sloping shores disport the enormous mastodon, the stately megatherium, +the tremendous--eh?” + +For Waldo was now afoot, brandishing a great branch broken from a dead +tree, uttering valiant war-whoops, and dealing tremendous blows upon +an imaginary enemy, spouting at the top of his voice a frenzied jargon, +which neither his auditors nor himself could possibly make sense out of. + +Bruno, ever sensitive through his affectionate reverence for their +uncle, caught the youngster, and cast him to earth, whereupon Waldo +pantingly cried: + +“Go on, please, uncle Phaeton. It's next thing to a museum and menagerie +combined, just to hear--” + +“Will you hush, boy?” demanded Bruno, yet unable to wholly smother a +laugh, so ridiculous did it all sound and seem. + +But Professor Featherwit declined, his foxy face wrinkling in a bashful +laugh. Whether so intended or not, he had been brought down to earth +from that dizzy flight, and now was fairly himself again. + +“Well, my dear boys, I dare say it seems all a matter of jest and sport +to you; yet, after our riding in the centre of a tornado for uncounted +miles, coming forth with hardly a scratch or a bruise to show for it +all, who dare say such things may not be, even yet?” + +“But,--those strange creatures are gone; the last one perished thousands +upon thousands of years ago, uncle Phaeton.” + +“So it is said, and so follows the almost universal belief. Yet I have +seen, felt, cooked, tasted, and ate to its last morsel a steak from a +mammoth. True, the creature was dead; had been preserved for ages, no +doubt, within the glacier which finally cast it forth to human view; yet +who would have credited such a discovery, only fifty years ago? He who +dared to even hint at such a thing would have been derided and laughed +at, pronounced either fool or lunatic. And so,--if we should happen to +discover one or all of those supposedly extinct creatures here in this +terra incognita, I would be overjoyed rather than astounded.” + +Bruno looked grave at this conclusion, but Waldo was not so readily +impressed, and, with shrugging shoulders, he made answer: + +“Well, uncle, I'm not quite so ambitious as all that comes to. May I +give you my idea of it all?” + + + +CHAPTER VIII. A DUEL TO THE DEATH. + +Professor Featherwit nodded assent, and, after a brief chuckle, Waldo +resumed: + +“You can take all those big fellows with the jaw-breaking names, but as +for me, smaller game will do. Maybe a fellow couldn't fill his bag quite +so full, nor quite so suddenly, but there would be a great deal more +sport, and a mighty sight less danger, I take it!” + +It was by no means difficult to divine that the professor had not yet +spoken all that busied his brain, but the thread was broken, his pipe +was out, and, emptying the ashes by tapping pipe-bowl against the heel +of his shoe, he rose erect, once more the man of action. + +“You will have to clear up, lads, for I must make such few repairs as +are necessary to restore the aerostat to a state of efficiency. So long +as that remains in serviceable condition, we will always have a method +of advance or retreat. Without it--well, I'd rather not think of the +alternative.” + +That dry tone and quiet sentence did more than all else to impress +the brothers with a sense of their unique position. Back came the +remembrance of all they had gathered concerning this strange scope +of country since first settling down fairly within the shadows of the +Olympics, there to put that strange machine together, preparing for what +was to prove a wonder-tour through many marvellous happenings. + +Times beyond counting they had been assured by the natives that no +mortal could fairly penetrate that vast wilderness. Natural obstacles +were too great for any man to surmount, without saying aught of what lay +beyond; of the enormous animals, such as the civilised world never knew +or fought with; of the terrible natives, taller than the pines, larger +than the hills, more powerful by far than the gods themselves, eager to +slay and to devour,--so eager that, at times, living flesh and blood was +more grateful than all to their depraved tastes! + +“Do you really reckon there is anything in it all, Bruno?” asked the +younger brother in lowered tones, glancing across to where their uncle +was busily engaged in those comparatively trifling repairs. + +“It hardly seems possible, and yet--would the members of four different +tribes tell a story so nearly alike, without they had at least a +foundation of truth to go upon?” + +“That's right. And yet--the inland sea sounds natural enough. We know, +too, that there are such things as underground rivers, outside of Jules +Verne's yarns. But those animals,--or reptiles,--which?” + +“Both, I believe,” answered Bruno, with a subdued laugh. + +“That's all right, old man. I never was worth a continental when it came +to such things. I prefer to live in the present, and so--well, now, will +you just look at that old cow!” + +In surprise Waldo pointed across to where a bovine shape showed not far +beyond the pool at the base of the miniature waterfall; but his brother +had a fairer view, and, instantly divining the truth, grasped an arm and +hastily whispered: + +“Hush, boy; can't you see? It's a buffalo, a hill buffalo, and--” + +“Quick! the guns are in the machine! Down, Bruno, and maybe we can get a +shot and--” + +His eager whisper was cut short, though not by grip of arm or act by +his brother. A rumbling roar broke forth from the further side of that +mountain stream, and as the dense bushes beyond were violently agitated, +the hill buffalo wheeled that way with marvellous rapidity. + +Just as a long head and mighty shoulders spread the shrubbery wide +apart, jaws opening and lips curling back to lay great teeth bare, while +another angry sound, half growl, half snort, only too clearly proclaimed +that monster of the mountains, a grizzly bear. + +“Smoke o' sacrifice!” gasped Waldo, as the grizzly suddenly upreared its +mighty bulk, head wagging, paws waving in queer fashion, lolling tongue +lending the semblance of drollery rather than viciousness. + +“This way; to your guns, boys!” cautiously called out the professor, +whose notice had likewise been caught by those unusual sounds, and who +had already armed himself with his pet dynamite gun. + +“Careful! He'll make a break for us at first sight, unless--down close, +and crawl for it, brother!” + +Bruno set the good example, and Waldo was not too proud of spirit to +humble himself in like manner. Although this was their first glimpse +of “Old Eph” in his native wilds, both brothers entertained a very +respectful opinion of his prowess. + +Under different circumstances their expectations might have been more +fully met, but just now the grizzly seemed wholly occupied with the +buffalo bull, whose sturdy bulk and armed front so resolutely opposed +his further progress towards that common goal, the pool of water. + +The boys quickly reached the flying-machine and gripped the Winchester +rifles which Professor Featherwit had drawn forth from the locker at +first sight of the dangerous game. Thus armed, they felt ready for +whatever might come, and stood watching yonder rivals with growing +interest. + +“Will you look at that, now?” excitedly breathed Waldo, eyes aglow, as +he saw the bull cock its tail on high and tear up the soft soil with one +fierce sweep of its cloven hoof, shaking head and giving vent to a low +but determined bellow. + +“It means a fight unto the death, I think,” whispered the professor. + +“It's dollars to doughnuts on the bear,” predicted Waldo. “Scat, you +bull-headed idiot! Don't you know that you're not deuce high to his ace? +Can't you see that he can chew you up like--” + +“Are you mighty sure of all that, boy?” laughingly cut in Bruno; for at +that moment the buffalo made a sudden charge at his upright adversary, +knocking the grizzly backward in spite of its viciously flying paws. + +“Great Peter on a bender! If I ever--no, I never!” + +Even the professor was growing excited, holding the dynamite gun under +one arm while gently tapping palms together as an encore. + +Naturally enough, their sympathies were with the buffalo, since the odds +seemed so immensely against him; but their delight was short-lived, for, +instead of following up the advantage so bravely won, the bull fell back +to paw and bellow and shake his shaggy front. + +With marvellous activity for a brute of his enormous bulk and weight, +the grizzly recovered its feet, then lumbered forward with clashing +teeth and resounding growls. + +Nothing loath, the buffalo met that charge, and for a short space of +time the struggle was veiled by showers of leaf-mould and damp dirt cast +upon the air as the rivals fought for supremacy--and for life. + +For that this was destined to be a duel to the very death not one of +those spectators could really doubt. That encounter may have been purely +accidental, but the creatures fought like enemies of long standing. + +As their relative positions changed, the buffalo contrived to get in +another vigorous butt, sending bruin end for end down that gentle slope +to souse into the pool of water, that cool element cutting short a +savage roar of mad fury. + +Then the trio of spectators could take notes, and with something of +sorrow they saw that the buffalo had already suffered severely, bleeding +from numerous great gashes torn by the grizzly's long talons, while one +bloody eye dangled below its socket, held only by a thread of sinew. + +Nor had bruin escaped without hurt, as all could see when he floundered +out of the water, bent upon renewing the duel; but there was little room +left for doubting what the ultimate result would be were the animals +left to their own devices. + +Like all bold, free-hearted lads, Waldo ever sympathised with the +weaker, and now, unable to hold his feelings in check, he gave a short +cry, levelling his Winchester and opening fire upon the grizzly, just as +it won fairly clear of the water. + +Stung to fury by those pellets, the brute reared up with a horrid roar, +turning as though to charge this new enemy; but ere he could do more, +the professor's gun spoke, and as the dynamite shell exploded, bruin +fell back a writhing mass, his head literally smashed to pieces. + +Heedless of all else, the wounded buffalo charged with lusty bellow, +goring that quivering mass with unabated fury, though its life was +clearly leaking out through those ghastly cuts and slashes. + +A brief pause, then Professor Featherwit swiftly reloaded his gun, +sending another shell across the stream, this time more as a boon than +as punishment. + +Smitten fairly in the forehead, the bull dropped as though beneath a +bolt of lightning, life going out without so much as a single struggle +or a single pang. + +“Twas better thus,” declared the professor, as Waldo gave a little +ejaculation of dismay. “He must have bled to death in a short time, and +this was true mercy. Besides, buffalo meat is very good eating, and the +day may come when we shall need all we can get. Who knows?” + +After the animals were inspected, and due comment made upon the awfully +sure work wrought by the dynamite gun, the professor suggested that, +while he was completing repairs upon the aeromotor, the brothers should +secure a supply of fish and of flesh, cooking sufficient to provide for +several meals, for there was no telling just when they would have an +equal chance. + +“Just as soon as we can put all in readiness,” he continued, “I am going +to leave this spot. My first wish is to thoroughly test the aerostat, +to make certain it has received no serious injury. Then, if all promises +well, I mean to begin our tour of exploration, hoping that we may, at +least, find something well worthy the strange reputation given these +Olympics by the natives.” + +Without raising any objections, the brothers fell to work, Bruno looking +after the flesh, while Waldo undertook to supply the fish. That was but +fair, since he had been cheated out of catching the first mess. + +Not a little to his delight, the professor found that the flying-machine +would promptly answer his touch and will, rising easily off the ground, +then descending at call, evidently having passed through the ordeal of +the bygone evening without serious harm. + +Still, all this consumed time, and it was after a late dinner that +everything was pronounced in readiness for an ascension: the meat and +fish nicely cooked and packed for carriage, a pot of strong coffee made +and stowed beyond risk of leakage, the flying-machine itself quivering +in that gentle breeze as though eager to find itself once more afloat +far above the earth and its obstructions to easy navigation. + +Waldo expressed some grief at leaving a spot where game came in such +plentitude to find the hunter, and trout simply longed to be caught; but +upon being assured of other opportunities, perhaps even more delightful, +he sighed and gave consent to mount into space. + +“Only--don't ask me to tackle any of those big dictionary fellows such +as you talked about this morning, uncle Phaeton, for I simply can't; +they'd get away with my baggage while I was trying to spell their names +and title--and all that!” + +Without any difficulty the aeromotor was sent out of and above the +forest, heading towards the northwest; that is, direct for the heart of +the Olympics, of whose marvels Professor Featherwit held such exalted +hopes and expectations. + +Grim and forbidding those mountains looked as the air-ship sailed +swiftly over them, opening up a wider view when the bare, rugged crest +was once left fairly to the rear. Save for those bald crowns, all below +appeared a solid carpet of tree-tops, now lower, there higher, yet ever +the same: seemingly impenetrable to man, should such an effort be made. + +Once fairly within the charmed circle, leaving the rocky ridge behind, +Professor Featherwit slackened speed, permitting the ship to drift +onward at a moderate pace, one hand touching the steering-gear, while +its fellow held a pair of field-glasses to his eager eyes. + +All at once he gave a half-stifled cry, partly rising in his excitement, +then crying aloud in thrilling tones: + +“The sea,--an inland sea!” + + + +CHAPTER IX. GRAPPLING A QUEER FISH. + +At nearly the same moment both Bruno and Waldo caught a glimpse of +water, shining clear and distinct amidst that sombre setting; but as yet +a tree-crested elevation interfered with the prospect, and it was not +until after the course of the air-ship had been materially changed, and +some little time had elapsed, that aught definite could be determined as +to the actual spread of that body of water. + +This proved to be considerable, although it needed but a single look +into the professor's face to learn that his eager hopes and exalted +anticipations fell far short of realisation. + +“Well, it's a sea all right,” generously declared Waldo, giving a +vigorous sniff by way of strengthening his words. “I can smell the salt +clear from this. A sea, even if it isn't quite so large as others,--what +one might term a lower-case c!” + +If nothing else, that generous effort brought its reward in the dry +little chuckle which escaped the professor's lips, and a kindly glow +showed through his glasses as he turned towards Waldo with a nod of +acknowledgment. + +“Barring the salty scent, my dear boy, which probably finds birth in +your kindly imagination. So, on the whole, perhaps 'twould be just as +well to term it a lake.” + +“One of no mean dimensions, at any rate, uncle Phaeton.” + +“True, Bruno,” with a nod of agreement, yet with forehead contracting +into a network of troubled lines. “Naturally so, and yet--surely this +must be merely a portion? Unless--yet I fail to see aught which might be +interpreted as being--” + +Promptly responding to each touch of hand upon steering-gear, the +aeromotor swung smoothly around, sailing on even keel right into the +teeth of the gentle wind, by this time near enough to that body of water +for the air-voyagers to scan its surface: a considerable expanse, all +told, yet by no means of such magnitude as Professor Featherwit had +anticipated. + +Too deeply absorbed in his own thoughts to notice the little cries and +ejaculations which came from the brothers, he caused the aerostat to +rise higher, slowly sweeping that extended field with his glasses. + +He could see where several streams entered the body of water, coming +from opposite points of the compass, and thus confirming at least one +portion of his explained theory; but, so far as his visual powers went, +there was no other considerable body of water to be discovered. + +“Yet, how can that contracted basin contain all the drainage from this +vast scope of country? How can we explain the stubborn fact of--What +now, lads?” + +An abrupt break, but one caused by the eager cry and loud speech from +the lips of the younger Gillespie. + +“Looky yonder! Isn't that one o' those sour-us dictionary fellows on a +bender? Isn't that--but I don't--no, it's only--” + +“Only a partly decayed tree gone afloat!” volunteered Bruno, with a +merry laugh, as his eager brother drew back in evident chagrin. + +“Well, that's all right. It ought to've been one, even if it isn't. +What's the use in coming all this way, if we're not going to discover +something beyond the common? And my sour-us is worth more than one of +the other kind, after all; get it ashore and you might cook dinner for a +solid month by it; now there!” + +It was easily to be seen that Waldo had been giving free rein to his +expectations ever since the professor's little lecture, but his natural +chagrin was quickly forgotten in a matter of far greater interest. + +Professor Featherwit had resumed his scrutiny of yonder body of water, +slowly turning his glasses while holding the air-ship on a true course +and even keel. + +For a brief space nothing interfered with the steady motion of +the field-glasses, but then something called for a more thorough +examination, and little by little the savant leaned farther forward, +breath coming more rapidly, face beginning to flush with deepening +interest. + +Bruno took note of all this, and, failing to see aught to account for +the symptoms with unaided eyes, at length ventured to speak. + +“What is it, uncle Phaeton? Something of interest, or your looks--” + +Professor Featherwit gave a start, then lowered the glasses and reached +them towards his nephew, speaking hurriedly: + +“You try them, Bruno; your eyes are younger, and ought to be keener than +mine. Yonder; towards the lower end of the--the lake, please.” + +Nothing loath, Gillespie complied, quickly finding the correct point +upon which the professor's interest had centred, holding the glasses +motionless for a brief space, then giving vent to an eager ejaculation. + +“What is it all about, bless you, boy?” demanded Waldo, unable longer to +curb his hot impatience. “Another drifting tree, eh?” + +“No, but,--did you see it, uncle?” + +“I saw something which--what do YOU see, first?” + +“A great big suck,--a monster whirlpool which is hollowed like--” + +“I knew it! I felt that must be the true solution of it all!” cried +uncle Phaeton, squirming about pretty much as one might into whose veins +had been injected quicksilver in place of ordinary blood. “The outlet! +Where the surplus waters drain off to the Pacific Ocean!” + +“I say, give me a chance, can't you?” interrupted Waldo, grasping the +glasses and shifting his station for one more favourable as a lookout. + +He had seen sufficient to catch the right angle, and then gave a +suppressed snort as he took in the view. Half a minute thus, then a wild +cry escaped his lips, closely followed by the words: + +“Now I DO see something! And it isn't a drifting tree, either! Or, that +is, something else which--shove her closer, uncle Phaeton! True as you +live, there's something caught in yonder big suck which is--closer, for +love of glory!” + +“If this is another joke, Waldo--” + +“No, no, I tell you, Bruno! Shove her over, uncle, for, without this +glass is hoodooed, we're needed right yonder,--and needed mighty bad, +too!” + +Little need of so much urging, by the way, since Professor Featherwit +was but slightly less excited by their double discovery, and even before +the glasses were clapped to Waldo's eyes the aerostat swung around to +move at full speed towards that precise quarter of the compass. + +“What is it you see, then, boy?” demanded Bruno, itching to take the +glasses, yet straining his own vision towards that as yet far-distant +spot. + +“Something like--oh, see how the water is running out,--just like +emptying a bathtub through a hole at the bottom! And see what--a man +caught in the whirl, true's you're a foot high, uncle!” + +“A man? Here? Impossible,--incredible, boy!” fairly exploded the +professor, not yet ready to relinquish his cherished belief in a terra +incognita. + +The air-voyagers were swiftly nearing that point of interest, and now +keen-eyed Bruno caught a glimpse of a drifting object which had been +drawn within the influence of yonder whirlpool, but which was just as +certainly a derelict from the forest. + +“Another floating tree-trunk for Waldo!” he cried, with a short laugh, +feeling far from unpleased that the intense strain upon his nerves +should be thus lessened. “Try it again, lad, and perhaps--” + +“Try your great-grandmother's cotton nightcap! Don't you suppose I can +tell the difference between a tree and a--” + +“Ranting, prancing, cavorting 'sour-us' right out of Webster's +Unabridged, eh, laddy-buck?” + +“That's all right, if you can only keep on thinking that way, old man; +but if yonder isn't a fellow being in a mighty nasty pickle, then I +wouldn't even begin to say so! And--you look, uncle Phaeton, please.” + +Nothing loath, the professor took the proffered glasses, and but an +instant later he, too, gave a sharp cry of amazement, for he saw, +clinging to the trunk of a floating tree, swiftly moving with those +circling waters, a living being! + +And but a few seconds later, Bruno made the same discovery, greatly to +the delight of his younger brother. + +“A man! And living, too!” + +“Of course; reckon I'd make such a howl about a floater?” bluntly +interjected Waldo. “But I'll do my crowing later on. For now we've got +to get the poor fellow out of that,--just got to yank him out!” + +Through all this hasty interchange of words, the aeromotor was swiftly +progressing, and now swung almost directly above the whirlpool, giving +all a fair, unobstructed view of everything below. + +The suction was so great that a sloping basin was formed, more than one +hundred yards in diameter, while the actual centre lay a number of feet +lower than the surrounding level. + +Half-way down that perilous slope a great tree was revolving, and to +this, as his forlorn hope, clung a half-clad man, plainly alive, since +he was looking upward, and--yes, waving a hand and uttering a cry for +aid and succour. + +“Help! For love of God, save me!” + +“White,--an American, too!” exploded Waldo, taking action as by +brilliant inspiration. “Hang over him, uncle, for I'm going--to go +fishing--for a man!” + +Waldo was tugging at the grapnel and long drag-rope. Bruno was quick +to divine his intention, and lent a deft hand, while the professor +manipulated the helm so adroitly as to keep the flying-machine hovering +directly above yonder imperilled stranger, leaning far over the +hand-rail to shout downward: + +“Have courage, sir, and stand ready to help yourself! We will rescue you +if it lies within the possibilities of--we WILL save you!” + +“You bet we just will, and right--like this,” spluttered Waldo, as he +cast the grapnel over the rail and swiftly lowered it by the rope. “Play +you're a fish, stranger, and when you bite, hang on like grim death to +a--steady, now!” + +Fortunately nothing occurred to mar the programme so hastily arranged, +for the drift was drawing nearer the centre of the whirl, and if once +fairly caught by that, nothing human could preserve the stranger from +death. + +“Make a jump and grab it, if you can't do better!” cried Waldo, +intensely excited now that the crisis was at hand. + +The long rope with its iron weight swayed awkwardly in spite of all he +could do to steady it, and as each one of the three prongs was meant for +catching and holding fast to whatever they touched, there was no slight +risk of impaling the man, thus giving him the choice of another and +still more painful death. + +Then, with a desperate grasp, a death-clutch, he caught one arm of the +grapnel, holding fast as the shock came. He was carried clear of the +tree, and partly submerged in the water as his added weight brought the +flying-machine so much lower. + +“Up, up, uncle Phaeton!” fairly howled Waldo, at the same time tugging +at the now taut rope, in which he was ably seconded by his brother. “For +love of--higher, uncle!” + +Then the noble machine responded to the touch of its builder, lifting +the dripping stranger clear of the whirling currents, swinging him away +towards yonder higher level, where a fall would not prove so quickly +fatal. And then the eager professor gave a shrill cheer as he saw the +man, by a vigorous effort, draw his body upward sufficiently far to +throw one leg over an arm of the grapnel itself. + +Knowing now that the rescued was in no especial peril, uncle Phaeton +left the air-ship to steer itself long enough for his nimble hands to +take several turns of the drag-rope around the cleat provided for +that express purpose, thus relieving both Bruno and Waldo of the heavy +strain, which might soon begin to tell upon them. + +“Hurrah for we, us, and company!” cried Waldo, relieving his lungs of +a portion of their pent-up energy, then leaning perilously far over the +edge of the machine to encourage the queer fish he had hooked. + + + +CHAPTER X. RESCUED AND RESCUERS. + +Despite their very natural excitement, caused by this peril and its +foiling, Professor Featherwit retained nearly all his customary coolness +and presence of mind. + +Readily realising that after such a grim ordeal would almost certainly +come a powerful revulsion, his first aim was to swing the stranger far +enough away from the whirlpool to give him a fair chance for life, in +case he should fall, through dizziness or physical collapse, from the +end of the drag-rope. + +This took but a few seconds, comparatively speaking, though, doubtless, +each moment seemed an age to the rescued stranger. Then the professor +slowed his ship, looking around in order to determine upon the wisest +route to take. + +For one thing, it would be severe work to draw the stranger bodily +up and into the aerostat. For another, unless he should grow weak, or +suffer from vertigo, both time and labour would be saved by taking him +direct to the shore of this broad lake. + +As soon as the rope was made fast, and the strain taken off their +muscles as well as their minds, Bruno flashed a look around, naturally +turning his eyes in the direction of the whirlpool. + +Although less than a couple of minutes had elapsed since the man was +lifted off the circling drift, even thus quickly had the end drawn nigh; +for, even as he looked that way, Gillespie saw the great trunk sucked +into the hidden sink, the top rising with a shiver clear out of the +water as the butt lowered, a hollow, rumbling sound coming to all ears +as-- + +“Gone!” cried Bruno, in awed tones, as the whole drift vanished from +sight for ever. + +“Sucked in by Jonah's whale, for ducats!” screamed Waldo, excitedly. +“Fetch on your blessed 'sour-us' of both the male and female sect! Trot +'em to the fore, and if my little old suck don't take the starch out of +their backbones,--they DID have backbones, didn't they, uncle Phaeton?” + +Professor Featherwit frowned, and shook his head in silent reproof. +More nearly, perhaps, than either of the boys, he realised what an awful +peril this stranger had so narrowly escaped. It was far too early to +turn that escape into jest, even for one naturally light of heart. + +He leaned over the hand-rail, peering downward. He could see the rescued +man sitting firmly in the bend of the grapnel, one hand tightly gripping +the rope, its mate shading his eyes, as he stared fixedly towards +the whirling death-pool, from whose jaws he had so miraculously been +plucked. + +There was naught of debility, either of body or of mind, to be read in +that figure, and with his fears on that particular point set at rest, +for the time being, Professor Featherwit called out, distinctly: + +“Is it all well with you, my good friend? Can you hold fast until the +shore is reached, think?” + +“Heaven bless you,--yes!” came the reply, in half-choked tones. “If I +fail in giving thanks--” + +“Never mention it, friend; it cost us nothing,” cheerily interrupted the +professor, then adding, “Hold fast, please, and we'll put on a wee bit +more steam.” + +The flying-machine was now fairly headed for a strip of shore which +offered an excellent opportunity for making a safe landing, and as that +accelerated motion did not appear to materially affect the stranger, it +took but a few minutes to clear the lake. + +“Stand ready to let go when we come low enough, please,” warned the +professor, deftly managing his pet machine for that purpose. + +The stranger easily landed, then watched the flying-machine with +painfully eager gaze, hands clasped almost as though in prayer. A more +remarkable sight than this half-naked shape, burned brown by the sun, +poorly protected by light skins, with sinew fastenings, could scarcely +be imagined; and there was something close akin to tears in more eyes +than one when he came running in chase, arms outstretched, and voice +wildly appealing: + +“Oh, come back! Take me,--don't leave me,--for love of God and humanity, +don't leave me to this living death!” + +Professor Featherwit called back a hasty assurance, and brought the +air-ship to a landing with greater haste than was exactly prudent, all +things considered; but who could keep cool blood and unmoved heart, with +yonder piteous object before their eyes? + +When he saw that the flying-machine had fairly landed, and beheld its +inmates stepping forth upon the sands with friendly salutations, the +rescued stranger staggered, hands clasping his temples for a moment of +drunken reeling, then he fell forward like one smitten by the hand of +sudden death. + +Professor Featherwit called out a few curt directions, which were +promptly obeyed by his nephews, and after a few minutes' well-directed +work consciousness was restored, and the stranger feebly strove to give +them thanks. + +In vain these were set aside. He seemed like one half-insane from joy, +and none who saw and heard could think that all this emotion arose from +the simple rescue from the whirlpool. Nor did it. + +Wildly, far from coherently, the poor fellow spoke, yet something of +the awful truth was to be gleaned even from those broken, disjointed +sentences. + +For ten years an exile in these horrible wilds. For ten years not a +single glimpse of white face or figure. For ten ages no intelligible +voice, save his own; and that, through long disuse, had threatened to +desert him! + +“Ten years!” echoed Waldo, in amazement. “Why didn't you rack out o' +this, then? I know I would; even if the woods were full of--'sour-us' +and the like o' that! Yes, SIR!” + +A low, husky laugh came through those heavily bearded lips, and the +stranger flung out his hands in a sweeping gesture, sunken eyes glowing +with an almost savage light as he spoke with more coherence: + +“Why is it, young gentleman? Why did I not leave, do you ask? Look! +All about you it stretches: a cell,--a death-cell, from which escape is +impossible! Here I have fought for what is ever more precious than bare +life: for liberty; but though ten awful years have rolled by, here I +remain, in worse than prison! Escape? Ah, how often have I attempted +to escape, only to fail, because escape from these wilds is beyond the +power of any person not gifted with wings!” + +“Ten years, you say, good friend? And all that time you have lived here +alone?” asked the professor, curiously. + +“Ten years,--ten thousand years, I could almost swear, only for keeping +the record so carefully, so religiously. And--pitiful Lord! How gladly +would I have given my good right arm, just for one faraway glimpse +of civilisation! How often--but I am wearying you, gentlemen, and you +may--pray don't think that I am crazy; you will not?” + +Both the professor and Bruno assured him to the contrary, but Waldo was +less affected, and his curiosity could no longer be kept within bounds. +Gently tapping one hairy arm, he spoke: + +“I say, friend, what were you doing out yonder in the big suck? Didn't +you know the fun was hardly equal to the risk, sir?” + +“Easy, lad,” reproved the professor; but with a a smile, which strangely +softened that haggard, weather-worn visage, the stranger spoke: + +“Nay, kind sir, do not check the young gentleman. If you could only +realise how sweet it is to my poor ears,--the sound of a friendly voice! +For so many weary years I have never heard one word from human lips +which I could understand or make answer to. And now,--what is it you +wish to know, my dear boy?” + +“Well, since you've lived here so long, surely you hadn't ought to get +caught in such a nasty pickle; unless it was through accident?” + +“It was partly accidental. One that would have cost me dearly had not +you come to my aid so opportunely. And yet,--only for one thing, I could +scarcely have regretted vanishing for ever down that suck!” + +His voice choked, his head bowed, his hands came together in a nervous +grip, all betokening unusual agitation. Even Waldo was just a bit awed, +and the stranger was first to break that silence with words. + +“How did the mishap come about, is it, young gentleman?” he said, a wan +smile creeping into his face, and relaxing those tensely drawn muscles +once more. “While I was trying to replenish my stock of provisions, and +after this fashion, good friends. + +“I was fishing from a small canoe, and as the bait was not taken well, +I must have fallen into a day dream, thinking of--no matter, now. And +during that dreaming, the breeze must have blown me well out into the +lake, for when I was roused up by a sharp jerk at my line, I found +myself near its middle, without knowing just how I came there. + +“I have no idea what sort of fish had taken my bait,--there are many +enormous ones in the lake,--but it proved far too powerful for me +to manage, and dragged the canoe swiftly through the water, heading +directly for the outlet, yonder.” + +“Why didn't you let it go free, then?” + +“The line was fastened to the prow, and I could not loosen it in time. I +drew my knife,--one of flint, but keen enough to serve,--only to have +it jerked out of my hand and into the water. Then, just as the fish must +have plunged into the suck, I abandoned my canoe, jumping overboard.” + +“That's just what I was wondering about,” declared Waldo, with a +vigorous nod of his head. “Yet we found you--there?” + +“Because I am a wretchedly poor swimmer. I managed to reach a drift +which had not yet fairly entered the whirl, but I could do nothing more +towards saving myself. Then--you can guess the rest, gentlemen.” + +“And the canoe?” demanded Waldo, content only when all points were made +manifest. + +“I saw it dragged down the centre of the suck,” with an involuntary +shiver. “The fish must have plunged into the underground river, whether +willingly or not I can only surmise. But all the while I was drifting +yonder, around and around, with each circuit drawing closer to the +awful end, I could not help picturing to myself how the canoe must have +plunged down, and down, and--burr-r-r!” + +A shuddering shiver which was more eloquent than words; but Waldo was +not yet wholly content, finding an absorbing interest in that particular +subject. + +“You call it a river: how do you know it's a river?” + +“Of course, I can only guess at the facts, my dear boy,” the stranger +made reply, smiling once more, and, with an almost timid gesture, +extending one hairy paw to lightly touch and gently stroke the arm +nearest him. + +Bruno turned away abruptly, for that gesture, so simple in itself, yet +so full of pathos to one who bore in mind those long years of solitary +exile, brought a moisture to his big brown eyes of which, boy-like, he +felt ashamed. + +Professor Featherwit likewise took note, and with greater presence of +mind came to the rescue, lightly resting a hand upon the stranger's +half-bare shoulder while addressing his words to the youngster. + +A tremulous sigh escaped those bearded lips, and their owner drew closer +to the wiry little aeronaut, plainly drawing great comfort from that +mere contact. And with like ease uncle Phaeton lifted one of those hairy +arms to rest it over his own shoulders, speaking briskly the while. + +“There is only one way of demonstrating the truth more clearly, +my youthful inquisitor, and that is by sending you on a voyage of +exploration. Are you willing to make the attempt, Waldo?” + +“Not this evening; some other evening,--maybe!” drawing back a bit, with +a shake of his curly pate to match. “But, I say, uncle Phaeton--” + +“Allow me to complete my say, first, dear boy,” with a bland smile. +“That is easily done, though, for it merely consists of this: yonder +sink, or whirlpool, is certainly the method this lake has of relieving +itself of all surplus water. Everything points to a subterranean river +which connects this lake with the Pacific Ocean.” + +“Wonder how long I'd have to hold my breath to make the trip?” + + + +CHAPTER XI. ANOTHER SURPRISE FOR THE PROFESSOR. + +The stranger laughed aloud at this, then seemed surprised that aught +of mirth could be awakened where grief and despair had so long reigned +supreme. + +“You will come with me to--to my den, gentlemen?” he asked, still +nervous, and plainly loath to do aught which indicated a return to his +recent dreary method of living. + +“Is the distance great?” asked Professor Featherwit, with a glance +towards the aeromotor, then flashing his gaze further, as though to +guard against possible harm coming to that valuable piece of property. + +More than ever to be guarded now, since the words spoken by this +exile. Better death in yonder mighty whirlpool than a half-score years' +imprisonment here! + +Not so very far, he was assured, while it would be comparatively easy to +float the air-ship above the trees, there of no extraordinary growth. + +At the same time this assurance was given, the stranger could not mask +his uneasiness of mind, and it was really pitiful to see one so strong +in body and limb, so weak otherwise. + +But uncle Phaeton was a fairly keen judge of human nature, and possessed +no small degree of tact. Divining the real cause of that dread, he took +the easiest method of allaying it, speaking briskly as he moved across +to the aerostat. + +“Bear the gentleman company, my lads, while I manage the ship. You will +know what signals to make, and I can contrive the rest.” + +Again the recluse laughed, but now it was through pure joy, such as he +had not experienced for long years gone by. He was not to be deserted +by his rescuers from the whirlpool, and that was comfort enough for the +moment. + +Thanks to that guidance, but little time was cut to waste, Professor +Featherwit taking the flying-machine away from the shore of the lake, +floating slowly above the tree-tops, guiding his movements by those +below, finally effecting a safe landing in a miniature glade, at no +great distance from the “den” alluded to by their new-found friend. + +“It will be perfectly safe here,” the exile hastened to give assurance, +as that landing was made. “Then, too, this is the only spot nigh at +hand from which a hasty ascent could well be made, even with such an +admirable machine as yours. Ah, me!” with a long breath which lacked but +little of being a sigh, as he keenly, eagerly examined the aerostat. “A +marvel! Who would have dared predict such another, only a dozen years +ago? I thought we had drawn very close to perfection while I was in the +profession, but this,--marvellous!” + +Both words and manner gave the keen-witted professor a clew to one +mystery, and he quickly spoke: + +“Then you were familiar with aerostatics, sir? Your name is--” + +“Edgecombe,--Cooper Edgecombe.” + +“What?” with undisguised surprise in face as in voice. “Professor +Edgecombe, the celebrated balloonist who was lost so long ago?” + +“Ay! lost here in this thrice accursed wilderness!” passionately cried +the exile; then, as though abashed by his own outburst, he turned away, +pausing again only when at the entrance to his dreary refuge of many +years. + +“Give the poor fellow his own way until he has had time to rally, boys,” + muttered uncle Phaeton, in lowered tones, before following that lead. “I +can understand it better, now, and this is--still is the terra incognita +of which I have dreamed so long!” + +That refuge proved to be a large, fairly dry cavern, the entrance to +which was admirably masked by vines and creepers, while the stony soil +just there retained no trace of footprints to tell dangerous tales. + +Mr. Edgecombe vanished, but not for long. Then, showing a light, formed +of fat and twisted wick in a hollowed bit of hardwood, he begged his +rescuers to enter. + +No second invitation was needed, for even the professor felt a powerful +curiosity to learn what method had been followed by this enforced exile; +how he had managed to live for so many weary years. + +With only that smoky lamp to shed light around the place, critical +investigation was a matter of time and painstaking, although a general +idea of the cavern was readily formed. + +High overhead arched the rocky roof, blackened by smoke, and looking +more gloomy than nature had intended. The side walls were likewise +irregular, now showing tiny niches and nooks, then jutting out to form +awkward points and elbows, which were but partially disguised by such +articles of wear and daily use as the exile had collected during the +years gone by, or since his occupancy first began. + +So much the professor took in with his initial glances, but then he left +Waldo and his brother to look more closely, himself giving thought to +the being whom they had so happily saved from the whirlpool. + +“Professor Edgecombe!” he again exclaimed, grasping those roughened +hands to press them cordially. “I ought to have recognised you at sight, +no doubt, since I have watched your ascents time and time again.” + +The exile smiled faintly, shaking his head and giving another sigh. + +“Ah, me! 'twas vastly different, then. I only marvel that you should +give me credit when I lay claim to that name, so long--it has long faded +from the public's memory, sir.” + +But uncle Phaeton shook his head, decidedly. + +“No, no, I assure you, my friend; far from it. Whenever the topic is +brought to the front; whenever aerostatics are discussed, your name and +fame are sure to play a prominent part. And yet,--you disappeared so +long ago, never being heard of after--” + +“After sailing away upon the storm for which I had waited and prayed, +for so many weary, heart-sick months!” + +“So the rumour ran, but we all believed that must be an exaggeration, +and not for a long time was all hope abandoned. Then, more hearts than +one felt sore and sad at thoughts of your untimely fate.” + +“A fate infinitely worse than ordinary death such as was credited me,” + huskily muttered the exile. “Ten years,--and ever since I have been +here, helpless to extricate myself, doomed to a living death, which none +other can ever fully realise! Doomed to--to--” + +His voice choked, and he turned away to hide his emotions. + +Professor Featherwit thoroughly appreciated the interruption which came +through Waldo's lips just at that moment. + +“Oh, I say,--uncle Phaeton!” + +“What is it, lad? Don't meddle with what doesn't--” + +“Looking can't hurt, can it? And to think people ever got along with +such things as these!” + +Waldo was squared before sundry articles depending from the side +wall, and as the professor drew closer, he, too, displayed a degree of +interest which was really remarkable. + +A gaily colored tunic of thickly quilted cotton was hanging beside an +oddly shaped war club, the heavier end of which was armed with blades of +stone which gleamed and sparkled even in that dim light. And attached to +this weapon was another, hardly less curious: a knife formed of copper, +with heft and blade all from one piece of metal. + +“Here is the rest of the outfit,” said Edgecombe, holding forth a bow +and several feathered arrows with obsidian heads. + +Professor Featherwit gave a low, eager cry as he handled the various +articles, both face and manner betraying intense delight, which found +partial vent in words a little later. + +“Wonderful! Marvellous! Superb! I envy you, sir; I can't help but envy +your possession of so magnificent--and so well-preserved, too! That is +the marvel of marvels!” + +“Well, to be sure, I haven't used them very much. The bow and arrows I +could manage fairly well, after busy practice. They have saved me from +more than one hungry night. But as for the rest--” + +“You might have worn the--Is it a ghost-dance shirt, though?” + hesitatingly asked Waldo, gingerly fingering the wadded tunic. + +“Waldo, I'm ashamed of you, boy!” almost harshly reproved the professor. +“Ghost-dance shirt, indeed! And this one of the most complete--the only +perfectly preserved specimen of the ancient Aztec--pray, my good friend, +where did you discover them? Surely there can be no burial mounds so far +above the latitude where that unfortunate race lived and died?” + +Mr. Edgecombe shook his head, with a puzzled look, then made reply: + +“No, sir. I took these all from an Indian I was forced to kill in order +to save my own life. I never thought--You are ill, sir?” + +“Bless my soul!” ejaculated the professor, falling back a pace or two, +then sitting down with greater force than grace, all the while gazing +upon those weapons like one in a daze. “Found them--Indian--killed him +in order to--bless my soul!” + +Then, with marvellous activity for one of his age, the professor +recovered his footing, mumbling something about tripping a heel, then +resumed his examination of the curiosities as though he had care for +naught beside. + +Cooper Edgecombe turned away, and the professor improved the opportunity +by muttering to the brothers: + +“Careful, lads. Give the poor fellow his own way in all things, for he +is--he surely must be--eh?” + +Forefinger covertly tapped forehead, for there was no time granted for +further explanations. Edgecombe turned again, speaking in hard, even +strained tones: + +“Fifteen years ago this month, on the 27th, to be exact, a balloon with +two passengers was carried away on a terrific gale of wind which blew +from the southeast. This happened in Washington Territory. Can you tell +me--has anything ever been heard of either balloon or its inmates?” + +Professor Featherwit shook his head in negation before saying: + +“Not to my knowledge, though doubtless the prints of the day--” + +Cooper Edgecombe shook both head and hand with strange impatience. + +“No, no. I know they were never heard from up to ten years ago, but +since then--I am a fool to even dream of such a thing, and yet,--only +for that faint hope I would have gone mad long ago!” + +Indeed, he looked little less than insane as it was. + + + +CHAPTER XII. THE STORY OF A BROKEN LIFE. + +This was the idea that occurred to both uncle and nephews, but they had +seen and heard enough to excuse all that, and Professor Featherwit spoke +again, in mildly curious tones: + +“Sorry I am unable to give you better tidings, my good friend, but, so +far as my knowledge extends, nothing has come to light of recent years. +And--if not a leading question--were those passengers friends of your +own?” + +“Only--merely my--my wife and little daughter,” came the totally +unexpected reply, followed by a forced laugh which sounded anything but +mirthful. + +Uncle Phaeton, intensely chagrined, hastened to apologise for his +luckless break, but Cooper Edgecombe cut him short, asking that the +matter be let drop for the time being. + +“I will talk; I feel that I must tell you all, or lose what few wits +I have left,” he declared, huskily. “But not right now. It is growing +late. You must be hungry. I have no very extensive larder, but with my +little will go the gratitude of a man who--” + +His voice choked, and he left the sentence unfinished, hurrying away to +prepare such a meal as his limited means would permit. + +While Edgecombe was kindling a fire in one corner of the cavern, opening +a pile of ashes to extract the few carefully cherished coals by means +of which the wood was to be fired, uncle and one nephew left the den to +look after the flying-machine and contents. + +Bruno remained behind, in obedience to a hint from the professor, lest +the exile should dread desertion, after all. + +“Take these in and open them, Waldo,” said the professor, selecting +several cans from the stock in the locker. “Poor fellow! 'Twill be like +a foretaste of civilisation, just to see and smell, much less taste, the +fruit.” + +“Even if he has turned looney, eh, uncle Phaeton?” + +“Careful, boy! I hardly think he is just that far gone; but, even if +so, what marvel? Think of all he must have suffered during so many +long, dreary years! and--his wife and child! I wonder--I do wonder if he +really killed--but that is incredible, simply and utterly incredible! An +Aztec--here--alive!” + +“Dead, uncle Phaeton,” corrected Waldo. “Killed the redskin, he said, +and I really reckon he meant it. Why not, pray?” + +“But--an Aztec, boy!” exclaimed the bewildered savant, unable to pass +that point. “The tunic of quilted cotton, the escaupil! The maquahuitl, +with its blades of grass! The bow and arrows which--all, all surely of +Aztecan manufacture, yet seemingly fresh and serviceable as though in +use but a month ago! And the race extinct for centuries!” + +“Well, unless he's a howling liar from 'way up the crick, he extincted +one of 'em,” cheerfully commented Waldo, bearing his canned fruit to the +cavern. + +Professor Featherwit followed shortly after, finding the exile busy +preparing food, looking and acting far more naturally than he had since +his rescue from the whirlpool. And then, until the evening meal was +announced, uncle Phaeton hovered near those amazing curiosities, now +gazing like one in a waking dream, then gingerly fingering each article +in turn, as though hoping to find a solution for his enigma through the +sense of touch. + +Taken all in all, that was far from a pleasant or enjoyable meal. A +sense of restraint rested upon each one of that little company, and not +one succeeded in fairly breaking it away, though each tried in turn. + +Despite the struggle made by the exile to hold all emotions well under +subjection, Cooper Edgecombe failed to hide his almost childish delight +at sight and taste of those canned goods, and it did not require much +urging on the part of his rescuers to ensure his partaking freely. + +But the cap-sheaf came when uncle Phaeton, true to his habit of long +years, after eating, produced pipe and pouch, the fragrant tobacco +catching the exile's nostrils and drawing a low, tremulous cry from his +lips. + +No need to ask what was the matter, for that eager gaze, those quivering +fingers, were enough. And just as though this had been his express +purpose, the professor passed the pipe over, quietly speaking: + +“Perhaps you would like a little smoke after your supper, my good +friend? Oblige me by--” + +“May I? Oh, sir, may I--really taste--oh, oh, oh!” + +Bruno struck a match and steadied the pipe until the tobacco was fairly +ignited, then drew back and left the exile to himself for the time +being. And, as covert glances told them, never before had their eyes +rested upon mortal being so intensely happy as was the long-lost +aeronaut then and there. + +At a sign from the professor, Bruno and Waldo silently arose and left +the cavern, bearing their guardian company to where the air-ship was +resting. And there they busied themselves with making preparations for +the night, which was just settling over that portion of the earth. + +Presently Cooper Edgecombe appeared, the empty pipe in hand, held as +one might caress an inestimable treasure, a dreamy, almost blissful +expression upon his sun-browned face. + +“I thank you, sir, more than tongue can tell,” he said, quietly, as he +restored the pipe to its owner. “If you could only realise what I have +suffered through this deprivation! I, an inveterate smoker; yet suddenly +deprived of it, and so kept for ten long years! If I had had a pipe and +tobacco, I believe--but enough.” + +“I can sympathise with you, at least in part, my friend. Will you have +another smoke, by the way?” + +“No, no, not now; I feel blessed for the moment, and more might be worse +than none, after so long deprivation. And--may I talk openly to you, +dear, kind friends? May I tell you--am I selfish in wishing to trouble +you thus? Ten years, remember, and not a soul to speak with!” + +He laughed, but it was a sorry mirth; and not caring to trust his tongue +just then, uncle Phaeton nodded his head emphatically while filling his +pipe for himself. But Waldo never lacked for words, and spoke out: + +“That's all right, sir; we can listen as long as you can chin-chin. Tell +us all about--well, what's the matter with that big Injun?” + +“Quiet, Waldo. Say what best pleases you, my friend. You can be sure of +one thing,--sympathetic listeners, if nothing better.” + +With a curious shiver, as though afflicted with a sudden chill, +Edgecombe turned partly away, figure drawn rigidly erect, hands tightly +clasped behind his back. A brief silence, then he spoke in tones of +forced composure. + +“A balloon was the best, in my day, and I was proud of my profession, +although even then I was dreaming of better things--of something akin +to this marvellous creation of yours, sir,” casting a fleeting glance +at the air-ship, then at the face of its builder, afterward resuming his +former attitude. + +“Let that pass, though. I wanted to tell you how I met with my awful +loss; how I came to be out here in this modern hell! + +“I had a wife, a daughter, each of whom felt almost as powerful an +interest in aerostatics as I did myself. And one day--but, wait! + +“I had an enemy, too; one who had, years before, sought to win my +love for his own; in vain, the cur! And that day--we were out here in +Washington Territory, living in comparative solitude that I might the +better study out the theory I was slowly shaping in my brain. + +“The day was beautiful, but almost oppressively warm, and, as they +so frequently wished, I let my dear ones up in the balloon, securely +fastening it below. And then--God forgive me!--I went back to town for +something; I forget just what, now. + +“A sudden storm came up. I hurried homeward; home to me was wherever +my dear ones chanced to be; but I was just too late! That devil of all +devils was ahead of me, and I saw him--merciful God! I saw him--cut the +ropes and let the balloon dart away upon that awful gale!” + +His voice choked, and for a few minutes silence reigned. Knowing how +vain must be any attempt to offer consolation, the trio of air-voyagers +said nothing, and presently Cooper Edgecombe spoke. + +“I killed the demon. I nearly tore him limb from limb; I would have done +just that, only for those who came hurrying after me from town, knowing +that I might need help in bringing my balloon to earth in safety. They +dragged me away, but 'twas too late to cheat my miserable vengeance. +That hound was dead, but--my darlings were gone, for ever!” + +Another pause, then quieter, more coherent speech. + +“God alone knows whither my wife and child were taken. The general drift +was in this direction, but how far they were carried, or how long they +may have lived, I can only guess; enough that, despite all my inquiries, +made far and wide in every direction, I never heard aught of either +balloon or passengers! + +“After that, I had but one object in life: to follow along the track of +that storm, and either find my loved ones, or--or some clew which should +for ever solve my awful doubts! And for two long years or more I fought +to pierce these horrid fastnesses,--all in vain. No mortal man could +succeed, even when urged on by such a motive as mine. + +“Then I determined upon another course. I worked and slaved until I +could procure another balloon, as nearly like the one I lost as might +be constructed. Then I watched and waited for just such another storm +as the one upon whose wings my darlings were borne away, meaning to take +the same course, and so find--” + +“Why, man, dear, you must have been insane!” impulsively cried the +professor, unable longer to control his tongue. + +“Perhaps I was; little wonder if so,” admitted Edgecombe, turning that +way, with a wan smile lighting up his visage. “I could no longer reason. +I could only act. I had but that one grim hope, to eventually discover +what time and exposure to the weather might have left of my lost loves. + +“Then, after so long waiting, the storm came, blowing in the same +direction as that other. I cut my balloon loose, and let it drift. I +looked and waited, hoping, longing, yet--failing! I was wrecked, here in +this wilderness. My balloon was carried away. I failed to find--aught!” + +Cooper Edgecombe turned towards the air-ship, with a sigh of regret. + +“If one had something like this then, I might have found them,--even +alive! But now--too late--eternally too late!” + + + +CHAPTER XIII. THE LOST CITY OF THE AZTECS. + +Uncle Phaeton was more than willing to do the honours of his pet +invention, and this afforded a most happy diversion, although the +deepening twilight hindered any very extensive examination. + +Cooper Edgecombe showed himself in a vastly different light while thus +engaged, his shrewd questions, his apt comments, quite effectually +removing the far from agreeable doubts born of his earlier words and +demeanour. + +“Well, if he's looney, it's only on some points, not as the whole +porker, anyway,” confidentially asserted Waldo, when an opportunity +offered. “Coax him to tell how he knocked the redskin out, uncle +Phaeton.” + +Little need of recalling that perplexing incident to the worthy savant, +for, try as he might, Featherwit could not keep from brooding over that +wondrous collection of relics pertaining to a long-since extinct people. +Of course, the last one had perished ages ago; and yet--and yet-- + +Through his half-bewildered brain flashed the accounts given by +the coast tribes, members of which he had so frequently interviewed +concerning this unknown land, one and all of whom had more or less to +say in regard to a strange people, terrible fighters, mighty hunters, +one burning glance from whose eyes carried death and decay unto all who +were foolhardy enough even to attempt to pass those mighty barriers, +built up by a beneficent nature. Only for that nearly impassable wall, +the entire earth would be overrun and dominated by these monsters in +human guise. + +Then, after the air-ship was cared for to the best of his ability, and +the night-guard set in place so that an alarm might give warning of any +illegal intrusion, the little party returned to the cavern home of the +exile where, after another refusal on his part, the professor filled and +lighted his beloved pipe. + +Almost in spite of himself Featherwit was drawn towards those marvellous +articles depending from the wall, and, as he gazed in silent marvel, +Cooper Edgecombe drew nigh, with still other articles to complete the +collection. + +“You may possibly find something of interest in these, too, dear sir, +although I have given them rather rough usage. This formed a rather +comfortable cap, and--” + +“A helmet! And sandals! A sash which is--yes! worn about the waist, +mainly to support weapons, and termed a maxtlatl, which--and +all sufficiently well preserved to be readily recognised as +genuine--unless--Surely I am dreaming!” + +If not precisely that, the worthy professor assuredly was almost beside +himself while examining these articles of warrior's wear, one by one, +knowing that neither eyes nor memory were at fault, yet still unable to +believe those very senses. + +Up to this, Cooper Edgecombe had felt but a passing interest in +the matter, forming as it did but a single incident in a more than +ordinarily eventful life; but now he began to divine at least a portion +of the truth, and his face was lighted up with unusual animation, when +Phaeton Featherwit turned that way, to almost sharply demand: + +“Where did you gain possession of these weapons and garments, sir? And +how,--from whom?” + +“I took them from an Indian, nearly two years ago. He caught me off my +guard, and, when I saw that I could neither hide nor flee, I fought for +my life,” explained the exile; then giving a short, bitter laugh, to +add: “Strange, is it not? Although I had long since grown weary of +existence such as this, I fought for it; I turned wild beast, as it +were! Then, after all was over, I took these things, more because I +feared his comrades might suspect--” + +“His comrades?” echoed the professor. “More than the one, then? You +killed him, but--there were others, still?” + +“Many of them; far too many for any one man to withstand,” earnestly +declared the exile. “I made all haste in bearing the redskin here, +obliterating all signs as quickly as possible; yet for days and nights I +cowered here in utter darkness, each minute expecting an attack from too +powerful a force for standing against.” + +Uncle Phaeton rubbed his hands briskly, shifting his weight hurriedly +from one foot to its mate, then back again, the very personification of +eager interest and growing conviction. + +“More of them? A strong force? Armed,--and garbed as of old? The +clothing, the footwear, and, above all else, the weapons, purely +Aztecan? And here, only two short years ago?” + +“Sadly long and hideously dreary years I have found them, sir,” the +exile said, in dejected tones. + +The professor burst into a shrill, excited laugh, which sounded almost +hysterical, and, not a little to the amazement of his nephews, broke +into a regular dance, jigging it right merrily, hands on hips, head +perked, and chin in air, at the same time striving to carry the tune in +his far from melodious voice. + +After all, perhaps no better method could have been taken to work off +his almost hysterical excitement, and presently he paused, panting and +heated, chuckling after an abashed fashion as he encountered the eyes of +his nephews. + +“Not a word, my dear boys,” he hastened to plead. “I had to do something +or--or explode! I feel better, now. I can behave myself, I hope. I am +calm, cool, and composed as--the genuine Aztecs! And we are the ones to +discover that--oh, I forgot!” + +For Waldo was fairly exploding with mirth, while Bruno smiled, and even +the exile appeared to be amused to a certain extent at his expense. + +Little by little, the worthy savant calmed down, and then, almost +forcing the exile to indulge in another delicious smoke, he led up to +the subject in which his interest was fairly intense. + +Cooper Edgecombe was willing enough to tell all that lay in his power, +although he was only beginning to realise how much that might mean to +the world at large, judging by the actions of the professor. + +According to his account, the great lake, or drainage reservoir of the +Olympics, was a sort of semi-yearly rendezvous for a warlike tribe of +red men, where they congregated for the purpose of catching and drying +vast quantities of fish, doubtless to be used during the winter. + +“As a general thing they pitch their camp on the other side, over +towards the northeast; but small parties are pretty sure to rove far and +wide, coming around this way quite as often as not.” + +“And their garb,--the weapons they bore?” asked the professor. + +Edgecombe motioned towards those articles in which such a lively +interest had been awakened, then said that, while few of the red men who +had come beneath his near observation had been so elaborately equipped, +he had taken notice of similar weapons and garments, with additions +which he strove hard to describe with accuracy. + +Nearly every sentence which crossed his lips served to confirm the +marvellous truth which had so dazzlingly burst upon the professor's +eager brain, and with a glib tongue he named each weapon, each garment, +as accurately as ever set down in ancient history, not a little to the +wide-eyed amazement of Waldo Gillespie. + +“Worse than those blessed 'sour-us' and cousins,” he confided to his +brother, in a whisper. “Reckon it's all right, Bruno? Uncle isn't--eh?” + +But uncle Phaeton paid them no attention, so deeply was he stirred +by this wondrous revelation. He felt that he was upon the verge of a +discovery which would startle the wide world as no recent announcement +had been able to do, unless--but it surely must be correct! + +And then, when Cooper Edgecombe finished all he could tell concerning +those queerly armed and gaudily garbed red men, the professor let loose +his tongue, telling what glorious hopes and dazzling anticipations were +now within him. + +“For hundreds upon hundreds of years there have been wild, weird legends +about the Lost City, but that merely meant a mass of wondrous ruins, +long since overwhelmed by shifting sands, somewhere in the heart of the +great American desert, so-called. + +“By some it was claimed that this ancient city owed its primal existence +to a fragment of the Aztecs, driven from their native quarters in Old +Mexico. By others 'twas attributed unto one of the fabulous 'Lost Tribes +of Israel,' but even the most enthusiastic never for one moment dreamed +of--this!” + +“Except yourself, uncle Phaeton,” cut in Waldo, with a subdued grin. +“This must be one of the marvels you calculated on discovering, thanks +to the flying-machine, eh?” + +“Nay, my boy; I never let my imagination soar half so high as all that,” + quickly answered the professor. “But now--now I feel confident that just +such a discovery lies before us, and with the dawn of a new day we will +ascend and look for the glorious 'Lost City of the Aztecs!'” + +Again the savant sprang to his feet, wildly gesticulating as he strode +to and fro, striving to thus work off some of the intense excitement +which had taken full possession. And words fell rapidly from his lips +the while, only a portion of which need be placed upon record in this +connection, however. + +“A fico for the paltry lost cities of musty tradition, now! They may +sleep beneath the sand-storms of countless years, but this--I would +gladly give one of my eyes for the certainty that its mate might gaze +upon such a wondrous spectacle as--Oh, if it might only prove true! If +I might only discover such a stupendous treasure! Aztecs! And in the +present day! Alive--armed and garbed as of yore! Amazing! Incredible! +Astounding beyond the wildest dreams of a confirmed--” + +With startling swiftness uncle Phaeton wheeled to confront the exile, +gripping his arm with fierce vigour, as he shrilly demanded: + +“Opium--are you an eater of drugs, Cooper Edgecombe?” + +Even as the words crossed his lips, the professor realised how +preposterous they must sound, but the exile shook his head, earnestly. + +“I never ate drugs in that shape, sir. Even if I had been addicted to +morphine and the like, how could I indulge the appetite here, in these +gloomy, lonely wilds?” + +“I beg your pardon, sir; most humbly I implore your forgiveness. I have +but one excuse--this wondrous--Good night! I'm going to bed before I add +to my new reputation as--a blessed idiot, no less!” + + + +CHAPTER XIV. A MARVELLOUS VISION. + +But the night was considerably older ere any one of that quartette lost +himself in slumber, for all had been too thoroughly wrought up by the +exciting events of the past day for sleep to claim an easy subject. + +By common consent, however, that one particular subject was barred for +the present, and then, sitting in a cosy group about the glowing fire +there in the cavern, the recently formed friends talked and chatted, +asking and answering questions almost past counting. + +Little wonder that such should be the case, so far as Cooper Edgecombe +was concerned, since he had been lost to the busy world and its many +changes for a long decade. + +Then, too, his own dreary existence held a strange charm for the +air-voyagers, and the exile grew wonderfully cheerful and bright-eyed +as he in part depicted his struggles to sustain life against such heavy +odds, and still strove to keep alive that one hope,--that even yet he +might be able to discover a clew to his loved and lost ones. + +“Not alive; I have long since abandoned that faint hope. But if I might +only find something to make sure, something that I could pray over, then +bury where my heart could hover above--” + +“You are still alive, good friend, yet you have spent long years out +here in the wilderness,” gently suggested the professor. + +Edgecombe flinched, as one might when a rude hand touches a still raw +wound. + +“But they, my wife, my baby girl,--they could never have lived as I have +existed. They surely must have perished; if not at once, then when the +first cruel storms of hideous winter came howling down from the far +north!” + +“Unless they were found and rescued by--who knows, my good sir?” forcing +a cheerful smile, which, unfortunately, was only surface-born, as the +exile lifted his head with a start and a gasping ejaculation. “Since it +seems fairly well proven that this supposedly unknown land is actually +inhabited, why may your loved ones not have been rescued?” + +“The Indians? You mean by the Aztecs, sir?” + +“If Aztecans they should really prove; why not?” + +“But, surely I have heard--sacrifices?” huskily breathed the greatly +agitated man, while the professor, realising how he was making a bad +matter worse, brazenly falsified the records, declaring that no human +sacrifices had ever stained the record of that noble, honourable, +gallant race; and then changed the subject as quickly as might be. + +Nevertheless, there was one good effect following that talk. Cooper +Edgecombe had dreaded nothing so much as the fear of being left behind +by these, the first white people he had seen for what seemed more than +an ordinary lifetime; but now, when the professor hinted at a longing to +take a spin through ether, for the purpose of winning a wider view, +he eagerly seconded that idea, even while realising that it would be +difficult to take him along with the rest. + +Still, nothing was definitely settled that evening, and at a fairly +respectable hour before the turn of night, the air-voyagers were wrapped +in their blankets and soundly slumbering. + +Not so the exile. Sleep was far from his brain, and while he really +knew that danger could hardly menace that wondrous bit of ingenious +mechanism, he watched it throughout that long night, ready to risk his +own life in its defence should the occasion arise. + +Why not, since his whole future depended upon the aeromotor? By its aid +he hoped to reach civilization once more; and in spite of the great +loss which had wrecked his life, he was thrilled to the centre by that +glorious prospect. Here he was dead while breathing; there he would at +least be in touch with his fellow men once more! + +An early meal was prepared by the exile, and in readiness when his trio +of guests awakened to the new day; and then, while busily discussing +the really appetising viands placed before them, the next move was fully +determined upon. + +Not a little to his secret delight, the professor heard Edgecombe broach +the subject of further explorations, and seeing that his excitement had +passed away in goodly measure during the silent watches of the night, he +talked with greater freedom. + +“Of course we'll keep in touch with you, here, friend, and take no +decisive move without your knowledge and consent. Our fate shall be +yours, and your fate shall be ours. Only--I would dearly love to catch a +glimpse of--If there should actually be a Lost City in existence!” + +“If there is, as there surely must be one of some description, judging +from the number of red men I have seen collecting here at the lake,” + observed the exile, “you certainly ought to make the discovery with the +aid of your air-ship. You can ascend at will, of course, sir?” + +Nothing loath, the professor spoke of his pet and its wondrous +capabilities, and then all hands left the cavern for the outer air, to +prepare for action. + +As a further assurance, uncle Phaeton begged Edgecombe to enter the +aerostat, then skilfully caused the vessel to float upward into clear +space, sailing out over the lake even to the whirlpool itself before +turning, his passenger eagerly watching every move and touch of hand, +asking questions which proved him both shrewd and ingenious, from a +mechanical point of view. + +Returning to their starting-point, Edgecombe sprang lightly to earth to +make way for the brothers, face ruddy and eyes aglow as he again begged +them all to keep watch for aught which might solve the mystery yet +surrounding the fate of his loved ones. + +The promise was given, together with an earnest assurance that they +would soon return; then the parting was cut as short as might be, all +feeling that such a course was wisest and kindest, after all. + +For an hour or more the air-ship sped on, high in air, its inmates +viewing the various and varying landmarks beneath and beyond them, all +marvelling at the fact that such an immense scope of country should for +so long be left in its native virginity, especially where all are so +land-hungry. + +Then, as nothing of especial interest was brought to their notice, uncle +Phaeton quite naturally reverted to that suit of Aztecan armour, and +the glorious possibilities which the words of the exile had opened up to +them as explorers. + +Bruno listened with unfeigned interest, but not so his more mercurial +brother, who took advantage of an opening left by the professor, to +bluntly interject: + +“What mighty good, even if you should find it all, uncle Phaeton? You +couldn't pick it up and tote it away, to start a dime museum with. And, +as for my part,--I'll tell you what! If we could only find something +like Aladdin's cave, now!” + +“Growing miserly in your old age, are you, lad?” mocked his uncle. + +“No; I don't mean just that. His trees were hung with riches, but mine +should be--crammed and crowded full of plum pudding, fruit cake, angel +food, mince pies, and the like! Yes, and there should be fountains of +lemonade! And mountains of ice-cream! And sandbars of caramels, and +chocolate drops, and trilbies, and--well, now, what's the matter with +you fellows, anyway?” + +He spoke with boyish indignation at that laughing outbreak, but the +kindly professor quickly managed to smooth the matter over, although not +before Waldo had promised Bruno a sound thumping the first time they set +foot upon land. + +Until past the noon hour that pleasant voyage lasted, without any +remarkable discovery being made, the trio munching a cold lunch at their +ease, rather than take the trouble to effect a landing. + +But then, not very long after the sun had begun his downward course, +there came a change which caused Featherwit's blood to leap through his +veins far more rapidly than usual, for yonder, still a number of miles +away, there was gradually opening to view a hill-surrounded valley of +considerable dimension, certain portions of which betrayed signs +of cultivation, or at least of vegetation different from aught the +explorers had as yet come across since entering that land of wonders. + +Almost unwittingly Professor Featherwit sent the air-ship higher, even +as it sped onward at quickened pace, his face as pale as his eyes were +glittering, intense anticipation holding him spellbound for the time +being. And then--the wondrous truth! + +“Behold!” he cried, shrilly, pointing as he spoke. + +“Houses yonder! Cultivated fields, and--see! human beings in motion, who +are--” + +“Kicking up a great old bobbery, just as though they'd sighted us, and +wanted to know--I say, uncle Phaeton, how would it feel to get punched +full of holes by a parcel of bow-arrows?” + +With a quick motion the air-ship was turned, darting lower and off at +a sharp angle to its former course, for the professor likewise saw what +had attracted the notice of his younger nephew. + +Scattered here and there throughout that secluded valley were human +beings, nearly all of whom had sprung into sudden motion, doubtless +amazed or frightened by the appearance of that oddly shaped air-demon. + +Brief though that view had been, it was sufficiently long to show the +professor houses of solid and substantial shape, cultivated plots, human +beings, and a little river whose clear waters sparkled and flashed in +the sunlight. + +It was very hard to cut that view so short, but the professor had not +lost all prudence, and he knew that danger to both vessel and passengers +might follow a nearer intrusion upon the privacy of yonder armed people. +Yet his face was fairly glowing with glad exultation as he brought the +aerostat to a lower strata of air, shutting off all view from yonder +valley, as it lay amid its encircling hills. + +“Hurrah!” he cried, snatching off his cap and waving it +enthusiastically, as the air-ship floated onward at ease. “At last! +Found--we've discovered it at last! And all is true,--all is true!” + +“Found what, uncle Phaeton?” asked Waldo, a bit doubtfully. + +“The Lost City of the Aztecs, of course! Oh, glad day, glad day!” + +“Unless--what if it should prove to be only a--a mirage, uncle Phaeton?” + almost timidly ventured Bruno, a moment later. + + + +CHAPTER XV. ASTOUNDING, YET TRUE. + +The professor gave a great start at this almost reluctant suggestion, +shrinking back with a look which fell not far short of being horrified. +But then he rallied, forcing a laugh before speaking. + +“No, no, Bruno. All conditions are lacking to form the mirage of the +desert. And, too; everything was so distinct and clearly outlined that +one could--” + +“Fairly feel those blessed bow-arrows tickling a fellow in the short +ribs,” vigorously declared the younger Gillespie. “Not but that--I say, +uncle Phaeton?” + +“What is it now, Waldo?” + +“Reckon they're like any other people? Got boys and--and girls among +'em, I wonder?” + +“I daresay, yes, why not?” answered Featherwit, scarcely realising +what words were being shaped by his lips, while Bruno broke into a +brief-lived laugh, more at that half-sheepish expression than at the +query itself. + +“Both boys and girls galore, I expect, Kid; but you needn't borrow +trouble on either score. You can outrun the lads, while as for the +fairer sex,--well, they'll take precious good care to keep well beyond +your reach,--especially if you wear such another fascinating grin as--” + +“Oh, you go to thunder, Bruno Gillespie!” + +Through all this interchange the air-ship was maintaining a wide sweep, +drawing nearer the forest beneath, if only to keep hidden from the eyes +of the strange people in yonder deep valley. Yet the gaze of Phaeton +Featherwit as a rule kept turned towards that particular point, his eyes +on fire, his lips twitching, his whole demeanour that of one who feels a +discovery of tremendous importance lies just before him. + +“Are we going to land, uncle Phaeton?” queried Bruno, taking note of +that preoccupation, which might easily prove dangerous under existing +circumstances. + +That question served to recall the professor to more material points, +and, after a keen, sweeping look around, he nodded assent. + +“Yes, as soon as I can discover or secure a fair chance. I wish to see +more--I must secure a fairer view of the--of yonder place.” + +“Will it not be too dangerous, though? Not for us, especially, uncle, +but for the aerostat? Even if these be not the people you imagine--” + +“They are past all doubt a remnant of the ancient Aztecs. Yonder lies +the true Lost City, and we are--oh, try to comprehend all that statement +means, my lads! Picture to yourselves what boundless fame and unlimited +credit awaits our report to the outer world! The benighted world! The +besotted world! The--the--” + +“While we'll form the upsotted world, or a portion of it, without +something is done,--and that in a howling hurry, too!” fairly spluttered +Waldo, as the again neglected air-ship sped swiftly towards a more +elevated portion of that earth, part of the tall hill-crest which acted +as nature's barricade to yonder by nature depressed valley. + +“Time enough, lad, time enough, since we are going to land,” coolly +assured the professor, deftly manipulating the steering-gear and still +curying around those tree-crowned hills. “If we are really hunted after, +'twill naturally be in the quarter of our vanishment, while by alighting +around yonder, nearly at right angles with our initial approach, we will +have naught to fear from the--the Aztecan clans!” + +Clearly the professor had settled in his own mind just what lay before +them, and nothing short of the Lost City of the Aztecs would come +anywhere near satisfying that exalted ideal. And, taking all points into +full consideration, was there anything so very absurd in his method of +reasoning, or of drawing a deduction? + +Still, that exaltation did not prevent uncle Phaeton from taking +all essential precautions, and it was only when an especially secure +landing-place was sighted that he really attempted to touch the earth. + +Fully one-half of that wide circuit had been made, and as nothing could +be detected to give birth to fears for either self or air-ship, the +aeronauts skilfully landed their vessel with only the slightest of +jars. It was a well-screened location, where naught could be seen of the +flying-machine until close at hand, yet so arranged as to make a hasty +flight a very easy matter should the occasion ever arise. + +Not until the landing was effected and all made secure, did Professor +Featherwit speak again. Then it was with gravely earnest speech which +suitably affected his nephews. + +“Above all things, my dear lads, bear ever in mind this one fact,--we +are not here to fight. We do not come as conquerors, weapons in hand, +hearts filled with lust of blood. To the contrary, we are on a peaceful +mission, hoping to learn, trusting to enlighten, with malice towards +none, but honest love for all those who may wear the human shape, be +they of our own colour or--or--otherwise.” + +“That's what's the matter with Hannah's cat!” cheerfully chipped in the +irrepressible Waldo. “I say, uncle Phaeton, is it just a lie-low here +until yonder fellows grow tired of looking for what they can't find, +then a flight on our part; or will we--” + +“Have we voyaged so far and seen so much, to rest content with so very +little?” exclaimed the professor, hardly as precise of speech as +under ordinary conditions. “No, no, my lads! Yonder lies the greatest +discovery of the nineteenth century, and we are--Get a hustle on, boys! +The day is waning, and with so much to see, to study, to--Come, I say!” + +In spite of his initial attempt to impress his nephews with a due sense +of the heavy responsibilities which rested upon them, Phaeton Featherwit +was far more excited than either one of the brothers. Doubtless he more +nearly appreciated the importance of this wondrous discovery, provided +his now firm belief was correct,--that yonder stood a solid, substantial +city, erected by the hands of a people whom common consent had agreed +were long since wiped out of existence. + +The story told by Cooper Edgecombe, backed up by the articles taken from +the person of the warrior whom he had slain in self-defence, certainly +had its weight; while the brief and imperfect glimpse which he had won +of yonder valley helped to bear out that astounding belief. And yet, how +could it be true? + +Really believing, yet forced by more sober reason to doubt, the poor +professor was literally “in a sweat” long ere another view could be won +of the depressed valley, although the landing of the air-ship was so +well chosen as to make that trip of the briefest duration consistent +with prudence. + +The natural obstacles were considerable, however, and as they picked +their way along, the brothers for the first time began to gain a fairly +accurate idea of what was meant by the term, a virgin forest. + +To all seeming, the human foot had never ventured here, nor were any +marks or spoor of wild beasts perceptible on either side. + +Although the aerostat had landed not far below the crest of those hills, +the adventurers had to climb higher, before winning the coveted view, +partly because the most practicable route led down into and along a +winding gulch, where the footing was far less treacherous than upon the +higher ground, cumbered, as that was, with the leaf-mould of centuries. + +Still, half an hour's steady labour brought the little squad to the +coveted point, and once again Professor Featherwit was almost literally +stricken speechless,--for there, far below their present location, +spread out in level expanse, lay the secret valley with all its marvels. + +Far more extensive than it had appeared by that initial glimpse, the +valley itself seemed composed of fertile soil, yet, by aid of the river +which cut through, near its centre, irrigating ditches conveyed water to +every acre, thus ensuring bounteous crops of grain and of fruit as well. + +Numerous buildings stood in irregular array, for the most part of no +great height, nor with many pretensions towards architectural beauty or +grace of outline; but in the centre of the valley upreared its head a +massive structure, pyramidal in shape, consisting of five comparatively +narrow terraces, connected one with another only at each of the four +corners, where stood a wide-stepped flight of stones. + +“Behold!” huskily gasped the professor, intensely excited, yet still +able to control the field-glass through which he was eagerly scanning +yonder marvels. “The temple of the gods! And, yonder, the temple of +sacrifice, unless my memory is--and look! The people are--they wear +just such garb as--Oh, marvellous! Amazing! Astounding! Incredible--yet +true!” + +Although their uncle could thus take in the various details to better +advantage, still the intervening distance was not so great as to +entirely debar the brothers from finding no little to interest them, as +was readily proven by their various exclamations. + +“Just look at the people, will ye, now? Flopping around like they hadn't +any bigger business than to--Reckon they're looking for us to come back, +Bruno?” + +“Or watching for the monster bird of prey, rather,” suggested the elder +Gillespie. “Of course they couldn't distinguish our faces, and our +bodies were fairly well hidden. And, even more, of course, they must be +totally ignorant of all such things as flying-machines and the like.” + +“Poor, ignorant devils!” sympathetically sighed the youngster. “Well, +we'll have to do a little missionary work in this quarter, before taking +our departure, eh, uncle Phaeton?” + +With a start, Featherwit descended out of the clouds in which he had +been lost ever since winning a fair view of the secret city; and +now, rallying his wits and fairly aglow with eager interest in this +marvellous discovery, he began pointing out the various objects of +special importance, naming them with glib assurance, then reminding the +boys how wonderfully similar all was to what had existed in Old Mexico +before the conquest. + +Bruno listened with greater interest than his brother could summon at +will. For one thing, he had long been a lover of the genial Prescott, +and, now that his memory was freshened in part, was able to closely +follow the course of that little lecture, noting each strong point made +by the professor in bolstering up his delightful theory. + +That monologue, however, was abruptly broken in upon by Waldo, who gave +an eager exclamation, as he reached forth a pointing finger: + +“Look! There's a white woman yonder,--two of 'em, in fact!” + + + +CHAPTER XVI. CAN IT BE TRUE? + +That announcement came with all the force of a bolt from the blue, and +even the professor dropped his glasses with a gasp of amazement, while +Bruno would have leaped to his feet, only for the hasty grab which his +brother made at the tail of his coat. + +“White--where? Surely it cannot be that--Edgecombe--” + +“Augh, take a tumble, boy!” ejaculated Waldo, giving a jerk that +rendered compliance nearly literal, though scarcely full of grace. “Want +to have the whole gang make a howling break this way? Want to--They're +white all right, though!” + +“Where? Which direction? Point them out, and--I fail to see anything +which would bear out your--” + +The professor was sweeping yonder field with his glass, searching for +the primal cause of that latest excitement, but without success. No sign +of a white face, male or female, rewarded his efforts, and he turned an +inquiring gaze upon the youngster. + +Waldo was peering from beneath the shade of his hand, but now drew back +with a long breath, to slowly shake his head. + +“They've gone now, but I did see them, and they were white, just as +white as--as anything!” + +Bruno frowned a bit at that unsatisfactory conclusion, but the professor +was of more equable temper, for a wonder. He smilingly shook his head, +while gazing kindly, then spoke: + +“I myself might have made the same error, Waldo, but you surely were in +error, for once.” + +“What! You mean I never saw those white women, uncle Phaeton?” + +“No, no, I am not so seriously faulting your eyesight, my dear boy,” + came the swift assurance. “But even the best of us are open to errors, +and there were in olden times not a few Aztecs with fair skins; not +exactly white, yet comparatively fair when their race was considered. +And, no doubt, Waldo, you saw just such another a bit ago.” + +But the youngster was not so easily shaken in his own opinion. + +“There were a couple of 'em, not just such another, uncle. And they were +white,--pure white as ever the Lord made a woman! And--why, didn't I see +their hair, long and floating loose? And wasn't that yellow as--as gold, +or the sunshine itself?” + +“Yellow hair?” + +“Yes, indeedy! Yellow hair, white skins,--faces, anyway. Blondes, the +couple of 'em; and to that I'll make my davy!” + +And so the youngster maintained with even more than usual sturdiness, +when questioned more closely, pointing out the very spot upon which the +strange beings were standing, the top of a large, tall building, clearly +one of the series of temples. + +In vain the field-glass was fixed upon that particular point. The partly +roofed azotea was wholly devoid of human life, and though watch was +maintained in that direction for many minutes thereafter, by one or +other of the air-voyagers, naught was seen to confirm the assertion made +by the younger Gillespie. + +For the moment that fact or fancy dominated all other interests, for, +granting that Waldo had not been misled by a naturally fair Indian face, +there was room for a truly startling inference. + +“Could it actually be they?” muttered Bruno, face pale and eyes +glittering with intense interest. “Could they have escaped with life +from the balloon, and been here ever since?” + +“You mean--” + +“The wife and child of Cooper Edgecombe,--yes! Who else could they be, +unless--I'd give a pretty penny for one fair squint at them, right now! +If there was only some method of--It would hardly do to venture down +yonder, uncle Phaeton?” + +The professor gave a stern gesture of denial, frowning as though he +anticipated an actual break for yonder town, in spite of the odds +against them. + +“That would be madness, Bruno! Worse than madness, by far! Look at +yonder warriors, all thoroughly armed, and eager to drink blood as ever +they were in centuries gone by! They are hundreds, if not thousands, +while we are but three! Madness, my boy!” + +“Four, with Mr. Edgecombe, uncle.” + +“And that means a complete host so long as we are backed up by the +air-ship,” declared Waldo, in his turn. “Those fellows!” with a sniff of +true boyish scorn for aught that was not fully up to date. “What could +they do, if we were to open fire on them just once?” + +“Prove our equals, man for man, armed as they assuredly are,” just +as vigorously affirmed the professor, inclined rather to magnify than +diminish the importance of these, his so recently discovered people. +“You forget how the Aztecans fought Cortez and his mailed hosts. Yet +these are one and identical, so far as valour and training and blood can +go.” + +“Huh! Scared of a runty horse so badly that they prayed to 'em as they +did to their own gods!” sniffed Waldo, betraying a lore for which he did +not ordinarily receive fair credit. “Why, uncle Phaeton, let you just +slam one o' those dynamite shells inside a chief--” + +“Nay, Waldo, must I repeat, we are not here for the purpose of conquest, +unless by purely amicable methods. There must be no fighting, for or +against. Savages though most people would be inclined to pronounce +yonder race, they are human, with souls and--” + +“But I always thought they were heathens, uncle Phaeton?” + +The professor subsided at that, giving over as worse than useless the +attempt to enlighten the irrepressible youngster, at least for the time +being. + +Silence ruled for some little time, during which each one of the trio +kept keen watch over the valley, the field-glass changing hands at +intervals in order to put all upon an equal footing. + +One thing was clear enough unto all: the Indians had been greatly +wrought up by the brief appearance of some queerly shaped monster of the +air, and while a goodly number of their best warriors had hastened out +of the valley and up the difficult passes, in hopes of learning more, +still others were astir, weapons in hand, evidently determined to defend +their lives or their property from any assault, should such be made, +whether by known or foreign adversaries. + +This busy stir and bustle, combined with the novel architecture and so +many varying points of interest, would have been a mental and visual +feast for the trio of air-voyagers, only for that one doubt: were +white captives actually in yonder temple? And, if white, were they the +long-lost relatives of the aeronaut, Cooper Edgecombe? + +Quite naturally the interest displayed by the Indians centred in the +quarter of the heavens where that air-demon had been sighted, hence our +friends saw very little cause for apprehension on their own parts. + +Thus they were given a better opportunity for thinking of and then +discussing the new marvel. + +Again did Waldo vow that his eyes had not befooled him. Again he +positively asserted that he had seen two white women, wearing blonde +hair in loose waves far adown their backs. And once again Bruno, in +half-awed tones, wondered whether or no they were the mother and child +borne away upon the wings of a mighty storm, fifteen long years gone by. + +“It is possible, though scarcely credible,” admitted uncle Phaeton, in +grave tones, as he wrinkled his brows after his peculiar fashion when +ill at ease in his mind. “Edgecombe lived through just such another +experience; though, to be sure, he was a man of iron constitution, while +they were far more delicate, as a matter of course.” + +“Still, it may have happened so?” persisted Bruno, taking a strong +interest in the matter. “You would not call it too far-fetched, uncle?” + +“No. It may have happened. I would rather call it marvellous, yet still +possible. And if so--” + +“There is but a single answer to that supposition, uncle; they must be +rescued from captivity!” forcibly declared Bruno. + +“That's right,” confirmed Waldo. “Of course all women and girls--I mean +other people's kin--are a tremendous sight of bother and worry, and all +that; but we're white, and so are they.” + +“We must rescue them; there's nothing else to do,” again emphasised the +elder Gillespie. + +“That is no doubt the proper caper, speaking from your boyish point of +view, my generous-hearted nephews; but--just how?” dryly queried the +professor. “Have you arranged all that, as well, Bruno?” + +“You surely would not abandon them, uncle Phaeton?” asked the young +man, something abashed by that veiled reproof. “To such a horrible fate, +too?” + +“A fate which they must have endured for fifteen years, provided your +theory is correct, Bruno,” with a fleeting smile. “Don't mistake me, +lads. I am ready and willing to do all that a man of my powers may, +provided I see just and sufficient cause for taking decisive action. +That is yet lacking. We are not certain that there are white women +yonder. Or, if white women, that they are captives. Or, if captives, +that they would thank us for aiding them to escape.” + +“Why, uncle Phaeton! Think of Mr. Edgecombe, and how--” + +“I am thinking of him, and I wish to think yet a little longer,” quietly +spoke the professor, “keep a lookout, lads, and if you see aught of +Waldo's fair women, pray notify me.” + +For the better part of an hour comparative silence reigned, the boys +feasting eyes upon yonder spectacle, their uncle deeply in reverie; but +then he roused up, his final decision arrived at. + +“I will do it!” were his first words. “Yes, I will do it!” + +“Do what, uncle Phaeton?” asked Waldo, with poorly suppressed eagerness, +as he turned towards his relative. + +“Go after Cooper Edgecombe,--bringing him here in order that he may, +sooner or later, solve this perplexing enigma. Come, boys, we may as +well start back towards the aerostat.” + +But both youngsters objected in a decided manner, Waldo saying: + +“No, no, uncle Phaeton! Why should we go along? You'll be coming right +back, and will be less crowded in the ship if we don't go.” + +“And we can better wait right here; don't you see, uncle?” + +“To keep the Lost City safely found, don't you know? What if it should +take a sudden notion to lose itself again?” added Waldo, innocently. + + + +CHAPTER XVII. AN ENIGMA FOR THE BROTHERS. + +In place of the indulgent smile for which he was playing, Waldo received +a frown, and directly thereafter the professor spoke in tones which +could by no possibility be mistaken. + +“Come with me, both of you. I am going back to the aerostat, and I dare +not leave you boys behind. Come!” + +Kind of heart and generally complaisant though uncle Phaeton was, +neither Bruno nor Waldo cared to cross his will when made known in such +tones, and without further remonstrance they followed his lead, slipping +away from the snug little observatory without drawing attention to +themselves from any of yonder busy horde. + +Not until the trio was fairly within the gulch did the professor speak +again, and then but a brief sentence or two. + +“Give me time to weigh the matter, lads. Possibly I may agree, but don't +try to hurry my cooler judgment, please.” + +Waldo gave his brother an eager nudge at this, gestures and grimaces +being made to supply the lack of words. But when, the better to express +his confidence that all was coming their way, the youngster attempted a +caper of delight, his foot slipped from a leaf-hidden stone, and he took +an awkward tumble at full length. + +“Never touched me!” he cried, scrambling to his feet ere a hand could +come to his aid. “Who says I don't know how to stand on both ends at the +same time?” + +Barring this little caper, naught took place on their way to the +air-ship; and once there, the professor heaved a mighty sigh, wiping his +heated face as one might who has just won a worthy race. But he betrayed +no especial haste in setting the flying-machine afloat and Waldo finally +ventured: + +“Can we help you off, uncle Phaeton?” + +But he was assured there existed no necessity for such great haste. + +“In fact, it might be dangerous to start while so many of the Aztecs are +upon the lookout,” came the unexpected addition. “I believe it would be +vastly better not to leave here until shortly before dawn, to-morrow.” + +It took but a few words further to convince the brothers that this idea +was wisest, and while the young fellows felt sorry to have their view +cut so short, neither ventured to actually rebel. + +After all, the day was well-nigh spent, and, besides preparing their +evening meal, it was essential that their plans for the immediate future +should be shaped as thoroughly as possible. + +Professor Featherwit had resolved to fetch Cooper Edgecombe to the scene +of interest, in order to give him at least a fair chance to solve the +enigma which was perplexing them all. Even so, he felt that no small +degree of physical danger would attend that presence, particularly if +it should really prove, as they could but suspect, that both wife and +daughter of the involuntary exile were yonder, among the Aztecans. + +Much of this the professor made known to his nephews during that +evening, the trio thoroughly discussing the matter in all its bearings, +but before the air-ship was prepared for the night's rest, uncle Phaeton +made the youngsters happy by consenting to their remaining behind as +guardians to the Lost City, while he went in quest of the balloonist. + +“But bear ever in mind the conditions, lads,” was his earnest +conclusion. “I place you upon your honour to take all possible +precautions against being discovered, or even running the least +unnecessary risk during my absence.” + +“Don't let that bother you, uncle Phaeton,” Waldo hastened to give +assurance. “We'll be wise as pigeons, and cautious as any old snake you +ever caught up a tree; eh, Bruno, old man?” + +“We promise all you ask, uncle, but does that mean we must stay right +here, without even stealing a weenty peep at the Lost City?” + +Professor Featherwit felt sorely tempted to say yes, but then, knowing +boyish nature (although Bruno had just passed his majority, while Waldo +was “turned seventeen”) so well, he feared to draw the reins too tightly +lest they give way entirely. + +“No; I do not expect quite that much, my lads; but I do count on your +taking no unnecessary risks, and in case of discovery that you +rather trust to flight, and my finding you later on, than to actually +fighting.” + +So it was decided, and at a fairly early hour the trio lay down to +sleep. Although so unusually excited by the marvellous discoveries of +the day just spent, their open-air life tended to calm their brains, +and, far sooner than might have been expected, sleep crept over them, +one and all, lasting until nearly dawn. + +Perhaps it was just as well that the wakening was not more early, for +the professor was beginning to regret his weakness of the past evening, +and had there been more time for drawing lugubrious pictures of probable +mishaps, he might even yet have insisted on taking the youngsters with +him. + +Knowing that it was rather more than probable some of the Indians would +be stationed upon the hills to watch for the queerly shaped air-demon, +the professor felt obliged to lose no further time, and so the +separation was effected, just as the eastern sky was beginning to show +streaks and veins of a new day. + +“Touch and go!” cried Waldo, with a vast inhalation as he watched the +aeromotor sail away with the swiftness of a bird on wing. “And for a +weenty bit I reckoned 'twas you and me as part of the go, too!” + +In company the lads enjoyed a more leisurely meal than their relative +had dared wait for, knowing that, at the very least, they would have the +whole of that day to themselves, so far as uncle Phaeton was concerned. +As a matter of course, he would not attempt to return except under cover +of night, or in the early dawn of another day. + +All that had been thoroughly discussed and provided for the evening +before, and was barely touched upon by the brothers now. Their first and +most natural thought was of yonder Lost City, with its inhabitants, red, +white, and yellow, as Waldo put it; but being still under the foreboding +fears of the professor, they finally agreed to remain where he left them +until after the sun crossed its meridian. + +It was a rather early meal which the brothers prepared, if the whole +truth must be told; and the last fragments were bolted rather than +chewed, feet keeping time with jaws, as they hastened towards the +observatory. + +There was pretty much the same sort of view as on the day before, the +main difference being that many of the Indians were labouring in the +fields, instead of watching for the air-demon. + +Using the glass by turns, the lads kept eager watch for the white women +whom Waldo stubbornly persisted were within the town; but hour after +hour passed without the desired reward, and Bruno began to doubt whether +there was any such vision to be won. + +“The sun was in your eyes, and you let mad fancy run away with your +better judgment, boy,” he decided, at length. “If not, why--what now?” + +For Waldo gave a low, eager exclamation, gripping the field-glass as +though he would crush in the reinforced leather case. A few moments +thus, then he laughed in almost fierce glee, thrusting the glass towards +his brother, speaking excitedly: + +“A crazy fool lunatic, am I? Well, now, you just take a squint at the +old house for yourself and see if--biting you, now, is it?” + +For Bruno showed even more intense interest as he caught the right line, +there taking note of--yes, they surely were white women! Faces, hair, +all went to proclaim that fact. And more than that, even. + +“Fair--lovely as a painter's dream!” almost painfully breathed the elder +Gillespie. “I never saw such a lovely--” + +“Injun squaw, of course. Couple of 'em. Nobody but a fool would ever +think different. The idea of finding white women--” + +“They are ladies, Waldo! I never saw such--and I feel that they must be +the ones lost by poor Edgecombe when that storm--” + +“That's all right enough, old fellow,” interrupted Waldo, claiming the +glass once more. “No need of your playing the porker on legs, though, as +I see. Give another fellow a chance to squint. But aren't they regular +jo-dandies, though, for a fact?” + +The two women in question, clad in flowing robes of white, lit up here +and there by a dash of colour, were slowly pacing to and fro upon the +temple where first discovered by the keen-eyed youngster. Thanks to the +excellent glass, it was possible to view them clearly in spite of the +distance, and there could be no dispute upon that one point: both mother +and daughter (granting that such was their relationship) were more than +ordinarily fair and comely of both face and person. + +For the better part of an hour that slow promenade lasted, and until +the women finally passed beyond their range of vision, the brothers took +eager and copious notes. Then, in spite of the fact that scores of other +figures still came within their field of vision, curiosity lagged. + +“It's like watching a street medicine show, after hearing Patti or +seeing Irving,” muttered Bruno, drawing back and stretching his wearied +limbs beyond possible discovery. + +“Or the A B C class playing two-old-cat, after a league game of extra +innings; right you are, my hearty!” coincided Waldo, feeling pretty much +the same way, “only with a difference.” + +Shortly after this, Bruno suggested a retreat to the rendezvous, and for +a wonder his brother agreed without amendment. + +The brothers passed down to the gulch, which formed the easiest route +to their refuge, saying very little, and that in lowered tones. The +confirmation so recently won served to stir their hearts deeply, and +neither boy could as yet see a way out of the labyrinth that discovery +most assuredly opened up before them. + +“Of course we can't leave them there to drag on such a wretched +existence,” declared Bruno. “We couldn't do that, even though we learned +they held no relationship to Mr. Edgecombe. But--how?” + +“I reckon it's--what?” abruptly spoke Waldo, gripping an arm and +stopping short for a few seconds, but then impulsively springing onward +again as wild sounds arose from no great distance. + +A score of seconds later they caught sight of a huge grizzly bear in +the act of falling upon a slender stripling, whose bronze hue as surely +proclaimed one of the Aztec children from yonder Lost City. + +What was to be done? Disobey their uncle, or leave this lad to perish? + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. SOMETHING LIKE A WHITE ELEPHANT. + +Only a lad, slight-limbed and slenderly framed to the eye, yet for all +that gifted with a gallant heart, else he surely must have been cowed to +terror by the huge bulk of such a dire adversary at close quarters. + +Instead of trying to find safety in headlong flight, the Indian stood +at bay, with both hands firmly gripping the shaft of his copper-bladed +spear, at far too close quarters for employing bow and arrows, while the +copper knife in his sash was held in reserve for still closer work. + +Snarling, growling, displaying its great teeth while clumsily waving +enormous paws which bore talons of more than a finger-length, the +bear was balanced upon its hindquarters, evidently just ready to lurch +forward with striking paws and gnashing teeth. + +Its enormous weight would prove more than sufficient to end the contest +ere it fairly began, while a slight stroke from those taloned paws would +both slay and mutilate. + +No one was better aware of all this than the Indian lad himself, yet he +took the initiative, swiftly darting his spear forward, lending to +its keen point all the power of both arms and body. A suicidal act it +certainly appeared, yet one which could scarcely make his position more +perilous. + +An awful roar burst from bruin as he felt that thrust, the blade sinking +deep and biting shrewdly; but then he plunged forward, striking savagely +as he dropped. + +The Indian strove to leap backward an instant after delivering his +stroke, but still clung to the spear-shaft. This hampered his action +to a certain degree, yet in all probability that stout ashen shaft +preserved his life, which that wound would otherwise have forfeited. + +The stroke but brushed a shoulder, nor did a claw take fair effect, yet +the stripling was felled to earth as though smitten by a thunderbolt. + +All this before the brothers could solve the enigma thus offered them so +unexpectedly; but that fall, and the awful rage displayed by the wounded +grizzly as he briefly reared erect to grind asunder the spearshaft, +decided the white lads, and, temporarily forgetting how dangerously nigh +were yonder Aztecan hosts, both Bruno and Waldo opened fire with their +Winchester rifles, sending shot after shot in swift succession into the +bulky brute, fairly beating him backward under their storm of lead. + +Victory came right speedily, but its finale was thrilling, if not fatal, +the huge beast toppling forward to drop heavily upon the young savage, +just as he was recovering sufficiently from shock and surprise to begin +a struggle for his footing. + +Firing another couple of shots while rifle-muzzle almost touched an ear, +the brothers quickly turned attention towards the fallen Indian, +more than half believing him a corpse, crushed out of shape upon the +underlying rocks by that enormous carcass. + +Fortunately for all concerned, the young Aztec was lying in a natural +depression between two firm rocks, and while his extrication proved +to be a matter of both time and difficulty, saying nothing of main +strength, success finally rewarded the efforts of our young Samaritans. + +The grizzly was stone-dead. The Indian seemed but a trifle better, +though that came through compression rather than any actual wounds from +tooth or talon. And the brothers themselves were fairly dismayed. + +Not until that rescue was finally accomplished did either lad +give thought to what might follow; but now they drew back a bit, +interchanging looks of puzzled doubt and worry. + +“Right in it, up to our necks, old man! And we can't very well kill the +critter, can we?” + +“Of course not; but it may cause us sore trouble if--” + +Just then the young Aztec rallied sufficiently to move, drawing a step +nearer the brothers, right hand coming out in greeting, while left palm +was pressed close above his heart. And--still greater marvel! + +“Much obliged--me, you, brother!” + +If yonder bleeding grizzly had risen erect and made just such a +salutation as this, it could scarcely have caused greater surprise to +either Bruno or Waldo, looking upon this being, as they quite naturally +did, in the light of a genuine “heathen,” hence incapable of speaking +any known tongue, much less the glorious Americanese. + +True, there was a certain odd accent, a curious dwelling upon each +syllable, but the words themselves were distinctly pronounced and beyond +misapprehension. + +“Why, I took you for a howling Injun!” fairly exploded Waldo, then +stepping forward to clasp the proffered member, giving it a regular +“pump-handle shake” by way of emphasis. “And here you are, slinging the +pure United States around just as though it didn't cost a cent, and you +held a mortgage on the whole dictionary! Why, I can't--well, well, now!” + +For once in a way the glib-tongued lad was at a loss just what to say +and how to say it. For, after all, this surely was a redskin, and the +professor had explicitly warned them against--oh, dear! + +Was it all a dizzy dream? For the Aztec drew back, speaking rapidly in +an unknown tongue, then sinking to earth like one overpowered by sudden +physical weakness. + +Bruno Gillespie, too, was recalling his uncle's earnest cautions, and +now took prompt action. He quickly secured the weapons which had been +scattered as the Indian fell before the grizzly's paw, then the brothers +drew a little apart to consult together. + +“What'll we do about it?” whisperingly demanded Waldo, keeping a wary +eye upon yonder redskin. “You tell, for blamed if I know how!” + +“We daren't let him go free, else he might fetch the whole tribe upon +our track,” said Bruno, in the same low tones, no whit less sorely +perplexed as to their wisest course. + +“No, and yet we can't very well kill him, either! If we hadn't come +along just as we did, or if--but he's a man, after all! Who could stand +by and see that ugly brute make a meal off even an Injun?” + +Bruno cast an uneasy look around, at the same time deftly refilling the +partly exhausted magazine of his Winchester. + +“Load up, Waldo. Burning powder reaches mighty far, even here in the +hills; and who knows,--the whole tribe may come helter-skelter this way, +to see what has broken loose! And we can't fight 'em all!” + +“Not unless we just have to,” agreed the younger Gillespie, placing a +few shells where they would be handiest in case of another emergency. +“But what's the use of running, if we're to leave this fellow behind to +blaze our trail? If he is our enemy--” + +“No en'my; Ixtli friend,--heart-brother,” eagerly vowed the young +Aztec, once again startling the lads by his strange command of a foreign +tongue. + +He rose to his feet, though plainly suffering in some slight degree from +that brief collision with the huge beast, and smiling frankly into first +one face, then the other, took Bruno's hand, touched it with his lips, +then bowed his head and placed the whiter palm upon his now uncovered +crown. + +In like manner he saluted Waldo, after which he drew back a bit, still +smiling genially, to add, in slowly spoken words: + +“You save Ixtli. Bear kill--no; you kill--yes! Ixtli glad. Sun Children +great--big heart full of love. So--Ixtli never do hurt, never do wrong; +die for white brother--so!” + +More through gesticulation than by speech, the young Indian brave made +his sentiments clearly understood, and if they could have placed full +dependence in that pledge, the brothers would have felt vastly relieved +in mind. + +But they only too clearly recalled numerous instances of cunning +ill-faith, and, in despite of all, they could not well avoid thinking +that this was really something like a white elephant thrown upon their +hands. + +“All right. Play we swallow it all, but keep your best eye peeled, old +man,” guardedly whispered Waldo. “Fetch him along, yes or no, for it may +be growing worse than dangerous right here, after so much shooting.” + +“You mean for us to--” + +“Take the fellow along, and keep him with us, until uncle Phaeton comes +back to finally decide upon his case,” promptly explained Waldo. “Of +course we ought to've let him die; ought, but didn't! We couldn't then, +wouldn't now, if it was all to do over. So watch him so closely that he +can't play tricks even if he wishes.” + +There was nothing better to propose, and though the job promised to be +an awkward one to manage, Ixtli himself rendered it more easy. + +Past all doubt he could understand, as well as speak, the English +language, for he took a step in evident submission, speaking gently: + +“Ixtli ready; heart-brother say where go, now.” + +Again the brothers felt startled by that quaintly correct accent, and +almost involuntarily Bruno spoke in turn: + +“You can talk English? When did you learn? And from whom?” + +A still brighter smile irradiated the Aztec's face, and turning his +eyes towards the secluded valley, he bowed his head as though in deep +reverence, then softly, lovingly, almost adoringly, responded: + +“SHE tell me how. Victo,--Glady, too. Ixtli know little, not much; +his heart feel big for Sun Children, all time. So YOU, too, for kill +bear,--like dat!” + +Bruno turned a bit paler than usual, catching his breath sharply, as he +repeated those names: + +“Victo,--Glady,--Wasn't it by those names, Victoria, Gladys, that Mr. +Edgecombe called his lost ones, Waldo?” + +“I can't remember; but get a move on, old man. The sooner we're back +where uncle Phaeton left us, where we can see a bit more of what may be +coming, the safer my precious scalp will feel. This Injun--” + +“No scalp,” quickly interposed the Aztec, with a deprecatory gesture to +match his words. “You save Ixtli. Ixtli say no hurt white brothers. Dat +so,--dat sure for truth!” + +Only partially satisfied by this earnest disclaimer of evil intentions, +Waldo gripped an arm and hurried the Aztec along, leaving the bear where +it had fallen, intent solely upon reaching a comparatively safe outlook +ere worse could follow upon the heels of their latest adventure. + +And Bruno brought up the rear as guard, eyes and rifle ready. + + + +CHAPTER XIX. THE CHILDREN OF THE SUN GOD. + +No difficulty whatever was experienced in reaching that retreat, and +milder prisoner never knew a guard than Ixtli proved himself to be, +silently yielding to each impulse lent his arm by Waldo, smiling when, +as sometimes happened, he was brought more nearly face to face with that +armed rear-guard. + +Nor were the Gillespie brothers worried by sound, sign, or token of more +serious trouble from others of that strangely surviving race. And it +was not long after reaching the rendezvous from which the professor had +sailed in the early dawn, that the youngsters agreed the echoes of +their Winchesters could not have reached the ears of the Lost City +inhabitants. + +“That's plenty good luck for one soup-bunch,” quoth Waldo, yet adding a +dubious shake of the head as he gazed upon their bronzed companion. “And +if it wasn't for this gentleman in masquerade costume--” + +“Ixtli friend. Ixtli feel like heart-brother,” came in low, mellow +accents from those smiling lips. + +There certainly was naught of guile or of evil craft to be read in +either eyes or visage, just then; but the brothers could not feel +entirely at ease, even yet. How many times had warriors of his colour +played a cunning part, only to end all by blow of tomahawk, thrust of +knife, or bolt from the bended bow? + +At a barely perceptible sign from Bruno, his brother drew apart, leaving +their “white elephant” by himself, yet none the less under a vigilant +guard. + +“He seems all right, in his way,” muttered the elder Gillespie, “but how +far ought we to trust him, after what we promised uncle Phaeton?” + +“Not quite as far as we can see him, anyway. Still, a fellow can't +find the stomach to bowl him over like a hare,--without a weenty bit of +excuse, at least.” + +“That's it! If he'd try to bolt, or would even jump on one of us, it +would come far more easy. Look at him smile, now! And I hate to think of +clapping such a bright-seeming lad in bonds!” + +“Time enough for all that when he shows us cause,” quickly decided +Waldo, with a vigorous nod of his curly pow. “Pity if a couple of us +can't keep him out of mischief without going that far. And we want to +pump the kid dry before uncle Phaeton gets back; understand?” + +Bruno gave a slight start at these words, but his eye-glow and +face-flush bore witness that the idea thus suggested had not been +unthought of in his own case. + +“Then you really think--” + +“That there's more ways than one of skinning a cat,” oracularly observed +Waldo. “Without showing it too mighty plainly, one or the other of us +can always be ready and prepared to dump the laddy-buck, in case he +tries to come any of his didoes. And, at the same time, we can be +hugging up to him just as sweetly as though we knew he was on the dead +level. Understand?” + +Possibly the programme might have been a little more elegantly +expressed, but Waldo, as a rule, cared more for substance than form, and +his speech possessed one merit, that of perspicuity. + +Having reached this fair understanding, the brothers dropped their +aside, and moved nearer the young Aztec. + +Ixtli gazed keenly into first one face, then the other, plainly enough +endeavouring to read the truth as might be expressed therein, as related +to himself. What he saw must have proved fairly satisfactory, since he +gave another bright smile, then spoke in really musical tones: + +“Good,--brother, now! That more good, too!” + +In spite of the suspicions, which seem inborn where people of the +red race are concerned, both Bruno and Waldo felt more and more drawn +towards this remarkable specimen of a still more remarkable tribe; and +not many more minutes had sped by ere the younger couple were chatting +together in amicable fashion, although finding some little difficulty in +Ixtli's rather limited vocabulary. + +Not a little to his elder brother's impatience, Waldo apparently took +a deeper interest in the recent adventure than in the subject which +claimed his own busiest thoughts, but he hardly cared to crowd the +youngster, lest he make matters even worse. + +Aided by the sort of freemasonry which naturally exists between lads +of an adventurous nature, Waldo readily succeeded in picking up +considerable information from the Aztec, even before broaching that +all-important matter. + +Ixtli was the only son of a famed warrior and chieftain of the Aztecan +clans, by name Aztotl, or the Red Heron. He, in common with so many +of his people, had witnessed the approach and abrupt departure of the +strange bird in the air, and had hastened forth in quest of the monster. + +He failed to see aught more of the strange creature, but, disliking to +return home without something to show for the trip, remained out over +night, then chanced to fairly stumble into the way of a mighty grizzly. + +There were a few moments during which he might possibly have escaped +through headlong flight, but he was too proud for that, and but for the +timely arrival and prompt action on the part of his white brothers would +almost certainly have paid the penalty with his life. + +Then followed more thanks and broken expressions of gratitude, all of +which Waldo magnanimously waved aside as wholly unnecessary. + +“Don't work up a sweat for a little thing like that, old man. Of course +we saw you were an Injun and--ahem! I mean, how in time did you happen +to catch hold of our lingo so mighty pat, laddy-buck?” + +“My brother means to ask who taught you to speak as we do, Ixtli?” + amended Bruno, catching at the wished-for opportunity now it offered. + +“And who was that nice little gal with the yellow hair? Is she--what did +you call her? Gladys--And the rest of it Edgecombe?” + +Waldo was eager enough now that the ice was fairly broken, but his +very volubility served to complicate matters rather than to hasten the +desired information. + +Ixtli apparently thought in English pretty much as he spoke it,--slowly, +and with care. When hurried, his brain and tongue naturally fell back +upon his native language. + +Sounds issued through his lips, but, despite all their animation, these +proved to be but empty sounds to the eager brothers. And, divining the +truth, Bruno checked his brother, himself acting as questioner, pretty +soon striking the right chord, after which Ixtli fared very well. + +Still, thanks to his difficulty in finding the right words with which to +express his full meaning, it took both time and patience for even Bruno +to learn all he desired; and even if such a course would be desirable, +lack of space forbids giving a literal record of questions and answers, +since the general result of that cross-examination may be put so much +more compactly before the generous reader. + +The first point made clear was that the young Aztec owed his imperfect +knowledge of the English language to certain Children of the Sun, whom +he named as if christened Victo and Glady. With this as starting-point, +the rest formed a mere question of time and perseverance. + +Growing in animation as he proceeded, Ixtli told of the coming to their +city of those glorious children; riding upon the wings of an awful +storm, yet issuing unharmed, unawed, bright of face, as the mighty orb +the sons of Anahuac worshipped. + +He told how an envious few held to the contrary: that these fair-skins +had come as evil emissaries from the still more evil Mictlanteuctli, +mighty Lord of Death-land, who had laden them with pestilence and +brain-sorrow and eye-darkness, with orders to devastate this, the last +fair city of the ancient race. + +With low, sternly suppressed tones, the young warrior went on to tell of +what followed: of the wicked attempt made by those malcontents to punish +the bearers of death and misery; then, his voice rising and growing more +clear, he told how, from a clearing-sky, there came a single shaft flung +by the mighty hand of the great god, Quetzalcoatl, before which the +impious dog went down in everlasting death. + +“Struck by lightning, eh?” interpreted Waldo, who seemed born without +the influence of poetry. “Served him mighty right, too!” + +Bowing submissively, although it could be seen he scarcely comprehended +just what those blunt words were meant to convey, Ixtli spoke on, +seemingly with perfect willingness, so long as the adored “Sun Children” + formed the subject-matter. + +From his laboured statement, Bruno gathered that the sudden death of one +who had dared to lift an armed hand against the woman so mysteriously +placed there in their very midst awed all opposition to the general +belief in the divine origin of mother and child; and ere long Victo +was installed as a sort of high priestess of the temple more especially +devoted to the Sun God. + +That was long ago, and when Ixtli was but a child. As he grew older, +and his father, Red Heron, was appointed as chief of guards to the Sun +Children, Victo took more notice of the lad, and ended in teaching him +both the English tongue and its Christian creed, so far as lay in his +power to comprehend. + +Then came less pleasing information concerning the Children of the Sun, +which went far to prove that the death of one evil-minded dog had +not entirely purged the Lost City, and it was with harsher tones and +frowning brows that Ixtli spoke of the head priest, or paba, Tlacopa the +evil-minded, who had built up a powerful and dangerous sentiment against +both Victo and Glady, even going so far as to declare before the holy +stone of sacrifice that the Mother of Gods demanded these falsely titled +Children of the Sun. + +“The fair-faced God must come soon, or too late!” sighed the Aztec, +bowing his head in joined palms the better to conceal his evident grief. +“He has promised to come, but hurry! They die--they die!” + +This was hardly an acceptable stopping-point, but questioning was of +little avail just then. Satisfied of so much, the brothers drew apart +a short distance, yet keeping where they could guard their more or less +dangerous charge, conversing in low tones over the information so far +gleaned from the Aztec's talk. + +“Well, we'll hold a tight grip on him, anyway, until uncle Phaeton gets +back,” finally decided Waldo, speaking for his brother as well. + + + +CHAPTER XX. THE PROFESSOR AND THE AZTEC. + +Fortunately for all concerned, there proved to be no serious difficulty +attached to that same holding. So far as outward semblance went, +Ixtli was very well content with both present quarters and present +companionship. + +He likewise enjoyed the supper that, aided by a small fire kindled in +a depression so low that the light could by no means attract any +unfriendly eye, Bruno prepared for them all. And just prior to taking +his first taste, the young warrior bowed his head to murmur a few +sentences which, past all doubt, had first come to his mind through the +wonderful Victo: a simple little blessing, which certainly did not add +to the dislike or uneasiness with which the brothers regarded their +guest. + +“He's white, even if he is red!” confidentially declared Waldo, at his +first opportunity. “More danger of our spoiling him than his doing us +dirt; and that's an honest fact for a quarter, old man!” + +Bruno felt pretty much the same, yet his added years gave him greater +discretion, and, in spite of that growing liking, he kept a fairly keen +watch and ward over the Aztec. + +After supper there came further questioning and answers, Waldo as a +rule playing inquisitor, eager to learn more anent the strange existence +which these people must live, so completely hemmed in from all the rest +of the world as they surely were in yonder valley. + +Without at all betraying the exile, Gillespie spoke of the lake and its +mighty whirlpool, then learned that the Indians really made semi-annual +trips thither for the purpose of laying in a supply of dried fish for +the winter's consumption. + +As the night waned, preparations were made for sleeping, although it was +agreed between the brothers that one or the other should stand guard in +regular order. + +“Not that I really believe the fellow would play us dirt, even with +every chance laid open,” Waldo admitted. “Still, it's what uncle Phaeton +would advise, and we can't well do less than follow his will, Bruno.” + +“Since we broke it so completely by tackling the grizzly,” with a brief +laugh. + +“That's all right, too. Of course we'd ought to've skulked away like a +couple of egg-sucking curs, but we didn't, and I'm mightily glad of +it, too. For Ixtli--what a name that is to go to bed with every night, +though!--for Ixtli is just about as white as they make 'em, nowadays; +you hear me blow my bazoo?” + +And so the long night wore its length along, the brothers taking turns +at keeping watch and ward, but the Aztec slumbering peacefully through +all, looking the least dangerous of all possible captives. And after +this light even the cautious Bruno began to regard him ere the first +stroke of coming dawn could be seen above the eastern hills. + +Not being positive just where the air-ship would put in an appearance, +since Professor Featherwit had, perforce, left that question open, to be +decided by circumstances over which he might have no control, each guard +in turn devoted considerable attention to the upper regions, hoping to +glimpse the aerostat, and holding matches in readiness to raise a flare +by way of alighting signal. But it was not until the early dawn that +Bruno caught sight of the air-ship, just skimming the tree-tops, the +better to escape observation by any Indian lookout. + +After that the rest came easily enough. A couple of blazing matches held +aloft proved sufficient cue to the professor, and soon thereafter the +flying-machine was safely brought to land, so gently that the slumbers +of the young Aztec were undisturbed. + +Bruno gave a hasty word of warning and explanation combined, even +before he extended a welcoming hand towards Mr. Edgecombe, who certainly +appeared all the better for his encounter with people of his own race. + +Professor Featherwit took a keen, eager look at the slumbering redskin, +then drew silently back, to whisper in Bruno's ear: + +“Guard well your tongue, lad. I have told him nothing, as yet, and we +must consult together before breaking the news. For now we have had no +rest, so I believe we would better lie down for an hour or two.” + +Mr. Edgecombe appeared to be perfectly willing to do this, and soon the +wearied men were wrapped in blankets and sleeping peacefully. + +Long before their lids unclosed, Bruno had an appetising meal in +readiness, although the others had broken fast long before, and Ixtli, +his hands tightly clasped behind his back, as a child is wont to resist +temptation, was inspecting the air-ship in awed silence. + +Taking advantage of this preoccupation, Bruno quickly yet clearly +explained to his uncle all that had happened, showing that by playing a +more prudent part the young warrior must inevitably have perished. + +Then, making sure Cooper Edgecombe was not near enough to catch his +words, Bruno told in brief the information gleaned from Ixtli concerning +the Children of the Sun, whom he and Waldo more than suspected must be +the long-lost wife and daughter of the exiled aeronaut. + +As might have been expected, Professor Featherwit was deeply stirred by +all this, fidgeting nervously while keeping alert ears, with difficulty +smothering the ejaculations which fought for exit through his lips. + +After satisfying his craving for food, the professor led the young Aztec +apart from the rest of the party, speaking kindly and sympathetically +until he had won a fair share of liking for his own, then broaching the +subject of the Sun Children. + +After this it was by no means a difficult matter to get at the seat of +trouble, and little by little Featherwit satisfied himself that Ixtli +would do all, dare all, for the sake of benefiting the woman and maiden +who had treated him so kindly. + +At a covert sign from the professor, Bruno came to join in the talk, +and his sympathy made the young Aztec even more communicative. And Ixtli +spoke more at length concerning Tlacopa, the paba, and another enemy +whom the Children of the Sun had nearly equal cause to fear, one +Huatzin, or Prince Hua, chiefest among the mighty warriors of the +Aztecan clans. + +This evil prince had for years past sought Victo for his bride, while +his son, Iocetl, tried in vain to win the heart-smiles of the fair +Glady, Victo's daughter. And, through revenge for having their suit +frowned upon, these wicked knaves had joined hands with the priest in +trying to drag the Sun Children down from their lofty pedestal. + +It did not take long questioning, or shrewd, to convince the professor +that in Ixtli they could count upon a true and daring supporter in +case they should conclude to interfere in behalf of his patroness and +teacher, adored Victo. + +The professor led the way over to the air-ship, there producing the +clothing and arms once worn by another Aztec warrior, which he had +carefully stowed away in the locker, loath to lose sight of such +valuable relics; truly unique, as he assured himself at the moment. + +Bruno gave a little exclamation at sight of the articles, then in eager +tones he made known the daring idea which then flashed across his busy +brain. + +“We ought to make sure before taking action, uncle Phaeton. Then why not +let me don these clothes and steal down into the valley, under cover of +darkness, to see the ladies and--” + +“No, no, my lad,” quickly interrupted the professor, gripping an arm +as though fearful of an instant runaway. “That would be too risky; that +would be almost suicidal! And--no use talking,” with an obstinate shake +of his head, as Bruno attempted to edge in an expostulation. “I will +never give my consent; never!” + +“Or hardly ever,” supplied Waldo, coming that way like one who feels the +proprieties have been more than sufficiently outraged. “Give some other +person a chance to wag his chin a bit, can't ye, gentlemen? Not that _I_ +care to chatter merely for sake of hearing my own voice; but--eh?” + +“We were considering whether or no 'twould be advisable to take a walk +over to the observatory,” coolly explained the professor. “Of course, if +you would rather remain here to watch the aerostat--” + +“Let Bruno do that, uncle. He grew thoroughly disgusted with what he saw +over yonder, yesterday,” placidly observed the youngster. + +“Waldo, you villain!” + +“Well, didn't you vow and declare that you could recognise grace +and beauty and all other varieties of attractiveness only in--dark +brunettes, old man?” + +Professor Featherwit hastily interposed, lest words be let fall through +which Mr. Edgecombe might catch a premature idea of the possible +surprise held in store; and shortly afterwards the start was made for +the snug covert from whence the Lost City had been viewed on prior +occasions. + +Naturally their route led them directly past the scene of the bear +fight, where the huge carcass lay as yet undisturbed, and calling forth +sundry words of wonder and even admiration, through its very ponderosity +and now harmless ferocity. + +Professor Featherwit deemed it his duty to gravely reprove his wards +for their rash conduct, yet something in his twinkling eyes and in the +kindly touch of his bony hand told a far different tale. His anger took +the shape of pride and of heart-love. + +In due course of time the lookout was won, and without delay the savant +turned his field-glass upon the temple which appeared to appertain to +the so-called Sun Children; but, not a little to his chagrin, the azotea +was utterly devoid of human life. + +But that disappointment was of brief existence, for, almost as though +his action was the signal for which they had been waiting, mother and +daughter came slowly into view, arm in arm, clad in robes of snowy +white, with their luxuriant locks flowing loose as upon former +occasions. + +Both lads--three of them, to be more exact--gave low exclamations +of eager interest as those shapes came in sight, while even Cooper +Edgecombe gazed with growing interest upon the scene, wholly +unsuspecting though he was as yet. + +A slight nod from the professor warned the brothers to stand ready +in case of need, then he offered the exile the glass, begging him to +inspect yonder fair women upon the teocalli. + +The glass was levelled and held firmly for a half minute, then the exile +gave a choking cry, gasping, ere he fell as one smitten by death: + +“Merciful heavens! My wife--my child!” + + + +CHAPTER XXI. DISCUSSING WAYS AND MEANS. + +In good measure prepared for some such result, in case their +expectations should prove true, friendly hands at once closed upon the +exile, hurrying him back, and still more completely under cover, as +quickly as might be. + +Cooper Edgecombe seemed as wax in their hands, not utterly deprived +of consciousness, but rather like one dazed by some totally unexpected +blow. He made not the slightest resistance, yielding to each impulse +given, shivering and weak as one just rallying from an almost mortal +illness. + +Yet there came an occasional flash to his eyes which warned the wary +professor of impending trouble, and as quickly as might be the stunned +aeronaut was removed from the point of observation, taken by short +stages back to the spot where rested the flying-machine. + +Ixtli seemed something awed by this (to him) inexplicable conduct on +the part of the gaunt-limbed stranger, but gave his new-found friends +neither trouble nor cause for worry, bearing them company and even +lending a hand whenever he thought it might be needed. + +The Gillespie brothers were far more deeply stirred, as was natural, +but even Waldo contrived to keep a fair guard over his at times unruly +member, speaking but little during that retreat. + +With each minute that elapsed Cooper Edgecombe gained in bodily powers, +and while his mental strength was slower to respond, that proved to be a +blessing rather than otherwise. + +The rendezvous was barely gained ere he gave a hoarse cry of reviving +memory, then strove to break away from that friendly care, calling +wildly for his wife, his daughter, fancying them in some dire peril from +which alone his arms could preserve them. + +It was a painful scene as well as a trying one, that which followed +closely, and respite only came after bonds had been applied to the limbs +of the madman,--for such Cooper Edgecombe assuredly was, just then. + +There were tears in the professor's eyes, as he strove hardest to soothe +the sufferer, assuring him that his loved ones should be restored to his +arms, yet repeatedly reminding him that any rash action taken then must +almost certainly work against their better interests. + +The exile grew less violent, but that was more through physical +exhaustion than aught else, and what had, from the very first, appeared +a difficult enigma, now looked far worse. + +Only when fairly well assured that the sufferer would not attract +unwelcome attention their way through too boisterous shouting, did the +professor draw far enough away for quiet consultation with his nephews. + +Mr. Edgecombe was deposited within the air-ship, secured in such a +manner that it would be well-nigh impossible for him to do either +himself or the machine material injury, no matter how violent he might +become; and hence, in case of threatened trouble from the inmates of +the Lost City, flight would not be seriously hindered through caring for +him. + +Professor Featherwit now gleaned from his nephews pretty much all they +could tell him concerning sights and events since his departure in quest +of the exile. That proved to be very little more than he had already +learned, and contained still less which seemed of especial benefit to +that particular enigma awaiting solution. + +True, Waldo suggested that Ixtli be employed as a medium of +communication between the Sun Children and themselves; but, possibly +because, as a rule, this irrepressible youngster's ideas were generally +the wildest and most far-fetched imaginable, uncle Phaeton frowned upon +the plan. + +No; the young Aztec might prove true at heart, even as indications went, +but the risk of so trusting him would prove far too great. + +“That's just because you haven't known and slept with him, like we +have,” declared Waldo. “He's red on the outside, but he's got just as +white a soul as the best of us,--bar none.” + +Bruno likewise appeared to think well of the young brave, and suggested +an amendment to Waldo's motion,--that he accompany Ixtli into the +sunken valley, covered by the friendly shades of night, there to open +communication with the Sun Children. + +“By so doing, we could make certain of their identity,” the young man +argued, earnestly. “That, it appears to me, is the first step to be +taken. For, in spite of the apparent recognition by Mr. Edgecombe, it is +possible that no actual relationship exists.” + +“What of that?” bluntly cut in the younger Gillespie. “Don't you reckon +strangers'd like to take a little walk, just as well as any other +people?” + +“Patience, my lad,” interposed the professor. “While we seem in duty +bound to lend aid and assistance to women in actual distress, we can +only serve them with their own free will and accord. Granting that the +women we saw upon the teocalli were other than those believed by our +afflicted friend--” + +“But, uncle, look at their names! And don't Ixtli say--tell 'em all over +again, pardner, won't ye?” urged Waldo, taking a burning interest in the +matter, as was his custom when fairly involved. + +The young Aztec complied as well as lay within his power, giving it as +his fixed opinion that sore trouble, if not actual peril, awaited the +Children of the Sun, unless assisted by powerful friends. He spoke of +the mighty chieftain, Prince Hua, and of the high priest, Tlacopa, who +was, to all seeming, playing directly into the hands of the 'Tzin. + +“He say Mother of Gods call--loud! He say sacrifice, and dat--no, no! +Quetzal' send--Quetzal' save--MUST save Victo, Glady!” + +Further questioning resulted in but little more information, though, as +Ixtli grew calmer, he emphasised such statements as he had already made, +elaborating them a trifle. And, by this, his questioners learned that, +humanly speaking, the fate of the Sun God's Children depended almost +entirely upon the whim or fancy of the chief paba of the teocalli. + +Through Tlacopa issued the awesome oracles, and when his voice thundered +forth the dread fiat, who dared to openly rebel? + +Further questioning brought forth one more important fact,--that there +was absolutely no hope of either Victo or Glady coming forth from the +valley, either by night or by day. While ostensibly free of will as they +were of limb, neither woman was permitted to leave yonder temple, save +under armed escort; and guards were on duty each hour of the day and +night. + +“But we could get to see and speak with them, Ixtli?” asked Bruno, eager +to reach some fair understanding as to the future course of action. + +“Yes, white brother, go with Ixtli,” came the hesitating reply; but then +the Aztec caught one of Gillespie's hands, holding it in close contrast +to his own brown paw, shaking his head doubtingly. + +“No like. Keen eye, dem people. Watch close. Find 'nother white +skin--bad!” + +“You hear that, Bruno?” asked the professor, really relieved at such +positive evidence in conflict with the rash proposition made by the +young man. + +“Of course I thought of going under cover of the night, uncle, and +surely it would not be such a difficult matter to darken my face and +hands? With dirt, if nothing better can be found. And if I wore the +clothes you brought from the cavern, uncle Phaeton?” + +“That's the ticket!” broke in Waldo, eagerly. “Why, in a rig like that, +I could turn the trick my own self!” + +The consultation was broken off at this juncture by a faint summons +from Cooper Edgecombe, and Professor Featherwit was only too glad of the +excuse, hurrying over to the flying-machine, finding to his great joy +that the exile was now far more like his old-time self. + +Still, great caution was used in revealing all, and it was not until +considerably later in the day that Mr. Edgecombe felt capable of taking +part in the discussion of ways and means. + +He declared that his recognition had been complete, in spite of the +long years which had elapsed since losing sight of his dear ones; and he +earnestly vowed to never give over until their rescue was effected, or +he had lost his life while making the attempt. + +While the two air-voyagers were thus engaged in talk, Bruno silently +stole away with Ixtli, taking a bundle along, and leaving Waldo to throw +their uncle off the track in case his suspicions should be prematurely +awakened. Then, side by side, two Indian braves silently approached +the aerostat, causing Professor Featherwit to make a hasty dive for his +dynamite gun to repel a fancied onslaught. + +“Sold again, and who comes next?” merrily exploded Waldo, dancing about +in high glee as the supposed redskin slowly turned around for inspection +before speaking, in familiar tones: + +“Would there be such an enormous risk of discovery, uncle Phaeton, +provided I put lock and seal upon my lips, save for the ladies?” + +That experiment proved to be a complete success, and after Cooper +Edgecombe added his pathetic pleadings to the young man's own arguments, +Professor Featherwit gradually gave way, though still with reluctance. + +“I could never find forgiveness should harm come to your mother's son, +boy,” he huskily murmured, his arm stealing about Bruno's middle. “I'd +far rather venture myself, and--why not, pray?” as Waldo burst into an +involuntary laugh. + +Then he turned upon Ixtli, a hand resting upon each shoulder while he +gazed keenly into those lustrous dark orbs for a full minute in perfect +silence. Then he spoke, slowly, gravely: + +“Can we trust you, friend? Would you sell the boy to whose arm you +owe your own life, unto his enemies? Would you lead him blindly to his +death, Ixtli, son of Aztotl?” + +A wondering gaze, then the Indian appeared to flush hotly. He shook off +those far from steady hands, drawing his knife and with free fingers +tearing open his dress above the heart. Thrusting the weapon into +Bruno's hand, he spoke in clear, distinct accents: + +“Strike hard, white brother! Open heart; see if all black!” + +Eye to eye the two youths stood for a brief space in silence, then the +weapon was let fall, and Bruno gripped the Indian's hand and shook it +most cordially. + +“Strike you, Ixtli? I'd just as soon smite my brother by birth!” + +“And that's mighty right, too!” cried Waldo, impetuously. + +“I really begin to believe that you are all in the right, while I alone +am left in the wrong,” frankly admitted the professor. + + + +CHAPTER XXII. A DARING UNDERTAKING. + +Still, that point was of too vital importance to justify hasty decision, +and the professor did not make his surrender complete until the shades +of another night were beginning to gather over the land. + +Meantime, partly for the purpose of keeping the youngsters employed and +thus out of the way of less harmless things, the professor suggested +that the huge grizzly be flayed. If the proposed scheme should really be +undertaken, that mighty pelt, if uncomfortable to convey, would serve as +a fair excuse for the young brave's as yet unexplained absence from the +Lost City. + +As a matter of course, Cooper Edgecombe felt intense anxiety through +all, but he contrived to keep fair mastery over his emotions, readily +admitting that he himself could do naught towards visiting the Lost +City. + +“I know that my loved ones are yonder. I would joyfully suffer ten +thousand deaths by torture for the chance to speak one word to--to them. +And yet I know any such attempt would prove fatal to us all. The mere +sight of--I would go crazy with joy!” + +There is no necessity for repeating the various arguments used, pro and +con, before the final agreement was reached. Enough has already been put +upon record, and the result must suffice: Professor Featherwit yielded +the vital point, and, having once fairly expressed his fears and doubts, +flung his whole heart into perfecting the disguise which was now counted +upon to carry Bruno safely into and out of yonder city. + +He was carefully trigged out in the warlike uniform secured by Cooper +Edgecombe at the cost of a human life, and, with fresh stain applied +to his face and hands, the slight moustache he wore was not dangerously +perceptible. + +“'Twould take a strong light and mighty keen eyes to see it at all, and +even if a body should happen to notice it, he'd reckon 'twas a bit of +smut, or the like,” generously declared Waldo. + +Under less trying circumstances, Bruno might have answered in kind, but +now he merely smiled at the jester, then turned again to receive the +earnest cautions let fall for his benefit by the professor. + +Above all else, he was to steer clear of fighting, and, without he saw +a fair chance of winning speech with the white women, he was to keep in +such hiding as Ixtli might furnish, trusting the young Aztec to post the +Children of the Sun as to what was in the wind. + +Tremulous, almost incapable of coherent speech, so intense was his +agitation, Cooper Edgecombe sent many messages to his loved ones, +begging for one word in return. And if nothing less would serve-- + +His voice choked, and only his feverishly burning eyes could say the +rest. + +It was well past sunset ere the youngsters set forth from the +rendezvous, accompanied a short distance by both Waldo and the +professor; but the parting came in good time. It would be worse than +folly to add to the existent perils that of possible discovery by some +prowling Aztec who might work serious injury to them one and all. + +That great bear-hide proved a tax upon their strength, even though the +bullet-riddled head-piece had been carefully cut off and buried, lest +those queer holes tell a risky tale on close examination; but Ixtli, as +well as Bruno, was upborne by an exaltation such as neither had known +before this hour. + +There was nothing worse than the natural obstacles in the way to be +overcome, and, knowing every square yard of ground so thoroughly, Ixtli +chose the most practicable route to that hill-encircled town. + +The stony pass was followed to the lower level, and the young +adventurers had drawn fairly near the first buildings ere encountering a +living being; and then ample time was given them for meeting the danger. + +A low-voiced call sounded upon the night air, and Ixtli responded in +much the same tone. Bruno, of course, was utterly in the dark as to +what was being said, but he still held perfect faith in his copper-hued +guide, and left all to the son of Aztotl. + +The Aztec brave appeared to be explaining his unusually protracted +absence, for he proudly displayed the great grizzly pelt, then exhibited +the spear-head from which protruded the tooth-marked wood. + +Like one who was already familiar with the details, Bruno slowly lounged +forward a pace or two, then in silence awaited the pleasure of his +companion on that night jaunt. + +Ixtli was not many minutes in shaking off the Indian, and, almost +staggering beneath his shaggy burden, moved away as though in haste to +rejoin his family circle. + +Fortunately for the venture, the Aztecans appeared to believe in the +maxim of going to bed early, for there were very few individuals astir +at that hour, young though the evening still was. And by the clear +moonlight which fell athwart the valley, it was no difficult task to +catch sight before being seen, where eyes so busy as those of the two +young men were concerned. + +Only once were they forced to make a brief detour in order to escape +meeting another redskin, and then a guarded whisper from the lips of +the Aztec warned Bruno that they were almost at the teocalli wherein the +Children of the Sun made their home and abiding-place. + +Leaving the grizzly pelt at a corner, for the time being, Ixtli led his +white friend up and into the Temple of the Sun, pressing a hand by way +of added caution. + +Although he had declared that an armed guard was kept night and day over +the Sun Children, and that he hoped to pass Bruno as well as himself +without any serious difficulty, since he had long been a favoured +visitor, and ever welcomed by Victo and Glady, the temple was seemingly +without such protection upon the present occasion. + +Ixtli expressed great surprise when this fact became evident, and he +showed uneasiness as to the welfare of his beloved patroness and kindly +teacher. + +Surely something evil was impending! His father, Aztotl, was chieftain +of the guards, and wholly devoted to the Sun Children, ready at all +times to risk life in their behalf. Now, if the usual guards were +lacking, surely it portended evil,--treachery, no doubt, at the bottom +of which the paba and the 'Tzin almost certainly lurked. + +All this Ixtli contrived to convey to Bruno, who fairly well shared that +anxiety, but who was more for going ahead with a bold rush, to learn the +worst as quickly as might be. + +Still, unfamiliar with the construction of the temple as he was, Bruno +felt helpless without his guide, and so timed his progress by that of +Ixtli, right hand tightly gripping the handle of his “hand-wood,” or +maquahuitl, resolved to give a good account of either of those rascally +varlets in case trouble lay ahead. + +The unwonted desolation which appeared to reign on all sides was plainly +troubling the Aztec brave, and he seemed to suspect a cunning ambuscade, +judging from his slow advance, pausing at nearly every step to bend ear +in keen listening. + +Still, nothing was actually seen or heard until after the young men +reached the upper elevation, upon a portion of which the Sun Children +had been first sighted by the air-voyagers. + +Here the first sound of human voices was heard, and Bruno stopped short +in obedience to the almost fierce grip which Ixtli closed upon his +nearest arm, listening for a brief space, then breathing, lowly: + +“We see, first. Dat good! Him see first, dat bad! Eye, ear, two both. +You know, brother?” + +“You mean that we are to listen and play spy, first, Ixtli?” asked +Bruno, scarcely catching the real meaning of those hurried words. + +“Yes. Dat best. Come; step like snow falls, brother.” + +“Who is it, first?” + +“Victo, she one. Odder man, not know sure, but think Huatzin. He bad; +all bad! Kill him, some day. Dat good; plenty good all over!” + +This grim vow appeared to do the Aztec good from a mental point of view, +and then he led his white friend silently towards the covered part of +the teocalli, from whence those sounds emanated. + +Curtains of thick stuff served to shut in the light and to partly +smother the sound of voices, but Ixtli cautiously formed a couple of +peepholes of which they quickly made good use. + +A portion of the sacred fire was burning upon its special altar, while a +large lamp, formed of baked clay, was suspended from the roof, shedding +a fair light around, as well as perfuming the enclosure quite agreeably. + +Almost directly beneath this hanging-lamp stood the two Children of +the Sun, one tall, stately, almost queenly of stature, and now looking +unusually impressive, as she seemed to act as shield for her daughter, +slighter, more yielding, but ah, how lovely of face and comely of +person! + +Even then Bruno could not help realising those facts, although his +ears were tingling sharply with the harsh accents falling from a far +different pair of lips, those of a tall, muscular warrior whose form was +gorgeously arrayed in featherwork and cunning weaving, rich-hued dyes +having been called to aid the other arts as well. + +If this was actually the Prince Hua, then he was a most brutal sample of +Aztecan aristocracy, and at first sight Gillespie felt a fierce hatred +for the harsh-toned chieftain. + +As a matter of course, Bruno was unable to comprehend just what was +being said, thanks to his complete ignorance of the language employed; +but he felt morally certain that ugly threats were passing through those +thin lips, and even so soon his hands began to itch and his blood to +glow, both urging him to the rescue. + +Swiftly fell the reply made by Victo, and her words must have stung the +prince to the quick, since he uttered a savage cry, drawing back an arm +as though to smite that proudly beautiful face with his hard-clenched +fist. + +That proved to be the cap-sheaf, for Bruno could stand no more. He +dashed aside the heavy curtain as he leaped forward, giving a stern cry +as he came, swinging the war club over his shoulder to strike with all +vengeance at the startled and recoiling Aztecan. + +Only the young man's unfamiliarity with the weapon preserved Prince Hua +from certain death. As it was, he reeled, to fall in a nerveless heap +upon the floor, while, with a startled cry, another Aztec broke away in +flight. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. A FLIGHT UNDERGROUND. + +That sudden appearance and flight of another man took Ixtli even more +by surprise than it did Bruno, for he never even suspected such a +possibility, knowing Prince Hua so well. Still, the young brave was +swift to rally, swift to pursue, sending a menace of certain death in +case the fleeing cur should not yield himself. + +Just then Bruno had eyes and thoughts for the Sun Children alone, +who quite naturally shrunk back in mingled surprise and alarm at his +unceremonious entrance. He forgot his disguise, forgot everything save +that before him stood the fair beings whom he had vowed to save at all +hazards from what appeared to him worse by far than actual death. + +Gillespie never knew just what words crossed his lips during those first +few seconds, but he saw that the women, in place of eagerly accepting +his aid, were visibly shrinking, apparently more alarmed than delighted +with the opportunity thus offered. + +Doubtless this was caused mainly by that odd blending of Aztec and +paleface, the colour and garb of the one joined to the tongue of the +other; but the result might have been even worse, had not Ixtli hastened +back to clear up more matters than one. + +In spite of his utmost efforts, the second Indian had escaped with life, +although he received a glancing wound from an arrow, as he plunged down +towards the lower level; and nothing seemed more certain than that an +alarm would right speedily spread throughout the town, if only for the +purpose of hurrying succour to the Lord Hua. + +All this rolled in swift words over Ixtli's lips, his warning finding +completion before either of the women could fairly interrupt the young +brave. But then the one whom Ixtli termed Victo spoke rapidly in his +musical tongue, one strong white hand waving towards the now somewhat +embarrassed Gillespie. + +“He friend; come save you, like save Ixtli,” the Aztec hurriedly made +reply, with generous tact speaking so that Bruno could comprehend as +well as the women. “He good; all good! Paba bad; 'Tzin more bad; be +worse bad if stay here, Victo--Glady.” + +Thus given the proper cue, Bruno took fresh courage and, in as few +words as might be, explained his mission. He spoke the name of Cooper +Edgecombe, and for the first time that queenly woman showed signs of +weakness, staggering back with a faint, choking gasp, one hand clasped +spasmodically above her madly throbbing heart, the other rising to her +temples as though in fear of coming insanity. + +“He is well; he is safe and longing for his loved ones,” Bruno swiftly +added, producing the brief note which the exiled aeronaut had pressed +into his hand at almost the last moment. “He wrote you that--here it is, +and--” + +“Make hurry, quick!” sharply interposed Ixtli, as ominous sounds began +to arise without the Temple of the Sun God. “Dog git 'way, howl for +more. Come here--kill like gods be glad.” + +With an evident effort Victo rallied, tones far from steady as she +begged both young men to save themselves without thought of them. + +“I thank you; heaven alone knows how overjoyed I am to hear from my dear +husband,--my poor child's own father! And he is near, to--But go, go! +Guide and protect him, Ixtli, for--Go, I implore you, sir!” + +“But how--we haven't arranged how you are to be rescued, and I must +understand--” + +“Later, then; another time, through Ixtli,” interrupted Mrs. Edgecombe, +since there could no longer be a doubt as to her identity. “If found +here 'twill be our ruin as well as your own. Go, and at once I fear that +Lord Hua may--” + +“He 'live yet,” pronounced Ixtli, rising from a hasty examination o f +the fallen chieftain. “Dat bad; much more worse bad! He dog; all over +dog!” + +“And I greatly fear he must have recognised you as one of a foreign +race, in spite of your disguise,” added the elder woman, trouble in her +face even as it showed in her voice. “He will be wild for revenge, and I +fear--Go, and directly, Ixtli!” + +Bruno Gillespie was only too well assured that this latest fear had +foundation on truth. Swiftly though he had wielded the awkward (to +him) hand-wood, Huatzin had sufficient time to sight his assailant, and +almost certainly had divined at least a portion of the truth. + +Doubtless it would have been the more prudent course to repeat that blow +with greater precision; but Bruno could not bring himself to do just +that, even though the ugly cries were growing in volume on the ground +level; and he felt that capture would be but the initial step to death, +in all likelihood upon the great stone of sacrifice. + +Imminent though their peril surely was, Bruno could not betake himself +to flight without at least partially performing the duty for which he +had volunteered; and so he took time to hurriedly utter: + +“Watch from the top of the tower for the air-ship, and be ready to leave +at any moment, I implore you--both!” + +For even now his admiring gaze could with difficulty be torn away from +yonder younger, even more lovely, visage; although as yet the maiden had +spoken no word, even shrinking away from this strangely speaking Aztec +as though in affright. + +“Come, brother, or too late,” urged Ixtli, almost sternly. “Save you, or +Glass-eyes call Ixtli dog-liar. Come; must run, no fight; too big many +for that.” + +And so it seemed, when the young men rushed away from the lighted +interior and gained the uncovered space beyond. Loud cries came soaring +through the night from different directions, and dim, phantom-like +shapes could be glimpsed in hurrying confusion. + +Apparently the majority only knew that trouble of some description +was brewing, and that the centre of interest was either in or near the +Temple of the Sun God; yet that was more than sufficient to place the +white intruder in great peril, despite the elaborate disguise he wore. + +Then with awful abruptness there came a sound which could only be +likened to rolling thunder by one uninitiated, but which caused Ixtli to +shrink and almost cower, ere gasping: + +“The great war-drum! Now MUST go! Sacrifice if caught; come, white +brother! See, dat more bad now!” + +Those mighty throbs rolled and reverberated from the hills, filling the +night air with waves of thunder, none the less awe-inspiring now that +their true import was realised. + +The entire population was aroused, and each building seemed to cast +forth an armed host, while, as through some magic touch, a circle of +fires sprung up on all sides, beginning to illumine both valley and +barrier. + +Bruno stood like one appalled, really fascinated by this transformation +scene for which he had been so poorly prepared; but Ixtli better +comprehended their situation, and gripping an arm he muttered, hastily: + +“Come, brother; stop more, make too late. Must hide, now. Dat stop go +back way came. Come!” + +Bruno roused himself with an effort, then yielded to the Aztec's +guidance, crouching low as the brief bit of clear moonlight had to be +traversed. + +Instead of making for the steps which, as customary, reached from +terrace to terrace at each corner, Ixtli crept to the centre, where the +temple-side was cast into deepest shadow, then lowered himself by his +arms, to drop silently to the broad path below. + +A whispered word urged Bruno to imitate this action, and those friendly +hands caught and steadied Gillespie as he took the drop. And so, one +after another, the mighty steps were passed, both young men reaching the +ground at the same instant, having succeeded in leaving the Temple of +the Sun God without being glimpsed by an Indian of all those whom the +sonorous drum-throbs had brought forth In arms. + +“Whither now?” asked Bruno, in guarded tones, as he looked forth +from shadow into moonlight, seeing scores upon scores of armed shapes +flitting to and fro, all looking for the enemy, yet none able to +precisely locate the trouble. + +Just then a savage yell broke from the top of the temple, followed by a +few fierce-sounding sentences, which Ixtli declared came from the Lord +Hua, then adding: + +“He say kill if catch, but dat--no! Come, white brother. Ixtli show how +play fool dat dog; yes!” + +“All right, my hearty. Is it a break for the hills? I reckon I can break +through. If not--well, I'll leave some marks behind me, anyway!” + +“No, no, dat bad! Can't go to hills; must hide,” positively declared the +young Aztec. “Come, now. Me show good place; all dead but we.” + +Evidently trusting to pass undetected where so many others were rushing +back and forth in seeming confusion, Ixtli broke away from the shadow of +the temple, closely followed by Gillespie, heading as directly as might +be for the strange refuge which he now had in mind. + +That proved to be a low, unpretending structure which was of no great +extent, so far as Bruno's hasty look could ascertain. Still, that was +not the time for doubting the wisdom of his guide, nor a moment in +which to discuss either methods or means; and as Ixtli passed through a +massive entrance, the paleface followed, giving a little shiver as the +barrier swung to behind them. + +“What sort of a place is it, anyway, Ixtli?” he demanded, but the Aztec +was too hurried for words, just then, save enough to warn his companion +in peril that they must descend deeper into the earth. + +It was more of a scramble than a deliberate descent, for the gloom was +complete, and Bruno had no time in which to feel for steps or stairs. +Only for the aiding touch of his guide, he must have taken more than one +awkward tumble ere that lower level was attained. + +Then a breathing-spell was granted him, and, while Ixtli bent ear in +listening to discover if pursuit was being made, Bruno drew a match +from the liberal supply he had taken the precaution to fetch along, +and, striking it, held aloft the tiny torch to view their present +surroundings. + +Only to give an involuntary start and cry as he caught indistinct +glimpses of fleshless bones and grinning skulls, those grim relics of +mortality showing upon every side as his wild eyes roved around. + +Then a hand struck down the match, and a swift voice breathed: + +“Dey come dis way. See us hide--come hunt, now, to kill!” + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. THE SUN CHILDREN'S PERIL. + +Not until the two young men passed beneath those heavy curtains did +either one of the Sun Children really give thought to their own possible +peril, but stood close together, arm of mother about daughter as they +listened to the ominous sounds without, so rapidly growing in force and +number. + +Then, just as the deep tones of the war-drum boomed forth upon the night +air, the fallen Aztec betrayed signs of rallying wits, giving a low +sound which might have been groan of pain or curse of baffled rage. Be +that as it may, the sound served one purpose: Victoria Edgecombe (to +append her correct name for the first time) drew her child farther away, +her right hand reaching forth to pluck a light yet effective spear from +where it lay against the wall. + +“Mother, mother!” faintly panted the maiden, plainly at a loss to +comprehend all that had so recently transpired. “What is it? What does +it all mean? Surely that was Ixtli; and--the other?” + +“A messenger from your father, child, and--” + +“My father? I thought--he is not--not dead?” + +“Thanks be to heaven, not dead!” with hysterical joy in face as in +voice. “Alive, and seeking us, Gladys! Coming to rescue us from this +death in life, and now--to your knees, my daughter; to thy knees, and +lift thanks unto the good Father who has at last listened to my moans!” + +Again the war-drum boomed forth in an awesome roll, but all unheeding +that ominous sound, paying no attention to the stirring of yonder +savage, whose lacerated scalp was painting his face a deeper red than +even nature intended, mother and daughter sank to their knees, lifting +hands and hearts towards the All-Powerful, even as their gratitude +floated towards the Throne of Grace. + +Then arose the hoarse tones of Huatzin, bidding his allies find and slay +without mercy; cursing the treacherous Aztec who had thus guided one of +a strange tribe into the very heart of their beloved city. + +With a short, fierce ejaculation, Victo sprang to her feet, right hand +once again grasping shaft of javelin, its copper point gleaming ruddily +in the rays of lamp as though already moistened by the heart-blood of +yonder villain. + +Far differently acted the maiden, her figure trembling with fear and +wonder commingled, her lips slightly blanched as she clung closer to her +mother. Yet through all ran a touch of girlish curiosity which helped +shape the words now crossing her lips. + +“Who was it, mother? Who could the stranger be? And whither has he +gone?” + +“With Ixtli, my child, and may the good God of our own people grant +them both life and liberty! If I thought--your father, Gladys! Alive +and looking for his beloved ones! See! from his own dear hand, and he +says--Hold! who comes there?” + +But the alarm appeared to be without actual foundation, for the sounds +came no closer, remaining beyond the drapery past which Lord Hua had +staggered only a few brief seconds before. + +Gladys rallied more speedily than one might have expected, and she spoke +with even greater interest than at first. + +“My dear father, and alive? Oh, mother, why is he not here to--why +should he send another? And that one--he spoke our dear language, +mother; surely he is not--not as Ixtli?” + +“No; he was of our own people, child, and I can hardly conceive how he +came hither, save that Ixtli must have acted as guide.” + +“And those awful warriors!” shivering as the war-cries followed the +muffled roar of the great drum. “If found, he will be slain! Do you +think there is any hope for him, mother? And he seemed so--so--” + +“He is gone with Ixtli, and Ixtli is true to the very core,” Victo +hastened to give assurance. “I would rather trust him than many another +of thrice his years and warlike experience. Ixtli is true; ay, as true +and tried as his father, Aztotl!” + +“Who loves you, mother, and would win--” + +“Hush, child!” just a bit sharply interposed the elder woman, yet at the +same time tightening that loving clasp. “Merely as the daughter of his +Sun God, Quetzalcoatl, and--ha!” + +Once again there came the echoes of rapid foot-falls beyond the heavy +draperies, and again this Amazonian mother drew her superb form in front +of her shrinking child, poising the javelin in readiness for stroke or +casting, as might serve best. + +A strong arm brushed the curtains aside sufficiently to admit its +owner's passage, but the armed warrior stopped short at sighting the Sun +Children, his proud head lowering, hands crossing over his broad bosom +in token of adoration,--for it surely was more than mere submission to +one held his superior. + +With a low cry, Victo drew back a bit, weapon lowering as she recognised +friend in place of enemy. + +“It is you, Aztotl?” she spoke, in mellow tones. “I thought--did you +remove the usual guards, this evening?” + +“The blame falls to my share, Sun Child,” the Red Heron made answer, +with a meekness strange in one of his build and general appearance, that +of a king among ordinary warriors. + +“Not justly, nor through fault of your own, my good and true friend,” + the elder woman made haste to give assurance. “Not even thy lips shall +speak slander of Aztotl the True-heart, my brother.” + +With a swift advance the Red Heron caught the unarmed hand, to bend over +it until his lips barely brushed the soft, perfumed skin. Then he sank +to one knee, bowing his head until his brow touched the floor beneath +her sandalled feet. + +Swiftly, gracefully, these movements were made, and where they would +have appeared fulsome or degraded in some, with this warrior the effect +was far from disagreeable to see or to experience. + +Victo flushed warmly and drew back a little farther, for the memory of +those words let fall by Gladys came back with unpleasant distinctness. +And was she so certain that Aztotl looked upon her as merely a +god-descended priestess? + +The Red Heron arose easily, head rising proudly above his shapely +shoulders as he met those great blue eyes,--eyes as pure and as +fathomless as the cloudless sky in midsummer. + +And then, more like one giving a bare statement of facts than one +offering a defence for himself, Aztotl spoke of a faithless subordinate, +who was guilty of either careless neglect, or worse. + +“It may be that Tezcatl lost his wits through strong waters, Sun Child, +or even that he took evil pay from still more vile hands. You have seen +the last of him, though, Child of Quetzal'l.” + +“You surely do not mean that--” + +Aztotl lightly tapped the knife-hilt showing above his maxtlatl, coldly +adding words to that significant gesture: + +“There is no place for fool or traitor upon the body-guard of the Sun +Children. Tezcatl sinned; he has paid full forfeit. And just so shall +all others perish who dare cast an evil glance towards--ha!” + +Another outcry arose from the other side of the curtained recess, and +the Red Heron instantly sprang away in that direction, hands gripping +weapons in readiness for instant use in case of need. + +Almost as swiftly, Victo and the maiden followed, one through fear, the +other through utter lack of fear, for herself. + +Those savage cries came from the lips of none other than the chieftain +whose now bare head bore significant traces of Bruno Gillespie's +handiwork, and he seemed bent on rushing directly into the presence of +the Sun Children, until Red Heron interposed, stern and icy-toned: + +“Stand back, my Lord Hua!” he ordered, left hand advanced with open +palm, but its dexter mate armed and ready for hot work if that must +come. “Venture no closer, on thy peril, chief!” + +Huatzin recoiled a bit, though that might have been more through +surprise than because he feared this proud warrior. He gripped his +knife-hilt, and partly drew the blade from its supporting sash. A +hissing oath escaped his lips, and he crouched a trifle, as a wild beast +gathers its deadliest force prior to making a death leap. + +“Darest thou bar my path, Aztotl?” he cried, hoarsely. “Make way, I bid +thee; make way, for I will see the Sun Children and--” + +“Not so, my Lord Hua,” coldly interrupted the master of guards, that +warning palm still turned to the front. “You are here without law or +leave, and know what the edict says: from the going to the return of +the sun, these stones are sacred from all feet save those of the Sun +Children and their regular body-guard.” + +“What care I for laws? Or for such as thou, Red Heron? I will that such +a thing shall be, and it comes to pass. And--thou dare to bar my way, +Aztotl?” + +“Ay. By words if they prove sufficient. By force if called for. By death +if worst must come; even the death of a mighty chieftain like Lord Hua +would not be too great a feat.” + +For a brief space it seemed as though Huatzin would make a leap to which +there could be but one termination, death to one or to both. But Aztotl +coldly spoke on: + +“I have given you fair and friendly warning, Lord Hua. Go, now, while +the path of peace lies open. Go, else I sound the call, and my +guard will take you in charge, just as they would any other rascally +intruder.” + +“Your precious son, for instance?” retorted the 'Tzin, viciously. “He +came with one whom--one of a different race from our own, Aztotl! A +traitor in thy own family, yet thou darest hint at--” + +Aztotl lifted a bent finger to his lips, sounding a shrill, +far-penetrating whistle. The response was prompt indeed, an armed force +advancing with weapons held ready, awaiting only word from commander to +punish that rash intruder by hurling him to death over the terraces. + +Although nearly beside himself with fury, Huatzin glared defiance at +both guard and its commander, then turned more directly upon the Sun +Children, speaking in savage tones: + +“Unto you, proud Victo, I'll either win you as my--” + +“Go on, Lord Hua,” coldly spoke the woman, as his voice choked. + +“I'll win and wear you as my squaw, or else give you to the stone of +sacrifice!” he snarled, then turned away as Aztotl motioned his guards +to clear the temple of all intruders, then see that none other dared +enter. + + + +CHAPTER XXV. WALDO GOES FISHING. + +It was with stronger forebodings than he dared acknowledge even to +himself, that Professor Featherwit watched the two young men out of +sight in the early gloom, and scarcely had his nephew passed beyond +hearing than uncle Phaeton would gladly have recalled Bruno. + +Waldo made light of all fears, prophesying complete success, and even +going so far as to predict Bruno's return accompanied by the Children of +the Sun; enthusiastic words which set the exile to trembling with excess +of joy and anticipation. + +What, then, was the blank dismay of all when, floating through the +night, came the hollow throbbing of yonder mighty war-drum, fetching +each person to his feet and holding him spellbound for the first few +seconds. + +Cooper Edgecombe turned sick at heart, even while ignorant as to the +method of sending forth that alarm, his hollow groan being the first +sound to follow the simultaneous exclamation which burst from three +pairs of lips as the surprise came. And but a breath later Waldo broke +forth with the excited query: + +“What is it? What's broken loose now? Surely--thunder?” + +Only Professor Phaeton at once recognised the sound, through +description, and each one of those swiftly succeeding strokes seemed +falling upon his heart, bidding him mourn for his beloved nephew, upon +whom his aged eyes had surely looked their last in this life! + +Yet it was the professor who took prompt action, speaking sharply as he +darted across to where the air-ship rested: + +“Come; get aboard, and let us do what lies in our power. It was criminal +to send the poor lad into the jaws of death, but now--hasten, there may +be a chance, even yet!” + +The call was still hot upon his lips when his two companions entered the +aerostat, gripping tight the hand-rail as Professor Featherwit sent the +vessel afloat with reckless haste. As by a miracle they escaped disaster +through rushing into a bushy treetop, and that fact served to steady the +aeronaut's nerves. + +“On guard, uncle Phaeton!” cried Waldo, making a lucky snatch at his +cap, which one of the stiff boughs brushed off his head. + +“Ay, ay, lad,” responded the man at the guiding-gear, as the air-ship +shot onward and upward, now heading, as directly as was practicable, for +the Lost City of the Aztecs. “That was the very lesson I needed. I am +steady of nerve, now, and will show no lack,--heaven grant that we may +not be for ever too late, though!” + +“What do you reckon could have kicked up such a bobbery, uncle? And +what--ugh!” as the wardrum's throbbings again swelled forth in grim +alarm. “What in time is that, anyway?” + +As briefly as might be, the professor explained, and almost for the +first time Waldo felt a thrill of dread. + +“If they've got Bruno, what will they do with him?” + +That very dread was worrying uncle Phaeton, and already through his +busy brain were flashing horrid pictures of punishment and sacrifice, +of hideous scenes of torture, wherein the eldest son of his dead sister +played a prominent role, perforce. + +He dared not trust his tongue to make answer, just then, and sent the +aeromotor onward at top speed, leaning far forward to win the earliest +glimpse of--what? + +He caught sight of blazing beacons fairly encircling the Lost City, +forming a cordon through which no stranger could hope to pass unseen. He +beheld hundreds of armed shapes rushing to and fro, plainly looking for +some intruder or other enemy, yet almost as certainly failing as yet to +make the longed-for discovery. + +Not until that moment had uncle Phaeton dared indulge in even the shadow +of a hope. The awful alarm seemed proof conclusive that poor Bruno had +been taken, through the treachery of Ixtli. + +Naturally enough, that was his first belief, but now, as the air-ship +slackened pace to circle more deliberately above the valley, all eyes +on the eager watch for either Bruno or something to hint at his fate, +Professor Featherwit lost a portion of that conviction. + +If Bruno had indeed fallen victim to misplaced confidence, and had +been craftily lured into this den of ravening wild beasts, why all this +confusion and mad skurry? Why had not the traitor first made sure of his +victim? Why such a general alarm? + +Although such haste in getting afloat had been made, some little time +had been thus consumed, and, before the aerostat was fairly above the +Lost City, Bruno and Ixtli had dropped by stages down the shadowed side +of the Temple of the Sun God, to burrow underneath the ground as their +surest method of eluding pursuit. + +Only for that, the end might have been different, for, once sighted, +Gillespie would have been rescued by his friends, or those friends would +surely have shared death with him. + +And so it came to pass that, circle though they might, calling ears +to supplement their eyes, swooping perilously low down in their fierce +eagerness to sight their imperilled one, never a glimpse of the young +man could they obtain, nor even a definite hint as to where next to look +for him. + +“Surely they cannot have captured Bruno, as yet?” huskily muttered uncle +Phaeton, hungrily straining his eyes without reward. “If the poor boy +had actually fallen into such evil hands, why such crazy confusion? +Why--oh, why did I permit his coaxings to overpower my better judgment? +Why did I send him into--” + +The words stuck in his throat and refused to issue. Phaeton Featherwit +just then felt himself little less than a cold-blooded assassin. + +Mr. Edgecombe was but little less deeply stirred, although his feelings +were more of a mixture. He grieved for Bruno, and would willingly risk +his life in hopes of doing the young man a service, yet his gaze was +drawn far more frequently towards yonder temple, on the top of which he +had--surely he HAD caught sight of his wife, his daughter! + +“Let me down and try to find him,” he eagerly begged, as one might plead +for a great boon. “I promise to save him if yet alive, and--let me +try, professor; I beg of you, give me this chance to show my heartfelt +gratitude.” + +But Professor Featherwit shook his head in negation. + +“That would only add to our trouble, friend. Knowing nothing of the +dialect, you would be wholly at a loss. And, looking so entirely +different in every respect, how could you hope to pass inspection?” + +“All seems so confused, that I might--surely it is worth trying.” + +“It would be suicidal, so say no more on that score,” almost harshly +spoke the usually mild-mannered aeronaut, sending his vessel upon +another circuit, only with stern vigilance choking back the appealing +shout to his lost nephew. + +This time the aerostat was brought directly above the Temple of the Sun, +where there appeared to be some unusual disturbance, a number of armed +guards fairly driving a gaily arrayed Indian down to the lower levels, +and that greatly against his inclinations, judging from the harsh cries +and ringing threats which burst from his lips. + +Recognising the building, and unable to hold his intense emotions longer +under stern control, Cooper Edgecombe called aloud the names of his wife +and daughter, begging that they might come to him; but then the air-ship +was sent onward and upward, with a dizzying swoop, and Professor +Featherwit gripped an arm, sternly speaking: + +“Quiet, sir! Another outbreak like that and I'll lock your lips, if I +have to send a bullet through your mad brain!” + +“I forgot. I could not wait longer, knowing that my loved ones--” + +“You forgot that the lives of all depend upon our remaining at liberty,” + coldly interrupted Featherwit. “Without this means of conveyance, how +can your loved ones escape? Now, your solemn pledge to maintain utter +silence, or I will take you back to yonder wilderness, leaving you to +shift for yourself as best you can. Promise, sir!” + +“I will,--I do. Forgive me, for I was carried away by--'twas there I +saw--after so many horrible years!” huskily muttered the exile, fairly +cowering there, before his saviour from the whirlpool. + +“Enough; bear in mind that the rescue of your loved ones depend on our +efforts. If discovered by yonder snarling beasts, and the machine is +injured,--farewell, all hopes! Now, quiet, and look for Bruno!” + +Again the air-ship circled over the valley, in spite of the moonlight +passing wholly unseen and unsuspected by the Aztecs, whose energies were +bent on ferreting out mortal foes, not demons of the upper world. + +Waldo leaned farther over the hand-rail as they floated closer to an +excited group of warriors, the central figure being Lord Hua himself, +fiercely denouncing Aztotl and his son, Ixtli, as traitors to the common +welfare, and calling upon all honest braves to mete forth befitting +punishment. + +Professor Featherwit caught one name indistinctly; that of the young +Aztec in whose company Bruno had set forth on his ill-starred venture; +and hoping to learn more of importance, he caused the aerostat to hover +directly above that particular group of redskins. + +Waldo, never stopping to count the risk he might thus fetch upon them +all, silently lowered the grapnel, by means of the drag-rope, giving +a boyish chuckle as the three-pronged hook descended amidst that +gathering, the sight causing more than one superstitious brave to leap +aside, with cries of amazed affright. + +The air-ship gave a sudden swoop, and the grapnel caught Huatzin by +his girdle, jerking him fairly off his feet, and swinging him into air, +pretty much as a youngster might land a writhing fish. But no fish ever +sent forth so wild a screech of mingled rage and terror as split the air +just then. + +Although hardly realising what was happening, Professor Featherwit sent +the aeromotor upward with a mighty jerk. The shock proving too much +for that sash, Lord Hua fell back to earth, literally biting the dust, +although he met with no bodily harm beyond sundry bruises. + +“Caught a sucker, and--I'll never do it again, uncle!” exploded Waldo, +as he swiftly hauled in his novel fish-line; but he had to take a severe +lecture from the professor before the subject was finally dropped. + +And, worse than all else, the air-demon was now the target for both eyes +and arrows, and, perforce, sailed swiftly away into the night. + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. DOWN AMONG THE DEAD. + +Ixtli spoke with a degree of earnestness which left no room for doubt, +even if the young man's own keen sense of hearing had not given warning +but an instant later. + +Ominous sounds came from the entrance, which had served them but so +brief a time gone by, and Bruno knew that, even if they had escaped +being seen while thus attempting to win such a gruesome refuge, the +possibility of their having elected just such a line of flight had +occurred to some of the redskins. + +Gillespie heard the heavy doors open, then clang to again. He was fairly +confident that some of the Aztecs had entered, although as yet the utter +darkness hindered further recognition. + +“What next, Ixtli?” he whispered, lips almost touching the face of his +young guide, as they stood close together in the mirk. “They can't take +me alive! Is it fight, or--” + +“No fight yet,” gently breathed the Aztec in turn. “Dey look, dat not +make sure find. Dey try see; we try not see all time. Dey come, we +go,--like dis!” + +Catching a hand within his own clasp, Ixtli led Bruno away in that utter +darkness, seemingly well acquainted with the lay of the ground, although +it quickly became evident that there must be more than one direct +passage. Bruno felt convinced that there were other chambers turning at +right angles to their present course, though it might have bothered the +young man to give entirely satisfactory reasons for such belief. + +Ixtli did not flee fast nor far, in that first spurt, pausing shortly +to turn face towards the rear, a low, musical chuckle coming through his +lips. + +“Dey come look, got no eyes for see in dark,” he explained, barely loud +enough for Bruno to catch his meaning. “We play fool dem all; dat be +fun; heap fun all time over!” + +Ixtli was scarcely as precise of speech while under the influence of +excitement as when he had ample time in which to pick and choose his +words; but there was little room for mistaking his meaning, which, after +all, is fairly sufficient. + +But this time the young brave was in error, for only a few moments later +both fugitives caught sight of a dim light in hurried motion far towards +the entrance to these underground crypts. That warned them of added +peril, and Ixtli's chuckle died abruptly away. + +“They'll fetch us now,” grimly muttered Bruno, shaking his fairly +athletic shoulders and fingering the knife at his belt as though making +preparations for an inevitable struggle. “All right. They may kill, but +I'll furnish some red paint for my tombstone, anyway!” + +It may be doubted whether Ixtli fully appreciated this conclusion, yet +he divined something of what was spoken, and made swift response: + +“No kill yet. Dey look, we hide. Mebbe not find. Mebbe play fool all +over--yes!” + +“Where can we hide that lights won't ferret us out, though? If a fellow +might only have the same advantage; here in this darkness I'm not worth +a sick kitten!” + +Just a bit disgustedly came the words, but Bruno was not giving over +in weak despair. No matter how vast the odds might show against him, he +would put up a gallant fight as long as he could lift his hand or strike +a blow. + +Still, he was by no means anxious for the crisis to arrive. He would far +rather run than fight, under existing circumstances; but whither, and +how? + +Ixtli took it upon himself to solve the perplexing enigma, in a whisper +bidding his white brother follow with as little sound as might be, once +more hurrying away through the gloomy blackness, which was by no means +rendered more agreeable to Bruno by that fleeting glimpse of the dead +men's bones. + +There was little room left for doubting the truth. Their presence in the +death-cells surely was more than suspected, judging from the actions +of yonder redskins, who flashed the light over and into each angle and +corner, each niche and jog, where a human being might possibly seek +concealment. + +They were not so many in number, but still a larger force than could +well be met with success by two youths, even granting that Ixtli would +turn lethal weapons against his own people, which Bruno felt was by no +means a settled fact. + +For some little time the young men kept without that limited circle of +light, watching each movement made by the searchers, and at the same +time taking care that none of the little party stole a dangerous march +upon them by hastening in advance of the lights. + +Ixtli apparently enjoyed the affair, much as a child might a successful +game of I-spy, for he emitted occasional chuckles, and let fall soft +whispers which, if caught by other ears, certainly would not have deeply +benefited the fugitives when captured. + +Thanks to that slow progress, rendered thus by the care and minuteness +of the search, Bruno began to marvel at the extent of the catacombs, and +almost involuntarily calculate how many centuries it must have taken to +accumulate such enormous quantities of remains. For, thanks to yonder +prying light, he could see how high those grim relics of perishing +mortality were piled up in tiers, with here and there upright skeletons +in position of greater prominence. + +Perhaps Gillespie might have been better able to appreciate Ixtli's +amusement had he even an inkling as to how this game of hide-and-go-seek +was fated to end. That an end must come, eventually, was a foregone +conclusion. And then? + +He ventured to ask Ixtli how they were to escape detection when they +could retreat no farther, but before an answer could be fairly shaped, +that end seemed actually upon them. + +Without sound or warning of any sort, another bright light showed at a +considerable distance in the opposite direction, and, as Bruno stared +that way, he made out several armed warriors who appeared to be engaged +in that same occupation: searching that city of the dead for the living! + +Thus caught between two fires, there seemed only one course to pursue, +and, with the courage of his fathers, Bruno spoke in low, grim tones to +his young guide: + +“No use for you to join in the mix, Ixtli. I'll do the best I know how, +but if I can't make the riffle, if I go down for good and all, I ask you +to convey the news to my friends. You will?” + +But Ixtli was not at the end of his resources, and gripping a wrist, he +urged Bruno towards yonder second light, speaking hastily as they moved +along towards the edge of that wide passage. “No fight, yet. Best +hide; mebbe no find; dat best try first. Den Ixtli fight like white +brother,--fast!” + +There was time for scant speech, for just then the two parties seemed, +for the first time, to catch sight of each other, and while the brave +bearing the rude lantern still maintained his slow movements, searching +well as he came, the other Indians came in advance, giving the fugitives +barely time in which to crouch down under temporary cover. + +The moment these enemies had passed them by, Ixtli urged Bruno on, then, +in swift whispers, instructed him how to perfect his hiding, even +aiding the young paleface into one of the upright crypts, back of a grim +skeleton, the mouldering blankets assisting in covering the one of flesh +and blood. + +After like fashion, the Aztec sought cover on the opposite side of the +passage. None too quickly, either; for now the single searcher drew +dangerously nigh, peering into every practicable hiding-place on either +side, before moving onward. + +Little by little he drew closer, while the other band of searchers +apparently turned off into a side passage, or large chamber, since +nothing could be seen or heard of them by the fugitives. + +In all probability, Ixtli's bold ruse would have proved a complete +success, for the Aztec warrior showed no suspicion as he drew nearer; +but it was not to be thus. + +Fairly holding his breath, lest he disturb some of the dry bones +immediately in front of himself, Bruno waited and hoped, only to feel +his blood chill, and his heart fail him, as a sickening horror crept +over his brain; nor was that the only creeping thing,--worse luck! + +Past all room for doubting, his entrance into that crypt had disturbed +the repose of a snake of some description; for now he could feel the +loathsome reptile crawling slowly up his back, turning the skin beneath +to scorching ice in its horrid passage. + +One horrible nightmare minute that lasted, then the serpent paused upon +his shoulder and biceps, touching his cheek with nose, then drawing back +its ugly head to give an ominous hiss. + +Human flesh and blood could endure no more, and Bruno flung the snake +violently off, striking forcibly against that mass of dry bones as he +did so. With a rattling clatter, the skeleton lost its frail coherence +and tumbled outward, leaving Bruno fairly exposed within the niche. + +With a cry the Aztec warrior turned in that direction, but ere he could +fetch his light to bear upon the right spot, Ixtli sprung forth to the +rescue, hooting like a frightened owl, as he dashed the light to earth, +and, at the same time, deftly tripping the Indian headlong. + +Swift as thought itself he followed up the advantage thus won, smiting +the fallen brave heavily upon the crown with a clubbed thighbone, +depriving him of sensibility for the time being at least. And then +snatching up the still burning light, he called, in guarded tones, to +his white friend: + +“Come, brother, play hunt, now! Fast--not stop here; dat bad for you see +by dem so soon. Dat good you go--like dis way!” + +Scarcely realising just what fresh ruse the Aztec had in mind, but far +from recovered from that horrible fear of death from poisonous fangs, +Gillespie submitted, Ixtli hurrying him away, turning off into what +appeared to be a side passage, less spacious than that to which they had +until then confined their retreat. + +The young Aztec hastily explained his present scheme, which was to play +the role of searchers as well; and scarcely had he made that project +known, than another difficult test was offered their courage. + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. PENETRATING GRIM SECRETS. + +Bruno caught an imperfect view of moving figures at no great distance +ahead, but ere he could fairly decide just what they might be, his +red-skinned guide swiftly whispered: + +“More come look. You don't say. Ixtli fool 'em--easy!” + +Making not the slightest attempt to avoid the issue, the young Aztec +stepped a little in advance of Gillespie, thus casting him into partial +eclipse, speaking briskly, as he met the two Indians, only one of whom +bore a light: + +“It is trouble for nothing, brothers. There is no sign here. If he saw +aught, 'twas in a dream, I think. And now--hark!” + +Even there in the subterranean recesses something of the wildly excited +uproar which followed Waldo's rash attempt to go a-fishing after his +fellow men, and the sighting of that awful air-demon by the Indians, +could be heard, and, without divining its actual import, Ixtli adroitly +turned it to his own advantage. + +“They have found the strange dog without!” he cried, sharply. “Come, my +brothers, else we will be too late for--hasten, all!” + +But only one-half of the present group obeyed, the two Indians dashing +at full speed towards the main entrance to the city of the dead, leaving +Bruno behind, wholly unsuspected, and Ixtli chuckling gleefully over the +favourable change in the situation. + +“Dey go--we come. Dis way, brother,” the Aztec spoke, moving in the +opposite direction, followed willingly enough by the now pretty well +bewildered paleface. + +“Whither are we going?” Bruno felt impelled to ask, after a few +moments more of blind obedience. “How are we going to get out? And my +friends,--they must have been alarmed by that great drum!” + +Ixtli made response by touch rather than in words, and, giving his +companion barely time sufficient to read aright that look of warning, he +extinguished the light, leaving themselves in complete darkness. + +Naturally anticipating fresh danger, Bruno strained his ears to catch +at least an inkling of its precise nature ere the trouble could fairly +close in; but only silence surrounded them,--silence, and an almost +palpable gloom. + +“Not cat,” assured Ixtli, in a soft-toned whisper, as he divined the +expectations entertained by his comrade in peril. “Nobody come, now. All +gone see what noise 'bout, yonder. You, me, all right. Best mek no big +talk, dough. Come--see!” + +Apparently the young Aztec found it no easy matter to elect words which +should fairly convey his desired meaning, and, abruptly giving over the +effort, he moved on, one hand lightly closed upon Bruno's wrist to guard +against possible separation in that utter darkness. + +Nothing further was said until Ixtli again came to a halt, Gillespie +giving a low exclamation as he felt what appeared to be a blank wall +before them. Was this no thoroughfare? Were they blocked in, to perish +of starvation, unless earlier discovered by the red-skinned searchers? + +Far from agreeable thoughts, yet such swiftly flashed across the young +man's brain, lending an echo of harshness to his voice as he spoke. + +“Where are we now, Ixtli? How are we going to get out of this? If you +have led me into a trap--” + +Finger-tips lightly brushed his lips, then the Aztec explained as well +he was able, thanks to his limited vocabulary. + +Escape from the catacomb by the same route they had taken in seeking +refuge there was entirely out of the question. Even though the redskins +might have abandoned the search in that precise quarter for the time +being, thanks to the sudden alarm which had broken forth in the valley, +almost certainly there would be an armed guard so stationed as to +intercept any or all persons who might so attempt to emerge. + +This much Bruno gathered, then took his turn at the verbal oars. + +“But we can't stay here, man, dear. Nothing to eat or to drink, and my +friends worrying over us, outside. We've got to get out; I have, at any +rate. The only question is, just how, and where?” + +“Dere one way go,” Ixtli made reply, even his lowered tones betraying +more than ordinary impressiveness, Bruno fancied. “Mebbe easy, mebbe +hard. Find dat, when try. We go dis way. Best be still, dough!” + +Bruno was ready enough to promise all that, just so action was being +taken, his uneasiness being by far too deep for rest or repose. More on +account of his uncle and his brother, though, than for his own safety. +He had not yet lost hope of extrication from the perils which surely +surrounded them, not quite abandoned hope of rescuing the Children of +the Sun as well. + +Turning abruptly to the left, Ixtli led the way into what appeared +(through the senses of touch and hearing) to be a narrow, winding +tunnel, which presently took an upward incline, then broadened into a +chamber of greater or lesser dimensions; the faint echoes told Gillespie +there was an enlargement of some description, but the utter darkness +veiled all else. + +Barely had the two adventurous youths come to a pause, than dull, +uncertain sounds came from almost directly above their heads; and, after +listening for a brief space, Ixtli disappointedly breathed a fear that +they would have to wait for the time being. + +“Why? What's going on up yonder? And where are we, anyway?” + +Beneath the great teocalli, Ixtli made answer in his disjointed way +of speaking. There the evil-minded paba, Tlacopa, reigned supreme. And +there, almost directly above their heads, stood the sacrificial stone, +upon whose flat surface the Sun Children would be doomed to suffer the +last penalty, provided Tlacopa won his wicked will. + +Bruno thrilled to his centre with fierce indignation as he, little by +little, gathered this information. Perish by such hideous methods? Give +up her fair young life-- + +For, rather queerly, considering that Ixtli spoke of both Victo and +Glady, he now had thought of--could see but that one lovely face and +shrinking figure,--face and form of the daughter alone. + +Discovery might have come all too soon, but for Ixtli's slipping a palm +over those indignant lips and thus smothering the outbreak which the +young man could not avoid; then, recalled to ordinary prudence, Bruno +talked and listened by turns. + +Ixtli contrived to make his white brother understand just how they were +situated at the time: in a secret channel of communication with the +great war temple, through which sanctuary he had hoped to lead his +friend, thence to escape from the valley itself, if a favourable chance +should offer. Now their way was barred, and they could only wait. +Unless--would Bruno keep close guard over his tongue? + +Yes. Anything, rather than remain wholly idle, like this. + +Adding a few minor cautions, Ixtli took Gillespie by a wrist, and stole +noiselessly forward, climbing upward, over and into a contrivance which +Bruno vainly sought to recognise by the sense of touch, but giving a +thrill of amazement when his guide paused long enough to whisper in his +nearest ear: + +“Dis war-god body. Stand up in teocalli, look on kill-stone. Wait; you +see, hear, all dat, now!” + +Thanks to the close association of that night, with all its attendant +perils, Bruno was growing fairly skilful in interpreting the broken +sentences of his copper-hued chum, and he now knew they were moving +about within the hollow image of the Aztecan war-god, Huitzilopochtli, +while-- + +He caught sight of several small apertures, through which yellow light +came dimly, and, almost without thinking, applied his eyes to the one +most convenient, peering forth upon the broad sacrificial stone, with +its foul, blood-stained surface, the little channels intended to drain +off the superfluous hemorrhage, together with the gloomy, repulsive +surroundings. And, too, a most abominable stench appeared to rise from +the altar of death, and Bruno shrunk back with a shiver of disgust. + +“No talk loud!” softly breathed Ixtli, gripping an arm with force. “Dey +kill, if find now. Look, dat one Tlacopa; big priest, you call. DEM help +paba fool all people; so!” + +Although his meaning was not fully apparent, Bruno caught renewed +interest, and once more peered forth upon the scene, weird and +impressive enough, even from a Christian point of view. + +Headed by Tlacopa, a ceremony of some description was taking place, +lesser priests and other acolytes performing their various parts, the +incantations rising now loudly, now sinking to a hollow monotone, the +whole affair being none the less absorbing when Bruno remembered that, +perhaps, it might have some connection with the vile plots against the +Sun Children, if not endangering life itself. + +Gillespie likewise took note of various other graven images; among them +one of the not less hideous war-goddess, Teoyaomiqui, or “divine war +death,” fitting consort for the mighty “humming-bird” himself. + +Meanwhile, Ixtli, who appeared to look upon the whole affair as a more +or less jolly good jest at the expense of his superstitious people, took +occasion to give his white brother a few pointers, letting him see how +easy it was for false oracles to be manufactured to order; how certain +the lightest wishes of the head priest were to find speedy fulfilment at +all times. + +While thus divulging part of the mysteries of the temple, that ceremony +reached a finale, and the little crowd slowly melted away, leaving but +Tlacopa and a select few of his trusted henchman. And Ixtli certainly +caught enough of their talk to alter his manner most materially. + +“Come, quick!” he fiercely whispered in Bruno's ear, gripping an arm, +and fairly forcing the young man to accompany his retreat. + +Not another word was spoken before the lower level was reached, and then +Gillespie broke the ice, asking what was the matter. + +Dark though it was all around them, Bruno could tell by sense of touch +that his guide was powerfully agitated, and, though Ixtli clearly +hesitated before imparting the asked-for information, persistence won +the point; and then-- + +Imperfectly though that discovery was set forth, Gillespie contrived +to gather this much: Tlacopa decreed that the Sun Children should be +brought to trial, if not to actual execution, when the morning sun +arose! + +“Never!” fiercely vowed Bruno, all on fire, as he recalled that more +than fair face. “Never,--while I live and draw breath!” + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. BROUGHT BEFORE THE GODS. + +Once again Aztotl, the Red Heron, was bowing humbly before the Children +of the Sun God, but now there was stern grief impressed upon his visage, +rather than pure devotion, such as one might feel at the feet of a +divinity. + +And the face of Victo was unusually pale, her lips tightly compressed to +keep them from trembling too visibly, while her arm clasped Gladys with +almost fierce love in its warm strength. + +Aztotl glanced upwards for a moment, then slowly spoke: + +“Such are the commands laid upon thy captain of guards, Daughter of +Quetzal', the Fair God. He hath been commanded to fetch Victo and Glady +to the teocalli, there to be--no!” with an outbreak of fierce rebellion, +drawing his superb figure erect, and gripping javelin until the springy +ash quivered, as though suddenly winning life for itself. “The gods lie! +They are speaking falsely, or--or the paba lies, when trying to thus +interpret the oracle!” + +Gladys shrunk away, but her mother stood firm, seeming to gain in +coolness and nerve what this ardent servant was losing. + +“It must be thus, my good friend,” she spoke, in low, even tones. “The +word hath come to a soldier, and obedience is his first duty.” + +“Not when obedience means leading to sacrifice--” + +“That may never come, good Aztotl. We have committed no sin, in deed or +in thought. The Mother of Gods will not lay claim to an innocent victim. +Or, even then, the right shall triumph! Tlacopa is powerful, but hath +Victo no influence? Lord Hua may throw HIS influence to the wrong side, +but hath truth no answer?” + +“If not truth, then death!” sternly vowed the captain of the body-guard. +“If Tonatiuh fails to punish the enemies of his daughter, then this +right arm shall hurl the false prince down to Mictlanteuctli, grim lord +of the under-world!” + +“What is it all about, mother?” murmured Gladys, clinging in sore +affright to the side of her Amazonian relative. “Surely the people will +not--surely we need not go forth to--” + +A mother's kiss closed those quivering lips, and then, with far more +assurance than she really could find in her heart, Victoria bade her +child fear nothing; that all would come aright in a brief while. + +Little by little, the maiden's terrors were calmed, and then she took +position by her parent's side with a greater display of nerve than might +have been anticipated. + +Through all, Aztotl waited, fiercely silent, held from open rebellion +only by the influence of the woman whose very life was now menaced. And +as the Sun Children stood before him, in readiness to comply with the +commands issued by those in high authority, the Red Heron broke bonds. + +“Say but one word, Daughter of Quetzal', and all this shall never come +to pass! Give me but permission to--” + +“What wouldst thou do, good Aztotl?” + +“Surround the Sun Children with their loyal body-guard and defend them, +while one brave might strike blow, or hold shield in front of their +sacred charge,” slowly yet fiercely declared the captain, eyes telling +how dearly he longed to receive that permission. + +But Victo shook her head in slow negation. She was still cool of brain +enough to realise how fatal such course would be in the end. If one +deadly blow should be dealt, the end could be but one,--annihilation to +both defended and defenders. + +Then, too, she recalled the wondrous tidings brought the evening before +by Ixtli and his comrade. Friends were seeking to rescue them, and if +only time might be won--it must be played for, then! + +And so, his petition finally denied, with no other course left open to +take, the Red Heron summoned his picked band and, with the Sun Children +in their midst, left the temple, crossed the plain, and slowly marched +into the War God's teocalli. + +In awed silence a vast number of Aztecs followed that little procession, +silent as they, yet clearly anticipating events of far more than +ordinary importance. And thus the foredoomed women were taken before the +great stone of sacrifice, whereupon lay a snow-white lamb, bound past +the possibility of struggling. + +Close beside the prepared sacrifice stood the head priest, Tlacopa, +robed for the awesome ceremony, sacrificial knife in hand, temples +crowned as customs dictated, eyes blazing as vividly as they might if +backed by living fire. + +Not far distant stood Huatzin, head bandaged and face none the better +looking for his floundering fall when his sash gave way the evening +before. And as he caught the passing gaze of the woman whom he had +so basely persecuted, a repulsive smile showed itself, the grin of a +veritable fiend in human guise. + +Sternly cold, and outwardly unmoved, the captain of guards performed +his sworn duty, then in grim silence awaited the end. And in like manner +each man of that carefully selected band rested upon his arms. + +A brief pause, during which the utter silence grew actually oppressive, +then the head priest lifted a hand as though commanding full attention +before he should speak. + +Then, in tones which were by no means loud, yet which were modulated +so as to fill that expanse most perfectly, Tlacopa recited the grave +accusations brought against the false children of the mighty Sun God. + +To their evil influence he attributed the comparative failure of crops +which had now cursed their fair people throughout the past years. Unto +them, he claimed, belonged the evil credit of many untimely deaths +which had covered so many proud heads with the ashes of mourning and of +despair. To their door might be traced all of misfortune with which the +favourite children of the mighty gods had been so sorely afflicted. + +In proud silence Victo listened to this deliberate arraignment, not +deigning to interpose denial, or offer plea in self-defence, until the +paba was clearly at an end. And even then she gazed upon Tlacopa with +eyes of scorn, and lips which curled with contempt. + +A low murmur from the eager crowd told how anxious they were to hear +more, and, taking her cue from that, Victo made a graceful motion with +her white hand, following it by words that sounded rarely sweet in their +deep mellowness, after the harsh, dry notes of the paba. + +“Who dares to bring such base charges against the Daughters of Quetzal'? +Who are our accusers, head priest?” + +Did Tlacopa shrink from that queenly presence? If so, 'twas but another +cunning device intended to pave the way to complete success; to catch +the fickle fancy of his audience by rendering his retort all the more +effective. + +“Who dares accuse us of wrong-doing?” again demanded the Amazonian +mother, speaking for her child as well, around whose waist her left arm +was clinging as a needed support. + +“The Mother of all the gods!” forcibly replied the priest, now casting +aside all presence of timidity, and gazing into that proud face +with eyes which were filled with fire of hatred and jealousy. “The +all-powerful Centeotl hath made known the awful truth through the lips +of the infallible oracle, my children! She hath declared that no +smiles shall be turned towards the children of Anahuac so long as false +prophets disgrace this great city! She hath demanded the sacrifice--” + +“Who can bear witness to any such demand?” sternly interposed the +captain of the body-guard, unable to listen longer in silence. + +Tlacopa flashed an evil look his way, but from the audience issued +another murmur, rising louder until it took upon itself the shape of +words, demanding indubitable proof that the oracle had indeed spoken +thus. And, no longer daring to rely upon his own authority, Tlacopa +turned to the sacrificial stone whereupon lay the helpless lamb, bowing +knee and lifting face as he volubly repeated the customary invocation; +just then it appeared far more nearly an incantation. + +Having thus complied with all the requirements of his office, the paba +first kissed his blade of sacrifice, then seized the lamb and turned +it upon its back, one hand holding it helpless while with the other he +ripped the poor beast wide from throat to tail, then, making a swift +cross-slash, laid bare the cavity and exposed the quivering heart. + +Dropping his knife, Tlacopa grasped this vital organ, fiercely tearing +it away, drawing back where all might see as he lifted the heart on high +for inspection. + +One brief look appeared to satisfy his needs, for he gave a fierce shout +as he hurled the bleeding heart towards the accused, then cried: + +“An omen! An omen! The Mother of the Gods claims her victims!” + + + +CHAPTER XXIX. BENEATH THE SACRIFICIAL STONE. + +Contrary to the expectations of Ixtli escape by way of the War God's +temple was barred throughout the remainder of that eventful night. +Tlacopa, the head priest, together with a number of his acolytes, +varying as to force, yet ever too powerful for any two men to force a +passage contrary to the will of their leader, remained on duty each and +every hour. And hence it came to pass that those early hours found +our fugitives still beneath the temple, worn through loss of sleep +and stress of anxiety, yet firmly resolved not to permit that intended +outrage without at least striking one fair blow for the Children of the +Sun. + +Slowly enough the time passed, yet it could hardly be called monotonous. +Whenever wearied of their darksome waiting, the young men would steal +again into the hollow image of Huitzil', there to utilise the cunningly +arranged peepholes, now looking out upon the priests, or listening to +catch such words as fell from the lips of those nearest the stone of +sacrifice. + +In this manner Ixtli contrived to pick up quite a little fund of +information, mainly through the confidences reposed in a certain +favoured few of the brotherhood by the chief paba. And this, in turn, +filtered through his lips after the chums once again retreated to the +lower regions for both safety and comfort. + +And then Bruno learned how the adventurous young Aztec, far less +superstitious than the vast majority of his people, thanks to the kindly +teaching of Victo, Child of Quetzal', had in his explorations discovered +so many secrets of the temple and priesthood, secrets which he now had +no scruple in communicating to another of a different race. + +Ixtli told how, on various occasions, he had lurked behind the scenes +while the miraculous “oracle” was delivering fiat or prophecy, and then +he told his white brother how Tlacopa meant to completely confound the +Children of the Sun when once brought before the gods. + +“He tell slave what say. Slave come dis way. Hide in War God. Wait for +time, den tell Tlacopa's words!” + +A most infernal scheme, yet the danger of which Bruno could readily +recognise, together with the serious difficulty of refuting any such +supernatural evidence. + +“Surely your people will not suffer a few dirty curs to do such horrible +wrong to ladies like--Why, Ixtli, even the gods you fellows bow the knee +to in worship, ought to rise up in their defence!” + +But Ixtli merely sighed, then spoke in sad tones, explaining how he +alone had been taken wholly into the confidence of the Sun Children. +Even the captain of their guards knew Victo and Glady as but descendants +of the great Fair God whom the audacious trickery of a rival sent far +away from the land of his favoured people, to find an abiding-place in +the sun itself. + +“He good brave. He die for dem,--easy! But he not know all. He think +drop from sun, to lead people back to light. If think not so, dat make +face turn black; dat make mad come--great big!” + +As was ever the case when his feeling seemed deeply stirred, Ixtli found +it difficult to fully or fairly explain his sentiments; but Bruno caught +sufficient of his meaning to give a fair guess at the rest. + +He found a ray of hope in the belief that Aztotl at least would defend +the Children of the Sun, and Ixtli predicted with apparent confidence +that the members of the body-guard would stand firm under the Red +Heron's leadership. + +Keeping thus upon the alert throughout the remainder of that night, the +young men were able to take prompt action when the crisis drew nigh. + +Ixtli caught the first inkling of what was coming, and hastily sent +Bruno away from the peepholes, dropping a word in his ear as they both +prepared for clean work. + +Through a secret entrance, shaped amidst the drapery which surrounded +the pedestal of the mighty Huitzil', a slave of the temple crept to play +the part of echo to Tlacopa's evil will; and scarcely had he secured +what was to be a place of waiting and watching than the attack was made +from out the darkness. + +Ixtli flung his tunic over the slave's head, twisting both ends tightly +about his throat, effectually smothering all attempt at crying aloud for +aid, while Bruno clasped arms about his middle, holding hands powerless +to strike or to draw weapon. + +A brief struggle, which produced scarcely any noise, certainly not +sufficient to reach the ears of priest or helper, then the trembling, +unnerved slave was bundled down that narrow passage, to be dumped in a +remote corner, and there effectually bound and gagged by the young men. + +All this was performed without hitch or mishap, and then, nerved +to fighting pitch, Ixtli and Bruno went back beneath the stone of +sacrifice, resolved to play their part to the end in manful fashion. + +There was no further fear of intrusion, for, of course, Tlacopa would +never think of endangering his own evil scheme by risking an exposure +such as would follow discovery of his slave-oracle. As Ixtli truly +said, such discovery would end in the paba's being slain by his befooled +people. + +Their patience was sorely tried, even then, though a goodly portion of +the blame belonged to their fears for the Sun Children, rather than to +the actual length of waiting. But then, amidst the solemn invocations +led by the high priest, the body-guard marched into the Hall of +Sacrifice, and Bruno caught his breath sharply as he beheld--Gladys! Not +her mother, just then. For the first minute, only,--Gladys! + +Then came the bitter denunciation by Tlacopa, followed by the coldly +dignified words of Victo, after which the innocent lamb yielded up +its life in order that the future might be predicted through the still +quivering heart. + +With a fiercely exultant cry Tlacopa hurled the vital organ towards the +accused, it striking the mother upon an arm, then glancing further to +leave an ugly smear upon the daughter's shoulder ere falling among the +eager multitude, who fought and struggled to secure at least a morsel of +the hideous thing. + +“Behold! the gods hath marked their own!” cried the high priest, his +harsh tones fairly filling the Hall of Sacrifice. “They are guilty of +all crimes laid at their door. They merit death, a thousandfold. The +Mother of Gods hath spoken!” + +“To whom but thou, Tlacopa?” sternly cried the captain of the guards, as +he stood firm in spite of the ominous sounds which were rising from the +rear, as well as from either side. + +“She hath spoken unto me, as her worthy representative on earth.” + +“And there are those who say much religion hath turned thy brain, good +Tlacopa,” retorted Aztotl, holding his temper fairly well under control, +yet with blazing eyes and stiffening sinews. “Are thy ears alone to +receive such important communications as--” + +“Silence, thou scoffer!” fiercely cried the high priest, lifting +quivering hands on high as though about to call down the thunders of +an outraged deity upon that impious head. “She who hath spoken once may +deign to speak again. Harken,--hear the oracle!” + +Doubtless this was cue for the slave of the temple to repeat the words +placed within its mouth, but that slave was literally unable to speak +a word for himself, let alone others. Yet,--the oracle was not wholly +silenced! + +“Talk out, or I will!” fiercely muttered Bruno, giving Ixtli a violent +punch in the side, “talk out for the Sun Children!” + +The young Aztec needed no further prompting, loving Victo and Glady as +he did, hating and despising the high priest. And in shrill, clear tones +came the wondrous oracle: + +“Tlacopa lies! Tlacopa is an evil dog! The Mother of the Gods loves and +will defend her friends, the Children of the great and good Quetzal'.” + +How much more Ixtli might have said, had he been granted further grace, +will never be known. Tlacopa shrank away from the speaking statue as +from a living death, but then he rallied, savagely thundering: + +“'Tis a lying oracle! 'Tis an evil impostor who has--An omen! A true +omen, my children! The evil ones hath been branded for the knife! Seize +them! To the sacrifice!” + +That vicious cry was swiftly taken up, but the body-guard closed in +around the menaced women, presenting arms to all that maddened horde, +while their captain sternly warned all good people to fall aside and +make way for the Children of the Sun. + +Then that secret entrance was flung wide, permitting two excited young +men to issue, Tlacopa reeling aside from a blow dealt him by Bruno's +clenched fist, as that worthy hastened to join forces with the +body-guard. + + + +CHAPTER XXX. AGAINST OVERWHELMING ODDS. + +This double appearance--for Ixtli kept fair pace with his hot-headed +white brother--caused no little stir, and added considerable to the +partial bewilderment which had fallen over that audience. + +Prince Hua shouted forth savage threats, but he, as well as the paba, +was fairly demoralised for the moment by the totally unexpected failure +of their carefully laid schemes. + +Seeing his chance, Aztotl bade his men escort the Sun Children from the +Hall of Sacrifice back to their own abiding-place, barely noticing his +son, and paying no heed at all to the disguised paleface. + +With spears ready for stroke or parry as occasion might demand, +the guard faced about and slowly moved away from the great stone of +sacrifice, rigid of face, cool of nerve, ready to die if must be, yet +never once thinking of disobedience to orders, or of playing cur to save +life. + +Almost involuntarily the crowd parted before that measured advance, +giving way until a fair pathway lay open, along which the body-guard +moved with neither haste nor hesitation, outwardly ignorant of the fact +that ugly cries and dangerous gestures were coming thicker and faster +their way. + +Scores of other voices caught up the fierce cry given by the head +priest, and now the temple was ringing throughout with demands that +the false Sun Children should pay full penalty, should be haled to the +sacrificial stone, there to purge themselves without further delay! + +Others showed an inclination to favour the descendants of Quetzal', and +thus the widely conflicting shouts and cries formed a medley which was +fairly deafening. + +For one of his fierce temper the Red Heron showed a marvellous coolness +throughout that perilous retreat, and never more than during the first +few seconds. Then a single injudicious word or too hasty movement might +easily have precipitated a fight, where the vast audience would surely +have brought disaster, whether the majority so willed or not. + +Holding his men well in hand, moving only as rapidly as prudence +justified, yet losing neither time nor ground, where both were of +such vital importance; Aztotl forced a passage from the great Hall of +Sacrifice down to the level, then out into the open air, where one could +see and fight if needs be. + +Through all this, Bruno Gillespie held the position he had taken, one +hand gripping tightly his maquahuitl, but placing his main dependence +upon the revolver which nestled conveniently within the folds of his +sash, one nervous forefinger touching the curved trigger. + +He could not help seeing that the danger was great. He felt certain that +they could not retreat much farther without coming to blows, when the +odds would be overwhelmingly against them. Yet never for an instant did +he regret having taken such a decided step; not for one moment did he +give thought to himself. + +Almost within reach of his hand, if extended at the length of his arm, +moved the fair maiden whose face and form had made so deep an impression +upon his mind and his heart. She was in peril. She needed aid. That was +enough! + +Then the briefly stunned Tlacopa rushed forth from his desecrated +temple, wildly flourishing his arms, furiously denouncing both the Sun +Children and their body-guard, thundering forth the curses of all the +gods upon the heads of those who refrained from arresting the evil ones. + +“The mighty Mother of Gods calls for her own! Seize them! Strike down +the impious dogs who dare attempt to defraud our Mother! Seize them! To +the sacrifice--to the sacrifice!” + +Equally loud of voice, the Prince Hua came leaping down to the sandy +level, urging his people to the assault, offering almost fabulous sums +as reward for the brave Aztec whose arm should lay yonder traitorous Red +Heron prone in the dust. + +The crisis came, and the dogs of war were let loose. + +An arrow whizzed narrowly past the feathered helmet worn by the captain +of the guards. A stone came humming out of sling, to be deftly dashed +aside by Aztotl's shield ere it could fairly smite that gold-crowned +head as, outwardly calm and composed, Victo aided her trembling daughter +on towards the Temple of the Sun God, where alone they might look for +safety. + +But would it be found even there? + +No! For, at savage howl from lips of the high priest, a strong force of +armed redskins took up position at the teocalli, blocking each one of +the four flights of stone steps in order to intercept the body-guard, +while still closer pressed the yelling, screeching, frantic heathen of +both sexes and all ages. + +Aztotl saw how he had been flanked, but made no sign, even while +slightly turning course for another temple at less distance, a single +word being sufficient to post his true-hearts. + +So far not a single blow had been struck by the retreating party, +although great provocation had been given them. More than one of their +number was bleeding, yet all were afoot, and still capable of holding +ranks. Then-- + +Bravest of the brave, a man among men in spite of his tender years, +Ixtli laid down his life in defence of his idolised Victo. + +From one of that maddened rabble came a heavy stone, flung with all the +power of a sinewy arm and great sling. Smitten fairly between the +eyes, the poor lad's skull was crushed, as a giant hand might mash an +eggshell. + +One gasping sigh, then the lad sunk to earth, dead ere he could fairly +measure his length thereupon. + +For a single instant Aztotl seemed as one stupefied, but then an awful +uproar burst from his labouring lungs, and he hurled his heavy javelin +full at yonder murderer, winging it with a father's curses. + +Swift flew the dart, but fully as quickly sank that varlet, the head of +the spear scraping his skull, to pass on and smite with death one even +more evil, if that might be. + +Full in the throat Tlacopa was stricken, the broad blade of copper +tearing a passage through, and the shaft following after for the greater +portion of its length. Unable to scream, though his visage was hideously +distorted by mingled fear and agony, the high priest caught the wood in +both hands, even as he reeled to partly turn, then fall upon his face, +dead,--thrice dead! + +With a wild thrill of grief and horror, Bruno Gillespie saw his red +brother reel in cruel death, and, for the moment heedless of his own +peril, which surely was doubled thereby, he sprang that way, to stoop +and catch that quivering shape in his eager hands. + +Too late, save to show his comradeship. That heavy stone had only too +surely performed its grim mission. Dead! Poor lad: dead, while seeking +to save another! + +With a fierce cry of angry mourning, Bruno lifted the mutilated corpse +in his arms, trying to toss it over a shoulder, to bear away from risk +of trampling under the heedless feet of the yelling heathen; but it was +not to be. Another stone smote his arm near the elbow, breaking no bone, +yet so benumbing the member as to temporarily disable it, causing that +precious burden to drop to earth once more. + +Then came an awful outcry from the people, whom the sight of their +high-priest reeling in death had, for a few fleeting seconds, fairly +stupefied. Cries which meant much to the living, and before which even +that band of true-hearts receded with slightly quickened pace. + +With the others fell back Bruno, leaving his hand-wood lying beside the +lifeless corpse of his redskinned brother-at-heart, but drawing forth +the weapon which he knew so much better how to use. + +The fierce lust of vengeance now seized upon him, heart and brain. He +shouted forth grim defiance to that howling crew, and as the deadly +missiles came in thickening clouds, carrying death and wounds to the +bodyguard of the Sun Children, he opened fire, shooting to kill. + +Entirely without firearms themselves, and in all probability ignorant of +such an instrument of destruction, this might have produced a far more +beneficial result under other circumstances. As it was now, few, if any, +took heed of what they could not hear above that awful tumult, and those +who felt the boring lead never rose up to give their testimony. + +Closer crowded the superstition-ridden heathen, showering missiles of +all descriptions upon the body-guard, confounding all with the one to +whose javelin their head priest owed his death,--only to recoil once +more, in fierce awe, as another victim of high rank paid forfeit his +life for the death of Ixtli, sole offspring of Aztotl, the Red Heron. + + + +CHAPTER XXXI. DEFENDING THE SUN CHILDREN. + +Louder than ever rose the voice of Lord Hua, after witnessing the fall +of his ally, the high priest. In spite of the great odds against the +body-guards, he began to fear lest his intended prey should even yet +slip through his evil clutches. + +Fiercer than ever rang forth his curses and imprecations upon the head +of the Aztec who thus dared the vengeance of all the gods by lifting +hand in arms against the anointed. + +And then, his own nerve strung by those very efforts to inspire others, +Lord Hua forged nearer the front, eager to behold all his hated enemies +crushed to earth as by a single stroke. And then-- + +With vicious force he hurled his javelin straight for the white throat +of the Sun Child who had scorned his fawning advances, and only the ever +ready eye, the true hand, the strong arm of Aztotl again warded off grim +death from the Fair God's Child. + +Caught upon that trusty shield one instant, the next turned towards +its original owner, to quiver for the barest fraction of time in that +vengeful grip, then, gloriously true to the hero's will and intent, sped +that javelin home. + +Home to the false heart of false prince; grinding through skin and flesh +and bones, cleaving that hot organ with broad blade of tempered copper, +forcing one vicious screech from those tortured lungs, then causing that +bulk to measure its length upon the blood-sprinkled sands. + +Once again the heathen involuntarily recoiled, as death claimed a high +victim. Once more the band of true-hearts slightly quickened their pace +towards the temple, now nigh at hand. Yet those lessened numbers never +once betrayed fear, or doubt, or faltering. Grimly true to their trust, +they fell back in the best of order, fighting as they moved, beating +back the heathen hosts, as though each man was a god, and their strong +arms a wall of steel. + +Here and there a true-heart sank to earth with the hand of death veiling +his eyes, but he died in silence; no cry of fear, no moan of pain, no +pitiful appeal for mercy at the hands of his maddened people. They knew +their sworn duty, and like true hearts they trod that narrow path unto +the very end. + +Although with gradually lessening numbers, the body-guard remained +practically the same. Still in a hollow square, with the Children of the +Sun God in the centre, they slowly, doggedly fell back, ever facing the +ravening foe, ever moving shoulder to shoulder as a single man. + +Then, just as Bruno Gillespie was refilling his emptied revolver, the +base of the tall pyramidal temple was won, and still protecting their +fair-haired charge, the body-guard ascended to the second terrace, +beating back such of the wild rabble as pressed them too closely. + +Again that wonderful barking-death came into play, and Bruno felt +a strangely savage joy gnawing at his heart as he saw more than one +stalwart warrior reel dizzily back from his hot hail. + +“For Ixtli, you curs! That for Ixtli! Down,--and eat dirt, dogs!” + +Scarcely could his own ears catch those sounds, although he shouted with +the full power of his strong young lungs, so indescribably horrid was +the din and tumult. + +Up another flight of steps, then yet another, although the crazed +rabble was not pressing them so very hard, just now. Still, their +number forbade a fourfold division as yet, and Aztotl feared lest the +blood-ravening mob attempt to head off their flight by taking possession +of the other stairs, thus being first to occupy yonder flat arena high +above the earth, whereupon he hoped to still protect the Sun Children, +even though he must lay down his life to maintain their lease. + +Lacking an acknowledged leader, the furious mass thought only of +crushing the faithful band by mere weight of numbers, taking no thought +in advance, else the end might well have been precipitated. + +Arrows, spears, javelins, stones from slings, poured upon the body-guard +in almost countless numbers, now and then claiming a true-heart as +victim, whereupon the rabble howled afresh in drunken triumph; but where +a single man died in the performance of his oath-bound duty, half a +score heathen bit the dust and grovelled out his remnant of life yonder +where most viciously trampled the feet of his fellow brutes. + +Pausing barely long enough to beat back the crazed rush which came +so close upon their retreat, the band of brothers would then slowly, +doggedly fall back another of those mighty steps, with bared teeth and +blazing eyes, longing to end all by one joyous plunge into the thick of +their assailants, dying with their chosen dead! + +Five separate times that upward flight, and five times the grim pause +to give death another portion of his red feast. Five times the +blood-lapping mob dashed against the band of brothers. Five times they +were hurled back, leaving more dead and dying there to mark the savage +struggle. + +And then, sadly decimated at each halt, less in numbers as they passed +farther from earth to climb nearer the blue sky, the survivors won +the crest of the teocalli, still fighting, still beating back such as +followed their steps more closely. + +Ere that brilliant retreat began, 'twould have taken close ranks for the +body-guard to find standing-room upon the temple-top; but now--Aztotl +called for a division of his force, since there were four separate +avenues of approach, of which the enemy was prompt to avail itself. + +“For the Sun Children, my brothers!” he cried, his voice rising even +above that awful tumult and turmoil. “Guard them with your lives!” + +Little need to waste breath in so adjuring. Of all thus enlisted, not +one of the true-hearts but proved worthy the trust. + +Not one brave who took care for his own life. Not one but was ready to +die in order to save; and thus far not a single wound had won so far as +either Child of the Fair God. + +Even now while the heathen were raging more viciously than ever, +crowding each terrace and jamming each flight of steps to the verge of +suffocation, strong arms were shielding them, true hearts were thinking +how best they might be served. + +Time and again Aztotl warded away winged death as it sought to claim +Victo for its prey. And Bruno Gillespie, no whit less brave if somewhat +lacking in warlike experience, made Gladys his especial care, sending +shot or dealing knife-thrust in her defence, barely giving thought to +his own safety as a side issue. + +Those broad terraces bore ugly pools and irregular patches of red blood. +The various flights of stone steps grew slippery and uncertain as they +likewise began to steam. Yet forward and upward pressed the howling mob, +and desperately fought the doomed body-guard above. + +Faster fly the deadly missiles, too many by far for even the keenest eye +to guard against them all. One and another of those gallant defenders +drop away; only because death had claimed them, not because of fear or +of bodily anguish. + +Aztotl staggers,--an arrow is quivering in his broad bosom,--but +still he fights on, dealing death with each blow of his blood-dripping +hand-wood. A stone lays open his brow,--but heavier and faster plays his +terrible weapon. A javelin flashes briefly, then the red copper vanishes +from sight, while the ashen shaft slowly dyes crimson, as the hot +life-blood issues. + +A last, dying stroke, and the Red Heron sinks at the feet of his +adoration, faithful unto the last, his brave soul going forth to join +with that of Ixtli; the last of a gallant family. + +Victo gives a wild cry of vengeance, then snatches up bow and quiver +where let fall by a death-smitten warrior, and wings swift death to the +slayer of her captain of the guard. + +An awful melee, where the odds were momentarily increasing; where one +man was forced to do the work of a score; where death inevitable awaited +all, unless a miracle should intervene. And that miracle-- + +Shrilly rang forth the voice of Victoria Edgecombe as, amidst the fury +of battle, she caught sight of the air-ship swiftly darting that way +through the clear atmosphere, bent on saving, if saving might be. + +The peculiar sound which attended the exploding of a dynamite cartridge +heralded the death of more than one Aztec, and, as the swift rattle of +revolvers added to the uproar, there was an involuntary recoiling, a +terrified shrinking, which was employed to the best advantage by the +air-voyagers. + +The aerostat barely landed upon the top of the temple, before Cooper +Edgecombe, with a wild scream of ecstatic joy, caught his wife in his +arms and hurried her into the car, while Waldo and uncle Phaeton aided +Bruno. + + + +CHAPTER XXXII. ADIEU TO THE LOST CITY. + +And Bruno clung fast to the half-swooning maiden, so that two in place +of one had to be assisted by uncle and nephew! + +Barely a score of seconds thus employed, then the gallant air-ship +responded to the touch of master-hand, and floated away from the bloody +temple-top with its increased burden, even as the last survivor of the +Sun Children's body-guard sank down in death. + +A brief stupor came over the amazed heathen at sight of this awful +air-devil from whose sides spat forth invisible death; but then, as they +divined at least a portion of the truth, as they saw their longed-for +victims thus borne bodily away, a revulsion came, and, amid the most +hideous howls and screeches, missiles flew towards the air-ship, +menacing sudden death to all therein. + +But fate would not have it thus, and, under the guidance of that +master-hand, the aeromotor flew higher and farther, quickly leaving +behind all peril from javelins, darts, arrows, or stones from slings. +And but one of their number had suffered aught: Bruno lay as one dead, +blood flowing from a stone-gash over an eye, but with one hand still +gripping the butt of an empty pistol; his other arm was--around the Sun +Daughter's waist! + +And Gladys? First she shrunk back with a gasping cry of mingled fear and +grief; only to quickly recover and--did she kiss that curiously spotted, +streaked face? + +Waldo afterwards declared she certainly did, for that a moment later he +saw some of that moistened stain upon her quivering lips; but Waldo was +ever extravagantly fond of a jest, and it may be--never mind! + +Not until the air-ship was safely past peril from yonder howling, raving +lunatics in bronze did Professor Featherwit give heed to aught else, +and by that time Victoria had left the ardent embrace of her husband, to +care for the elder Gillespie, whose single-hearted devotion all through +that bloody retreat and bloodier struggle upon the temple had not wholly +escaped her notice. + +Under such tender ministrations, Bruno quickly revived, and, after +assuring himself that the Children of the Sun were alive and unharmed, +while the Lost City was now left far behind them, he huskily begged +uncle Phaeton to descend to earth, where he might find water enough to +remove what remained of that loathsome disguise! + +But Professor Featherwit was far too shrewd a general to take any +unnecessary risks. His last glimpse of yonder valley showed him hundreds +of armed redskins rushing at top speed for the various passes by which +that circle of hills could be over-passed, and he knew that chase would +be made as long as the faintest ray of hope lured the Aztecs on. + +Thus it came that no halt was made until the inland reservoir was +reached, where there could be no possible danger in making a temporary +landing. And then Bruno stole away in hot haste, both to wash his person +and to reclothe it in garments not quite so ridiculous as he now felt +that savage rig must appear. + +“Just as though the little woman wasn't used to see fit-outs like that, +old man,” mocked Waldo, the irrepressible. “She'll go scare at you in +this rig; see if she doesn't, now!” + +Whether or no Gladys was actually frightened as Bruno made his +appearance, need not be decided here; but one fact remains: she acted a +vast deal shyer than when she saw her gallant defender lying as if dead, +with the red blood flowing over his face. + +Naturally enough, Cooper Edgecombe seemed fairly crazed by his joy. +After so many long years of hopeless grief and wistful longing, to find +his loved ones, safe and sound, far more beautiful than of yore! Surely +enough to turn the gravest of men into a laughing, jesting, voluble lad! + +But throughout it all ran a vein of sadness and of mourning. Neither +Aztotl the noble, nor Ixtli the gallant, could so soon be forgotten. And +more than one pair of eyes grew dim, more than one voice turned husky, +as mention was made of both life and death,--peace to their ashes! + + +Heavily burdened as the air-ship now was, it would be unwise to add +more, and so but a few minor articles were removed from the cavern, +which had for so long sheltered the exiled aeronaut, then the lever +was touched, and the vessel rose slowly into air, making one leisurely +circuit of the lake, in order to show the Children of the Sun where +their husband and father came so perilously nigh to entering upon +a subterranean voyage to the far-away Pacific. And, luckily as it +appeared, they were just in time to see that “big suck” drag another +huge tree down into its ever hungry maw. + +Not until the shades of night again began to settle over the earth did +the professor permit another halt, but then many miles lay between that +Lost City of the Aztecs and their present position, and, after selecting +a pleasant spot for alighting, preparations for their first al-fresco +meal in company were begun. + +That proved to be a pleasant meal, and yet a more pleasant evening +there in the wilderness,--the first, but by no means the last, partaken +of,--for, now they need no longer fear the heathen, Professor Featherwit +was eager to more thoroughly explore that strange land. + +Still, the air-ship was inconveniently crowded, and that helped to cut +explorations short. Then, too, Cooper Edgecombe was naturally eager to +return to civilisation once more, especially as he now had his heart's +dearest desire, wife and daughter, each peerless in her peculiar way. + +Thus it came to pass that the terra incognita was abandoned for the time +being, Professor Featherwit striking that wide path of ruin which marked +the course of the tornado, then sailing leisurely towards the point +of their initial departure, improving the opportunity by giving a +neat little lecture concerning tornadoes in general, and that one in +particular. + +“Which totally exploded so many absurd theories held up to date,” was +his proud assertion; and then he went on to explain just how, and why, +and wherefore-- + + +Why dwell longer? The tale I set out to narrate is finished. The unknown +land has been penetrated, and at least a portion of its marvels has +been inspected; imperfectly, no doubt, but that may be attributed to +circumstances which were past control. + +And should the still curious reader ask, “Is it all true? Is there +actually such a place as the Lost City? And are the people who live +in that town really and truly the same race as once inhabited Old +Mexico?”--to all such, I can hardly do better than this: there was a +Territory of Washington. There is now a State of Washington. Within that +State may be found a range, or system of mountains, known to the +world as the Olympics. And within the wide scope of country which lies +nestling inside of that mountain system may to this day be found-- + +But, after all, a little parable which Waldo Gillespie read to a certain +doubting Thomas, on the very evening of the day which changed Gladys +Edgecombe, spinster, into Mrs. Bruno Gillespie, may better serve in this +connection. + +“After all, I don't believe there is any such place or people,” declared +Doubting Thomas, nodding his head vigorously. + +“Is that so?” mildly queried our good friend, Waldo. “Let me give you +a little pointer, old man. Once upon a time, a man by the name of John +Smith was being tried for stealing a fat hog. The State brought three +reputable witnesses to swear that they actually saw the theft committed, +while the best the defence could offer was to declare that they could +produce at least a dozen honest citizens who would make oath to the fact +that they did not witness the crime. So--moral: + +“We six fairly honest people saw both the Lost City and its inhabitants. +Scores of equally reliable persons never saw either. Which sort of +evidence weighs the most, my good fellow?” + +Gentlemen of the jury, the verdict rests with you! + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Lost City, by Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST CITY *** + +***** This file should be named 783-0.txt or 783-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/7/8/783/ + +Produced by Charles Keller + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/783-0.zip b/783-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2dd8d03 --- /dev/null +++ b/783-0.zip diff --git a/783-h.zip b/783-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff20cfc --- /dev/null +++ b/783-h.zip diff --git a/783-h/783-h.htm b/783-h/783-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..743fb17 --- /dev/null +++ b/783-h/783-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,9430 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <title> + The Lost City, by Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Lost City, by Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Lost City + +Author: Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + +Release Date: July 27, 2008 [EBook #783] +Last Updated: March 14, 2018 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST CITY *** + + + + +Produced by Charles Keller, and David Widger + + + + + +</pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h1> + THE LOST CITY + </h1> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <h2> + By Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + </h2> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h2> + Contents + </h2> + <p> + <a href="#link2H_4_0001"> <big><b>THE LOST CITY.</b></big> </a> + </p> + <table summary="" style="margin-right: auto; margin-left: auto"> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I. </a> + </td> + <td> + NATURE IN TRAVAIL. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II. </a> + </td> + <td> + PROFESSOR FEATHERWIT TAKING NOTES. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III. </a> + </td> + <td> + RIDING THE TORNADO. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV. </a> + </td> + <td> + THE PROFESSOR'S LITTLE EXPERIMENT. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V. </a> + </td> + <td> + THE PROFESSOR'S UNKNOWN LAND. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER VI. </a> + </td> + <td> + A BRACE OF UNWELCOME VISITORS. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII. </a> + </td> + <td> + THE PROFESSOR'S GREAT ANTICIPATIONS. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII. </a> + </td> + <td> + A DUEL TO THE DEATH. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX. </a> + </td> + <td> + GRAPPLING A QUEER FISH. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X. </a> + </td> + <td> + RESCUED AND RESCUERS. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI. </a> + </td> + <td> + ANOTHER SURPRISE FOR THE PROFESSOR. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII. </a> + </td> + <td> + THE STORY OF A BROKEN LIFE. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER XIII. </a> + </td> + <td> + THE LOST CITY OF THE AZTECS. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER XIV. </a> + </td> + <td> + A MARVELLOUS VISION. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER XV. </a> + </td> + <td> + ASTOUNDING, YET TRUE. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER XVI. </a> + </td> + <td> + CAN IT BE TRUE? + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER XVII. </a> + </td> + <td> + AN ENIGMA FOR THE BROTHERS. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER XVIII. </a> + </td> + <td> + SOMETHING LIKE A WHITE ELEPHANT. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX. </a> + </td> + <td> + THE CHILDREN OF THE SUN GOD. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX. </a> + </td> + <td> + THE PROFESSOR AND THE AZTEC. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0021"> CHAPTER XXI. </a> + </td> + <td> + DISCUSSING WAYS AND MEANS. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0022"> CHAPTER XXII. </a> + </td> + <td> + A DARING UNDERTAKING. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0023"> CHAPTER XXIII. </a> + </td> + <td> + A FLIGHT UNDERGROUND. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0024"> CHAPTER XXIV. </a> + </td> + <td> + THE SUN CHILDREN'S PERIL. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0025"> CHAPTER XXV. </a> + </td> + <td> + WALDO GOES FISHING. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0026"> CHAPTER XXVI. </a> + </td> + <td> + DOWN AMONG THE DEAD. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0027"> CHAPTER XXVII. </a> + </td> + <td> + PENETRATING GRIM SECRETS. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0028"> CHAPTER XXVIII. </a> + </td> + <td> + BROUGHT BEFORE THE GODS. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0029"> CHAPTER XXIX. </a> + </td> + <td> + BENEATH THE SACRIFICIAL STONE. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0030"> CHAPTER XXX. </a> + </td> + <td> + AGAINST OVERWHELMING ODDS. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0031"> CHAPTER XXXI. </a> + </td> + <td> + DEFENDING THE SUN CHILDREN. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="#link2HCH0032"> CHAPTER XXXII. </a> + </td> + <td> + ADIEU TO THE LOST CITY. + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + </td> + </tr> + </table> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <a name="link2H_4_0001" id="link2H_4_0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <h1> + THE LOST CITY. + </h1> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I. NATURE IN TRAVAIL. + </h2> + <p> + “I say, professor?” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, Waldo; proceed.” + </p> + <p> + “Wonder if this isn't a portion of the glorious climate, broken loose from + its native California, and drifting up this way on a lark?” + </p> + <p> + “If so, said lark must be roasted to a turn,” declared the third (and + last) member of that little party, drawing a curved forefinger across his + forehead, then flirting aside sundry drops of moisture. “I can't recall + such another muggy afternoon, and if we were only back in what the + scientists term the cyclone belt—” + </p> + <p> + “We would be all at sea,” quickly interposed the professor, the fingers of + one hand vigorously stirring his gray pompadour, while the other was + lifted in a deprecatory manner. “At sea, literally as well as + metaphorically, my dear Bruno; for, correctly speaking, the ocean alone + can give birth to the cyclone.” + </p> + <p> + “Why can't you remember anything, boy?” sternly cut in the roguish-eyed + youngster, with admonitory forefinger, coming to the front. “How many + times have I told you never to say blue when you mean green? Why don't you + say Kansas zephyr? Or windy-auger? Or twister? Or whirly-gust on a + corkscrew wiggle-waggle? Or—well, almost any other old thing that + you can't think of at the right time? W-h-e-w! Who mentioned sitting on a + snowdrift, and sucking at an icicle? Hot? Well, now, if this isn't a + genuine old cyclone breeder, then I wouldn't ask a cent!” + </p> + <p> + Waldo Gillespie let his feet slip from beneath him, sitting down with + greater force than grace, back supported against a gnarled juniper, + loosening the clothes at his neck while using his other hand to ply his + crumpled hat as a fan. + </p> + <p> + Bruno laughed outright at this characteristic anticlimax, while Professor + Featherwit was obliged to smile, even while compelled to correct. + </p> + <p> + “Tornado, please, nephew; not cyclone.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, uncle Phaeton, have it your own way. Under either name, I fancy the + thing-a-ma-jig would kick up a high old bobbery with a man's political + economy should it chance to go bu'st right there! And, besides, when I was + a weenty little fellow I was taught never to call a man a fool or a liar—” + </p> + <p> + “Waldo!” sharply warned his brother, turning again. + </p> + <p> + “So long as I knew myself to be in the wrong,” coolly finished the + youngster, face grave, but eyes twinkling, as they turned towards his + mistaken mentor. “What is it, my dear Bruno?” + </p> + <p> + “There is one thing neither cyclone nor tornado could ever deprive you of, + Kid, and that is—” + </p> + <p> + “My beauty, wit, and good sense,—thanks, awfully! Nor you, my dear + Bruno, although my inbred politeness forbids my explaining just why.” + </p> + <p> + There was a queer-sounding chuckle as Professor Featherwit turned away, + busying himself about that rude-built shed and shanty which sheltered the + pride of his brain and the pet of his heart, while Bruno smiled + indulgently as he took a few steps away from those stunted trees in order + to gain a fairer view of the stormy heavens. + </p> + <p> + Far away towards the northeast, rising above the distant hill, now showed + an ugly-looking cloud-bank which almost certainly portended a storm of no + ordinary dimensions. + </p> + <p> + Had it first appeared in the opposite quarter of the horizon, Bruno would + have felt a stronger interest in the clouds, knowing as he did that the + miscalled “cyclone” almost invariably finds birth in the southwest. Then, + too, nearly all the other symptoms were noticeable,—the close, + “muggy” atmosphere; the deathlike stillness; the lack of oxygen in the + air, causing one to breathe more rapidly, yet with far less satisfying + results than usual. + </p> + <p> + Even as Bruno gazed, those heavy cloud-banks changed, both in shape and in + colour, taking on a peculiar greenish lustre which only too accurately + forebodes hail of no ordinary force. + </p> + <p> + His cry to this effect brought the professor forth from the shed-like + shanty, while Waldo roused up sufficiently to speak: + </p> + <p> + “To say nothing of yonder formation way out over the salty drink, my + worthy friends, who intimated that a cyclone was born at sea?” + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit frowned a bit as his keen little rat-like eyes turned + towards that quarter of the heavens; but the frown was not for Waldo, nor + for his slightly irreverent speech. + </p> + <p> + Where but a few minutes before there had been only a few light clouds in + sight, was now a heavy bank of remarkable shape, its crest a straight line + as though marked by an enormous ruler, while the lower edge was broken + into sharp points and irregular sections, the whole seeming to float upon + a low sea of grayish copper. + </p> + <p> + “Well, well, that looks ugly, decidedly ugly, I must confess,” the wiry + little professor spoke, after that keen scrutiny. + </p> + <p> + “Really, now?” drawled Waldo, who was nothing if not contrary on the + surface. “Barring a certain little topsy-turvyness which is something out + of the ordinary, I'd call that a charming bit of—Great guns and + little cannon-balls!” + </p> + <p> + For just then there came a shrieking blast of wind from out the northeast, + bringing upon its wings a brief shower of hail, intermingled with great + drops of rain which pelted all things with scarcely less force than did + those frozen particles. + </p> + <p> + “Hurrah!” shrilly screamed Waldo, as he dashed out into the storm, fairly + revelling in the sudden change. “Who says this isn't 'way up in G?' Who + says—out of the way, Bruno! Shut that trap-door in your face, so + another fellow may get at least a share of the good things coming straight + down from—ow—wow!” + </p> + <p> + Through the now driving rain came flashing larger particles, and one of + more than ordinary size rebounded from that curly pate, sending its owner + hurriedly to shelter beneath the scrubby trees, one hand ruefully rubbing + the injured part. + </p> + <p> + Faster fell the drops, both of rain and of ice, clattering against the + shanty and its adjoining shed with an uproar audible even above the + sullenly rolling peals of heavy thunder. + </p> + <p> + The rain descended in perfect sheets for a few minutes, while the + hailstones fell thicker and faster, growing in size as the storm raged, + already beginning to lend those red sands a pearly tinge with their + dancing particles. Now and then an aerial monster would fall, to draw a + wondering cry from the brothers, and on more than one occasion Waldo + risked a cracked crown by dashing forth from shelter to snatch up a + remarkable specimen. + </p> + <p> + “Talk about your California fruit! what's the matter with good old + Washington Territory?” he cried, tightly clenching one fist and holding a + hailstone alongside by way of comparison. “Look at that, will you? Isn't + it a beauty? See the different shaded rings of white and clear ice. See—brother, + it is as large as my fist!” + </p> + <p> + But for once Professor Phaeton Featherwit was fairly deaf to the claims of + this, in some respects his favourite nephew, having scuttled back beneath + the shed, where he was busily stowing away sundry articles of importance + into a queerly shaped machine which those rough planks fairly shielded + from the driving storm. + </p> + <p> + Having performed this duty to his own satisfaction, the professor came + back to where the brothers were standing, viewing with them such of the + storm as could be itemised. That was but little, thanks to the driving + rain, which cut one's vision short at but a few rods, while the deafening + peals of thunder prevented any connected conversation during those first + few minutes. + </p> + <p> + “Good thing we've got a shelter!” cried Waldo, involuntarily shrinking as + the plank roof was hammered by several mammoth stones of ice. “One of + those chunks of ice would crack a fellow's skull just as easy!” + </p> + <p> + Yet the next instant he was out in the driving storm, eagerly snatching at + a brace of those frozen marvels, heedless of his own risk or of the + warning shouts sent after him by those cooler-brained comrades. + </p> + <p> + Thunder crashed in wildest unison with almost blinding sheets of + lightning, the rain and hail falling thicker and heavier than ever for a + few moments; but then, as suddenly as it had come, the storm passed on, + leaving but a few scattered drops to fetch up the rear. + </p> + <p> + “Isn't that pretty nearly what people call a cloudburst, uncle Phaeton?” + asked Bruno, curiously watching that receding mass of what from their + present standpoint looked like vapour. + </p> + <p> + “Those wholly ignorant of meteorological phenomena might so pronounce, + perhaps, but never one who has given the matter either thought or study,” + promptly responded the professor, in no wise loth to give a free lecture, + no matter how brief it might be, perforce. “It is merely nature seeking to + restore a disturbed equilibrium; a current of colder air, in search of a + temporary vacuum, caused by—” + </p> + <p> + “But isn't that just what produces cy—tornadoes, though?” + interrupted Waldo, with scant politeness. + </p> + <p> + “Precisely, my dear boy,” blandly agreed their mentor, rubbing his hands + briskly, while peering through rain-dampened glasses, after that departing + storm. “And I have scarcely a doubt but that a tornado of no ordinary + magnitude will be the final outcome of this remarkable display. For, as + the record will amply prove, the most destructive windstorms are + invariably heralded by a fall of hail, heavy in proportion to the—” + </p> + <p> + “Then I'd rather be excused, thank you, sir!” again interrupted the + younger of the brothers, shrugging his shoulders as he stepped forth from + shelter to win a fairer view of the space stretching away towards the + south and the west. “I always laughed at tales of hailstones large as + hen's eggs, but now I know better. If I was a hen, and had to match such a + pattern as these, I'd petition the legislature to change my name to that + of ostrich,—I just would, now!” + </p> + <p> + Bruno proved to be a little more amenable to the law of politeness, and to + him Professor Featherwit confined his sapient remarks for the time being, + giving no slight amount of valuable information anent these strange + phenomena of nature in travail. + </p> + <p> + He spoke of the different varieties of land-storms, showing how a tornado + varied from a hurricane or a gale, then again brought to the front the + vital difference between a cyclone, as such, and the miscalled “twister,” + which has wrought such dire destruction throughout a large portion of our + own land during more recent years. + </p> + <p> + While that little lecture would make interesting reading for those who + take an interest in such matters, it need scarcely be reproduced in this + connection, more particularly as, just when the professor was getting + fairly warmed up to his work, an interruption came in the shape of a + sharp, eager shout from the lips of Waldo Gillespie. + </p> + <p> + “Look—look yonder! What a funny looking cloud that is!” + </p> + <p> + A small clump of trees growing upon a rising bit of ground interfered with + the view of his brother and uncle, for Waldo was pointing almost due + southeast; yet his excitement was so pronounced that both the professor + and Bruno hastened in that direction, stopping short as they caught a fair + sight of the object indicated. + </p> + <p> + A mighty mass of wildly disturbed clouds, black and green and white and + yellow all blending together and constantly shifting positions, out of + which was suddenly formed a still more ominous shape. + </p> + <p> + A mass of lurid vapour shot downwards, taking on the general semblance of + a balloon, as it swayed madly back and forth, an elongating trunk or + tongue reaching still nearer the earth, with fierce gyrations, as though + seeking to fasten upon some support. + </p> + <p> + Not one of that trio had ever before gazed upon just such another + creation, yet one and all recognised the truth,—this was a veritable + tornado, just such as they had read in awed wonder about, time and time + again. + </p> + <p> + Neither one of the brothers Gillespie were cravens, in any sense of the + word, but now their cheeks grew paler, and they seemed to shrink from + yonder airy monster, even while watching it grow into shape and awful + power. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit was no less absorbed in this wondrous spectacle, but + his was the interest of a scientist, and his pulse beat as ordinary, his + brain remaining as clear and calm as ever. + </p> + <p> + “I hardly believe we have anything to fear from this tornado, my lads,” he + said, taking note of their uneasiness. “According to both rule and + precedent, yonder tornado will pass to the east of our present position, + and we will be as safe right here as though we were a thousand miles + away.” + </p> + <p> + “But,—do they always move towards the northeast, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + “As a rule, yes; but there are exceptions, of course. And unless this + should prove to be one of those rare ex—er—” + </p> + <p> + “Look!” cried Waldo, with swift gesticulation. “It's coming this way, or I + never—ISN'T it coming this way?” + </p> + <p> + “Unless this should prove to be one of those rare exceptions, my dear boy, + I can promise you that—Upon my soul!” with an abrupt change of both + tone and manner, “I really believe it IS coming this way!” + </p> + <p> + “It is—it is coming! Get a move on, or we'll never know—hunt a + hole and pull it in after you!” fairly screamed Waldo, turning in flight. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II. PROFESSOR FEATHERWIT TAKING NOTES. + </h2> + <p> + “To the house!” cried the professor, raising his voice to overcome yonder + sullen roar, which was now beginning to come their way. “Trust all to the + aeromotor, and 'twill be well with us!” + </p> + <p> + The wiry little man of science himself fell to work with an energy which + told how serious he regarded the emergency, and, acting under his lead, + the brothers manfully played their part. + </p> + <p> + Just as had been done many times before this day, a queer-looking machine + was shoved out from the shed, gliding along the wooden ways prepared for + that express purpose, while Professor Featherwit hurried aboard a few + articles which past experience warned him might prove of service in the + hours to come, then sharply cried to his nephews: + </p> + <p> + “Get aboard, lads! Time enough, yet none to spare in idle motions. See! + The storm is drifting our way in deadly earnest!” + </p> + <p> + And so it seemed, in good sooth. + </p> + <p> + Now fairly at its dread work of destruction, tearing up the rain dampened + dirt and playing with mighty boulders, tossing them here and there, as a + giant of olden tales might play with jackstones, snapping off sturdy trees + and whipping them to splinters even while hurling them as a farmer sows + his grain. + </p> + <p> + Just the one brief look at that aerial monster, then both lads hung fast + to the hand-rail of rope, while the professor put that cunning machinery + in motion, causing the air-ship to rise from its ways with a sudden + swooping movement, then soaring upward and onward, in a fair curve, as + graceful and steady as a bird on wing. + </p> + <p> + All this took some little time, even while the trio were working as men + only can when dear life is at stake; but the flying-machine was afloat and + fairly off upon the most marvellous journey mortals ever accomplished, and + that ere yonder death-balloon could cover half the distance between. + </p> + <p> + “Grand! Glorious! Magnificent!” fairly exploded the professor, when he + could risk a more comprehensive look, right hand tightly gripping the + polished lever through which he controlled that admirable mechanism. “I + have longed for just such an opportunity, and now—the camera, Bruno! + We must never neglect to improve such a marvellous chance for—get + out the camera, lad!” + </p> + <p> + “Get out of the road, rather!” bluntly shouted Waldo, face unusually pale, + as he stared at yonder awful force in action. “Of course I'm not scared, + or anything like that, uncle Phaeton, but—I want to rack out o' this + just about the quickest the law allows! Yes, I DO, now!” + </p> + <p> + “Wonderful! Marvellous! Incredible! That rara avis, an exception to all + exceptions!” declared the professor, more deeply stirred than either of + his nephews had ever seen him before. “A genuine tornado which has no + eastern drift; which heads as directly as possible towards the northwest, + and at the same time—incredible!” + </p> + <p> + Only ears of his own caught these sentences in their entirety, for now the + storm was fairly bellowing in its might, formed of a variety of sounds + which baffles all description, but which, in itself, was more than + sufficient to chill the blood of even a brave man. Yet, almost as though + magnetised by that frightful force, the professor was holding his air-ship + steady, loitering there in its direct path, rather than fleeing from what + surely would prove utter destruction to man and machine alike. + </p> + <p> + For a few moments Bruno withstood the temptation, but then leaned far + enough to grasp both hand and tiller, forcing them in the requisite + direction, causing the aeromotor to swing easily around and dart away + almost at right angles to the track of the tornado. + </p> + <p> + That roar was now as of a thousand heavily laden trains rumbling over + hollow bridges, and the professor could only nod his approval when thus + aroused from the dangerous fascination. Another minute, and the air-ship + was floating towards the rear of the balloon-shaped cloud itself, each + second granting the passengers a varying view of the wonder. + </p> + <p> + True to the firm hand which set its machinery in motion, the + flying-machine maintained that gentle curve until it swung around well to + the rear of the cloud, where again Professor Featherwit broke out in + ecstatic praises of their marvellous good fortune. + </p> + <p> + “'Tis worth a life's ransom, for never until now hath mortal being been + blessed with such a magnificent opportunity for taking notes and drawing + deductions which—” + </p> + <p> + The professor nimbly ducked his head to dodge a ragged splinter of freshly + torn wood which came whistling past, cast far away from the tornado proper + by those erratic winds. And at the same instant the machine itself + recoiled, shivering and creaking in all its cunning joints under a gust of + wind which seemed composed of both ice and fire. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I say!” gasped Waldo, when he could rally from the sudden blow. “Turn + the old thing the other way, uncle Phaeton, and let's go look for—well, + almost anything's better than this old cyclone!” + </p> + <p> + “Tornado, lad,” swiftly corrected the man of precision, leaning far + forward, and gazing enthralled upon the vision which fairly thrilled his + heart to its very centre. “Never again may we have such another + opportunity for making—” + </p> + <p> + They were now directly in the rear of the storm, and as the air-ship + headed across that track of destruction, it gave a drunken stagger, + casting down its inmates, from whose parching lips burst cries of varying + import. + </p> + <p> + “Air! I'm choking!” gasped Bruno, tearing open his shirt-collar with a + spasmodic motion. + </p> + <p> + “Hold me fast!” echoed Waldo, clinging desperately to the life-line. “It's + drawing me—into the—ah!” + </p> + <p> + Even the professor gave certain symptoms of alarm for that moment, but + then the danger seemed past as the ship darted fairly across the + storm-trail, hovering to the east of that aerial phantom. + </p> + <p> + There was no difficulty in filling their lungs now, and once more + Professor Featherwit headed the flying-machine directly for the + balloon-shaped cloud, modulating its pace so as to maintain their relative + position fairly well. + </p> + <p> + “Take note how it progresses,—by fits and starts, as it were,” + observed Featherwit, now in his glory, eyes asparkle and muscles aquiver, + hair bristling as though full of electricity, face glowing with almost + painful interest, as those shifting scenes were for ever imprinted upon + his brain. + </p> + <p> + “Sort of a hop, step, and jump, and that's a fact,” agreed Waldo, now a + bit more at his ease since that awful sense of suffocation was lacking. “I + thought all cyclones—” + </p> + <p> + “Tornado, my DEAR boy!” expostulated the professor. + </p> + <p> + “I thought they all went in holy hurry, like they were sent for and had + mighty little time in which to get there. But this one,—see how it + stops to dance a jig and bore holes in the earth!” + </p> + <p> + “Another exception to the general rule, which is as you say,” admitted the + professor. “Different tornadoes have been timed as moving from twelve to + seventy miles an hour, one passing a given point in half a score of + seconds, at another time being registered as fully half an hour in + clearing a single section. + </p> + <p> + “Take the destructive storm at Mount Carmel, Illinois, in June of '77. + That made progress at the rate of thirty-four miles an hour, yet its force + was so mighty that it tore away the spire, vane, and heavy gilded ball of + the Methodist church, and kept it in air over a distance of fifteen miles. + </p> + <p> + “Still later was the Texas tornado, doing its awful work at the rate of + more than sixty miles an hour; while that which swept through Frankfort, + Kansas, on May 17, 1896, was fully a half-hour in crossing a half-mile + stretch of bottom-land adjoining the Vermillion River, pausing in its + dizzy waltz upon a single spot for long minutes at a time.” + </p> + <p> + “Couldn't have been much left when it got through dancing, if that storm + was anything like this one,” declared Waldo, shivering a bit as he watched + the awful destruction being wrought right before their fascinated eyes. + </p> + <p> + Trees were twisted off and doubled up like blades of dry grass. Mighty + rocks were torn apart from the rugged hills, and huge boulders were tossed + into air as though composed of paper. And over all ascended the horrid + roar of ruin beyond description, while from that misshapen balloon-cloud, + with its flattened top, the electric fluid shone and flashed, now in great + sheets as of flame, then in vicious spurts and darts as though innumerable + snakes of fire had been turned loose by the winds. + </p> + <p> + Still the aerial demon bored its almost sluggish course straight towards + the northwest, in this, as in all else, seemingly bent on proving itself + the exception to all exceptions as Professor Featherwit declared. + </p> + <p> + The savant himself was now in his glory, holding the tiller between arm + and side, the better to manipulate his hand-camera, with which he was + taking repeated snap-shots for future development and reference. + </p> + <p> + Truly, as he more than once declared, mortal man never had, nor mortal man + ever would have, such a glorious opportunity for recording the varying + phases of nature in travail as was now vouchsafed themselves. + </p> + <p> + “Just think of it, lads!” he cried, almost beside himself with enthusiasm. + “This alone will be sufficient to carry our names ringing through all time + down the corridors of undying fame! This alone would be more than enough + to—Look pleasant, please!” + </p> + <p> + In spite of that awful vision so perilously close before them, and the + natural uncertainty which attended such a reckless venture, Waldo could + not repress a chuckle at that comical conclusion, so frequently used + towards himself when their uncle was coaxing them to pose before his pet + camera. + </p> + <p> + “Is it—surely this is not safe, uncle Phaeton?” ventured Bruno, as + another retrograde gust of air smote their apparently frail conveyance + with sudden force. + </p> + <p> + “Let's call it a day's work, and knock off,” chimed in Waldo. “If the + blamed thing should take a notion to balk, and rear back on its haunches, + where'd we come out at?” + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit made an impatient gesture by way of answer. Speech + just then would have been worse than useless, for that tremendous roaring, + crashing, thundering of all sounds, seemed to fall back and envelop the + air-ship as with a pall. + </p> + <p> + A shower of sand and fine debris poured over and around them, filling ears + and mouths, and blinding eyes for the moment, forcing the brothers closer + to the floor of the aerostat, and even compelling the eager professor to + remit his taking of notes for future generations. + </p> + <p> + Then, thin and reed-like, yet serving to pierce that temporary obscurity + and horrible jangle of outer sounds, came the voice of their relative: + </p> + <p> + “Fear not, my children! The Lord is our shield, and so long as he willeth, + just so long shall we—Ha! didn't I tell ye so?” + </p> + <p> + For the blinding veil was torn away, and once again the trio of + adventurers might watch yonder grandly awesome march of devastation. + </p> + <p> + “Heading direct for the Olympics!” declared Professor Featherwit, digging + the sand out of his eyes and striving to clean his glasses without + removing them, clinging to tiller and camera through all. “What a grand + and glorious guide 'twould be for us!” + </p> + <p> + “If we could only hitch on—like a tin can to the tail of a dog!” + suggested Waldo, with boyish sarcasm. “Not any of that in mine, thank you! + I can wait. No such mighty rush. No,—SIR!” + </p> + <p> + There came no answer to his words, for just then that swooping air-demon + turned to vivid fire, lightning playing back and forth, from side to side, + in every conceivable direction, until in spite of the broad daylight its + glory pained those watching eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Did you ever witness the like!” awesomely cried Bruno, gazing like one + fascinated. “Who could or would ever believe all that, even if tongue were + able to portray its wondrous beauty?” + </p> + <p> + “What a place that would be for popping corn!” contributed Waldo, + practical or nothing, even under such peculiar circumstances. “If I had to + play poppy, though, I'd want a precious long handle to the concern!” + </p> + <p> + More intensely interested than ever, Professor Featherwit plied his + shutter, taking shot after shot at yonder aerial phenomena, feeling that + future generations would surely rise up to call him blessed when the + results of his experiments were once fairly spread before the world. + </p> + <p> + And hence it came to pass that still more thrilling experiences came unto + these daring navigators of space, and that almost before one or the other + of them could fairly realise that greater danger really menaced both their + air-ship and their lives. + </p> + <p> + Another whirly-gust of sand and other debris assailed the flying-machine, + and while sight was thus rendered almost useless for the time being, the + aerostat began to sway and reel from side to side, shivering as though + caught by an irresistible power, yet against which it battled as though + instinct with life and brain-power. + </p> + <p> + Once again the adventurers found it difficult to breathe, while an unseen + power seemed pressing them to that floor as though—Thank heaven! + </p> + <p> + Just as before, that cloud was swept away, and again air came to fill + those painfully oppressed lungs. Once again the trio cleared their eyes + and stared about, only to utter simultaneous cries of alarm. + </p> + <p> + For, brief though that period of blindness had been, 'twas amply + sufficient to carry the aeromotor perilously near yonder storm-centre, and + though Professor Featherwit gripped hard his tiller, trying all he knew to + turn the air-ship for a safer quarter,-'twas all in vain! + </p> + <p> + “Haste,—make haste, uncle Phaeton!” hoarsely panted Bruno, leaning + to aid the professor. “We will be sucked in and—hasten, for life!” + </p> + <p> + “I can't,—we're already—in the—suction!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III. RIDING THE TORNADO. + </h2> + <p> + Whether it was that the air-ship itself had increased its speed during + those few moments of dense obscurity, or whether the madly whirling winds + had taken a retrograde movement at that precise time, could only be a + matter of conjecture; but the ominous fact remained. + </p> + <p> + The aerostat was fairly over the danger-line, and, despite all efforts + being made to the contrary, was being drawn directly towards that howling, + crashing, thundering mass of destructive energy. + </p> + <p> + Already the inmates felt themselves being sucked from the flying-machine, + and instinctively tightened their grip upon hand-rail and floor, gasping + and oppressed, breath failing, and ribs apparently being crushed in by + that horrible pressure. + </p> + <p> + “Hold fast—for life!” pantingly screamed Professor Featherwit, as he + strove in vain to check or change the course of his aeromotor, now for the + first time beyond control of that master-hand. + </p> + <p> + A few seconds of soul-trying suspense, during which the flying-machine + shivered from stem to stern, almost like a human creature in its + death-agony, creaking and groaning, with shrill sounds coming from those + expanded, curved wings, as the suction increased; then— + </p> + <p> + A merciful darkness fell over those sorely imperilled beings, and the + vessel itself seemed about to be overwhelmed by an avalanche of sand and + dirt and mixed debris. Then came a dizzy, rocking lurch, followed by a + shock which nearly cast uncle and nephews from their frantic holds, and + the air-ship appeared to be whirled end for end, cast hither and yon, + wrenched and twisted as though all must go to ruin together. + </p> + <p> + A blast as of superheated air smote upon them one moment, while in the + next they were whirled through an icy atmosphere, then tossed dizzily to + and fro, as their too-frail vehicle spun upward as though on a journey to + the far-away stars. + </p> + <p> + A shrieking blast of wind served to briefly clear away the choking dust, + affording the trio a fleeting glimpse of their immediate surroundings: + hurtling sticks and stones, splintered tops of trees, shrubs with wildly + lashing roots freshly torn from the bed of years, all madly spinning + through a blinding, scorching, freezing mass of crazily battling winds, + the different currents twining and weaving in and out, as so many hideous + serpents at play. + </p> + <p> + A moment thus, then that horrid uproar grew still more deafening, and the + air-ship was whirled high and higher, in a dizzy dance, those luckless + creatures clinging fast to whatever their frenzied hands might clutch, + feeling that this was the end of all. + </p> + <p> + Further sight was denied them. They were powerless to move a limb, save as + jerked painfully by those shrieking currents. Breath was taken away, and + an enormous weight bore down upon them, threatening to produce a fatal + collapse through their ribs giving way. + </p> + <p> + Upward whirled the flying-machine, powerless now as those wretched beings + within its cunning shape, smitten sharply here and there by some of those + ascending missiles, yet without receiving material injury; until a last + shivering lurch came, ending in a sudden fall. + </p> + <p> + A dizzying swoop downward, but not to death and destruction, for the + aerostat alighted easily upon what appeared to be a sort of air-cushion, + and, though unsteady for a brief space, then settled upon an even keel. + </p> + <p> + “Cling fast—for life!” huskily gasped the professor, unwittingly + repeating the caution which had last crossed his lips, which he had ever + since been striving to enunciate, faithful to his guardianship over these, + his sole surviving relatives. + </p> + <p> + “I don't—where are we?” + </p> + <p> + Waldo lifted his head to peer with half-blind eyes about them, in which + action he was imitated by both brother and uncle; but, for a brief space, + they were none the wiser. + </p> + <p> + All around the aeromotor rose a wall of whirling winds, seemingly + impenetrable, apparently within reach of an extended arm, changing colour + with each fraction of a second, hideously beautiful, yet never twice the + same in blend or mixture. + </p> + <p> + A hollow, strangely sounding roar was perceptible; one instant coming as + from the far distance, then from nigh at hand, causing the air-ship to + quiver and tremble, as a sentient being might in the presence of a + torturing death. + </p> + <p> + “Look—upward!” panted Bruno, a few seconds later, his face as pale + as that of a corpse, in spite of the dirt and blotches of sticky mud with + which he had been peppered during that dizzy whirl. + </p> + <p> + Mechanically his companions in peril obeyed, catching breath sharply, as + they saw a clear sky and yellow sunshine far above,—so awfully far + they were, that it seemed like looking upward from the bottom of an + enormously deep well. + </p> + <p> + And then the marvellous truth flashed upon the brain of Phaeton + Featherwit, almost robbing him of all power of speech. Still he managed to + jerkily ejaculate: + </p> + <p> + “We're inside,—riding the—tornado—itself!” + </p> + <p> + Then those whirling winds closed quickly above them, shutting out the + sunlight, hiding the heavens from their view, enclosing that vehicle and + its occupants, as they were borne away into unknown regions, within the + very heart of the tornado itself! + </p> + <p> + Yet, incredible as it surely seems, no actual harm came to the trio or to + their flying-machine as it swayed gently upon its airy cushion, although + from every side came the horrid roar of destruction, while ever and anon + they could glimpse a wrestling tree or torn mass of shrubbery whizzing + upward and outward, to be flung far away beyond the vortex of electrical + winds. + </p> + <p> + Once more came that awful sense of suffocation. That painted pall closed + down upon them, robbing their lungs of air, one instant fairly crisping + their hair with a touch of fire, only to send an icy chill to their veins + a moment later. + </p> + <p> + In vain they struggled, fighting for breath, as a fish gasps when swung + from its native element. While that horrid pressure endured, man, youth, + and boy alike were powerless. + </p> + <p> + Again the pall lifted, folding back and blending with those madly circling + currents, once again affording a glimpse of yonder far-away heavens, so + marvellously clear, and bright, and peaceful in seeming! + </p> + <p> + Weakened by those terrible moments, Bruno and Waldo lay gasping, + trembling, faint of heart and ill of body, yet filling their lungs with + comparatively pure air,—pity there was so little of it to win! + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit still had thought and care for his nephews rather + than himself alone, and pantingly spoke, as he dragged himself to the snug + locker, where many important articles had been stowed away: + </p> + <p> + “Here—suck life—compressed air!” + </p> + <p> + With husky cries the brothers caught at the tubes offered, the method of + working which had so often been explained by their relative. + </p> + <p> + Once more the tube became a chamber, and that horrid force threatened to + flatten their bodies; but the worst had passed, for that precious cylinder + now gave them air to inhale, and they were enabled to wait for the lifting + of the cloud once more. + </p> + <p> + Thanks to this important agency, strength and energy both of body and of + mind now came back to the air-voyagers, and after a little they could lift + their heads to peer around them with growing wonder and curiosity. + </p> + <p> + There was little room left for doubting the wondrous truth, and yet belief + was past their powers during those first few minutes. + </p> + <p> + All around them whirled and sped those maddened winds, curling and + twisting, rising and falling, mixing in and out as though some unknown + power might be weaving the web of destiny. + </p> + <p> + Now dull, now brilliant, never twice the same, but ever changing in colour + as in shape, while stripes and zigzags of lightning played here and there + with terrifying menace, those walls of wind held an awfully fascinating + power for uncle and nephews. + </p> + <p> + From every side came deadened sounds which could bear but a single + interpretation: the tornado was still in rapid motion, was still tearing + and rending, crushing and battering, leaving dire destruction and ruin to + mark its advance, and these were the sounds that recorded its ugly work. + </p> + <p> + In goodly measure revived by the compressed air, which was regulated in + flow to suit his requirements by a device of his own, Professor Featherwit + now looked around with something of his wonted animation, heedless of his + own peril for the moment, so great was his interest in this marvellous + happening. + </p> + <p> + So utterly incredible was it all that, during those first few minutes of + rallying powers, he dared not express the belief which was shaping itself, + gazing around in quest of still further confirmation. + </p> + <p> + He took note of the windy walls about their vessel, rising upward for many + yards, irregular in shape and curvature here and there, but retaining the + general semblance of a tube with flaring top. He peered over the edge of + the basket, to draw back dizzily as he saw naught but yeasty, boiling, + seething clouds below,—a veritable air-cushion which had served to + save the pet of his brain from utter destruction at the time of falling + within— + </p> + <p> + Yes, there was no longer room for doubt,—they were actually inside + the distorted balloon, so dreaded by all residents of the tornado belt! + </p> + <p> + “What is it, uncle?” huskily asked Bruno, likewise rallying under that + beneficial influence. “Where are we now?” + </p> + <p> + “Where I'm wishing mighty hard we wasn't, anyhow!” contributed Waldo, with + something of his usual energy, although, judging from his face and eyes, + the youngster had suffered more severely than either of his comrades in + peril. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit broke into a queerly sounding laugh, as he waved his + free hand in exultation before speaking: + </p> + <p> + “Where no living being ever was before us, my lads,—riding the + tornado like a—ugh!” + </p> + <p> + The air-ship gave an awkward lurch just then, and down went the little + professor to thump his head heavily against one corner of the locker. + Swaying drunkenly from side to side, then tossing up and down, turning in + unison with those fiercely whirling clouds, the aeromotor seemed at the + point of wreck and ruin. + </p> + <p> + Desperately the trio clung to the life-lines, clenching teeth upon the + life-giving tubes as that terrible pressure increased so much that it + seemed impossible for the human frame to longer resist. + </p> + <p> + Fortunately that ordeal did not long endure, and again relief came to + those so sorely oppressed. A brief gasping, sighing, stretching as the + aerostat resumed its level position, merely rocking easily within that + partial vacuum, and then Waldo huskily suggested: + </p> + <p> + “Looks like the blame thing was sick at the stomach!” + </p> + <p> + No doubt this was meant for a feeble attempt at joking, but Professor + Featherwit took it for earnest, and made quick reply: + </p> + <p> + “That is precisely the case, my dear lad, and I am greatly joyed to find + that you are not so badly frightened but that you can assist me in taking + notes of this wondrous happening. To think that we are the ones selected + for—” + </p> + <p> + “I say, uncle Phaeton.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, my lad?” + </p> + <p> + “If this thing is really sick at the stomach, when will it erupt? I'd give + a dollar and a half to just get out o' this, science or no science, notes + or no notes at all!” + </p> + <p> + “Patience, my dear boy,” gravely spoke the little man of science, busily + studying those eddying currents like one seeking a fairly safe method of + extrication from peril. “It may come far sooner than you think, and with + results more disastrous than feeble words can tell. We surely are a burden + such as a tornado must be wholly unaccustomed to, and I really believe + these alternations are spasmodic efforts of the cloud itself to vomit us + forth; hence you were nearer right than you thought in making use of that + expression.” + </p> + <p> + Just then came a rush of icy air, and Bruno pantingly cried: + </p> + <p> + “I'm swelling up—like Aesop's—bullfrog!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV. THE PROFESSOR'S LITTLE EXPERIMENT. + </h2> + <p> + Again those involuntary riders of the tornado were tossed violently to and + fro in their seemingly frail ship, while the balloon itself appeared + threatened with instant dissolution, those eddying currents growing broken + and far less regular in action, while the fierce tumult grew in sound and + volume a thousandfold. + </p> + <p> + All around the air-ship now showed ugly debris, limbs and boughs and even + whole trunks of giant trees being whirled upward and outward, each moment + menacing the vessel with total destruction, yet as frequently vanishing + without infringing seriously upon their curious prison. + </p> + <p> + Sand and dirt and fragments of shattered rock whistled by in an apparently + unending shower, only with reversed motion, flying upward in place of + shooting downward to earth itself. + </p> + <p> + Speech was utterly impossible under the circumstances, and the fate-tossed + voyagers could only cling fast to the hand-rail, and hold those precious + air-tubes in readiness for the worst. + </p> + <p> + Never before had either of the trio heard such a deafening crash and + uproar, and little wonder if they thought this surely must herald the + crack of doom! + </p> + <p> + The tornado seemed to reel backward, as though repulsed by an immovable + obstacle, and then, while the din was a bit less deafening, Professor + Featherwit contrived to make himself heard, through screaming at the top + of his voice: + </p> + <p> + “The mountain range, I fancy! It's a battle to the—” + </p> + <p> + That sentence was perforce left incomplete, since the storm-demon gave + another mad plunge to renew the battle, bringing on a repetition of that + drunken swaying so upsetting to both mind and body. + </p> + <p> + A few seconds thus, then the tornado conquered, or else rose higher in + partial defeat, for their progress was resumed, and comparative quiet + reigned again. + </p> + <p> + The higher clouds curved backward, affording a wider view of the heavens + far above, and, as all eyes turned instinctively in that direction, Bruno + involuntarily exclaimed: + </p> + <p> + “Still daylight! I thought—how long has this lasted?” + </p> + <p> + “It's the middle o' next week; no less!” positively affirmed his brother. + “Don't tell me! We've been in here a solid month, by my watch!” + </p> + <p> + Instead of making reply such as might have been expected from one of his + mathematical exactness, Professor Featherwit gave a cry of dismay, while + hurriedly moving to and fro in their contracted quarters, for the time + being forgetful of all other than this, his great loss. + </p> + <p> + “What is it, uncle Phaeton?” asked Bruno, rising to his knees in natural + anxiety. “Surely nothing worse than has already happened to us?” + </p> + <p> + “Worse? What could be worse than losing for ever—the camera, boys; + where is the camera, I ask you?” + </p> + <p> + Certainly not where the professor was looking, and even as he roared forth + that query, his heart told him the sad truth; past doubting, the + instrument upon whose aid he relied to place upon record these marvellous + facts, so that all mankind might see and have full faith, was lost,—thrown + from the aerostat, to meet with certain destruction, when the vessel first + came within the tornado's terrible clutch. + </p> + <p> + “Gone,—lost,—and now who will believe that we ever—oh, + this is enough to crush one's very soul!” mourned the professor, throwing + up his hands, and sinking back to the floor of the flying-machine in a + limp and disheartened heap for the time being. + </p> + <p> + Neither Bruno nor Waldo could fully appreciate that grief, since thoughts + and care for self were still the ruling passion with both; but once more + they were called upon to do battle with the swaying of the winds, and once + again were they saved only through that life-giving cylinder of compressed + air. + </p> + <p> + Presently, the heart-broken professor rallied, as was his nature, and, + with a visible effort putting his great loss behind him, endeavoured to + cheer up his comrades in peril. + </p> + <p> + “So far we have passed through all danger without receiving material + injury,—to ourselves, I mean,—and surely it is not too much to + hope for eventual escape?” he said, earnestly, pressing the hands of his + nephews, by way of additional encouragement. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” hesitated Bruno, with an involuntary shiver, as he glanced around + them upon those furiously boiling clouds, then cast an eye upward, towards + yonder clear sky. “Yes, but—in what manner?” + </p> + <p> + “What'll we do when the cyclone goes bu'st?” cut in Waldo, with + disagreeable bluntness. “It can't go on for ever, and when it splits up,—where + will we be then?” + </p> + <p> + “I wish it lay within my power to give you full assurance on all points, + my dear boys,” the professor made reply. “I only wish I could ensure your + perfect safety by giving my own poor remnant of life—” + </p> + <p> + “No, no, uncle Phaeton!” cried the brothers, in a single breath. + </p> + <p> + “How cheerfully, if I only might!” insisted the professor, his homely face + wearing an expression of blended regret and unbounded affection. “But for + me you would never have encountered these perils, nor ever—” + </p> + <p> + Again he was interrupted by the brothers, and forced to leave that regret + unspoken to the end. + </p> + <p> + “Only for you, uncle Phaeton, what would have become of us when we were + left without parents, home, fortune? Only for you, taking us in and + treating us as though of your own flesh and blood—” + </p> + <p> + “As you are, my good lads! Let it pass, then, but I must say that I do + wish—well, well, let it pass, then!” + </p> + <p> + A brief silence, which was spent in gripping hands and with eyes giving + pledges of love and undying confidence; then Professor Featherwit spoke + again, in an entirely different vein. + </p> + <p> + “If nothing else, we have exploded one fallacy which has never met with + contradiction, so far as my poor knowledge goes.” + </p> + <p> + “And that is—what, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + “Observe, my lads,” with a wave of his hand towards those whirling walls, + and then making a downward motion. “You see that we are floating in a + partial vacuum, yet where there is air sufficient to preserve life under + difficulties. And by looking downward—careful that you don't fall + overboard through dizziness, though!” + </p> + <p> + “Looks as though we were floating just above a bed of ugly wind!” declared + Waldo, after taking a look below. + </p> + <p> + “Precisely; the aerostat rests upon an air-cushion amply solid enough to + sustain far more than our combined weight. But what is the generally + accepted view, my dear boys?” + </p> + <p> + “You tell, for we don't know how,” frankly acknowledged Waldo. + </p> + <p> + “Thanks. Yet you are now far wiser than all of the scientists who have + written and published whole libraries concerning these storm formations, + but whose fallacies we are now fully prepared to explode, once for all, + through knowledge won by personal investigation—ahem!” + </p> + <p> + Strange though it may appear, the professor forgot the mutual danger by + which they were surrounded, and trotted off on his hobby-horse in blissful + pride, paying no attention to the hideous uproar going on, only raising + his voice higher to make it heard by his youthful auditors. + </p> + <p> + “The common belief is that, while these tornadoes are hollow, even through + the trunk or tongue down to its contact with the earth, that hollow is + caused by a constant suction, through which a steady stream of debris is + flowing, to be sown broadcast for miles around after emerging from the + open top of the so-called balloon.” + </p> + <p> + “But it isn't at all like that,” eagerly cried Waldo, pointing to where + the fragments were flowing upward through those walls themselves, yet far + enough from that hollow interior to be but indistinctly seen save on rare + occasions. “Look at 'em scoot, will ye? Oh, if we could only climb up like + that!” + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit was keenly watching and closely studying that very + phenomena through all, and now he gave a queer little chuckle, as he + nodded his head with vigour, before dryly speaking. + </p> + <p> + “Well, it might be done; yes, it might be done, and that with no very + serious difficulty, my lad.” + </p> + <p> + “How? Why not try it on, then?” + </p> + <p> + “To meet with instant death outside?” sharply queried Bruno. “It would be + suicidal to make the attempt, even if we could; which I doubt.” + </p> + <p> + Waldo gave a sudden cry, pointing upward where, far above that destructive + storm, could be seen a brace of buzzards floating on motionless wings, + wholly undisturbed by the tumult below. + </p> + <p> + “If we were only like that!” the lad cried, longingly. “If a + flying-machine could be built like those turkey-buzzards! I wish—well, + I do suppose they're about the nastiest varmints ever hatched, but just + now I'd be willing to swap, and wouldn't ask any boot, either!” + </p> + <p> + Apparently the professor paid no attention to this boyish plaint, for he + was fumbling in the locker, then withdrew his hand and uncoiled an + ordinary fish-line, with painted float attached. + </p> + <p> + Before either brother could ask a question, or even give a guess at his + purpose, Professor Phaeton flung hook and cork into those circling + currents, only to have the whole jerked violently out of his grip, the + line flying upward, to vanish from the sight of all. + </p> + <p> + That jerk was powerful enough to cut through the skin of his hand, but the + professor chuckled like one delighted, as he sucked away the few drops of + blood before adding: + </p> + <p> + “I knew it! It CAN be done, and if the worst should come to pass, why + should it not be done?” + </p> + <p> + Before an answer could be vouchsafed by either of the brothers, the pall + swooped down upon them once more, and again the supply of natural air was + shut off, while their vessel was rocked and swayed crazily, just as though + the delayed end was at last upon them. + </p> + <p> + For several minutes this torture endured, each second of which appeared to + be an hour to those imperilled beings, who surely must have perished, as + they lay pinned fast to the floor of the aerostat by that pitiless weight, + only for the precious air-tubes in connection with that cylinder of + compressed air. + </p> + <p> + After a seeming age of torment the awful pressure was relaxed, leaving the + trio gasping and shivering, as they lay side by side, barely conscious + that life lingered, for the moment unable to lift hand or head to aid + either self or another. + </p> + <p> + In spite of his far greater age, Professor Featherwit was first to rally, + and his voice was about the first thing distinguished by the brothers, as + their powers began to rally. + </p> + <p> + “Shall we take our chances, dear boys?” the professor was saying, in + earnest tones. “I believe there is a method of escaping from this + hell-chamber, although of what may lie beyond—” + </p> + <p> + “It can't well be worse than this!” huskily gasped Bruno. + </p> + <p> + “Anything—everything—just to get out o' here!” supplemented + Waldo, for once all spirits subdued. + </p> + <p> + “It may be death for us all, even if we do get outside,” gravely warned + the professor. “Bear that in mind, dear boys. It may be that not one of us + will escape with life, after—” + </p> + <p> + “How much better to remain here?” interrupted Bruno. “I felt death would + be a mercy—then! And I'd risk anything, everything, rather than go + through such another ordeal! I say,—escape!” + </p> + <p> + “Me too, all over!” vigorously decided Waldo, lifting himself to both + knees as he added: “Tell us what to do, and here I am, on deck, uncle.” + </p> + <p> + Even now Professor Phaeton hesitated, his eyes growing dimmer than usual + as they rested upon one face after the other, for right well he knew how + deadly would be the peril thus invited. + </p> + <p> + But, as the brothers repeated their cry, he turned away to swiftly knot a + strong trail-rope to a heavy iron grapnel, leaving the other end firmly + attached to a stanchion built for that express purpose. + </p> + <p> + “Hold fast, if you value life at all, dear boys!” he warned, then added: + “Heaven be kind to you, even if my life pays the forfeit! Now!” + </p> + <p> + Without further delay, he cast the heavy grapnel into that mass of boiling + vapour, then fell flat, as an awful jerk was given the aerostat. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V. THE PROFESSOR'S UNKNOWN LAND. + </h2> + <p> + There was neither time nor opportunity for taking notes, for that long + rope straightened out in the fraction of a second, throwing all prostrate + as the flying-machine was jerked upward with awful force. + </p> + <p> + All around them raged and roared the mighty winds, while missiles of + almost every description pelted and pounded both machine and inmates + during those few seconds of extraordinary peril. + </p> + <p> + Fortunately neither the professor nor his nephews could fairly realise + just what was taking place, else their brains would hardly have stood the + test; and fortunately, too, that ordeal was not protracted. + </p> + <p> + A hideous experience while it lasted, those vicious currents dragging the + aerostat upward out of the air-chamber by means of grapnel and rope, then + casting all far away in company with wrecked trees and bushes, and even + solider materials, all shrouded for a time in dust and debris, which + hindered the eyesight of both uncle and nephews. + </p> + <p> + Through it all the brothers were dimly aware of one fact uncle Phaeton was + shrilly bidding them cling fast and have courage. + </p> + <p> + All at once they felt as though vomited forth from a volcano which + alternately breathed fire and ice, the clear light of evening bursting + upon their aching, smarting eyes with actual pain, while that horrid roar + of warring elements seemed to pass away in the distance, leaving them—where, + and how? + </p> + <p> + “We're falling to—merciful heavens! Hold fast, all!” screamed the + professor, desperately striving to regain full command of their air-ship. + “The tiller is jammed, but—” + </p> + <p> + To all seeming, the aerostat had sustained some fatal damage during that + brief eruption caused by the professor's little experiment, for it was + pitching drunkenly end for end, refusing to obey the hand of its builder, + bearing all to certain death upon the earth far below. + </p> + <p> + Half stupefied with fear, the brothers clung fast to the life-line and + glared downward, noting, in spite of themselves, how swiftly yonder dark + tree-tops and gray crags were shooting heavenward to meet them and claim + the sacrifice. + </p> + <p> + With fierce energy Professor Featherwit jerked and wrenched at the + steering-gear, uttering words such as had long been foreign to his lips, + but then—just when destruction appeared inevitable—a wild cry + burst from his lungs, as a broken bit of native wood came away in his left + hand, leaving the lever free as of old! + </p> + <p> + And then, with a dizzying swoop and rapid recovery, the gallant air-ship + came back to an even keel, sailing along with old-time grace and ease, + barely in time to avoid worse mishap as the crest of a tall tree was + brushed in their passage. + </p> + <p> + “Saved,—saved, my lads!” screamed the professor, as his heart-pet + soared upward once more until well past the danger-line. “Safe and sound + through all,—praises be unto the Lord, our Father!” + </p> + <p> + Neither brother spoke just then, for they lay there in half stupor, barely + able to realise the wondrous truth: that their lives had surely been + spared them, even as by a miracle! + </p> + <p> + That swooping turn now brought their faces towards the tornado, which was + at least a couple of miles distant, rapidly making that distance greater + even while continuing its work of destruction. + </p> + <p> + “And we—were in it!” huskily muttered Bruno, his lids closing with a + shiver, as he averted his face, unwilling to see more. + </p> + <p> + “Heap sight worse than being in the soup, too, if anybody asks you,” + declared Waldo, beginning to rally both in strength and in spirit. “But—what's + the matter with the old ship, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + For the aerostat was indulging itself in sundry distressing gyrations, + pretty much as a boy's kite swoops from side to side, when lacking in + tail-ballast, while the professor seemed unable to keep the machine under + complete control. + </p> + <p> + “Nothing serious, only—hold fast, all! I believe 'twould be as well + to make our descent, for fear something—steady!” + </p> + <p> + Just ahead there appeared a more than usually open space in the forest, + and, quite as much by good luck as through actual skill, Professor + Featherwit succeeded in making a landing with no more serious mishap than + sundry bruises and a little extra teeth-jarring. + </p> + <p> + As quickly as possible, both Bruno and Waldo pitched themselves out of the + partially disabled aeromotor, the elder brother grasping the grapnel and + taking a couple of turns of the strong rope around a convenient + tree-trunk, lest the ship escape them altogether. + </p> + <p> + “No need, my gallant boy!” assured the professor, an instant later. “All + is well,—all IS well, thanks to an over-ruling Providence!” + </p> + <p> + In spite of this expressed confidence, he hurriedly looked over his pet + machine, taking note of such injuries as had been received during that + remarkable journey, only giving over when fairly satisfied that all damage + might be readily made good, after which the aerostat would be as + trustworthy as upon its first voyage on high. + </p> + <p> + Then, grasping the brothers each by a hand, he smiled genially, then + lifted eyes heavenward, to a moment later sink upon his knees with bowed + head and hands folded across his bosom. + </p> + <p> + Bruno and Waldo imitated his action, and, though no audible words were + spoken, never were more heartfelt prayers sent upward, never more grateful + thanks given unto the Most High. + </p> + <p> + Boy, youth, and man alike seemed fairly awed into silence for the next few + minutes, unable to so soon cast off the spell which had fallen upon them, + one and each, when realising how mercifully their lives had been spared, + even after all earthly hope had been abandoned. + </p> + <p> + As usual, however, Waldo was first to rally, and, after silently moving + around the aerostat, upon which the professor was already busily at work + by the last gleams of the vanished sun, he paused, legs separated, and + hands thrust deep into pockets, head perking on one side as he spoke, + drawlingly: + </p> + <p> + “I say, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + “What is it, Waldo?” + </p> + <p> + “It'll never do to breathe even a hint of all this, will it?” + </p> + <p> + “Why so, pray?” + </p> + <p> + “Whoever heard it would swear we were bald-headed liars right from + Storytown! And yet,—did it really happen, or have I been dreaming + all the way through?” + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit gave a brief, dry chuckle at this, rising erect to + cast a deliberate glance around their present location, then speaking: + </p> + <p> + “Without I am greatly mistaken, my dear boy, you will have still other + marvellous happenings to relate ere we return to what is, rightfully or + wrongfully, called civilisation.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that so? Then you really reckon—” + </p> + <p> + “For one thing, my lad, we are now fairly entered upon a terra incognita, + so far as our own race is concerned. In other words,—behold, the + Olympics!” + </p> + <p> + Both Bruno and Waldo cast their eyes around, but only a circumscribed view + was theirs. The shades of evening were settling fast, and on all sides + they could see but mighty trees, rugged rocks, a mountain stream from + whose pebbly bed came a soothing murmur. + </p> + <p> + “Nothing so mighty much to brag of, anyway,” irreverently quoth Waldo, + after that short-lived scrutiny. “It wouldn't fetch a dollar an acre at + auction, and for my part,—wonder when the gong will sound for + supper?” + </p> + <p> + That blunt hint was effective, and, letting the subject drop for the time + being, even the professor joined in the hurry for an evening meal, to + which one and all felt able to do full justice. + </p> + <p> + Although some rain had fallen at this point as well, no serious difficulty + was experienced in kindling a fire, while Waldo had little trouble in + heaping up a bounteous supply of fuel. + </p> + <p> + Through countless ages the forest monarchs had been shedding their + superfluous boughs, while here and there lay an entire tree, overthrown by + some unknown power, and upon which the brothers made heavy requisition. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit took from the locker a supply of tinned goods, + together with a patent coffee-pot and frying-pan, so convenient where + space is scarce and stowage-room precious. + </p> + <p> + With water from the little river, it took but a few minutes more to scent + the evening with grateful fumes, after which the adventurous trio squatted + there in the ruddy glow, eating, sipping, chatting, now and again forced + to give thanks for their really miraculous preservation after all human + hopes had been exhausted. + </p> + <p> + Although Professor Featherwit was but little less thankful for the + wondrous leniency shown them, he could not altogether refrain from + mourning the loss of his camera, with its many snap-shots at the tornado + itself, to say nothing of what he might have secured in addition, while + riding the storm so marvellously. + </p> + <p> + More to take his thoughts away from that loss than through actual + curiosity in the subject offered by way of substitute, Bruno asked for + further light upon the so-called terra incognita. + </p> + <p> + “Of course it isn't really an unknown land, though, uncle Phaeton?” he + added, almost apologetically. “In this age, and upon our own continent, + such a thing is among the impossibilities.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed? And, pray, how long since has it been that you would, with at + least equal positivity, have declared it impossible to enter a tornado + while in wildest career, yet emerge from it with life and limb intact?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, uncle, but—this is different, by far.” + </p> + <p> + “In one sense, yes; in another, no,” affirmed the professor, with emphatic + nod, brushing the tips of his fingers together, as he moved back to assume + a more comfortable position inside the air-ship, then quickly preparing a + pipe and tobacco for his regular after-meal smoke. + </p> + <p> + A brief silence, then the professor spoke, clearly, distinctly: + </p> + <p> + “Washington has her great unknown land, quite as much as has the interior + of Darkest Africa, my boys, besides enjoying this peculiar advantage: + while adventurous white men have traversed those benighted regions in + every direction, even though little permanent good may have been + accomplished, this terra incognita remains virgin in that particular sense + of the word.” + </p> + <p> + “You mean, uncle?” + </p> + <p> + “That here in the Olympic region you see what is literally an unknown, + unexplored scope of country, as foreign to the foot of mankind as it was + countless ages gone by. So far as history reads, neither white man nor red + has ever ventured fairly within these limits; a mountainous waste which + rises from the level country, within ten or fifteen miles of the Straits + of San Juan de Fuca, in the north, the Pacific Ocean in the west, Hood's + Canal in the east, and the barren sand-hills lying to the far south. + </p> + <p> + “This irregular range is known upon the map as the Olympics, and, rising + to the height of from six to eight thousand feet, shut in a vast + unexplored area. + </p> + <p> + “The Indians have never penetrated it, so far as can be ascertained, for + their traditions say that it is inhabited by a very fierce tribe of + warriors, before whose might and strange weapons not one of the coast + tribes can stand.” + </p> + <p> + “One of the Lost Tribes of Israel, shouldn't wonder,” drawlingly + volunteered Waldo, stifling a yawn, and forced to rub his inflamed eyes + with a surreptitious paw. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit, though plainly absorbed in his curious theory, was + yet quick to detect this evidence of weariness, and laughed a bit, with + change of both tone and manner, as he spoke further: + </p> + <p> + “That forms but a partial introductory to my lecture, dear lads, but + perhaps it might be as well to postpone the rest for a more propitious + occasion. You have undergone sore trials, both of—Hark!” + </p> + <p> + Some sound came to his keen ears, which the brothers failed to catch, but + as they bent their heads in listening, another noise came, which proved + startling enough, in all conscience,—a shrill, maniacal screech, + which sent cold chills running races up each spine. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI. A BRACE OF UNWELCOME VISITORS. + </h2> + <p> + Instinctively the brothers drew nearer each other, as though for mutual + protection, each one letting hand drop to belt where a revolver was + habitually carried, but which was lacking now, thanks to the great haste + with which they had taken wing at the approach of the tornado. + </p> + <p> + “What is it? What can it mean?” asked Bruno and Waldo, almost in the same + breath, as those fierce echoes died away in the distance. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit made no immediate reply, but by the glow of yonder + camp-fire he fumbled inside the magic locker, fetching forth firearms, + then speaking in hushed tones: + </p> + <p> + “Wait. Listen for—I knew it!” + </p> + <p> + From the opposite quarter came what might easily have been an echo of that + first wild screech, only louder, longer, more savage, if such a thing be + possible. + </p> + <p> + Prepared though they now were, neither brother could refrain from + shrinking and shuddering, so hideously that cry sounded in their ears. But + their uncle spoke in cool, clear tones: + </p> + <p> + “There is nothing supernatural about that, my lads. A panther or mountain + lion, I dare say, scenting the fumes of our cookery, and coming to claim a + share.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it isn't—Nothing spookish, uncle Phaeton?” ventured Waldo, in + slightly unsteady tones. + </p> + <p> + The professor gave swift assurance upon that point, and, rallying as few + youngsters would have done under like circumstances, the brothers grasped + the weapons supplied their hands, waiting and watching for what was to + come. + </p> + <p> + Once, twice, thrice those savage calls echoed far and wide, but with each + repetition losing a portion of their terrors; and knowing now that + prowling beasts surely were drawing nigh the camp-fire, the flying machine + was abandoned by the trio, all drawing closer to the fire, which might + prove no slight protection against attack. + </p> + <p> + Then followed a period of utter silence, during which their eyes roved + restlessly around, striving to sight the four-footed enemy ere an actual + attack could be made. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit was first to glimpse a pair of greenish eyes in + silent motion, and, giving a low hiss of warning to his nephews, that same + sound serving to check further progress on the part of the wild beast, his + short rifle came to a level, then emitted a peculiar sound. + </p> + <p> + Only the keenest of ears could have noted that, for only the fraction of + an instant later followed a sharp explosion, the darkness beyond being + briefly lit up by a yellowish glare. + </p> + <p> + “That's enough,—beware its mate!” cried the professor, keenly alert + for whatever might ensue; but the words were barely across his lips when, + with a vicious snarl, a furry shape came flying through the air, knocking + Featherwit over as he instinctively ducked his head with arm flying up as + additional guard. + </p> + <p> + Both man and beast came very near falling into the fire itself, and there + ensued a wild, confused scramble, out of which the brothers singled their + enemy, Waldo opening fire with a revolver, at close range, each shot + causing the lion to yell and snarl most ferociously. + </p> + <p> + A cat-like recovery, then the fatal leap might have followed, for the + confused professor was rising to his feet again, fairly in front of the + enraged brute; but ere worse came, Waldo and Bruno were to the rescue, one + firing as rapidly as possible, his brother driving a keen-bladed knife to + the very hilt just back of that quivering forearm. + </p> + <p> + One mad wrestle, in which both lads were overthrown, then the gaunt and + muscular brute stretched its length in a shivering throe, dead even while + it strove to slay. + </p> + <p> + Just as the professor hurried to the front, beseeching his boys to keep + out of peril if they loved him; at which Waldo laughed outright, although + never had he felt a warmer love for the same odd-speaking, queer-acting + personage than right at that moment. + </p> + <p> + “I'm all right; how's it with you, sir? And—Bruno?” + </p> + <p> + “Without a scratch to remember it by,” promptly asserted the elder + brother, likewise regaining his feet and taking hasty account of stock. + “No fault of his, though!” giving that carcass a kick as he spoke. “My + gracious! I caught just one glimpse of them, and I was ready to make + affidavit that each fang would measure a foot, while his claws—” + </p> + <p> + “Would pass through an elephant and clinch on the other side,” declared + Waldo, stooping far enough to lift one of those armed paws. “But, I say, + Bruno, how awfully they have shrunk, since then!” + </p> + <p> + Whether so intended or not, this characteristic break caused a mutual + laugh, and, as there was neither sound nor sign of further danger from + like source, one and all satisfied their curiosity by minutely inspecting + the huge brute, stirring up the fire for that purpose. + </p> + <p> + “An ugly customer, indeed, if we had given him anything like a fair show,” + gravely uttered the professor. “Only for your prompt assistance, my dear + boys, what would have become of poor me?” + </p> + <p> + “We acted on our own account, as well, please remember, uncle. And even + so, after all you have done for us since—” + </p> + <p> + “What was it you shot at, uncle Phaeton?” interrupted Waldo, who was + constitutionally averse to aught which savoured of sentiment. “Another one + of these—little squirrels, was it?” + </p> + <p> + Snatching up a blazing brand, the lad moved off in that direction, + whirling the torch around his head until it burst into clear flame, then + lowering it closer to a bloody heap of fur and powerful limbs, to give a + short ejaculation of wondering awe. + </p> + <p> + It was a headless body upon which he gazed, ragged fragments of skin and a + few splinters of bone alone remaining to tell that a solid skull had so + recently been thereon. + </p> + <p> + Professor Phaeton gave another of his peculiar little chuckles, as he drew + near, then patted the compact little rifle with which he had wrought such + extraordinary work: a weapon of his own invention, as were the + dynamite-filled shells to match. + </p> + <p> + “Although I am rather puny myself, boys, with this neat little contrivance + I could fairly well hold my own against man or beast,” he modestly + averred. + </p> + <p> + “A modern David,” gravely added Bruno, while Waldo chimed in with: + </p> + <p> + “What a dandy Jack the Giant-killer you would have been, uncle Phaeton, if + you had only lived in the good old days! I wish—and yet I don't, + either! Of course, it might have been jolly old sport right then, but now,—where'd + I be, to-day?” + </p> + <p> + “A day on which has happened a miracle far more marvellous than all that + has been set down in fairyland romance, my dear son,” earnestly spoke the + professor. “And when the astounding truth shall have been published, + broadcast, throughout all Christendom, what praises—” + </p> + <p> + “How thoroughly we shall be branded liars, and falsificationers from 'way + up the crick'!” exploded the youngster, making a wry grimace and moving on + to view the headless lion from a different standpoint. + </p> + <p> + “He means well, uncle Phaeton,” assured Bruno, in lowered tones. “He would + not knowingly hurt your feelings, sir, but—may I speak out?” + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” quickly. “Surely I am not one to stand in awe of, lad?” + </p> + <p> + “One to be loved and reverenced, rather,” with poorly hidden emotion; then + rallying, to add, “But when one finds it impossible to realise all that + has happened this afternoon, when one feels afraid to even make an effort + at such belief, how can the boy be blamed for feeling that all others + would pronounce us mad or—wilful liars?” + </p> + <p> + Professor Phaeton saw the point, and made a wry grimace while roughing up + his pompadour and brushing his closely trimmed beard with doubtful hand. + After all, was the whole truth to be ever spoken? + </p> + <p> + “Well, well, we can determine more clearly after fully weighing the + subject,” he said, turning back towards the flying-machine. “And, after + all, what has happened to us thus far may not seem so utterly incredible + after our explorations are completed.” + </p> + <p> + “Of this region, do you mean, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “Of the Olympic mountains, and all their mountainous chain may encompass,—yes,” + curtly spoke the man of hopes, stepping inside the aerostat to perfect his + arrangements for the night. + </p> + <p> + Waldo took greater pleasure in viewing the mountain lion towards whose + destruction he had so liberally contributed, but when he spoke of removing + the skin, Bruno objected. + </p> + <p> + “Why take so much trouble for nothing, Waldo? Even if we could stow the + pelts away on board, they would make a far from agreeable burden. And if + what I fancy lies before us is to come true, the more lightly we are + weighted, the more likely we are to come safely to—well, call it + civilisation, just for a change.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you believe that uncle Phaeton is really in earnest about exploring + this region, Bruno?” + </p> + <p> + “He most assuredly is. Did you ever know him to speak idly, or to be + otherwise than in earnest, Waldo?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, of course uncle is all right, but—sometimes—” + </p> + <p> + A friendly palm slipped over those lips, cutting short the speech which + might perchance have left a sting behind. And yet the worthy professor had + no more enthusiastic acolyte than this same reckless speaking youngster, + when the truth was all told. + </p> + <p> + Leaving the animals where they had fallen, for the time being, the + brothers passed over to where rested the aeromotor, finding the professor + busily engaged in rigging up a series of fine wires, completely + surrounding the flying-machine, save for one narrow, gate-like + arrangement. + </p> + <p> + “Beginning to feel as though you could turn in for all night, eh, my + boys?” came his cheery greeting. + </p> + <p> + “Well, somehow I do feel as though 'the sandman' had been making his + rounds rather earlier than customary,” dryly said Waldo, winking rapidly. + “I believe there must have been a bit more wind astir to-day than common, + although neither of you may have noticed the fact.” + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit chuckled softly while at work, but neither he nor + Bruno made reply in words. And then, his arrangements perfected save for + closing the circuit, which could only be done after all hands had entered + the air-ship, he spoke to the point: + </p> + <p> + “Come, boys. You've had a rough bit of experience this day, and there may + be still further trouble in store, here in this unknown land. Better make + sure of a full night's rest, and thus have a reserve fund to draw upon in + case of need.” + </p> + <p> + There was plenty of sound common sense in this adjuration, and, only + taking time to procure a can of fresh water from yonder stream, the two + youngsters stepped within that charmed circle, permitting their uncle to + close the circuit, and then test the queer contrivance to make sure all + was working nicely. + </p> + <p> + A confused sound broke forth, resembling the faraway tooting of tin horns, + which blended inharmoniously with the ringing of nearer bells, all + producing a noise which was warranted to arouse the heaviest sleeper from + his soundest slumber. + </p> + <p> + “That will give fair warning in case any intruder drifts this way,” + declared the professor, chucklingly, then sinking down and wrapping + himself up in a close-woven blanket, similar to those employed by the + boys. + </p> + <p> + “Even a ghost, or a goblin, do you reckon, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + “Should such attempt to intrude, yes. Go to sleep, you young rascal!” + </p> + <p> + But that proved to be far more readily spoken than lived up to. Not but + that the brothers were weary, jaded, and sore of muscle enough to make + even the thought of slumber agreeable; but their recent experience had + been so thrilling, so nerve-straining, so far apart from the ordinary + routine of life, that hours passed ere either lad could fairly lose + himself in sleep. + </p> + <p> + Still, when unconsciousness did steal over their weary brains, it proved + to be all the more complete, and after that neither Bruno nor Waldo + stirred hand or foot until, well after the dawn of a new day, Professor + Featherwit shook first one and then the other, crying shrilly: + </p> + <p> + “Turn out, youngsters! A new day, and plenty of work to be done!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII. THE PROFESSOR'S GREAT ANTICIPATIONS. + </h2> + <p> + A stretch and a yawn, which in Waldo's case ended in a prolonged howl, + which would not have disgraced either of their four-footed visitors of the + past evening, then the brothers Gillespie sprung forth from the + flying-machine, entering upon a race for the brawling mountain stream, + “shedding” their garments as they ran. + </p> + <p> + “First man in!” cried Bruno, whose clothes seemed to slip off the more + readily; but Waldo was not to be outdone so easily, and, reckless of the + consequences, he plunged into the eddying pool, with fully half of his + daylight rig still in place. + </p> + <p> + The water proved to be considerably deeper than either brother had + anticipated, and Waldo vanished from sight for a few seconds, then + reappearing with lusty puff and splutter, shaking the pearly drops from + his close-clipped curls, while ranting: + </p> + <p> + “Another vile fabrication nailed to the standard of truth, and clinched by + the hammer of—ouch!” + </p> + <p> + A wild flounder, then the youngster fairly doubled himself up, acting so + strangely that Bruno gave a little cry of alarm; but ere the elder brother + could take further action, Waldo swung his right arm upward and outward, + sending a goodly sized trout flashing through the air to the shore, crying + in boyish enthusiasm: + </p> + <p> + “Glory in great chunks! I want to camp right here for a year to come! Will + ye look at that now?” + </p> + <p> + Bruno had to dodge that writhing missile, and, before he could fairly + recover himself, Waldo had floundered ashore, leaving a yeasty turmoil in + his wake, but then throwing up a dripping hand, and speaking in an + exaggerated whisper: + </p> + <p> + “Whist, boy! On your life, not so much as the ghost of a whimper! The + hole's ramjammed chuck full of trout, and we'll have a meal fit for the + gods if—where's my fishing tackle?” + </p> + <p> + Bruno picked up the trout, so queerly brought to light, really surprised, + but feigning still further, as he made his examination. + </p> + <p> + “It really IS a trout, and—how long have you carried this about in + your clothes, Waldo Gillespie?” + </p> + <p> + “Not long enough for you to build a decent joke over it, brother mine. + Just happened so. Tried to ram its nose in one of my pockets, and of + course I had to take him in out of the wet. Pool's just full of them, too, + and I wouldn't wonder if—oh, quit your talking, and do something, + can't you, boy?” + </p> + <p> + Vigorously though he spoke, Waldo wound up with a shiver and sharp chatter + of teeth as the fresh morning air struck through his dripping garments. He + gave a coltish prance, as he turned to seek his fishing tackle; but, + unfortunately for his hopes of speedy sport, the professor was nigh enough + to both see and hear, and at once took charge of the reckless youngster. + </p> + <p> + “Wet to the hide, and upon an empty stomach, too! You foolish child! Come, + strip to the buff, and put on some of these garments until—here by + the fire, Waldo.” + </p> + <p> + And thus taken in tow, the lad was forced to slowly but thoroughly toast + his person beside the freshly started fire, ruefully watching his brother + deftly handle rod and line, in a remarkably short space of time killing + trout enough to furnish all with a bounteous meal. + </p> + <p> + “And I was the discoverer, while you reap all the credit, have all the + fun!” dolefully lamented Waldo, when the catch was displayed with an + ostentation which may have covered just a tiny bit of malice. “I'll put a + tin ear on you, Amerigo Vespucius!” + </p> + <p> + “All right; we'll have a merry go together, after you've cleaned the trout + for cooking, lad,” laughed his elder. + </p> + <p> + Waldo gazed reproachfully into that bright face for a brief space, then + bowed head in joined hands, to sob in heartfelt fashion, his sturdy frame + shaking with poorly suppressed grief—or mirth? + </p> + <p> + Bruno passed an arm caressingly over those shoulders, murmuring words of + comfort, earnestly promising to never sin again in like manner, provided + he could find forgiveness now. And then, with deft touch, that same hand + held his garment far enough for its mate to let slip a wriggling trout + adown his brother's back. + </p> + <p> + Waldo howled and jumped wildly, as the cold morsel slipped along his + spine, and ducking out of reach, the elder jester called back: + </p> + <p> + “Land him, boy, and you've caught another fish!” + </p> + <p> + Although laughing heartily himself, Professor Featherwit deemed it a part + of wisdom to interfere now, and, ere long, matters quieted down, all hands + engaged in preparing the morning meal, for which all teeth were now fairly + on edge. + </p> + <p> + If good nature had been at all disturbed, long before that breakfast was + despatched it was fully restored, and of the trio, Waldo appeared to be + the most enthusiastic over present prospects. + </p> + <p> + “Why, just think of it, will you?” he declaimed, as well as might be with + mouth full of crisply fried mountain trout, “where the game comes begging + for you to bowl it over, and the very fish try to jump into your pockets—” + </p> + <p> + “Or down your back, Amerigo,” interjected Bruno, with a grin. + </p> + <p> + “Button up, or you'll turn to be a Sorry-cus—tomer, old man,” came + the swift retort, with a portentous frown. “But, joking aside, why not? + With such hunting and fishing, I'd be willing to sign a contract for a + round year in this region.” + </p> + <p> + “To say nothing of exploration, and such discoveries as naturally attend + upon—” + </p> + <p> + “Then you really mean it all, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + Leaning back far enough to pluck a handful of green leaves, which fairly + well served the purpose of a napkin, Professor Featherwit brought forth + pipe and pouch, maintaining silence until the fragrant tobacco was well + alight. Then he gave a vigorous nod of his head, to utter: + </p> + <p> + “It has been the dearest dream of my life for more years gone by than you + would readily credit, my lads; or, in fact, than I would be wholly willing + to confess. And it was with an eye single to this very adventure that I + laboured to devise and perfect yonder machine.” + </p> + <p> + “A marvel in itself, uncle Phaeton. Only for that, where would we have + been, yesterday?” seriously spoke the elder Gillespie. + </p> + <p> + “I know where we wouldn't have been: inside that blessed cy-nado!” + </p> + <p> + “Nor here, where you can catch brook trout in your clothes without the + trouble of taking them off, youngster.” + </p> + <p> + “And where you'll catch a precious hiding, without you let up harping on + that old string; it's way out of tune already, old man.” + </p> + <p> + “Tit for tat. Excuse us, please, uncle Phaeton. We're like colts in fresh + pasture, this morning,” brightly apologised Bruno, for both. + </p> + <p> + Apparently the professor paid no attention to that bit of sparring between + his nephews, staring into the glowing camp-fire with eyes which surely saw + more than yellow coals or ruddy flames could picture; eyes which burned + and sparkled with all the fires of distant youth. + </p> + <p> + “The dearest dream of all my life!” he repeated, in half dreamy tones, + only to rouse himself, with a a start and shoulder shake, an instant + later, forcing a bright smile as he glanced from face to face. “And why + not? How better could my last years be employed than in piercing the + clouds of mystery, and doubt, and superstition, with which this vast tract + has been enveloped for uncounted ages?” + </p> + <p> + “Is it really so unknown, then, uncle Phaeton?” hesitatingly asked Bruno, + touched, in spite of himself, by that intensely earnest tone and + expression. “Of course, I know what the Indians say; they are full of a + rude sort of superstitious awe, which—” + </p> + <p> + “Which is one of the surest proofs that truth forms a foundation for that + very superstition,” quickly interjected the professor. “It is an + undisputed fact that there are hundreds upon hundreds of square miles of + terra incognita, lying in this corner of Washington Territory. No white + man ever fairly penetrated these wilds, even so far as we may have been + carried while riding the tornado. Or, if so, he assuredly has never + returned, or made known his discoveries.” + </p> + <p> + “Provided there was anything beyond the ordinary to see or experience, + shouldn't we add, uncle?” suggested Waldo, modestly. + </p> + <p> + “There is,—there must be! No matter how wildly improbable their + traditions may seem in our judgment, it only takes calm investigation to + bring a fair foundation to light. In regard to this vast scope of country, + go where you will among the natives, question whom you see fit, as to its + secrets, and you will meet with the same results: a deep-seated awe, a + belief which cannot be shaken, that here strange monsters breed and + flourish, matched in magnitude and power by an armed race of human beings, + before whose awful might other tribes are but as ants in the pathway of an + elephant.” + </p> + <p> + Waldo let escape a low, prolonged whistle of mingled wonder and + incredulity, but Bruno gave him a covert kick, himself too deeply + interested to bear with a careless interruption just then. + </p> + <p> + “Of course there may be something of exaggeration in all this,” admitted + the enthusiastic professor. “Undoubtedly, there is at least a fair spice + of that; but, even so, enough remains to both waken and hold our keenest + interest. Listen, and take heed, my good lads. + </p> + <p> + “You have often enough, of late days, noticed these mountains, and if you + remark their altitude, the vast scope of country they dominate, the + position they fill, you must likewise realise one other fact: that an + immense quantity of snow in winter, rain in spring and autumn, surely must + fall throughout the Olympics. Understand?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly; why not, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + “Then tell me this: where does all the moisture go to? What becomes of the + surplus waters? For it is an acknowledged fact that, though rivers and + brooks surely exist in the Olympics, not one of either flows away from + this wide tract of country!” + </p> + <p> + The professor paused for a minute, to let his words take full effect, then + even more positively proceeded: + </p> + <p> + “You may say, what I have had others offer by way of solution, that all is + drained into a mighty inland sea or enormous lake. Granting so much, which + I really believe to be the truth as far as it goes, why does that lake + never overflow? Of all that surely must drain into its basin, be that + enormously wide and deep as it may, how much could ordinary evaporation + dispose of? Only an infinitesimal portion; scarcely worth mentioning in + such connection. Then,—what becomes of the surplusage?” + </p> + <p> + Another pause, during which neither Gillespie ventured a solution; then + the professor offered his own suggestion: + </p> + <p> + “It must flow off in some manner, and what other manner can that be than—through + a subterranean connection with the Pacific Ocean?” + </p> + <p> + Bruno gave a short ejaculation at this, while Waldo broke forth in words, + after his own particular fashion: + </p> + <p> + “Jules Verne redivivus! Why can't WE take a trip through the centre of the + earth, or—or—any other little old thing like that?” + </p> + <p> + “With the tank of compressed air as a life-preserver?” laughed Bruno, in + turn. “That might serve, but; unfortunately, we have only the one, and we + are three in number, boy.” + </p> + <p> + “Only two, now; I'm squelched!” sighed the jester, faintly. + </p> + <p> + If the professor heard, he heeded not. Still staring with vacant gaze into + the fire, his face bearing a rapt expression curious to see, he broke into + almost unconscious speech: + </p> + <p> + “An enormous inland sea! Where float the mighty ichthyosaurus, the + megalosaurus, in company with the gigantic plesiosaurus! Upon whose + sloping shores disport the enormous mastodon, the stately megatherium, the + tremendous—eh?” + </p> + <p> + For Waldo was now afoot, brandishing a great branch broken from a dead + tree, uttering valiant war-whoops, and dealing tremendous blows upon an + imaginary enemy, spouting at the top of his voice a frenzied jargon, which + neither his auditors nor himself could possibly make sense out of. + </p> + <p> + Bruno, ever sensitive through his affectionate reverence for their uncle, + caught the youngster, and cast him to earth, whereupon Waldo pantingly + cried: + </p> + <p> + “Go on, please, uncle Phaeton. It's next thing to a museum and menagerie + combined, just to hear—” + </p> + <p> + “Will you hush, boy?” demanded Bruno, yet unable to wholly smother a + laugh, so ridiculous did it all sound and seem. + </p> + <p> + But Professor Featherwit declined, his foxy face wrinkling in a bashful + laugh. Whether so intended or not, he had been brought down to earth from + that dizzy flight, and now was fairly himself again. + </p> + <p> + “Well, my dear boys, I dare say it seems all a matter of jest and sport to + you; yet, after our riding in the centre of a tornado for uncounted miles, + coming forth with hardly a scratch or a bruise to show for it all, who + dare say such things may not be, even yet?” + </p> + <p> + “But,—those strange creatures are gone; the last one perished + thousands upon thousands of years ago, uncle Phaeton.” + </p> + <p> + “So it is said, and so follows the almost universal belief. Yet I have + seen, felt, cooked, tasted, and ate to its last morsel a steak from a + mammoth. True, the creature was dead; had been preserved for ages, no + doubt, within the glacier which finally cast it forth to human view; yet + who would have credited such a discovery, only fifty years ago? He who + dared to even hint at such a thing would have been derided and laughed at, + pronounced either fool or lunatic. And so,—if we should happen to + discover one or all of those supposedly extinct creatures here in this + terra incognita, I would be overjoyed rather than astounded.” + </p> + <p> + Bruno looked grave at this conclusion, but Waldo was not so readily + impressed, and, with shrugging shoulders, he made answer: + </p> + <p> + “Well, uncle, I'm not quite so ambitious as all that comes to. May I give + you my idea of it all?” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VIII. A DUEL TO THE DEATH. + </h2> + <p> + Professor Featherwit nodded assent, and, after a brief chuckle, Waldo + resumed: + </p> + <p> + “You can take all those big fellows with the jaw-breaking names, but as + for me, smaller game will do. Maybe a fellow couldn't fill his bag quite + so full, nor quite so suddenly, but there would be a great deal more + sport, and a mighty sight less danger, I take it!” + </p> + <p> + It was by no means difficult to divine that the professor had not yet + spoken all that busied his brain, but the thread was broken, his pipe was + out, and, emptying the ashes by tapping pipe-bowl against the heel of his + shoe, he rose erect, once more the man of action. + </p> + <p> + “You will have to clear up, lads, for I must make such few repairs as are + necessary to restore the aerostat to a state of efficiency. So long as + that remains in serviceable condition, we will always have a method of + advance or retreat. Without it—well, I'd rather not think of the + alternative.” + </p> + <p> + That dry tone and quiet sentence did more than all else to impress the + brothers with a sense of their unique position. Back came the remembrance + of all they had gathered concerning this strange scope of country since + first settling down fairly within the shadows of the Olympics, there to + put that strange machine together, preparing for what was to prove a + wonder-tour through many marvellous happenings. + </p> + <p> + Times beyond counting they had been assured by the natives that no mortal + could fairly penetrate that vast wilderness. Natural obstacles were too + great for any man to surmount, without saying aught of what lay beyond; of + the enormous animals, such as the civilised world never knew or fought + with; of the terrible natives, taller than the pines, larger than the + hills, more powerful by far than the gods themselves, eager to slay and to + devour,—so eager that, at times, living flesh and blood was more + grateful than all to their depraved tastes! + </p> + <p> + “Do you really reckon there is anything in it all, Bruno?” asked the + younger brother in lowered tones, glancing across to where their uncle was + busily engaged in those comparatively trifling repairs. + </p> + <p> + “It hardly seems possible, and yet—would the members of four + different tribes tell a story so nearly alike, without they had at least a + foundation of truth to go upon?” + </p> + <p> + “That's right. And yet—the inland sea sounds natural enough. We + know, too, that there are such things as underground rivers, outside of + Jules Verne's yarns. But those animals,—or reptiles,—which?” + </p> + <p> + “Both, I believe,” answered Bruno, with a subdued laugh. + </p> + <p> + “That's all right, old man. I never was worth a continental when it came + to such things. I prefer to live in the present, and so—well, now, + will you just look at that old cow!” + </p> + <p> + In surprise Waldo pointed across to where a bovine shape showed not far + beyond the pool at the base of the miniature waterfall; but his brother + had a fairer view, and, instantly divining the truth, grasped an arm and + hastily whispered: + </p> + <p> + “Hush, boy; can't you see? It's a buffalo, a hill buffalo, and—” + </p> + <p> + “Quick! the guns are in the machine! Down, Bruno, and maybe we can get a + shot and—” + </p> + <p> + His eager whisper was cut short, though not by grip of arm or act by his + brother. A rumbling roar broke forth from the further side of that + mountain stream, and as the dense bushes beyond were violently agitated, + the hill buffalo wheeled that way with marvellous rapidity. + </p> + <p> + Just as a long head and mighty shoulders spread the shrubbery wide apart, + jaws opening and lips curling back to lay great teeth bare, while another + angry sound, half growl, half snort, only too clearly proclaimed that + monster of the mountains, a grizzly bear. + </p> + <p> + “Smoke o' sacrifice!” gasped Waldo, as the grizzly suddenly upreared its + mighty bulk, head wagging, paws waving in queer fashion, lolling tongue + lending the semblance of drollery rather than viciousness. + </p> + <p> + “This way; to your guns, boys!” cautiously called out the professor, whose + notice had likewise been caught by those unusual sounds, and who had + already armed himself with his pet dynamite gun. + </p> + <p> + “Careful! He'll make a break for us at first sight, unless—down + close, and crawl for it, brother!” + </p> + <p> + Bruno set the good example, and Waldo was not too proud of spirit to + humble himself in like manner. Although this was their first glimpse of + “Old Eph” in his native wilds, both brothers entertained a very respectful + opinion of his prowess. + </p> + <p> + Under different circumstances their expectations might have been more + fully met, but just now the grizzly seemed wholly occupied with the + buffalo bull, whose sturdy bulk and armed front so resolutely opposed his + further progress towards that common goal, the pool of water. + </p> + <p> + The boys quickly reached the flying-machine and gripped the Winchester + rifles which Professor Featherwit had drawn forth from the locker at first + sight of the dangerous game. Thus armed, they felt ready for whatever + might come, and stood watching yonder rivals with growing interest. + </p> + <p> + “Will you look at that, now?” excitedly breathed Waldo, eyes aglow, as he + saw the bull cock its tail on high and tear up the soft soil with one + fierce sweep of its cloven hoof, shaking head and giving vent to a low but + determined bellow. + </p> + <p> + “It means a fight unto the death, I think,” whispered the professor. + </p> + <p> + “It's dollars to doughnuts on the bear,” predicted Waldo. “Scat, you + bull-headed idiot! Don't you know that you're not deuce high to his ace? + Can't you see that he can chew you up like—” + </p> + <p> + “Are you mighty sure of all that, boy?” laughingly cut in Bruno; for at + that moment the buffalo made a sudden charge at his upright adversary, + knocking the grizzly backward in spite of its viciously flying paws. + </p> + <p> + “Great Peter on a bender! If I ever—no, I never!” + </p> + <p> + Even the professor was growing excited, holding the dynamite gun under one + arm while gently tapping palms together as an encore. + </p> + <p> + Naturally enough, their sympathies were with the buffalo, since the odds + seemed so immensely against him; but their delight was short-lived, for, + instead of following up the advantage so bravely won, the bull fell back + to paw and bellow and shake his shaggy front. + </p> + <p> + With marvellous activity for a brute of his enormous bulk and weight, the + grizzly recovered its feet, then lumbered forward with clashing teeth and + resounding growls. + </p> + <p> + Nothing loath, the buffalo met that charge, and for a short space of time + the struggle was veiled by showers of leaf-mould and damp dirt cast upon + the air as the rivals fought for supremacy—and for life. + </p> + <p> + For that this was destined to be a duel to the very death not one of those + spectators could really doubt. That encounter may have been purely + accidental, but the creatures fought like enemies of long standing. + </p> + <p> + As their relative positions changed, the buffalo contrived to get in + another vigorous butt, sending bruin end for end down that gentle slope to + souse into the pool of water, that cool element cutting short a savage + roar of mad fury. + </p> + <p> + Then the trio of spectators could take notes, and with something of sorrow + they saw that the buffalo had already suffered severely, bleeding from + numerous great gashes torn by the grizzly's long talons, while one bloody + eye dangled below its socket, held only by a thread of sinew. + </p> + <p> + Nor had bruin escaped without hurt, as all could see when he floundered + out of the water, bent upon renewing the duel; but there was little room + left for doubting what the ultimate result would be were the animals left + to their own devices. + </p> + <p> + Like all bold, free-hearted lads, Waldo ever sympathised with the weaker, + and now, unable to hold his feelings in check, he gave a short cry, + levelling his Winchester and opening fire upon the grizzly, just as it won + fairly clear of the water. + </p> + <p> + Stung to fury by those pellets, the brute reared up with a horrid roar, + turning as though to charge this new enemy; but ere he could do more, the + professor's gun spoke, and as the dynamite shell exploded, bruin fell back + a writhing mass, his head literally smashed to pieces. + </p> + <p> + Heedless of all else, the wounded buffalo charged with lusty bellow, + goring that quivering mass with unabated fury, though its life was clearly + leaking out through those ghastly cuts and slashes. + </p> + <p> + A brief pause, then Professor Featherwit swiftly reloaded his gun, sending + another shell across the stream, this time more as a boon than as + punishment. + </p> + <p> + Smitten fairly in the forehead, the bull dropped as though beneath a bolt + of lightning, life going out without so much as a single struggle or a + single pang. + </p> + <p> + “Twas better thus,” declared the professor, as Waldo gave a little + ejaculation of dismay. “He must have bled to death in a short time, and + this was true mercy. Besides, buffalo meat is very good eating, and the + day may come when we shall need all we can get. Who knows?” + </p> + <p> + After the animals were inspected, and due comment made upon the awfully + sure work wrought by the dynamite gun, the professor suggested that, while + he was completing repairs upon the aeromotor, the brothers should secure a + supply of fish and of flesh, cooking sufficient to provide for several + meals, for there was no telling just when they would have an equal chance. + </p> + <p> + “Just as soon as we can put all in readiness,” he continued, “I am going + to leave this spot. My first wish is to thoroughly test the aerostat, to + make certain it has received no serious injury. Then, if all promises + well, I mean to begin our tour of exploration, hoping that we may, at + least, find something well worthy the strange reputation given these + Olympics by the natives.” + </p> + <p> + Without raising any objections, the brothers fell to work, Bruno looking + after the flesh, while Waldo undertook to supply the fish. That was but + fair, since he had been cheated out of catching the first mess. + </p> + <p> + Not a little to his delight, the professor found that the flying-machine + would promptly answer his touch and will, rising easily off the ground, + then descending at call, evidently having passed through the ordeal of the + bygone evening without serious harm. + </p> + <p> + Still, all this consumed time, and it was after a late dinner that + everything was pronounced in readiness for an ascension: the meat and fish + nicely cooked and packed for carriage, a pot of strong coffee made and + stowed beyond risk of leakage, the flying-machine itself quivering in that + gentle breeze as though eager to find itself once more afloat far above + the earth and its obstructions to easy navigation. + </p> + <p> + Waldo expressed some grief at leaving a spot where game came in such + plentitude to find the hunter, and trout simply longed to be caught; but + upon being assured of other opportunities, perhaps even more delightful, + he sighed and gave consent to mount into space. + </p> + <p> + “Only—don't ask me to tackle any of those big dictionary fellows + such as you talked about this morning, uncle Phaeton, for I simply can't; + they'd get away with my baggage while I was trying to spell their names + and title—and all that!” + </p> + <p> + Without any difficulty the aeromotor was sent out of and above the forest, + heading towards the northwest; that is, direct for the heart of the + Olympics, of whose marvels Professor Featherwit held such exalted hopes + and expectations. + </p> + <p> + Grim and forbidding those mountains looked as the air-ship sailed swiftly + over them, opening up a wider view when the bare, rugged crest was once + left fairly to the rear. Save for those bald crowns, all below appeared a + solid carpet of tree-tops, now lower, there higher, yet ever the same: + seemingly impenetrable to man, should such an effort be made. + </p> + <p> + Once fairly within the charmed circle, leaving the rocky ridge behind, + Professor Featherwit slackened speed, permitting the ship to drift onward + at a moderate pace, one hand touching the steering-gear, while its fellow + held a pair of field-glasses to his eager eyes. + </p> + <p> + All at once he gave a half-stifled cry, partly rising in his excitement, + then crying aloud in thrilling tones: + </p> + <p> + “The sea,—an inland sea!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IX. GRAPPLING A QUEER FISH. + </h2> + <p> + At nearly the same moment both Bruno and Waldo caught a glimpse of water, + shining clear and distinct amidst that sombre setting; but as yet a + tree-crested elevation interfered with the prospect, and it was not until + after the course of the air-ship had been materially changed, and some + little time had elapsed, that aught definite could be determined as to the + actual spread of that body of water. + </p> + <p> + This proved to be considerable, although it needed but a single look into + the professor's face to learn that his eager hopes and exalted + anticipations fell far short of realisation. + </p> + <p> + “Well, it's a sea all right,” generously declared Waldo, giving a vigorous + sniff by way of strengthening his words. “I can smell the salt clear from + this. A sea, even if it isn't quite so large as others,—what one + might term a lower-case c!” + </p> + <p> + If nothing else, that generous effort brought its reward in the dry little + chuckle which escaped the professor's lips, and a kindly glow showed + through his glasses as he turned towards Waldo with a nod of + acknowledgment. + </p> + <p> + “Barring the salty scent, my dear boy, which probably finds birth in your + kindly imagination. So, on the whole, perhaps 'twould be just as well to + term it a lake.” + </p> + <p> + “One of no mean dimensions, at any rate, uncle Phaeton.” + </p> + <p> + “True, Bruno,” with a nod of agreement, yet with forehead contracting into + a network of troubled lines. “Naturally so, and yet—surely this must + be merely a portion? Unless—yet I fail to see aught which might be + interpreted as being—” + </p> + <p> + Promptly responding to each touch of hand upon steering-gear, the + aeromotor swung smoothly around, sailing on even keel right into the teeth + of the gentle wind, by this time near enough to that body of water for the + air-voyagers to scan its surface: a considerable expanse, all told, yet by + no means of such magnitude as Professor Featherwit had anticipated. + </p> + <p> + Too deeply absorbed in his own thoughts to notice the little cries and + ejaculations which came from the brothers, he caused the aerostat to rise + higher, slowly sweeping that extended field with his glasses. + </p> + <p> + He could see where several streams entered the body of water, coming from + opposite points of the compass, and thus confirming at least one portion + of his explained theory; but, so far as his visual powers went, there was + no other considerable body of water to be discovered. + </p> + <p> + “Yet, how can that contracted basin contain all the drainage from this + vast scope of country? How can we explain the stubborn fact of—What + now, lads?” + </p> + <p> + An abrupt break, but one caused by the eager cry and loud speech from the + lips of the younger Gillespie. + </p> + <p> + “Looky yonder! Isn't that one o' those sour-us dictionary fellows on a + bender? Isn't that—but I don't—no, it's only—” + </p> + <p> + “Only a partly decayed tree gone afloat!” volunteered Bruno, with a merry + laugh, as his eager brother drew back in evident chagrin. + </p> + <p> + “Well, that's all right. It ought to've been one, even if it isn't. What's + the use in coming all this way, if we're not going to discover something + beyond the common? And my sour-us is worth more than one of the other + kind, after all; get it ashore and you might cook dinner for a solid month + by it; now there!” + </p> + <p> + It was easily to be seen that Waldo had been giving free rein to his + expectations ever since the professor's little lecture, but his natural + chagrin was quickly forgotten in a matter of far greater interest. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit had resumed his scrutiny of yonder body of water, + slowly turning his glasses while holding the air-ship on a true course and + even keel. + </p> + <p> + For a brief space nothing interfered with the steady motion of the + field-glasses, but then something called for a more thorough examination, + and little by little the savant leaned farther forward, breath coming more + rapidly, face beginning to flush with deepening interest. + </p> + <p> + Bruno took note of all this, and, failing to see aught to account for the + symptoms with unaided eyes, at length ventured to speak. + </p> + <p> + “What is it, uncle Phaeton? Something of interest, or your looks—” + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit gave a start, then lowered the glasses and reached + them towards his nephew, speaking hurriedly: + </p> + <p> + “You try them, Bruno; your eyes are younger, and ought to be keener than + mine. Yonder; towards the lower end of the—the lake, please.” + </p> + <p> + Nothing loath, Gillespie complied, quickly finding the correct point upon + which the professor's interest had centred, holding the glasses motionless + for a brief space, then giving vent to an eager ejaculation. + </p> + <p> + “What is it all about, bless you, boy?” demanded Waldo, unable longer to + curb his hot impatience. “Another drifting tree, eh?” + </p> + <p> + “No, but,—did you see it, uncle?” + </p> + <p> + “I saw something which—what do YOU see, first?” + </p> + <p> + “A great big suck,—a monster whirlpool which is hollowed like—” + </p> + <p> + “I knew it! I felt that must be the true solution of it all!” cried uncle + Phaeton, squirming about pretty much as one might into whose veins had + been injected quicksilver in place of ordinary blood. “The outlet! Where + the surplus waters drain off to the Pacific Ocean!” + </p> + <p> + “I say, give me a chance, can't you?” interrupted Waldo, grasping the + glasses and shifting his station for one more favourable as a lookout. + </p> + <p> + He had seen sufficient to catch the right angle, and then gave a + suppressed snort as he took in the view. Half a minute thus, then a wild + cry escaped his lips, closely followed by the words: + </p> + <p> + “Now I DO see something! And it isn't a drifting tree, either! Or, that + is, something else which—shove her closer, uncle Phaeton! True as + you live, there's something caught in yonder big suck which is—closer, + for love of glory!” + </p> + <p> + “If this is another joke, Waldo—” + </p> + <p> + “No, no, I tell you, Bruno! Shove her over, uncle, for, without this glass + is hoodooed, we're needed right yonder,—and needed mighty bad, too!” + </p> + <p> + Little need of so much urging, by the way, since Professor Featherwit was + but slightly less excited by their double discovery, and even before the + glasses were clapped to Waldo's eyes the aerostat swung around to move at + full speed towards that precise quarter of the compass. + </p> + <p> + “What is it you see, then, boy?” demanded Bruno, itching to take the + glasses, yet straining his own vision towards that as yet far-distant + spot. + </p> + <p> + “Something like—oh, see how the water is running out,—just + like emptying a bathtub through a hole at the bottom! And see what—a + man caught in the whirl, true's you're a foot high, uncle!” + </p> + <p> + “A man? Here? Impossible,—incredible, boy!” fairly exploded the + professor, not yet ready to relinquish his cherished belief in a terra + incognita. + </p> + <p> + The air-voyagers were swiftly nearing that point of interest, and now + keen-eyed Bruno caught a glimpse of a drifting object which had been drawn + within the influence of yonder whirlpool, but which was just as certainly + a derelict from the forest. + </p> + <p> + “Another floating tree-trunk for Waldo!” he cried, with a short laugh, + feeling far from unpleased that the intense strain upon his nerves should + be thus lessened. “Try it again, lad, and perhaps—” + </p> + <p> + “Try your great-grandmother's cotton nightcap! Don't you suppose I can + tell the difference between a tree and a—” + </p> + <p> + “Ranting, prancing, cavorting 'sour-us' right out of Webster's Unabridged, + eh, laddy-buck?” + </p> + <p> + “That's all right, if you can only keep on thinking that way, old man; but + if yonder isn't a fellow being in a mighty nasty pickle, then I wouldn't + even begin to say so! And—you look, uncle Phaeton, please.” + </p> + <p> + Nothing loath, the professor took the proffered glasses, and but an + instant later he, too, gave a sharp cry of amazement, for he saw, clinging + to the trunk of a floating tree, swiftly moving with those circling + waters, a living being! + </p> + <p> + And but a few seconds later, Bruno made the same discovery, greatly to the + delight of his younger brother. + </p> + <p> + “A man! And living, too!” + </p> + <p> + “Of course; reckon I'd make such a howl about a floater?” bluntly + interjected Waldo. “But I'll do my crowing later on. For now we've got to + get the poor fellow out of that,—just got to yank him out!” + </p> + <p> + Through all this hasty interchange of words, the aeromotor was swiftly + progressing, and now swung almost directly above the whirlpool, giving all + a fair, unobstructed view of everything below. + </p> + <p> + The suction was so great that a sloping basin was formed, more than one + hundred yards in diameter, while the actual centre lay a number of feet + lower than the surrounding level. + </p> + <p> + Half-way down that perilous slope a great tree was revolving, and to this, + as his forlorn hope, clung a half-clad man, plainly alive, since he was + looking upward, and—yes, waving a hand and uttering a cry for aid + and succour. + </p> + <p> + “Help! For love of God, save me!” + </p> + <p> + “White,—an American, too!” exploded Waldo, taking action as by + brilliant inspiration. “Hang over him, uncle, for I'm going—to go + fishing—for a man!” + </p> + <p> + Waldo was tugging at the grapnel and long drag-rope. Bruno was quick to + divine his intention, and lent a deft hand, while the professor + manipulated the helm so adroitly as to keep the flying-machine hovering + directly above yonder imperilled stranger, leaning far over the hand-rail + to shout downward: + </p> + <p> + “Have courage, sir, and stand ready to help yourself! We will rescue you + if it lies within the possibilities of—we WILL save you!” + </p> + <p> + “You bet we just will, and right—like this,” spluttered Waldo, as he + cast the grapnel over the rail and swiftly lowered it by the rope. “Play + you're a fish, stranger, and when you bite, hang on like grim death to a—steady, + now!” + </p> + <p> + Fortunately nothing occurred to mar the programme so hastily arranged, for + the drift was drawing nearer the centre of the whirl, and if once fairly + caught by that, nothing human could preserve the stranger from death. + </p> + <p> + “Make a jump and grab it, if you can't do better!” cried Waldo, intensely + excited now that the crisis was at hand. + </p> + <p> + The long rope with its iron weight swayed awkwardly in spite of all he + could do to steady it, and as each one of the three prongs was meant for + catching and holding fast to whatever they touched, there was no slight + risk of impaling the man, thus giving him the choice of another and still + more painful death. + </p> + <p> + Then, with a desperate grasp, a death-clutch, he caught one arm of the + grapnel, holding fast as the shock came. He was carried clear of the tree, + and partly submerged in the water as his added weight brought the + flying-machine so much lower. + </p> + <p> + “Up, up, uncle Phaeton!” fairly howled Waldo, at the same time tugging at + the now taut rope, in which he was ably seconded by his brother. “For love + of—higher, uncle!” + </p> + <p> + Then the noble machine responded to the touch of its builder, lifting the + dripping stranger clear of the whirling currents, swinging him away + towards yonder higher level, where a fall would not prove so quickly + fatal. And then the eager professor gave a shrill cheer as he saw the man, + by a vigorous effort, draw his body upward sufficiently far to throw one + leg over an arm of the grapnel itself. + </p> + <p> + Knowing now that the rescued was in no especial peril, uncle Phaeton left + the air-ship to steer itself long enough for his nimble hands to take + several turns of the drag-rope around the cleat provided for that express + purpose, thus relieving both Bruno and Waldo of the heavy strain, which + might soon begin to tell upon them. + </p> + <p> + “Hurrah for we, us, and company!” cried Waldo, relieving his lungs of a + portion of their pent-up energy, then leaning perilously far over the edge + of the machine to encourage the queer fish he had hooked. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER X. RESCUED AND RESCUERS. + </h2> + <p> + Despite their very natural excitement, caused by this peril and its + foiling, Professor Featherwit retained nearly all his customary coolness + and presence of mind. + </p> + <p> + Readily realising that after such a grim ordeal would almost certainly + come a powerful revulsion, his first aim was to swing the stranger far + enough away from the whirlpool to give him a fair chance for life, in case + he should fall, through dizziness or physical collapse, from the end of + the drag-rope. + </p> + <p> + This took but a few seconds, comparatively speaking, though, doubtless, + each moment seemed an age to the rescued stranger. Then the professor + slowed his ship, looking around in order to determine upon the wisest + route to take. + </p> + <p> + For one thing, it would be severe work to draw the stranger bodily up and + into the aerostat. For another, unless he should grow weak, or suffer from + vertigo, both time and labour would be saved by taking him direct to the + shore of this broad lake. + </p> + <p> + As soon as the rope was made fast, and the strain taken off their muscles + as well as their minds, Bruno flashed a look around, naturally turning his + eyes in the direction of the whirlpool. + </p> + <p> + Although less than a couple of minutes had elapsed since the man was + lifted off the circling drift, even thus quickly had the end drawn nigh; + for, even as he looked that way, Gillespie saw the great trunk sucked into + the hidden sink, the top rising with a shiver clear out of the water as + the butt lowered, a hollow, rumbling sound coming to all ears as— + </p> + <p> + “Gone!” cried Bruno, in awed tones, as the whole drift vanished from sight + for ever. + </p> + <p> + “Sucked in by Jonah's whale, for ducats!” screamed Waldo, excitedly. + “Fetch on your blessed 'sour-us' of both the male and female sect! Trot + 'em to the fore, and if my little old suck don't take the starch out of + their backbones,—they DID have backbones, didn't they, uncle + Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit frowned, and shook his head in silent reproof. More + nearly, perhaps, than either of the boys, he realised what an awful peril + this stranger had so narrowly escaped. It was far too early to turn that + escape into jest, even for one naturally light of heart. + </p> + <p> + He leaned over the hand-rail, peering downward. He could see the rescued + man sitting firmly in the bend of the grapnel, one hand tightly gripping + the rope, its mate shading his eyes, as he stared fixedly towards the + whirling death-pool, from whose jaws he had so miraculously been plucked. + </p> + <p> + There was naught of debility, either of body or of mind, to be read in + that figure, and with his fears on that particular point set at rest, for + the time being, Professor Featherwit called out, distinctly: + </p> + <p> + “Is it all well with you, my good friend? Can you hold fast until the + shore is reached, think?” + </p> + <p> + “Heaven bless you,—yes!” came the reply, in half-choked tones. “If I + fail in giving thanks—” + </p> + <p> + “Never mention it, friend; it cost us nothing,” cheerily interrupted the + professor, then adding, “Hold fast, please, and we'll put on a wee bit + more steam.” + </p> + <p> + The flying-machine was now fairly headed for a strip of shore which + offered an excellent opportunity for making a safe landing, and as that + accelerated motion did not appear to materially affect the stranger, it + took but a few minutes to clear the lake. + </p> + <p> + “Stand ready to let go when we come low enough, please,” warned the + professor, deftly managing his pet machine for that purpose. + </p> + <p> + The stranger easily landed, then watched the flying-machine with painfully + eager gaze, hands clasped almost as though in prayer. A more remarkable + sight than this half-naked shape, burned brown by the sun, poorly + protected by light skins, with sinew fastenings, could scarcely be + imagined; and there was something close akin to tears in more eyes than + one when he came running in chase, arms outstretched, and voice wildly + appealing: + </p> + <p> + “Oh, come back! Take me,—don't leave me,—for love of God and + humanity, don't leave me to this living death!” + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit called back a hasty assurance, and brought the + air-ship to a landing with greater haste than was exactly prudent, all + things considered; but who could keep cool blood and unmoved heart, with + yonder piteous object before their eyes? + </p> + <p> + When he saw that the flying-machine had fairly landed, and beheld its + inmates stepping forth upon the sands with friendly salutations, the + rescued stranger staggered, hands clasping his temples for a moment of + drunken reeling, then he fell forward like one smitten by the hand of + sudden death. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit called out a few curt directions, which were promptly + obeyed by his nephews, and after a few minutes' well-directed work + consciousness was restored, and the stranger feebly strove to give them + thanks. + </p> + <p> + In vain these were set aside. He seemed like one half-insane from joy, and + none who saw and heard could think that all this emotion arose from the + simple rescue from the whirlpool. Nor did it. + </p> + <p> + Wildly, far from coherently, the poor fellow spoke, yet something of the + awful truth was to be gleaned even from those broken, disjointed + sentences. + </p> + <p> + For ten years an exile in these horrible wilds. For ten years not a single + glimpse of white face or figure. For ten ages no intelligible voice, save + his own; and that, through long disuse, had threatened to desert him! + </p> + <p> + “Ten years!” echoed Waldo, in amazement. “Why didn't you rack out o' this, + then? I know I would; even if the woods were full of—'sour-us' and + the like o' that! Yes, SIR!” + </p> + <p> + A low, husky laugh came through those heavily bearded lips, and the + stranger flung out his hands in a sweeping gesture, sunken eyes glowing + with an almost savage light as he spoke with more coherence: + </p> + <p> + “Why is it, young gentleman? Why did I not leave, do you ask? Look! All + about you it stretches: a cell,—a death-cell, from which escape is + impossible! Here I have fought for what is ever more precious than bare + life: for liberty; but though ten awful years have rolled by, here I + remain, in worse than prison! Escape? Ah, how often have I attempted to + escape, only to fail, because escape from these wilds is beyond the power + of any person not gifted with wings!” + </p> + <p> + “Ten years, you say, good friend? And all that time you have lived here + alone?” asked the professor, curiously. + </p> + <p> + “Ten years,—ten thousand years, I could almost swear, only for + keeping the record so carefully, so religiously. And—pitiful Lord! + How gladly would I have given my good right arm, just for one faraway + glimpse of civilisation! How often—but I am wearying you, gentlemen, + and you may—pray don't think that I am crazy; you will not?” + </p> + <p> + Both the professor and Bruno assured him to the contrary, but Waldo was + less affected, and his curiosity could no longer be kept within bounds. + Gently tapping one hairy arm, he spoke: + </p> + <p> + “I say, friend, what were you doing out yonder in the big suck? Didn't you + know the fun was hardly equal to the risk, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “Easy, lad,” reproved the professor; but with a a smile, which strangely + softened that haggard, weather-worn visage, the stranger spoke: + </p> + <p> + “Nay, kind sir, do not check the young gentleman. If you could only + realise how sweet it is to my poor ears,—the sound of a friendly + voice! For so many weary years I have never heard one word from human lips + which I could understand or make answer to. And now,—what is it you + wish to know, my dear boy?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, since you've lived here so long, surely you hadn't ought to get + caught in such a nasty pickle; unless it was through accident?” + </p> + <p> + “It was partly accidental. One that would have cost me dearly had not you + come to my aid so opportunely. And yet,—only for one thing, I could + scarcely have regretted vanishing for ever down that suck!” + </p> + <p> + His voice choked, his head bowed, his hands came together in a nervous + grip, all betokening unusual agitation. Even Waldo was just a bit awed, + and the stranger was first to break that silence with words. + </p> + <p> + “How did the mishap come about, is it, young gentleman?” he said, a wan + smile creeping into his face, and relaxing those tensely drawn muscles + once more. “While I was trying to replenish my stock of provisions, and + after this fashion, good friends. + </p> + <p> + “I was fishing from a small canoe, and as the bait was not taken well, I + must have fallen into a day dream, thinking of—no matter, now. And + during that dreaming, the breeze must have blown me well out into the + lake, for when I was roused up by a sharp jerk at my line, I found myself + near its middle, without knowing just how I came there. + </p> + <p> + “I have no idea what sort of fish had taken my bait,—there are many + enormous ones in the lake,—but it proved far too powerful for me to + manage, and dragged the canoe swiftly through the water, heading directly + for the outlet, yonder.” + </p> + <p> + “Why didn't you let it go free, then?” + </p> + <p> + “The line was fastened to the prow, and I could not loosen it in time. I + drew my knife,—one of flint, but keen enough to serve,—only to + have it jerked out of my hand and into the water. Then, just as the fish + must have plunged into the suck, I abandoned my canoe, jumping overboard.” + </p> + <p> + “That's just what I was wondering about,” declared Waldo, with a vigorous + nod of his head. “Yet we found you—there?” + </p> + <p> + “Because I am a wretchedly poor swimmer. I managed to reach a drift which + had not yet fairly entered the whirl, but I could do nothing more towards + saving myself. Then—you can guess the rest, gentlemen.” + </p> + <p> + “And the canoe?” demanded Waldo, content only when all points were made + manifest. + </p> + <p> + “I saw it dragged down the centre of the suck,” with an involuntary + shiver. “The fish must have plunged into the underground river, whether + willingly or not I can only surmise. But all the while I was drifting + yonder, around and around, with each circuit drawing closer to the awful + end, I could not help picturing to myself how the canoe must have plunged + down, and down, and—burr-r-r!” + </p> + <p> + A shuddering shiver which was more eloquent than words; but Waldo was not + yet wholly content, finding an absorbing interest in that particular + subject. + </p> + <p> + “You call it a river: how do you know it's a river?” + </p> + <p> + “Of course, I can only guess at the facts, my dear boy,” the stranger made + reply, smiling once more, and, with an almost timid gesture, extending one + hairy paw to lightly touch and gently stroke the arm nearest him. + </p> + <p> + Bruno turned away abruptly, for that gesture, so simple in itself, yet so + full of pathos to one who bore in mind those long years of solitary exile, + brought a moisture to his big brown eyes of which, boy-like, he felt + ashamed. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit likewise took note, and with greater presence of mind + came to the rescue, lightly resting a hand upon the stranger's half-bare + shoulder while addressing his words to the youngster. + </p> + <p> + A tremulous sigh escaped those bearded lips, and their owner drew closer + to the wiry little aeronaut, plainly drawing great comfort from that mere + contact. And with like ease uncle Phaeton lifted one of those hairy arms + to rest it over his own shoulders, speaking briskly the while. + </p> + <p> + “There is only one way of demonstrating the truth more clearly, my + youthful inquisitor, and that is by sending you on a voyage of + exploration. Are you willing to make the attempt, Waldo?” + </p> + <p> + “Not this evening; some other evening,—maybe!” drawing back a bit, + with a shake of his curly pate to match. “But, I say, uncle Phaeton—” + </p> + <p> + “Allow me to complete my say, first, dear boy,” with a bland smile. “That + is easily done, though, for it merely consists of this: yonder sink, or + whirlpool, is certainly the method this lake has of relieving itself of + all surplus water. Everything points to a subterranean river which + connects this lake with the Pacific Ocean.” + </p> + <p> + “Wonder how long I'd have to hold my breath to make the trip?” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XI. ANOTHER SURPRISE FOR THE PROFESSOR. + </h2> + <p> + The stranger laughed aloud at this, then seemed surprised that aught of + mirth could be awakened where grief and despair had so long reigned + supreme. + </p> + <p> + “You will come with me to—to my den, gentlemen?” he asked, still + nervous, and plainly loath to do aught which indicated a return to his + recent dreary method of living. + </p> + <p> + “Is the distance great?” asked Professor Featherwit, with a glance towards + the aeromotor, then flashing his gaze further, as though to guard against + possible harm coming to that valuable piece of property. + </p> + <p> + More than ever to be guarded now, since the words spoken by this exile. + Better death in yonder mighty whirlpool than a half-score years' + imprisonment here! + </p> + <p> + Not so very far, he was assured, while it would be comparatively easy to + float the air-ship above the trees, there of no extraordinary growth. + </p> + <p> + At the same time this assurance was given, the stranger could not mask his + uneasiness of mind, and it was really pitiful to see one so strong in body + and limb, so weak otherwise. + </p> + <p> + But uncle Phaeton was a fairly keen judge of human nature, and possessed + no small degree of tact. Divining the real cause of that dread, he took + the easiest method of allaying it, speaking briskly as he moved across to + the aerostat. + </p> + <p> + “Bear the gentleman company, my lads, while I manage the ship. You will + know what signals to make, and I can contrive the rest.” + </p> + <p> + Again the recluse laughed, but now it was through pure joy, such as he had + not experienced for long years gone by. He was not to be deserted by his + rescuers from the whirlpool, and that was comfort enough for the moment. + </p> + <p> + Thanks to that guidance, but little time was cut to waste, Professor + Featherwit taking the flying-machine away from the shore of the lake, + floating slowly above the tree-tops, guiding his movements by those below, + finally effecting a safe landing in a miniature glade, at no great + distance from the “den” alluded to by their new-found friend. + </p> + <p> + “It will be perfectly safe here,” the exile hastened to give assurance, as + that landing was made. “Then, too, this is the only spot nigh at hand from + which a hasty ascent could well be made, even with such an admirable + machine as yours. Ah, me!” with a long breath which lacked but little of + being a sigh, as he keenly, eagerly examined the aerostat. “A marvel! Who + would have dared predict such another, only a dozen years ago? I thought + we had drawn very close to perfection while I was in the profession, but + this,—marvellous!” + </p> + <p> + Both words and manner gave the keen-witted professor a clew to one + mystery, and he quickly spoke: + </p> + <p> + “Then you were familiar with aerostatics, sir? Your name is—” + </p> + <p> + “Edgecombe,—Cooper Edgecombe.” + </p> + <p> + “What?” with undisguised surprise in face as in voice. “Professor + Edgecombe, the celebrated balloonist who was lost so long ago?” + </p> + <p> + “Ay! lost here in this thrice accursed wilderness!” passionately cried the + exile; then, as though abashed by his own outburst, he turned away, + pausing again only when at the entrance to his dreary refuge of many + years. + </p> + <p> + “Give the poor fellow his own way until he has had time to rally, boys,” + muttered uncle Phaeton, in lowered tones, before following that lead. “I + can understand it better, now, and this is—still is the terra + incognita of which I have dreamed so long!” + </p> + <p> + That refuge proved to be a large, fairly dry cavern, the entrance to which + was admirably masked by vines and creepers, while the stony soil just + there retained no trace of footprints to tell dangerous tales. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Edgecombe vanished, but not for long. Then, showing a light, formed of + fat and twisted wick in a hollowed bit of hardwood, he begged his rescuers + to enter. + </p> + <p> + No second invitation was needed, for even the professor felt a powerful + curiosity to learn what method had been followed by this enforced exile; + how he had managed to live for so many weary years. + </p> + <p> + With only that smoky lamp to shed light around the place, critical + investigation was a matter of time and painstaking, although a general + idea of the cavern was readily formed. + </p> + <p> + High overhead arched the rocky roof, blackened by smoke, and looking more + gloomy than nature had intended. The side walls were likewise irregular, + now showing tiny niches and nooks, then jutting out to form awkward points + and elbows, which were but partially disguised by such articles of wear + and daily use as the exile had collected during the years gone by, or + since his occupancy first began. + </p> + <p> + So much the professor took in with his initial glances, but then he left + Waldo and his brother to look more closely, himself giving thought to the + being whom they had so happily saved from the whirlpool. + </p> + <p> + “Professor Edgecombe!” he again exclaimed, grasping those roughened hands + to press them cordially. “I ought to have recognised you at sight, no + doubt, since I have watched your ascents time and time again.” + </p> + <p> + The exile smiled faintly, shaking his head and giving another sigh. + </p> + <p> + “Ah, me! 'twas vastly different, then. I only marvel that you should give + me credit when I lay claim to that name, so long—it has long faded + from the public's memory, sir.” + </p> + <p> + But uncle Phaeton shook his head, decidedly. + </p> + <p> + “No, no, I assure you, my friend; far from it. Whenever the topic is + brought to the front; whenever aerostatics are discussed, your name and + fame are sure to play a prominent part. And yet,—you disappeared so + long ago, never being heard of after—” + </p> + <p> + “After sailing away upon the storm for which I had waited and prayed, for + so many weary, heart-sick months!” + </p> + <p> + “So the rumour ran, but we all believed that must be an exaggeration, and + not for a long time was all hope abandoned. Then, more hearts than one + felt sore and sad at thoughts of your untimely fate.” + </p> + <p> + “A fate infinitely worse than ordinary death such as was credited me,” + huskily muttered the exile. “Ten years,—and ever since I have been + here, helpless to extricate myself, doomed to a living death, which none + other can ever fully realise! Doomed to—to—” + </p> + <p> + His voice choked, and he turned away to hide his emotions. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit thoroughly appreciated the interruption which came + through Waldo's lips just at that moment. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I say,—uncle Phaeton!” + </p> + <p> + “What is it, lad? Don't meddle with what doesn't—” + </p> + <p> + “Looking can't hurt, can it? And to think people ever got along with such + things as these!” + </p> + <p> + Waldo was squared before sundry articles depending from the side wall, and + as the professor drew closer, he, too, displayed a degree of interest + which was really remarkable. + </p> + <p> + A gaily colored tunic of thickly quilted cotton was hanging beside an + oddly shaped war club, the heavier end of which was armed with blades of + stone which gleamed and sparkled even in that dim light. And attached to + this weapon was another, hardly less curious: a knife formed of copper, + with heft and blade all from one piece of metal. + </p> + <p> + “Here is the rest of the outfit,” said Edgecombe, holding forth a bow and + several feathered arrows with obsidian heads. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit gave a low, eager cry as he handled the various + articles, both face and manner betraying intense delight, which found + partial vent in words a little later. + </p> + <p> + “Wonderful! Marvellous! Superb! I envy you, sir; I can't help but envy + your possession of so magnificent—and so well-preserved, too! That + is the marvel of marvels!” + </p> + <p> + “Well, to be sure, I haven't used them very much. The bow and arrows I + could manage fairly well, after busy practice. They have saved me from + more than one hungry night. But as for the rest—” + </p> + <p> + “You might have worn the—Is it a ghost-dance shirt, though?” + hesitatingly asked Waldo, gingerly fingering the wadded tunic. + </p> + <p> + “Waldo, I'm ashamed of you, boy!” almost harshly reproved the professor. + “Ghost-dance shirt, indeed! And this one of the most complete—the + only perfectly preserved specimen of the ancient Aztec—pray, my good + friend, where did you discover them? Surely there can be no burial mounds + so far above the latitude where that unfortunate race lived and died?” + </p> + <p> + Mr. Edgecombe shook his head, with a puzzled look, then made reply: + </p> + <p> + “No, sir. I took these all from an Indian I was forced to kill in order to + save my own life. I never thought—You are ill, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “Bless my soul!” ejaculated the professor, falling back a pace or two, + then sitting down with greater force than grace, all the while gazing upon + those weapons like one in a daze. “Found them—Indian—killed + him in order to—bless my soul!” + </p> + <p> + Then, with marvellous activity for one of his age, the professor recovered + his footing, mumbling something about tripping a heel, then resumed his + examination of the curiosities as though he had care for naught beside. + </p> + <p> + Cooper Edgecombe turned away, and the professor improved the opportunity + by muttering to the brothers: + </p> + <p> + “Careful, lads. Give the poor fellow his own way in all things, for he is—he + surely must be—eh?” + </p> + <p> + Forefinger covertly tapped forehead, for there was no time granted for + further explanations. Edgecombe turned again, speaking in hard, even + strained tones: + </p> + <p> + “Fifteen years ago this month, on the 27th, to be exact, a balloon with + two passengers was carried away on a terrific gale of wind which blew from + the southeast. This happened in Washington Territory. Can you tell me—has + anything ever been heard of either balloon or its inmates?” + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit shook his head in negation before saying: + </p> + <p> + “Not to my knowledge, though doubtless the prints of the day—” + </p> + <p> + Cooper Edgecombe shook both head and hand with strange impatience. + </p> + <p> + “No, no. I know they were never heard from up to ten years ago, but since + then—I am a fool to even dream of such a thing, and yet,—only + for that faint hope I would have gone mad long ago!” + </p> + <p> + Indeed, he looked little less than insane as it was. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XII. THE STORY OF A BROKEN LIFE. + </h2> + <p> + This was the idea that occurred to both uncle and nephews, but they had + seen and heard enough to excuse all that, and Professor Featherwit spoke + again, in mildly curious tones: + </p> + <p> + “Sorry I am unable to give you better tidings, my good friend, but, so far + as my knowledge extends, nothing has come to light of recent years. And—if + not a leading question—were those passengers friends of your own?” + </p> + <p> + “Only—merely my—my wife and little daughter,” came the totally + unexpected reply, followed by a forced laugh which sounded anything but + mirthful. + </p> + <p> + Uncle Phaeton, intensely chagrined, hastened to apologise for his luckless + break, but Cooper Edgecombe cut him short, asking that the matter be let + drop for the time being. + </p> + <p> + “I will talk; I feel that I must tell you all, or lose what few wits I + have left,” he declared, huskily. “But not right now. It is growing late. + You must be hungry. I have no very extensive larder, but with my little + will go the gratitude of a man who—” + </p> + <p> + His voice choked, and he left the sentence unfinished, hurrying away to + prepare such a meal as his limited means would permit. + </p> + <p> + While Edgecombe was kindling a fire in one corner of the cavern, opening a + pile of ashes to extract the few carefully cherished coals by means of + which the wood was to be fired, uncle and one nephew left the den to look + after the flying-machine and contents. + </p> + <p> + Bruno remained behind, in obedience to a hint from the professor, lest the + exile should dread desertion, after all. + </p> + <p> + “Take these in and open them, Waldo,” said the professor, selecting + several cans from the stock in the locker. “Poor fellow! 'Twill be like a + foretaste of civilisation, just to see and smell, much less taste, the + fruit.” + </p> + <p> + “Even if he has turned looney, eh, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + “Careful, boy! I hardly think he is just that far gone; but, even if so, + what marvel? Think of all he must have suffered during so many long, + dreary years! and—his wife and child! I wonder—I do wonder if + he really killed—but that is incredible, simply and utterly + incredible! An Aztec—here—alive!” + </p> + <p> + “Dead, uncle Phaeton,” corrected Waldo. “Killed the redskin, he said, and + I really reckon he meant it. Why not, pray?” + </p> + <p> + “But—an Aztec, boy!” exclaimed the bewildered savant, unable to pass + that point. “The tunic of quilted cotton, the escaupil! The maquahuitl, + with its blades of grass! The bow and arrows which—all, all surely + of Aztecan manufacture, yet seemingly fresh and serviceable as though in + use but a month ago! And the race extinct for centuries!” + </p> + <p> + “Well, unless he's a howling liar from 'way up the crick, he extincted one + of 'em,” cheerfully commented Waldo, bearing his canned fruit to the + cavern. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit followed shortly after, finding the exile busy + preparing food, looking and acting far more naturally than he had since + his rescue from the whirlpool. And then, until the evening meal was + announced, uncle Phaeton hovered near those amazing curiosities, now + gazing like one in a waking dream, then gingerly fingering each article in + turn, as though hoping to find a solution for his enigma through the sense + of touch. + </p> + <p> + Taken all in all, that was far from a pleasant or enjoyable meal. A sense + of restraint rested upon each one of that little company, and not one + succeeded in fairly breaking it away, though each tried in turn. + </p> + <p> + Despite the struggle made by the exile to hold all emotions well under + subjection, Cooper Edgecombe failed to hide his almost childish delight at + sight and taste of those canned goods, and it did not require much urging + on the part of his rescuers to ensure his partaking freely. + </p> + <p> + But the cap-sheaf came when uncle Phaeton, true to his habit of long + years, after eating, produced pipe and pouch, the fragrant tobacco + catching the exile's nostrils and drawing a low, tremulous cry from his + lips. + </p> + <p> + No need to ask what was the matter, for that eager gaze, those quivering + fingers, were enough. And just as though this had been his express + purpose, the professor passed the pipe over, quietly speaking: + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps you would like a little smoke after your supper, my good friend? + Oblige me by—” + </p> + <p> + “May I? Oh, sir, may I—really taste—oh, oh, oh!” + </p> + <p> + Bruno struck a match and steadied the pipe until the tobacco was fairly + ignited, then drew back and left the exile to himself for the time being. + And, as covert glances told them, never before had their eyes rested upon + mortal being so intensely happy as was the long-lost aeronaut then and + there. + </p> + <p> + At a sign from the professor, Bruno and Waldo silently arose and left the + cavern, bearing their guardian company to where the air-ship was resting. + And there they busied themselves with making preparations for the night, + which was just settling over that portion of the earth. + </p> + <p> + Presently Cooper Edgecombe appeared, the empty pipe in hand, held as one + might caress an inestimable treasure, a dreamy, almost blissful expression + upon his sun-browned face. + </p> + <p> + “I thank you, sir, more than tongue can tell,” he said, quietly, as he + restored the pipe to its owner. “If you could only realise what I have + suffered through this deprivation! I, an inveterate smoker; yet suddenly + deprived of it, and so kept for ten long years! If I had had a pipe and + tobacco, I believe—but enough.” + </p> + <p> + “I can sympathise with you, at least in part, my friend. Will you have + another smoke, by the way?” + </p> + <p> + “No, no, not now; I feel blessed for the moment, and more might be worse + than none, after so long deprivation. And—may I talk openly to you, + dear, kind friends? May I tell you—am I selfish in wishing to + trouble you thus? Ten years, remember, and not a soul to speak with!” + </p> + <p> + He laughed, but it was a sorry mirth; and not caring to trust his tongue + just then, uncle Phaeton nodded his head emphatically while filling his + pipe for himself. But Waldo never lacked for words, and spoke out: + </p> + <p> + “That's all right, sir; we can listen as long as you can chin-chin. Tell + us all about—well, what's the matter with that big Injun?” + </p> + <p> + “Quiet, Waldo. Say what best pleases you, my friend. You can be sure of + one thing,—sympathetic listeners, if nothing better.” + </p> + <p> + With a curious shiver, as though afflicted with a sudden chill, Edgecombe + turned partly away, figure drawn rigidly erect, hands tightly clasped + behind his back. A brief silence, then he spoke in tones of forced + composure. + </p> + <p> + “A balloon was the best, in my day, and I was proud of my profession, + although even then I was dreaming of better things—of something akin + to this marvellous creation of yours, sir,” casting a fleeting glance at + the air-ship, then at the face of its builder, afterward resuming his + former attitude. + </p> + <p> + “Let that pass, though. I wanted to tell you how I met with my awful loss; + how I came to be out here in this modern hell! + </p> + <p> + “I had a wife, a daughter, each of whom felt almost as powerful an + interest in aerostatics as I did myself. And one day—but, wait! + </p> + <p> + “I had an enemy, too; one who had, years before, sought to win my love for + his own; in vain, the cur! And that day—we were out here in + Washington Territory, living in comparative solitude that I might the + better study out the theory I was slowly shaping in my brain. + </p> + <p> + “The day was beautiful, but almost oppressively warm, and, as they so + frequently wished, I let my dear ones up in the balloon, securely + fastening it below. And then—God forgive me!—I went back to + town for something; I forget just what, now. + </p> + <p> + “A sudden storm came up. I hurried homeward; home to me was wherever my + dear ones chanced to be; but I was just too late! That devil of all devils + was ahead of me, and I saw him—merciful God! I saw him—cut the + ropes and let the balloon dart away upon that awful gale!” + </p> + <p> + His voice choked, and for a few minutes silence reigned. Knowing how vain + must be any attempt to offer consolation, the trio of air-voyagers said + nothing, and presently Cooper Edgecombe spoke. + </p> + <p> + “I killed the demon. I nearly tore him limb from limb; I would have done + just that, only for those who came hurrying after me from town, knowing + that I might need help in bringing my balloon to earth in safety. They + dragged me away, but 'twas too late to cheat my miserable vengeance. That + hound was dead, but—my darlings were gone, for ever!” + </p> + <p> + Another pause, then quieter, more coherent speech. + </p> + <p> + “God alone knows whither my wife and child were taken. The general drift + was in this direction, but how far they were carried, or how long they may + have lived, I can only guess; enough that, despite all my inquiries, made + far and wide in every direction, I never heard aught of either balloon or + passengers! + </p> + <p> + “After that, I had but one object in life: to follow along the track of + that storm, and either find my loved ones, or—or some clew which + should for ever solve my awful doubts! And for two long years or more I + fought to pierce these horrid fastnesses,—all in vain. No mortal man + could succeed, even when urged on by such a motive as mine. + </p> + <p> + “Then I determined upon another course. I worked and slaved until I could + procure another balloon, as nearly like the one I lost as might be + constructed. Then I watched and waited for just such another storm as the + one upon whose wings my darlings were borne away, meaning to take the same + course, and so find—” + </p> + <p> + “Why, man, dear, you must have been insane!” impulsively cried the + professor, unable longer to control his tongue. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps I was; little wonder if so,” admitted Edgecombe, turning that + way, with a wan smile lighting up his visage. “I could no longer reason. I + could only act. I had but that one grim hope, to eventually discover what + time and exposure to the weather might have left of my lost loves. + </p> + <p> + “Then, after so long waiting, the storm came, blowing in the same + direction as that other. I cut my balloon loose, and let it drift. I + looked and waited, hoping, longing, yet—failing! I was wrecked, here + in this wilderness. My balloon was carried away. I failed to find—aught!” + </p> + <p> + Cooper Edgecombe turned towards the air-ship, with a sigh of regret. + </p> + <p> + “If one had something like this then, I might have found them,—even + alive! But now—too late—eternally too late!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIII. THE LOST CITY OF THE AZTECS. + </h2> + <p> + Uncle Phaeton was more than willing to do the honours of his pet + invention, and this afforded a most happy diversion, although the + deepening twilight hindered any very extensive examination. + </p> + <p> + Cooper Edgecombe showed himself in a vastly different light while thus + engaged, his shrewd questions, his apt comments, quite effectually + removing the far from agreeable doubts born of his earlier words and + demeanour. + </p> + <p> + “Well, if he's looney, it's only on some points, not as the whole porker, + anyway,” confidentially asserted Waldo, when an opportunity offered. “Coax + him to tell how he knocked the redskin out, uncle Phaeton.” + </p> + <p> + Little need of recalling that perplexing incident to the worthy savant, + for, try as he might, Featherwit could not keep from brooding over that + wondrous collection of relics pertaining to a long-since extinct people. + Of course, the last one had perished ages ago; and yet—and yet— + </p> + <p> + Through his half-bewildered brain flashed the accounts given by the coast + tribes, members of which he had so frequently interviewed concerning this + unknown land, one and all of whom had more or less to say in regard to a + strange people, terrible fighters, mighty hunters, one burning glance from + whose eyes carried death and decay unto all who were foolhardy enough even + to attempt to pass those mighty barriers, built up by a beneficent nature. + Only for that nearly impassable wall, the entire earth would be overrun + and dominated by these monsters in human guise. + </p> + <p> + Then, after the air-ship was cared for to the best of his ability, and the + night-guard set in place so that an alarm might give warning of any + illegal intrusion, the little party returned to the cavern home of the + exile where, after another refusal on his part, the professor filled and + lighted his beloved pipe. + </p> + <p> + Almost in spite of himself Featherwit was drawn towards those marvellous + articles depending from the wall, and, as he gazed in silent marvel, + Cooper Edgecombe drew nigh, with still other articles to complete the + collection. + </p> + <p> + “You may possibly find something of interest in these, too, dear sir, + although I have given them rather rough usage. This formed a rather + comfortable cap, and—” + </p> + <p> + “A helmet! And sandals! A sash which is—yes! worn about the waist, + mainly to support weapons, and termed a maxtlatl, which—and all + sufficiently well preserved to be readily recognised as genuine—unless—Surely + I am dreaming!” + </p> + <p> + If not precisely that, the worthy professor assuredly was almost beside + himself while examining these articles of warrior's wear, one by one, + knowing that neither eyes nor memory were at fault, yet still unable to + believe those very senses. + </p> + <p> + Up to this, Cooper Edgecombe had felt but a passing interest in the + matter, forming as it did but a single incident in a more than ordinarily + eventful life; but now he began to divine at least a portion of the truth, + and his face was lighted up with unusual animation, when Phaeton + Featherwit turned that way, to almost sharply demand: + </p> + <p> + “Where did you gain possession of these weapons and garments, sir? And + how,—from whom?” + </p> + <p> + “I took them from an Indian, nearly two years ago. He caught me off my + guard, and, when I saw that I could neither hide nor flee, I fought for my + life,” explained the exile; then giving a short, bitter laugh, to add: + “Strange, is it not? Although I had long since grown weary of existence + such as this, I fought for it; I turned wild beast, as it were! Then, + after all was over, I took these things, more because I feared his + comrades might suspect—” + </p> + <p> + “His comrades?” echoed the professor. “More than the one, then? You killed + him, but—there were others, still?” + </p> + <p> + “Many of them; far too many for any one man to withstand,” earnestly + declared the exile. “I made all haste in bearing the redskin here, + obliterating all signs as quickly as possible; yet for days and nights I + cowered here in utter darkness, each minute expecting an attack from too + powerful a force for standing against.” + </p> + <p> + Uncle Phaeton rubbed his hands briskly, shifting his weight hurriedly from + one foot to its mate, then back again, the very personification of eager + interest and growing conviction. + </p> + <p> + “More of them? A strong force? Armed,—and garbed as of old? The + clothing, the footwear, and, above all else, the weapons, purely Aztecan? + And here, only two short years ago?” + </p> + <p> + “Sadly long and hideously dreary years I have found them, sir,” the exile + said, in dejected tones. + </p> + <p> + The professor burst into a shrill, excited laugh, which sounded almost + hysterical, and, not a little to the amazement of his nephews, broke into + a regular dance, jigging it right merrily, hands on hips, head perked, and + chin in air, at the same time striving to carry the tune in his far from + melodious voice. + </p> + <p> + After all, perhaps no better method could have been taken to work off his + almost hysterical excitement, and presently he paused, panting and heated, + chuckling after an abashed fashion as he encountered the eyes of his + nephews. + </p> + <p> + “Not a word, my dear boys,” he hastened to plead. “I had to do something + or—or explode! I feel better, now. I can behave myself, I hope. I am + calm, cool, and composed as—the genuine Aztecs! And we are the ones + to discover that—oh, I forgot!” + </p> + <p> + For Waldo was fairly exploding with mirth, while Bruno smiled, and even + the exile appeared to be amused to a certain extent at his expense. + </p> + <p> + Little by little, the worthy savant calmed down, and then, almost forcing + the exile to indulge in another delicious smoke, he led up to the subject + in which his interest was fairly intense. + </p> + <p> + Cooper Edgecombe was willing enough to tell all that lay in his power, + although he was only beginning to realise how much that might mean to the + world at large, judging by the actions of the professor. + </p> + <p> + According to his account, the great lake, or drainage reservoir of the + Olympics, was a sort of semi-yearly rendezvous for a warlike tribe of red + men, where they congregated for the purpose of catching and drying vast + quantities of fish, doubtless to be used during the winter. + </p> + <p> + “As a general thing they pitch their camp on the other side, over towards + the northeast; but small parties are pretty sure to rove far and wide, + coming around this way quite as often as not.” + </p> + <p> + “And their garb,—the weapons they bore?” asked the professor. + </p> + <p> + Edgecombe motioned towards those articles in which such a lively interest + had been awakened, then said that, while few of the red men who had come + beneath his near observation had been so elaborately equipped, he had + taken notice of similar weapons and garments, with additions which he + strove hard to describe with accuracy. + </p> + <p> + Nearly every sentence which crossed his lips served to confirm the + marvellous truth which had so dazzlingly burst upon the professor's eager + brain, and with a glib tongue he named each weapon, each garment, as + accurately as ever set down in ancient history, not a little to the + wide-eyed amazement of Waldo Gillespie. + </p> + <p> + “Worse than those blessed 'sour-us' and cousins,” he confided to his + brother, in a whisper. “Reckon it's all right, Bruno? Uncle isn't—eh?” + </p> + <p> + But uncle Phaeton paid them no attention, so deeply was he stirred by this + wondrous revelation. He felt that he was upon the verge of a discovery + which would startle the wide world as no recent announcement had been able + to do, unless—but it surely must be correct! + </p> + <p> + And then, when Cooper Edgecombe finished all he could tell concerning + those queerly armed and gaudily garbed red men, the professor let loose + his tongue, telling what glorious hopes and dazzling anticipations were + now within him. + </p> + <p> + “For hundreds upon hundreds of years there have been wild, weird legends + about the Lost City, but that merely meant a mass of wondrous ruins, long + since overwhelmed by shifting sands, somewhere in the heart of the great + American desert, so-called. + </p> + <p> + “By some it was claimed that this ancient city owed its primal existence + to a fragment of the Aztecs, driven from their native quarters in Old + Mexico. By others 'twas attributed unto one of the fabulous 'Lost Tribes + of Israel,' but even the most enthusiastic never for one moment dreamed of—this!” + </p> + <p> + “Except yourself, uncle Phaeton,” cut in Waldo, with a subdued grin. “This + must be one of the marvels you calculated on discovering, thanks to the + flying-machine, eh?” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, my boy; I never let my imagination soar half so high as all that,” + quickly answered the professor. “But now—now I feel confident that + just such a discovery lies before us, and with the dawn of a new day we + will ascend and look for the glorious 'Lost City of the Aztecs!'” + </p> + <p> + Again the savant sprang to his feet, wildly gesticulating as he strode to + and fro, striving to thus work off some of the intense excitement which + had taken full possession. And words fell rapidly from his lips the while, + only a portion of which need be placed upon record in this connection, + however. + </p> + <p> + “A fico for the paltry lost cities of musty tradition, now! They may sleep + beneath the sand-storms of countless years, but this—I would gladly + give one of my eyes for the certainty that its mate might gaze upon such a + wondrous spectacle as—Oh, if it might only prove true! If I might + only discover such a stupendous treasure! Aztecs! And in the present day! + Alive—armed and garbed as of yore! Amazing! Incredible! Astounding + beyond the wildest dreams of a confirmed—” + </p> + <p> + With startling swiftness uncle Phaeton wheeled to confront the exile, + gripping his arm with fierce vigour, as he shrilly demanded: + </p> + <p> + “Opium—are you an eater of drugs, Cooper Edgecombe?” + </p> + <p> + Even as the words crossed his lips, the professor realised how + preposterous they must sound, but the exile shook his head, earnestly. + </p> + <p> + “I never ate drugs in that shape, sir. Even if I had been addicted to + morphine and the like, how could I indulge the appetite here, in these + gloomy, lonely wilds?” + </p> + <p> + “I beg your pardon, sir; most humbly I implore your forgiveness. I have + but one excuse—this wondrous—Good night! I'm going to bed + before I add to my new reputation as—a blessed idiot, no less!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIV. A MARVELLOUS VISION. + </h2> + <p> + But the night was considerably older ere any one of that quartette lost + himself in slumber, for all had been too thoroughly wrought up by the + exciting events of the past day for sleep to claim an easy subject. + </p> + <p> + By common consent, however, that one particular subject was barred for the + present, and then, sitting in a cosy group about the glowing fire there in + the cavern, the recently formed friends talked and chatted, asking and + answering questions almost past counting. + </p> + <p> + Little wonder that such should be the case, so far as Cooper Edgecombe was + concerned, since he had been lost to the busy world and its many changes + for a long decade. + </p> + <p> + Then, too, his own dreary existence held a strange charm for the + air-voyagers, and the exile grew wonderfully cheerful and bright-eyed as + he in part depicted his struggles to sustain life against such heavy odds, + and still strove to keep alive that one hope,—that even yet he might + be able to discover a clew to his loved and lost ones. + </p> + <p> + “Not alive; I have long since abandoned that faint hope. But if I might + only find something to make sure, something that I could pray over, then + bury where my heart could hover above—” + </p> + <p> + “You are still alive, good friend, yet you have spent long years out here + in the wilderness,” gently suggested the professor. + </p> + <p> + Edgecombe flinched, as one might when a rude hand touches a still raw + wound. + </p> + <p> + “But they, my wife, my baby girl,—they could never have lived as I + have existed. They surely must have perished; if not at once, then when + the first cruel storms of hideous winter came howling down from the far + north!” + </p> + <p> + “Unless they were found and rescued by—who knows, my good sir?” + forcing a cheerful smile, which, unfortunately, was only surface-born, as + the exile lifted his head with a start and a gasping ejaculation. “Since + it seems fairly well proven that this supposedly unknown land is actually + inhabited, why may your loved ones not have been rescued?” + </p> + <p> + “The Indians? You mean by the Aztecs, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “If Aztecans they should really prove; why not?” + </p> + <p> + “But, surely I have heard—sacrifices?” huskily breathed the greatly + agitated man, while the professor, realising how he was making a bad + matter worse, brazenly falsified the records, declaring that no human + sacrifices had ever stained the record of that noble, honourable, gallant + race; and then changed the subject as quickly as might be. + </p> + <p> + Nevertheless, there was one good effect following that talk. Cooper + Edgecombe had dreaded nothing so much as the fear of being left behind by + these, the first white people he had seen for what seemed more than an + ordinary lifetime; but now, when the professor hinted at a longing to take + a spin through ether, for the purpose of winning a wider view, he eagerly + seconded that idea, even while realising that it would be difficult to + take him along with the rest. + </p> + <p> + Still, nothing was definitely settled that evening, and at a fairly + respectable hour before the turn of night, the air-voyagers were wrapped + in their blankets and soundly slumbering. + </p> + <p> + Not so the exile. Sleep was far from his brain, and while he really knew + that danger could hardly menace that wondrous bit of ingenious mechanism, + he watched it throughout that long night, ready to risk his own life in + its defence should the occasion arise. + </p> + <p> + Why not, since his whole future depended upon the aeromotor? By its aid he + hoped to reach civilization once more; and in spite of the great loss + which had wrecked his life, he was thrilled to the centre by that glorious + prospect. Here he was dead while breathing; there he would at least be in + touch with his fellow men once more! + </p> + <p> + An early meal was prepared by the exile, and in readiness when his trio of + guests awakened to the new day; and then, while busily discussing the + really appetising viands placed before them, the next move was fully + determined upon. + </p> + <p> + Not a little to his secret delight, the professor heard Edgecombe broach + the subject of further explorations, and seeing that his excitement had + passed away in goodly measure during the silent watches of the night, he + talked with greater freedom. + </p> + <p> + “Of course we'll keep in touch with you, here, friend, and take no + decisive move without your knowledge and consent. Our fate shall be yours, + and your fate shall be ours. Only—I would dearly love to catch a + glimpse of—If there should actually be a Lost City in existence!” + </p> + <p> + “If there is, as there surely must be one of some description, judging + from the number of red men I have seen collecting here at the lake,” + observed the exile, “you certainly ought to make the discovery with the + aid of your air-ship. You can ascend at will, of course, sir?” + </p> + <p> + Nothing loath, the professor spoke of his pet and its wondrous + capabilities, and then all hands left the cavern for the outer air, to + prepare for action. + </p> + <p> + As a further assurance, uncle Phaeton begged Edgecombe to enter the + aerostat, then skilfully caused the vessel to float upward into clear + space, sailing out over the lake even to the whirlpool itself before + turning, his passenger eagerly watching every move and touch of hand, + asking questions which proved him both shrewd and ingenious, from a + mechanical point of view. + </p> + <p> + Returning to their starting-point, Edgecombe sprang lightly to earth to + make way for the brothers, face ruddy and eyes aglow as he again begged + them all to keep watch for aught which might solve the mystery yet + surrounding the fate of his loved ones. + </p> + <p> + The promise was given, together with an earnest assurance that they would + soon return; then the parting was cut as short as might be, all feeling + that such a course was wisest and kindest, after all. + </p> + <p> + For an hour or more the air-ship sped on, high in air, its inmates viewing + the various and varying landmarks beneath and beyond them, all marvelling + at the fact that such an immense scope of country should for so long be + left in its native virginity, especially where all are so land-hungry. + </p> + <p> + Then, as nothing of especial interest was brought to their notice, uncle + Phaeton quite naturally reverted to that suit of Aztecan armour, and the + glorious possibilities which the words of the exile had opened up to them + as explorers. + </p> + <p> + Bruno listened with unfeigned interest, but not so his more mercurial + brother, who took advantage of an opening left by the professor, to + bluntly interject: + </p> + <p> + “What mighty good, even if you should find it all, uncle Phaeton? You + couldn't pick it up and tote it away, to start a dime museum with. And, as + for my part,—I'll tell you what! If we could only find something + like Aladdin's cave, now!” + </p> + <p> + “Growing miserly in your old age, are you, lad?” mocked his uncle. + </p> + <p> + “No; I don't mean just that. His trees were hung with riches, but mine + should be—crammed and crowded full of plum pudding, fruit cake, + angel food, mince pies, and the like! Yes, and there should be fountains + of lemonade! And mountains of ice-cream! And sandbars of caramels, and + chocolate drops, and trilbies, and—well, now, what's the matter with + you fellows, anyway?” + </p> + <p> + He spoke with boyish indignation at that laughing outbreak, but the kindly + professor quickly managed to smooth the matter over, although not before + Waldo had promised Bruno a sound thumping the first time they set foot + upon land. + </p> + <p> + Until past the noon hour that pleasant voyage lasted, without any + remarkable discovery being made, the trio munching a cold lunch at their + ease, rather than take the trouble to effect a landing. + </p> + <p> + But then, not very long after the sun had begun his downward course, there + came a change which caused Featherwit's blood to leap through his veins + far more rapidly than usual, for yonder, still a number of miles away, + there was gradually opening to view a hill-surrounded valley of + considerable dimension, certain portions of which betrayed signs of + cultivation, or at least of vegetation different from aught the explorers + had as yet come across since entering that land of wonders. + </p> + <p> + Almost unwittingly Professor Featherwit sent the air-ship higher, even as + it sped onward at quickened pace, his face as pale as his eyes were + glittering, intense anticipation holding him spellbound for the time + being. And then—the wondrous truth! + </p> + <p> + “Behold!” he cried, shrilly, pointing as he spoke. + </p> + <p> + “Houses yonder! Cultivated fields, and—see! human beings in motion, + who are—” + </p> + <p> + “Kicking up a great old bobbery, just as though they'd sighted us, and + wanted to know—I say, uncle Phaeton, how would it feel to get + punched full of holes by a parcel of bow-arrows?” + </p> + <p> + With a quick motion the air-ship was turned, darting lower and off at a + sharp angle to its former course, for the professor likewise saw what had + attracted the notice of his younger nephew. + </p> + <p> + Scattered here and there throughout that secluded valley were human + beings, nearly all of whom had sprung into sudden motion, doubtless amazed + or frightened by the appearance of that oddly shaped air-demon. + </p> + <p> + Brief though that view had been, it was sufficiently long to show the + professor houses of solid and substantial shape, cultivated plots, human + beings, and a little river whose clear waters sparkled and flashed in the + sunlight. + </p> + <p> + It was very hard to cut that view so short, but the professor had not lost + all prudence, and he knew that danger to both vessel and passengers might + follow a nearer intrusion upon the privacy of yonder armed people. Yet his + face was fairly glowing with glad exultation as he brought the aerostat to + a lower strata of air, shutting off all view from yonder valley, as it lay + amid its encircling hills. + </p> + <p> + “Hurrah!” he cried, snatching off his cap and waving it enthusiastically, + as the air-ship floated onward at ease. “At last! Found—we've + discovered it at last! And all is true,—all is true!” + </p> + <p> + “Found what, uncle Phaeton?” asked Waldo, a bit doubtfully. + </p> + <p> + “The Lost City of the Aztecs, of course! Oh, glad day, glad day!” + </p> + <p> + “Unless—what if it should prove to be only a—a mirage, uncle + Phaeton?” almost timidly ventured Bruno, a moment later. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XV. ASTOUNDING, YET TRUE. + </h2> + <p> + The professor gave a great start at this almost reluctant suggestion, + shrinking back with a look which fell not far short of being horrified. + But then he rallied, forcing a laugh before speaking. + </p> + <p> + “No, no, Bruno. All conditions are lacking to form the mirage of the + desert. And, too; everything was so distinct and clearly outlined that one + could—” + </p> + <p> + “Fairly feel those blessed bow-arrows tickling a fellow in the short + ribs,” vigorously declared the younger Gillespie. “Not but that—I + say, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + “What is it now, Waldo?” + </p> + <p> + “Reckon they're like any other people? Got boys and—and girls among + 'em, I wonder?” + </p> + <p> + “I daresay, yes, why not?” answered Featherwit, scarcely realising what + words were being shaped by his lips, while Bruno broke into a brief-lived + laugh, more at that half-sheepish expression than at the query itself. + </p> + <p> + “Both boys and girls galore, I expect, Kid; but you needn't borrow trouble + on either score. You can outrun the lads, while as for the fairer sex,—well, + they'll take precious good care to keep well beyond your reach,—especially + if you wear such another fascinating grin as—” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, you go to thunder, Bruno Gillespie!” + </p> + <p> + Through all this interchange the air-ship was maintaining a wide sweep, + drawing nearer the forest beneath, if only to keep hidden from the eyes of + the strange people in yonder deep valley. Yet the gaze of Phaeton + Featherwit as a rule kept turned towards that particular point, his eyes + on fire, his lips twitching, his whole demeanour that of one who feels a + discovery of tremendous importance lies just before him. + </p> + <p> + “Are we going to land, uncle Phaeton?” queried Bruno, taking note of that + preoccupation, which might easily prove dangerous under existing + circumstances. + </p> + <p> + That question served to recall the professor to more material points, and, + after a keen, sweeping look around, he nodded assent. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, as soon as I can discover or secure a fair chance. I wish to see + more—I must secure a fairer view of the—of yonder place.” + </p> + <p> + “Will it not be too dangerous, though? Not for us, especially, uncle, but + for the aerostat? Even if these be not the people you imagine—” + </p> + <p> + “They are past all doubt a remnant of the ancient Aztecs. Yonder lies the + true Lost City, and we are—oh, try to comprehend all that statement + means, my lads! Picture to yourselves what boundless fame and unlimited + credit awaits our report to the outer world! The benighted world! The + besotted world! The—the—” + </p> + <p> + “While we'll form the upsotted world, or a portion of it, without + something is done,—and that in a howling hurry, too!” fairly + spluttered Waldo, as the again neglected air-ship sped swiftly towards a + more elevated portion of that earth, part of the tall hill-crest which + acted as nature's barricade to yonder by nature depressed valley. + </p> + <p> + “Time enough, lad, time enough, since we are going to land,” coolly + assured the professor, deftly manipulating the steering-gear and still + curying around those tree-crowned hills. “If we are really hunted after, + 'twill naturally be in the quarter of our vanishment, while by alighting + around yonder, nearly at right angles with our initial approach, we will + have naught to fear from the—the Aztecan clans!” + </p> + <p> + Clearly the professor had settled in his own mind just what lay before + them, and nothing short of the Lost City of the Aztecs would come anywhere + near satisfying that exalted ideal. And, taking all points into full + consideration, was there anything so very absurd in his method of + reasoning, or of drawing a deduction? + </p> + <p> + Still, that exaltation did not prevent uncle Phaeton from taking all + essential precautions, and it was only when an especially secure + landing-place was sighted that he really attempted to touch the earth. + </p> + <p> + Fully one-half of that wide circuit had been made, and as nothing could be + detected to give birth to fears for either self or air-ship, the aeronauts + skilfully landed their vessel with only the slightest of jars. It was a + well-screened location, where naught could be seen of the flying-machine + until close at hand, yet so arranged as to make a hasty flight a very easy + matter should the occasion ever arise. + </p> + <p> + Not until the landing was effected and all made secure, did Professor + Featherwit speak again. Then it was with gravely earnest speech which + suitably affected his nephews. + </p> + <p> + “Above all things, my dear lads, bear ever in mind this one fact,—we + are not here to fight. We do not come as conquerors, weapons in hand, + hearts filled with lust of blood. To the contrary, we are on a peaceful + mission, hoping to learn, trusting to enlighten, with malice towards none, + but honest love for all those who may wear the human shape, be they of our + own colour or—or—otherwise.” + </p> + <p> + “That's what's the matter with Hannah's cat!” cheerfully chipped in the + irrepressible Waldo. “I say, uncle Phaeton, is it just a lie-low here + until yonder fellows grow tired of looking for what they can't find, then + a flight on our part; or will we—” + </p> + <p> + “Have we voyaged so far and seen so much, to rest content with so very + little?” exclaimed the professor, hardly as precise of speech as under + ordinary conditions. “No, no, my lads! Yonder lies the greatest discovery + of the nineteenth century, and we are—Get a hustle on, boys! The day + is waning, and with so much to see, to study, to—Come, I say!” + </p> + <p> + In spite of his initial attempt to impress his nephews with a due sense of + the heavy responsibilities which rested upon them, Phaeton Featherwit was + far more excited than either one of the brothers. Doubtless he more nearly + appreciated the importance of this wondrous discovery, provided his now + firm belief was correct,—that yonder stood a solid, substantial + city, erected by the hands of a people whom common consent had agreed were + long since wiped out of existence. + </p> + <p> + The story told by Cooper Edgecombe, backed up by the articles taken from + the person of the warrior whom he had slain in self-defence, certainly had + its weight; while the brief and imperfect glimpse which he had won of + yonder valley helped to bear out that astounding belief. And yet, how + could it be true? + </p> + <p> + Really believing, yet forced by more sober reason to doubt, the poor + professor was literally “in a sweat” long ere another view could be won of + the depressed valley, although the landing of the air-ship was so well + chosen as to make that trip of the briefest duration consistent with + prudence. + </p> + <p> + The natural obstacles were considerable, however, and as they picked their + way along, the brothers for the first time began to gain a fairly accurate + idea of what was meant by the term, a virgin forest. + </p> + <p> + To all seeming, the human foot had never ventured here, nor were any marks + or spoor of wild beasts perceptible on either side. + </p> + <p> + Although the aerostat had landed not far below the crest of those hills, + the adventurers had to climb higher, before winning the coveted view, + partly because the most practicable route led down into and along a + winding gulch, where the footing was far less treacherous than upon the + higher ground, cumbered, as that was, with the leaf-mould of centuries. + </p> + <p> + Still, half an hour's steady labour brought the little squad to the + coveted point, and once again Professor Featherwit was almost literally + stricken speechless,—for there, far below their present location, + spread out in level expanse, lay the secret valley with all its marvels. + </p> + <p> + Far more extensive than it had appeared by that initial glimpse, the + valley itself seemed composed of fertile soil, yet, by aid of the river + which cut through, near its centre, irrigating ditches conveyed water to + every acre, thus ensuring bounteous crops of grain and of fruit as well. + </p> + <p> + Numerous buildings stood in irregular array, for the most part of no great + height, nor with many pretensions towards architectural beauty or grace of + outline; but in the centre of the valley upreared its head a massive + structure, pyramidal in shape, consisting of five comparatively narrow + terraces, connected one with another only at each of the four corners, + where stood a wide-stepped flight of stones. + </p> + <p> + “Behold!” huskily gasped the professor, intensely excited, yet still able + to control the field-glass through which he was eagerly scanning yonder + marvels. “The temple of the gods! And, yonder, the temple of sacrifice, + unless my memory is—and look! The people are—they wear just + such garb as—Oh, marvellous! Amazing! Astounding! Incredible—yet + true!” + </p> + <p> + Although their uncle could thus take in the various details to better + advantage, still the intervening distance was not so great as to entirely + debar the brothers from finding no little to interest them, as was readily + proven by their various exclamations. + </p> + <p> + “Just look at the people, will ye, now? Flopping around like they hadn't + any bigger business than to—Reckon they're looking for us to come + back, Bruno?” + </p> + <p> + “Or watching for the monster bird of prey, rather,” suggested the elder + Gillespie. “Of course they couldn't distinguish our faces, and our bodies + were fairly well hidden. And, even more, of course, they must be totally + ignorant of all such things as flying-machines and the like.” + </p> + <p> + “Poor, ignorant devils!” sympathetically sighed the youngster. “Well, + we'll have to do a little missionary work in this quarter, before taking + our departure, eh, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + With a start, Featherwit descended out of the clouds in which he had been + lost ever since winning a fair view of the secret city; and now, rallying + his wits and fairly aglow with eager interest in this marvellous + discovery, he began pointing out the various objects of special + importance, naming them with glib assurance, then reminding the boys how + wonderfully similar all was to what had existed in Old Mexico before the + conquest. + </p> + <p> + Bruno listened with greater interest than his brother could summon at + will. For one thing, he had long been a lover of the genial Prescott, and, + now that his memory was freshened in part, was able to closely follow the + course of that little lecture, noting each strong point made by the + professor in bolstering up his delightful theory. + </p> + <p> + That monologue, however, was abruptly broken in upon by Waldo, who gave an + eager exclamation, as he reached forth a pointing finger: + </p> + <p> + “Look! There's a white woman yonder,—two of 'em, in fact!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVI. CAN IT BE TRUE? + </h2> + <p> + That announcement came with all the force of a bolt from the blue, and + even the professor dropped his glasses with a gasp of amazement, while + Bruno would have leaped to his feet, only for the hasty grab which his + brother made at the tail of his coat. + </p> + <p> + “White—where? Surely it cannot be that—Edgecombe—” + </p> + <p> + “Augh, take a tumble, boy!” ejaculated Waldo, giving a jerk that rendered + compliance nearly literal, though scarcely full of grace. “Want to have + the whole gang make a howling break this way? Want to—They're white + all right, though!” + </p> + <p> + “Where? Which direction? Point them out, and—I fail to see anything + which would bear out your—” + </p> + <p> + The professor was sweeping yonder field with his glass, searching for the + primal cause of that latest excitement, but without success. No sign of a + white face, male or female, rewarded his efforts, and he turned an + inquiring gaze upon the youngster. + </p> + <p> + Waldo was peering from beneath the shade of his hand, but now drew back + with a long breath, to slowly shake his head. + </p> + <p> + “They've gone now, but I did see them, and they were white, just as white + as—as anything!” + </p> + <p> + Bruno frowned a bit at that unsatisfactory conclusion, but the professor + was of more equable temper, for a wonder. He smilingly shook his head, + while gazing kindly, then spoke: + </p> + <p> + “I myself might have made the same error, Waldo, but you surely were in + error, for once.” + </p> + <p> + “What! You mean I never saw those white women, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + “No, no, I am not so seriously faulting your eyesight, my dear boy,” came + the swift assurance. “But even the best of us are open to errors, and + there were in olden times not a few Aztecs with fair skins; not exactly + white, yet comparatively fair when their race was considered. And, no + doubt, Waldo, you saw just such another a bit ago.” + </p> + <p> + But the youngster was not so easily shaken in his own opinion. + </p> + <p> + “There were a couple of 'em, not just such another, uncle. And they were + white,—pure white as ever the Lord made a woman! And—why, + didn't I see their hair, long and floating loose? And wasn't that yellow + as—as gold, or the sunshine itself?” + </p> + <p> + “Yellow hair?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, indeedy! Yellow hair, white skins,—faces, anyway. Blondes, the + couple of 'em; and to that I'll make my davy!” + </p> + <p> + And so the youngster maintained with even more than usual sturdiness, when + questioned more closely, pointing out the very spot upon which the strange + beings were standing, the top of a large, tall building, clearly one of + the series of temples. + </p> + <p> + In vain the field-glass was fixed upon that particular point. The partly + roofed azotea was wholly devoid of human life, and though watch was + maintained in that direction for many minutes thereafter, by one or other + of the air-voyagers, naught was seen to confirm the assertion made by the + younger Gillespie. + </p> + <p> + For the moment that fact or fancy dominated all other interests, for, + granting that Waldo had not been misled by a naturally fair Indian face, + there was room for a truly startling inference. + </p> + <p> + “Could it actually be they?” muttered Bruno, face pale and eyes glittering + with intense interest. “Could they have escaped with life from the + balloon, and been here ever since?” + </p> + <p> + “You mean—” + </p> + <p> + “The wife and child of Cooper Edgecombe,—yes! Who else could they + be, unless—I'd give a pretty penny for one fair squint at them, + right now! If there was only some method of—It would hardly do to + venture down yonder, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + The professor gave a stern gesture of denial, frowning as though he + anticipated an actual break for yonder town, in spite of the odds against + them. + </p> + <p> + “That would be madness, Bruno! Worse than madness, by far! Look at yonder + warriors, all thoroughly armed, and eager to drink blood as ever they were + in centuries gone by! They are hundreds, if not thousands, while we are + but three! Madness, my boy!” + </p> + <p> + “Four, with Mr. Edgecombe, uncle.” + </p> + <p> + “And that means a complete host so long as we are backed up by the + air-ship,” declared Waldo, in his turn. “Those fellows!” with a sniff of + true boyish scorn for aught that was not fully up to date. “What could + they do, if we were to open fire on them just once?” + </p> + <p> + “Prove our equals, man for man, armed as they assuredly are,” just as + vigorously affirmed the professor, inclined rather to magnify than + diminish the importance of these, his so recently discovered people. “You + forget how the Aztecans fought Cortez and his mailed hosts. Yet these are + one and identical, so far as valour and training and blood can go.” + </p> + <p> + “Huh! Scared of a runty horse so badly that they prayed to 'em as they did + to their own gods!” sniffed Waldo, betraying a lore for which he did not + ordinarily receive fair credit. “Why, uncle Phaeton, let you just slam one + o' those dynamite shells inside a chief—” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, Waldo, must I repeat, we are not here for the purpose of conquest, + unless by purely amicable methods. There must be no fighting, for or + against. Savages though most people would be inclined to pronounce yonder + race, they are human, with souls and—” + </p> + <p> + “But I always thought they were heathens, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + The professor subsided at that, giving over as worse than useless the + attempt to enlighten the irrepressible youngster, at least for the time + being. + </p> + <p> + Silence ruled for some little time, during which each one of the trio kept + keen watch over the valley, the field-glass changing hands at intervals in + order to put all upon an equal footing. + </p> + <p> + One thing was clear enough unto all: the Indians had been greatly wrought + up by the brief appearance of some queerly shaped monster of the air, and + while a goodly number of their best warriors had hastened out of the + valley and up the difficult passes, in hopes of learning more, still + others were astir, weapons in hand, evidently determined to defend their + lives or their property from any assault, should such be made, whether by + known or foreign adversaries. + </p> + <p> + This busy stir and bustle, combined with the novel architecture and so + many varying points of interest, would have been a mental and visual feast + for the trio of air-voyagers, only for that one doubt: were white captives + actually in yonder temple? And, if white, were they the long-lost + relatives of the aeronaut, Cooper Edgecombe? + </p> + <p> + Quite naturally the interest displayed by the Indians centred in the + quarter of the heavens where that air-demon had been sighted, hence our + friends saw very little cause for apprehension on their own parts. + </p> + <p> + Thus they were given a better opportunity for thinking of and then + discussing the new marvel. + </p> + <p> + Again did Waldo vow that his eyes had not befooled him. Again he + positively asserted that he had seen two white women, wearing blonde hair + in loose waves far adown their backs. And once again Bruno, in half-awed + tones, wondered whether or no they were the mother and child borne away + upon the wings of a mighty storm, fifteen long years gone by. + </p> + <p> + “It is possible, though scarcely credible,” admitted uncle Phaeton, in + grave tones, as he wrinkled his brows after his peculiar fashion when ill + at ease in his mind. “Edgecombe lived through just such another + experience; though, to be sure, he was a man of iron constitution, while + they were far more delicate, as a matter of course.” + </p> + <p> + “Still, it may have happened so?” persisted Bruno, taking a strong + interest in the matter. “You would not call it too far-fetched, uncle?” + </p> + <p> + “No. It may have happened. I would rather call it marvellous, yet still + possible. And if so—” + </p> + <p> + “There is but a single answer to that supposition, uncle; they must be + rescued from captivity!” forcibly declared Bruno. + </p> + <p> + “That's right,” confirmed Waldo. “Of course all women and girls—I + mean other people's kin—are a tremendous sight of bother and worry, + and all that; but we're white, and so are they.” + </p> + <p> + “We must rescue them; there's nothing else to do,” again emphasised the + elder Gillespie. + </p> + <p> + “That is no doubt the proper caper, speaking from your boyish point of + view, my generous-hearted nephews; but—just how?” dryly queried the + professor. “Have you arranged all that, as well, Bruno?” + </p> + <p> + “You surely would not abandon them, uncle Phaeton?” asked the young man, + something abashed by that veiled reproof. “To such a horrible fate, too?” + </p> + <p> + “A fate which they must have endured for fifteen years, provided your + theory is correct, Bruno,” with a fleeting smile. “Don't mistake me, lads. + I am ready and willing to do all that a man of my powers may, provided I + see just and sufficient cause for taking decisive action. That is yet + lacking. We are not certain that there are white women yonder. Or, if + white women, that they are captives. Or, if captives, that they would + thank us for aiding them to escape.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, uncle Phaeton! Think of Mr. Edgecombe, and how—” + </p> + <p> + “I am thinking of him, and I wish to think yet a little longer,” quietly + spoke the professor, “keep a lookout, lads, and if you see aught of + Waldo's fair women, pray notify me.” + </p> + <p> + For the better part of an hour comparative silence reigned, the boys + feasting eyes upon yonder spectacle, their uncle deeply in reverie; but + then he roused up, his final decision arrived at. + </p> + <p> + “I will do it!” were his first words. “Yes, I will do it!” + </p> + <p> + “Do what, uncle Phaeton?” asked Waldo, with poorly suppressed eagerness, + as he turned towards his relative. + </p> + <p> + “Go after Cooper Edgecombe,—bringing him here in order that he may, + sooner or later, solve this perplexing enigma. Come, boys, we may as well + start back towards the aerostat.” + </p> + <p> + But both youngsters objected in a decided manner, Waldo saying: + </p> + <p> + “No, no, uncle Phaeton! Why should we go along? You'll be coming right + back, and will be less crowded in the ship if we don't go.” + </p> + <p> + “And we can better wait right here; don't you see, uncle?” + </p> + <p> + “To keep the Lost City safely found, don't you know? What if it should + take a sudden notion to lose itself again?” added Waldo, innocently. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVII. AN ENIGMA FOR THE BROTHERS. + </h2> + <p> + In place of the indulgent smile for which he was playing, Waldo received a + frown, and directly thereafter the professor spoke in tones which could by + no possibility be mistaken. + </p> + <p> + “Come with me, both of you. I am going back to the aerostat, and I dare + not leave you boys behind. Come!” + </p> + <p> + Kind of heart and generally complaisant though uncle Phaeton was, neither + Bruno nor Waldo cared to cross his will when made known in such tones, and + without further remonstrance they followed his lead, slipping away from + the snug little observatory without drawing attention to themselves from + any of yonder busy horde. + </p> + <p> + Not until the trio was fairly within the gulch did the professor speak + again, and then but a brief sentence or two. + </p> + <p> + “Give me time to weigh the matter, lads. Possibly I may agree, but don't + try to hurry my cooler judgment, please.” + </p> + <p> + Waldo gave his brother an eager nudge at this, gestures and grimaces being + made to supply the lack of words. But when, the better to express his + confidence that all was coming their way, the youngster attempted a caper + of delight, his foot slipped from a leaf-hidden stone, and he took an + awkward tumble at full length. + </p> + <p> + “Never touched me!” he cried, scrambling to his feet ere a hand could come + to his aid. “Who says I don't know how to stand on both ends at the same + time?” + </p> + <p> + Barring this little caper, naught took place on their way to the air-ship; + and once there, the professor heaved a mighty sigh, wiping his heated face + as one might who has just won a worthy race. But he betrayed no especial + haste in setting the flying-machine afloat and Waldo finally ventured: + </p> + <p> + “Can we help you off, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + But he was assured there existed no necessity for such great haste. + </p> + <p> + “In fact, it might be dangerous to start while so many of the Aztecs are + upon the lookout,” came the unexpected addition. “I believe it would be + vastly better not to leave here until shortly before dawn, to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + It took but a few words further to convince the brothers that this idea + was wisest, and while the young fellows felt sorry to have their view cut + so short, neither ventured to actually rebel. + </p> + <p> + After all, the day was well-nigh spent, and, besides preparing their + evening meal, it was essential that their plans for the immediate future + should be shaped as thoroughly as possible. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit had resolved to fetch Cooper Edgecombe to the scene + of interest, in order to give him at least a fair chance to solve the + enigma which was perplexing them all. Even so, he felt that no small + degree of physical danger would attend that presence, particularly if it + should really prove, as they could but suspect, that both wife and + daughter of the involuntary exile were yonder, among the Aztecans. + </p> + <p> + Much of this the professor made known to his nephews during that evening, + the trio thoroughly discussing the matter in all its bearings, but before + the air-ship was prepared for the night's rest, uncle Phaeton made the + youngsters happy by consenting to their remaining behind as guardians to + the Lost City, while he went in quest of the balloonist. + </p> + <p> + “But bear ever in mind the conditions, lads,” was his earnest conclusion. + “I place you upon your honour to take all possible precautions against + being discovered, or even running the least unnecessary risk during my + absence.” + </p> + <p> + “Don't let that bother you, uncle Phaeton,” Waldo hastened to give + assurance. “We'll be wise as pigeons, and cautious as any old snake you + ever caught up a tree; eh, Bruno, old man?” + </p> + <p> + “We promise all you ask, uncle, but does that mean we must stay right + here, without even stealing a weenty peep at the Lost City?” + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit felt sorely tempted to say yes, but then, knowing + boyish nature (although Bruno had just passed his majority, while Waldo + was “turned seventeen”) so well, he feared to draw the reins too tightly + lest they give way entirely. + </p> + <p> + “No; I do not expect quite that much, my lads; but I do count on your + taking no unnecessary risks, and in case of discovery that you rather + trust to flight, and my finding you later on, than to actually fighting.” + </p> + <p> + So it was decided, and at a fairly early hour the trio lay down to sleep. + Although so unusually excited by the marvellous discoveries of the day + just spent, their open-air life tended to calm their brains, and, far + sooner than might have been expected, sleep crept over them, one and all, + lasting until nearly dawn. + </p> + <p> + Perhaps it was just as well that the wakening was not more early, for the + professor was beginning to regret his weakness of the past evening, and + had there been more time for drawing lugubrious pictures of probable + mishaps, he might even yet have insisted on taking the youngsters with + him. + </p> + <p> + Knowing that it was rather more than probable some of the Indians would be + stationed upon the hills to watch for the queerly shaped air-demon, the + professor felt obliged to lose no further time, and so the separation was + effected, just as the eastern sky was beginning to show streaks and veins + of a new day. + </p> + <p> + “Touch and go!” cried Waldo, with a vast inhalation as he watched the + aeromotor sail away with the swiftness of a bird on wing. “And for a + weenty bit I reckoned 'twas you and me as part of the go, too!” + </p> + <p> + In company the lads enjoyed a more leisurely meal than their relative had + dared wait for, knowing that, at the very least, they would have the whole + of that day to themselves, so far as uncle Phaeton was concerned. As a + matter of course, he would not attempt to return except under cover of + night, or in the early dawn of another day. + </p> + <p> + All that had been thoroughly discussed and provided for the evening + before, and was barely touched upon by the brothers now. Their first and + most natural thought was of yonder Lost City, with its inhabitants, red, + white, and yellow, as Waldo put it; but being still under the foreboding + fears of the professor, they finally agreed to remain where he left them + until after the sun crossed its meridian. + </p> + <p> + It was a rather early meal which the brothers prepared, if the whole truth + must be told; and the last fragments were bolted rather than chewed, feet + keeping time with jaws, as they hastened towards the observatory. + </p> + <p> + There was pretty much the same sort of view as on the day before, the main + difference being that many of the Indians were labouring in the fields, + instead of watching for the air-demon. + </p> + <p> + Using the glass by turns, the lads kept eager watch for the white women + whom Waldo stubbornly persisted were within the town; but hour after hour + passed without the desired reward, and Bruno began to doubt whether there + was any such vision to be won. + </p> + <p> + “The sun was in your eyes, and you let mad fancy run away with your better + judgment, boy,” he decided, at length. “If not, why—what now?” + </p> + <p> + For Waldo gave a low, eager exclamation, gripping the field-glass as + though he would crush in the reinforced leather case. A few moments thus, + then he laughed in almost fierce glee, thrusting the glass towards his + brother, speaking excitedly: + </p> + <p> + “A crazy fool lunatic, am I? Well, now, you just take a squint at the old + house for yourself and see if—biting you, now, is it?” + </p> + <p> + For Bruno showed even more intense interest as he caught the right line, + there taking note of—yes, they surely were white women! Faces, hair, + all went to proclaim that fact. And more than that, even. + </p> + <p> + “Fair—lovely as a painter's dream!” almost painfully breathed the + elder Gillespie. “I never saw such a lovely—” + </p> + <p> + “Injun squaw, of course. Couple of 'em. Nobody but a fool would ever think + different. The idea of finding white women—” + </p> + <p> + “They are ladies, Waldo! I never saw such—and I feel that they must + be the ones lost by poor Edgecombe when that storm—” + </p> + <p> + “That's all right enough, old fellow,” interrupted Waldo, claiming the + glass once more. “No need of your playing the porker on legs, though, as I + see. Give another fellow a chance to squint. But aren't they regular + jo-dandies, though, for a fact?” + </p> + <p> + The two women in question, clad in flowing robes of white, lit up here and + there by a dash of colour, were slowly pacing to and fro upon the temple + where first discovered by the keen-eyed youngster. Thanks to the excellent + glass, it was possible to view them clearly in spite of the distance, and + there could be no dispute upon that one point: both mother and daughter + (granting that such was their relationship) were more than ordinarily fair + and comely of both face and person. + </p> + <p> + For the better part of an hour that slow promenade lasted, and until the + women finally passed beyond their range of vision, the brothers took eager + and copious notes. Then, in spite of the fact that scores of other figures + still came within their field of vision, curiosity lagged. + </p> + <p> + “It's like watching a street medicine show, after hearing Patti or seeing + Irving,” muttered Bruno, drawing back and stretching his wearied limbs + beyond possible discovery. + </p> + <p> + “Or the A B C class playing two-old-cat, after a league game of extra + innings; right you are, my hearty!” coincided Waldo, feeling pretty much + the same way, “only with a difference.” + </p> + <p> + Shortly after this, Bruno suggested a retreat to the rendezvous, and for a + wonder his brother agreed without amendment. + </p> + <p> + The brothers passed down to the gulch, which formed the easiest route to + their refuge, saying very little, and that in lowered tones. The + confirmation so recently won served to stir their hearts deeply, and + neither boy could as yet see a way out of the labyrinth that discovery + most assuredly opened up before them. + </p> + <p> + “Of course we can't leave them there to drag on such a wretched + existence,” declared Bruno. “We couldn't do that, even though we learned + they held no relationship to Mr. Edgecombe. But—how?” + </p> + <p> + “I reckon it's—what?” abruptly spoke Waldo, gripping an arm and + stopping short for a few seconds, but then impulsively springing onward + again as wild sounds arose from no great distance. + </p> + <p> + A score of seconds later they caught sight of a huge grizzly bear in the + act of falling upon a slender stripling, whose bronze hue as surely + proclaimed one of the Aztec children from yonder Lost City. + </p> + <p> + What was to be done? Disobey their uncle, or leave this lad to perish? + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVIII. SOMETHING LIKE A WHITE ELEPHANT. + </h2> + <p> + Only a lad, slight-limbed and slenderly framed to the eye, yet for all + that gifted with a gallant heart, else he surely must have been cowed to + terror by the huge bulk of such a dire adversary at close quarters. + </p> + <p> + Instead of trying to find safety in headlong flight, the Indian stood at + bay, with both hands firmly gripping the shaft of his copper-bladed spear, + at far too close quarters for employing bow and arrows, while the copper + knife in his sash was held in reserve for still closer work. + </p> + <p> + Snarling, growling, displaying its great teeth while clumsily waving + enormous paws which bore talons of more than a finger-length, the bear was + balanced upon its hindquarters, evidently just ready to lurch forward with + striking paws and gnashing teeth. + </p> + <p> + Its enormous weight would prove more than sufficient to end the contest + ere it fairly began, while a slight stroke from those taloned paws would + both slay and mutilate. + </p> + <p> + No one was better aware of all this than the Indian lad himself, yet he + took the initiative, swiftly darting his spear forward, lending to its + keen point all the power of both arms and body. A suicidal act it + certainly appeared, yet one which could scarcely make his position more + perilous. + </p> + <p> + An awful roar burst from bruin as he felt that thrust, the blade sinking + deep and biting shrewdly; but then he plunged forward, striking savagely + as he dropped. + </p> + <p> + The Indian strove to leap backward an instant after delivering his stroke, + but still clung to the spear-shaft. This hampered his action to a certain + degree, yet in all probability that stout ashen shaft preserved his life, + which that wound would otherwise have forfeited. + </p> + <p> + The stroke but brushed a shoulder, nor did a claw take fair effect, yet + the stripling was felled to earth as though smitten by a thunderbolt. + </p> + <p> + All this before the brothers could solve the enigma thus offered them so + unexpectedly; but that fall, and the awful rage displayed by the wounded + grizzly as he briefly reared erect to grind asunder the spearshaft, + decided the white lads, and, temporarily forgetting how dangerously nigh + were yonder Aztecan hosts, both Bruno and Waldo opened fire with their + Winchester rifles, sending shot after shot in swift succession into the + bulky brute, fairly beating him backward under their storm of lead. + </p> + <p> + Victory came right speedily, but its finale was thrilling, if not fatal, + the huge beast toppling forward to drop heavily upon the young savage, + just as he was recovering sufficiently from shock and surprise to begin a + struggle for his footing. + </p> + <p> + Firing another couple of shots while rifle-muzzle almost touched an ear, + the brothers quickly turned attention towards the fallen Indian, more than + half believing him a corpse, crushed out of shape upon the underlying + rocks by that enormous carcass. + </p> + <p> + Fortunately for all concerned, the young Aztec was lying in a natural + depression between two firm rocks, and while his extrication proved to be + a matter of both time and difficulty, saying nothing of main strength, + success finally rewarded the efforts of our young Samaritans. + </p> + <p> + The grizzly was stone-dead. The Indian seemed but a trifle better, though + that came through compression rather than any actual wounds from tooth or + talon. And the brothers themselves were fairly dismayed. + </p> + <p> + Not until that rescue was finally accomplished did either lad give thought + to what might follow; but now they drew back a bit, interchanging looks of + puzzled doubt and worry. + </p> + <p> + “Right in it, up to our necks, old man! And we can't very well kill the + critter, can we?” + </p> + <p> + “Of course not; but it may cause us sore trouble if—” + </p> + <p> + Just then the young Aztec rallied sufficiently to move, drawing a step + nearer the brothers, right hand coming out in greeting, while left palm + was pressed close above his heart. And—still greater marvel! + </p> + <p> + “Much obliged—me, you, brother!” + </p> + <p> + If yonder bleeding grizzly had risen erect and made just such a salutation + as this, it could scarcely have caused greater surprise to either Bruno or + Waldo, looking upon this being, as they quite naturally did, in the light + of a genuine “heathen,” hence incapable of speaking any known tongue, much + less the glorious Americanese. + </p> + <p> + True, there was a certain odd accent, a curious dwelling upon each + syllable, but the words themselves were distinctly pronounced and beyond + misapprehension. + </p> + <p> + “Why, I took you for a howling Injun!” fairly exploded Waldo, then + stepping forward to clasp the proffered member, giving it a regular + “pump-handle shake” by way of emphasis. “And here you are, slinging the + pure United States around just as though it didn't cost a cent, and you + held a mortgage on the whole dictionary! Why, I can't—well, well, + now!” + </p> + <p> + For once in a way the glib-tongued lad was at a loss just what to say and + how to say it. For, after all, this surely was a redskin, and the + professor had explicitly warned them against—oh, dear! + </p> + <p> + Was it all a dizzy dream? For the Aztec drew back, speaking rapidly in an + unknown tongue, then sinking to earth like one overpowered by sudden + physical weakness. + </p> + <p> + Bruno Gillespie, too, was recalling his uncle's earnest cautions, and now + took prompt action. He quickly secured the weapons which had been + scattered as the Indian fell before the grizzly's paw, then the brothers + drew a little apart to consult together. + </p> + <p> + “What'll we do about it?” whisperingly demanded Waldo, keeping a wary eye + upon yonder redskin. “You tell, for blamed if I know how!” + </p> + <p> + “We daren't let him go free, else he might fetch the whole tribe upon our + track,” said Bruno, in the same low tones, no whit less sorely perplexed + as to their wisest course. + </p> + <p> + “No, and yet we can't very well kill him, either! If we hadn't come along + just as we did, or if—but he's a man, after all! Who could stand by + and see that ugly brute make a meal off even an Injun?” + </p> + <p> + Bruno cast an uneasy look around, at the same time deftly refilling the + partly exhausted magazine of his Winchester. + </p> + <p> + “Load up, Waldo. Burning powder reaches mighty far, even here in the + hills; and who knows,—the whole tribe may come helter-skelter this + way, to see what has broken loose! And we can't fight 'em all!” + </p> + <p> + “Not unless we just have to,” agreed the younger Gillespie, placing a few + shells where they would be handiest in case of another emergency. “But + what's the use of running, if we're to leave this fellow behind to blaze + our trail? If he is our enemy—” + </p> + <p> + “No en'my; Ixtli friend,—heart-brother,” eagerly vowed the young + Aztec, once again startling the lads by his strange command of a foreign + tongue. + </p> + <p> + He rose to his feet, though plainly suffering in some slight degree from + that brief collision with the huge beast, and smiling frankly into first + one face, then the other, took Bruno's hand, touched it with his lips, + then bowed his head and placed the whiter palm upon his now uncovered + crown. + </p> + <p> + In like manner he saluted Waldo, after which he drew back a bit, still + smiling genially, to add, in slowly spoken words: + </p> + <p> + “You save Ixtli. Bear kill—no; you kill—yes! Ixtli glad. Sun + Children great—big heart full of love. So—Ixtli never do hurt, + never do wrong; die for white brother—so!” + </p> + <p> + More through gesticulation than by speech, the young Indian brave made his + sentiments clearly understood, and if they could have placed full + dependence in that pledge, the brothers would have felt vastly relieved in + mind. + </p> + <p> + But they only too clearly recalled numerous instances of cunning + ill-faith, and, in despite of all, they could not well avoid thinking that + this was really something like a white elephant thrown upon their hands. + </p> + <p> + “All right. Play we swallow it all, but keep your best eye peeled, old + man,” guardedly whispered Waldo. “Fetch him along, yes or no, for it may + be growing worse than dangerous right here, after so much shooting.” + </p> + <p> + “You mean for us to—” + </p> + <p> + “Take the fellow along, and keep him with us, until uncle Phaeton comes + back to finally decide upon his case,” promptly explained Waldo. “Of + course we ought to've let him die; ought, but didn't! We couldn't then, + wouldn't now, if it was all to do over. So watch him so closely that he + can't play tricks even if he wishes.” + </p> + <p> + There was nothing better to propose, and though the job promised to be an + awkward one to manage, Ixtli himself rendered it more easy. + </p> + <p> + Past all doubt he could understand, as well as speak, the English + language, for he took a step in evident submission, speaking gently: + </p> + <p> + “Ixtli ready; heart-brother say where go, now.” + </p> + <p> + Again the brothers felt startled by that quaintly correct accent, and + almost involuntarily Bruno spoke in turn: + </p> + <p> + “You can talk English? When did you learn? And from whom?” + </p> + <p> + A still brighter smile irradiated the Aztec's face, and turning his eyes + towards the secluded valley, he bowed his head as though in deep + reverence, then softly, lovingly, almost adoringly, responded: + </p> + <p> + “SHE tell me how. Victo,—Glady, too. Ixtli know little, not much; + his heart feel big for Sun Children, all time. So YOU, too, for kill bear,—like + dat!” + </p> + <p> + Bruno turned a bit paler than usual, catching his breath sharply, as he + repeated those names: + </p> + <p> + “Victo,—Glady,—Wasn't it by those names, Victoria, Gladys, + that Mr. Edgecombe called his lost ones, Waldo?” + </p> + <p> + “I can't remember; but get a move on, old man. The sooner we're back where + uncle Phaeton left us, where we can see a bit more of what may be coming, + the safer my precious scalp will feel. This Injun—” + </p> + <p> + “No scalp,” quickly interposed the Aztec, with a deprecatory gesture to + match his words. “You save Ixtli. Ixtli say no hurt white brothers. Dat + so,—dat sure for truth!” + </p> + <p> + Only partially satisfied by this earnest disclaimer of evil intentions, + Waldo gripped an arm and hurried the Aztec along, leaving the bear where + it had fallen, intent solely upon reaching a comparatively safe outlook + ere worse could follow upon the heels of their latest adventure. + </p> + <p> + And Bruno brought up the rear as guard, eyes and rifle ready. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIX. THE CHILDREN OF THE SUN GOD. + </h2> + <p> + No difficulty whatever was experienced in reaching that retreat, and + milder prisoner never knew a guard than Ixtli proved himself to be, + silently yielding to each impulse lent his arm by Waldo, smiling when, as + sometimes happened, he was brought more nearly face to face with that + armed rear-guard. + </p> + <p> + Nor were the Gillespie brothers worried by sound, sign, or token of more + serious trouble from others of that strangely surviving race. And it was + not long after reaching the rendezvous from which the professor had sailed + in the early dawn, that the youngsters agreed the echoes of their + Winchesters could not have reached the ears of the Lost City inhabitants. + </p> + <p> + “That's plenty good luck for one soup-bunch,” quoth Waldo, yet adding a + dubious shake of the head as he gazed upon their bronzed companion. “And + if it wasn't for this gentleman in masquerade costume—” + </p> + <p> + “Ixtli friend. Ixtli feel like heart-brother,” came in low, mellow accents + from those smiling lips. + </p> + <p> + There certainly was naught of guile or of evil craft to be read in either + eyes or visage, just then; but the brothers could not feel entirely at + ease, even yet. How many times had warriors of his colour played a cunning + part, only to end all by blow of tomahawk, thrust of knife, or bolt from + the bended bow? + </p> + <p> + At a barely perceptible sign from Bruno, his brother drew apart, leaving + their “white elephant” by himself, yet none the less under a vigilant + guard. + </p> + <p> + “He seems all right, in his way,” muttered the elder Gillespie, “but how + far ought we to trust him, after what we promised uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + “Not quite as far as we can see him, anyway. Still, a fellow can't find + the stomach to bowl him over like a hare,—without a weenty bit of + excuse, at least.” + </p> + <p> + “That's it! If he'd try to bolt, or would even jump on one of us, it would + come far more easy. Look at him smile, now! And I hate to think of + clapping such a bright-seeming lad in bonds!” + </p> + <p> + “Time enough for all that when he shows us cause,” quickly decided Waldo, + with a vigorous nod of his curly pow. “Pity if a couple of us can't keep + him out of mischief without going that far. And we want to pump the kid + dry before uncle Phaeton gets back; understand?” + </p> + <p> + Bruno gave a slight start at these words, but his eye-glow and face-flush + bore witness that the idea thus suggested had not been unthought of in his + own case. + </p> + <p> + “Then you really think—” + </p> + <p> + “That there's more ways than one of skinning a cat,” oracularly observed + Waldo. “Without showing it too mighty plainly, one or the other of us can + always be ready and prepared to dump the laddy-buck, in case he tries to + come any of his didoes. And, at the same time, we can be hugging up to him + just as sweetly as though we knew he was on the dead level. Understand?” + </p> + <p> + Possibly the programme might have been a little more elegantly expressed, + but Waldo, as a rule, cared more for substance than form, and his speech + possessed one merit, that of perspicuity. + </p> + <p> + Having reached this fair understanding, the brothers dropped their aside, + and moved nearer the young Aztec. + </p> + <p> + Ixtli gazed keenly into first one face, then the other, plainly enough + endeavouring to read the truth as might be expressed therein, as related + to himself. What he saw must have proved fairly satisfactory, since he + gave another bright smile, then spoke in really musical tones: + </p> + <p> + “Good,—brother, now! That more good, too!” + </p> + <p> + In spite of the suspicions, which seem inborn where people of the red race + are concerned, both Bruno and Waldo felt more and more drawn towards this + remarkable specimen of a still more remarkable tribe; and not many more + minutes had sped by ere the younger couple were chatting together in + amicable fashion, although finding some little difficulty in Ixtli's + rather limited vocabulary. + </p> + <p> + Not a little to his elder brother's impatience, Waldo apparently took a + deeper interest in the recent adventure than in the subject which claimed + his own busiest thoughts, but he hardly cared to crowd the youngster, lest + he make matters even worse. + </p> + <p> + Aided by the sort of freemasonry which naturally exists between lads of an + adventurous nature, Waldo readily succeeded in picking up considerable + information from the Aztec, even before broaching that all-important + matter. + </p> + <p> + Ixtli was the only son of a famed warrior and chieftain of the Aztecan + clans, by name Aztotl, or the Red Heron. He, in common with so many of his + people, had witnessed the approach and abrupt departure of the strange + bird in the air, and had hastened forth in quest of the monster. + </p> + <p> + He failed to see aught more of the strange creature, but, disliking to + return home without something to show for the trip, remained out over + night, then chanced to fairly stumble into the way of a mighty grizzly. + </p> + <p> + There were a few moments during which he might possibly have escaped + through headlong flight, but he was too proud for that, and but for the + timely arrival and prompt action on the part of his white brothers would + almost certainly have paid the penalty with his life. + </p> + <p> + Then followed more thanks and broken expressions of gratitude, all of + which Waldo magnanimously waved aside as wholly unnecessary. + </p> + <p> + “Don't work up a sweat for a little thing like that, old man. Of course we + saw you were an Injun and—ahem! I mean, how in time did you happen + to catch hold of our lingo so mighty pat, laddy-buck?” + </p> + <p> + “My brother means to ask who taught you to speak as we do, Ixtli?” amended + Bruno, catching at the wished-for opportunity now it offered. + </p> + <p> + “And who was that nice little gal with the yellow hair? Is she—what + did you call her? Gladys—And the rest of it Edgecombe?” + </p> + <p> + Waldo was eager enough now that the ice was fairly broken, but his very + volubility served to complicate matters rather than to hasten the desired + information. + </p> + <p> + Ixtli apparently thought in English pretty much as he spoke it,—slowly, + and with care. When hurried, his brain and tongue naturally fell back upon + his native language. + </p> + <p> + Sounds issued through his lips, but, despite all their animation, these + proved to be but empty sounds to the eager brothers. And, divining the + truth, Bruno checked his brother, himself acting as questioner, pretty + soon striking the right chord, after which Ixtli fared very well. + </p> + <p> + Still, thanks to his difficulty in finding the right words with which to + express his full meaning, it took both time and patience for even Bruno to + learn all he desired; and even if such a course would be desirable, lack + of space forbids giving a literal record of questions and answers, since + the general result of that cross-examination may be put so much more + compactly before the generous reader. + </p> + <p> + The first point made clear was that the young Aztec owed his imperfect + knowledge of the English language to certain Children of the Sun, whom he + named as if christened Victo and Glady. With this as starting-point, the + rest formed a mere question of time and perseverance. + </p> + <p> + Growing in animation as he proceeded, Ixtli told of the coming to their + city of those glorious children; riding upon the wings of an awful storm, + yet issuing unharmed, unawed, bright of face, as the mighty orb the sons + of Anahuac worshipped. + </p> + <p> + He told how an envious few held to the contrary: that these fair-skins had + come as evil emissaries from the still more evil Mictlanteuctli, mighty + Lord of Death-land, who had laden them with pestilence and brain-sorrow + and eye-darkness, with orders to devastate this, the last fair city of the + ancient race. + </p> + <p> + With low, sternly suppressed tones, the young warrior went on to tell of + what followed: of the wicked attempt made by those malcontents to punish + the bearers of death and misery; then, his voice rising and growing more + clear, he told how, from a clearing-sky, there came a single shaft flung + by the mighty hand of the great god, Quetzalcoatl, before which the + impious dog went down in everlasting death. + </p> + <p> + “Struck by lightning, eh?” interpreted Waldo, who seemed born without the + influence of poetry. “Served him mighty right, too!” + </p> + <p> + Bowing submissively, although it could be seen he scarcely comprehended + just what those blunt words were meant to convey, Ixtli spoke on, + seemingly with perfect willingness, so long as the adored “Sun Children” + formed the subject-matter. + </p> + <p> + From his laboured statement, Bruno gathered that the sudden death of one + who had dared to lift an armed hand against the woman so mysteriously + placed there in their very midst awed all opposition to the general belief + in the divine origin of mother and child; and ere long Victo was installed + as a sort of high priestess of the temple more especially devoted to the + Sun God. + </p> + <p> + That was long ago, and when Ixtli was but a child. As he grew older, and + his father, Red Heron, was appointed as chief of guards to the Sun + Children, Victo took more notice of the lad, and ended in teaching him + both the English tongue and its Christian creed, so far as lay in his + power to comprehend. + </p> + <p> + Then came less pleasing information concerning the Children of the Sun, + which went far to prove that the death of one evil-minded dog had not + entirely purged the Lost City, and it was with harsher tones and frowning + brows that Ixtli spoke of the head priest, or paba, Tlacopa the + evil-minded, who had built up a powerful and dangerous sentiment against + both Victo and Glady, even going so far as to declare before the holy + stone of sacrifice that the Mother of Gods demanded these falsely titled + Children of the Sun. + </p> + <p> + “The fair-faced God must come soon, or too late!” sighed the Aztec, bowing + his head in joined palms the better to conceal his evident grief. “He has + promised to come, but hurry! They die—they die!” + </p> + <p> + This was hardly an acceptable stopping-point, but questioning was of + little avail just then. Satisfied of so much, the brothers drew apart a + short distance, yet keeping where they could guard their more or less + dangerous charge, conversing in low tones over the information so far + gleaned from the Aztec's talk. + </p> + <p> + “Well, we'll hold a tight grip on him, anyway, until uncle Phaeton gets + back,” finally decided Waldo, speaking for his brother as well. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XX. THE PROFESSOR AND THE AZTEC. + </h2> + <p> + Fortunately for all concerned, there proved to be no serious difficulty + attached to that same holding. So far as outward semblance went, Ixtli was + very well content with both present quarters and present companionship. + </p> + <p> + He likewise enjoyed the supper that, aided by a small fire kindled in a + depression so low that the light could by no means attract any unfriendly + eye, Bruno prepared for them all. And just prior to taking his first + taste, the young warrior bowed his head to murmur a few sentences which, + past all doubt, had first come to his mind through the wonderful Victo: a + simple little blessing, which certainly did not add to the dislike or + uneasiness with which the brothers regarded their guest. + </p> + <p> + “He's white, even if he is red!” confidentially declared Waldo, at his + first opportunity. “More danger of our spoiling him than his doing us + dirt; and that's an honest fact for a quarter, old man!” + </p> + <p> + Bruno felt pretty much the same, yet his added years gave him greater + discretion, and, in spite of that growing liking, he kept a fairly keen + watch and ward over the Aztec. + </p> + <p> + After supper there came further questioning and answers, Waldo as a rule + playing inquisitor, eager to learn more anent the strange existence which + these people must live, so completely hemmed in from all the rest of the + world as they surely were in yonder valley. + </p> + <p> + Without at all betraying the exile, Gillespie spoke of the lake and its + mighty whirlpool, then learned that the Indians really made semi-annual + trips thither for the purpose of laying in a supply of dried fish for the + winter's consumption. + </p> + <p> + As the night waned, preparations were made for sleeping, although it was + agreed between the brothers that one or the other should stand guard in + regular order. + </p> + <p> + “Not that I really believe the fellow would play us dirt, even with every + chance laid open,” Waldo admitted. “Still, it's what uncle Phaeton would + advise, and we can't well do less than follow his will, Bruno.” + </p> + <p> + “Since we broke it so completely by tackling the grizzly,” with a brief + laugh. + </p> + <p> + “That's all right, too. Of course we'd ought to've skulked away like a + couple of egg-sucking curs, but we didn't, and I'm mightily glad of it, + too. For Ixtli—what a name that is to go to bed with every night, + though!—for Ixtli is just about as white as they make 'em, nowadays; + you hear me blow my bazoo?” + </p> + <p> + And so the long night wore its length along, the brothers taking turns at + keeping watch and ward, but the Aztec slumbering peacefully through all, + looking the least dangerous of all possible captives. And after this light + even the cautious Bruno began to regard him ere the first stroke of coming + dawn could be seen above the eastern hills. + </p> + <p> + Not being positive just where the air-ship would put in an appearance, + since Professor Featherwit had, perforce, left that question open, to be + decided by circumstances over which he might have no control, each guard + in turn devoted considerable attention to the upper regions, hoping to + glimpse the aerostat, and holding matches in readiness to raise a flare by + way of alighting signal. But it was not until the early dawn that Bruno + caught sight of the air-ship, just skimming the tree-tops, the better to + escape observation by any Indian lookout. + </p> + <p> + After that the rest came easily enough. A couple of blazing matches held + aloft proved sufficient cue to the professor, and soon thereafter the + flying-machine was safely brought to land, so gently that the slumbers of + the young Aztec were undisturbed. + </p> + <p> + Bruno gave a hasty word of warning and explanation combined, even before + he extended a welcoming hand towards Mr. Edgecombe, who certainly appeared + all the better for his encounter with people of his own race. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit took a keen, eager look at the slumbering redskin, + then drew silently back, to whisper in Bruno's ear: + </p> + <p> + “Guard well your tongue, lad. I have told him nothing, as yet, and we must + consult together before breaking the news. For now we have had no rest, so + I believe we would better lie down for an hour or two.” + </p> + <p> + Mr. Edgecombe appeared to be perfectly willing to do this, and soon the + wearied men were wrapped in blankets and sleeping peacefully. + </p> + <p> + Long before their lids unclosed, Bruno had an appetising meal in + readiness, although the others had broken fast long before, and Ixtli, his + hands tightly clasped behind his back, as a child is wont to resist + temptation, was inspecting the air-ship in awed silence. + </p> + <p> + Taking advantage of this preoccupation, Bruno quickly yet clearly + explained to his uncle all that had happened, showing that by playing a + more prudent part the young warrior must inevitably have perished. + </p> + <p> + Then, making sure Cooper Edgecombe was not near enough to catch his words, + Bruno told in brief the information gleaned from Ixtli concerning the + Children of the Sun, whom he and Waldo more than suspected must be the + long-lost wife and daughter of the exiled aeronaut. + </p> + <p> + As might have been expected, Professor Featherwit was deeply stirred by + all this, fidgeting nervously while keeping alert ears, with difficulty + smothering the ejaculations which fought for exit through his lips. + </p> + <p> + After satisfying his craving for food, the professor led the young Aztec + apart from the rest of the party, speaking kindly and sympathetically + until he had won a fair share of liking for his own, then broaching the + subject of the Sun Children. + </p> + <p> + After this it was by no means a difficult matter to get at the seat of + trouble, and little by little Featherwit satisfied himself that Ixtli + would do all, dare all, for the sake of benefiting the woman and maiden + who had treated him so kindly. + </p> + <p> + At a covert sign from the professor, Bruno came to join in the talk, and + his sympathy made the young Aztec even more communicative. And Ixtli spoke + more at length concerning Tlacopa, the paba, and another enemy whom the + Children of the Sun had nearly equal cause to fear, one Huatzin, or Prince + Hua, chiefest among the mighty warriors of the Aztecan clans. + </p> + <p> + This evil prince had for years past sought Victo for his bride, while his + son, Iocetl, tried in vain to win the heart-smiles of the fair Glady, + Victo's daughter. And, through revenge for having their suit frowned upon, + these wicked knaves had joined hands with the priest in trying to drag the + Sun Children down from their lofty pedestal. + </p> + <p> + It did not take long questioning, or shrewd, to convince the professor + that in Ixtli they could count upon a true and daring supporter in case + they should conclude to interfere in behalf of his patroness and teacher, + adored Victo. + </p> + <p> + The professor led the way over to the air-ship, there producing the + clothing and arms once worn by another Aztec warrior, which he had + carefully stowed away in the locker, loath to lose sight of such valuable + relics; truly unique, as he assured himself at the moment. + </p> + <p> + Bruno gave a little exclamation at sight of the articles, then in eager + tones he made known the daring idea which then flashed across his busy + brain. + </p> + <p> + “We ought to make sure before taking action, uncle Phaeton. Then why not + let me don these clothes and steal down into the valley, under cover of + darkness, to see the ladies and—” + </p> + <p> + “No, no, my lad,” quickly interrupted the professor, gripping an arm as + though fearful of an instant runaway. “That would be too risky; that would + be almost suicidal! And—no use talking,” with an obstinate shake of + his head, as Bruno attempted to edge in an expostulation. “I will never + give my consent; never!” + </p> + <p> + “Or hardly ever,” supplied Waldo, coming that way like one who feels the + proprieties have been more than sufficiently outraged. “Give some other + person a chance to wag his chin a bit, can't ye, gentlemen? Not that <i>I</i> + care to chatter merely for sake of hearing my own voice; but—eh?” + </p> + <p> + “We were considering whether or no 'twould be advisable to take a walk + over to the observatory,” coolly explained the professor. “Of course, if + you would rather remain here to watch the aerostat—” + </p> + <p> + “Let Bruno do that, uncle. He grew thoroughly disgusted with what he saw + over yonder, yesterday,” placidly observed the youngster. + </p> + <p> + “Waldo, you villain!” + </p> + <p> + “Well, didn't you vow and declare that you could recognise grace and + beauty and all other varieties of attractiveness only in—dark + brunettes, old man?” + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit hastily interposed, lest words be let fall through + which Mr. Edgecombe might catch a premature idea of the possible surprise + held in store; and shortly afterwards the start was made for the snug + covert from whence the Lost City had been viewed on prior occasions. + </p> + <p> + Naturally their route led them directly past the scene of the bear fight, + where the huge carcass lay as yet undisturbed, and calling forth sundry + words of wonder and even admiration, through its very ponderosity and now + harmless ferocity. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit deemed it his duty to gravely reprove his wards for + their rash conduct, yet something in his twinkling eyes and in the kindly + touch of his bony hand told a far different tale. His anger took the shape + of pride and of heart-love. + </p> + <p> + In due course of time the lookout was won, and without delay the savant + turned his field-glass upon the temple which appeared to appertain to the + so-called Sun Children; but, not a little to his chagrin, the azotea was + utterly devoid of human life. + </p> + <p> + But that disappointment was of brief existence, for, almost as though his + action was the signal for which they had been waiting, mother and daughter + came slowly into view, arm in arm, clad in robes of snowy white, with + their luxuriant locks flowing loose as upon former occasions. + </p> + <p> + Both lads—three of them, to be more exact—gave low + exclamations of eager interest as those shapes came in sight, while even + Cooper Edgecombe gazed with growing interest upon the scene, wholly + unsuspecting though he was as yet. + </p> + <p> + A slight nod from the professor warned the brothers to stand ready in case + of need, then he offered the exile the glass, begging him to inspect + yonder fair women upon the teocalli. + </p> + <p> + The glass was levelled and held firmly for a half minute, then the exile + gave a choking cry, gasping, ere he fell as one smitten by death: + </p> + <p> + “Merciful heavens! My wife—my child!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXI. DISCUSSING WAYS AND MEANS. + </h2> + <p> + In good measure prepared for some such result, in case their expectations + should prove true, friendly hands at once closed upon the exile, hurrying + him back, and still more completely under cover, as quickly as might be. + </p> + <p> + Cooper Edgecombe seemed as wax in their hands, not utterly deprived of + consciousness, but rather like one dazed by some totally unexpected blow. + He made not the slightest resistance, yielding to each impulse given, + shivering and weak as one just rallying from an almost mortal illness. + </p> + <p> + Yet there came an occasional flash to his eyes which warned the wary + professor of impending trouble, and as quickly as might be the stunned + aeronaut was removed from the point of observation, taken by short stages + back to the spot where rested the flying-machine. + </p> + <p> + Ixtli seemed something awed by this (to him) inexplicable conduct on the + part of the gaunt-limbed stranger, but gave his new-found friends neither + trouble nor cause for worry, bearing them company and even lending a hand + whenever he thought it might be needed. + </p> + <p> + The Gillespie brothers were far more deeply stirred, as was natural, but + even Waldo contrived to keep a fair guard over his at times unruly member, + speaking but little during that retreat. + </p> + <p> + With each minute that elapsed Cooper Edgecombe gained in bodily powers, + and while his mental strength was slower to respond, that proved to be a + blessing rather than otherwise. + </p> + <p> + The rendezvous was barely gained ere he gave a hoarse cry of reviving + memory, then strove to break away from that friendly care, calling wildly + for his wife, his daughter, fancying them in some dire peril from which + alone his arms could preserve them. + </p> + <p> + It was a painful scene as well as a trying one, that which followed + closely, and respite only came after bonds had been applied to the limbs + of the madman,—for such Cooper Edgecombe assuredly was, just then. + </p> + <p> + There were tears in the professor's eyes, as he strove hardest to soothe + the sufferer, assuring him that his loved ones should be restored to his + arms, yet repeatedly reminding him that any rash action taken then must + almost certainly work against their better interests. + </p> + <p> + The exile grew less violent, but that was more through physical exhaustion + than aught else, and what had, from the very first, appeared a difficult + enigma, now looked far worse. + </p> + <p> + Only when fairly well assured that the sufferer would not attract + unwelcome attention their way through too boisterous shouting, did the + professor draw far enough away for quiet consultation with his nephews. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Edgecombe was deposited within the air-ship, secured in such a manner + that it would be well-nigh impossible for him to do either himself or the + machine material injury, no matter how violent he might become; and hence, + in case of threatened trouble from the inmates of the Lost City, flight + would not be seriously hindered through caring for him. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit now gleaned from his nephews pretty much all they + could tell him concerning sights and events since his departure in quest + of the exile. That proved to be very little more than he had already + learned, and contained still less which seemed of especial benefit to that + particular enigma awaiting solution. + </p> + <p> + True, Waldo suggested that Ixtli be employed as a medium of communication + between the Sun Children and themselves; but, possibly because, as a rule, + this irrepressible youngster's ideas were generally the wildest and most + far-fetched imaginable, uncle Phaeton frowned upon the plan. + </p> + <p> + No; the young Aztec might prove true at heart, even as indications went, + but the risk of so trusting him would prove far too great. + </p> + <p> + “That's just because you haven't known and slept with him, like we have,” + declared Waldo. “He's red on the outside, but he's got just as white a + soul as the best of us,—bar none.” + </p> + <p> + Bruno likewise appeared to think well of the young brave, and suggested an + amendment to Waldo's motion,—that he accompany Ixtli into the sunken + valley, covered by the friendly shades of night, there to open + communication with the Sun Children. + </p> + <p> + “By so doing, we could make certain of their identity,” the young man + argued, earnestly. “That, it appears to me, is the first step to be taken. + For, in spite of the apparent recognition by Mr. Edgecombe, it is possible + that no actual relationship exists.” + </p> + <p> + “What of that?” bluntly cut in the younger Gillespie. “Don't you reckon + strangers'd like to take a little walk, just as well as any other people?” + </p> + <p> + “Patience, my lad,” interposed the professor. “While we seem in duty bound + to lend aid and assistance to women in actual distress, we can only serve + them with their own free will and accord. Granting that the women we saw + upon the teocalli were other than those believed by our afflicted friend—” + </p> + <p> + “But, uncle, look at their names! And don't Ixtli say—tell 'em all + over again, pardner, won't ye?” urged Waldo, taking a burning interest in + the matter, as was his custom when fairly involved. + </p> + <p> + The young Aztec complied as well as lay within his power, giving it as his + fixed opinion that sore trouble, if not actual peril, awaited the Children + of the Sun, unless assisted by powerful friends. He spoke of the mighty + chieftain, Prince Hua, and of the high priest, Tlacopa, who was, to all + seeming, playing directly into the hands of the 'Tzin. + </p> + <p> + “He say Mother of Gods call—loud! He say sacrifice, and dat—no, + no! Quetzal' send—Quetzal' save—MUST save Victo, Glady!” + </p> + <p> + Further questioning resulted in but little more information, though, as + Ixtli grew calmer, he emphasised such statements as he had already made, + elaborating them a trifle. And, by this, his questioners learned that, + humanly speaking, the fate of the Sun God's Children depended almost + entirely upon the whim or fancy of the chief paba of the teocalli. + </p> + <p> + Through Tlacopa issued the awesome oracles, and when his voice thundered + forth the dread fiat, who dared to openly rebel? + </p> + <p> + Further questioning brought forth one more important fact,—that + there was absolutely no hope of either Victo or Glady coming forth from + the valley, either by night or by day. While ostensibly free of will as + they were of limb, neither woman was permitted to leave yonder temple, + save under armed escort; and guards were on duty each hour of the day and + night. + </p> + <p> + “But we could get to see and speak with them, Ixtli?” asked Bruno, eager + to reach some fair understanding as to the future course of action. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, white brother, go with Ixtli,” came the hesitating reply; but then + the Aztec caught one of Gillespie's hands, holding it in close contrast to + his own brown paw, shaking his head doubtingly. + </p> + <p> + “No like. Keen eye, dem people. Watch close. Find 'nother white skin—bad!” + </p> + <p> + “You hear that, Bruno?” asked the professor, really relieved at such + positive evidence in conflict with the rash proposition made by the young + man. + </p> + <p> + “Of course I thought of going under cover of the night, uncle, and surely + it would not be such a difficult matter to darken my face and hands? With + dirt, if nothing better can be found. And if I wore the clothes you + brought from the cavern, uncle Phaeton?” + </p> + <p> + “That's the ticket!” broke in Waldo, eagerly. “Why, in a rig like that, I + could turn the trick my own self!” + </p> + <p> + The consultation was broken off at this juncture by a faint summons from + Cooper Edgecombe, and Professor Featherwit was only too glad of the + excuse, hurrying over to the flying-machine, finding to his great joy that + the exile was now far more like his old-time self. + </p> + <p> + Still, great caution was used in revealing all, and it was not until + considerably later in the day that Mr. Edgecombe felt capable of taking + part in the discussion of ways and means. + </p> + <p> + He declared that his recognition had been complete, in spite of the long + years which had elapsed since losing sight of his dear ones; and he + earnestly vowed to never give over until their rescue was effected, or he + had lost his life while making the attempt. + </p> + <p> + While the two air-voyagers were thus engaged in talk, Bruno silently stole + away with Ixtli, taking a bundle along, and leaving Waldo to throw their + uncle off the track in case his suspicions should be prematurely awakened. + Then, side by side, two Indian braves silently approached the aerostat, + causing Professor Featherwit to make a hasty dive for his dynamite gun to + repel a fancied onslaught. + </p> + <p> + “Sold again, and who comes next?” merrily exploded Waldo, dancing about in + high glee as the supposed redskin slowly turned around for inspection + before speaking, in familiar tones: + </p> + <p> + “Would there be such an enormous risk of discovery, uncle Phaeton, + provided I put lock and seal upon my lips, save for the ladies?” + </p> + <p> + That experiment proved to be a complete success, and after Cooper + Edgecombe added his pathetic pleadings to the young man's own arguments, + Professor Featherwit gradually gave way, though still with reluctance. + </p> + <p> + “I could never find forgiveness should harm come to your mother's son, + boy,” he huskily murmured, his arm stealing about Bruno's middle. “I'd far + rather venture myself, and—why not, pray?” as Waldo burst into an + involuntary laugh. + </p> + <p> + Then he turned upon Ixtli, a hand resting upon each shoulder while he + gazed keenly into those lustrous dark orbs for a full minute in perfect + silence. Then he spoke, slowly, gravely: + </p> + <p> + “Can we trust you, friend? Would you sell the boy to whose arm you owe + your own life, unto his enemies? Would you lead him blindly to his death, + Ixtli, son of Aztotl?” + </p> + <p> + A wondering gaze, then the Indian appeared to flush hotly. He shook off + those far from steady hands, drawing his knife and with free fingers + tearing open his dress above the heart. Thrusting the weapon into Bruno's + hand, he spoke in clear, distinct accents: + </p> + <p> + “Strike hard, white brother! Open heart; see if all black!” + </p> + <p> + Eye to eye the two youths stood for a brief space in silence, then the + weapon was let fall, and Bruno gripped the Indian's hand and shook it most + cordially. + </p> + <p> + “Strike you, Ixtli? I'd just as soon smite my brother by birth!” + </p> + <p> + “And that's mighty right, too!” cried Waldo, impetuously. + </p> + <p> + “I really begin to believe that you are all in the right, while I alone am + left in the wrong,” frankly admitted the professor. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXII. A DARING UNDERTAKING. + </h2> + <p> + Still, that point was of too vital importance to justify hasty decision, + and the professor did not make his surrender complete until the shades of + another night were beginning to gather over the land. + </p> + <p> + Meantime, partly for the purpose of keeping the youngsters employed and + thus out of the way of less harmless things, the professor suggested that + the huge grizzly be flayed. If the proposed scheme should really be + undertaken, that mighty pelt, if uncomfortable to convey, would serve as a + fair excuse for the young brave's as yet unexplained absence from the Lost + City. + </p> + <p> + As a matter of course, Cooper Edgecombe felt intense anxiety through all, + but he contrived to keep fair mastery over his emotions, readily admitting + that he himself could do naught towards visiting the Lost City. + </p> + <p> + “I know that my loved ones are yonder. I would joyfully suffer ten + thousand deaths by torture for the chance to speak one word to—to + them. And yet I know any such attempt would prove fatal to us all. The + mere sight of—I would go crazy with joy!” + </p> + <p> + There is no necessity for repeating the various arguments used, pro and + con, before the final agreement was reached. Enough has already been put + upon record, and the result must suffice: Professor Featherwit yielded the + vital point, and, having once fairly expressed his fears and doubts, flung + his whole heart into perfecting the disguise which was now counted upon to + carry Bruno safely into and out of yonder city. + </p> + <p> + He was carefully trigged out in the warlike uniform secured by Cooper + Edgecombe at the cost of a human life, and, with fresh stain applied to + his face and hands, the slight moustache he wore was not dangerously + perceptible. + </p> + <p> + “'Twould take a strong light and mighty keen eyes to see it at all, and + even if a body should happen to notice it, he'd reckon 'twas a bit of + smut, or the like,” generously declared Waldo. + </p> + <p> + Under less trying circumstances, Bruno might have answered in kind, but + now he merely smiled at the jester, then turned again to receive the + earnest cautions let fall for his benefit by the professor. + </p> + <p> + Above all else, he was to steer clear of fighting, and, without he saw a + fair chance of winning speech with the white women, he was to keep in such + hiding as Ixtli might furnish, trusting the young Aztec to post the + Children of the Sun as to what was in the wind. + </p> + <p> + Tremulous, almost incapable of coherent speech, so intense was his + agitation, Cooper Edgecombe sent many messages to his loved ones, begging + for one word in return. And if nothing less would serve— + </p> + <p> + His voice choked, and only his feverishly burning eyes could say the rest. + </p> + <p> + It was well past sunset ere the youngsters set forth from the rendezvous, + accompanied a short distance by both Waldo and the professor; but the + parting came in good time. It would be worse than folly to add to the + existent perils that of possible discovery by some prowling Aztec who + might work serious injury to them one and all. + </p> + <p> + That great bear-hide proved a tax upon their strength, even though the + bullet-riddled head-piece had been carefully cut off and buried, lest + those queer holes tell a risky tale on close examination; but Ixtli, as + well as Bruno, was upborne by an exaltation such as neither had known + before this hour. + </p> + <p> + There was nothing worse than the natural obstacles in the way to be + overcome, and, knowing every square yard of ground so thoroughly, Ixtli + chose the most practicable route to that hill-encircled town. + </p> + <p> + The stony pass was followed to the lower level, and the young adventurers + had drawn fairly near the first buildings ere encountering a living being; + and then ample time was given them for meeting the danger. + </p> + <p> + A low-voiced call sounded upon the night air, and Ixtli responded in much + the same tone. Bruno, of course, was utterly in the dark as to what was + being said, but he still held perfect faith in his copper-hued guide, and + left all to the son of Aztotl. + </p> + <p> + The Aztec brave appeared to be explaining his unusually protracted + absence, for he proudly displayed the great grizzly pelt, then exhibited + the spear-head from which protruded the tooth-marked wood. + </p> + <p> + Like one who was already familiar with the details, Bruno slowly lounged + forward a pace or two, then in silence awaited the pleasure of his + companion on that night jaunt. + </p> + <p> + Ixtli was not many minutes in shaking off the Indian, and, almost + staggering beneath his shaggy burden, moved away as though in haste to + rejoin his family circle. + </p> + <p> + Fortunately for the venture, the Aztecans appeared to believe in the maxim + of going to bed early, for there were very few individuals astir at that + hour, young though the evening still was. And by the clear moonlight which + fell athwart the valley, it was no difficult task to catch sight before + being seen, where eyes so busy as those of the two young men were + concerned. + </p> + <p> + Only once were they forced to make a brief detour in order to escape + meeting another redskin, and then a guarded whisper from the lips of the + Aztec warned Bruno that they were almost at the teocalli wherein the + Children of the Sun made their home and abiding-place. + </p> + <p> + Leaving the grizzly pelt at a corner, for the time being, Ixtli led his + white friend up and into the Temple of the Sun, pressing a hand by way of + added caution. + </p> + <p> + Although he had declared that an armed guard was kept night and day over + the Sun Children, and that he hoped to pass Bruno as well as himself + without any serious difficulty, since he had long been a favoured visitor, + and ever welcomed by Victo and Glady, the temple was seemingly without + such protection upon the present occasion. + </p> + <p> + Ixtli expressed great surprise when this fact became evident, and he + showed uneasiness as to the welfare of his beloved patroness and kindly + teacher. + </p> + <p> + Surely something evil was impending! His father, Aztotl, was chieftain of + the guards, and wholly devoted to the Sun Children, ready at all times to + risk life in their behalf. Now, if the usual guards were lacking, surely + it portended evil,—treachery, no doubt, at the bottom of which the + paba and the 'Tzin almost certainly lurked. + </p> + <p> + All this Ixtli contrived to convey to Bruno, who fairly well shared that + anxiety, but who was more for going ahead with a bold rush, to learn the + worst as quickly as might be. + </p> + <p> + Still, unfamiliar with the construction of the temple as he was, Bruno + felt helpless without his guide, and so timed his progress by that of + Ixtli, right hand tightly gripping the handle of his “hand-wood,” or + maquahuitl, resolved to give a good account of either of those rascally + varlets in case trouble lay ahead. + </p> + <p> + The unwonted desolation which appeared to reign on all sides was plainly + troubling the Aztec brave, and he seemed to suspect a cunning ambuscade, + judging from his slow advance, pausing at nearly every step to bend ear in + keen listening. + </p> + <p> + Still, nothing was actually seen or heard until after the young men + reached the upper elevation, upon a portion of which the Sun Children had + been first sighted by the air-voyagers. + </p> + <p> + Here the first sound of human voices was heard, and Bruno stopped short in + obedience to the almost fierce grip which Ixtli closed upon his nearest + arm, listening for a brief space, then breathing, lowly: + </p> + <p> + “We see, first. Dat good! Him see first, dat bad! Eye, ear, two both. You + know, brother?” + </p> + <p> + “You mean that we are to listen and play spy, first, Ixtli?” asked Bruno, + scarcely catching the real meaning of those hurried words. + </p> + <p> + “Yes. Dat best. Come; step like snow falls, brother.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is it, first?” + </p> + <p> + “Victo, she one. Odder man, not know sure, but think Huatzin. He bad; all + bad! Kill him, some day. Dat good; plenty good all over!” + </p> + <p> + This grim vow appeared to do the Aztec good from a mental point of view, + and then he led his white friend silently towards the covered part of the + teocalli, from whence those sounds emanated. + </p> + <p> + Curtains of thick stuff served to shut in the light and to partly smother + the sound of voices, but Ixtli cautiously formed a couple of peepholes of + which they quickly made good use. + </p> + <p> + A portion of the sacred fire was burning upon its special altar, while a + large lamp, formed of baked clay, was suspended from the roof, shedding a + fair light around, as well as perfuming the enclosure quite agreeably. + </p> + <p> + Almost directly beneath this hanging-lamp stood the two Children of the + Sun, one tall, stately, almost queenly of stature, and now looking + unusually impressive, as she seemed to act as shield for her daughter, + slighter, more yielding, but ah, how lovely of face and comely of person! + </p> + <p> + Even then Bruno could not help realising those facts, although his ears + were tingling sharply with the harsh accents falling from a far different + pair of lips, those of a tall, muscular warrior whose form was gorgeously + arrayed in featherwork and cunning weaving, rich-hued dyes having been + called to aid the other arts as well. + </p> + <p> + If this was actually the Prince Hua, then he was a most brutal sample of + Aztecan aristocracy, and at first sight Gillespie felt a fierce hatred for + the harsh-toned chieftain. + </p> + <p> + As a matter of course, Bruno was unable to comprehend just what was being + said, thanks to his complete ignorance of the language employed; but he + felt morally certain that ugly threats were passing through those thin + lips, and even so soon his hands began to itch and his blood to glow, both + urging him to the rescue. + </p> + <p> + Swiftly fell the reply made by Victo, and her words must have stung the + prince to the quick, since he uttered a savage cry, drawing back an arm as + though to smite that proudly beautiful face with his hard-clenched fist. + </p> + <p> + That proved to be the cap-sheaf, for Bruno could stand no more. He dashed + aside the heavy curtain as he leaped forward, giving a stern cry as he + came, swinging the war club over his shoulder to strike with all vengeance + at the startled and recoiling Aztecan. + </p> + <p> + Only the young man's unfamiliarity with the weapon preserved Prince Hua + from certain death. As it was, he reeled, to fall in a nerveless heap upon + the floor, while, with a startled cry, another Aztec broke away in flight. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIII. A FLIGHT UNDERGROUND. + </h2> + <p> + That sudden appearance and flight of another man took Ixtli even more by + surprise than it did Bruno, for he never even suspected such a + possibility, knowing Prince Hua so well. Still, the young brave was swift + to rally, swift to pursue, sending a menace of certain death in case the + fleeing cur should not yield himself. + </p> + <p> + Just then Bruno had eyes and thoughts for the Sun Children alone, who + quite naturally shrunk back in mingled surprise and alarm at his + unceremonious entrance. He forgot his disguise, forgot everything save + that before him stood the fair beings whom he had vowed to save at all + hazards from what appeared to him worse by far than actual death. + </p> + <p> + Gillespie never knew just what words crossed his lips during those first + few seconds, but he saw that the women, in place of eagerly accepting his + aid, were visibly shrinking, apparently more alarmed than delighted with + the opportunity thus offered. + </p> + <p> + Doubtless this was caused mainly by that odd blending of Aztec and + paleface, the colour and garb of the one joined to the tongue of the + other; but the result might have been even worse, had not Ixtli hastened + back to clear up more matters than one. + </p> + <p> + In spite of his utmost efforts, the second Indian had escaped with life, + although he received a glancing wound from an arrow, as he plunged down + towards the lower level; and nothing seemed more certain than that an + alarm would right speedily spread throughout the town, if only for the + purpose of hurrying succour to the Lord Hua. + </p> + <p> + All this rolled in swift words over Ixtli's lips, his warning finding + completion before either of the women could fairly interrupt the young + brave. But then the one whom Ixtli termed Victo spoke rapidly in his + musical tongue, one strong white hand waving towards the now somewhat + embarrassed Gillespie. + </p> + <p> + “He friend; come save you, like save Ixtli,” the Aztec hurriedly made + reply, with generous tact speaking so that Bruno could comprehend as well + as the women. “He good; all good! Paba bad; 'Tzin more bad; be worse bad + if stay here, Victo—Glady.” + </p> + <p> + Thus given the proper cue, Bruno took fresh courage and, in as few words + as might be, explained his mission. He spoke the name of Cooper Edgecombe, + and for the first time that queenly woman showed signs of weakness, + staggering back with a faint, choking gasp, one hand clasped spasmodically + above her madly throbbing heart, the other rising to her temples as though + in fear of coming insanity. + </p> + <p> + “He is well; he is safe and longing for his loved ones,” Bruno swiftly + added, producing the brief note which the exiled aeronaut had pressed into + his hand at almost the last moment. “He wrote you that—here it is, + and—” + </p> + <p> + “Make hurry, quick!” sharply interposed Ixtli, as ominous sounds began to + arise without the Temple of the Sun God. “Dog git 'way, howl for more. + Come here—kill like gods be glad.” + </p> + <p> + With an evident effort Victo rallied, tones far from steady as she begged + both young men to save themselves without thought of them. + </p> + <p> + “I thank you; heaven alone knows how overjoyed I am to hear from my dear + husband,—my poor child's own father! And he is near, to—But + go, go! Guide and protect him, Ixtli, for—Go, I implore you, sir!” + </p> + <p> + “But how—we haven't arranged how you are to be rescued, and I must + understand—” + </p> + <p> + “Later, then; another time, through Ixtli,” interrupted Mrs. Edgecombe, + since there could no longer be a doubt as to her identity. “If found here + 'twill be our ruin as well as your own. Go, and at once I fear that Lord + Hua may—” + </p> + <p> + “He 'live yet,” pronounced Ixtli, rising from a hasty examination o f the + fallen chieftain. “Dat bad; much more worse bad! He dog; all over dog!” + </p> + <p> + “And I greatly fear he must have recognised you as one of a foreign race, + in spite of your disguise,” added the elder woman, trouble in her face + even as it showed in her voice. “He will be wild for revenge, and I fear—Go, + and directly, Ixtli!” + </p> + <p> + Bruno Gillespie was only too well assured that this latest fear had + foundation on truth. Swiftly though he had wielded the awkward (to him) + hand-wood, Huatzin had sufficient time to sight his assailant, and almost + certainly had divined at least a portion of the truth. + </p> + <p> + Doubtless it would have been the more prudent course to repeat that blow + with greater precision; but Bruno could not bring himself to do just that, + even though the ugly cries were growing in volume on the ground level; and + he felt that capture would be but the initial step to death, in all + likelihood upon the great stone of sacrifice. + </p> + <p> + Imminent though their peril surely was, Bruno could not betake himself to + flight without at least partially performing the duty for which he had + volunteered; and so he took time to hurriedly utter: + </p> + <p> + “Watch from the top of the tower for the air-ship, and be ready to leave + at any moment, I implore you—both!” + </p> + <p> + For even now his admiring gaze could with difficulty be torn away from + yonder younger, even more lovely, visage; although as yet the maiden had + spoken no word, even shrinking away from this strangely speaking Aztec as + though in affright. + </p> + <p> + “Come, brother, or too late,” urged Ixtli, almost sternly. “Save you, or + Glass-eyes call Ixtli dog-liar. Come; must run, no fight; too big many for + that.” + </p> + <p> + And so it seemed, when the young men rushed away from the lighted interior + and gained the uncovered space beyond. Loud cries came soaring through the + night from different directions, and dim, phantom-like shapes could be + glimpsed in hurrying confusion. + </p> + <p> + Apparently the majority only knew that trouble of some description was + brewing, and that the centre of interest was either in or near the Temple + of the Sun God; yet that was more than sufficient to place the white + intruder in great peril, despite the elaborate disguise he wore. + </p> + <p> + Then with awful abruptness there came a sound which could only be likened + to rolling thunder by one uninitiated, but which caused Ixtli to shrink + and almost cower, ere gasping: + </p> + <p> + “The great war-drum! Now MUST go! Sacrifice if caught; come, white + brother! See, dat more bad now!” + </p> + <p> + Those mighty throbs rolled and reverberated from the hills, filling the + night air with waves of thunder, none the less awe-inspiring now that + their true import was realised. + </p> + <p> + The entire population was aroused, and each building seemed to cast forth + an armed host, while, as through some magic touch, a circle of fires + sprung up on all sides, beginning to illumine both valley and barrier. + </p> + <p> + Bruno stood like one appalled, really fascinated by this transformation + scene for which he had been so poorly prepared; but Ixtli better + comprehended their situation, and gripping an arm he muttered, hastily: + </p> + <p> + “Come, brother; stop more, make too late. Must hide, now. Dat stop go back + way came. Come!” + </p> + <p> + Bruno roused himself with an effort, then yielded to the Aztec's guidance, + crouching low as the brief bit of clear moonlight had to be traversed. + </p> + <p> + Instead of making for the steps which, as customary, reached from terrace + to terrace at each corner, Ixtli crept to the centre, where the + temple-side was cast into deepest shadow, then lowered himself by his + arms, to drop silently to the broad path below. + </p> + <p> + A whispered word urged Bruno to imitate this action, and those friendly + hands caught and steadied Gillespie as he took the drop. And so, one after + another, the mighty steps were passed, both young men reaching the ground + at the same instant, having succeeded in leaving the Temple of the Sun God + without being glimpsed by an Indian of all those whom the sonorous + drum-throbs had brought forth In arms. + </p> + <p> + “Whither now?” asked Bruno, in guarded tones, as he looked forth from + shadow into moonlight, seeing scores upon scores of armed shapes flitting + to and fro, all looking for the enemy, yet none able to precisely locate + the trouble. + </p> + <p> + Just then a savage yell broke from the top of the temple, followed by a + few fierce-sounding sentences, which Ixtli declared came from the Lord + Hua, then adding: + </p> + <p> + “He say kill if catch, but dat—no! Come, white brother. Ixtli show + how play fool dat dog; yes!” + </p> + <p> + “All right, my hearty. Is it a break for the hills? I reckon I can break + through. If not—well, I'll leave some marks behind me, anyway!” + </p> + <p> + “No, no, dat bad! Can't go to hills; must hide,” positively declared the + young Aztec. “Come, now. Me show good place; all dead but we.” + </p> + <p> + Evidently trusting to pass undetected where so many others were rushing + back and forth in seeming confusion, Ixtli broke away from the shadow of + the temple, closely followed by Gillespie, heading as directly as might be + for the strange refuge which he now had in mind. + </p> + <p> + That proved to be a low, unpretending structure which was of no great + extent, so far as Bruno's hasty look could ascertain. Still, that was not + the time for doubting the wisdom of his guide, nor a moment in which to + discuss either methods or means; and as Ixtli passed through a massive + entrance, the paleface followed, giving a little shiver as the barrier + swung to behind them. + </p> + <p> + “What sort of a place is it, anyway, Ixtli?” he demanded, but the Aztec + was too hurried for words, just then, save enough to warn his companion in + peril that they must descend deeper into the earth. + </p> + <p> + It was more of a scramble than a deliberate descent, for the gloom was + complete, and Bruno had no time in which to feel for steps or stairs. Only + for the aiding touch of his guide, he must have taken more than one + awkward tumble ere that lower level was attained. + </p> + <p> + Then a breathing-spell was granted him, and, while Ixtli bent ear in + listening to discover if pursuit was being made, Bruno drew a match from + the liberal supply he had taken the precaution to fetch along, and, + striking it, held aloft the tiny torch to view their present surroundings. + </p> + <p> + Only to give an involuntary start and cry as he caught indistinct glimpses + of fleshless bones and grinning skulls, those grim relics of mortality + showing upon every side as his wild eyes roved around. + </p> + <p> + Then a hand struck down the match, and a swift voice breathed: + </p> + <p> + “Dey come dis way. See us hide—come hunt, now, to kill!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0024" id="link2HCH0024"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIV. THE SUN CHILDREN'S PERIL. + </h2> + <p> + Not until the two young men passed beneath those heavy curtains did either + one of the Sun Children really give thought to their own possible peril, + but stood close together, arm of mother about daughter as they listened to + the ominous sounds without, so rapidly growing in force and number. + </p> + <p> + Then, just as the deep tones of the war-drum boomed forth upon the night + air, the fallen Aztec betrayed signs of rallying wits, giving a low sound + which might have been groan of pain or curse of baffled rage. Be that as + it may, the sound served one purpose: Victoria Edgecombe (to append her + correct name for the first time) drew her child farther away, her right + hand reaching forth to pluck a light yet effective spear from where it lay + against the wall. + </p> + <p> + “Mother, mother!” faintly panted the maiden, plainly at a loss to + comprehend all that had so recently transpired. “What is it? What does it + all mean? Surely that was Ixtli; and—the other?” + </p> + <p> + “A messenger from your father, child, and—” + </p> + <p> + “My father? I thought—he is not—not dead?” + </p> + <p> + “Thanks be to heaven, not dead!” with hysterical joy in face as in voice. + “Alive, and seeking us, Gladys! Coming to rescue us from this death in + life, and now—to your knees, my daughter; to thy knees, and lift + thanks unto the good Father who has at last listened to my moans!” + </p> + <p> + Again the war-drum boomed forth in an awesome roll, but all unheeding that + ominous sound, paying no attention to the stirring of yonder savage, whose + lacerated scalp was painting his face a deeper red than even nature + intended, mother and daughter sank to their knees, lifting hands and + hearts towards the All-Powerful, even as their gratitude floated towards + the Throne of Grace. + </p> + <p> + Then arose the hoarse tones of Huatzin, bidding his allies find and slay + without mercy; cursing the treacherous Aztec who had thus guided one of a + strange tribe into the very heart of their beloved city. + </p> + <p> + With a short, fierce ejaculation, Victo sprang to her feet, right hand + once again grasping shaft of javelin, its copper point gleaming ruddily in + the rays of lamp as though already moistened by the heart-blood of yonder + villain. + </p> + <p> + Far differently acted the maiden, her figure trembling with fear and + wonder commingled, her lips slightly blanched as she clung closer to her + mother. Yet through all ran a touch of girlish curiosity which helped + shape the words now crossing her lips. + </p> + <p> + “Who was it, mother? Who could the stranger be? And whither has he gone?” + </p> + <p> + “With Ixtli, my child, and may the good God of our own people grant them + both life and liberty! If I thought—your father, Gladys! Alive and + looking for his beloved ones! See! from his own dear hand, and he says—Hold! + who comes there?” + </p> + <p> + But the alarm appeared to be without actual foundation, for the sounds + came no closer, remaining beyond the drapery past which Lord Hua had + staggered only a few brief seconds before. + </p> + <p> + Gladys rallied more speedily than one might have expected, and she spoke + with even greater interest than at first. + </p> + <p> + “My dear father, and alive? Oh, mother, why is he not here to—why + should he send another? And that one—he spoke our dear language, + mother; surely he is not—not as Ixtli?” + </p> + <p> + “No; he was of our own people, child, and I can hardly conceive how he + came hither, save that Ixtli must have acted as guide.” + </p> + <p> + “And those awful warriors!” shivering as the war-cries followed the + muffled roar of the great drum. “If found, he will be slain! Do you think + there is any hope for him, mother? And he seemed so—so—” + </p> + <p> + “He is gone with Ixtli, and Ixtli is true to the very core,” Victo + hastened to give assurance. “I would rather trust him than many another of + thrice his years and warlike experience. Ixtli is true; ay, as true and + tried as his father, Aztotl!” + </p> + <p> + “Who loves you, mother, and would win—” + </p> + <p> + “Hush, child!” just a bit sharply interposed the elder woman, yet at the + same time tightening that loving clasp. “Merely as the daughter of his Sun + God, Quetzalcoatl, and—ha!” + </p> + <p> + Once again there came the echoes of rapid foot-falls beyond the heavy + draperies, and again this Amazonian mother drew her superb form in front + of her shrinking child, poising the javelin in readiness for stroke or + casting, as might serve best. + </p> + <p> + A strong arm brushed the curtains aside sufficiently to admit its owner's + passage, but the armed warrior stopped short at sighting the Sun Children, + his proud head lowering, hands crossing over his broad bosom in token of + adoration,—for it surely was more than mere submission to one held + his superior. + </p> + <p> + With a low cry, Victo drew back a bit, weapon lowering as she recognised + friend in place of enemy. + </p> + <p> + “It is you, Aztotl?” she spoke, in mellow tones. “I thought—did you + remove the usual guards, this evening?” + </p> + <p> + “The blame falls to my share, Sun Child,” the Red Heron made answer, with + a meekness strange in one of his build and general appearance, that of a + king among ordinary warriors. + </p> + <p> + “Not justly, nor through fault of your own, my good and true friend,” the + elder woman made haste to give assurance. “Not even thy lips shall speak + slander of Aztotl the True-heart, my brother.” + </p> + <p> + With a swift advance the Red Heron caught the unarmed hand, to bend over + it until his lips barely brushed the soft, perfumed skin. Then he sank to + one knee, bowing his head until his brow touched the floor beneath her + sandalled feet. + </p> + <p> + Swiftly, gracefully, these movements were made, and where they would have + appeared fulsome or degraded in some, with this warrior the effect was far + from disagreeable to see or to experience. + </p> + <p> + Victo flushed warmly and drew back a little farther, for the memory of + those words let fall by Gladys came back with unpleasant distinctness. And + was she so certain that Aztotl looked upon her as merely a god-descended + priestess? + </p> + <p> + The Red Heron arose easily, head rising proudly above his shapely + shoulders as he met those great blue eyes,—eyes as pure and as + fathomless as the cloudless sky in midsummer. + </p> + <p> + And then, more like one giving a bare statement of facts than one offering + a defence for himself, Aztotl spoke of a faithless subordinate, who was + guilty of either careless neglect, or worse. + </p> + <p> + “It may be that Tezcatl lost his wits through strong waters, Sun Child, or + even that he took evil pay from still more vile hands. You have seen the + last of him, though, Child of Quetzal'l.” + </p> + <p> + “You surely do not mean that—” + </p> + <p> + Aztotl lightly tapped the knife-hilt showing above his maxtlatl, coldly + adding words to that significant gesture: + </p> + <p> + “There is no place for fool or traitor upon the body-guard of the Sun + Children. Tezcatl sinned; he has paid full forfeit. And just so shall all + others perish who dare cast an evil glance towards—ha!” + </p> + <p> + Another outcry arose from the other side of the curtained recess, and the + Red Heron instantly sprang away in that direction, hands gripping weapons + in readiness for instant use in case of need. + </p> + <p> + Almost as swiftly, Victo and the maiden followed, one through fear, the + other through utter lack of fear, for herself. + </p> + <p> + Those savage cries came from the lips of none other than the chieftain + whose now bare head bore significant traces of Bruno Gillespie's + handiwork, and he seemed bent on rushing directly into the presence of the + Sun Children, until Red Heron interposed, stern and icy-toned: + </p> + <p> + “Stand back, my Lord Hua!” he ordered, left hand advanced with open palm, + but its dexter mate armed and ready for hot work if that must come. + “Venture no closer, on thy peril, chief!” + </p> + <p> + Huatzin recoiled a bit, though that might have been more through surprise + than because he feared this proud warrior. He gripped his knife-hilt, and + partly drew the blade from its supporting sash. A hissing oath escaped his + lips, and he crouched a trifle, as a wild beast gathers its deadliest + force prior to making a death leap. + </p> + <p> + “Darest thou bar my path, Aztotl?” he cried, hoarsely. “Make way, I bid + thee; make way, for I will see the Sun Children and—” + </p> + <p> + “Not so, my Lord Hua,” coldly interrupted the master of guards, that + warning palm still turned to the front. “You are here without law or + leave, and know what the edict says: from the going to the return of the + sun, these stones are sacred from all feet save those of the Sun Children + and their regular body-guard.” + </p> + <p> + “What care I for laws? Or for such as thou, Red Heron? I will that such a + thing shall be, and it comes to pass. And—thou dare to bar my way, + Aztotl?” + </p> + <p> + “Ay. By words if they prove sufficient. By force if called for. By death + if worst must come; even the death of a mighty chieftain like Lord Hua + would not be too great a feat.” + </p> + <p> + For a brief space it seemed as though Huatzin would make a leap to which + there could be but one termination, death to one or to both. But Aztotl + coldly spoke on: + </p> + <p> + “I have given you fair and friendly warning, Lord Hua. Go, now, while the + path of peace lies open. Go, else I sound the call, and my guard will take + you in charge, just as they would any other rascally intruder.” + </p> + <p> + “Your precious son, for instance?” retorted the 'Tzin, viciously. “He came + with one whom—one of a different race from our own, Aztotl! A + traitor in thy own family, yet thou darest hint at—” + </p> + <p> + Aztotl lifted a bent finger to his lips, sounding a shrill, + far-penetrating whistle. The response was prompt indeed, an armed force + advancing with weapons held ready, awaiting only word from commander to + punish that rash intruder by hurling him to death over the terraces. + </p> + <p> + Although nearly beside himself with fury, Huatzin glared defiance at both + guard and its commander, then turned more directly upon the Sun Children, + speaking in savage tones: + </p> + <p> + “Unto you, proud Victo, I'll either win you as my—” + </p> + <p> + “Go on, Lord Hua,” coldly spoke the woman, as his voice choked. + </p> + <p> + “I'll win and wear you as my squaw, or else give you to the stone of + sacrifice!” he snarled, then turned away as Aztotl motioned his guards to + clear the temple of all intruders, then see that none other dared enter. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0025" id="link2HCH0025"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXV. WALDO GOES FISHING. + </h2> + <p> + It was with stronger forebodings than he dared acknowledge even to + himself, that Professor Featherwit watched the two young men out of sight + in the early gloom, and scarcely had his nephew passed beyond hearing than + uncle Phaeton would gladly have recalled Bruno. + </p> + <p> + Waldo made light of all fears, prophesying complete success, and even + going so far as to predict Bruno's return accompanied by the Children of + the Sun; enthusiastic words which set the exile to trembling with excess + of joy and anticipation. + </p> + <p> + What, then, was the blank dismay of all when, floating through the night, + came the hollow throbbing of yonder mighty war-drum, fetching each person + to his feet and holding him spellbound for the first few seconds. + </p> + <p> + Cooper Edgecombe turned sick at heart, even while ignorant as to the + method of sending forth that alarm, his hollow groan being the first sound + to follow the simultaneous exclamation which burst from three pairs of + lips as the surprise came. And but a breath later Waldo broke forth with + the excited query: + </p> + <p> + “What is it? What's broken loose now? Surely—thunder?” + </p> + <p> + Only Professor Phaeton at once recognised the sound, through description, + and each one of those swiftly succeeding strokes seemed falling upon his + heart, bidding him mourn for his beloved nephew, upon whom his aged eyes + had surely looked their last in this life! + </p> + <p> + Yet it was the professor who took prompt action, speaking sharply as he + darted across to where the air-ship rested: + </p> + <p> + “Come; get aboard, and let us do what lies in our power. It was criminal + to send the poor lad into the jaws of death, but now—hasten, there + may be a chance, even yet!” + </p> + <p> + The call was still hot upon his lips when his two companions entered the + aerostat, gripping tight the hand-rail as Professor Featherwit sent the + vessel afloat with reckless haste. As by a miracle they escaped disaster + through rushing into a bushy treetop, and that fact served to steady the + aeronaut's nerves. + </p> + <p> + “On guard, uncle Phaeton!” cried Waldo, making a lucky snatch at his cap, + which one of the stiff boughs brushed off his head. + </p> + <p> + “Ay, ay, lad,” responded the man at the guiding-gear, as the air-ship shot + onward and upward, now heading, as directly as was practicable, for the + Lost City of the Aztecs. “That was the very lesson I needed. I am steady + of nerve, now, and will show no lack,—heaven grant that we may not + be for ever too late, though!” + </p> + <p> + “What do you reckon could have kicked up such a bobbery, uncle? And what—ugh!” + as the wardrum's throbbings again swelled forth in grim alarm. “What in + time is that, anyway?” + </p> + <p> + As briefly as might be, the professor explained, and almost for the first + time Waldo felt a thrill of dread. + </p> + <p> + “If they've got Bruno, what will they do with him?” + </p> + <p> + That very dread was worrying uncle Phaeton, and already through his busy + brain were flashing horrid pictures of punishment and sacrifice, of + hideous scenes of torture, wherein the eldest son of his dead sister + played a prominent role, perforce. + </p> + <p> + He dared not trust his tongue to make answer, just then, and sent the + aeromotor onward at top speed, leaning far forward to win the earliest + glimpse of—what? + </p> + <p> + He caught sight of blazing beacons fairly encircling the Lost City, + forming a cordon through which no stranger could hope to pass unseen. He + beheld hundreds of armed shapes rushing to and fro, plainly looking for + some intruder or other enemy, yet almost as certainly failing as yet to + make the longed-for discovery. + </p> + <p> + Not until that moment had uncle Phaeton dared indulge in even the shadow + of a hope. The awful alarm seemed proof conclusive that poor Bruno had + been taken, through the treachery of Ixtli. + </p> + <p> + Naturally enough, that was his first belief, but now, as the air-ship + slackened pace to circle more deliberately above the valley, all eyes on + the eager watch for either Bruno or something to hint at his fate, + Professor Featherwit lost a portion of that conviction. + </p> + <p> + If Bruno had indeed fallen victim to misplaced confidence, and had been + craftily lured into this den of ravening wild beasts, why all this + confusion and mad skurry? Why had not the traitor first made sure of his + victim? Why such a general alarm? + </p> + <p> + Although such haste in getting afloat had been made, some little time had + been thus consumed, and, before the aerostat was fairly above the Lost + City, Bruno and Ixtli had dropped by stages down the shadowed side of the + Temple of the Sun God, to burrow underneath the ground as their surest + method of eluding pursuit. + </p> + <p> + Only for that, the end might have been different, for, once sighted, + Gillespie would have been rescued by his friends, or those friends would + surely have shared death with him. + </p> + <p> + And so it came to pass that, circle though they might, calling ears to + supplement their eyes, swooping perilously low down in their fierce + eagerness to sight their imperilled one, never a glimpse of the young man + could they obtain, nor even a definite hint as to where next to look for + him. + </p> + <p> + “Surely they cannot have captured Bruno, as yet?” huskily muttered uncle + Phaeton, hungrily straining his eyes without reward. “If the poor boy had + actually fallen into such evil hands, why such crazy confusion? Why—oh, + why did I permit his coaxings to overpower my better judgment? Why did I + send him into—” + </p> + <p> + The words stuck in his throat and refused to issue. Phaeton Featherwit + just then felt himself little less than a cold-blooded assassin. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Edgecombe was but little less deeply stirred, although his feelings + were more of a mixture. He grieved for Bruno, and would willingly risk his + life in hopes of doing the young man a service, yet his gaze was drawn far + more frequently towards yonder temple, on the top of which he had—surely + he HAD caught sight of his wife, his daughter! + </p> + <p> + “Let me down and try to find him,” he eagerly begged, as one might plead + for a great boon. “I promise to save him if yet alive, and—let me + try, professor; I beg of you, give me this chance to show my heartfelt + gratitude.” + </p> + <p> + But Professor Featherwit shook his head in negation. + </p> + <p> + “That would only add to our trouble, friend. Knowing nothing of the + dialect, you would be wholly at a loss. And, looking so entirely different + in every respect, how could you hope to pass inspection?” + </p> + <p> + “All seems so confused, that I might—surely it is worth trying.” + </p> + <p> + “It would be suicidal, so say no more on that score,” almost harshly spoke + the usually mild-mannered aeronaut, sending his vessel upon another + circuit, only with stern vigilance choking back the appealing shout to his + lost nephew. + </p> + <p> + This time the aerostat was brought directly above the Temple of the Sun, + where there appeared to be some unusual disturbance, a number of armed + guards fairly driving a gaily arrayed Indian down to the lower levels, and + that greatly against his inclinations, judging from the harsh cries and + ringing threats which burst from his lips. + </p> + <p> + Recognising the building, and unable to hold his intense emotions longer + under stern control, Cooper Edgecombe called aloud the names of his wife + and daughter, begging that they might come to him; but then the air-ship + was sent onward and upward, with a dizzying swoop, and Professor + Featherwit gripped an arm, sternly speaking: + </p> + <p> + “Quiet, sir! Another outbreak like that and I'll lock your lips, if I have + to send a bullet through your mad brain!” + </p> + <p> + “I forgot. I could not wait longer, knowing that my loved ones—” + </p> + <p> + “You forgot that the lives of all depend upon our remaining at liberty,” + coldly interrupted Featherwit. “Without this means of conveyance, how can + your loved ones escape? Now, your solemn pledge to maintain utter silence, + or I will take you back to yonder wilderness, leaving you to shift for + yourself as best you can. Promise, sir!” + </p> + <p> + “I will,—I do. Forgive me, for I was carried away by—'twas + there I saw—after so many horrible years!” huskily muttered the + exile, fairly cowering there, before his saviour from the whirlpool. + </p> + <p> + “Enough; bear in mind that the rescue of your loved ones depend on our + efforts. If discovered by yonder snarling beasts, and the machine is + injured,—farewell, all hopes! Now, quiet, and look for Bruno!” + </p> + <p> + Again the air-ship circled over the valley, in spite of the moonlight + passing wholly unseen and unsuspected by the Aztecs, whose energies were + bent on ferreting out mortal foes, not demons of the upper world. + </p> + <p> + Waldo leaned farther over the hand-rail as they floated closer to an + excited group of warriors, the central figure being Lord Hua himself, + fiercely denouncing Aztotl and his son, Ixtli, as traitors to the common + welfare, and calling upon all honest braves to mete forth befitting + punishment. + </p> + <p> + Professor Featherwit caught one name indistinctly; that of the young Aztec + in whose company Bruno had set forth on his ill-starred venture; and + hoping to learn more of importance, he caused the aerostat to hover + directly above that particular group of redskins. + </p> + <p> + Waldo, never stopping to count the risk he might thus fetch upon them all, + silently lowered the grapnel, by means of the drag-rope, giving a boyish + chuckle as the three-pronged hook descended amidst that gathering, the + sight causing more than one superstitious brave to leap aside, with cries + of amazed affright. + </p> + <p> + The air-ship gave a sudden swoop, and the grapnel caught Huatzin by his + girdle, jerking him fairly off his feet, and swinging him into air, pretty + much as a youngster might land a writhing fish. But no fish ever sent + forth so wild a screech of mingled rage and terror as split the air just + then. + </p> + <p> + Although hardly realising what was happening, Professor Featherwit sent + the aeromotor upward with a mighty jerk. The shock proving too much for + that sash, Lord Hua fell back to earth, literally biting the dust, + although he met with no bodily harm beyond sundry bruises. + </p> + <p> + “Caught a sucker, and—I'll never do it again, uncle!” exploded + Waldo, as he swiftly hauled in his novel fish-line; but he had to take a + severe lecture from the professor before the subject was finally dropped. + </p> + <p> + And, worse than all else, the air-demon was now the target for both eyes + and arrows, and, perforce, sailed swiftly away into the night. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0026" id="link2HCH0026"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVI. DOWN AMONG THE DEAD. + </h2> + <p> + Ixtli spoke with a degree of earnestness which left no room for doubt, + even if the young man's own keen sense of hearing had not given warning + but an instant later. + </p> + <p> + Ominous sounds came from the entrance, which had served them but so brief + a time gone by, and Bruno knew that, even if they had escaped being seen + while thus attempting to win such a gruesome refuge, the possibility of + their having elected just such a line of flight had occurred to some of + the redskins. + </p> + <p> + Gillespie heard the heavy doors open, then clang to again. He was fairly + confident that some of the Aztecs had entered, although as yet the utter + darkness hindered further recognition. + </p> + <p> + “What next, Ixtli?” he whispered, lips almost touching the face of his + young guide, as they stood close together in the mirk. “They can't take me + alive! Is it fight, or—” + </p> + <p> + “No fight yet,” gently breathed the Aztec in turn. “Dey look, dat not make + sure find. Dey try see; we try not see all time. Dey come, we go,—like + dis!” + </p> + <p> + Catching a hand within his own clasp, Ixtli led Bruno away in that utter + darkness, seemingly well acquainted with the lay of the ground, although + it quickly became evident that there must be more than one direct passage. + Bruno felt convinced that there were other chambers turning at right + angles to their present course, though it might have bothered the young + man to give entirely satisfactory reasons for such belief. + </p> + <p> + Ixtli did not flee fast nor far, in that first spurt, pausing shortly to + turn face towards the rear, a low, musical chuckle coming through his + lips. + </p> + <p> + “Dey come look, got no eyes for see in dark,” he explained, barely loud + enough for Bruno to catch his meaning. “We play fool dem all; dat be fun; + heap fun all time over!” + </p> + <p> + Ixtli was scarcely as precise of speech while under the influence of + excitement as when he had ample time in which to pick and choose his + words; but there was little room for mistaking his meaning, which, after + all, is fairly sufficient. + </p> + <p> + But this time the young brave was in error, for only a few moments later + both fugitives caught sight of a dim light in hurried motion far towards + the entrance to these underground crypts. That warned them of added peril, + and Ixtli's chuckle died abruptly away. + </p> + <p> + “They'll fetch us now,” grimly muttered Bruno, shaking his fairly athletic + shoulders and fingering the knife at his belt as though making + preparations for an inevitable struggle. “All right. They may kill, but + I'll furnish some red paint for my tombstone, anyway!” + </p> + <p> + It may be doubted whether Ixtli fully appreciated this conclusion, yet he + divined something of what was spoken, and made swift response: + </p> + <p> + “No kill yet. Dey look, we hide. Mebbe not find. Mebbe play fool all over—yes!” + </p> + <p> + “Where can we hide that lights won't ferret us out, though? If a fellow + might only have the same advantage; here in this darkness I'm not worth a + sick kitten!” + </p> + <p> + Just a bit disgustedly came the words, but Bruno was not giving over in + weak despair. No matter how vast the odds might show against him, he would + put up a gallant fight as long as he could lift his hand or strike a blow. + </p> + <p> + Still, he was by no means anxious for the crisis to arrive. He would far + rather run than fight, under existing circumstances; but whither, and how? + </p> + <p> + Ixtli took it upon himself to solve the perplexing enigma, in a whisper + bidding his white brother follow with as little sound as might be, once + more hurrying away through the gloomy blackness, which was by no means + rendered more agreeable to Bruno by that fleeting glimpse of the dead + men's bones. + </p> + <p> + There was little room left for doubting the truth. Their presence in the + death-cells surely was more than suspected, judging from the actions of + yonder redskins, who flashed the light over and into each angle and + corner, each niche and jog, where a human being might possibly seek + concealment. + </p> + <p> + They were not so many in number, but still a larger force than could well + be met with success by two youths, even granting that Ixtli would turn + lethal weapons against his own people, which Bruno felt was by no means a + settled fact. + </p> + <p> + For some little time the young men kept without that limited circle of + light, watching each movement made by the searchers, and at the same time + taking care that none of the little party stole a dangerous march upon + them by hastening in advance of the lights. + </p> + <p> + Ixtli apparently enjoyed the affair, much as a child might a successful + game of I-spy, for he emitted occasional chuckles, and let fall soft + whispers which, if caught by other ears, certainly would not have deeply + benefited the fugitives when captured. + </p> + <p> + Thanks to that slow progress, rendered thus by the care and minuteness of + the search, Bruno began to marvel at the extent of the catacombs, and + almost involuntarily calculate how many centuries it must have taken to + accumulate such enormous quantities of remains. For, thanks to yonder + prying light, he could see how high those grim relics of perishing + mortality were piled up in tiers, with here and there upright skeletons in + position of greater prominence. + </p> + <p> + Perhaps Gillespie might have been better able to appreciate Ixtli's + amusement had he even an inkling as to how this game of hide-and-go-seek + was fated to end. That an end must come, eventually, was a foregone + conclusion. And then? + </p> + <p> + He ventured to ask Ixtli how they were to escape detection when they could + retreat no farther, but before an answer could be fairly shaped, that end + seemed actually upon them. + </p> + <p> + Without sound or warning of any sort, another bright light showed at a + considerable distance in the opposite direction, and, as Bruno stared that + way, he made out several armed warriors who appeared to be engaged in that + same occupation: searching that city of the dead for the living! + </p> + <p> + Thus caught between two fires, there seemed only one course to pursue, + and, with the courage of his fathers, Bruno spoke in low, grim tones to + his young guide: + </p> + <p> + “No use for you to join in the mix, Ixtli. I'll do the best I know how, + but if I can't make the riffle, if I go down for good and all, I ask you + to convey the news to my friends. You will?” + </p> + <p> + But Ixtli was not at the end of his resources, and gripping a wrist, he + urged Bruno towards yonder second light, speaking hastily as they moved + along towards the edge of that wide passage. “No fight, yet. Best hide; + mebbe no find; dat best try first. Den Ixtli fight like white brother,—fast!” + </p> + <p> + There was time for scant speech, for just then the two parties seemed, for + the first time, to catch sight of each other, and while the brave bearing + the rude lantern still maintained his slow movements, searching well as he + came, the other Indians came in advance, giving the fugitives barely time + in which to crouch down under temporary cover. + </p> + <p> + The moment these enemies had passed them by, Ixtli urged Bruno on, then, + in swift whispers, instructed him how to perfect his hiding, even aiding + the young paleface into one of the upright crypts, back of a grim + skeleton, the mouldering blankets assisting in covering the one of flesh + and blood. + </p> + <p> + After like fashion, the Aztec sought cover on the opposite side of the + passage. None too quickly, either; for now the single searcher drew + dangerously nigh, peering into every practicable hiding-place on either + side, before moving onward. + </p> + <p> + Little by little he drew closer, while the other band of searchers + apparently turned off into a side passage, or large chamber, since nothing + could be seen or heard of them by the fugitives. + </p> + <p> + In all probability, Ixtli's bold ruse would have proved a complete + success, for the Aztec warrior showed no suspicion as he drew nearer; but + it was not to be thus. + </p> + <p> + Fairly holding his breath, lest he disturb some of the dry bones + immediately in front of himself, Bruno waited and hoped, only to feel his + blood chill, and his heart fail him, as a sickening horror crept over his + brain; nor was that the only creeping thing,—worse luck! + </p> + <p> + Past all room for doubting, his entrance into that crypt had disturbed the + repose of a snake of some description; for now he could feel the loathsome + reptile crawling slowly up his back, turning the skin beneath to scorching + ice in its horrid passage. + </p> + <p> + One horrible nightmare minute that lasted, then the serpent paused upon + his shoulder and biceps, touching his cheek with nose, then drawing back + its ugly head to give an ominous hiss. + </p> + <p> + Human flesh and blood could endure no more, and Bruno flung the snake + violently off, striking forcibly against that mass of dry bones as he did + so. With a rattling clatter, the skeleton lost its frail coherence and + tumbled outward, leaving Bruno fairly exposed within the niche. + </p> + <p> + With a cry the Aztec warrior turned in that direction, but ere he could + fetch his light to bear upon the right spot, Ixtli sprung forth to the + rescue, hooting like a frightened owl, as he dashed the light to earth, + and, at the same time, deftly tripping the Indian headlong. + </p> + <p> + Swift as thought itself he followed up the advantage thus won, smiting the + fallen brave heavily upon the crown with a clubbed thighbone, depriving + him of sensibility for the time being at least. And then snatching up the + still burning light, he called, in guarded tones, to his white friend: + </p> + <p> + “Come, brother, play hunt, now! Fast—not stop here; dat bad for you + see by dem so soon. Dat good you go—like dis way!” + </p> + <p> + Scarcely realising just what fresh ruse the Aztec had in mind, but far + from recovered from that horrible fear of death from poisonous fangs, + Gillespie submitted, Ixtli hurrying him away, turning off into what + appeared to be a side passage, less spacious than that to which they had + until then confined their retreat. + </p> + <p> + The young Aztec hastily explained his present scheme, which was to play + the role of searchers as well; and scarcely had he made that project + known, than another difficult test was offered their courage. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0027" id="link2HCH0027"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVII. PENETRATING GRIM SECRETS. + </h2> + <p> + Bruno caught an imperfect view of moving figures at no great distance + ahead, but ere he could fairly decide just what they might be, his + red-skinned guide swiftly whispered: + </p> + <p> + “More come look. You don't say. Ixtli fool 'em—easy!” + </p> + <p> + Making not the slightest attempt to avoid the issue, the young Aztec + stepped a little in advance of Gillespie, thus casting him into partial + eclipse, speaking briskly, as he met the two Indians, only one of whom + bore a light: + </p> + <p> + “It is trouble for nothing, brothers. There is no sign here. If he saw + aught, 'twas in a dream, I think. And now—hark!” + </p> + <p> + Even there in the subterranean recesses something of the wildly excited + uproar which followed Waldo's rash attempt to go a-fishing after his + fellow men, and the sighting of that awful air-demon by the Indians, could + be heard, and, without divining its actual import, Ixtli adroitly turned + it to his own advantage. + </p> + <p> + “They have found the strange dog without!” he cried, sharply. “Come, my + brothers, else we will be too late for—hasten, all!” + </p> + <p> + But only one-half of the present group obeyed, the two Indians dashing at + full speed towards the main entrance to the city of the dead, leaving + Bruno behind, wholly unsuspected, and Ixtli chuckling gleefully over the + favourable change in the situation. + </p> + <p> + “Dey go—we come. Dis way, brother,” the Aztec spoke, moving in the + opposite direction, followed willingly enough by the now pretty well + bewildered paleface. + </p> + <p> + “Whither are we going?” Bruno felt impelled to ask, after a few moments + more of blind obedience. “How are we going to get out? And my friends,—they + must have been alarmed by that great drum!” + </p> + <p> + Ixtli made response by touch rather than in words, and, giving his + companion barely time sufficient to read aright that look of warning, he + extinguished the light, leaving themselves in complete darkness. + </p> + <p> + Naturally anticipating fresh danger, Bruno strained his ears to catch at + least an inkling of its precise nature ere the trouble could fairly close + in; but only silence surrounded them,—silence, and an almost + palpable gloom. + </p> + <p> + “Not cat,” assured Ixtli, in a soft-toned whisper, as he divined the + expectations entertained by his comrade in peril. “Nobody come, now. All + gone see what noise 'bout, yonder. You, me, all right. Best mek no big + talk, dough. Come—see!” + </p> + <p> + Apparently the young Aztec found it no easy matter to elect words which + should fairly convey his desired meaning, and, abruptly giving over the + effort, he moved on, one hand lightly closed upon Bruno's wrist to guard + against possible separation in that utter darkness. + </p> + <p> + Nothing further was said until Ixtli again came to a halt, Gillespie + giving a low exclamation as he felt what appeared to be a blank wall + before them. Was this no thoroughfare? Were they blocked in, to perish of + starvation, unless earlier discovered by the red-skinned searchers? + </p> + <p> + Far from agreeable thoughts, yet such swiftly flashed across the young + man's brain, lending an echo of harshness to his voice as he spoke. + </p> + <p> + “Where are we now, Ixtli? How are we going to get out of this? If you have + led me into a trap—” + </p> + <p> + Finger-tips lightly brushed his lips, then the Aztec explained as well he + was able, thanks to his limited vocabulary. + </p> + <p> + Escape from the catacomb by the same route they had taken in seeking + refuge there was entirely out of the question. Even though the redskins + might have abandoned the search in that precise quarter for the time + being, thanks to the sudden alarm which had broken forth in the valley, + almost certainly there would be an armed guard so stationed as to + intercept any or all persons who might so attempt to emerge. + </p> + <p> + This much Bruno gathered, then took his turn at the verbal oars. + </p> + <p> + “But we can't stay here, man, dear. Nothing to eat or to drink, and my + friends worrying over us, outside. We've got to get out; I have, at any + rate. The only question is, just how, and where?” + </p> + <p> + “Dere one way go,” Ixtli made reply, even his lowered tones betraying more + than ordinary impressiveness, Bruno fancied. “Mebbe easy, mebbe hard. Find + dat, when try. We go dis way. Best be still, dough!” + </p> + <p> + Bruno was ready enough to promise all that, just so action was being + taken, his uneasiness being by far too deep for rest or repose. More on + account of his uncle and his brother, though, than for his own safety. He + had not yet lost hope of extrication from the perils which surely + surrounded them, not quite abandoned hope of rescuing the Children of the + Sun as well. + </p> + <p> + Turning abruptly to the left, Ixtli led the way into what appeared + (through the senses of touch and hearing) to be a narrow, winding tunnel, + which presently took an upward incline, then broadened into a chamber of + greater or lesser dimensions; the faint echoes told Gillespie there was an + enlargement of some description, but the utter darkness veiled all else. + </p> + <p> + Barely had the two adventurous youths come to a pause, than dull, + uncertain sounds came from almost directly above their heads; and, after + listening for a brief space, Ixtli disappointedly breathed a fear that + they would have to wait for the time being. + </p> + <p> + “Why? What's going on up yonder? And where are we, anyway?” + </p> + <p> + Beneath the great teocalli, Ixtli made answer in his disjointed way of + speaking. There the evil-minded paba, Tlacopa, reigned supreme. And there, + almost directly above their heads, stood the sacrificial stone, upon whose + flat surface the Sun Children would be doomed to suffer the last penalty, + provided Tlacopa won his wicked will. + </p> + <p> + Bruno thrilled to his centre with fierce indignation as he, little by + little, gathered this information. Perish by such hideous methods? Give up + her fair young life— + </p> + <p> + For, rather queerly, considering that Ixtli spoke of both Victo and Glady, + he now had thought of—could see but that one lovely face and + shrinking figure,—face and form of the daughter alone. + </p> + <p> + Discovery might have come all too soon, but for Ixtli's slipping a palm + over those indignant lips and thus smothering the outbreak which the young + man could not avoid; then, recalled to ordinary prudence, Bruno talked and + listened by turns. + </p> + <p> + Ixtli contrived to make his white brother understand just how they were + situated at the time: in a secret channel of communication with the great + war temple, through which sanctuary he had hoped to lead his friend, + thence to escape from the valley itself, if a favourable chance should + offer. Now their way was barred, and they could only wait. Unless—would + Bruno keep close guard over his tongue? + </p> + <p> + Yes. Anything, rather than remain wholly idle, like this. + </p> + <p> + Adding a few minor cautions, Ixtli took Gillespie by a wrist, and stole + noiselessly forward, climbing upward, over and into a contrivance which + Bruno vainly sought to recognise by the sense of touch, but giving a + thrill of amazement when his guide paused long enough to whisper in his + nearest ear: + </p> + <p> + “Dis war-god body. Stand up in teocalli, look on kill-stone. Wait; you + see, hear, all dat, now!” + </p> + <p> + Thanks to the close association of that night, with all its attendant + perils, Bruno was growing fairly skilful in interpreting the broken + sentences of his copper-hued chum, and he now knew they were moving about + within the hollow image of the Aztecan war-god, Huitzilopochtli, while— + </p> + <p> + He caught sight of several small apertures, through which yellow light + came dimly, and, almost without thinking, applied his eyes to the one most + convenient, peering forth upon the broad sacrificial stone, with its foul, + blood-stained surface, the little channels intended to drain off the + superfluous hemorrhage, together with the gloomy, repulsive surroundings. + And, too, a most abominable stench appeared to rise from the altar of + death, and Bruno shrunk back with a shiver of disgust. + </p> + <p> + “No talk loud!” softly breathed Ixtli, gripping an arm with force. “Dey + kill, if find now. Look, dat one Tlacopa; big priest, you call. DEM help + paba fool all people; so!” + </p> + <p> + Although his meaning was not fully apparent, Bruno caught renewed + interest, and once more peered forth upon the scene, weird and impressive + enough, even from a Christian point of view. + </p> + <p> + Headed by Tlacopa, a ceremony of some description was taking place, lesser + priests and other acolytes performing their various parts, the + incantations rising now loudly, now sinking to a hollow monotone, the + whole affair being none the less absorbing when Bruno remembered that, + perhaps, it might have some connection with the vile plots against the Sun + Children, if not endangering life itself. + </p> + <p> + Gillespie likewise took note of various other graven images; among them + one of the not less hideous war-goddess, Teoyaomiqui, or “divine war + death,” fitting consort for the mighty “humming-bird” himself. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, Ixtli, who appeared to look upon the whole affair as a more or + less jolly good jest at the expense of his superstitious people, took + occasion to give his white brother a few pointers, letting him see how + easy it was for false oracles to be manufactured to order; how certain the + lightest wishes of the head priest were to find speedy fulfilment at all + times. + </p> + <p> + While thus divulging part of the mysteries of the temple, that ceremony + reached a finale, and the little crowd slowly melted away, leaving but + Tlacopa and a select few of his trusted henchman. And Ixtli certainly + caught enough of their talk to alter his manner most materially. + </p> + <p> + “Come, quick!” he fiercely whispered in Bruno's ear, gripping an arm, and + fairly forcing the young man to accompany his retreat. + </p> + <p> + Not another word was spoken before the lower level was reached, and then + Gillespie broke the ice, asking what was the matter. + </p> + <p> + Dark though it was all around them, Bruno could tell by sense of touch + that his guide was powerfully agitated, and, though Ixtli clearly + hesitated before imparting the asked-for information, persistence won the + point; and then— + </p> + <p> + Imperfectly though that discovery was set forth, Gillespie contrived to + gather this much: Tlacopa decreed that the Sun Children should be brought + to trial, if not to actual execution, when the morning sun arose! + </p> + <p> + “Never!” fiercely vowed Bruno, all on fire, as he recalled that more than + fair face. “Never,—while I live and draw breath!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0028" id="link2HCH0028"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVIII. BROUGHT BEFORE THE GODS. + </h2> + <p> + Once again Aztotl, the Red Heron, was bowing humbly before the Children of + the Sun God, but now there was stern grief impressed upon his visage, + rather than pure devotion, such as one might feel at the feet of a + divinity. + </p> + <p> + And the face of Victo was unusually pale, her lips tightly compressed to + keep them from trembling too visibly, while her arm clasped Gladys with + almost fierce love in its warm strength. + </p> + <p> + Aztotl glanced upwards for a moment, then slowly spoke: + </p> + <p> + “Such are the commands laid upon thy captain of guards, Daughter of + Quetzal', the Fair God. He hath been commanded to fetch Victo and Glady to + the teocalli, there to be—no!” with an outbreak of fierce rebellion, + drawing his superb figure erect, and gripping javelin until the springy + ash quivered, as though suddenly winning life for itself. “The gods lie! + They are speaking falsely, or—or the paba lies, when trying to thus + interpret the oracle!” + </p> + <p> + Gladys shrunk away, but her mother stood firm, seeming to gain in coolness + and nerve what this ardent servant was losing. + </p> + <p> + “It must be thus, my good friend,” she spoke, in low, even tones. “The + word hath come to a soldier, and obedience is his first duty.” + </p> + <p> + “Not when obedience means leading to sacrifice—” + </p> + <p> + “That may never come, good Aztotl. We have committed no sin, in deed or in + thought. The Mother of Gods will not lay claim to an innocent victim. Or, + even then, the right shall triumph! Tlacopa is powerful, but hath Victo no + influence? Lord Hua may throw HIS influence to the wrong side, but hath + truth no answer?” + </p> + <p> + “If not truth, then death!” sternly vowed the captain of the body-guard. + “If Tonatiuh fails to punish the enemies of his daughter, then this right + arm shall hurl the false prince down to Mictlanteuctli, grim lord of the + under-world!” + </p> + <p> + “What is it all about, mother?” murmured Gladys, clinging in sore affright + to the side of her Amazonian relative. “Surely the people will not—surely + we need not go forth to—” + </p> + <p> + A mother's kiss closed those quivering lips, and then, with far more + assurance than she really could find in her heart, Victoria bade her child + fear nothing; that all would come aright in a brief while. + </p> + <p> + Little by little, the maiden's terrors were calmed, and then she took + position by her parent's side with a greater display of nerve than might + have been anticipated. + </p> + <p> + Through all, Aztotl waited, fiercely silent, held from open rebellion only + by the influence of the woman whose very life was now menaced. And as the + Sun Children stood before him, in readiness to comply with the commands + issued by those in high authority, the Red Heron broke bonds. + </p> + <p> + “Say but one word, Daughter of Quetzal', and all this shall never come to + pass! Give me but permission to—” + </p> + <p> + “What wouldst thou do, good Aztotl?” + </p> + <p> + “Surround the Sun Children with their loyal body-guard and defend them, + while one brave might strike blow, or hold shield in front of their sacred + charge,” slowly yet fiercely declared the captain, eyes telling how dearly + he longed to receive that permission. + </p> + <p> + But Victo shook her head in slow negation. She was still cool of brain + enough to realise how fatal such course would be in the end. If one deadly + blow should be dealt, the end could be but one,—annihilation to both + defended and defenders. + </p> + <p> + Then, too, she recalled the wondrous tidings brought the evening before by + Ixtli and his comrade. Friends were seeking to rescue them, and if only + time might be won—it must be played for, then! + </p> + <p> + And so, his petition finally denied, with no other course left open to + take, the Red Heron summoned his picked band and, with the Sun Children in + their midst, left the temple, crossed the plain, and slowly marched into + the War God's teocalli. + </p> + <p> + In awed silence a vast number of Aztecs followed that little procession, + silent as they, yet clearly anticipating events of far more than ordinary + importance. And thus the foredoomed women were taken before the great + stone of sacrifice, whereupon lay a snow-white lamb, bound past the + possibility of struggling. + </p> + <p> + Close beside the prepared sacrifice stood the head priest, Tlacopa, robed + for the awesome ceremony, sacrificial knife in hand, temples crowned as + customs dictated, eyes blazing as vividly as they might if backed by + living fire. + </p> + <p> + Not far distant stood Huatzin, head bandaged and face none the better + looking for his floundering fall when his sash gave way the evening + before. And as he caught the passing gaze of the woman whom he had so + basely persecuted, a repulsive smile showed itself, the grin of a + veritable fiend in human guise. + </p> + <p> + Sternly cold, and outwardly unmoved, the captain of guards performed his + sworn duty, then in grim silence awaited the end. And in like manner each + man of that carefully selected band rested upon his arms. + </p> + <p> + A brief pause, during which the utter silence grew actually oppressive, + then the head priest lifted a hand as though commanding full attention + before he should speak. + </p> + <p> + Then, in tones which were by no means loud, yet which were modulated so as + to fill that expanse most perfectly, Tlacopa recited the grave accusations + brought against the false children of the mighty Sun God. + </p> + <p> + To their evil influence he attributed the comparative failure of crops + which had now cursed their fair people throughout the past years. Unto + them, he claimed, belonged the evil credit of many untimely deaths which + had covered so many proud heads with the ashes of mourning and of despair. + To their door might be traced all of misfortune with which the favourite + children of the mighty gods had been so sorely afflicted. + </p> + <p> + In proud silence Victo listened to this deliberate arraignment, not + deigning to interpose denial, or offer plea in self-defence, until the + paba was clearly at an end. And even then she gazed upon Tlacopa with eyes + of scorn, and lips which curled with contempt. + </p> + <p> + A low murmur from the eager crowd told how anxious they were to hear more, + and, taking her cue from that, Victo made a graceful motion with her white + hand, following it by words that sounded rarely sweet in their deep + mellowness, after the harsh, dry notes of the paba. + </p> + <p> + “Who dares to bring such base charges against the Daughters of Quetzal'? + Who are our accusers, head priest?” + </p> + <p> + Did Tlacopa shrink from that queenly presence? If so, 'twas but another + cunning device intended to pave the way to complete success; to catch the + fickle fancy of his audience by rendering his retort all the more + effective. + </p> + <p> + “Who dares accuse us of wrong-doing?” again demanded the Amazonian mother, + speaking for her child as well, around whose waist her left arm was + clinging as a needed support. + </p> + <p> + “The Mother of all the gods!” forcibly replied the priest, now casting + aside all presence of timidity, and gazing into that proud face with eyes + which were filled with fire of hatred and jealousy. “The all-powerful + Centeotl hath made known the awful truth through the lips of the + infallible oracle, my children! She hath declared that no smiles shall be + turned towards the children of Anahuac so long as false prophets disgrace + this great city! She hath demanded the sacrifice—” + </p> + <p> + “Who can bear witness to any such demand?” sternly interposed the captain + of the body-guard, unable to listen longer in silence. + </p> + <p> + Tlacopa flashed an evil look his way, but from the audience issued another + murmur, rising louder until it took upon itself the shape of words, + demanding indubitable proof that the oracle had indeed spoken thus. And, + no longer daring to rely upon his own authority, Tlacopa turned to the + sacrificial stone whereupon lay the helpless lamb, bowing knee and lifting + face as he volubly repeated the customary invocation; just then it + appeared far more nearly an incantation. + </p> + <p> + Having thus complied with all the requirements of his office, the paba + first kissed his blade of sacrifice, then seized the lamb and turned it + upon its back, one hand holding it helpless while with the other he ripped + the poor beast wide from throat to tail, then, making a swift cross-slash, + laid bare the cavity and exposed the quivering heart. + </p> + <p> + Dropping his knife, Tlacopa grasped this vital organ, fiercely tearing it + away, drawing back where all might see as he lifted the heart on high for + inspection. + </p> + <p> + One brief look appeared to satisfy his needs, for he gave a fierce shout + as he hurled the bleeding heart towards the accused, then cried: + </p> + <p> + “An omen! An omen! The Mother of the Gods claims her victims!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0029" id="link2HCH0029"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIX. BENEATH THE SACRIFICIAL STONE. + </h2> + <p> + Contrary to the expectations of Ixtli escape by way of the War God's + temple was barred throughout the remainder of that eventful night. + Tlacopa, the head priest, together with a number of his acolytes, varying + as to force, yet ever too powerful for any two men to force a passage + contrary to the will of their leader, remained on duty each and every + hour. And hence it came to pass that those early hours found our fugitives + still beneath the temple, worn through loss of sleep and stress of + anxiety, yet firmly resolved not to permit that intended outrage without + at least striking one fair blow for the Children of the Sun. + </p> + <p> + Slowly enough the time passed, yet it could hardly be called monotonous. + Whenever wearied of their darksome waiting, the young men would steal + again into the hollow image of Huitzil', there to utilise the cunningly + arranged peepholes, now looking out upon the priests, or listening to + catch such words as fell from the lips of those nearest the stone of + sacrifice. + </p> + <p> + In this manner Ixtli contrived to pick up quite a little fund of + information, mainly through the confidences reposed in a certain favoured + few of the brotherhood by the chief paba. And this, in turn, filtered + through his lips after the chums once again retreated to the lower regions + for both safety and comfort. + </p> + <p> + And then Bruno learned how the adventurous young Aztec, far less + superstitious than the vast majority of his people, thanks to the kindly + teaching of Victo, Child of Quetzal', had in his explorations discovered + so many secrets of the temple and priesthood, secrets which he now had no + scruple in communicating to another of a different race. + </p> + <p> + Ixtli told how, on various occasions, he had lurked behind the scenes + while the miraculous “oracle” was delivering fiat or prophecy, and then he + told his white brother how Tlacopa meant to completely confound the + Children of the Sun when once brought before the gods. + </p> + <p> + “He tell slave what say. Slave come dis way. Hide in War God. Wait for + time, den tell Tlacopa's words!” + </p> + <p> + A most infernal scheme, yet the danger of which Bruno could readily + recognise, together with the serious difficulty of refuting any such + supernatural evidence. + </p> + <p> + “Surely your people will not suffer a few dirty curs to do such horrible + wrong to ladies like—Why, Ixtli, even the gods you fellows bow the + knee to in worship, ought to rise up in their defence!” + </p> + <p> + But Ixtli merely sighed, then spoke in sad tones, explaining how he alone + had been taken wholly into the confidence of the Sun Children. Even the + captain of their guards knew Victo and Glady as but descendants of the + great Fair God whom the audacious trickery of a rival sent far away from + the land of his favoured people, to find an abiding-place in the sun + itself. + </p> + <p> + “He good brave. He die for dem,—easy! But he not know all. He think + drop from sun, to lead people back to light. If think not so, dat make + face turn black; dat make mad come—great big!” + </p> + <p> + As was ever the case when his feeling seemed deeply stirred, Ixtli found + it difficult to fully or fairly explain his sentiments; but Bruno caught + sufficient of his meaning to give a fair guess at the rest. + </p> + <p> + He found a ray of hope in the belief that Aztotl at least would defend the + Children of the Sun, and Ixtli predicted with apparent confidence that the + members of the body-guard would stand firm under the Red Heron's + leadership. + </p> + <p> + Keeping thus upon the alert throughout the remainder of that night, the + young men were able to take prompt action when the crisis drew nigh. + </p> + <p> + Ixtli caught the first inkling of what was coming, and hastily sent Bruno + away from the peepholes, dropping a word in his ear as they both prepared + for clean work. + </p> + <p> + Through a secret entrance, shaped amidst the drapery which surrounded the + pedestal of the mighty Huitzil', a slave of the temple crept to play the + part of echo to Tlacopa's evil will; and scarcely had he secured what was + to be a place of waiting and watching than the attack was made from out + the darkness. + </p> + <p> + Ixtli flung his tunic over the slave's head, twisting both ends tightly + about his throat, effectually smothering all attempt at crying aloud for + aid, while Bruno clasped arms about his middle, holding hands powerless to + strike or to draw weapon. + </p> + <p> + A brief struggle, which produced scarcely any noise, certainly not + sufficient to reach the ears of priest or helper, then the trembling, + unnerved slave was bundled down that narrow passage, to be dumped in a + remote corner, and there effectually bound and gagged by the young men. + </p> + <p> + All this was performed without hitch or mishap, and then, nerved to + fighting pitch, Ixtli and Bruno went back beneath the stone of sacrifice, + resolved to play their part to the end in manful fashion. + </p> + <p> + There was no further fear of intrusion, for, of course, Tlacopa would + never think of endangering his own evil scheme by risking an exposure such + as would follow discovery of his slave-oracle. As Ixtli truly said, such + discovery would end in the paba's being slain by his befooled people. + </p> + <p> + Their patience was sorely tried, even then, though a goodly portion of the + blame belonged to their fears for the Sun Children, rather than to the + actual length of waiting. But then, amidst the solemn invocations led by + the high priest, the body-guard marched into the Hall of Sacrifice, and + Bruno caught his breath sharply as he beheld—Gladys! Not her mother, + just then. For the first minute, only,—Gladys! + </p> + <p> + Then came the bitter denunciation by Tlacopa, followed by the coldly + dignified words of Victo, after which the innocent lamb yielded up its + life in order that the future might be predicted through the still + quivering heart. + </p> + <p> + With a fiercely exultant cry Tlacopa hurled the vital organ towards the + accused, it striking the mother upon an arm, then glancing further to + leave an ugly smear upon the daughter's shoulder ere falling among the + eager multitude, who fought and struggled to secure at least a morsel of + the hideous thing. + </p> + <p> + “Behold! the gods hath marked their own!” cried the high priest, his harsh + tones fairly filling the Hall of Sacrifice. “They are guilty of all crimes + laid at their door. They merit death, a thousandfold. The Mother of Gods + hath spoken!” + </p> + <p> + “To whom but thou, Tlacopa?” sternly cried the captain of the guards, as + he stood firm in spite of the ominous sounds which were rising from the + rear, as well as from either side. + </p> + <p> + “She hath spoken unto me, as her worthy representative on earth.” + </p> + <p> + “And there are those who say much religion hath turned thy brain, good + Tlacopa,” retorted Aztotl, holding his temper fairly well under control, + yet with blazing eyes and stiffening sinews. “Are thy ears alone to + receive such important communications as—” + </p> + <p> + “Silence, thou scoffer!” fiercely cried the high priest, lifting quivering + hands on high as though about to call down the thunders of an outraged + deity upon that impious head. “She who hath spoken once may deign to speak + again. Harken,—hear the oracle!” + </p> + <p> + Doubtless this was cue for the slave of the temple to repeat the words + placed within its mouth, but that slave was literally unable to speak a + word for himself, let alone others. Yet,—the oracle was not wholly + silenced! + </p> + <p> + “Talk out, or I will!” fiercely muttered Bruno, giving Ixtli a violent + punch in the side, “talk out for the Sun Children!” + </p> + <p> + The young Aztec needed no further prompting, loving Victo and Glady as he + did, hating and despising the high priest. And in shrill, clear tones came + the wondrous oracle: + </p> + <p> + “Tlacopa lies! Tlacopa is an evil dog! The Mother of the Gods loves and + will defend her friends, the Children of the great and good Quetzal'.” + </p> + <p> + How much more Ixtli might have said, had he been granted further grace, + will never be known. Tlacopa shrank away from the speaking statue as from + a living death, but then he rallied, savagely thundering: + </p> + <p> + “'Tis a lying oracle! 'Tis an evil impostor who has—An omen! A true + omen, my children! The evil ones hath been branded for the knife! Seize + them! To the sacrifice!” + </p> + <p> + That vicious cry was swiftly taken up, but the body-guard closed in around + the menaced women, presenting arms to all that maddened horde, while their + captain sternly warned all good people to fall aside and make way for the + Children of the Sun. + </p> + <p> + Then that secret entrance was flung wide, permitting two excited young men + to issue, Tlacopa reeling aside from a blow dealt him by Bruno's clenched + fist, as that worthy hastened to join forces with the body-guard. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0030" id="link2HCH0030"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXX. AGAINST OVERWHELMING ODDS. + </h2> + <p> + This double appearance—for Ixtli kept fair pace with his hot-headed + white brother—caused no little stir, and added considerable to the + partial bewilderment which had fallen over that audience. + </p> + <p> + Prince Hua shouted forth savage threats, but he, as well as the paba, was + fairly demoralised for the moment by the totally unexpected failure of + their carefully laid schemes. + </p> + <p> + Seeing his chance, Aztotl bade his men escort the Sun Children from the + Hall of Sacrifice back to their own abiding-place, barely noticing his + son, and paying no heed at all to the disguised paleface. + </p> + <p> + With spears ready for stroke or parry as occasion might demand, the guard + faced about and slowly moved away from the great stone of sacrifice, rigid + of face, cool of nerve, ready to die if must be, yet never once thinking + of disobedience to orders, or of playing cur to save life. + </p> + <p> + Almost involuntarily the crowd parted before that measured advance, giving + way until a fair pathway lay open, along which the body-guard moved with + neither haste nor hesitation, outwardly ignorant of the fact that ugly + cries and dangerous gestures were coming thicker and faster their way. + </p> + <p> + Scores of other voices caught up the fierce cry given by the head priest, + and now the temple was ringing throughout with demands that the false Sun + Children should pay full penalty, should be haled to the sacrificial + stone, there to purge themselves without further delay! + </p> + <p> + Others showed an inclination to favour the descendants of Quetzal', and + thus the widely conflicting shouts and cries formed a medley which was + fairly deafening. + </p> + <p> + For one of his fierce temper the Red Heron showed a marvellous coolness + throughout that perilous retreat, and never more than during the first few + seconds. Then a single injudicious word or too hasty movement might easily + have precipitated a fight, where the vast audience would surely have + brought disaster, whether the majority so willed or not. + </p> + <p> + Holding his men well in hand, moving only as rapidly as prudence + justified, yet losing neither time nor ground, where both were of such + vital importance; Aztotl forced a passage from the great Hall of Sacrifice + down to the level, then out into the open air, where one could see and + fight if needs be. + </p> + <p> + Through all this, Bruno Gillespie held the position he had taken, one hand + gripping tightly his maquahuitl, but placing his main dependence upon the + revolver which nestled conveniently within the folds of his sash, one + nervous forefinger touching the curved trigger. + </p> + <p> + He could not help seeing that the danger was great. He felt certain that + they could not retreat much farther without coming to blows, when the odds + would be overwhelmingly against them. Yet never for an instant did he + regret having taken such a decided step; not for one moment did he give + thought to himself. + </p> + <p> + Almost within reach of his hand, if extended at the length of his arm, + moved the fair maiden whose face and form had made so deep an impression + upon his mind and his heart. She was in peril. She needed aid. That was + enough! + </p> + <p> + Then the briefly stunned Tlacopa rushed forth from his desecrated temple, + wildly flourishing his arms, furiously denouncing both the Sun Children + and their body-guard, thundering forth the curses of all the gods upon the + heads of those who refrained from arresting the evil ones. + </p> + <p> + “The mighty Mother of Gods calls for her own! Seize them! Strike down the + impious dogs who dare attempt to defraud our Mother! Seize them! To the + sacrifice—to the sacrifice!” + </p> + <p> + Equally loud of voice, the Prince Hua came leaping down to the sandy + level, urging his people to the assault, offering almost fabulous sums as + reward for the brave Aztec whose arm should lay yonder traitorous Red + Heron prone in the dust. + </p> + <p> + The crisis came, and the dogs of war were let loose. + </p> + <p> + An arrow whizzed narrowly past the feathered helmet worn by the captain of + the guards. A stone came humming out of sling, to be deftly dashed aside + by Aztotl's shield ere it could fairly smite that gold-crowned head as, + outwardly calm and composed, Victo aided her trembling daughter on towards + the Temple of the Sun God, where alone they might look for safety. + </p> + <p> + But would it be found even there? + </p> + <p> + No! For, at savage howl from lips of the high priest, a strong force of + armed redskins took up position at the teocalli, blocking each one of the + four flights of stone steps in order to intercept the body-guard, while + still closer pressed the yelling, screeching, frantic heathen of both + sexes and all ages. + </p> + <p> + Aztotl saw how he had been flanked, but made no sign, even while slightly + turning course for another temple at less distance, a single word being + sufficient to post his true-hearts. + </p> + <p> + So far not a single blow had been struck by the retreating party, although + great provocation had been given them. More than one of their number was + bleeding, yet all were afoot, and still capable of holding ranks. Then— + </p> + <p> + Bravest of the brave, a man among men in spite of his tender years, Ixtli + laid down his life in defence of his idolised Victo. + </p> + <p> + From one of that maddened rabble came a heavy stone, flung with all the + power of a sinewy arm and great sling. Smitten fairly between the eyes, + the poor lad's skull was crushed, as a giant hand might mash an eggshell. + </p> + <p> + One gasping sigh, then the lad sunk to earth, dead ere he could fairly + measure his length thereupon. + </p> + <p> + For a single instant Aztotl seemed as one stupefied, but then an awful + uproar burst from his labouring lungs, and he hurled his heavy javelin + full at yonder murderer, winging it with a father's curses. + </p> + <p> + Swift flew the dart, but fully as quickly sank that varlet, the head of + the spear scraping his skull, to pass on and smite with death one even + more evil, if that might be. + </p> + <p> + Full in the throat Tlacopa was stricken, the broad blade of copper tearing + a passage through, and the shaft following after for the greater portion + of its length. Unable to scream, though his visage was hideously distorted + by mingled fear and agony, the high priest caught the wood in both hands, + even as he reeled to partly turn, then fall upon his face, dead,—thrice + dead! + </p> + <p> + With a wild thrill of grief and horror, Bruno Gillespie saw his red + brother reel in cruel death, and, for the moment heedless of his own + peril, which surely was doubled thereby, he sprang that way, to stoop and + catch that quivering shape in his eager hands. + </p> + <p> + Too late, save to show his comradeship. That heavy stone had only too + surely performed its grim mission. Dead! Poor lad: dead, while seeking to + save another! + </p> + <p> + With a fierce cry of angry mourning, Bruno lifted the mutilated corpse in + his arms, trying to toss it over a shoulder, to bear away from risk of + trampling under the heedless feet of the yelling heathen; but it was not + to be. Another stone smote his arm near the elbow, breaking no bone, yet + so benumbing the member as to temporarily disable it, causing that + precious burden to drop to earth once more. + </p> + <p> + Then came an awful outcry from the people, whom the sight of their + high-priest reeling in death had, for a few fleeting seconds, fairly + stupefied. Cries which meant much to the living, and before which even + that band of true-hearts receded with slightly quickened pace. + </p> + <p> + With the others fell back Bruno, leaving his hand-wood lying beside the + lifeless corpse of his redskinned brother-at-heart, but drawing forth the + weapon which he knew so much better how to use. + </p> + <p> + The fierce lust of vengeance now seized upon him, heart and brain. He + shouted forth grim defiance to that howling crew, and as the deadly + missiles came in thickening clouds, carrying death and wounds to the + bodyguard of the Sun Children, he opened fire, shooting to kill. + </p> + <p> + Entirely without firearms themselves, and in all probability ignorant of + such an instrument of destruction, this might have produced a far more + beneficial result under other circumstances. As it was now, few, if any, + took heed of what they could not hear above that awful tumult, and those + who felt the boring lead never rose up to give their testimony. + </p> + <p> + Closer crowded the superstition-ridden heathen, showering missiles of all + descriptions upon the body-guard, confounding all with the one to whose + javelin their head priest owed his death,—only to recoil once more, + in fierce awe, as another victim of high rank paid forfeit his life for + the death of Ixtli, sole offspring of Aztotl, the Red Heron. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0031" id="link2HCH0031"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXI. DEFENDING THE SUN CHILDREN. + </h2> + <p> + Louder than ever rose the voice of Lord Hua, after witnessing the fall of + his ally, the high priest. In spite of the great odds against the + body-guards, he began to fear lest his intended prey should even yet slip + through his evil clutches. + </p> + <p> + Fiercer than ever rang forth his curses and imprecations upon the head of + the Aztec who thus dared the vengeance of all the gods by lifting hand in + arms against the anointed. + </p> + <p> + And then, his own nerve strung by those very efforts to inspire others, + Lord Hua forged nearer the front, eager to behold all his hated enemies + crushed to earth as by a single stroke. And then— + </p> + <p> + With vicious force he hurled his javelin straight for the white throat of + the Sun Child who had scorned his fawning advances, and only the ever + ready eye, the true hand, the strong arm of Aztotl again warded off grim + death from the Fair God's Child. + </p> + <p> + Caught upon that trusty shield one instant, the next turned towards its + original owner, to quiver for the barest fraction of time in that vengeful + grip, then, gloriously true to the hero's will and intent, sped that + javelin home. + </p> + <p> + Home to the false heart of false prince; grinding through skin and flesh + and bones, cleaving that hot organ with broad blade of tempered copper, + forcing one vicious screech from those tortured lungs, then causing that + bulk to measure its length upon the blood-sprinkled sands. + </p> + <p> + Once again the heathen involuntarily recoiled, as death claimed a high + victim. Once more the band of true-hearts slightly quickened their pace + towards the temple, now nigh at hand. Yet those lessened numbers never + once betrayed fear, or doubt, or faltering. Grimly true to their trust, + they fell back in the best of order, fighting as they moved, beating back + the heathen hosts, as though each man was a god, and their strong arms a + wall of steel. + </p> + <p> + Here and there a true-heart sank to earth with the hand of death veiling + his eyes, but he died in silence; no cry of fear, no moan of pain, no + pitiful appeal for mercy at the hands of his maddened people. They knew + their sworn duty, and like true hearts they trod that narrow path unto the + very end. + </p> + <p> + Although with gradually lessening numbers, the body-guard remained + practically the same. Still in a hollow square, with the Children of the + Sun God in the centre, they slowly, doggedly fell back, ever facing the + ravening foe, ever moving shoulder to shoulder as a single man. + </p> + <p> + Then, just as Bruno Gillespie was refilling his emptied revolver, the base + of the tall pyramidal temple was won, and still protecting their + fair-haired charge, the body-guard ascended to the second terrace, beating + back such of the wild rabble as pressed them too closely. + </p> + <p> + Again that wonderful barking-death came into play, and Bruno felt a + strangely savage joy gnawing at his heart as he saw more than one stalwart + warrior reel dizzily back from his hot hail. + </p> + <p> + “For Ixtli, you curs! That for Ixtli! Down,—and eat dirt, dogs!” + </p> + <p> + Scarcely could his own ears catch those sounds, although he shouted with + the full power of his strong young lungs, so indescribably horrid was the + din and tumult. + </p> + <p> + Up another flight of steps, then yet another, although the crazed rabble + was not pressing them so very hard, just now. Still, their number forbade + a fourfold division as yet, and Aztotl feared lest the blood-ravening mob + attempt to head off their flight by taking possession of the other stairs, + thus being first to occupy yonder flat arena high above the earth, + whereupon he hoped to still protect the Sun Children, even though he must + lay down his life to maintain their lease. + </p> + <p> + Lacking an acknowledged leader, the furious mass thought only of crushing + the faithful band by mere weight of numbers, taking no thought in advance, + else the end might well have been precipitated. + </p> + <p> + Arrows, spears, javelins, stones from slings, poured upon the body-guard + in almost countless numbers, now and then claiming a true-heart as victim, + whereupon the rabble howled afresh in drunken triumph; but where a single + man died in the performance of his oath-bound duty, half a score heathen + bit the dust and grovelled out his remnant of life yonder where most + viciously trampled the feet of his fellow brutes. + </p> + <p> + Pausing barely long enough to beat back the crazed rush which came so + close upon their retreat, the band of brothers would then slowly, doggedly + fall back another of those mighty steps, with bared teeth and blazing + eyes, longing to end all by one joyous plunge into the thick of their + assailants, dying with their chosen dead! + </p> + <p> + Five separate times that upward flight, and five times the grim pause to + give death another portion of his red feast. Five times the blood-lapping + mob dashed against the band of brothers. Five times they were hurled back, + leaving more dead and dying there to mark the savage struggle. + </p> + <p> + And then, sadly decimated at each halt, less in numbers as they passed + farther from earth to climb nearer the blue sky, the survivors won the + crest of the teocalli, still fighting, still beating back such as followed + their steps more closely. + </p> + <p> + Ere that brilliant retreat began, 'twould have taken close ranks for the + body-guard to find standing-room upon the temple-top; but now—Aztotl + called for a division of his force, since there were four separate avenues + of approach, of which the enemy was prompt to avail itself. + </p> + <p> + “For the Sun Children, my brothers!” he cried, his voice rising even above + that awful tumult and turmoil. “Guard them with your lives!” + </p> + <p> + Little need to waste breath in so adjuring. Of all thus enlisted, not one + of the true-hearts but proved worthy the trust. + </p> + <p> + Not one brave who took care for his own life. Not one but was ready to die + in order to save; and thus far not a single wound had won so far as either + Child of the Fair God. + </p> + <p> + Even now while the heathen were raging more viciously than ever, crowding + each terrace and jamming each flight of steps to the verge of suffocation, + strong arms were shielding them, true hearts were thinking how best they + might be served. + </p> + <p> + Time and again Aztotl warded away winged death as it sought to claim Victo + for its prey. And Bruno Gillespie, no whit less brave if somewhat lacking + in warlike experience, made Gladys his especial care, sending shot or + dealing knife-thrust in her defence, barely giving thought to his own + safety as a side issue. + </p> + <p> + Those broad terraces bore ugly pools and irregular patches of red blood. + The various flights of stone steps grew slippery and uncertain as they + likewise began to steam. Yet forward and upward pressed the howling mob, + and desperately fought the doomed body-guard above. + </p> + <p> + Faster fly the deadly missiles, too many by far for even the keenest eye + to guard against them all. One and another of those gallant defenders drop + away; only because death had claimed them, not because of fear or of + bodily anguish. + </p> + <p> + Aztotl staggers,—an arrow is quivering in his broad bosom,—but + still he fights on, dealing death with each blow of his blood-dripping + hand-wood. A stone lays open his brow,—but heavier and faster plays + his terrible weapon. A javelin flashes briefly, then the red copper + vanishes from sight, while the ashen shaft slowly dyes crimson, as the hot + life-blood issues. + </p> + <p> + A last, dying stroke, and the Red Heron sinks at the feet of his + adoration, faithful unto the last, his brave soul going forth to join with + that of Ixtli; the last of a gallant family. + </p> + <p> + Victo gives a wild cry of vengeance, then snatches up bow and quiver where + let fall by a death-smitten warrior, and wings swift death to the slayer + of her captain of the guard. + </p> + <p> + An awful melee, where the odds were momentarily increasing; where one man + was forced to do the work of a score; where death inevitable awaited all, + unless a miracle should intervene. And that miracle— + </p> + <p> + Shrilly rang forth the voice of Victoria Edgecombe as, amidst the fury of + battle, she caught sight of the air-ship swiftly darting that way through + the clear atmosphere, bent on saving, if saving might be. + </p> + <p> + The peculiar sound which attended the exploding of a dynamite cartridge + heralded the death of more than one Aztec, and, as the swift rattle of + revolvers added to the uproar, there was an involuntary recoiling, a + terrified shrinking, which was employed to the best advantage by the + air-voyagers. + </p> + <p> + The aerostat barely landed upon the top of the temple, before Cooper + Edgecombe, with a wild scream of ecstatic joy, caught his wife in his arms + and hurried her into the car, while Waldo and uncle Phaeton aided Bruno. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0032" id="link2HCH0032"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXII. ADIEU TO THE LOST CITY. + </h2> + <p> + And Bruno clung fast to the half-swooning maiden, so that two in place of + one had to be assisted by uncle and nephew! + </p> + <p> + Barely a score of seconds thus employed, then the gallant air-ship + responded to the touch of master-hand, and floated away from the bloody + temple-top with its increased burden, even as the last survivor of the Sun + Children's body-guard sank down in death. + </p> + <p> + A brief stupor came over the amazed heathen at sight of this awful + air-devil from whose sides spat forth invisible death; but then, as they + divined at least a portion of the truth, as they saw their longed-for + victims thus borne bodily away, a revulsion came, and, amid the most + hideous howls and screeches, missiles flew towards the air-ship, menacing + sudden death to all therein. + </p> + <p> + But fate would not have it thus, and, under the guidance of that + master-hand, the aeromotor flew higher and farther, quickly leaving behind + all peril from javelins, darts, arrows, or stones from slings. And but one + of their number had suffered aught: Bruno lay as one dead, blood flowing + from a stone-gash over an eye, but with one hand still gripping the butt + of an empty pistol; his other arm was—around the Sun Daughter's + waist! + </p> + <p> + And Gladys? First she shrunk back with a gasping cry of mingled fear and + grief; only to quickly recover and—did she kiss that curiously + spotted, streaked face? + </p> + <p> + Waldo afterwards declared she certainly did, for that a moment later he + saw some of that moistened stain upon her quivering lips; but Waldo was + ever extravagantly fond of a jest, and it may be—never mind! + </p> + <p> + Not until the air-ship was safely past peril from yonder howling, raving + lunatics in bronze did Professor Featherwit give heed to aught else, and + by that time Victoria had left the ardent embrace of her husband, to care + for the elder Gillespie, whose single-hearted devotion all through that + bloody retreat and bloodier struggle upon the temple had not wholly + escaped her notice. + </p> + <p> + Under such tender ministrations, Bruno quickly revived, and, after + assuring himself that the Children of the Sun were alive and unharmed, + while the Lost City was now left far behind them, he huskily begged uncle + Phaeton to descend to earth, where he might find water enough to remove + what remained of that loathsome disguise! + </p> + <p> + But Professor Featherwit was far too shrewd a general to take any + unnecessary risks. His last glimpse of yonder valley showed him hundreds + of armed redskins rushing at top speed for the various passes by which + that circle of hills could be over-passed, and he knew that chase would be + made as long as the faintest ray of hope lured the Aztecs on. + </p> + <p> + Thus it came that no halt was made until the inland reservoir was reached, + where there could be no possible danger in making a temporary landing. And + then Bruno stole away in hot haste, both to wash his person and to + reclothe it in garments not quite so ridiculous as he now felt that savage + rig must appear. + </p> + <p> + “Just as though the little woman wasn't used to see fit-outs like that, + old man,” mocked Waldo, the irrepressible. “She'll go scare at you in this + rig; see if she doesn't, now!” + </p> + <p> + Whether or no Gladys was actually frightened as Bruno made his appearance, + need not be decided here; but one fact remains: she acted a vast deal + shyer than when she saw her gallant defender lying as if dead, with the + red blood flowing over his face. + </p> + <p> + Naturally enough, Cooper Edgecombe seemed fairly crazed by his joy. After + so many long years of hopeless grief and wistful longing, to find his + loved ones, safe and sound, far more beautiful than of yore! Surely enough + to turn the gravest of men into a laughing, jesting, voluble lad! + </p> + <p> + But throughout it all ran a vein of sadness and of mourning. Neither + Aztotl the noble, nor Ixtli the gallant, could so soon be forgotten. And + more than one pair of eyes grew dim, more than one voice turned husky, as + mention was made of both life and death,—peace to their ashes! + </p> + <p> + Heavily burdened as the air-ship now was, it would be unwise to add more, + and so but a few minor articles were removed from the cavern, which had + for so long sheltered the exiled aeronaut, then the lever was touched, and + the vessel rose slowly into air, making one leisurely circuit of the lake, + in order to show the Children of the Sun where their husband and father + came so perilously nigh to entering upon a subterranean voyage to the + far-away Pacific. And, luckily as it appeared, they were just in time to + see that “big suck” drag another huge tree down into its ever hungry maw. + </p> + <p> + Not until the shades of night again began to settle over the earth did the + professor permit another halt, but then many miles lay between that Lost + City of the Aztecs and their present position, and, after selecting a + pleasant spot for alighting, preparations for their first al-fresco meal + in company were begun. + </p> + <p> + That proved to be a pleasant meal, and yet a more pleasant evening there + in the wilderness,—the first, but by no means the last, partaken of,—for, + now they need no longer fear the heathen, Professor Featherwit was eager + to more thoroughly explore that strange land. + </p> + <p> + Still, the air-ship was inconveniently crowded, and that helped to cut + explorations short. Then, too, Cooper Edgecombe was naturally eager to + return to civilisation once more, especially as he now had his heart's + dearest desire, wife and daughter, each peerless in her peculiar way. + </p> + <p> + Thus it came to pass that the terra incognita was abandoned for the time + being, Professor Featherwit striking that wide path of ruin which marked + the course of the tornado, then sailing leisurely towards the point of + their initial departure, improving the opportunity by giving a neat little + lecture concerning tornadoes in general, and that one in particular. + </p> + <p> + “Which totally exploded so many absurd theories held up to date,” was his + proud assertion; and then he went on to explain just how, and why, and + wherefore— + </p> + <p> + Why dwell longer? The tale I set out to narrate is finished. The unknown + land has been penetrated, and at least a portion of its marvels has been + inspected; imperfectly, no doubt, but that may be attributed to + circumstances which were past control. + </p> + <p> + And should the still curious reader ask, “Is it all true? Is there + actually such a place as the Lost City? And are the people who live in + that town really and truly the same race as once inhabited Old Mexico?”—to + all such, I can hardly do better than this: there was a Territory of + Washington. There is now a State of Washington. Within that State may be + found a range, or system of mountains, known to the world as the Olympics. + And within the wide scope of country which lies nestling inside of that + mountain system may to this day be found— + </p> + <p> + But, after all, a little parable which Waldo Gillespie read to a certain + doubting Thomas, on the very evening of the day which changed Gladys + Edgecombe, spinster, into Mrs. Bruno Gillespie, may better serve in this + connection. + </p> + <p> + “After all, I don't believe there is any such place or people,” declared + Doubting Thomas, nodding his head vigorously. + </p> + <p> + “Is that so?” mildly queried our good friend, Waldo. “Let me give you a + little pointer, old man. Once upon a time, a man by the name of John Smith + was being tried for stealing a fat hog. The State brought three reputable + witnesses to swear that they actually saw the theft committed, while the + best the defence could offer was to declare that they could produce at + least a dozen honest citizens who would make oath to the fact that they + did not witness the crime. So—moral: + </p> + <p> + “We six fairly honest people saw both the Lost City and its inhabitants. + Scores of equally reliable persons never saw either. Which sort of + evidence weighs the most, my good fellow?” + </p> + <p> + Gentlemen of the jury, the verdict rests with you! + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Lost City, by Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST CITY *** + +***** This file should be named 783-h.htm or 783-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/7/8/783/ + +Produced by Charles Keller, and David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> @@ -0,0 +1,7469 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Lost City, by Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Lost City + +Author: Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + +Posting Date: July 27, 2008 [EBook #783] +Release Date: January 1997 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST CITY *** + + + + +Produced by Charles Keller + + + + + +THE LOST CITY + +By Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + + + +CONTENTS. + + CHAPTER + I. NATURE IN TRAVAIL + II. PROFESSOR FEATHERWIT TAKING NOTES + III. RIDING THE TORNADO + IV. THE PROFESSOR'S LITTLE EXPERIMENT + V. THE PROFESSOR'S UNKNOWN LAND + VI. A BRACE OF UNWELCOME VISITORS + VII. THE PROFESSOR'S GREAT ANTICIPATIONS + VIII. A DUEL TO THE DEATH + IX. GRAPPLING A QUEER FISH + X. RESCUED AND RESCUERS + XI. ANOTHER SURPRISE FOR THE PROFESSOR + XII. THE STORY OF A BROKEN LIFE + XIII. THE LOST CITY OF THE AZTECS + XIV. A MARVELLOUS VISION + XV. ASTOUNDING, YET TRUE + XVI. CAN IT BE TRUE? + XVII. AN ENIGMA FOR THE BROTHERS + XVIII. SOMETHING LIKE A WHITE ELEPHANT + XIX. THE CHILDREN OF THE SUN GOD + XX. THE PROFESSOR AND THE AZTEC + XXI. DISCUSSING WAYS AND MEANS + XXII. A DARING UNDERTAKING + XXIII. A FLIGHT UNDERGROUND + XXIV. THE SUN CHILDREN'S PERIL + XXV. WALDO GOES FISHING + XXVI. DOWN AMONG THE DEAD + XXVII. PENETRATING GRIM SECRETS + XXVIII. BROUGHT BEFORE THE GODS + XXIX. BENEATH THE SACRIFICIAL STONE + XXX. AGAINST OVERWHELMING ODDS + XXXI. DEFENDING THE SUN CHILDREN + XXXII. ADIEU TO THE LOST CITY + + + + + +THE LOST CITY. + + + +CHAPTER I. NATURE IN TRAVAIL. + +"I say, professor?" + +"Very well, Waldo; proceed." + +"Wonder if this isn't a portion of the glorious climate, broken loose +from its native California, and drifting up this way on a lark?" + +"If so, said lark must be roasted to a turn," declared the third (and +last) member of that little party, drawing a curved forefinger across +his forehead, then flirting aside sundry drops of moisture. "I can't +recall such another muggy afternoon, and if we were only back in what +the scientists term the cyclone belt--" + +"We would be all at sea," quickly interposed the professor, the fingers +of one hand vigorously stirring his gray pompadour, while the other +was lifted in a deprecatory manner. "At sea, literally as well as +metaphorically, my dear Bruno; for, correctly speaking, the ocean alone +can give birth to the cyclone." + +"Why can't you remember anything, boy?" sternly cut in the roguish-eyed +youngster, with admonitory forefinger, coming to the front. "How many +times have I told you never to say blue when you mean green? Why don't +you say Kansas zephyr? Or windy-auger? Or twister? Or whirly-gust on a +corkscrew wiggle-waggle? Or--well, almost any other old thing that you +can't think of at the right time? W-h-e-w! Who mentioned sitting on a +snowdrift, and sucking at an icicle? Hot? Well, now, if this isn't a +genuine old cyclone breeder, then I wouldn't ask a cent!" + +Waldo Gillespie let his feet slip from beneath him, sitting down with +greater force than grace, back supported against a gnarled juniper, +loosening the clothes at his neck while using his other hand to ply his +crumpled hat as a fan. + +Bruno laughed outright at this characteristic anticlimax, while +Professor Featherwit was obliged to smile, even while compelled to +correct. + +"Tornado, please, nephew; not cyclone." + +"Well, uncle Phaeton, have it your own way. Under either name, I +fancy the thing-a-ma-jig would kick up a high old bobbery with a man's +political economy should it chance to go bu'st right there! And, +besides, when I was a weenty little fellow I was taught never to call +a man a fool or a liar--" + +"Waldo!" sharply warned his brother, turning again. + +"So long as I knew myself to be in the wrong," coolly finished the +youngster, face grave, but eyes twinkling, as they turned towards his +mistaken mentor. "What is it, my dear Bruno?" + +"There is one thing neither cyclone nor tornado could ever deprive you +of, Kid, and that is--" + +"My beauty, wit, and good sense,--thanks, awfully! Nor you, my dear +Bruno, although my inbred politeness forbids my explaining just why." + +There was a queer-sounding chuckle as Professor Featherwit turned away, +busying himself about that rude-built shed and shanty which sheltered +the pride of his brain and the pet of his heart, while Bruno smiled +indulgently as he took a few steps away from those stunted trees in +order to gain a fairer view of the stormy heavens. + +Far away towards the northeast, rising above the distant hill, now +showed an ugly-looking cloud-bank which almost certainly portended a +storm of no ordinary dimensions. + +Had it first appeared in the opposite quarter of the horizon, Bruno +would have felt a stronger interest in the clouds, knowing as he did +that the miscalled "cyclone" almost invariably finds birth in +the southwest. Then, too, nearly all the other symptoms were +noticeable,--the close, "muggy" atmosphere; the deathlike stillness; the +lack of oxygen in the air, causing one to breathe more rapidly, yet with +far less satisfying results than usual. + +Even as Bruno gazed, those heavy cloud-banks changed, both in shape +and in colour, taking on a peculiar greenish lustre which only too +accurately forebodes hail of no ordinary force. + +His cry to this effect brought the professor forth from the shed-like +shanty, while Waldo roused up sufficiently to speak: + +"To say nothing of yonder formation way out over the salty drink, my +worthy friends, who intimated that a cyclone was born at sea?" + +Professor Featherwit frowned a bit as his keen little rat-like eyes +turned towards that quarter of the heavens; but the frown was not for +Waldo, nor for his slightly irreverent speech. + +Where but a few minutes before there had been only a few light clouds +in sight, was now a heavy bank of remarkable shape, its crest a straight +line as though marked by an enormous ruler, while the lower edge was +broken into sharp points and irregular sections, the whole seeming to +float upon a low sea of grayish copper. + +"Well, well, that looks ugly, decidedly ugly, I must confess," the wiry +little professor spoke, after that keen scrutiny. + +"Really, now?" drawled Waldo, who was nothing if not contrary on the +surface. "Barring a certain little topsy-turvyness which is something +out of the ordinary, I'd call that a charming bit of--Great guns and +little cannon-balls!" + +For just then there came a shrieking blast of wind from out the +northeast, bringing upon its wings a brief shower of hail, intermingled +with great drops of rain which pelted all things with scarcely less +force than did those frozen particles. + +"Hurrah!" shrilly screamed Waldo, as he dashed out into the storm, +fairly revelling in the sudden change. "Who says this isn't 'way up in +G?' Who says--out of the way, Bruno! Shut that trap-door in your face, +so another fellow may get at least a share of the good things coming +straight down from--ow--wow!" + +Through the now driving rain came flashing larger particles, and one +of more than ordinary size rebounded from that curly pate, sending its +owner hurriedly to shelter beneath the scrubby trees, one hand ruefully +rubbing the injured part. + +Faster fell the drops, both of rain and of ice, clattering against the +shanty and its adjoining shed with an uproar audible even above the +sullenly rolling peals of heavy thunder. + +The rain descended in perfect sheets for a few minutes, while the +hailstones fell thicker and faster, growing in size as the storm raged, +already beginning to lend those red sands a pearly tinge with their +dancing particles. Now and then an aerial monster would fall, to draw +a wondering cry from the brothers, and on more than one occasion Waldo +risked a cracked crown by dashing forth from shelter to snatch up a +remarkable specimen. + +"Talk about your California fruit! what's the matter with good old +Washington Territory?" he cried, tightly clenching one fist and holding +a hailstone alongside by way of comparison. "Look at that, will you? +Isn't it a beauty? See the different shaded rings of white and clear +ice. See--brother, it is as large as my fist!" + +But for once Professor Phaeton Featherwit was fairly deaf to the claims +of this, in some respects his favourite nephew, having scuttled back +beneath the shed, where he was busily stowing away sundry articles of +importance into a queerly shaped machine which those rough planks fairly +shielded from the driving storm. + +Having performed this duty to his own satisfaction, the professor came +back to where the brothers were standing, viewing with them such of the +storm as could be itemised. That was but little, thanks to the driving +rain, which cut one's vision short at but a few rods, while the +deafening peals of thunder prevented any connected conversation during +those first few minutes. + +"Good thing we've got a shelter!" cried Waldo, involuntarily shrinking +as the plank roof was hammered by several mammoth stones of ice. "One of +those chunks of ice would crack a fellow's skull just as easy!" + +Yet the next instant he was out in the driving storm, eagerly snatching +at a brace of those frozen marvels, heedless of his own risk or of the +warning shouts sent after him by those cooler-brained comrades. + +Thunder crashed in wildest unison with almost blinding sheets of +lightning, the rain and hail falling thicker and heavier than ever for a +few moments; but then, as suddenly as it had come, the storm passed on, +leaving but a few scattered drops to fetch up the rear. + +"Isn't that pretty nearly what people call a cloudburst, uncle Phaeton?" +asked Bruno, curiously watching that receding mass of what from their +present standpoint looked like vapour. + +"Those wholly ignorant of meteorological phenomena might so pronounce, +perhaps, but never one who has given the matter either thought or +study," promptly responded the professor, in no wise loth to give a free +lecture, no matter how brief it might be, perforce. "It is merely nature +seeking to restore a disturbed equilibrium; a current of colder air, in +search of a temporary vacuum, caused by--" + +"But isn't that just what produces cy--tornadoes, though?" interrupted +Waldo, with scant politeness. + +"Precisely, my dear boy," blandly agreed their mentor, rubbing his +hands briskly, while peering through rain-dampened glasses, after that +departing storm. "And I have scarcely a doubt but that a tornado of no +ordinary magnitude will be the final outcome of this remarkable display. +For, as the record will amply prove, the most destructive windstorms are +invariably heralded by a fall of hail, heavy in proportion to the--" + +"Then I'd rather be excused, thank you, sir!" again interrupted the +younger of the brothers, shrugging his shoulders as he stepped forth +from shelter to win a fairer view of the space stretching away towards +the south and the west. "I always laughed at tales of hailstones large +as hen's eggs, but now I know better. If I was a hen, and had to match +such a pattern as these, I'd petition the legislature to change my name +to that of ostrich,--I just would, now!" + +Bruno proved to be a little more amenable to the law of politeness, and +to him Professor Featherwit confined his sapient remarks for the time +being, giving no slight amount of valuable information anent these +strange phenomena of nature in travail. + +He spoke of the different varieties of land-storms, showing how a +tornado varied from a hurricane or a gale, then again brought to the +front the vital difference between a cyclone, as such, and the miscalled +"twister," which has wrought such dire destruction throughout a large +portion of our own land during more recent years. + +While that little lecture would make interesting reading for those who +take an interest in such matters, it need scarcely be reproduced in this +connection, more particularly as, just when the professor was getting +fairly warmed up to his work, an interruption came in the shape of a +sharp, eager shout from the lips of Waldo Gillespie. + +"Look--look yonder! What a funny looking cloud that is!" + +A small clump of trees growing upon a rising bit of ground interfered +with the view of his brother and uncle, for Waldo was pointing almost +due southeast; yet his excitement was so pronounced that both the +professor and Bruno hastened in that direction, stopping short as they +caught a fair sight of the object indicated. + +A mighty mass of wildly disturbed clouds, black and green and white and +yellow all blending together and constantly shifting positions, out of +which was suddenly formed a still more ominous shape. + +A mass of lurid vapour shot downwards, taking on the general semblance +of a balloon, as it swayed madly back and forth, an elongating trunk or +tongue reaching still nearer the earth, with fierce gyrations, as though +seeking to fasten upon some support. + +Not one of that trio had ever before gazed upon just such another +creation, yet one and all recognised the truth,--this was a veritable +tornado, just such as they had read in awed wonder about, time and time +again. + +Neither one of the brothers Gillespie were cravens, in any sense of the +word, but now their cheeks grew paler, and they seemed to shrink from +yonder airy monster, even while watching it grow into shape and awful +power. + +Professor Featherwit was no less absorbed in this wondrous spectacle, +but his was the interest of a scientist, and his pulse beat as ordinary, +his brain remaining as clear and calm as ever. + +"I hardly believe we have anything to fear from this tornado, my lads," +he said, taking note of their uneasiness. "According to both rule and +precedent, yonder tornado will pass to the east of our present position, +and we will be as safe right here as though we were a thousand miles +away." + +"But,--do they always move towards the northeast, uncle Phaeton?" + +"As a rule, yes; but there are exceptions, of course. And unless this +should prove to be one of those rare ex--er--" + +"Look!" cried Waldo, with swift gesticulation. "It's coming this way, or +I never--ISN'T it coming this way?" + +"Unless this should prove to be one of those rare exceptions, my dear +boy, I can promise you that--Upon my soul!" with an abrupt change of +both tone and manner, "I really believe it IS coming this way!" + +"It is--it is coming! Get a move on, or we'll never know--hunt a hole +and pull it in after you!" fairly screamed Waldo, turning in flight. + + + +CHAPTER II. PROFESSOR FEATHERWIT TAKING NOTES. + +"To the house!" cried the professor, raising his voice to overcome +yonder sullen roar, which was now beginning to come their way. "Trust +all to the aeromotor, and 'twill be well with us!" + +The wiry little man of science himself fell to work with an energy which +told how serious he regarded the emergency, and, acting under his lead, +the brothers manfully played their part. + +Just as had been done many times before this day, a queer-looking +machine was shoved out from the shed, gliding along the wooden ways +prepared for that express purpose, while Professor Featherwit hurried +aboard a few articles which past experience warned him might prove of +service in the hours to come, then sharply cried to his nephews: + +"Get aboard, lads! Time enough, yet none to spare in idle motions. See! +The storm is drifting our way in deadly earnest!" + +And so it seemed, in good sooth. + +Now fairly at its dread work of destruction, tearing up the rain +dampened dirt and playing with mighty boulders, tossing them here and +there, as a giant of olden tales might play with jackstones, snapping +off sturdy trees and whipping them to splinters even while hurling them +as a farmer sows his grain. + +Just the one brief look at that aerial monster, then both lads hung fast +to the hand-rail of rope, while the professor put that cunning machinery +in motion, causing the air-ship to rise from its ways with a sudden +swooping movement, then soaring upward and onward, in a fair curve, as +graceful and steady as a bird on wing. + +All this took some little time, even while the trio were working as men +only can when dear life is at stake; but the flying-machine was +afloat and fairly off upon the most marvellous journey mortals ever +accomplished, and that ere yonder death-balloon could cover half the +distance between. + +"Grand! Glorious! Magnificent!" fairly exploded the professor, when he +could risk a more comprehensive look, right hand tightly gripping the +polished lever through which he controlled that admirable mechanism. "I +have longed for just such an opportunity, and now--the camera, Bruno! We +must never neglect to improve such a marvellous chance for--get out the +camera, lad!" + +"Get out of the road, rather!" bluntly shouted Waldo, face unusually +pale, as he stared at yonder awful force in action. "Of course I'm not +scared, or anything like that, uncle Phaeton, but--I want to rack out o' +this just about the quickest the law allows! Yes, I DO, now!" + +"Wonderful! Marvellous! Incredible! That rara avis, an exception to all +exceptions!" declared the professor, more deeply stirred than either of +his nephews had ever seen him before. "A genuine tornado which has +no eastern drift; which heads as directly as possible towards the +northwest, and at the same time--incredible!" + +Only ears of his own caught these sentences in their entirety, for now +the storm was fairly bellowing in its might, formed of a variety of +sounds which baffles all description, but which, in itself, was more +than sufficient to chill the blood of even a brave man. Yet, almost as +though magnetised by that frightful force, the professor was holding his +air-ship steady, loitering there in its direct path, rather than fleeing +from what surely would prove utter destruction to man and machine alike. + +For a few moments Bruno withstood the temptation, but then leaned far +enough to grasp both hand and tiller, forcing them in the requisite +direction, causing the aeromotor to swing easily around and dart away +almost at right angles to the track of the tornado. + +That roar was now as of a thousand heavily laden trains rumbling over +hollow bridges, and the professor could only nod his approval when thus +aroused from the dangerous fascination. Another minute, and the air-ship +was floating towards the rear of the balloon-shaped cloud itself, each +second granting the passengers a varying view of the wonder. + +True to the firm hand which set its machinery in motion, the +flying-machine maintained that gentle curve until it swung around well +to the rear of the cloud, where again Professor Featherwit broke out in +ecstatic praises of their marvellous good fortune. + +"'Tis worth a life's ransom, for never until now hath mortal being been +blessed with such a magnificent opportunity for taking notes and drawing +deductions which--" + +The professor nimbly ducked his head to dodge a ragged splinter of +freshly torn wood which came whistling past, cast far away from the +tornado proper by those erratic winds. And at the same instant the +machine itself recoiled, shivering and creaking in all its cunning +joints under a gust of wind which seemed composed of both ice and fire. + +"Oh, I say!" gasped Waldo, when he could rally from the sudden blow. +"Turn the old thing the other way, uncle Phaeton, and let's go look +for--well, almost anything's better than this old cyclone!" + +"Tornado, lad," swiftly corrected the man of precision, leaning far +forward, and gazing enthralled upon the vision which fairly thrilled +his heart to its very centre. "Never again may we have such another +opportunity for making--" + +They were now directly in the rear of the storm, and as the air-ship +headed across that track of destruction, it gave a drunken stagger, +casting down its inmates, from whose parching lips burst cries of +varying import. + +"Air! I'm choking!" gasped Bruno, tearing open his shirt-collar with a +spasmodic motion. + +"Hold me fast!" echoed Waldo, clinging desperately to the life-line. +"It's drawing me--into the--ah!" + +Even the professor gave certain symptoms of alarm for that moment, +but then the danger seemed past as the ship darted fairly across the +storm-trail, hovering to the east of that aerial phantom. + +There was no difficulty in filling their lungs now, and once more +Professor Featherwit headed the flying-machine directly for the +balloon-shaped cloud, modulating its pace so as to maintain their +relative position fairly well. + +"Take note how it progresses,--by fits and starts, as it were," observed +Featherwit, now in his glory, eyes asparkle and muscles aquiver, hair +bristling as though full of electricity, face glowing with almost +painful interest, as those shifting scenes were for ever imprinted upon +his brain. + +"Sort of a hop, step, and jump, and that's a fact," agreed Waldo, now a +bit more at his ease since that awful sense of suffocation was lacking. +"I thought all cyclones--" + +"Tornado, my DEAR boy!" expostulated the professor. + +"I thought they all went in holy hurry, like they were sent for and +had mighty little time in which to get there. But this one,--see how it +stops to dance a jig and bore holes in the earth!" + +"Another exception to the general rule, which is as you say," admitted +the professor. "Different tornadoes have been timed as moving from +twelve to seventy miles an hour, one passing a given point in half a +score of seconds, at another time being registered as fully half an hour +in clearing a single section. + +"Take the destructive storm at Mount Carmel, Illinois, in June of '77. +That made progress at the rate of thirty-four miles an hour, yet its +force was so mighty that it tore away the spire, vane, and heavy gilded +ball of the Methodist church, and kept it in air over a distance of +fifteen miles. + +"Still later was the Texas tornado, doing its awful work at the rate of +more than sixty miles an hour; while that which swept through Frankfort, +Kansas, on May 17, 1896, was fully a half-hour in crossing a half-mile +stretch of bottom-land adjoining the Vermillion River, pausing in its +dizzy waltz upon a single spot for long minutes at a time." + +"Couldn't have been much left when it got through dancing, if that +storm was anything like this one," declared Waldo, shivering a bit as +he watched the awful destruction being wrought right before their +fascinated eyes. + +Trees were twisted off and doubled up like blades of dry grass. Mighty +rocks were torn apart from the rugged hills, and huge boulders were +tossed into air as though composed of paper. And over all ascended +the horrid roar of ruin beyond description, while from that misshapen +balloon-cloud, with its flattened top, the electric fluid shone and +flashed, now in great sheets as of flame, then in vicious spurts and +darts as though innumerable snakes of fire had been turned loose by the +winds. + +Still the aerial demon bored its almost sluggish course straight towards +the northwest, in this, as in all else, seemingly bent on proving itself +the exception to all exceptions as Professor Featherwit declared. + +The savant himself was now in his glory, holding the tiller between arm +and side, the better to manipulate his hand-camera, with which he was +taking repeated snap-shots for future development and reference. + +Truly, as he more than once declared, mortal man never had, nor mortal +man ever would have, such a glorious opportunity for recording the +varying phases of nature in travail as was now vouchsafed themselves. + +"Just think of it, lads!" he cried, almost beside himself with +enthusiasm. "This alone will be sufficient to carry our names ringing +through all time down the corridors of undying fame! This alone would be +more than enough to--Look pleasant, please!" + +In spite of that awful vision so perilously close before them, and the +natural uncertainty which attended such a reckless venture, Waldo could +not repress a chuckle at that comical conclusion, so frequently used +towards himself when their uncle was coaxing them to pose before his pet +camera. + +"Is it--surely this is not safe, uncle Phaeton?" ventured Bruno, as +another retrograde gust of air smote their apparently frail conveyance +with sudden force. + +"Let's call it a day's work, and knock off," chimed in Waldo. "If +the blamed thing should take a notion to balk, and rear back on its +haunches, where'd we come out at?" + +Professor Featherwit made an impatient gesture by way of answer. Speech +just then would have been worse than useless, for that tremendous +roaring, crashing, thundering of all sounds, seemed to fall back and +envelop the air-ship as with a pall. + +A shower of sand and fine debris poured over and around them, filling +ears and mouths, and blinding eyes for the moment, forcing the brothers +closer to the floor of the aerostat, and even compelling the eager +professor to remit his taking of notes for future generations. + +Then, thin and reed-like, yet serving to pierce that temporary obscurity +and horrible jangle of outer sounds, came the voice of their relative: + +"Fear not, my children! The Lord is our shield, and so long as he +willeth, just so long shall we--Ha! didn't I tell ye so?" + +For the blinding veil was torn away, and once again the trio of +adventurers might watch yonder grandly awesome march of devastation. + +"Heading direct for the Olympics!" declared Professor Featherwit, +digging the sand out of his eyes and striving to clean his glasses +without removing them, clinging to tiller and camera through all. "What +a grand and glorious guide 'twould be for us!" + +"If we could only hitch on--like a tin can to the tail of a dog!" +suggested Waldo, with boyish sarcasm. "Not any of that in mine, thank +you! I can wait. No such mighty rush. No,--SIR!" + +There came no answer to his words, for just then that swooping air-demon +turned to vivid fire, lightning playing back and forth, from side +to side, in every conceivable direction, until in spite of the broad +daylight its glory pained those watching eyes. + +"Did you ever witness the like!" awesomely cried Bruno, gazing like one +fascinated. "Who could or would ever believe all that, even if tongue +were able to portray its wondrous beauty?" + +"What a place that would be for popping corn!" contributed Waldo, +practical or nothing, even under such peculiar circumstances. "If I had +to play poppy, though, I'd want a precious long handle to the concern!" + +More intensely interested than ever, Professor Featherwit plied his +shutter, taking shot after shot at yonder aerial phenomena, feeling that +future generations would surely rise up to call him blessed when the +results of his experiments were once fairly spread before the world. + +And hence it came to pass that still more thrilling experiences came +unto these daring navigators of space, and that almost before one or the +other of them could fairly realise that greater danger really menaced +both their air-ship and their lives. + +Another whirly-gust of sand and other debris assailed the +flying-machine, and while sight was thus rendered almost useless for +the time being, the aerostat began to sway and reel from side to side, +shivering as though caught by an irresistible power, yet against which +it battled as though instinct with life and brain-power. + +Once again the adventurers found it difficult to breathe, while an +unseen power seemed pressing them to that floor as though--Thank heaven! + +Just as before, that cloud was swept away, and again air came to fill +those painfully oppressed lungs. Once again the trio cleared their eyes +and stared about, only to utter simultaneous cries of alarm. + +For, brief though that period of blindness had been, 'twas amply +sufficient to carry the aeromotor perilously near yonder storm-centre, +and though Professor Featherwit gripped hard his tiller, trying all he +knew to turn the air-ship for a safer quarter,-'twas all in vain! + +"Haste,--make haste, uncle Phaeton!" hoarsely panted Bruno, leaning to +aid the professor. "We will be sucked in and--hasten, for life!" + +"I can't,--we're already--in the--suction!" + + + +CHAPTER III. RIDING THE TORNADO. + +Whether it was that the air-ship itself had increased its speed during +those few moments of dense obscurity, or whether the madly whirling +winds had taken a retrograde movement at that precise time, could only +be a matter of conjecture; but the ominous fact remained. + +The aerostat was fairly over the danger-line, and, despite all efforts +being made to the contrary, was being drawn directly towards that +howling, crashing, thundering mass of destructive energy. + +Already the inmates felt themselves being sucked from the +flying-machine, and instinctively tightened their grip upon hand-rail +and floor, gasping and oppressed, breath failing, and ribs apparently +being crushed in by that horrible pressure. + +"Hold fast--for life!" pantingly screamed Professor Featherwit, as he +strove in vain to check or change the course of his aeromotor, now for +the first time beyond control of that master-hand. + +A few seconds of soul-trying suspense, during which the flying-machine +shivered from stem to stern, almost like a human creature in its +death-agony, creaking and groaning, with shrill sounds coming from those +expanded, curved wings, as the suction increased; then-- + +A merciful darkness fell over those sorely imperilled beings, and the +vessel itself seemed about to be overwhelmed by an avalanche of sand and +dirt and mixed debris. Then came a dizzy, rocking lurch, followed by a +shock which nearly cast uncle and nephews from their frantic holds, and +the air-ship appeared to be whirled end for end, cast hither and yon, +wrenched and twisted as though all must go to ruin together. + +A blast as of superheated air smote upon them one moment, while in the +next they were whirled through an icy atmosphere, then tossed dizzily to +and fro, as their too-frail vehicle spun upward as though on a journey +to the far-away stars. + +A shrieking blast of wind served to briefly clear away the choking dust, +affording the trio a fleeting glimpse of their immediate surroundings: +hurtling sticks and stones, splintered tops of trees, shrubs with wildly +lashing roots freshly torn from the bed of years, all madly spinning +through a blinding, scorching, freezing mass of crazily battling winds, +the different currents twining and weaving in and out, as so many +hideous serpents at play. + +A moment thus, then that horrid uproar grew still more deafening, +and the air-ship was whirled high and higher, in a dizzy dance, those +luckless creatures clinging fast to whatever their frenzied hands might +clutch, feeling that this was the end of all. + +Further sight was denied them. They were powerless to move a limb, save +as jerked painfully by those shrieking currents. Breath was taken away, +and an enormous weight bore down upon them, threatening to produce a +fatal collapse through their ribs giving way. + +Upward whirled the flying-machine, powerless now as those wretched +beings within its cunning shape, smitten sharply here and there by some +of those ascending missiles, yet without receiving material injury; +until a last shivering lurch came, ending in a sudden fall. + +A dizzying swoop downward, but not to death and destruction, for the +aerostat alighted easily upon what appeared to be a sort of air-cushion, +and, though unsteady for a brief space, then settled upon an even keel. + +"Cling fast--for life!" huskily gasped the professor, unwittingly +repeating the caution which had last crossed his lips, which he had +ever since been striving to enunciate, faithful to his guardianship over +these, his sole surviving relatives. + +"I don't--where are we?" + +Waldo lifted his head to peer with half-blind eyes about them, in which +action he was imitated by both brother and uncle; but, for a brief +space, they were none the wiser. + +All around the aeromotor rose a wall of whirling winds, seemingly +impenetrable, apparently within reach of an extended arm, changing +colour with each fraction of a second, hideously beautiful, yet never +twice the same in blend or mixture. + +A hollow, strangely sounding roar was perceptible; one instant coming as +from the far distance, then from nigh at hand, causing the air-ship +to quiver and tremble, as a sentient being might in the presence of a +torturing death. + +"Look--upward!" panted Bruno, a few seconds later, his face as pale as +that of a corpse, in spite of the dirt and blotches of sticky mud with +which he had been peppered during that dizzy whirl. + +Mechanically his companions in peril obeyed, catching breath sharply, as +they saw a clear sky and yellow sunshine far above,--so awfully far +they were, that it seemed like looking upward from the bottom of an +enormously deep well. + +And then the marvellous truth flashed upon the brain of Phaeton +Featherwit, almost robbing him of all power of speech. Still he managed +to jerkily ejaculate: + +"We're inside,--riding the--tornado--itself!" + +Then those whirling winds closed quickly above them, shutting out the +sunlight, hiding the heavens from their view, enclosing that vehicle and +its occupants, as they were borne away into unknown regions, within the +very heart of the tornado itself! + +Yet, incredible as it surely seems, no actual harm came to the trio +or to their flying-machine as it swayed gently upon its airy cushion, +although from every side came the horrid roar of destruction, while ever +and anon they could glimpse a wrestling tree or torn mass of shrubbery +whizzing upward and outward, to be flung far away beyond the vortex of +electrical winds. + +Once more came that awful sense of suffocation. That painted pall closed +down upon them, robbing their lungs of air, one instant fairly crisping +their hair with a touch of fire, only to send an icy chill to their +veins a moment later. + +In vain they struggled, fighting for breath, as a fish gasps when swung +from its native element. While that horrid pressure endured, man, youth, +and boy alike were powerless. + +Again the pall lifted, folding back and blending with those madly +circling currents, once again affording a glimpse of yonder far-away +heavens, so marvellously clear, and bright, and peaceful in seeming! + +Weakened by those terrible moments, Bruno and Waldo lay gasping, +trembling, faint of heart and ill of body, yet filling their lungs with +comparatively pure air,--pity there was so little of it to win! + +Professor Featherwit still had thought and care for his nephews rather +than himself alone, and pantingly spoke, as he dragged himself to the +snug locker, where many important articles had been stowed away: + +"Here--suck life--compressed air!" + +With husky cries the brothers caught at the tubes offered, the method of +working which had so often been explained by their relative. + +Once more the tube became a chamber, and that horrid force threatened +to flatten their bodies; but the worst had passed, for that precious +cylinder now gave them air to inhale, and they were enabled to wait for +the lifting of the cloud once more. + +Thanks to this important agency, strength and energy both of body and +of mind now came back to the air-voyagers, and after a little they could +lift their heads to peer around them with growing wonder and curiosity. + +There was little room left for doubting the wondrous truth, and yet +belief was past their powers during those first few minutes. + +All around them whirled and sped those maddened winds, curling and +twisting, rising and falling, mixing in and out as though some unknown +power might be weaving the web of destiny. + +Now dull, now brilliant, never twice the same, but ever changing in +colour as in shape, while stripes and zigzags of lightning played here +and there with terrifying menace, those walls of wind held an awfully +fascinating power for uncle and nephews. + +From every side came deadened sounds which could bear but a single +interpretation: the tornado was still in rapid motion, was still tearing +and rending, crushing and battering, leaving dire destruction and ruin +to mark its advance, and these were the sounds that recorded its ugly +work. + +In goodly measure revived by the compressed air, which was regulated +in flow to suit his requirements by a device of his own, Professor +Featherwit now looked around with something of his wonted animation, +heedless of his own peril for the moment, so great was his interest in +this marvellous happening. + +So utterly incredible was it all that, during those first few minutes +of rallying powers, he dared not express the belief which was shaping +itself, gazing around in quest of still further confirmation. + +He took note of the windy walls about their vessel, rising upward +for many yards, irregular in shape and curvature here and there, but +retaining the general semblance of a tube with flaring top. He peered +over the edge of the basket, to draw back dizzily as he saw naught but +yeasty, boiling, seething clouds below,--a veritable air-cushion which +had served to save the pet of his brain from utter destruction at the +time of falling within-- + +Yes, there was no longer room for doubt,--they were actually inside the +distorted balloon, so dreaded by all residents of the tornado belt! + +"What is it, uncle?" huskily asked Bruno, likewise rallying under that +beneficial influence. "Where are we now?" + +"Where I'm wishing mighty hard we wasn't, anyhow!" contributed Waldo, +with something of his usual energy, although, judging from his face +and eyes, the youngster had suffered more severely than either of his +comrades in peril. + +Professor Featherwit broke into a queerly sounding laugh, as he waved +his free hand in exultation before speaking: + +"Where no living being ever was before us, my lads,--riding the tornado +like a--ugh!" + +The air-ship gave an awkward lurch just then, and down went the little +professor to thump his head heavily against one corner of the locker. +Swaying drunkenly from side to side, then tossing up and down, turning +in unison with those fiercely whirling clouds, the aeromotor seemed at +the point of wreck and ruin. + +Desperately the trio clung to the life-lines, clenching teeth upon the +life-giving tubes as that terrible pressure increased so much that it +seemed impossible for the human frame to longer resist. + +Fortunately that ordeal did not long endure, and again relief came to +those so sorely oppressed. A brief gasping, sighing, stretching as the +aerostat resumed its level position, merely rocking easily within that +partial vacuum, and then Waldo huskily suggested: + +"Looks like the blame thing was sick at the stomach!" + +No doubt this was meant for a feeble attempt at joking, but Professor +Featherwit took it for earnest, and made quick reply: + +"That is precisely the case, my dear lad, and I am greatly joyed to +find that you are not so badly frightened but that you can assist me in +taking notes of this wondrous happening. To think that we are the ones +selected for--" + +"I say, uncle Phaeton." + +"Well, my lad?" + +"If this thing is really sick at the stomach, when will it erupt? I'd +give a dollar and a half to just get out o' this, science or no science, +notes or no notes at all!" + +"Patience, my dear boy," gravely spoke the little man of science, busily +studying those eddying currents like one seeking a fairly safe method of +extrication from peril. "It may come far sooner than you think, and +with results more disastrous than feeble words can tell. We surely are +a burden such as a tornado must be wholly unaccustomed to, and I really +believe these alternations are spasmodic efforts of the cloud itself to +vomit us forth; hence you were nearer right than you thought in making +use of that expression." + +Just then came a rush of icy air, and Bruno pantingly cried: + +"I'm swelling up--like Aesop's--bullfrog!" + + + +CHAPTER IV. THE PROFESSOR'S LITTLE EXPERIMENT. + +Again those involuntary riders of the tornado were tossed violently to +and fro in their seemingly frail ship, while the balloon itself appeared +threatened with instant dissolution, those eddying currents growing +broken and far less regular in action, while the fierce tumult grew in +sound and volume a thousandfold. + +All around the air-ship now showed ugly debris, limbs and boughs and +even whole trunks of giant trees being whirled upward and outward, each +moment menacing the vessel with total destruction, yet as frequently +vanishing without infringing seriously upon their curious prison. + +Sand and dirt and fragments of shattered rock whistled by in an +apparently unending shower, only with reversed motion, flying upward in +place of shooting downward to earth itself. + +Speech was utterly impossible under the circumstances, and the +fate-tossed voyagers could only cling fast to the hand-rail, and hold +those precious air-tubes in readiness for the worst. + +Never before had either of the trio heard such a deafening crash and +uproar, and little wonder if they thought this surely must herald the +crack of doom! + +The tornado seemed to reel backward, as though repulsed by an immovable +obstacle, and then, while the din was a bit less deafening, Professor +Featherwit contrived to make himself heard, through screaming at the top +of his voice: + +"The mountain range, I fancy! It's a battle to the--" + +That sentence was perforce left incomplete, since the storm-demon gave +another mad plunge to renew the battle, bringing on a repetition of that +drunken swaying so upsetting to both mind and body. + +A few seconds thus, then the tornado conquered, or else rose higher in +partial defeat, for their progress was resumed, and comparative quiet +reigned again. + +The higher clouds curved backward, affording a wider view of the heavens +far above, and, as all eyes turned instinctively in that direction, +Bruno involuntarily exclaimed: + +"Still daylight! I thought--how long has this lasted?" + +"It's the middle o' next week; no less!" positively affirmed his +brother. "Don't tell me! We've been in here a solid month, by my watch!" + +Instead of making reply such as might have been expected from one of his +mathematical exactness, Professor Featherwit gave a cry of dismay, while +hurriedly moving to and fro in their contracted quarters, for the time +being forgetful of all other than this, his great loss. + +"What is it, uncle Phaeton?" asked Bruno, rising to his knees in natural +anxiety. "Surely nothing worse than has already happened to us?" + +"Worse? What could be worse than losing for ever--the camera, boys; +where is the camera, I ask you?" + +Certainly not where the professor was looking, and even as he roared +forth that query, his heart told him the sad truth; past doubting, +the instrument upon whose aid he relied to place upon record these +marvellous facts, so that all mankind might see and have full faith, was +lost,--thrown from the aerostat, to meet with certain destruction, when +the vessel first came within the tornado's terrible clutch. + +"Gone,--lost,--and now who will believe that we ever--oh, this is enough +to crush one's very soul!" mourned the professor, throwing up his +hands, and sinking back to the floor of the flying-machine in a limp and +disheartened heap for the time being. + +Neither Bruno nor Waldo could fully appreciate that grief, since +thoughts and care for self were still the ruling passion with both; but +once more they were called upon to do battle with the swaying of the +winds, and once again were they saved only through that life-giving +cylinder of compressed air. + +Presently, the heart-broken professor rallied, as was his nature, and, +with a visible effort putting his great loss behind him, endeavoured to +cheer up his comrades in peril. + +"So far we have passed through all danger without receiving material +injury,--to ourselves, I mean,--and surely it is not too much to hope +for eventual escape?" he said, earnestly, pressing the hands of his +nephews, by way of additional encouragement. + +"Yes," hesitated Bruno, with an involuntary shiver, as he glanced around +them upon those furiously boiling clouds, then cast an eye upward, +towards yonder clear sky. "Yes, but--in what manner?" + +"What'll we do when the cyclone goes bu'st?" cut in Waldo, with +disagreeable bluntness. "It can't go on for ever, and when it splits +up,--where will we be then?" + +"I wish it lay within my power to give you full assurance on all points, +my dear boys," the professor made reply. "I only wish I could ensure +your perfect safety by giving my own poor remnant of life--" + +"No, no, uncle Phaeton!" cried the brothers, in a single breath. + +"How cheerfully, if I only might!" insisted the professor, his homely +face wearing an expression of blended regret and unbounded affection. +"But for me you would never have encountered these perils, nor ever--" + +Again he was interrupted by the brothers, and forced to leave that +regret unspoken to the end. + +"Only for you, uncle Phaeton, what would have become of us when we were +left without parents, home, fortune? Only for you, taking us in and +treating us as though of your own flesh and blood--" + +"As you are, my good lads! Let it pass, then, but I must say that I do +wish--well, well, let it pass, then!" + +A brief silence, which was spent in gripping hands and with eyes giving +pledges of love and undying confidence; then Professor Featherwit spoke +again, in an entirely different vein. + +"If nothing else, we have exploded one fallacy which has never met with +contradiction, so far as my poor knowledge goes." + +"And that is--what, uncle Phaeton?" + +"Observe, my lads," with a wave of his hand towards those whirling +walls, and then making a downward motion. "You see that we are floating +in a partial vacuum, yet where there is air sufficient to preserve life +under difficulties. And by looking downward--careful that you don't fall +overboard through dizziness, though!" + +"Looks as though we were floating just above a bed of ugly wind!" +declared Waldo, after taking a look below. + +"Precisely; the aerostat rests upon an air-cushion amply solid enough +to sustain far more than our combined weight. But what is the generally +accepted view, my dear boys?" + +"You tell, for we don't know how," frankly acknowledged Waldo. + +"Thanks. Yet you are now far wiser than all of the scientists who have +written and published whole libraries concerning these storm formations, +but whose fallacies we are now fully prepared to explode, once for all, +through knowledge won by personal investigation--ahem!" + +Strange though it may appear, the professor forgot the mutual danger +by which they were surrounded, and trotted off on his hobby-horse in +blissful pride, paying no attention to the hideous uproar going on, only +raising his voice higher to make it heard by his youthful auditors. + +"The common belief is that, while these tornadoes are hollow, even +through the trunk or tongue down to its contact with the earth, that +hollow is caused by a constant suction, through which a steady stream of +debris is flowing, to be sown broadcast for miles around after emerging +from the open top of the so-called balloon." + +"But it isn't at all like that," eagerly cried Waldo, pointing to where +the fragments were flowing upward through those walls themselves, yet +far enough from that hollow interior to be but indistinctly seen save on +rare occasions. "Look at 'em scoot, will ye? Oh, if we could only climb +up like that!" + +Professor Featherwit was keenly watching and closely studying that very +phenomena through all, and now he gave a queer little chuckle, as he +nodded his head with vigour, before dryly speaking. + +"Well, it might be done; yes, it might be done, and that with no very +serious difficulty, my lad." + +"How? Why not try it on, then?" + +"To meet with instant death outside?" sharply queried Bruno. "It would +be suicidal to make the attempt, even if we could; which I doubt." + +Waldo gave a sudden cry, pointing upward where, far above that +destructive storm, could be seen a brace of buzzards floating on +motionless wings, wholly undisturbed by the tumult below. + +"If we were only like that!" the lad cried, longingly. "If a +flying-machine could be built like those turkey-buzzards! I wish--well, +I do suppose they're about the nastiest varmints ever hatched, but just +now I'd be willing to swap, and wouldn't ask any boot, either!" + +Apparently the professor paid no attention to this boyish plaint, for +he was fumbling in the locker, then withdrew his hand and uncoiled an +ordinary fish-line, with painted float attached. + +Before either brother could ask a question, or even give a guess at +his purpose, Professor Phaeton flung hook and cork into those circling +currents, only to have the whole jerked violently out of his grip, the +line flying upward, to vanish from the sight of all. + +That jerk was powerful enough to cut through the skin of his hand, but +the professor chuckled like one delighted, as he sucked away the few +drops of blood before adding: + +"I knew it! It CAN be done, and if the worst should come to pass, why +should it not be done?" + +Before an answer could be vouchsafed by either of the brothers, the pall +swooped down upon them once more, and again the supply of natural air +was shut off, while their vessel was rocked and swayed crazily, just as +though the delayed end was at last upon them. + +For several minutes this torture endured, each second of which appeared +to be an hour to those imperilled beings, who surely must have perished, +as they lay pinned fast to the floor of the aerostat by that pitiless +weight, only for the precious air-tubes in connection with that cylinder +of compressed air. + +After a seeming age of torment the awful pressure was relaxed, leaving +the trio gasping and shivering, as they lay side by side, barely +conscious that life lingered, for the moment unable to lift hand or head +to aid either self or another. + +In spite of his far greater age, Professor Featherwit was first to +rally, and his voice was about the first thing distinguished by the +brothers, as their powers began to rally. + +"Shall we take our chances, dear boys?" the professor was saying, +in earnest tones. "I believe there is a method of escaping from this +hell-chamber, although of what may lie beyond--" + +"It can't well be worse than this!" huskily gasped Bruno. + +"Anything--everything--just to get out o' here!" supplemented Waldo, for +once all spirits subdued. + +"It may be death for us all, even if we do get outside," gravely warned +the professor. "Bear that in mind, dear boys. It may be that not one of +us will escape with life, after--" + +"How much better to remain here?" interrupted Bruno. "I felt death would +be a mercy--then! And I'd risk anything, everything, rather than go +through such another ordeal! I say,--escape!" + +"Me too, all over!" vigorously decided Waldo, lifting himself to both +knees as he added: "Tell us what to do, and here I am, on deck, uncle." + +Even now Professor Phaeton hesitated, his eyes growing dimmer than usual +as they rested upon one face after the other, for right well he knew how +deadly would be the peril thus invited. + +But, as the brothers repeated their cry, he turned away to swiftly +knot a strong trail-rope to a heavy iron grapnel, leaving the other end +firmly attached to a stanchion built for that express purpose. + +"Hold fast, if you value life at all, dear boys!" he warned, then added: +"Heaven be kind to you, even if my life pays the forfeit! Now!" + +Without further delay, he cast the heavy grapnel into that mass of +boiling vapour, then fell flat, as an awful jerk was given the aerostat. + + + +CHAPTER V. THE PROFESSOR'S UNKNOWN LAND. + +There was neither time nor opportunity for taking notes, for that +long rope straightened out in the fraction of a second, throwing all +prostrate as the flying-machine was jerked upward with awful force. + +All around them raged and roared the mighty winds, while missiles of +almost every description pelted and pounded both machine and inmates +during those few seconds of extraordinary peril. + +Fortunately neither the professor nor his nephews could fairly realise +just what was taking place, else their brains would hardly have stood +the test; and fortunately, too, that ordeal was not protracted. + +A hideous experience while it lasted, those vicious currents dragging +the aerostat upward out of the air-chamber by means of grapnel and rope, +then casting all far away in company with wrecked trees and bushes, +and even solider materials, all shrouded for a time in dust and debris, +which hindered the eyesight of both uncle and nephews. + +Through it all the brothers were dimly aware of one fact uncle Phaeton +was shrilly bidding them cling fast and have courage. + +All at once they felt as though vomited forth from a volcano which +alternately breathed fire and ice, the clear light of evening bursting +upon their aching, smarting eyes with actual pain, while that horrid +roar of warring elements seemed to pass away in the distance, leaving +them--where, and how? + +"We're falling to--merciful heavens! Hold fast, all!" screamed the +professor, desperately striving to regain full command of their +air-ship. "The tiller is jammed, but--" + +To all seeming, the aerostat had sustained some fatal damage during that +brief eruption caused by the professor's little experiment, for it +was pitching drunkenly end for end, refusing to obey the hand of its +builder, bearing all to certain death upon the earth far below. + +Half stupefied with fear, the brothers clung fast to the life-line and +glared downward, noting, in spite of themselves, how swiftly yonder dark +tree-tops and gray crags were shooting heavenward to meet them and claim +the sacrifice. + +With fierce energy Professor Featherwit jerked and wrenched at the +steering-gear, uttering words such as had long been foreign to his lips, +but then--just when destruction appeared inevitable--a wild cry burst +from his lungs, as a broken bit of native wood came away in his left +hand, leaving the lever free as of old! + +And then, with a dizzying swoop and rapid recovery, the gallant air-ship +came back to an even keel, sailing along with old-time grace and ease, +barely in time to avoid worse mishap as the crest of a tall tree was +brushed in their passage. + +"Saved,--saved, my lads!" screamed the professor, as his heart-pet +soared upward once more until well past the danger-line. "Safe and sound +through all,--praises be unto the Lord, our Father!" + +Neither brother spoke just then, for they lay there in half stupor, +barely able to realise the wondrous truth: that their lives had surely +been spared them, even as by a miracle! + +That swooping turn now brought their faces towards the tornado, which +was at least a couple of miles distant, rapidly making that distance +greater even while continuing its work of destruction. + +"And we--were in it!" huskily muttered Bruno, his lids closing with a +shiver, as he averted his face, unwilling to see more. + +"Heap sight worse than being in the soup, too, if anybody asks you," +declared Waldo, beginning to rally both in strength and in spirit. +"But--what's the matter with the old ship, uncle Phaeton?" + +For the aerostat was indulging itself in sundry distressing gyrations, +pretty much as a boy's kite swoops from side to side, when lacking in +tail-ballast, while the professor seemed unable to keep the machine +under complete control. + +"Nothing serious, only--hold fast, all! I believe 'twould be as well to +make our descent, for fear something--steady!" + +Just ahead there appeared a more than usually open space in the forest, +and, quite as much by good luck as through actual skill, Professor +Featherwit succeeded in making a landing with no more serious mishap +than sundry bruises and a little extra teeth-jarring. + +As quickly as possible, both Bruno and Waldo pitched themselves out of +the partially disabled aeromotor, the elder brother grasping the grapnel +and taking a couple of turns of the strong rope around a convenient +tree-trunk, lest the ship escape them altogether. + +"No need, my gallant boy!" assured the professor, an instant later. "All +is well,--all IS well, thanks to an over-ruling Providence!" + +In spite of this expressed confidence, he hurriedly looked over his pet +machine, taking note of such injuries as had been received during that +remarkable journey, only giving over when fairly satisfied that all +damage might be readily made good, after which the aerostat would be as +trustworthy as upon its first voyage on high. + +Then, grasping the brothers each by a hand, he smiled genially, then +lifted eyes heavenward, to a moment later sink upon his knees with bowed +head and hands folded across his bosom. + +Bruno and Waldo imitated his action, and, though no audible words +were spoken, never were more heartfelt prayers sent upward, never more +grateful thanks given unto the Most High. + +Boy, youth, and man alike seemed fairly awed into silence for the next +few minutes, unable to so soon cast off the spell which had fallen upon +them, one and each, when realising how mercifully their lives had been +spared, even after all earthly hope had been abandoned. + +As usual, however, Waldo was first to rally, and, after silently moving +around the aerostat, upon which the professor was already busily at work +by the last gleams of the vanished sun, he paused, legs separated, and +hands thrust deep into pockets, head perking on one side as he spoke, +drawlingly: + +"I say, uncle Phaeton?" + +"What is it, Waldo?" + +"It'll never do to breathe even a hint of all this, will it?" + +"Why so, pray?" + +"Whoever heard it would swear we were bald-headed liars right from +Storytown! And yet,--did it really happen, or have I been dreaming all +the way through?" + +Professor Featherwit gave a brief, dry chuckle at this, rising erect to +cast a deliberate glance around their present location, then speaking: + +"Without I am greatly mistaken, my dear boy, you will have still other +marvellous happenings to relate ere we return to what is, rightfully or +wrongfully, called civilisation." + +"Is that so? Then you really reckon--" + +"For one thing, my lad, we are now fairly entered upon a terra +incognita, so far as our own race is concerned. In other words,--behold, +the Olympics!" + +Both Bruno and Waldo cast their eyes around, but only a circumscribed +view was theirs. The shades of evening were settling fast, and on all +sides they could see but mighty trees, rugged rocks, a mountain stream +from whose pebbly bed came a soothing murmur. + +"Nothing so mighty much to brag of, anyway," irreverently quoth Waldo, +after that short-lived scrutiny. "It wouldn't fetch a dollar an acre at +auction, and for my part,--wonder when the gong will sound for supper?" + +That blunt hint was effective, and, letting the subject drop for the +time being, even the professor joined in the hurry for an evening meal, +to which one and all felt able to do full justice. + +Although some rain had fallen at this point as well, no serious +difficulty was experienced in kindling a fire, while Waldo had little +trouble in heaping up a bounteous supply of fuel. + +Through countless ages the forest monarchs had been shedding their +superfluous boughs, while here and there lay an entire tree, overthrown +by some unknown power, and upon which the brothers made heavy +requisition. + +Professor Featherwit took from the locker a supply of tinned goods, +together with a patent coffee-pot and frying-pan, so convenient where +space is scarce and stowage-room precious. + +With water from the little river, it took but a few minutes more to +scent the evening with grateful fumes, after which the adventurous trio +squatted there in the ruddy glow, eating, sipping, chatting, now and +again forced to give thanks for their really miraculous preservation +after all human hopes had been exhausted. + +Although Professor Featherwit was but little less thankful for the +wondrous leniency shown them, he could not altogether refrain from +mourning the loss of his camera, with its many snap-shots at the tornado +itself, to say nothing of what he might have secured in addition, while +riding the storm so marvellously. + +More to take his thoughts away from that loss than through actual +curiosity in the subject offered by way of substitute, Bruno asked for +further light upon the so-called terra incognita. + +"Of course it isn't really an unknown land, though, uncle Phaeton?" he +added, almost apologetically. "In this age, and upon our own continent, +such a thing is among the impossibilities." + +"Indeed? And, pray, how long since has it been that you would, with at +least equal positivity, have declared it impossible to enter a tornado +while in wildest career, yet emerge from it with life and limb intact?" + +"Yes, uncle, but--this is different, by far." + +"In one sense, yes; in another, no," affirmed the professor, with +emphatic nod, brushing the tips of his fingers together, as he moved +back to assume a more comfortable position inside the air-ship, then +quickly preparing a pipe and tobacco for his regular after-meal smoke. + +A brief silence, then the professor spoke, clearly, distinctly: + +"Washington has her great unknown land, quite as much as has the +interior of Darkest Africa, my boys, besides enjoying this peculiar +advantage: while adventurous white men have traversed those benighted +regions in every direction, even though little permanent good may +have been accomplished, this terra incognita remains virgin in that +particular sense of the word." + +"You mean, uncle?" + +"That here in the Olympic region you see what is literally an unknown, +unexplored scope of country, as foreign to the foot of mankind as it was +countless ages gone by. So far as history reads, neither white man nor +red has ever ventured fairly within these limits; a mountainous waste +which rises from the level country, within ten or fifteen miles of the +Straits of San Juan de Fuca, in the north, the Pacific Ocean in the +west, Hood's Canal in the east, and the barren sand-hills lying to the +far south. + +"This irregular range is known upon the map as the Olympics, and, +rising to the height of from six to eight thousand feet, shut in a vast +unexplored area. + +"The Indians have never penetrated it, so far as can be ascertained, +for their traditions say that it is inhabited by a very fierce tribe of +warriors, before whose might and strange weapons not one of the coast +tribes can stand." + +"One of the Lost Tribes of Israel, shouldn't wonder," drawlingly +volunteered Waldo, stifling a yawn, and forced to rub his inflamed eyes +with a surreptitious paw. + +Professor Featherwit, though plainly absorbed in his curious theory, was +yet quick to detect this evidence of weariness, and laughed a bit, with +change of both tone and manner, as he spoke further: + +"That forms but a partial introductory to my lecture, dear lads, but +perhaps it might be as well to postpone the rest for a more propitious +occasion. You have undergone sore trials, both of--Hark!" + +Some sound came to his keen ears, which the brothers failed to catch, +but as they bent their heads in listening, another noise came, which +proved startling enough, in all conscience,--a shrill, maniacal screech, +which sent cold chills running races up each spine. + + + +CHAPTER VI. A BRACE OF UNWELCOME VISITORS. + +Instinctively the brothers drew nearer each other, as though for mutual +protection, each one letting hand drop to belt where a revolver was +habitually carried, but which was lacking now, thanks to the great haste +with which they had taken wing at the approach of the tornado. + +"What is it? What can it mean?" asked Bruno and Waldo, almost in the +same breath, as those fierce echoes died away in the distance. + +Professor Featherwit made no immediate reply, but by the glow of yonder +camp-fire he fumbled inside the magic locker, fetching forth firearms, +then speaking in hushed tones: + +"Wait. Listen for--I knew it!" + +From the opposite quarter came what might easily have been an echo of +that first wild screech, only louder, longer, more savage, if such a +thing be possible. + +Prepared though they now were, neither brother could refrain from +shrinking and shuddering, so hideously that cry sounded in their ears. +But their uncle spoke in cool, clear tones: + +"There is nothing supernatural about that, my lads. A panther or +mountain lion, I dare say, scenting the fumes of our cookery, and coming +to claim a share." + +"Then it isn't--Nothing spookish, uncle Phaeton?" ventured Waldo, in +slightly unsteady tones. + +The professor gave swift assurance upon that point, and, rallying as +few youngsters would have done under like circumstances, the brothers +grasped the weapons supplied their hands, waiting and watching for what +was to come. + +Once, twice, thrice those savage calls echoed far and wide, but with +each repetition losing a portion of their terrors; and knowing now +that prowling beasts surely were drawing nigh the camp-fire, the flying +machine was abandoned by the trio, all drawing closer to the fire, which +might prove no slight protection against attack. + +Then followed a period of utter silence, during which their eyes roved +restlessly around, striving to sight the four-footed enemy ere an actual +attack could be made. + +Professor Featherwit was first to glimpse a pair of greenish eyes in +silent motion, and, giving a low hiss of warning to his nephews, that +same sound serving to check further progress on the part of the wild +beast, his short rifle came to a level, then emitted a peculiar sound. + +Only the keenest of ears could have noted that, for only the fraction of +an instant later followed a sharp explosion, the darkness beyond being +briefly lit up by a yellowish glare. + +"That's enough,--beware its mate!" cried the professor, keenly alert for +whatever might ensue; but the words were barely across his lips when, +with a vicious snarl, a furry shape came flying through the air, +knocking Featherwit over as he instinctively ducked his head with arm +flying up as additional guard. + +Both man and beast came very near falling into the fire itself, and +there ensued a wild, confused scramble, out of which the brothers +singled their enemy, Waldo opening fire with a revolver, at close range, +each shot causing the lion to yell and snarl most ferociously. + +A cat-like recovery, then the fatal leap might have followed, for the +confused professor was rising to his feet again, fairly in front of the +enraged brute; but ere worse came, Waldo and Bruno were to the rescue, +one firing as rapidly as possible, his brother driving a keen-bladed +knife to the very hilt just back of that quivering forearm. + +One mad wrestle, in which both lads were overthrown, then the gaunt +and muscular brute stretched its length in a shivering throe, dead even +while it strove to slay. + +Just as the professor hurried to the front, beseeching his boys to +keep out of peril if they loved him; at which Waldo laughed outright, +although never had he felt a warmer love for the same odd-speaking, +queer-acting personage than right at that moment. + +"I'm all right; how's it with you, sir? And--Bruno?" + +"Without a scratch to remember it by," promptly asserted the elder +brother, likewise regaining his feet and taking hasty account of stock. +"No fault of his, though!" giving that carcass a kick as he spoke. "My +gracious! I caught just one glimpse of them, and I was ready to make +affidavit that each fang would measure a foot, while his claws--" + +"Would pass through an elephant and clinch on the other side," declared +Waldo, stooping far enough to lift one of those armed paws. "But, I say, +Bruno, how awfully they have shrunk, since then!" + +Whether so intended or not, this characteristic break caused a mutual +laugh, and, as there was neither sound nor sign of further danger +from like source, one and all satisfied their curiosity by minutely +inspecting the huge brute, stirring up the fire for that purpose. + +"An ugly customer, indeed, if we had given him anything like a fair +show," gravely uttered the professor. "Only for your prompt assistance, +my dear boys, what would have become of poor me?" + +"We acted on our own account, as well, please remember, uncle. And even +so, after all you have done for us since--" + +"What was it you shot at, uncle Phaeton?" interrupted Waldo, who was +constitutionally averse to aught which savoured of sentiment. "Another +one of these--little squirrels, was it?" + +Snatching up a blazing brand, the lad moved off in that direction, +whirling the torch around his head until it burst into clear flame, then +lowering it closer to a bloody heap of fur and powerful limbs, to give a +short ejaculation of wondering awe. + +It was a headless body upon which he gazed, ragged fragments of skin and +a few splinters of bone alone remaining to tell that a solid skull had +so recently been thereon. + +Professor Phaeton gave another of his peculiar little chuckles, as +he drew near, then patted the compact little rifle with which he had +wrought such extraordinary work: a weapon of his own invention, as were +the dynamite-filled shells to match. + +"Although I am rather puny myself, boys, with this neat little +contrivance I could fairly well hold my own against man or beast," he +modestly averred. + +"A modern David," gravely added Bruno, while Waldo chimed in with: + +"What a dandy Jack the Giant-killer you would have been, uncle Phaeton, +if you had only lived in the good old days! I wish--and yet I don't, +either! Of course, it might have been jolly old sport right then, but +now,--where'd I be, to-day?" + +"A day on which has happened a miracle far more marvellous than all that +has been set down in fairyland romance, my dear son," earnestly spoke +the professor. "And when the astounding truth shall have been published, +broadcast, throughout all Christendom, what praises--" + +"How thoroughly we shall be branded liars, and falsificationers from +'way up the crick'!" exploded the youngster, making a wry grimace and +moving on to view the headless lion from a different standpoint. + +"He means well, uncle Phaeton," assured Bruno, in lowered tones. "He +would not knowingly hurt your feelings, sir, but--may I speak out?" + +"Why not?" quickly. "Surely I am not one to stand in awe of, lad?" + +"One to be loved and reverenced, rather," with poorly hidden emotion; +then rallying, to add, "But when one finds it impossible to realise all +that has happened this afternoon, when one feels afraid to even make an +effort at such belief, how can the boy be blamed for feeling that all +others would pronounce us mad or--wilful liars?" + +Professor Phaeton saw the point, and made a wry grimace while roughing +up his pompadour and brushing his closely trimmed beard with doubtful +hand. After all, was the whole truth to be ever spoken? + +"Well, well, we can determine more clearly after fully weighing the +subject," he said, turning back towards the flying-machine. "And, after +all, what has happened to us thus far may not seem so utterly incredible +after our explorations are completed." + +"Of this region, do you mean, sir?" + +"Of the Olympic mountains, and all their mountainous chain may +encompass,--yes," curtly spoke the man of hopes, stepping inside the +aerostat to perfect his arrangements for the night. + +Waldo took greater pleasure in viewing the mountain lion towards whose +destruction he had so liberally contributed, but when he spoke of +removing the skin, Bruno objected. + +"Why take so much trouble for nothing, Waldo? Even if we could stow the +pelts away on board, they would make a far from agreeable burden. And +if what I fancy lies before us is to come true, the more lightly we +are weighted, the more likely we are to come safely to--well, call it +civilisation, just for a change." + +"Then you believe that uncle Phaeton is really in earnest about +exploring this region, Bruno?" + +"He most assuredly is. Did you ever know him to speak idly, or to be +otherwise than in earnest, Waldo?" + +"Well, of course uncle is all right, but--sometimes--" + +A friendly palm slipped over those lips, cutting short the speech which +might perchance have left a sting behind. And yet the worthy professor +had no more enthusiastic acolyte than this same reckless speaking +youngster, when the truth was all told. + +Leaving the animals where they had fallen, for the time being, the +brothers passed over to where rested the aeromotor, finding the +professor busily engaged in rigging up a series of fine wires, +completely surrounding the flying-machine, save for one narrow, +gate-like arrangement. + +"Beginning to feel as though you could turn in for all night, eh, my +boys?" came his cheery greeting. + +"Well, somehow I do feel as though 'the sandman' had been making +his rounds rather earlier than customary," dryly said Waldo, winking +rapidly. "I believe there must have been a bit more wind astir to-day +than common, although neither of you may have noticed the fact." + +Professor Featherwit chuckled softly while at work, but neither he nor +Bruno made reply in words. And then, his arrangements perfected save +for closing the circuit, which could only be done after all hands had +entered the air-ship, he spoke to the point: + +"Come, boys. You've had a rough bit of experience this day, and there +may be still further trouble in store, here in this unknown land. Better +make sure of a full night's rest, and thus have a reserve fund to draw +upon in case of need." + +There was plenty of sound common sense in this adjuration, and, only +taking time to procure a can of fresh water from yonder stream, the two +youngsters stepped within that charmed circle, permitting their uncle to +close the circuit, and then test the queer contrivance to make sure all +was working nicely. + +A confused sound broke forth, resembling the faraway tooting of tin +horns, which blended inharmoniously with the ringing of nearer bells, +all producing a noise which was warranted to arouse the heaviest sleeper +from his soundest slumber. + +"That will give fair warning in case any intruder drifts this way," +declared the professor, chucklingly, then sinking down and wrapping +himself up in a close-woven blanket, similar to those employed by the +boys. + +"Even a ghost, or a goblin, do you reckon, uncle Phaeton?" + +"Should such attempt to intrude, yes. Go to sleep, you young rascal!" + +But that proved to be far more readily spoken than lived up to. Not but +that the brothers were weary, jaded, and sore of muscle enough to make +even the thought of slumber agreeable; but their recent experience had +been so thrilling, so nerve-straining, so far apart from the ordinary +routine of life, that hours passed ere either lad could fairly lose +himself in sleep. + +Still, when unconsciousness did steal over their weary brains, it proved +to be all the more complete, and after that neither Bruno nor Waldo +stirred hand or foot until, well after the dawn of a new day, Professor +Featherwit shook first one and then the other, crying shrilly: + +"Turn out, youngsters! A new day, and plenty of work to be done!" + + + +CHAPTER VII. THE PROFESSOR'S GREAT ANTICIPATIONS. + +A stretch and a yawn, which in Waldo's case ended in a prolonged howl, +which would not have disgraced either of their four-footed visitors +of the past evening, then the brothers Gillespie sprung forth from the +flying-machine, entering upon a race for the brawling mountain stream, +"shedding" their garments as they ran. + +"First man in!" cried Bruno, whose clothes seemed to slip off the more +readily; but Waldo was not to be outdone so easily, and, reckless of the +consequences, he plunged into the eddying pool, with fully half of his +daylight rig still in place. + +The water proved to be considerably deeper than either brother had +anticipated, and Waldo vanished from sight for a few seconds, then +reappearing with lusty puff and splutter, shaking the pearly drops from +his close-clipped curls, while ranting: + +"Another vile fabrication nailed to the standard of truth, and clinched +by the hammer of--ouch!" + +A wild flounder, then the youngster fairly doubled himself up, acting +so strangely that Bruno gave a little cry of alarm; but ere the elder +brother could take further action, Waldo swung his right arm upward and +outward, sending a goodly sized trout flashing through the air to the +shore, crying in boyish enthusiasm: + +"Glory in great chunks! I want to camp right here for a year to come! +Will ye look at that now?" + +Bruno had to dodge that writhing missile, and, before he could fairly +recover himself, Waldo had floundered ashore, leaving a yeasty turmoil +in his wake, but then throwing up a dripping hand, and speaking in an +exaggerated whisper: + +"Whist, boy! On your life, not so much as the ghost of a whimper! The +hole's ramjammed chuck full of trout, and we'll have a meal fit for the +gods if--where's my fishing tackle?" + +Bruno picked up the trout, so queerly brought to light, really +surprised, but feigning still further, as he made his examination. + +"It really IS a trout, and--how long have you carried this about in your +clothes, Waldo Gillespie?" + +"Not long enough for you to build a decent joke over it, brother mine. +Just happened so. Tried to ram its nose in one of my pockets, and of +course I had to take him in out of the wet. Pool's just full of them, +too, and I wouldn't wonder if--oh, quit your talking, and do something, +can't you, boy?" + +Vigorously though he spoke, Waldo wound up with a shiver and sharp +chatter of teeth as the fresh morning air struck through his dripping +garments. He gave a coltish prance, as he turned to seek his fishing +tackle; but, unfortunately for his hopes of speedy sport, the professor +was nigh enough to both see and hear, and at once took charge of the +reckless youngster. + +"Wet to the hide, and upon an empty stomach, too! You foolish child! +Come, strip to the buff, and put on some of these garments until--here +by the fire, Waldo." + +And thus taken in tow, the lad was forced to slowly but thoroughly +toast his person beside the freshly started fire, ruefully watching his +brother deftly handle rod and line, in a remarkably short space of time +killing trout enough to furnish all with a bounteous meal. + +"And I was the discoverer, while you reap all the credit, have all the +fun!" dolefully lamented Waldo, when the catch was displayed with an +ostentation which may have covered just a tiny bit of malice. "I'll put +a tin ear on you, Amerigo Vespucius!" + +"All right; we'll have a merry go together, after you've cleaned the +trout for cooking, lad," laughed his elder. + +Waldo gazed reproachfully into that bright face for a brief space, then +bowed head in joined hands, to sob in heartfelt fashion, his sturdy +frame shaking with poorly suppressed grief--or mirth? + +Bruno passed an arm caressingly over those shoulders, murmuring words of +comfort, earnestly promising to never sin again in like manner, provided +he could find forgiveness now. And then, with deft touch, that same hand +held his garment far enough for its mate to let slip a wriggling trout +adown his brother's back. + +Waldo howled and jumped wildly, as the cold morsel slipped along his +spine, and ducking out of reach, the elder jester called back: + +"Land him, boy, and you've caught another fish!" + +Although laughing heartily himself, Professor Featherwit deemed it a +part of wisdom to interfere now, and, ere long, matters quieted down, +all hands engaged in preparing the morning meal, for which all teeth +were now fairly on edge. + +If good nature had been at all disturbed, long before that breakfast was +despatched it was fully restored, and of the trio, Waldo appeared to be +the most enthusiastic over present prospects. + +"Why, just think of it, will you?" he declaimed, as well as might be +with mouth full of crisply fried mountain trout, "where the game comes +begging for you to bowl it over, and the very fish try to jump into your +pockets--" + +"Or down your back, Amerigo," interjected Bruno, with a grin. + +"Button up, or you'll turn to be a Sorry-cus--tomer, old man," came the +swift retort, with a portentous frown. "But, joking aside, why not? With +such hunting and fishing, I'd be willing to sign a contract for a round +year in this region." + +"To say nothing of exploration, and such discoveries as naturally attend +upon--" + +"Then you really mean it all, uncle Phaeton?" + +Leaning back far enough to pluck a handful of green leaves, which fairly +well served the purpose of a napkin, Professor Featherwit brought forth +pipe and pouch, maintaining silence until the fragrant tobacco was well +alight. Then he gave a vigorous nod of his head, to utter: + +"It has been the dearest dream of my life for more years gone by than +you would readily credit, my lads; or, in fact, than I would be wholly +willing to confess. And it was with an eye single to this very adventure +that I laboured to devise and perfect yonder machine." + +"A marvel in itself, uncle Phaeton. Only for that, where would we have +been, yesterday?" seriously spoke the elder Gillespie. + +"I know where we wouldn't have been: inside that blessed cy-nado!" + +"Nor here, where you can catch brook trout in your clothes without the +trouble of taking them off, youngster." + +"And where you'll catch a precious hiding, without you let up harping on +that old string; it's way out of tune already, old man." + +"Tit for tat. Excuse us, please, uncle Phaeton. We're like colts in +fresh pasture, this morning," brightly apologised Bruno, for both. + +Apparently the professor paid no attention to that bit of sparring +between his nephews, staring into the glowing camp-fire with eyes which +surely saw more than yellow coals or ruddy flames could picture; eyes +which burned and sparkled with all the fires of distant youth. + +"The dearest dream of all my life!" he repeated, in half dreamy tones, +only to rouse himself, with a a start and shoulder shake, an instant +later, forcing a bright smile as he glanced from face to face. "And why +not? How better could my last years be employed than in piercing the +clouds of mystery, and doubt, and superstition, with which this vast +tract has been enveloped for uncounted ages?" + +"Is it really so unknown, then, uncle Phaeton?" hesitatingly asked +Bruno, touched, in spite of himself, by that intensely earnest tone and +expression. "Of course, I know what the Indians say; they are full of a +rude sort of superstitious awe, which--" + +"Which is one of the surest proofs that truth forms a foundation for +that very superstition," quickly interjected the professor. "It is an +undisputed fact that there are hundreds upon hundreds of square miles of +terra incognita, lying in this corner of Washington Territory. No white +man ever fairly penetrated these wilds, even so far as we may have been +carried while riding the tornado. Or, if so, he assuredly has never +returned, or made known his discoveries." + +"Provided there was anything beyond the ordinary to see or experience, +shouldn't we add, uncle?" suggested Waldo, modestly. + +"There is,--there must be! No matter how wildly improbable their +traditions may seem in our judgment, it only takes calm investigation +to bring a fair foundation to light. In regard to this vast scope of +country, go where you will among the natives, question whom you see +fit, as to its secrets, and you will meet with the same results: a +deep-seated awe, a belief which cannot be shaken, that here strange +monsters breed and flourish, matched in magnitude and power by an armed +race of human beings, before whose awful might other tribes are but as +ants in the pathway of an elephant." + +Waldo let escape a low, prolonged whistle of mingled wonder and +incredulity, but Bruno gave him a covert kick, himself too deeply +interested to bear with a careless interruption just then. + +"Of course there may be something of exaggeration in all this," admitted +the enthusiastic professor. "Undoubtedly, there is at least a fair spice +of that; but, even so, enough remains to both waken and hold our keenest +interest. Listen, and take heed, my good lads. + +"You have often enough, of late days, noticed these mountains, and if +you remark their altitude, the vast scope of country they dominate, the +position they fill, you must likewise realise one other fact: that an +immense quantity of snow in winter, rain in spring and autumn, surely +must fall throughout the Olympics. Understand?" + +"Certainly; why not, uncle Phaeton?" + +"Then tell me this: where does all the moisture go to? What becomes of +the surplus waters? For it is an acknowledged fact that, though rivers +and brooks surely exist in the Olympics, not one of either flows away +from this wide tract of country!" + +The professor paused for a minute, to let his words take full effect, +then even more positively proceeded: + +"You may say, what I have had others offer by way of solution, that all +is drained into a mighty inland sea or enormous lake. Granting so much, +which I really believe to be the truth as far as it goes, why does that +lake never overflow? Of all that surely must drain into its basin, +be that enormously wide and deep as it may, how much could ordinary +evaporation dispose of? Only an infinitesimal portion; scarcely worth +mentioning in such connection. Then,--what becomes of the surplusage?" + +Another pause, during which neither Gillespie ventured a solution; then +the professor offered his own suggestion: + +"It must flow off in some manner, and what other manner can that be +than--through a subterranean connection with the Pacific Ocean?" + +Bruno gave a short ejaculation at this, while Waldo broke forth in +words, after his own particular fashion: + +"Jules Verne redivivus! Why can't WE take a trip through the centre of +the earth, or--or--any other little old thing like that?" + +"With the tank of compressed air as a life-preserver?" laughed Bruno, in +turn. "That might serve, but; unfortunately, we have only the one, and +we are three in number, boy." + +"Only two, now; I'm squelched!" sighed the jester, faintly. + +If the professor heard, he heeded not. Still staring with vacant gaze +into the fire, his face bearing a rapt expression curious to see, he +broke into almost unconscious speech: + +"An enormous inland sea! Where float the mighty ichthyosaurus, the +megalosaurus, in company with the gigantic plesiosaurus! Upon whose +sloping shores disport the enormous mastodon, the stately megatherium, +the tremendous--eh?" + +For Waldo was now afoot, brandishing a great branch broken from a dead +tree, uttering valiant war-whoops, and dealing tremendous blows upon +an imaginary enemy, spouting at the top of his voice a frenzied jargon, +which neither his auditors nor himself could possibly make sense out of. + +Bruno, ever sensitive through his affectionate reverence for their +uncle, caught the youngster, and cast him to earth, whereupon Waldo +pantingly cried: + +"Go on, please, uncle Phaeton. It's next thing to a museum and menagerie +combined, just to hear--" + +"Will you hush, boy?" demanded Bruno, yet unable to wholly smother a +laugh, so ridiculous did it all sound and seem. + +But Professor Featherwit declined, his foxy face wrinkling in a bashful +laugh. Whether so intended or not, he had been brought down to earth +from that dizzy flight, and now was fairly himself again. + +"Well, my dear boys, I dare say it seems all a matter of jest and sport +to you; yet, after our riding in the centre of a tornado for uncounted +miles, coming forth with hardly a scratch or a bruise to show for it +all, who dare say such things may not be, even yet?" + +"But,--those strange creatures are gone; the last one perished thousands +upon thousands of years ago, uncle Phaeton." + +"So it is said, and so follows the almost universal belief. Yet I have +seen, felt, cooked, tasted, and ate to its last morsel a steak from a +mammoth. True, the creature was dead; had been preserved for ages, no +doubt, within the glacier which finally cast it forth to human view; yet +who would have credited such a discovery, only fifty years ago? He who +dared to even hint at such a thing would have been derided and laughed +at, pronounced either fool or lunatic. And so,--if we should happen to +discover one or all of those supposedly extinct creatures here in this +terra incognita, I would be overjoyed rather than astounded." + +Bruno looked grave at this conclusion, but Waldo was not so readily +impressed, and, with shrugging shoulders, he made answer: + +"Well, uncle, I'm not quite so ambitious as all that comes to. May I +give you my idea of it all?" + + + +CHAPTER VIII. A DUEL TO THE DEATH. + +Professor Featherwit nodded assent, and, after a brief chuckle, Waldo +resumed: + +"You can take all those big fellows with the jaw-breaking names, but as +for me, smaller game will do. Maybe a fellow couldn't fill his bag quite +so full, nor quite so suddenly, but there would be a great deal more +sport, and a mighty sight less danger, I take it!" + +It was by no means difficult to divine that the professor had not yet +spoken all that busied his brain, but the thread was broken, his pipe +was out, and, emptying the ashes by tapping pipe-bowl against the heel +of his shoe, he rose erect, once more the man of action. + +"You will have to clear up, lads, for I must make such few repairs as +are necessary to restore the aerostat to a state of efficiency. So long +as that remains in serviceable condition, we will always have a method +of advance or retreat. Without it--well, I'd rather not think of the +alternative." + +That dry tone and quiet sentence did more than all else to impress +the brothers with a sense of their unique position. Back came the +remembrance of all they had gathered concerning this strange scope +of country since first settling down fairly within the shadows of the +Olympics, there to put that strange machine together, preparing for what +was to prove a wonder-tour through many marvellous happenings. + +Times beyond counting they had been assured by the natives that no +mortal could fairly penetrate that vast wilderness. Natural obstacles +were too great for any man to surmount, without saying aught of what lay +beyond; of the enormous animals, such as the civilised world never knew +or fought with; of the terrible natives, taller than the pines, larger +than the hills, more powerful by far than the gods themselves, eager to +slay and to devour,--so eager that, at times, living flesh and blood was +more grateful than all to their depraved tastes! + +"Do you really reckon there is anything in it all, Bruno?" asked the +younger brother in lowered tones, glancing across to where their uncle +was busily engaged in those comparatively trifling repairs. + +"It hardly seems possible, and yet--would the members of four different +tribes tell a story so nearly alike, without they had at least a +foundation of truth to go upon?" + +"That's right. And yet--the inland sea sounds natural enough. We know, +too, that there are such things as underground rivers, outside of Jules +Verne's yarns. But those animals,--or reptiles,--which?" + +"Both, I believe," answered Bruno, with a subdued laugh. + +"That's all right, old man. I never was worth a continental when it came +to such things. I prefer to live in the present, and so--well, now, will +you just look at that old cow!" + +In surprise Waldo pointed across to where a bovine shape showed not far +beyond the pool at the base of the miniature waterfall; but his brother +had a fairer view, and, instantly divining the truth, grasped an arm and +hastily whispered: + +"Hush, boy; can't you see? It's a buffalo, a hill buffalo, and--" + +"Quick! the guns are in the machine! Down, Bruno, and maybe we can get a +shot and--" + +His eager whisper was cut short, though not by grip of arm or act by +his brother. A rumbling roar broke forth from the further side of that +mountain stream, and as the dense bushes beyond were violently agitated, +the hill buffalo wheeled that way with marvellous rapidity. + +Just as a long head and mighty shoulders spread the shrubbery wide +apart, jaws opening and lips curling back to lay great teeth bare, while +another angry sound, half growl, half snort, only too clearly proclaimed +that monster of the mountains, a grizzly bear. + +"Smoke o' sacrifice!" gasped Waldo, as the grizzly suddenly upreared its +mighty bulk, head wagging, paws waving in queer fashion, lolling tongue +lending the semblance of drollery rather than viciousness. + +"This way; to your guns, boys!" cautiously called out the professor, +whose notice had likewise been caught by those unusual sounds, and who +had already armed himself with his pet dynamite gun. + +"Careful! He'll make a break for us at first sight, unless--down close, +and crawl for it, brother!" + +Bruno set the good example, and Waldo was not too proud of spirit to +humble himself in like manner. Although this was their first glimpse +of "Old Eph" in his native wilds, both brothers entertained a very +respectful opinion of his prowess. + +Under different circumstances their expectations might have been more +fully met, but just now the grizzly seemed wholly occupied with the +buffalo bull, whose sturdy bulk and armed front so resolutely opposed +his further progress towards that common goal, the pool of water. + +The boys quickly reached the flying-machine and gripped the Winchester +rifles which Professor Featherwit had drawn forth from the locker at +first sight of the dangerous game. Thus armed, they felt ready for +whatever might come, and stood watching yonder rivals with growing +interest. + +"Will you look at that, now?" excitedly breathed Waldo, eyes aglow, as +he saw the bull cock its tail on high and tear up the soft soil with one +fierce sweep of its cloven hoof, shaking head and giving vent to a low +but determined bellow. + +"It means a fight unto the death, I think," whispered the professor. + +"It's dollars to doughnuts on the bear," predicted Waldo. "Scat, you +bull-headed idiot! Don't you know that you're not deuce high to his ace? +Can't you see that he can chew you up like--" + +"Are you mighty sure of all that, boy?" laughingly cut in Bruno; for at +that moment the buffalo made a sudden charge at his upright adversary, +knocking the grizzly backward in spite of its viciously flying paws. + +"Great Peter on a bender! If I ever--no, I never!" + +Even the professor was growing excited, holding the dynamite gun under +one arm while gently tapping palms together as an encore. + +Naturally enough, their sympathies were with the buffalo, since the odds +seemed so immensely against him; but their delight was short-lived, for, +instead of following up the advantage so bravely won, the bull fell back +to paw and bellow and shake his shaggy front. + +With marvellous activity for a brute of his enormous bulk and weight, +the grizzly recovered its feet, then lumbered forward with clashing +teeth and resounding growls. + +Nothing loath, the buffalo met that charge, and for a short space of +time the struggle was veiled by showers of leaf-mould and damp dirt cast +upon the air as the rivals fought for supremacy--and for life. + +For that this was destined to be a duel to the very death not one of +those spectators could really doubt. That encounter may have been purely +accidental, but the creatures fought like enemies of long standing. + +As their relative positions changed, the buffalo contrived to get in +another vigorous butt, sending bruin end for end down that gentle slope +to souse into the pool of water, that cool element cutting short a +savage roar of mad fury. + +Then the trio of spectators could take notes, and with something of +sorrow they saw that the buffalo had already suffered severely, bleeding +from numerous great gashes torn by the grizzly's long talons, while one +bloody eye dangled below its socket, held only by a thread of sinew. + +Nor had bruin escaped without hurt, as all could see when he floundered +out of the water, bent upon renewing the duel; but there was little room +left for doubting what the ultimate result would be were the animals +left to their own devices. + +Like all bold, free-hearted lads, Waldo ever sympathised with the +weaker, and now, unable to hold his feelings in check, he gave a short +cry, levelling his Winchester and opening fire upon the grizzly, just as +it won fairly clear of the water. + +Stung to fury by those pellets, the brute reared up with a horrid roar, +turning as though to charge this new enemy; but ere he could do more, +the professor's gun spoke, and as the dynamite shell exploded, bruin +fell back a writhing mass, his head literally smashed to pieces. + +Heedless of all else, the wounded buffalo charged with lusty bellow, +goring that quivering mass with unabated fury, though its life was +clearly leaking out through those ghastly cuts and slashes. + +A brief pause, then Professor Featherwit swiftly reloaded his gun, +sending another shell across the stream, this time more as a boon than +as punishment. + +Smitten fairly in the forehead, the bull dropped as though beneath a +bolt of lightning, life going out without so much as a single struggle +or a single pang. + +"Twas better thus," declared the professor, as Waldo gave a little +ejaculation of dismay. "He must have bled to death in a short time, and +this was true mercy. Besides, buffalo meat is very good eating, and the +day may come when we shall need all we can get. Who knows?" + +After the animals were inspected, and due comment made upon the awfully +sure work wrought by the dynamite gun, the professor suggested that, +while he was completing repairs upon the aeromotor, the brothers should +secure a supply of fish and of flesh, cooking sufficient to provide for +several meals, for there was no telling just when they would have an +equal chance. + +"Just as soon as we can put all in readiness," he continued, "I am going +to leave this spot. My first wish is to thoroughly test the aerostat, +to make certain it has received no serious injury. Then, if all promises +well, I mean to begin our tour of exploration, hoping that we may, at +least, find something well worthy the strange reputation given these +Olympics by the natives." + +Without raising any objections, the brothers fell to work, Bruno looking +after the flesh, while Waldo undertook to supply the fish. That was but +fair, since he had been cheated out of catching the first mess. + +Not a little to his delight, the professor found that the flying-machine +would promptly answer his touch and will, rising easily off the ground, +then descending at call, evidently having passed through the ordeal of +the bygone evening without serious harm. + +Still, all this consumed time, and it was after a late dinner that +everything was pronounced in readiness for an ascension: the meat and +fish nicely cooked and packed for carriage, a pot of strong coffee made +and stowed beyond risk of leakage, the flying-machine itself quivering +in that gentle breeze as though eager to find itself once more afloat +far above the earth and its obstructions to easy navigation. + +Waldo expressed some grief at leaving a spot where game came in such +plentitude to find the hunter, and trout simply longed to be caught; but +upon being assured of other opportunities, perhaps even more delightful, +he sighed and gave consent to mount into space. + +"Only--don't ask me to tackle any of those big dictionary fellows such +as you talked about this morning, uncle Phaeton, for I simply can't; +they'd get away with my baggage while I was trying to spell their names +and title--and all that!" + +Without any difficulty the aeromotor was sent out of and above the +forest, heading towards the northwest; that is, direct for the heart of +the Olympics, of whose marvels Professor Featherwit held such exalted +hopes and expectations. + +Grim and forbidding those mountains looked as the air-ship sailed +swiftly over them, opening up a wider view when the bare, rugged crest +was once left fairly to the rear. Save for those bald crowns, all below +appeared a solid carpet of tree-tops, now lower, there higher, yet ever +the same: seemingly impenetrable to man, should such an effort be made. + +Once fairly within the charmed circle, leaving the rocky ridge behind, +Professor Featherwit slackened speed, permitting the ship to drift +onward at a moderate pace, one hand touching the steering-gear, while +its fellow held a pair of field-glasses to his eager eyes. + +All at once he gave a half-stifled cry, partly rising in his excitement, +then crying aloud in thrilling tones: + +"The sea,--an inland sea!" + + + +CHAPTER IX. GRAPPLING A QUEER FISH. + +At nearly the same moment both Bruno and Waldo caught a glimpse of +water, shining clear and distinct amidst that sombre setting; but as yet +a tree-crested elevation interfered with the prospect, and it was not +until after the course of the air-ship had been materially changed, and +some little time had elapsed, that aught definite could be determined as +to the actual spread of that body of water. + +This proved to be considerable, although it needed but a single look +into the professor's face to learn that his eager hopes and exalted +anticipations fell far short of realisation. + +"Well, it's a sea all right," generously declared Waldo, giving a +vigorous sniff by way of strengthening his words. "I can smell the salt +clear from this. A sea, even if it isn't quite so large as others,--what +one might term a lower-case c!" + +If nothing else, that generous effort brought its reward in the dry +little chuckle which escaped the professor's lips, and a kindly glow +showed through his glasses as he turned towards Waldo with a nod of +acknowledgment. + +"Barring the salty scent, my dear boy, which probably finds birth in +your kindly imagination. So, on the whole, perhaps 'twould be just as +well to term it a lake." + +"One of no mean dimensions, at any rate, uncle Phaeton." + +"True, Bruno," with a nod of agreement, yet with forehead contracting +into a network of troubled lines. "Naturally so, and yet--surely this +must be merely a portion? Unless--yet I fail to see aught which might be +interpreted as being--" + +Promptly responding to each touch of hand upon steering-gear, the +aeromotor swung smoothly around, sailing on even keel right into the +teeth of the gentle wind, by this time near enough to that body of water +for the air-voyagers to scan its surface: a considerable expanse, all +told, yet by no means of such magnitude as Professor Featherwit had +anticipated. + +Too deeply absorbed in his own thoughts to notice the little cries and +ejaculations which came from the brothers, he caused the aerostat to +rise higher, slowly sweeping that extended field with his glasses. + +He could see where several streams entered the body of water, coming +from opposite points of the compass, and thus confirming at least one +portion of his explained theory; but, so far as his visual powers went, +there was no other considerable body of water to be discovered. + +"Yet, how can that contracted basin contain all the drainage from this +vast scope of country? How can we explain the stubborn fact of--What +now, lads?" + +An abrupt break, but one caused by the eager cry and loud speech from +the lips of the younger Gillespie. + +"Looky yonder! Isn't that one o' those sour-us dictionary fellows on a +bender? Isn't that--but I don't--no, it's only--" + +"Only a partly decayed tree gone afloat!" volunteered Bruno, with a +merry laugh, as his eager brother drew back in evident chagrin. + +"Well, that's all right. It ought to've been one, even if it isn't. +What's the use in coming all this way, if we're not going to discover +something beyond the common? And my sour-us is worth more than one of +the other kind, after all; get it ashore and you might cook dinner for a +solid month by it; now there!" + +It was easily to be seen that Waldo had been giving free rein to his +expectations ever since the professor's little lecture, but his natural +chagrin was quickly forgotten in a matter of far greater interest. + +Professor Featherwit had resumed his scrutiny of yonder body of water, +slowly turning his glasses while holding the air-ship on a true course +and even keel. + +For a brief space nothing interfered with the steady motion of +the field-glasses, but then something called for a more thorough +examination, and little by little the savant leaned farther forward, +breath coming more rapidly, face beginning to flush with deepening +interest. + +Bruno took note of all this, and, failing to see aught to account for +the symptoms with unaided eyes, at length ventured to speak. + +"What is it, uncle Phaeton? Something of interest, or your looks--" + +Professor Featherwit gave a start, then lowered the glasses and reached +them towards his nephew, speaking hurriedly: + +"You try them, Bruno; your eyes are younger, and ought to be keener than +mine. Yonder; towards the lower end of the--the lake, please." + +Nothing loath, Gillespie complied, quickly finding the correct point +upon which the professor's interest had centred, holding the glasses +motionless for a brief space, then giving vent to an eager ejaculation. + +"What is it all about, bless you, boy?" demanded Waldo, unable longer to +curb his hot impatience. "Another drifting tree, eh?" + +"No, but,--did you see it, uncle?" + +"I saw something which--what do YOU see, first?" + +"A great big suck,--a monster whirlpool which is hollowed like--" + +"I knew it! I felt that must be the true solution of it all!" cried +uncle Phaeton, squirming about pretty much as one might into whose veins +had been injected quicksilver in place of ordinary blood. "The outlet! +Where the surplus waters drain off to the Pacific Ocean!" + +"I say, give me a chance, can't you?" interrupted Waldo, grasping the +glasses and shifting his station for one more favourable as a lookout. + +He had seen sufficient to catch the right angle, and then gave a +suppressed snort as he took in the view. Half a minute thus, then a wild +cry escaped his lips, closely followed by the words: + +"Now I DO see something! And it isn't a drifting tree, either! Or, that +is, something else which--shove her closer, uncle Phaeton! True as you +live, there's something caught in yonder big suck which is--closer, for +love of glory!" + +"If this is another joke, Waldo--" + +"No, no, I tell you, Bruno! Shove her over, uncle, for, without this +glass is hoodooed, we're needed right yonder,--and needed mighty bad, +too!" + +Little need of so much urging, by the way, since Professor Featherwit +was but slightly less excited by their double discovery, and even before +the glasses were clapped to Waldo's eyes the aerostat swung around to +move at full speed towards that precise quarter of the compass. + +"What is it you see, then, boy?" demanded Bruno, itching to take the +glasses, yet straining his own vision towards that as yet far-distant +spot. + +"Something like--oh, see how the water is running out,--just like +emptying a bathtub through a hole at the bottom! And see what--a man +caught in the whirl, true's you're a foot high, uncle!" + +"A man? Here? Impossible,--incredible, boy!" fairly exploded the +professor, not yet ready to relinquish his cherished belief in a terra +incognita. + +The air-voyagers were swiftly nearing that point of interest, and now +keen-eyed Bruno caught a glimpse of a drifting object which had been +drawn within the influence of yonder whirlpool, but which was just as +certainly a derelict from the forest. + +"Another floating tree-trunk for Waldo!" he cried, with a short laugh, +feeling far from unpleased that the intense strain upon his nerves +should be thus lessened. "Try it again, lad, and perhaps--" + +"Try your great-grandmother's cotton nightcap! Don't you suppose I can +tell the difference between a tree and a--" + +"Ranting, prancing, cavorting 'sour-us' right out of Webster's +Unabridged, eh, laddy-buck?" + +"That's all right, if you can only keep on thinking that way, old man; +but if yonder isn't a fellow being in a mighty nasty pickle, then I +wouldn't even begin to say so! And--you look, uncle Phaeton, please." + +Nothing loath, the professor took the proffered glasses, and but an +instant later he, too, gave a sharp cry of amazement, for he saw, +clinging to the trunk of a floating tree, swiftly moving with those +circling waters, a living being! + +And but a few seconds later, Bruno made the same discovery, greatly to +the delight of his younger brother. + +"A man! And living, too!" + +"Of course; reckon I'd make such a howl about a floater?" bluntly +interjected Waldo. "But I'll do my crowing later on. For now we've got +to get the poor fellow out of that,--just got to yank him out!" + +Through all this hasty interchange of words, the aeromotor was swiftly +progressing, and now swung almost directly above the whirlpool, giving +all a fair, unobstructed view of everything below. + +The suction was so great that a sloping basin was formed, more than one +hundred yards in diameter, while the actual centre lay a number of feet +lower than the surrounding level. + +Half-way down that perilous slope a great tree was revolving, and to +this, as his forlorn hope, clung a half-clad man, plainly alive, since +he was looking upward, and--yes, waving a hand and uttering a cry for +aid and succour. + +"Help! For love of God, save me!" + +"White,--an American, too!" exploded Waldo, taking action as by +brilliant inspiration. "Hang over him, uncle, for I'm going--to go +fishing--for a man!" + +Waldo was tugging at the grapnel and long drag-rope. Bruno was quick +to divine his intention, and lent a deft hand, while the professor +manipulated the helm so adroitly as to keep the flying-machine hovering +directly above yonder imperilled stranger, leaning far over the +hand-rail to shout downward: + +"Have courage, sir, and stand ready to help yourself! We will rescue you +if it lies within the possibilities of--we WILL save you!" + +"You bet we just will, and right--like this," spluttered Waldo, as he +cast the grapnel over the rail and swiftly lowered it by the rope. "Play +you're a fish, stranger, and when you bite, hang on like grim death to +a--steady, now!" + +Fortunately nothing occurred to mar the programme so hastily arranged, +for the drift was drawing nearer the centre of the whirl, and if once +fairly caught by that, nothing human could preserve the stranger from +death. + +"Make a jump and grab it, if you can't do better!" cried Waldo, +intensely excited now that the crisis was at hand. + +The long rope with its iron weight swayed awkwardly in spite of all he +could do to steady it, and as each one of the three prongs was meant for +catching and holding fast to whatever they touched, there was no slight +risk of impaling the man, thus giving him the choice of another and +still more painful death. + +Then, with a desperate grasp, a death-clutch, he caught one arm of the +grapnel, holding fast as the shock came. He was carried clear of the +tree, and partly submerged in the water as his added weight brought the +flying-machine so much lower. + +"Up, up, uncle Phaeton!" fairly howled Waldo, at the same time tugging +at the now taut rope, in which he was ably seconded by his brother. "For +love of--higher, uncle!" + +Then the noble machine responded to the touch of its builder, lifting +the dripping stranger clear of the whirling currents, swinging him away +towards yonder higher level, where a fall would not prove so quickly +fatal. And then the eager professor gave a shrill cheer as he saw the +man, by a vigorous effort, draw his body upward sufficiently far to +throw one leg over an arm of the grapnel itself. + +Knowing now that the rescued was in no especial peril, uncle Phaeton +left the air-ship to steer itself long enough for his nimble hands to +take several turns of the drag-rope around the cleat provided for +that express purpose, thus relieving both Bruno and Waldo of the heavy +strain, which might soon begin to tell upon them. + +"Hurrah for we, us, and company!" cried Waldo, relieving his lungs of +a portion of their pent-up energy, then leaning perilously far over the +edge of the machine to encourage the queer fish he had hooked. + + + +CHAPTER X. RESCUED AND RESCUERS. + +Despite their very natural excitement, caused by this peril and its +foiling, Professor Featherwit retained nearly all his customary coolness +and presence of mind. + +Readily realising that after such a grim ordeal would almost certainly +come a powerful revulsion, his first aim was to swing the stranger far +enough away from the whirlpool to give him a fair chance for life, in +case he should fall, through dizziness or physical collapse, from the +end of the drag-rope. + +This took but a few seconds, comparatively speaking, though, doubtless, +each moment seemed an age to the rescued stranger. Then the professor +slowed his ship, looking around in order to determine upon the wisest +route to take. + +For one thing, it would be severe work to draw the stranger bodily +up and into the aerostat. For another, unless he should grow weak, or +suffer from vertigo, both time and labour would be saved by taking him +direct to the shore of this broad lake. + +As soon as the rope was made fast, and the strain taken off their +muscles as well as their minds, Bruno flashed a look around, naturally +turning his eyes in the direction of the whirlpool. + +Although less than a couple of minutes had elapsed since the man was +lifted off the circling drift, even thus quickly had the end drawn nigh; +for, even as he looked that way, Gillespie saw the great trunk sucked +into the hidden sink, the top rising with a shiver clear out of the +water as the butt lowered, a hollow, rumbling sound coming to all ears +as-- + +"Gone!" cried Bruno, in awed tones, as the whole drift vanished from +sight for ever. + +"Sucked in by Jonah's whale, for ducats!" screamed Waldo, excitedly. +"Fetch on your blessed 'sour-us' of both the male and female sect! Trot +'em to the fore, and if my little old suck don't take the starch out of +their backbones,--they DID have backbones, didn't they, uncle Phaeton?" + +Professor Featherwit frowned, and shook his head in silent reproof. +More nearly, perhaps, than either of the boys, he realised what an awful +peril this stranger had so narrowly escaped. It was far too early to +turn that escape into jest, even for one naturally light of heart. + +He leaned over the hand-rail, peering downward. He could see the rescued +man sitting firmly in the bend of the grapnel, one hand tightly gripping +the rope, its mate shading his eyes, as he stared fixedly towards +the whirling death-pool, from whose jaws he had so miraculously been +plucked. + +There was naught of debility, either of body or of mind, to be read in +that figure, and with his fears on that particular point set at rest, +for the time being, Professor Featherwit called out, distinctly: + +"Is it all well with you, my good friend? Can you hold fast until the +shore is reached, think?" + +"Heaven bless you,--yes!" came the reply, in half-choked tones. "If I +fail in giving thanks--" + +"Never mention it, friend; it cost us nothing," cheerily interrupted the +professor, then adding, "Hold fast, please, and we'll put on a wee bit +more steam." + +The flying-machine was now fairly headed for a strip of shore which +offered an excellent opportunity for making a safe landing, and as that +accelerated motion did not appear to materially affect the stranger, it +took but a few minutes to clear the lake. + +"Stand ready to let go when we come low enough, please," warned the +professor, deftly managing his pet machine for that purpose. + +The stranger easily landed, then watched the flying-machine with +painfully eager gaze, hands clasped almost as though in prayer. A more +remarkable sight than this half-naked shape, burned brown by the sun, +poorly protected by light skins, with sinew fastenings, could scarcely +be imagined; and there was something close akin to tears in more eyes +than one when he came running in chase, arms outstretched, and voice +wildly appealing: + +"Oh, come back! Take me,--don't leave me,--for love of God and humanity, +don't leave me to this living death!" + +Professor Featherwit called back a hasty assurance, and brought the +air-ship to a landing with greater haste than was exactly prudent, all +things considered; but who could keep cool blood and unmoved heart, with +yonder piteous object before their eyes? + +When he saw that the flying-machine had fairly landed, and beheld its +inmates stepping forth upon the sands with friendly salutations, the +rescued stranger staggered, hands clasping his temples for a moment of +drunken reeling, then he fell forward like one smitten by the hand of +sudden death. + +Professor Featherwit called out a few curt directions, which were +promptly obeyed by his nephews, and after a few minutes' well-directed +work consciousness was restored, and the stranger feebly strove to give +them thanks. + +In vain these were set aside. He seemed like one half-insane from joy, +and none who saw and heard could think that all this emotion arose from +the simple rescue from the whirlpool. Nor did it. + +Wildly, far from coherently, the poor fellow spoke, yet something of +the awful truth was to be gleaned even from those broken, disjointed +sentences. + +For ten years an exile in these horrible wilds. For ten years not a +single glimpse of white face or figure. For ten ages no intelligible +voice, save his own; and that, through long disuse, had threatened to +desert him! + +"Ten years!" echoed Waldo, in amazement. "Why didn't you rack out o' +this, then? I know I would; even if the woods were full of--'sour-us' +and the like o' that! Yes, SIR!" + +A low, husky laugh came through those heavily bearded lips, and the +stranger flung out his hands in a sweeping gesture, sunken eyes glowing +with an almost savage light as he spoke with more coherence: + +"Why is it, young gentleman? Why did I not leave, do you ask? Look! +All about you it stretches: a cell,--a death-cell, from which escape is +impossible! Here I have fought for what is ever more precious than bare +life: for liberty; but though ten awful years have rolled by, here I +remain, in worse than prison! Escape? Ah, how often have I attempted +to escape, only to fail, because escape from these wilds is beyond the +power of any person not gifted with wings!" + +"Ten years, you say, good friend? And all that time you have lived here +alone?" asked the professor, curiously. + +"Ten years,--ten thousand years, I could almost swear, only for keeping +the record so carefully, so religiously. And--pitiful Lord! How gladly +would I have given my good right arm, just for one faraway glimpse +of civilisation! How often--but I am wearying you, gentlemen, and you +may--pray don't think that I am crazy; you will not?" + +Both the professor and Bruno assured him to the contrary, but Waldo was +less affected, and his curiosity could no longer be kept within bounds. +Gently tapping one hairy arm, he spoke: + +"I say, friend, what were you doing out yonder in the big suck? Didn't +you know the fun was hardly equal to the risk, sir?" + +"Easy, lad," reproved the professor; but with a a smile, which strangely +softened that haggard, weather-worn visage, the stranger spoke: + +"Nay, kind sir, do not check the young gentleman. If you could only +realise how sweet it is to my poor ears,--the sound of a friendly voice! +For so many weary years I have never heard one word from human lips +which I could understand or make answer to. And now,--what is it you +wish to know, my dear boy?" + +"Well, since you've lived here so long, surely you hadn't ought to get +caught in such a nasty pickle; unless it was through accident?" + +"It was partly accidental. One that would have cost me dearly had not +you come to my aid so opportunely. And yet,--only for one thing, I could +scarcely have regretted vanishing for ever down that suck!" + +His voice choked, his head bowed, his hands came together in a nervous +grip, all betokening unusual agitation. Even Waldo was just a bit awed, +and the stranger was first to break that silence with words. + +"How did the mishap come about, is it, young gentleman?" he said, a wan +smile creeping into his face, and relaxing those tensely drawn muscles +once more. "While I was trying to replenish my stock of provisions, and +after this fashion, good friends. + +"I was fishing from a small canoe, and as the bait was not taken well, +I must have fallen into a day dream, thinking of--no matter, now. And +during that dreaming, the breeze must have blown me well out into the +lake, for when I was roused up by a sharp jerk at my line, I found +myself near its middle, without knowing just how I came there. + +"I have no idea what sort of fish had taken my bait,--there are many +enormous ones in the lake,--but it proved far too powerful for me +to manage, and dragged the canoe swiftly through the water, heading +directly for the outlet, yonder." + +"Why didn't you let it go free, then?" + +"The line was fastened to the prow, and I could not loosen it in time. I +drew my knife,--one of flint, but keen enough to serve,--only to have +it jerked out of my hand and into the water. Then, just as the fish must +have plunged into the suck, I abandoned my canoe, jumping overboard." + +"That's just what I was wondering about," declared Waldo, with a +vigorous nod of his head. "Yet we found you--there?" + +"Because I am a wretchedly poor swimmer. I managed to reach a drift +which had not yet fairly entered the whirl, but I could do nothing more +towards saving myself. Then--you can guess the rest, gentlemen." + +"And the canoe?" demanded Waldo, content only when all points were made +manifest. + +"I saw it dragged down the centre of the suck," with an involuntary +shiver. "The fish must have plunged into the underground river, whether +willingly or not I can only surmise. But all the while I was drifting +yonder, around and around, with each circuit drawing closer to the +awful end, I could not help picturing to myself how the canoe must have +plunged down, and down, and--burr-r-r!" + +A shuddering shiver which was more eloquent than words; but Waldo was +not yet wholly content, finding an absorbing interest in that particular +subject. + +"You call it a river: how do you know it's a river?" + +"Of course, I can only guess at the facts, my dear boy," the stranger +made reply, smiling once more, and, with an almost timid gesture, +extending one hairy paw to lightly touch and gently stroke the arm +nearest him. + +Bruno turned away abruptly, for that gesture, so simple in itself, yet +so full of pathos to one who bore in mind those long years of solitary +exile, brought a moisture to his big brown eyes of which, boy-like, he +felt ashamed. + +Professor Featherwit likewise took note, and with greater presence of +mind came to the rescue, lightly resting a hand upon the stranger's +half-bare shoulder while addressing his words to the youngster. + +A tremulous sigh escaped those bearded lips, and their owner drew closer +to the wiry little aeronaut, plainly drawing great comfort from that +mere contact. And with like ease uncle Phaeton lifted one of those hairy +arms to rest it over his own shoulders, speaking briskly the while. + +"There is only one way of demonstrating the truth more clearly, +my youthful inquisitor, and that is by sending you on a voyage of +exploration. Are you willing to make the attempt, Waldo?" + +"Not this evening; some other evening,--maybe!" drawing back a bit, with +a shake of his curly pate to match. "But, I say, uncle Phaeton--" + +"Allow me to complete my say, first, dear boy," with a bland smile. +"That is easily done, though, for it merely consists of this: yonder +sink, or whirlpool, is certainly the method this lake has of relieving +itself of all surplus water. Everything points to a subterranean river +which connects this lake with the Pacific Ocean." + +"Wonder how long I'd have to hold my breath to make the trip?" + + + +CHAPTER XI. ANOTHER SURPRISE FOR THE PROFESSOR. + +The stranger laughed aloud at this, then seemed surprised that aught +of mirth could be awakened where grief and despair had so long reigned +supreme. + +"You will come with me to--to my den, gentlemen?" he asked, still +nervous, and plainly loath to do aught which indicated a return to his +recent dreary method of living. + +"Is the distance great?" asked Professor Featherwit, with a glance +towards the aeromotor, then flashing his gaze further, as though to +guard against possible harm coming to that valuable piece of property. + +More than ever to be guarded now, since the words spoken by this +exile. Better death in yonder mighty whirlpool than a half-score years' +imprisonment here! + +Not so very far, he was assured, while it would be comparatively easy to +float the air-ship above the trees, there of no extraordinary growth. + +At the same time this assurance was given, the stranger could not mask +his uneasiness of mind, and it was really pitiful to see one so strong +in body and limb, so weak otherwise. + +But uncle Phaeton was a fairly keen judge of human nature, and possessed +no small degree of tact. Divining the real cause of that dread, he took +the easiest method of allaying it, speaking briskly as he moved across +to the aerostat. + +"Bear the gentleman company, my lads, while I manage the ship. You will +know what signals to make, and I can contrive the rest." + +Again the recluse laughed, but now it was through pure joy, such as he +had not experienced for long years gone by. He was not to be deserted +by his rescuers from the whirlpool, and that was comfort enough for the +moment. + +Thanks to that guidance, but little time was cut to waste, Professor +Featherwit taking the flying-machine away from the shore of the lake, +floating slowly above the tree-tops, guiding his movements by those +below, finally effecting a safe landing in a miniature glade, at no +great distance from the "den" alluded to by their new-found friend. + +"It will be perfectly safe here," the exile hastened to give assurance, +as that landing was made. "Then, too, this is the only spot nigh at +hand from which a hasty ascent could well be made, even with such an +admirable machine as yours. Ah, me!" with a long breath which lacked but +little of being a sigh, as he keenly, eagerly examined the aerostat. "A +marvel! Who would have dared predict such another, only a dozen years +ago? I thought we had drawn very close to perfection while I was in the +profession, but this,--marvellous!" + +Both words and manner gave the keen-witted professor a clew to one +mystery, and he quickly spoke: + +"Then you were familiar with aerostatics, sir? Your name is--" + +"Edgecombe,--Cooper Edgecombe." + +"What?" with undisguised surprise in face as in voice. "Professor +Edgecombe, the celebrated balloonist who was lost so long ago?" + +"Ay! lost here in this thrice accursed wilderness!" passionately cried +the exile; then, as though abashed by his own outburst, he turned away, +pausing again only when at the entrance to his dreary refuge of many +years. + +"Give the poor fellow his own way until he has had time to rally, boys," +muttered uncle Phaeton, in lowered tones, before following that lead. "I +can understand it better, now, and this is--still is the terra incognita +of which I have dreamed so long!" + +That refuge proved to be a large, fairly dry cavern, the entrance to +which was admirably masked by vines and creepers, while the stony soil +just there retained no trace of footprints to tell dangerous tales. + +Mr. Edgecombe vanished, but not for long. Then, showing a light, formed +of fat and twisted wick in a hollowed bit of hardwood, he begged his +rescuers to enter. + +No second invitation was needed, for even the professor felt a powerful +curiosity to learn what method had been followed by this enforced exile; +how he had managed to live for so many weary years. + +With only that smoky lamp to shed light around the place, critical +investigation was a matter of time and painstaking, although a general +idea of the cavern was readily formed. + +High overhead arched the rocky roof, blackened by smoke, and looking +more gloomy than nature had intended. The side walls were likewise +irregular, now showing tiny niches and nooks, then jutting out to form +awkward points and elbows, which were but partially disguised by such +articles of wear and daily use as the exile had collected during the +years gone by, or since his occupancy first began. + +So much the professor took in with his initial glances, but then he left +Waldo and his brother to look more closely, himself giving thought to +the being whom they had so happily saved from the whirlpool. + +"Professor Edgecombe!" he again exclaimed, grasping those roughened +hands to press them cordially. "I ought to have recognised you at sight, +no doubt, since I have watched your ascents time and time again." + +The exile smiled faintly, shaking his head and giving another sigh. + +"Ah, me! 'twas vastly different, then. I only marvel that you should +give me credit when I lay claim to that name, so long--it has long faded +from the public's memory, sir." + +But uncle Phaeton shook his head, decidedly. + +"No, no, I assure you, my friend; far from it. Whenever the topic is +brought to the front; whenever aerostatics are discussed, your name and +fame are sure to play a prominent part. And yet,--you disappeared so +long ago, never being heard of after--" + +"After sailing away upon the storm for which I had waited and prayed, +for so many weary, heart-sick months!" + +"So the rumour ran, but we all believed that must be an exaggeration, +and not for a long time was all hope abandoned. Then, more hearts than +one felt sore and sad at thoughts of your untimely fate." + +"A fate infinitely worse than ordinary death such as was credited me," +huskily muttered the exile. "Ten years,--and ever since I have been +here, helpless to extricate myself, doomed to a living death, which none +other can ever fully realise! Doomed to--to--" + +His voice choked, and he turned away to hide his emotions. + +Professor Featherwit thoroughly appreciated the interruption which came +through Waldo's lips just at that moment. + +"Oh, I say,--uncle Phaeton!" + +"What is it, lad? Don't meddle with what doesn't--" + +"Looking can't hurt, can it? And to think people ever got along with +such things as these!" + +Waldo was squared before sundry articles depending from the side +wall, and as the professor drew closer, he, too, displayed a degree of +interest which was really remarkable. + +A gaily colored tunic of thickly quilted cotton was hanging beside an +oddly shaped war club, the heavier end of which was armed with blades of +stone which gleamed and sparkled even in that dim light. And attached to +this weapon was another, hardly less curious: a knife formed of copper, +with heft and blade all from one piece of metal. + +"Here is the rest of the outfit," said Edgecombe, holding forth a bow +and several feathered arrows with obsidian heads. + +Professor Featherwit gave a low, eager cry as he handled the various +articles, both face and manner betraying intense delight, which found +partial vent in words a little later. + +"Wonderful! Marvellous! Superb! I envy you, sir; I can't help but envy +your possession of so magnificent--and so well-preserved, too! That is +the marvel of marvels!" + +"Well, to be sure, I haven't used them very much. The bow and arrows I +could manage fairly well, after busy practice. They have saved me from +more than one hungry night. But as for the rest--" + +"You might have worn the--Is it a ghost-dance shirt, though?" +hesitatingly asked Waldo, gingerly fingering the wadded tunic. + +"Waldo, I'm ashamed of you, boy!" almost harshly reproved the professor. +"Ghost-dance shirt, indeed! And this one of the most complete--the only +perfectly preserved specimen of the ancient Aztec--pray, my good friend, +where did you discover them? Surely there can be no burial mounds so far +above the latitude where that unfortunate race lived and died?" + +Mr. Edgecombe shook his head, with a puzzled look, then made reply: + +"No, sir. I took these all from an Indian I was forced to kill in order +to save my own life. I never thought--You are ill, sir?" + +"Bless my soul!" ejaculated the professor, falling back a pace or two, +then sitting down with greater force than grace, all the while gazing +upon those weapons like one in a daze. "Found them--Indian--killed him +in order to--bless my soul!" + +Then, with marvellous activity for one of his age, the professor +recovered his footing, mumbling something about tripping a heel, then +resumed his examination of the curiosities as though he had care for +naught beside. + +Cooper Edgecombe turned away, and the professor improved the opportunity +by muttering to the brothers: + +"Careful, lads. Give the poor fellow his own way in all things, for he +is--he surely must be--eh?" + +Forefinger covertly tapped forehead, for there was no time granted for +further explanations. Edgecombe turned again, speaking in hard, even +strained tones: + +"Fifteen years ago this month, on the 27th, to be exact, a balloon with +two passengers was carried away on a terrific gale of wind which blew +from the southeast. This happened in Washington Territory. Can you tell +me--has anything ever been heard of either balloon or its inmates?" + +Professor Featherwit shook his head in negation before saying: + +"Not to my knowledge, though doubtless the prints of the day--" + +Cooper Edgecombe shook both head and hand with strange impatience. + +"No, no. I know they were never heard from up to ten years ago, but +since then--I am a fool to even dream of such a thing, and yet,--only +for that faint hope I would have gone mad long ago!" + +Indeed, he looked little less than insane as it was. + + + +CHAPTER XII. THE STORY OF A BROKEN LIFE. + +This was the idea that occurred to both uncle and nephews, but they had +seen and heard enough to excuse all that, and Professor Featherwit spoke +again, in mildly curious tones: + +"Sorry I am unable to give you better tidings, my good friend, but, so +far as my knowledge extends, nothing has come to light of recent years. +And--if not a leading question--were those passengers friends of your +own?" + +"Only--merely my--my wife and little daughter," came the totally +unexpected reply, followed by a forced laugh which sounded anything but +mirthful. + +Uncle Phaeton, intensely chagrined, hastened to apologise for his +luckless break, but Cooper Edgecombe cut him short, asking that the +matter be let drop for the time being. + +"I will talk; I feel that I must tell you all, or lose what few wits +I have left," he declared, huskily. "But not right now. It is growing +late. You must be hungry. I have no very extensive larder, but with my +little will go the gratitude of a man who--" + +His voice choked, and he left the sentence unfinished, hurrying away to +prepare such a meal as his limited means would permit. + +While Edgecombe was kindling a fire in one corner of the cavern, opening +a pile of ashes to extract the few carefully cherished coals by means +of which the wood was to be fired, uncle and one nephew left the den to +look after the flying-machine and contents. + +Bruno remained behind, in obedience to a hint from the professor, lest +the exile should dread desertion, after all. + +"Take these in and open them, Waldo," said the professor, selecting +several cans from the stock in the locker. "Poor fellow! 'Twill be like +a foretaste of civilisation, just to see and smell, much less taste, the +fruit." + +"Even if he has turned looney, eh, uncle Phaeton?" + +"Careful, boy! I hardly think he is just that far gone; but, even if +so, what marvel? Think of all he must have suffered during so many +long, dreary years! and--his wife and child! I wonder--I do wonder if he +really killed--but that is incredible, simply and utterly incredible! An +Aztec--here--alive!" + +"Dead, uncle Phaeton," corrected Waldo. "Killed the redskin, he said, +and I really reckon he meant it. Why not, pray?" + +"But--an Aztec, boy!" exclaimed the bewildered savant, unable to pass +that point. "The tunic of quilted cotton, the escaupil! The maquahuitl, +with its blades of grass! The bow and arrows which--all, all surely of +Aztecan manufacture, yet seemingly fresh and serviceable as though in +use but a month ago! And the race extinct for centuries!" + +"Well, unless he's a howling liar from 'way up the crick, he extincted +one of 'em," cheerfully commented Waldo, bearing his canned fruit to the +cavern. + +Professor Featherwit followed shortly after, finding the exile busy +preparing food, looking and acting far more naturally than he had since +his rescue from the whirlpool. And then, until the evening meal was +announced, uncle Phaeton hovered near those amazing curiosities, now +gazing like one in a waking dream, then gingerly fingering each article +in turn, as though hoping to find a solution for his enigma through the +sense of touch. + +Taken all in all, that was far from a pleasant or enjoyable meal. A +sense of restraint rested upon each one of that little company, and not +one succeeded in fairly breaking it away, though each tried in turn. + +Despite the struggle made by the exile to hold all emotions well under +subjection, Cooper Edgecombe failed to hide his almost childish delight +at sight and taste of those canned goods, and it did not require much +urging on the part of his rescuers to ensure his partaking freely. + +But the cap-sheaf came when uncle Phaeton, true to his habit of long +years, after eating, produced pipe and pouch, the fragrant tobacco +catching the exile's nostrils and drawing a low, tremulous cry from his +lips. + +No need to ask what was the matter, for that eager gaze, those quivering +fingers, were enough. And just as though this had been his express +purpose, the professor passed the pipe over, quietly speaking: + +"Perhaps you would like a little smoke after your supper, my good +friend? Oblige me by--" + +"May I? Oh, sir, may I--really taste--oh, oh, oh!" + +Bruno struck a match and steadied the pipe until the tobacco was fairly +ignited, then drew back and left the exile to himself for the time +being. And, as covert glances told them, never before had their eyes +rested upon mortal being so intensely happy as was the long-lost +aeronaut then and there. + +At a sign from the professor, Bruno and Waldo silently arose and left +the cavern, bearing their guardian company to where the air-ship was +resting. And there they busied themselves with making preparations for +the night, which was just settling over that portion of the earth. + +Presently Cooper Edgecombe appeared, the empty pipe in hand, held as +one might caress an inestimable treasure, a dreamy, almost blissful +expression upon his sun-browned face. + +"I thank you, sir, more than tongue can tell," he said, quietly, as he +restored the pipe to its owner. "If you could only realise what I have +suffered through this deprivation! I, an inveterate smoker; yet suddenly +deprived of it, and so kept for ten long years! If I had had a pipe and +tobacco, I believe--but enough." + +"I can sympathise with you, at least in part, my friend. Will you have +another smoke, by the way?" + +"No, no, not now; I feel blessed for the moment, and more might be worse +than none, after so long deprivation. And--may I talk openly to you, +dear, kind friends? May I tell you--am I selfish in wishing to trouble +you thus? Ten years, remember, and not a soul to speak with!" + +He laughed, but it was a sorry mirth; and not caring to trust his tongue +just then, uncle Phaeton nodded his head emphatically while filling his +pipe for himself. But Waldo never lacked for words, and spoke out: + +"That's all right, sir; we can listen as long as you can chin-chin. Tell +us all about--well, what's the matter with that big Injun?" + +"Quiet, Waldo. Say what best pleases you, my friend. You can be sure of +one thing,--sympathetic listeners, if nothing better." + +With a curious shiver, as though afflicted with a sudden chill, +Edgecombe turned partly away, figure drawn rigidly erect, hands tightly +clasped behind his back. A brief silence, then he spoke in tones of +forced composure. + +"A balloon was the best, in my day, and I was proud of my profession, +although even then I was dreaming of better things--of something akin +to this marvellous creation of yours, sir," casting a fleeting glance +at the air-ship, then at the face of its builder, afterward resuming his +former attitude. + +"Let that pass, though. I wanted to tell you how I met with my awful +loss; how I came to be out here in this modern hell! + +"I had a wife, a daughter, each of whom felt almost as powerful an +interest in aerostatics as I did myself. And one day--but, wait! + +"I had an enemy, too; one who had, years before, sought to win my +love for his own; in vain, the cur! And that day--we were out here in +Washington Territory, living in comparative solitude that I might the +better study out the theory I was slowly shaping in my brain. + +"The day was beautiful, but almost oppressively warm, and, as they +so frequently wished, I let my dear ones up in the balloon, securely +fastening it below. And then--God forgive me!--I went back to town for +something; I forget just what, now. + +"A sudden storm came up. I hurried homeward; home to me was wherever +my dear ones chanced to be; but I was just too late! That devil of all +devils was ahead of me, and I saw him--merciful God! I saw him--cut the +ropes and let the balloon dart away upon that awful gale!" + +His voice choked, and for a few minutes silence reigned. Knowing how +vain must be any attempt to offer consolation, the trio of air-voyagers +said nothing, and presently Cooper Edgecombe spoke. + +"I killed the demon. I nearly tore him limb from limb; I would have done +just that, only for those who came hurrying after me from town, knowing +that I might need help in bringing my balloon to earth in safety. They +dragged me away, but 'twas too late to cheat my miserable vengeance. +That hound was dead, but--my darlings were gone, for ever!" + +Another pause, then quieter, more coherent speech. + +"God alone knows whither my wife and child were taken. The general drift +was in this direction, but how far they were carried, or how long they +may have lived, I can only guess; enough that, despite all my inquiries, +made far and wide in every direction, I never heard aught of either +balloon or passengers! + +"After that, I had but one object in life: to follow along the track of +that storm, and either find my loved ones, or--or some clew which should +for ever solve my awful doubts! And for two long years or more I fought +to pierce these horrid fastnesses,--all in vain. No mortal man could +succeed, even when urged on by such a motive as mine. + +"Then I determined upon another course. I worked and slaved until I +could procure another balloon, as nearly like the one I lost as might +be constructed. Then I watched and waited for just such another storm +as the one upon whose wings my darlings were borne away, meaning to take +the same course, and so find--" + +"Why, man, dear, you must have been insane!" impulsively cried the +professor, unable longer to control his tongue. + +"Perhaps I was; little wonder if so," admitted Edgecombe, turning that +way, with a wan smile lighting up his visage. "I could no longer reason. +I could only act. I had but that one grim hope, to eventually discover +what time and exposure to the weather might have left of my lost loves. + +"Then, after so long waiting, the storm came, blowing in the same +direction as that other. I cut my balloon loose, and let it drift. I +looked and waited, hoping, longing, yet--failing! I was wrecked, here in +this wilderness. My balloon was carried away. I failed to find--aught!" + +Cooper Edgecombe turned towards the air-ship, with a sigh of regret. + +"If one had something like this then, I might have found them,--even +alive! But now--too late--eternally too late!" + + + +CHAPTER XIII. THE LOST CITY OF THE AZTECS. + +Uncle Phaeton was more than willing to do the honours of his pet +invention, and this afforded a most happy diversion, although the +deepening twilight hindered any very extensive examination. + +Cooper Edgecombe showed himself in a vastly different light while thus +engaged, his shrewd questions, his apt comments, quite effectually +removing the far from agreeable doubts born of his earlier words and +demeanour. + +"Well, if he's looney, it's only on some points, not as the whole +porker, anyway," confidentially asserted Waldo, when an opportunity +offered. "Coax him to tell how he knocked the redskin out, uncle +Phaeton." + +Little need of recalling that perplexing incident to the worthy savant, +for, try as he might, Featherwit could not keep from brooding over that +wondrous collection of relics pertaining to a long-since extinct people. +Of course, the last one had perished ages ago; and yet--and yet-- + +Through his half-bewildered brain flashed the accounts given by +the coast tribes, members of which he had so frequently interviewed +concerning this unknown land, one and all of whom had more or less to +say in regard to a strange people, terrible fighters, mighty hunters, +one burning glance from whose eyes carried death and decay unto all who +were foolhardy enough even to attempt to pass those mighty barriers, +built up by a beneficent nature. Only for that nearly impassable wall, +the entire earth would be overrun and dominated by these monsters in +human guise. + +Then, after the air-ship was cared for to the best of his ability, and +the night-guard set in place so that an alarm might give warning of any +illegal intrusion, the little party returned to the cavern home of the +exile where, after another refusal on his part, the professor filled and +lighted his beloved pipe. + +Almost in spite of himself Featherwit was drawn towards those marvellous +articles depending from the wall, and, as he gazed in silent marvel, +Cooper Edgecombe drew nigh, with still other articles to complete the +collection. + +"You may possibly find something of interest in these, too, dear sir, +although I have given them rather rough usage. This formed a rather +comfortable cap, and--" + +"A helmet! And sandals! A sash which is--yes! worn about the waist, +mainly to support weapons, and termed a maxtlatl, which--and +all sufficiently well preserved to be readily recognised as +genuine--unless--Surely I am dreaming!" + +If not precisely that, the worthy professor assuredly was almost beside +himself while examining these articles of warrior's wear, one by one, +knowing that neither eyes nor memory were at fault, yet still unable to +believe those very senses. + +Up to this, Cooper Edgecombe had felt but a passing interest in +the matter, forming as it did but a single incident in a more than +ordinarily eventful life; but now he began to divine at least a portion +of the truth, and his face was lighted up with unusual animation, when +Phaeton Featherwit turned that way, to almost sharply demand: + +"Where did you gain possession of these weapons and garments, sir? And +how,--from whom?" + +"I took them from an Indian, nearly two years ago. He caught me off my +guard, and, when I saw that I could neither hide nor flee, I fought for +my life," explained the exile; then giving a short, bitter laugh, to +add: "Strange, is it not? Although I had long since grown weary of +existence such as this, I fought for it; I turned wild beast, as it +were! Then, after all was over, I took these things, more because I +feared his comrades might suspect--" + +"His comrades?" echoed the professor. "More than the one, then? You +killed him, but--there were others, still?" + +"Many of them; far too many for any one man to withstand," earnestly +declared the exile. "I made all haste in bearing the redskin here, +obliterating all signs as quickly as possible; yet for days and nights I +cowered here in utter darkness, each minute expecting an attack from too +powerful a force for standing against." + +Uncle Phaeton rubbed his hands briskly, shifting his weight hurriedly +from one foot to its mate, then back again, the very personification of +eager interest and growing conviction. + +"More of them? A strong force? Armed,--and garbed as of old? The +clothing, the footwear, and, above all else, the weapons, purely +Aztecan? And here, only two short years ago?" + +"Sadly long and hideously dreary years I have found them, sir," the +exile said, in dejected tones. + +The professor burst into a shrill, excited laugh, which sounded almost +hysterical, and, not a little to the amazement of his nephews, broke +into a regular dance, jigging it right merrily, hands on hips, head +perked, and chin in air, at the same time striving to carry the tune in +his far from melodious voice. + +After all, perhaps no better method could have been taken to work off +his almost hysterical excitement, and presently he paused, panting and +heated, chuckling after an abashed fashion as he encountered the eyes of +his nephews. + +"Not a word, my dear boys," he hastened to plead. "I had to do something +or--or explode! I feel better, now. I can behave myself, I hope. I am +calm, cool, and composed as--the genuine Aztecs! And we are the ones to +discover that--oh, I forgot!" + +For Waldo was fairly exploding with mirth, while Bruno smiled, and even +the exile appeared to be amused to a certain extent at his expense. + +Little by little, the worthy savant calmed down, and then, almost +forcing the exile to indulge in another delicious smoke, he led up to +the subject in which his interest was fairly intense. + +Cooper Edgecombe was willing enough to tell all that lay in his power, +although he was only beginning to realise how much that might mean to +the world at large, judging by the actions of the professor. + +According to his account, the great lake, or drainage reservoir of the +Olympics, was a sort of semi-yearly rendezvous for a warlike tribe of +red men, where they congregated for the purpose of catching and drying +vast quantities of fish, doubtless to be used during the winter. + +"As a general thing they pitch their camp on the other side, over +towards the northeast; but small parties are pretty sure to rove far and +wide, coming around this way quite as often as not." + +"And their garb,--the weapons they bore?" asked the professor. + +Edgecombe motioned towards those articles in which such a lively +interest had been awakened, then said that, while few of the red men who +had come beneath his near observation had been so elaborately equipped, +he had taken notice of similar weapons and garments, with additions +which he strove hard to describe with accuracy. + +Nearly every sentence which crossed his lips served to confirm the +marvellous truth which had so dazzlingly burst upon the professor's +eager brain, and with a glib tongue he named each weapon, each garment, +as accurately as ever set down in ancient history, not a little to the +wide-eyed amazement of Waldo Gillespie. + +"Worse than those blessed 'sour-us' and cousins," he confided to his +brother, in a whisper. "Reckon it's all right, Bruno? Uncle isn't--eh?" + +But uncle Phaeton paid them no attention, so deeply was he stirred +by this wondrous revelation. He felt that he was upon the verge of a +discovery which would startle the wide world as no recent announcement +had been able to do, unless--but it surely must be correct! + +And then, when Cooper Edgecombe finished all he could tell concerning +those queerly armed and gaudily garbed red men, the professor let loose +his tongue, telling what glorious hopes and dazzling anticipations were +now within him. + +"For hundreds upon hundreds of years there have been wild, weird legends +about the Lost City, but that merely meant a mass of wondrous ruins, +long since overwhelmed by shifting sands, somewhere in the heart of the +great American desert, so-called. + +"By some it was claimed that this ancient city owed its primal existence +to a fragment of the Aztecs, driven from their native quarters in Old +Mexico. By others 'twas attributed unto one of the fabulous 'Lost Tribes +of Israel,' but even the most enthusiastic never for one moment dreamed +of--this!" + +"Except yourself, uncle Phaeton," cut in Waldo, with a subdued grin. +"This must be one of the marvels you calculated on discovering, thanks +to the flying-machine, eh?" + +"Nay, my boy; I never let my imagination soar half so high as all that," +quickly answered the professor. "But now--now I feel confident that just +such a discovery lies before us, and with the dawn of a new day we will +ascend and look for the glorious 'Lost City of the Aztecs!'" + +Again the savant sprang to his feet, wildly gesticulating as he strode +to and fro, striving to thus work off some of the intense excitement +which had taken full possession. And words fell rapidly from his lips +the while, only a portion of which need be placed upon record in this +connection, however. + +"A fico for the paltry lost cities of musty tradition, now! They may +sleep beneath the sand-storms of countless years, but this--I would +gladly give one of my eyes for the certainty that its mate might gaze +upon such a wondrous spectacle as--Oh, if it might only prove true! If +I might only discover such a stupendous treasure! Aztecs! And in the +present day! Alive--armed and garbed as of yore! Amazing! Incredible! +Astounding beyond the wildest dreams of a confirmed--" + +With startling swiftness uncle Phaeton wheeled to confront the exile, +gripping his arm with fierce vigour, as he shrilly demanded: + +"Opium--are you an eater of drugs, Cooper Edgecombe?" + +Even as the words crossed his lips, the professor realised how +preposterous they must sound, but the exile shook his head, earnestly. + +"I never ate drugs in that shape, sir. Even if I had been addicted to +morphine and the like, how could I indulge the appetite here, in these +gloomy, lonely wilds?" + +"I beg your pardon, sir; most humbly I implore your forgiveness. I have +but one excuse--this wondrous--Good night! I'm going to bed before I add +to my new reputation as--a blessed idiot, no less!" + + + +CHAPTER XIV. A MARVELLOUS VISION. + +But the night was considerably older ere any one of that quartette lost +himself in slumber, for all had been too thoroughly wrought up by the +exciting events of the past day for sleep to claim an easy subject. + +By common consent, however, that one particular subject was barred for +the present, and then, sitting in a cosy group about the glowing fire +there in the cavern, the recently formed friends talked and chatted, +asking and answering questions almost past counting. + +Little wonder that such should be the case, so far as Cooper Edgecombe +was concerned, since he had been lost to the busy world and its many +changes for a long decade. + +Then, too, his own dreary existence held a strange charm for the +air-voyagers, and the exile grew wonderfully cheerful and bright-eyed +as he in part depicted his struggles to sustain life against such heavy +odds, and still strove to keep alive that one hope,--that even yet he +might be able to discover a clew to his loved and lost ones. + +"Not alive; I have long since abandoned that faint hope. But if I might +only find something to make sure, something that I could pray over, then +bury where my heart could hover above--" + +"You are still alive, good friend, yet you have spent long years out +here in the wilderness," gently suggested the professor. + +Edgecombe flinched, as one might when a rude hand touches a still raw +wound. + +"But they, my wife, my baby girl,--they could never have lived as I have +existed. They surely must have perished; if not at once, then when the +first cruel storms of hideous winter came howling down from the far +north!" + +"Unless they were found and rescued by--who knows, my good sir?" forcing +a cheerful smile, which, unfortunately, was only surface-born, as the +exile lifted his head with a start and a gasping ejaculation. "Since it +seems fairly well proven that this supposedly unknown land is actually +inhabited, why may your loved ones not have been rescued?" + +"The Indians? You mean by the Aztecs, sir?" + +"If Aztecans they should really prove; why not?" + +"But, surely I have heard--sacrifices?" huskily breathed the greatly +agitated man, while the professor, realising how he was making a bad +matter worse, brazenly falsified the records, declaring that no human +sacrifices had ever stained the record of that noble, honourable, +gallant race; and then changed the subject as quickly as might be. + +Nevertheless, there was one good effect following that talk. Cooper +Edgecombe had dreaded nothing so much as the fear of being left behind +by these, the first white people he had seen for what seemed more than +an ordinary lifetime; but now, when the professor hinted at a longing to +take a spin through ether, for the purpose of winning a wider view, +he eagerly seconded that idea, even while realising that it would be +difficult to take him along with the rest. + +Still, nothing was definitely settled that evening, and at a fairly +respectable hour before the turn of night, the air-voyagers were wrapped +in their blankets and soundly slumbering. + +Not so the exile. Sleep was far from his brain, and while he really +knew that danger could hardly menace that wondrous bit of ingenious +mechanism, he watched it throughout that long night, ready to risk his +own life in its defence should the occasion arise. + +Why not, since his whole future depended upon the aeromotor? By its aid +he hoped to reach civilization once more; and in spite of the great +loss which had wrecked his life, he was thrilled to the centre by that +glorious prospect. Here he was dead while breathing; there he would at +least be in touch with his fellow men once more! + +An early meal was prepared by the exile, and in readiness when his trio +of guests awakened to the new day; and then, while busily discussing +the really appetising viands placed before them, the next move was fully +determined upon. + +Not a little to his secret delight, the professor heard Edgecombe broach +the subject of further explorations, and seeing that his excitement had +passed away in goodly measure during the silent watches of the night, he +talked with greater freedom. + +"Of course we'll keep in touch with you, here, friend, and take no +decisive move without your knowledge and consent. Our fate shall be +yours, and your fate shall be ours. Only--I would dearly love to catch a +glimpse of--If there should actually be a Lost City in existence!" + +"If there is, as there surely must be one of some description, judging +from the number of red men I have seen collecting here at the lake," +observed the exile, "you certainly ought to make the discovery with the +aid of your air-ship. You can ascend at will, of course, sir?" + +Nothing loath, the professor spoke of his pet and its wondrous +capabilities, and then all hands left the cavern for the outer air, to +prepare for action. + +As a further assurance, uncle Phaeton begged Edgecombe to enter the +aerostat, then skilfully caused the vessel to float upward into clear +space, sailing out over the lake even to the whirlpool itself before +turning, his passenger eagerly watching every move and touch of hand, +asking questions which proved him both shrewd and ingenious, from a +mechanical point of view. + +Returning to their starting-point, Edgecombe sprang lightly to earth to +make way for the brothers, face ruddy and eyes aglow as he again begged +them all to keep watch for aught which might solve the mystery yet +surrounding the fate of his loved ones. + +The promise was given, together with an earnest assurance that they +would soon return; then the parting was cut as short as might be, all +feeling that such a course was wisest and kindest, after all. + +For an hour or more the air-ship sped on, high in air, its inmates +viewing the various and varying landmarks beneath and beyond them, all +marvelling at the fact that such an immense scope of country should for +so long be left in its native virginity, especially where all are so +land-hungry. + +Then, as nothing of especial interest was brought to their notice, uncle +Phaeton quite naturally reverted to that suit of Aztecan armour, and +the glorious possibilities which the words of the exile had opened up to +them as explorers. + +Bruno listened with unfeigned interest, but not so his more mercurial +brother, who took advantage of an opening left by the professor, to +bluntly interject: + +"What mighty good, even if you should find it all, uncle Phaeton? You +couldn't pick it up and tote it away, to start a dime museum with. And, +as for my part,--I'll tell you what! If we could only find something +like Aladdin's cave, now!" + +"Growing miserly in your old age, are you, lad?" mocked his uncle. + +"No; I don't mean just that. His trees were hung with riches, but mine +should be--crammed and crowded full of plum pudding, fruit cake, angel +food, mince pies, and the like! Yes, and there should be fountains of +lemonade! And mountains of ice-cream! And sandbars of caramels, and +chocolate drops, and trilbies, and--well, now, what's the matter with +you fellows, anyway?" + +He spoke with boyish indignation at that laughing outbreak, but the +kindly professor quickly managed to smooth the matter over, although not +before Waldo had promised Bruno a sound thumping the first time they set +foot upon land. + +Until past the noon hour that pleasant voyage lasted, without any +remarkable discovery being made, the trio munching a cold lunch at their +ease, rather than take the trouble to effect a landing. + +But then, not very long after the sun had begun his downward course, +there came a change which caused Featherwit's blood to leap through his +veins far more rapidly than usual, for yonder, still a number of miles +away, there was gradually opening to view a hill-surrounded valley of +considerable dimension, certain portions of which betrayed signs +of cultivation, or at least of vegetation different from aught the +explorers had as yet come across since entering that land of wonders. + +Almost unwittingly Professor Featherwit sent the air-ship higher, even +as it sped onward at quickened pace, his face as pale as his eyes were +glittering, intense anticipation holding him spellbound for the time +being. And then--the wondrous truth! + +"Behold!" he cried, shrilly, pointing as he spoke. + +"Houses yonder! Cultivated fields, and--see! human beings in motion, who +are--" + +"Kicking up a great old bobbery, just as though they'd sighted us, and +wanted to know--I say, uncle Phaeton, how would it feel to get punched +full of holes by a parcel of bow-arrows?" + +With a quick motion the air-ship was turned, darting lower and off at +a sharp angle to its former course, for the professor likewise saw what +had attracted the notice of his younger nephew. + +Scattered here and there throughout that secluded valley were human +beings, nearly all of whom had sprung into sudden motion, doubtless +amazed or frightened by the appearance of that oddly shaped air-demon. + +Brief though that view had been, it was sufficiently long to show the +professor houses of solid and substantial shape, cultivated plots, human +beings, and a little river whose clear waters sparkled and flashed in +the sunlight. + +It was very hard to cut that view so short, but the professor had not +lost all prudence, and he knew that danger to both vessel and passengers +might follow a nearer intrusion upon the privacy of yonder armed people. +Yet his face was fairly glowing with glad exultation as he brought the +aerostat to a lower strata of air, shutting off all view from yonder +valley, as it lay amid its encircling hills. + +"Hurrah!" he cried, snatching off his cap and waving it +enthusiastically, as the air-ship floated onward at ease. "At last! +Found--we've discovered it at last! And all is true,--all is true!" + +"Found what, uncle Phaeton?" asked Waldo, a bit doubtfully. + +"The Lost City of the Aztecs, of course! Oh, glad day, glad day!" + +"Unless--what if it should prove to be only a--a mirage, uncle Phaeton?" +almost timidly ventured Bruno, a moment later. + + + +CHAPTER XV. ASTOUNDING, YET TRUE. + +The professor gave a great start at this almost reluctant suggestion, +shrinking back with a look which fell not far short of being horrified. +But then he rallied, forcing a laugh before speaking. + +"No, no, Bruno. All conditions are lacking to form the mirage of the +desert. And, too; everything was so distinct and clearly outlined that +one could--" + +"Fairly feel those blessed bow-arrows tickling a fellow in the short +ribs," vigorously declared the younger Gillespie. "Not but that--I say, +uncle Phaeton?" + +"What is it now, Waldo?" + +"Reckon they're like any other people? Got boys and--and girls among +'em, I wonder?" + +"I daresay, yes, why not?" answered Featherwit, scarcely realising +what words were being shaped by his lips, while Bruno broke into a +brief-lived laugh, more at that half-sheepish expression than at the +query itself. + +"Both boys and girls galore, I expect, Kid; but you needn't borrow +trouble on either score. You can outrun the lads, while as for the +fairer sex,--well, they'll take precious good care to keep well beyond +your reach,--especially if you wear such another fascinating grin as--" + +"Oh, you go to thunder, Bruno Gillespie!" + +Through all this interchange the air-ship was maintaining a wide sweep, +drawing nearer the forest beneath, if only to keep hidden from the eyes +of the strange people in yonder deep valley. Yet the gaze of Phaeton +Featherwit as a rule kept turned towards that particular point, his eyes +on fire, his lips twitching, his whole demeanour that of one who feels a +discovery of tremendous importance lies just before him. + +"Are we going to land, uncle Phaeton?" queried Bruno, taking note of +that preoccupation, which might easily prove dangerous under existing +circumstances. + +That question served to recall the professor to more material points, +and, after a keen, sweeping look around, he nodded assent. + +"Yes, as soon as I can discover or secure a fair chance. I wish to see +more--I must secure a fairer view of the--of yonder place." + +"Will it not be too dangerous, though? Not for us, especially, uncle, +but for the aerostat? Even if these be not the people you imagine--" + +"They are past all doubt a remnant of the ancient Aztecs. Yonder lies +the true Lost City, and we are--oh, try to comprehend all that statement +means, my lads! Picture to yourselves what boundless fame and unlimited +credit awaits our report to the outer world! The benighted world! The +besotted world! The--the--" + +"While we'll form the upsotted world, or a portion of it, without +something is done,--and that in a howling hurry, too!" fairly spluttered +Waldo, as the again neglected air-ship sped swiftly towards a more +elevated portion of that earth, part of the tall hill-crest which acted +as nature's barricade to yonder by nature depressed valley. + +"Time enough, lad, time enough, since we are going to land," coolly +assured the professor, deftly manipulating the steering-gear and still +curying around those tree-crowned hills. "If we are really hunted after, +'twill naturally be in the quarter of our vanishment, while by alighting +around yonder, nearly at right angles with our initial approach, we will +have naught to fear from the--the Aztecan clans!" + +Clearly the professor had settled in his own mind just what lay before +them, and nothing short of the Lost City of the Aztecs would come +anywhere near satisfying that exalted ideal. And, taking all points into +full consideration, was there anything so very absurd in his method of +reasoning, or of drawing a deduction? + +Still, that exaltation did not prevent uncle Phaeton from taking +all essential precautions, and it was only when an especially secure +landing-place was sighted that he really attempted to touch the earth. + +Fully one-half of that wide circuit had been made, and as nothing could +be detected to give birth to fears for either self or air-ship, the +aeronauts skilfully landed their vessel with only the slightest of +jars. It was a well-screened location, where naught could be seen of the +flying-machine until close at hand, yet so arranged as to make a hasty +flight a very easy matter should the occasion ever arise. + +Not until the landing was effected and all made secure, did Professor +Featherwit speak again. Then it was with gravely earnest speech which +suitably affected his nephews. + +"Above all things, my dear lads, bear ever in mind this one fact,--we +are not here to fight. We do not come as conquerors, weapons in hand, +hearts filled with lust of blood. To the contrary, we are on a peaceful +mission, hoping to learn, trusting to enlighten, with malice towards +none, but honest love for all those who may wear the human shape, be +they of our own colour or--or--otherwise." + +"That's what's the matter with Hannah's cat!" cheerfully chipped in the +irrepressible Waldo. "I say, uncle Phaeton, is it just a lie-low here +until yonder fellows grow tired of looking for what they can't find, +then a flight on our part; or will we--" + +"Have we voyaged so far and seen so much, to rest content with so very +little?" exclaimed the professor, hardly as precise of speech as +under ordinary conditions. "No, no, my lads! Yonder lies the greatest +discovery of the nineteenth century, and we are--Get a hustle on, boys! +The day is waning, and with so much to see, to study, to--Come, I say!" + +In spite of his initial attempt to impress his nephews with a due sense +of the heavy responsibilities which rested upon them, Phaeton Featherwit +was far more excited than either one of the brothers. Doubtless he more +nearly appreciated the importance of this wondrous discovery, provided +his now firm belief was correct,--that yonder stood a solid, substantial +city, erected by the hands of a people whom common consent had agreed +were long since wiped out of existence. + +The story told by Cooper Edgecombe, backed up by the articles taken from +the person of the warrior whom he had slain in self-defence, certainly +had its weight; while the brief and imperfect glimpse which he had won +of yonder valley helped to bear out that astounding belief. And yet, how +could it be true? + +Really believing, yet forced by more sober reason to doubt, the poor +professor was literally "in a sweat" long ere another view could be won +of the depressed valley, although the landing of the air-ship was so +well chosen as to make that trip of the briefest duration consistent +with prudence. + +The natural obstacles were considerable, however, and as they picked +their way along, the brothers for the first time began to gain a fairly +accurate idea of what was meant by the term, a virgin forest. + +To all seeming, the human foot had never ventured here, nor were any +marks or spoor of wild beasts perceptible on either side. + +Although the aerostat had landed not far below the crest of those hills, +the adventurers had to climb higher, before winning the coveted view, +partly because the most practicable route led down into and along a +winding gulch, where the footing was far less treacherous than upon the +higher ground, cumbered, as that was, with the leaf-mould of centuries. + +Still, half an hour's steady labour brought the little squad to the +coveted point, and once again Professor Featherwit was almost literally +stricken speechless,--for there, far below their present location, +spread out in level expanse, lay the secret valley with all its marvels. + +Far more extensive than it had appeared by that initial glimpse, the +valley itself seemed composed of fertile soil, yet, by aid of the river +which cut through, near its centre, irrigating ditches conveyed water to +every acre, thus ensuring bounteous crops of grain and of fruit as well. + +Numerous buildings stood in irregular array, for the most part of no +great height, nor with many pretensions towards architectural beauty or +grace of outline; but in the centre of the valley upreared its head a +massive structure, pyramidal in shape, consisting of five comparatively +narrow terraces, connected one with another only at each of the four +corners, where stood a wide-stepped flight of stones. + +"Behold!" huskily gasped the professor, intensely excited, yet still +able to control the field-glass through which he was eagerly scanning +yonder marvels. "The temple of the gods! And, yonder, the temple of +sacrifice, unless my memory is--and look! The people are--they wear +just such garb as--Oh, marvellous! Amazing! Astounding! Incredible--yet +true!" + +Although their uncle could thus take in the various details to better +advantage, still the intervening distance was not so great as to +entirely debar the brothers from finding no little to interest them, as +was readily proven by their various exclamations. + +"Just look at the people, will ye, now? Flopping around like they hadn't +any bigger business than to--Reckon they're looking for us to come back, +Bruno?" + +"Or watching for the monster bird of prey, rather," suggested the elder +Gillespie. "Of course they couldn't distinguish our faces, and our +bodies were fairly well hidden. And, even more, of course, they must be +totally ignorant of all such things as flying-machines and the like." + +"Poor, ignorant devils!" sympathetically sighed the youngster. "Well, +we'll have to do a little missionary work in this quarter, before taking +our departure, eh, uncle Phaeton?" + +With a start, Featherwit descended out of the clouds in which he had +been lost ever since winning a fair view of the secret city; and +now, rallying his wits and fairly aglow with eager interest in this +marvellous discovery, he began pointing out the various objects of +special importance, naming them with glib assurance, then reminding the +boys how wonderfully similar all was to what had existed in Old Mexico +before the conquest. + +Bruno listened with greater interest than his brother could summon at +will. For one thing, he had long been a lover of the genial Prescott, +and, now that his memory was freshened in part, was able to closely +follow the course of that little lecture, noting each strong point made +by the professor in bolstering up his delightful theory. + +That monologue, however, was abruptly broken in upon by Waldo, who gave +an eager exclamation, as he reached forth a pointing finger: + +"Look! There's a white woman yonder,--two of 'em, in fact!" + + + +CHAPTER XVI. CAN IT BE TRUE? + +That announcement came with all the force of a bolt from the blue, and +even the professor dropped his glasses with a gasp of amazement, while +Bruno would have leaped to his feet, only for the hasty grab which his +brother made at the tail of his coat. + +"White--where? Surely it cannot be that--Edgecombe--" + +"Augh, take a tumble, boy!" ejaculated Waldo, giving a jerk that +rendered compliance nearly literal, though scarcely full of grace. "Want +to have the whole gang make a howling break this way? Want to--They're +white all right, though!" + +"Where? Which direction? Point them out, and--I fail to see anything +which would bear out your--" + +The professor was sweeping yonder field with his glass, searching for +the primal cause of that latest excitement, but without success. No sign +of a white face, male or female, rewarded his efforts, and he turned an +inquiring gaze upon the youngster. + +Waldo was peering from beneath the shade of his hand, but now drew back +with a long breath, to slowly shake his head. + +"They've gone now, but I did see them, and they were white, just as +white as--as anything!" + +Bruno frowned a bit at that unsatisfactory conclusion, but the professor +was of more equable temper, for a wonder. He smilingly shook his head, +while gazing kindly, then spoke: + +"I myself might have made the same error, Waldo, but you surely were in +error, for once." + +"What! You mean I never saw those white women, uncle Phaeton?" + +"No, no, I am not so seriously faulting your eyesight, my dear boy," +came the swift assurance. "But even the best of us are open to errors, +and there were in olden times not a few Aztecs with fair skins; not +exactly white, yet comparatively fair when their race was considered. +And, no doubt, Waldo, you saw just such another a bit ago." + +But the youngster was not so easily shaken in his own opinion. + +"There were a couple of 'em, not just such another, uncle. And they were +white,--pure white as ever the Lord made a woman! And--why, didn't I see +their hair, long and floating loose? And wasn't that yellow as--as gold, +or the sunshine itself?" + +"Yellow hair?" + +"Yes, indeedy! Yellow hair, white skins,--faces, anyway. Blondes, the +couple of 'em; and to that I'll make my davy!" + +And so the youngster maintained with even more than usual sturdiness, +when questioned more closely, pointing out the very spot upon which the +strange beings were standing, the top of a large, tall building, clearly +one of the series of temples. + +In vain the field-glass was fixed upon that particular point. The partly +roofed azotea was wholly devoid of human life, and though watch was +maintained in that direction for many minutes thereafter, by one or +other of the air-voyagers, naught was seen to confirm the assertion made +by the younger Gillespie. + +For the moment that fact or fancy dominated all other interests, for, +granting that Waldo had not been misled by a naturally fair Indian face, +there was room for a truly startling inference. + +"Could it actually be they?" muttered Bruno, face pale and eyes +glittering with intense interest. "Could they have escaped with life +from the balloon, and been here ever since?" + +"You mean--" + +"The wife and child of Cooper Edgecombe,--yes! Who else could they be, +unless--I'd give a pretty penny for one fair squint at them, right now! +If there was only some method of--It would hardly do to venture down +yonder, uncle Phaeton?" + +The professor gave a stern gesture of denial, frowning as though he +anticipated an actual break for yonder town, in spite of the odds +against them. + +"That would be madness, Bruno! Worse than madness, by far! Look at +yonder warriors, all thoroughly armed, and eager to drink blood as ever +they were in centuries gone by! They are hundreds, if not thousands, +while we are but three! Madness, my boy!" + +"Four, with Mr. Edgecombe, uncle." + +"And that means a complete host so long as we are backed up by the +air-ship," declared Waldo, in his turn. "Those fellows!" with a sniff of +true boyish scorn for aught that was not fully up to date. "What could +they do, if we were to open fire on them just once?" + +"Prove our equals, man for man, armed as they assuredly are," just +as vigorously affirmed the professor, inclined rather to magnify than +diminish the importance of these, his so recently discovered people. +"You forget how the Aztecans fought Cortez and his mailed hosts. Yet +these are one and identical, so far as valour and training and blood can +go." + +"Huh! Scared of a runty horse so badly that they prayed to 'em as they +did to their own gods!" sniffed Waldo, betraying a lore for which he did +not ordinarily receive fair credit. "Why, uncle Phaeton, let you just +slam one o' those dynamite shells inside a chief--" + +"Nay, Waldo, must I repeat, we are not here for the purpose of conquest, +unless by purely amicable methods. There must be no fighting, for or +against. Savages though most people would be inclined to pronounce +yonder race, they are human, with souls and--" + +"But I always thought they were heathens, uncle Phaeton?" + +The professor subsided at that, giving over as worse than useless the +attempt to enlighten the irrepressible youngster, at least for the time +being. + +Silence ruled for some little time, during which each one of the trio +kept keen watch over the valley, the field-glass changing hands at +intervals in order to put all upon an equal footing. + +One thing was clear enough unto all: the Indians had been greatly +wrought up by the brief appearance of some queerly shaped monster of the +air, and while a goodly number of their best warriors had hastened out +of the valley and up the difficult passes, in hopes of learning more, +still others were astir, weapons in hand, evidently determined to defend +their lives or their property from any assault, should such be made, +whether by known or foreign adversaries. + +This busy stir and bustle, combined with the novel architecture and so +many varying points of interest, would have been a mental and visual +feast for the trio of air-voyagers, only for that one doubt: were +white captives actually in yonder temple? And, if white, were they the +long-lost relatives of the aeronaut, Cooper Edgecombe? + +Quite naturally the interest displayed by the Indians centred in the +quarter of the heavens where that air-demon had been sighted, hence our +friends saw very little cause for apprehension on their own parts. + +Thus they were given a better opportunity for thinking of and then +discussing the new marvel. + +Again did Waldo vow that his eyes had not befooled him. Again he +positively asserted that he had seen two white women, wearing blonde +hair in loose waves far adown their backs. And once again Bruno, in +half-awed tones, wondered whether or no they were the mother and child +borne away upon the wings of a mighty storm, fifteen long years gone by. + +"It is possible, though scarcely credible," admitted uncle Phaeton, in +grave tones, as he wrinkled his brows after his peculiar fashion when +ill at ease in his mind. "Edgecombe lived through just such another +experience; though, to be sure, he was a man of iron constitution, while +they were far more delicate, as a matter of course." + +"Still, it may have happened so?" persisted Bruno, taking a strong +interest in the matter. "You would not call it too far-fetched, uncle?" + +"No. It may have happened. I would rather call it marvellous, yet still +possible. And if so--" + +"There is but a single answer to that supposition, uncle; they must be +rescued from captivity!" forcibly declared Bruno. + +"That's right," confirmed Waldo. "Of course all women and girls--I mean +other people's kin--are a tremendous sight of bother and worry, and all +that; but we're white, and so are they." + +"We must rescue them; there's nothing else to do," again emphasised the +elder Gillespie. + +"That is no doubt the proper caper, speaking from your boyish point of +view, my generous-hearted nephews; but--just how?" dryly queried the +professor. "Have you arranged all that, as well, Bruno?" + +"You surely would not abandon them, uncle Phaeton?" asked the young +man, something abashed by that veiled reproof. "To such a horrible fate, +too?" + +"A fate which they must have endured for fifteen years, provided your +theory is correct, Bruno," with a fleeting smile. "Don't mistake me, +lads. I am ready and willing to do all that a man of my powers may, +provided I see just and sufficient cause for taking decisive action. +That is yet lacking. We are not certain that there are white women +yonder. Or, if white women, that they are captives. Or, if captives, +that they would thank us for aiding them to escape." + +"Why, uncle Phaeton! Think of Mr. Edgecombe, and how--" + +"I am thinking of him, and I wish to think yet a little longer," quietly +spoke the professor, "keep a lookout, lads, and if you see aught of +Waldo's fair women, pray notify me." + +For the better part of an hour comparative silence reigned, the boys +feasting eyes upon yonder spectacle, their uncle deeply in reverie; but +then he roused up, his final decision arrived at. + +"I will do it!" were his first words. "Yes, I will do it!" + +"Do what, uncle Phaeton?" asked Waldo, with poorly suppressed eagerness, +as he turned towards his relative. + +"Go after Cooper Edgecombe,--bringing him here in order that he may, +sooner or later, solve this perplexing enigma. Come, boys, we may as +well start back towards the aerostat." + +But both youngsters objected in a decided manner, Waldo saying: + +"No, no, uncle Phaeton! Why should we go along? You'll be coming right +back, and will be less crowded in the ship if we don't go." + +"And we can better wait right here; don't you see, uncle?" + +"To keep the Lost City safely found, don't you know? What if it should +take a sudden notion to lose itself again?" added Waldo, innocently. + + + +CHAPTER XVII. AN ENIGMA FOR THE BROTHERS. + +In place of the indulgent smile for which he was playing, Waldo received +a frown, and directly thereafter the professor spoke in tones which +could by no possibility be mistaken. + +"Come with me, both of you. I am going back to the aerostat, and I dare +not leave you boys behind. Come!" + +Kind of heart and generally complaisant though uncle Phaeton was, +neither Bruno nor Waldo cared to cross his will when made known in such +tones, and without further remonstrance they followed his lead, slipping +away from the snug little observatory without drawing attention to +themselves from any of yonder busy horde. + +Not until the trio was fairly within the gulch did the professor speak +again, and then but a brief sentence or two. + +"Give me time to weigh the matter, lads. Possibly I may agree, but don't +try to hurry my cooler judgment, please." + +Waldo gave his brother an eager nudge at this, gestures and grimaces +being made to supply the lack of words. But when, the better to express +his confidence that all was coming their way, the youngster attempted a +caper of delight, his foot slipped from a leaf-hidden stone, and he took +an awkward tumble at full length. + +"Never touched me!" he cried, scrambling to his feet ere a hand could +come to his aid. "Who says I don't know how to stand on both ends at the +same time?" + +Barring this little caper, naught took place on their way to the +air-ship; and once there, the professor heaved a mighty sigh, wiping his +heated face as one might who has just won a worthy race. But he betrayed +no especial haste in setting the flying-machine afloat and Waldo finally +ventured: + +"Can we help you off, uncle Phaeton?" + +But he was assured there existed no necessity for such great haste. + +"In fact, it might be dangerous to start while so many of the Aztecs are +upon the lookout," came the unexpected addition. "I believe it would be +vastly better not to leave here until shortly before dawn, to-morrow." + +It took but a few words further to convince the brothers that this idea +was wisest, and while the young fellows felt sorry to have their view +cut so short, neither ventured to actually rebel. + +After all, the day was well-nigh spent, and, besides preparing their +evening meal, it was essential that their plans for the immediate future +should be shaped as thoroughly as possible. + +Professor Featherwit had resolved to fetch Cooper Edgecombe to the scene +of interest, in order to give him at least a fair chance to solve the +enigma which was perplexing them all. Even so, he felt that no small +degree of physical danger would attend that presence, particularly if +it should really prove, as they could but suspect, that both wife and +daughter of the involuntary exile were yonder, among the Aztecans. + +Much of this the professor made known to his nephews during that +evening, the trio thoroughly discussing the matter in all its bearings, +but before the air-ship was prepared for the night's rest, uncle Phaeton +made the youngsters happy by consenting to their remaining behind as +guardians to the Lost City, while he went in quest of the balloonist. + +"But bear ever in mind the conditions, lads," was his earnest +conclusion. "I place you upon your honour to take all possible +precautions against being discovered, or even running the least +unnecessary risk during my absence." + +"Don't let that bother you, uncle Phaeton," Waldo hastened to give +assurance. "We'll be wise as pigeons, and cautious as any old snake you +ever caught up a tree; eh, Bruno, old man?" + +"We promise all you ask, uncle, but does that mean we must stay right +here, without even stealing a weenty peep at the Lost City?" + +Professor Featherwit felt sorely tempted to say yes, but then, knowing +boyish nature (although Bruno had just passed his majority, while Waldo +was "turned seventeen") so well, he feared to draw the reins too tightly +lest they give way entirely. + +"No; I do not expect quite that much, my lads; but I do count on your +taking no unnecessary risks, and in case of discovery that you +rather trust to flight, and my finding you later on, than to actually +fighting." + +So it was decided, and at a fairly early hour the trio lay down to +sleep. Although so unusually excited by the marvellous discoveries of +the day just spent, their open-air life tended to calm their brains, +and, far sooner than might have been expected, sleep crept over them, +one and all, lasting until nearly dawn. + +Perhaps it was just as well that the wakening was not more early, for +the professor was beginning to regret his weakness of the past evening, +and had there been more time for drawing lugubrious pictures of probable +mishaps, he might even yet have insisted on taking the youngsters with +him. + +Knowing that it was rather more than probable some of the Indians would +be stationed upon the hills to watch for the queerly shaped air-demon, +the professor felt obliged to lose no further time, and so the +separation was effected, just as the eastern sky was beginning to show +streaks and veins of a new day. + +"Touch and go!" cried Waldo, with a vast inhalation as he watched the +aeromotor sail away with the swiftness of a bird on wing. "And for a +weenty bit I reckoned 'twas you and me as part of the go, too!" + +In company the lads enjoyed a more leisurely meal than their relative +had dared wait for, knowing that, at the very least, they would have the +whole of that day to themselves, so far as uncle Phaeton was concerned. +As a matter of course, he would not attempt to return except under cover +of night, or in the early dawn of another day. + +All that had been thoroughly discussed and provided for the evening +before, and was barely touched upon by the brothers now. Their first and +most natural thought was of yonder Lost City, with its inhabitants, red, +white, and yellow, as Waldo put it; but being still under the foreboding +fears of the professor, they finally agreed to remain where he left them +until after the sun crossed its meridian. + +It was a rather early meal which the brothers prepared, if the whole +truth must be told; and the last fragments were bolted rather than +chewed, feet keeping time with jaws, as they hastened towards the +observatory. + +There was pretty much the same sort of view as on the day before, the +main difference being that many of the Indians were labouring in the +fields, instead of watching for the air-demon. + +Using the glass by turns, the lads kept eager watch for the white women +whom Waldo stubbornly persisted were within the town; but hour after +hour passed without the desired reward, and Bruno began to doubt whether +there was any such vision to be won. + +"The sun was in your eyes, and you let mad fancy run away with your +better judgment, boy," he decided, at length. "If not, why--what now?" + +For Waldo gave a low, eager exclamation, gripping the field-glass as +though he would crush in the reinforced leather case. A few moments +thus, then he laughed in almost fierce glee, thrusting the glass towards +his brother, speaking excitedly: + +"A crazy fool lunatic, am I? Well, now, you just take a squint at the +old house for yourself and see if--biting you, now, is it?" + +For Bruno showed even more intense interest as he caught the right line, +there taking note of--yes, they surely were white women! Faces, hair, +all went to proclaim that fact. And more than that, even. + +"Fair--lovely as a painter's dream!" almost painfully breathed the elder +Gillespie. "I never saw such a lovely--" + +"Injun squaw, of course. Couple of 'em. Nobody but a fool would ever +think different. The idea of finding white women--" + +"They are ladies, Waldo! I never saw such--and I feel that they must be +the ones lost by poor Edgecombe when that storm--" + +"That's all right enough, old fellow," interrupted Waldo, claiming the +glass once more. "No need of your playing the porker on legs, though, as +I see. Give another fellow a chance to squint. But aren't they regular +jo-dandies, though, for a fact?" + +The two women in question, clad in flowing robes of white, lit up here +and there by a dash of colour, were slowly pacing to and fro upon the +temple where first discovered by the keen-eyed youngster. Thanks to the +excellent glass, it was possible to view them clearly in spite of the +distance, and there could be no dispute upon that one point: both mother +and daughter (granting that such was their relationship) were more than +ordinarily fair and comely of both face and person. + +For the better part of an hour that slow promenade lasted, and until +the women finally passed beyond their range of vision, the brothers took +eager and copious notes. Then, in spite of the fact that scores of other +figures still came within their field of vision, curiosity lagged. + +"It's like watching a street medicine show, after hearing Patti or +seeing Irving," muttered Bruno, drawing back and stretching his wearied +limbs beyond possible discovery. + +"Or the A B C class playing two-old-cat, after a league game of extra +innings; right you are, my hearty!" coincided Waldo, feeling pretty much +the same way, "only with a difference." + +Shortly after this, Bruno suggested a retreat to the rendezvous, and for +a wonder his brother agreed without amendment. + +The brothers passed down to the gulch, which formed the easiest route +to their refuge, saying very little, and that in lowered tones. The +confirmation so recently won served to stir their hearts deeply, and +neither boy could as yet see a way out of the labyrinth that discovery +most assuredly opened up before them. + +"Of course we can't leave them there to drag on such a wretched +existence," declared Bruno. "We couldn't do that, even though we learned +they held no relationship to Mr. Edgecombe. But--how?" + +"I reckon it's--what?" abruptly spoke Waldo, gripping an arm and +stopping short for a few seconds, but then impulsively springing onward +again as wild sounds arose from no great distance. + +A score of seconds later they caught sight of a huge grizzly bear in +the act of falling upon a slender stripling, whose bronze hue as surely +proclaimed one of the Aztec children from yonder Lost City. + +What was to be done? Disobey their uncle, or leave this lad to perish? + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. SOMETHING LIKE A WHITE ELEPHANT. + +Only a lad, slight-limbed and slenderly framed to the eye, yet for all +that gifted with a gallant heart, else he surely must have been cowed to +terror by the huge bulk of such a dire adversary at close quarters. + +Instead of trying to find safety in headlong flight, the Indian stood +at bay, with both hands firmly gripping the shaft of his copper-bladed +spear, at far too close quarters for employing bow and arrows, while the +copper knife in his sash was held in reserve for still closer work. + +Snarling, growling, displaying its great teeth while clumsily waving +enormous paws which bore talons of more than a finger-length, the +bear was balanced upon its hindquarters, evidently just ready to lurch +forward with striking paws and gnashing teeth. + +Its enormous weight would prove more than sufficient to end the contest +ere it fairly began, while a slight stroke from those taloned paws would +both slay and mutilate. + +No one was better aware of all this than the Indian lad himself, yet he +took the initiative, swiftly darting his spear forward, lending to +its keen point all the power of both arms and body. A suicidal act it +certainly appeared, yet one which could scarcely make his position more +perilous. + +An awful roar burst from bruin as he felt that thrust, the blade sinking +deep and biting shrewdly; but then he plunged forward, striking savagely +as he dropped. + +The Indian strove to leap backward an instant after delivering his +stroke, but still clung to the spear-shaft. This hampered his action +to a certain degree, yet in all probability that stout ashen shaft +preserved his life, which that wound would otherwise have forfeited. + +The stroke but brushed a shoulder, nor did a claw take fair effect, yet +the stripling was felled to earth as though smitten by a thunderbolt. + +All this before the brothers could solve the enigma thus offered them so +unexpectedly; but that fall, and the awful rage displayed by the wounded +grizzly as he briefly reared erect to grind asunder the spearshaft, +decided the white lads, and, temporarily forgetting how dangerously nigh +were yonder Aztecan hosts, both Bruno and Waldo opened fire with their +Winchester rifles, sending shot after shot in swift succession into the +bulky brute, fairly beating him backward under their storm of lead. + +Victory came right speedily, but its finale was thrilling, if not fatal, +the huge beast toppling forward to drop heavily upon the young savage, +just as he was recovering sufficiently from shock and surprise to begin +a struggle for his footing. + +Firing another couple of shots while rifle-muzzle almost touched an ear, +the brothers quickly turned attention towards the fallen Indian, +more than half believing him a corpse, crushed out of shape upon the +underlying rocks by that enormous carcass. + +Fortunately for all concerned, the young Aztec was lying in a natural +depression between two firm rocks, and while his extrication proved +to be a matter of both time and difficulty, saying nothing of main +strength, success finally rewarded the efforts of our young Samaritans. + +The grizzly was stone-dead. The Indian seemed but a trifle better, +though that came through compression rather than any actual wounds from +tooth or talon. And the brothers themselves were fairly dismayed. + +Not until that rescue was finally accomplished did either lad +give thought to what might follow; but now they drew back a bit, +interchanging looks of puzzled doubt and worry. + +"Right in it, up to our necks, old man! And we can't very well kill the +critter, can we?" + +"Of course not; but it may cause us sore trouble if--" + +Just then the young Aztec rallied sufficiently to move, drawing a step +nearer the brothers, right hand coming out in greeting, while left palm +was pressed close above his heart. And--still greater marvel! + +"Much obliged--me, you, brother!" + +If yonder bleeding grizzly had risen erect and made just such a +salutation as this, it could scarcely have caused greater surprise to +either Bruno or Waldo, looking upon this being, as they quite naturally +did, in the light of a genuine "heathen," hence incapable of speaking +any known tongue, much less the glorious Americanese. + +True, there was a certain odd accent, a curious dwelling upon each +syllable, but the words themselves were distinctly pronounced and beyond +misapprehension. + +"Why, I took you for a howling Injun!" fairly exploded Waldo, then +stepping forward to clasp the proffered member, giving it a regular +"pump-handle shake" by way of emphasis. "And here you are, slinging the +pure United States around just as though it didn't cost a cent, and you +held a mortgage on the whole dictionary! Why, I can't--well, well, now!" + +For once in a way the glib-tongued lad was at a loss just what to say +and how to say it. For, after all, this surely was a redskin, and the +professor had explicitly warned them against--oh, dear! + +Was it all a dizzy dream? For the Aztec drew back, speaking rapidly in +an unknown tongue, then sinking to earth like one overpowered by sudden +physical weakness. + +Bruno Gillespie, too, was recalling his uncle's earnest cautions, and +now took prompt action. He quickly secured the weapons which had been +scattered as the Indian fell before the grizzly's paw, then the brothers +drew a little apart to consult together. + +"What'll we do about it?" whisperingly demanded Waldo, keeping a wary +eye upon yonder redskin. "You tell, for blamed if I know how!" + +"We daren't let him go free, else he might fetch the whole tribe upon +our track," said Bruno, in the same low tones, no whit less sorely +perplexed as to their wisest course. + +"No, and yet we can't very well kill him, either! If we hadn't come +along just as we did, or if--but he's a man, after all! Who could stand +by and see that ugly brute make a meal off even an Injun?" + +Bruno cast an uneasy look around, at the same time deftly refilling the +partly exhausted magazine of his Winchester. + +"Load up, Waldo. Burning powder reaches mighty far, even here in the +hills; and who knows,--the whole tribe may come helter-skelter this way, +to see what has broken loose! And we can't fight 'em all!" + +"Not unless we just have to," agreed the younger Gillespie, placing a +few shells where they would be handiest in case of another emergency. +"But what's the use of running, if we're to leave this fellow behind to +blaze our trail? If he is our enemy--" + +"No en'my; Ixtli friend,--heart-brother," eagerly vowed the young +Aztec, once again startling the lads by his strange command of a foreign +tongue. + +He rose to his feet, though plainly suffering in some slight degree from +that brief collision with the huge beast, and smiling frankly into first +one face, then the other, took Bruno's hand, touched it with his lips, +then bowed his head and placed the whiter palm upon his now uncovered +crown. + +In like manner he saluted Waldo, after which he drew back a bit, still +smiling genially, to add, in slowly spoken words: + +"You save Ixtli. Bear kill--no; you kill--yes! Ixtli glad. Sun Children +great--big heart full of love. So--Ixtli never do hurt, never do wrong; +die for white brother--so!" + +More through gesticulation than by speech, the young Indian brave made +his sentiments clearly understood, and if they could have placed full +dependence in that pledge, the brothers would have felt vastly relieved +in mind. + +But they only too clearly recalled numerous instances of cunning +ill-faith, and, in despite of all, they could not well avoid thinking +that this was really something like a white elephant thrown upon their +hands. + +"All right. Play we swallow it all, but keep your best eye peeled, old +man," guardedly whispered Waldo. "Fetch him along, yes or no, for it may +be growing worse than dangerous right here, after so much shooting." + +"You mean for us to--" + +"Take the fellow along, and keep him with us, until uncle Phaeton comes +back to finally decide upon his case," promptly explained Waldo. "Of +course we ought to've let him die; ought, but didn't! We couldn't then, +wouldn't now, if it was all to do over. So watch him so closely that he +can't play tricks even if he wishes." + +There was nothing better to propose, and though the job promised to be +an awkward one to manage, Ixtli himself rendered it more easy. + +Past all doubt he could understand, as well as speak, the English +language, for he took a step in evident submission, speaking gently: + +"Ixtli ready; heart-brother say where go, now." + +Again the brothers felt startled by that quaintly correct accent, and +almost involuntarily Bruno spoke in turn: + +"You can talk English? When did you learn? And from whom?" + +A still brighter smile irradiated the Aztec's face, and turning his +eyes towards the secluded valley, he bowed his head as though in deep +reverence, then softly, lovingly, almost adoringly, responded: + +"SHE tell me how. Victo,--Glady, too. Ixtli know little, not much; +his heart feel big for Sun Children, all time. So YOU, too, for kill +bear,--like dat!" + +Bruno turned a bit paler than usual, catching his breath sharply, as he +repeated those names: + +"Victo,--Glady,--Wasn't it by those names, Victoria, Gladys, that Mr. +Edgecombe called his lost ones, Waldo?" + +"I can't remember; but get a move on, old man. The sooner we're back +where uncle Phaeton left us, where we can see a bit more of what may be +coming, the safer my precious scalp will feel. This Injun--" + +"No scalp," quickly interposed the Aztec, with a deprecatory gesture to +match his words. "You save Ixtli. Ixtli say no hurt white brothers. Dat +so,--dat sure for truth!" + +Only partially satisfied by this earnest disclaimer of evil intentions, +Waldo gripped an arm and hurried the Aztec along, leaving the bear where +it had fallen, intent solely upon reaching a comparatively safe outlook +ere worse could follow upon the heels of their latest adventure. + +And Bruno brought up the rear as guard, eyes and rifle ready. + + + +CHAPTER XIX. THE CHILDREN OF THE SUN GOD. + +No difficulty whatever was experienced in reaching that retreat, and +milder prisoner never knew a guard than Ixtli proved himself to be, +silently yielding to each impulse lent his arm by Waldo, smiling when, +as sometimes happened, he was brought more nearly face to face with that +armed rear-guard. + +Nor were the Gillespie brothers worried by sound, sign, or token of more +serious trouble from others of that strangely surviving race. And it +was not long after reaching the rendezvous from which the professor had +sailed in the early dawn, that the youngsters agreed the echoes of +their Winchesters could not have reached the ears of the Lost City +inhabitants. + +"That's plenty good luck for one soup-bunch," quoth Waldo, yet adding a +dubious shake of the head as he gazed upon their bronzed companion. "And +if it wasn't for this gentleman in masquerade costume--" + +"Ixtli friend. Ixtli feel like heart-brother," came in low, mellow +accents from those smiling lips. + +There certainly was naught of guile or of evil craft to be read in +either eyes or visage, just then; but the brothers could not feel +entirely at ease, even yet. How many times had warriors of his colour +played a cunning part, only to end all by blow of tomahawk, thrust of +knife, or bolt from the bended bow? + +At a barely perceptible sign from Bruno, his brother drew apart, leaving +their "white elephant" by himself, yet none the less under a vigilant +guard. + +"He seems all right, in his way," muttered the elder Gillespie, "but how +far ought we to trust him, after what we promised uncle Phaeton?" + +"Not quite as far as we can see him, anyway. Still, a fellow can't +find the stomach to bowl him over like a hare,--without a weenty bit of +excuse, at least." + +"That's it! If he'd try to bolt, or would even jump on one of us, it +would come far more easy. Look at him smile, now! And I hate to think of +clapping such a bright-seeming lad in bonds!" + +"Time enough for all that when he shows us cause," quickly decided +Waldo, with a vigorous nod of his curly pow. "Pity if a couple of us +can't keep him out of mischief without going that far. And we want to +pump the kid dry before uncle Phaeton gets back; understand?" + +Bruno gave a slight start at these words, but his eye-glow and +face-flush bore witness that the idea thus suggested had not been +unthought of in his own case. + +"Then you really think--" + +"That there's more ways than one of skinning a cat," oracularly observed +Waldo. "Without showing it too mighty plainly, one or the other of us +can always be ready and prepared to dump the laddy-buck, in case he +tries to come any of his didoes. And, at the same time, we can be +hugging up to him just as sweetly as though we knew he was on the dead +level. Understand?" + +Possibly the programme might have been a little more elegantly +expressed, but Waldo, as a rule, cared more for substance than form, and +his speech possessed one merit, that of perspicuity. + +Having reached this fair understanding, the brothers dropped their +aside, and moved nearer the young Aztec. + +Ixtli gazed keenly into first one face, then the other, plainly enough +endeavouring to read the truth as might be expressed therein, as related +to himself. What he saw must have proved fairly satisfactory, since he +gave another bright smile, then spoke in really musical tones: + +"Good,--brother, now! That more good, too!" + +In spite of the suspicions, which seem inborn where people of the +red race are concerned, both Bruno and Waldo felt more and more drawn +towards this remarkable specimen of a still more remarkable tribe; and +not many more minutes had sped by ere the younger couple were chatting +together in amicable fashion, although finding some little difficulty in +Ixtli's rather limited vocabulary. + +Not a little to his elder brother's impatience, Waldo apparently took +a deeper interest in the recent adventure than in the subject which +claimed his own busiest thoughts, but he hardly cared to crowd the +youngster, lest he make matters even worse. + +Aided by the sort of freemasonry which naturally exists between lads +of an adventurous nature, Waldo readily succeeded in picking up +considerable information from the Aztec, even before broaching that +all-important matter. + +Ixtli was the only son of a famed warrior and chieftain of the Aztecan +clans, by name Aztotl, or the Red Heron. He, in common with so many +of his people, had witnessed the approach and abrupt departure of the +strange bird in the air, and had hastened forth in quest of the monster. + +He failed to see aught more of the strange creature, but, disliking to +return home without something to show for the trip, remained out over +night, then chanced to fairly stumble into the way of a mighty grizzly. + +There were a few moments during which he might possibly have escaped +through headlong flight, but he was too proud for that, and but for the +timely arrival and prompt action on the part of his white brothers would +almost certainly have paid the penalty with his life. + +Then followed more thanks and broken expressions of gratitude, all of +which Waldo magnanimously waved aside as wholly unnecessary. + +"Don't work up a sweat for a little thing like that, old man. Of course +we saw you were an Injun and--ahem! I mean, how in time did you happen +to catch hold of our lingo so mighty pat, laddy-buck?" + +"My brother means to ask who taught you to speak as we do, Ixtli?" +amended Bruno, catching at the wished-for opportunity now it offered. + +"And who was that nice little gal with the yellow hair? Is she--what did +you call her? Gladys--And the rest of it Edgecombe?" + +Waldo was eager enough now that the ice was fairly broken, but his +very volubility served to complicate matters rather than to hasten the +desired information. + +Ixtli apparently thought in English pretty much as he spoke it,--slowly, +and with care. When hurried, his brain and tongue naturally fell back +upon his native language. + +Sounds issued through his lips, but, despite all their animation, these +proved to be but empty sounds to the eager brothers. And, divining the +truth, Bruno checked his brother, himself acting as questioner, pretty +soon striking the right chord, after which Ixtli fared very well. + +Still, thanks to his difficulty in finding the right words with which to +express his full meaning, it took both time and patience for even Bruno +to learn all he desired; and even if such a course would be desirable, +lack of space forbids giving a literal record of questions and answers, +since the general result of that cross-examination may be put so much +more compactly before the generous reader. + +The first point made clear was that the young Aztec owed his imperfect +knowledge of the English language to certain Children of the Sun, whom +he named as if christened Victo and Glady. With this as starting-point, +the rest formed a mere question of time and perseverance. + +Growing in animation as he proceeded, Ixtli told of the coming to their +city of those glorious children; riding upon the wings of an awful +storm, yet issuing unharmed, unawed, bright of face, as the mighty orb +the sons of Anahuac worshipped. + +He told how an envious few held to the contrary: that these fair-skins +had come as evil emissaries from the still more evil Mictlanteuctli, +mighty Lord of Death-land, who had laden them with pestilence and +brain-sorrow and eye-darkness, with orders to devastate this, the last +fair city of the ancient race. + +With low, sternly suppressed tones, the young warrior went on to tell of +what followed: of the wicked attempt made by those malcontents to punish +the bearers of death and misery; then, his voice rising and growing more +clear, he told how, from a clearing-sky, there came a single shaft flung +by the mighty hand of the great god, Quetzalcoatl, before which the +impious dog went down in everlasting death. + +"Struck by lightning, eh?" interpreted Waldo, who seemed born without +the influence of poetry. "Served him mighty right, too!" + +Bowing submissively, although it could be seen he scarcely comprehended +just what those blunt words were meant to convey, Ixtli spoke on, +seemingly with perfect willingness, so long as the adored "Sun Children" +formed the subject-matter. + +From his laboured statement, Bruno gathered that the sudden death of one +who had dared to lift an armed hand against the woman so mysteriously +placed there in their very midst awed all opposition to the general +belief in the divine origin of mother and child; and ere long Victo +was installed as a sort of high priestess of the temple more especially +devoted to the Sun God. + +That was long ago, and when Ixtli was but a child. As he grew older, +and his father, Red Heron, was appointed as chief of guards to the Sun +Children, Victo took more notice of the lad, and ended in teaching him +both the English tongue and its Christian creed, so far as lay in his +power to comprehend. + +Then came less pleasing information concerning the Children of the Sun, +which went far to prove that the death of one evil-minded dog had +not entirely purged the Lost City, and it was with harsher tones and +frowning brows that Ixtli spoke of the head priest, or paba, Tlacopa the +evil-minded, who had built up a powerful and dangerous sentiment against +both Victo and Glady, even going so far as to declare before the holy +stone of sacrifice that the Mother of Gods demanded these falsely titled +Children of the Sun. + +"The fair-faced God must come soon, or too late!" sighed the Aztec, +bowing his head in joined palms the better to conceal his evident grief. +"He has promised to come, but hurry! They die--they die!" + +This was hardly an acceptable stopping-point, but questioning was of +little avail just then. Satisfied of so much, the brothers drew apart +a short distance, yet keeping where they could guard their more or less +dangerous charge, conversing in low tones over the information so far +gleaned from the Aztec's talk. + +"Well, we'll hold a tight grip on him, anyway, until uncle Phaeton gets +back," finally decided Waldo, speaking for his brother as well. + + + +CHAPTER XX. THE PROFESSOR AND THE AZTEC. + +Fortunately for all concerned, there proved to be no serious difficulty +attached to that same holding. So far as outward semblance went, +Ixtli was very well content with both present quarters and present +companionship. + +He likewise enjoyed the supper that, aided by a small fire kindled in +a depression so low that the light could by no means attract any +unfriendly eye, Bruno prepared for them all. And just prior to taking +his first taste, the young warrior bowed his head to murmur a few +sentences which, past all doubt, had first come to his mind through the +wonderful Victo: a simple little blessing, which certainly did not add +to the dislike or uneasiness with which the brothers regarded their +guest. + +"He's white, even if he is red!" confidentially declared Waldo, at his +first opportunity. "More danger of our spoiling him than his doing us +dirt; and that's an honest fact for a quarter, old man!" + +Bruno felt pretty much the same, yet his added years gave him greater +discretion, and, in spite of that growing liking, he kept a fairly keen +watch and ward over the Aztec. + +After supper there came further questioning and answers, Waldo as a +rule playing inquisitor, eager to learn more anent the strange existence +which these people must live, so completely hemmed in from all the rest +of the world as they surely were in yonder valley. + +Without at all betraying the exile, Gillespie spoke of the lake and its +mighty whirlpool, then learned that the Indians really made semi-annual +trips thither for the purpose of laying in a supply of dried fish for +the winter's consumption. + +As the night waned, preparations were made for sleeping, although it was +agreed between the brothers that one or the other should stand guard in +regular order. + +"Not that I really believe the fellow would play us dirt, even with +every chance laid open," Waldo admitted. "Still, it's what uncle Phaeton +would advise, and we can't well do less than follow his will, Bruno." + +"Since we broke it so completely by tackling the grizzly," with a brief +laugh. + +"That's all right, too. Of course we'd ought to've skulked away like a +couple of egg-sucking curs, but we didn't, and I'm mightily glad of +it, too. For Ixtli--what a name that is to go to bed with every night, +though!--for Ixtli is just about as white as they make 'em, nowadays; +you hear me blow my bazoo?" + +And so the long night wore its length along, the brothers taking turns +at keeping watch and ward, but the Aztec slumbering peacefully through +all, looking the least dangerous of all possible captives. And after +this light even the cautious Bruno began to regard him ere the first +stroke of coming dawn could be seen above the eastern hills. + +Not being positive just where the air-ship would put in an appearance, +since Professor Featherwit had, perforce, left that question open, to be +decided by circumstances over which he might have no control, each guard +in turn devoted considerable attention to the upper regions, hoping to +glimpse the aerostat, and holding matches in readiness to raise a flare +by way of alighting signal. But it was not until the early dawn that +Bruno caught sight of the air-ship, just skimming the tree-tops, the +better to escape observation by any Indian lookout. + +After that the rest came easily enough. A couple of blazing matches held +aloft proved sufficient cue to the professor, and soon thereafter the +flying-machine was safely brought to land, so gently that the slumbers +of the young Aztec were undisturbed. + +Bruno gave a hasty word of warning and explanation combined, even +before he extended a welcoming hand towards Mr. Edgecombe, who certainly +appeared all the better for his encounter with people of his own race. + +Professor Featherwit took a keen, eager look at the slumbering redskin, +then drew silently back, to whisper in Bruno's ear: + +"Guard well your tongue, lad. I have told him nothing, as yet, and we +must consult together before breaking the news. For now we have had no +rest, so I believe we would better lie down for an hour or two." + +Mr. Edgecombe appeared to be perfectly willing to do this, and soon the +wearied men were wrapped in blankets and sleeping peacefully. + +Long before their lids unclosed, Bruno had an appetising meal in +readiness, although the others had broken fast long before, and Ixtli, +his hands tightly clasped behind his back, as a child is wont to resist +temptation, was inspecting the air-ship in awed silence. + +Taking advantage of this preoccupation, Bruno quickly yet clearly +explained to his uncle all that had happened, showing that by playing a +more prudent part the young warrior must inevitably have perished. + +Then, making sure Cooper Edgecombe was not near enough to catch his +words, Bruno told in brief the information gleaned from Ixtli concerning +the Children of the Sun, whom he and Waldo more than suspected must be +the long-lost wife and daughter of the exiled aeronaut. + +As might have been expected, Professor Featherwit was deeply stirred by +all this, fidgeting nervously while keeping alert ears, with difficulty +smothering the ejaculations which fought for exit through his lips. + +After satisfying his craving for food, the professor led the young Aztec +apart from the rest of the party, speaking kindly and sympathetically +until he had won a fair share of liking for his own, then broaching the +subject of the Sun Children. + +After this it was by no means a difficult matter to get at the seat of +trouble, and little by little Featherwit satisfied himself that Ixtli +would do all, dare all, for the sake of benefiting the woman and maiden +who had treated him so kindly. + +At a covert sign from the professor, Bruno came to join in the talk, +and his sympathy made the young Aztec even more communicative. And Ixtli +spoke more at length concerning Tlacopa, the paba, and another enemy +whom the Children of the Sun had nearly equal cause to fear, one +Huatzin, or Prince Hua, chiefest among the mighty warriors of the +Aztecan clans. + +This evil prince had for years past sought Victo for his bride, while +his son, Iocetl, tried in vain to win the heart-smiles of the fair +Glady, Victo's daughter. And, through revenge for having their suit +frowned upon, these wicked knaves had joined hands with the priest in +trying to drag the Sun Children down from their lofty pedestal. + +It did not take long questioning, or shrewd, to convince the professor +that in Ixtli they could count upon a true and daring supporter in +case they should conclude to interfere in behalf of his patroness and +teacher, adored Victo. + +The professor led the way over to the air-ship, there producing the +clothing and arms once worn by another Aztec warrior, which he had +carefully stowed away in the locker, loath to lose sight of such +valuable relics; truly unique, as he assured himself at the moment. + +Bruno gave a little exclamation at sight of the articles, then in eager +tones he made known the daring idea which then flashed across his busy +brain. + +"We ought to make sure before taking action, uncle Phaeton. Then why not +let me don these clothes and steal down into the valley, under cover of +darkness, to see the ladies and--" + +"No, no, my lad," quickly interrupted the professor, gripping an arm +as though fearful of an instant runaway. "That would be too risky; that +would be almost suicidal! And--no use talking," with an obstinate shake +of his head, as Bruno attempted to edge in an expostulation. "I will +never give my consent; never!" + +"Or hardly ever," supplied Waldo, coming that way like one who feels the +proprieties have been more than sufficiently outraged. "Give some other +person a chance to wag his chin a bit, can't ye, gentlemen? Not that _I_ +care to chatter merely for sake of hearing my own voice; but--eh?" + +"We were considering whether or no 'twould be advisable to take a walk +over to the observatory," coolly explained the professor. "Of course, if +you would rather remain here to watch the aerostat--" + +"Let Bruno do that, uncle. He grew thoroughly disgusted with what he saw +over yonder, yesterday," placidly observed the youngster. + +"Waldo, you villain!" + +"Well, didn't you vow and declare that you could recognise grace +and beauty and all other varieties of attractiveness only in--dark +brunettes, old man?" + +Professor Featherwit hastily interposed, lest words be let fall through +which Mr. Edgecombe might catch a premature idea of the possible +surprise held in store; and shortly afterwards the start was made for +the snug covert from whence the Lost City had been viewed on prior +occasions. + +Naturally their route led them directly past the scene of the bear +fight, where the huge carcass lay as yet undisturbed, and calling forth +sundry words of wonder and even admiration, through its very ponderosity +and now harmless ferocity. + +Professor Featherwit deemed it his duty to gravely reprove his wards +for their rash conduct, yet something in his twinkling eyes and in the +kindly touch of his bony hand told a far different tale. His anger took +the shape of pride and of heart-love. + +In due course of time the lookout was won, and without delay the savant +turned his field-glass upon the temple which appeared to appertain to +the so-called Sun Children; but, not a little to his chagrin, the azotea +was utterly devoid of human life. + +But that disappointment was of brief existence, for, almost as though +his action was the signal for which they had been waiting, mother and +daughter came slowly into view, arm in arm, clad in robes of snowy +white, with their luxuriant locks flowing loose as upon former +occasions. + +Both lads--three of them, to be more exact--gave low exclamations +of eager interest as those shapes came in sight, while even Cooper +Edgecombe gazed with growing interest upon the scene, wholly +unsuspecting though he was as yet. + +A slight nod from the professor warned the brothers to stand ready +in case of need, then he offered the exile the glass, begging him to +inspect yonder fair women upon the teocalli. + +The glass was levelled and held firmly for a half minute, then the exile +gave a choking cry, gasping, ere he fell as one smitten by death: + +"Merciful heavens! My wife--my child!" + + + +CHAPTER XXI. DISCUSSING WAYS AND MEANS. + +In good measure prepared for some such result, in case their +expectations should prove true, friendly hands at once closed upon the +exile, hurrying him back, and still more completely under cover, as +quickly as might be. + +Cooper Edgecombe seemed as wax in their hands, not utterly deprived +of consciousness, but rather like one dazed by some totally unexpected +blow. He made not the slightest resistance, yielding to each impulse +given, shivering and weak as one just rallying from an almost mortal +illness. + +Yet there came an occasional flash to his eyes which warned the wary +professor of impending trouble, and as quickly as might be the stunned +aeronaut was removed from the point of observation, taken by short +stages back to the spot where rested the flying-machine. + +Ixtli seemed something awed by this (to him) inexplicable conduct on +the part of the gaunt-limbed stranger, but gave his new-found friends +neither trouble nor cause for worry, bearing them company and even +lending a hand whenever he thought it might be needed. + +The Gillespie brothers were far more deeply stirred, as was natural, +but even Waldo contrived to keep a fair guard over his at times unruly +member, speaking but little during that retreat. + +With each minute that elapsed Cooper Edgecombe gained in bodily powers, +and while his mental strength was slower to respond, that proved to be a +blessing rather than otherwise. + +The rendezvous was barely gained ere he gave a hoarse cry of reviving +memory, then strove to break away from that friendly care, calling +wildly for his wife, his daughter, fancying them in some dire peril from +which alone his arms could preserve them. + +It was a painful scene as well as a trying one, that which followed +closely, and respite only came after bonds had been applied to the limbs +of the madman,--for such Cooper Edgecombe assuredly was, just then. + +There were tears in the professor's eyes, as he strove hardest to soothe +the sufferer, assuring him that his loved ones should be restored to his +arms, yet repeatedly reminding him that any rash action taken then must +almost certainly work against their better interests. + +The exile grew less violent, but that was more through physical +exhaustion than aught else, and what had, from the very first, appeared +a difficult enigma, now looked far worse. + +Only when fairly well assured that the sufferer would not attract +unwelcome attention their way through too boisterous shouting, did the +professor draw far enough away for quiet consultation with his nephews. + +Mr. Edgecombe was deposited within the air-ship, secured in such a +manner that it would be well-nigh impossible for him to do either +himself or the machine material injury, no matter how violent he might +become; and hence, in case of threatened trouble from the inmates of +the Lost City, flight would not be seriously hindered through caring for +him. + +Professor Featherwit now gleaned from his nephews pretty much all they +could tell him concerning sights and events since his departure in quest +of the exile. That proved to be very little more than he had already +learned, and contained still less which seemed of especial benefit to +that particular enigma awaiting solution. + +True, Waldo suggested that Ixtli be employed as a medium of +communication between the Sun Children and themselves; but, possibly +because, as a rule, this irrepressible youngster's ideas were generally +the wildest and most far-fetched imaginable, uncle Phaeton frowned upon +the plan. + +No; the young Aztec might prove true at heart, even as indications went, +but the risk of so trusting him would prove far too great. + +"That's just because you haven't known and slept with him, like we +have," declared Waldo. "He's red on the outside, but he's got just as +white a soul as the best of us,--bar none." + +Bruno likewise appeared to think well of the young brave, and suggested +an amendment to Waldo's motion,--that he accompany Ixtli into the +sunken valley, covered by the friendly shades of night, there to open +communication with the Sun Children. + +"By so doing, we could make certain of their identity," the young man +argued, earnestly. "That, it appears to me, is the first step to be +taken. For, in spite of the apparent recognition by Mr. Edgecombe, it is +possible that no actual relationship exists." + +"What of that?" bluntly cut in the younger Gillespie. "Don't you reckon +strangers'd like to take a little walk, just as well as any other +people?" + +"Patience, my lad," interposed the professor. "While we seem in duty +bound to lend aid and assistance to women in actual distress, we can +only serve them with their own free will and accord. Granting that the +women we saw upon the teocalli were other than those believed by our +afflicted friend--" + +"But, uncle, look at their names! And don't Ixtli say--tell 'em all over +again, pardner, won't ye?" urged Waldo, taking a burning interest in the +matter, as was his custom when fairly involved. + +The young Aztec complied as well as lay within his power, giving it as +his fixed opinion that sore trouble, if not actual peril, awaited the +Children of the Sun, unless assisted by powerful friends. He spoke of +the mighty chieftain, Prince Hua, and of the high priest, Tlacopa, who +was, to all seeming, playing directly into the hands of the 'Tzin. + +"He say Mother of Gods call--loud! He say sacrifice, and dat--no, no! +Quetzal' send--Quetzal' save--MUST save Victo, Glady!" + +Further questioning resulted in but little more information, though, as +Ixtli grew calmer, he emphasised such statements as he had already made, +elaborating them a trifle. And, by this, his questioners learned that, +humanly speaking, the fate of the Sun God's Children depended almost +entirely upon the whim or fancy of the chief paba of the teocalli. + +Through Tlacopa issued the awesome oracles, and when his voice thundered +forth the dread fiat, who dared to openly rebel? + +Further questioning brought forth one more important fact,--that there +was absolutely no hope of either Victo or Glady coming forth from the +valley, either by night or by day. While ostensibly free of will as they +were of limb, neither woman was permitted to leave yonder temple, save +under armed escort; and guards were on duty each hour of the day and +night. + +"But we could get to see and speak with them, Ixtli?" asked Bruno, eager +to reach some fair understanding as to the future course of action. + +"Yes, white brother, go with Ixtli," came the hesitating reply; but then +the Aztec caught one of Gillespie's hands, holding it in close contrast +to his own brown paw, shaking his head doubtingly. + +"No like. Keen eye, dem people. Watch close. Find 'nother white +skin--bad!" + +"You hear that, Bruno?" asked the professor, really relieved at such +positive evidence in conflict with the rash proposition made by the +young man. + +"Of course I thought of going under cover of the night, uncle, and +surely it would not be such a difficult matter to darken my face and +hands? With dirt, if nothing better can be found. And if I wore the +clothes you brought from the cavern, uncle Phaeton?" + +"That's the ticket!" broke in Waldo, eagerly. "Why, in a rig like that, +I could turn the trick my own self!" + +The consultation was broken off at this juncture by a faint summons +from Cooper Edgecombe, and Professor Featherwit was only too glad of the +excuse, hurrying over to the flying-machine, finding to his great joy +that the exile was now far more like his old-time self. + +Still, great caution was used in revealing all, and it was not until +considerably later in the day that Mr. Edgecombe felt capable of taking +part in the discussion of ways and means. + +He declared that his recognition had been complete, in spite of the +long years which had elapsed since losing sight of his dear ones; and he +earnestly vowed to never give over until their rescue was effected, or +he had lost his life while making the attempt. + +While the two air-voyagers were thus engaged in talk, Bruno silently +stole away with Ixtli, taking a bundle along, and leaving Waldo to throw +their uncle off the track in case his suspicions should be prematurely +awakened. Then, side by side, two Indian braves silently approached +the aerostat, causing Professor Featherwit to make a hasty dive for his +dynamite gun to repel a fancied onslaught. + +"Sold again, and who comes next?" merrily exploded Waldo, dancing about +in high glee as the supposed redskin slowly turned around for inspection +before speaking, in familiar tones: + +"Would there be such an enormous risk of discovery, uncle Phaeton, +provided I put lock and seal upon my lips, save for the ladies?" + +That experiment proved to be a complete success, and after Cooper +Edgecombe added his pathetic pleadings to the young man's own arguments, +Professor Featherwit gradually gave way, though still with reluctance. + +"I could never find forgiveness should harm come to your mother's son, +boy," he huskily murmured, his arm stealing about Bruno's middle. "I'd +far rather venture myself, and--why not, pray?" as Waldo burst into an +involuntary laugh. + +Then he turned upon Ixtli, a hand resting upon each shoulder while he +gazed keenly into those lustrous dark orbs for a full minute in perfect +silence. Then he spoke, slowly, gravely: + +"Can we trust you, friend? Would you sell the boy to whose arm you +owe your own life, unto his enemies? Would you lead him blindly to his +death, Ixtli, son of Aztotl?" + +A wondering gaze, then the Indian appeared to flush hotly. He shook off +those far from steady hands, drawing his knife and with free fingers +tearing open his dress above the heart. Thrusting the weapon into +Bruno's hand, he spoke in clear, distinct accents: + +"Strike hard, white brother! Open heart; see if all black!" + +Eye to eye the two youths stood for a brief space in silence, then the +weapon was let fall, and Bruno gripped the Indian's hand and shook it +most cordially. + +"Strike you, Ixtli? I'd just as soon smite my brother by birth!" + +"And that's mighty right, too!" cried Waldo, impetuously. + +"I really begin to believe that you are all in the right, while I alone +am left in the wrong," frankly admitted the professor. + + + +CHAPTER XXII. A DARING UNDERTAKING. + +Still, that point was of too vital importance to justify hasty decision, +and the professor did not make his surrender complete until the shades +of another night were beginning to gather over the land. + +Meantime, partly for the purpose of keeping the youngsters employed and +thus out of the way of less harmless things, the professor suggested +that the huge grizzly be flayed. If the proposed scheme should really be +undertaken, that mighty pelt, if uncomfortable to convey, would serve as +a fair excuse for the young brave's as yet unexplained absence from the +Lost City. + +As a matter of course, Cooper Edgecombe felt intense anxiety through +all, but he contrived to keep fair mastery over his emotions, readily +admitting that he himself could do naught towards visiting the Lost +City. + +"I know that my loved ones are yonder. I would joyfully suffer ten +thousand deaths by torture for the chance to speak one word to--to them. +And yet I know any such attempt would prove fatal to us all. The mere +sight of--I would go crazy with joy!" + +There is no necessity for repeating the various arguments used, pro and +con, before the final agreement was reached. Enough has already been put +upon record, and the result must suffice: Professor Featherwit yielded +the vital point, and, having once fairly expressed his fears and doubts, +flung his whole heart into perfecting the disguise which was now counted +upon to carry Bruno safely into and out of yonder city. + +He was carefully trigged out in the warlike uniform secured by Cooper +Edgecombe at the cost of a human life, and, with fresh stain applied +to his face and hands, the slight moustache he wore was not dangerously +perceptible. + +"'Twould take a strong light and mighty keen eyes to see it at all, and +even if a body should happen to notice it, he'd reckon 'twas a bit of +smut, or the like," generously declared Waldo. + +Under less trying circumstances, Bruno might have answered in kind, but +now he merely smiled at the jester, then turned again to receive the +earnest cautions let fall for his benefit by the professor. + +Above all else, he was to steer clear of fighting, and, without he saw +a fair chance of winning speech with the white women, he was to keep in +such hiding as Ixtli might furnish, trusting the young Aztec to post the +Children of the Sun as to what was in the wind. + +Tremulous, almost incapable of coherent speech, so intense was his +agitation, Cooper Edgecombe sent many messages to his loved ones, +begging for one word in return. And if nothing less would serve-- + +His voice choked, and only his feverishly burning eyes could say the +rest. + +It was well past sunset ere the youngsters set forth from the +rendezvous, accompanied a short distance by both Waldo and the +professor; but the parting came in good time. It would be worse than +folly to add to the existent perils that of possible discovery by some +prowling Aztec who might work serious injury to them one and all. + +That great bear-hide proved a tax upon their strength, even though the +bullet-riddled head-piece had been carefully cut off and buried, lest +those queer holes tell a risky tale on close examination; but Ixtli, as +well as Bruno, was upborne by an exaltation such as neither had known +before this hour. + +There was nothing worse than the natural obstacles in the way to be +overcome, and, knowing every square yard of ground so thoroughly, Ixtli +chose the most practicable route to that hill-encircled town. + +The stony pass was followed to the lower level, and the young +adventurers had drawn fairly near the first buildings ere encountering a +living being; and then ample time was given them for meeting the danger. + +A low-voiced call sounded upon the night air, and Ixtli responded in +much the same tone. Bruno, of course, was utterly in the dark as to +what was being said, but he still held perfect faith in his copper-hued +guide, and left all to the son of Aztotl. + +The Aztec brave appeared to be explaining his unusually protracted +absence, for he proudly displayed the great grizzly pelt, then exhibited +the spear-head from which protruded the tooth-marked wood. + +Like one who was already familiar with the details, Bruno slowly lounged +forward a pace or two, then in silence awaited the pleasure of his +companion on that night jaunt. + +Ixtli was not many minutes in shaking off the Indian, and, almost +staggering beneath his shaggy burden, moved away as though in haste to +rejoin his family circle. + +Fortunately for the venture, the Aztecans appeared to believe in the +maxim of going to bed early, for there were very few individuals astir +at that hour, young though the evening still was. And by the clear +moonlight which fell athwart the valley, it was no difficult task to +catch sight before being seen, where eyes so busy as those of the two +young men were concerned. + +Only once were they forced to make a brief detour in order to escape +meeting another redskin, and then a guarded whisper from the lips of +the Aztec warned Bruno that they were almost at the teocalli wherein the +Children of the Sun made their home and abiding-place. + +Leaving the grizzly pelt at a corner, for the time being, Ixtli led his +white friend up and into the Temple of the Sun, pressing a hand by way +of added caution. + +Although he had declared that an armed guard was kept night and day over +the Sun Children, and that he hoped to pass Bruno as well as himself +without any serious difficulty, since he had long been a favoured +visitor, and ever welcomed by Victo and Glady, the temple was seemingly +without such protection upon the present occasion. + +Ixtli expressed great surprise when this fact became evident, and he +showed uneasiness as to the welfare of his beloved patroness and kindly +teacher. + +Surely something evil was impending! His father, Aztotl, was chieftain +of the guards, and wholly devoted to the Sun Children, ready at all +times to risk life in their behalf. Now, if the usual guards were +lacking, surely it portended evil,--treachery, no doubt, at the bottom +of which the paba and the 'Tzin almost certainly lurked. + +All this Ixtli contrived to convey to Bruno, who fairly well shared that +anxiety, but who was more for going ahead with a bold rush, to learn the +worst as quickly as might be. + +Still, unfamiliar with the construction of the temple as he was, Bruno +felt helpless without his guide, and so timed his progress by that of +Ixtli, right hand tightly gripping the handle of his "hand-wood," or +maquahuitl, resolved to give a good account of either of those rascally +varlets in case trouble lay ahead. + +The unwonted desolation which appeared to reign on all sides was plainly +troubling the Aztec brave, and he seemed to suspect a cunning ambuscade, +judging from his slow advance, pausing at nearly every step to bend ear +in keen listening. + +Still, nothing was actually seen or heard until after the young men +reached the upper elevation, upon a portion of which the Sun Children +had been first sighted by the air-voyagers. + +Here the first sound of human voices was heard, and Bruno stopped short +in obedience to the almost fierce grip which Ixtli closed upon his +nearest arm, listening for a brief space, then breathing, lowly: + +"We see, first. Dat good! Him see first, dat bad! Eye, ear, two both. +You know, brother?" + +"You mean that we are to listen and play spy, first, Ixtli?" asked +Bruno, scarcely catching the real meaning of those hurried words. + +"Yes. Dat best. Come; step like snow falls, brother." + +"Who is it, first?" + +"Victo, she one. Odder man, not know sure, but think Huatzin. He bad; +all bad! Kill him, some day. Dat good; plenty good all over!" + +This grim vow appeared to do the Aztec good from a mental point of view, +and then he led his white friend silently towards the covered part of +the teocalli, from whence those sounds emanated. + +Curtains of thick stuff served to shut in the light and to partly +smother the sound of voices, but Ixtli cautiously formed a couple of +peepholes of which they quickly made good use. + +A portion of the sacred fire was burning upon its special altar, while a +large lamp, formed of baked clay, was suspended from the roof, shedding +a fair light around, as well as perfuming the enclosure quite agreeably. + +Almost directly beneath this hanging-lamp stood the two Children of +the Sun, one tall, stately, almost queenly of stature, and now looking +unusually impressive, as she seemed to act as shield for her daughter, +slighter, more yielding, but ah, how lovely of face and comely of +person! + +Even then Bruno could not help realising those facts, although his +ears were tingling sharply with the harsh accents falling from a far +different pair of lips, those of a tall, muscular warrior whose form was +gorgeously arrayed in featherwork and cunning weaving, rich-hued dyes +having been called to aid the other arts as well. + +If this was actually the Prince Hua, then he was a most brutal sample of +Aztecan aristocracy, and at first sight Gillespie felt a fierce hatred +for the harsh-toned chieftain. + +As a matter of course, Bruno was unable to comprehend just what was +being said, thanks to his complete ignorance of the language employed; +but he felt morally certain that ugly threats were passing through those +thin lips, and even so soon his hands began to itch and his blood to +glow, both urging him to the rescue. + +Swiftly fell the reply made by Victo, and her words must have stung the +prince to the quick, since he uttered a savage cry, drawing back an arm +as though to smite that proudly beautiful face with his hard-clenched +fist. + +That proved to be the cap-sheaf, for Bruno could stand no more. He +dashed aside the heavy curtain as he leaped forward, giving a stern cry +as he came, swinging the war club over his shoulder to strike with all +vengeance at the startled and recoiling Aztecan. + +Only the young man's unfamiliarity with the weapon preserved Prince Hua +from certain death. As it was, he reeled, to fall in a nerveless heap +upon the floor, while, with a startled cry, another Aztec broke away in +flight. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. A FLIGHT UNDERGROUND. + +That sudden appearance and flight of another man took Ixtli even more +by surprise than it did Bruno, for he never even suspected such a +possibility, knowing Prince Hua so well. Still, the young brave was +swift to rally, swift to pursue, sending a menace of certain death in +case the fleeing cur should not yield himself. + +Just then Bruno had eyes and thoughts for the Sun Children alone, +who quite naturally shrunk back in mingled surprise and alarm at his +unceremonious entrance. He forgot his disguise, forgot everything save +that before him stood the fair beings whom he had vowed to save at all +hazards from what appeared to him worse by far than actual death. + +Gillespie never knew just what words crossed his lips during those first +few seconds, but he saw that the women, in place of eagerly accepting +his aid, were visibly shrinking, apparently more alarmed than delighted +with the opportunity thus offered. + +Doubtless this was caused mainly by that odd blending of Aztec and +paleface, the colour and garb of the one joined to the tongue of the +other; but the result might have been even worse, had not Ixtli hastened +back to clear up more matters than one. + +In spite of his utmost efforts, the second Indian had escaped with life, +although he received a glancing wound from an arrow, as he plunged down +towards the lower level; and nothing seemed more certain than that an +alarm would right speedily spread throughout the town, if only for the +purpose of hurrying succour to the Lord Hua. + +All this rolled in swift words over Ixtli's lips, his warning finding +completion before either of the women could fairly interrupt the young +brave. But then the one whom Ixtli termed Victo spoke rapidly in his +musical tongue, one strong white hand waving towards the now somewhat +embarrassed Gillespie. + +"He friend; come save you, like save Ixtli," the Aztec hurriedly made +reply, with generous tact speaking so that Bruno could comprehend as +well as the women. "He good; all good! Paba bad; 'Tzin more bad; be +worse bad if stay here, Victo--Glady." + +Thus given the proper cue, Bruno took fresh courage and, in as few +words as might be, explained his mission. He spoke the name of Cooper +Edgecombe, and for the first time that queenly woman showed signs of +weakness, staggering back with a faint, choking gasp, one hand clasped +spasmodically above her madly throbbing heart, the other rising to her +temples as though in fear of coming insanity. + +"He is well; he is safe and longing for his loved ones," Bruno swiftly +added, producing the brief note which the exiled aeronaut had pressed +into his hand at almost the last moment. "He wrote you that--here it is, +and--" + +"Make hurry, quick!" sharply interposed Ixtli, as ominous sounds began +to arise without the Temple of the Sun God. "Dog git 'way, howl for +more. Come here--kill like gods be glad." + +With an evident effort Victo rallied, tones far from steady as she +begged both young men to save themselves without thought of them. + +"I thank you; heaven alone knows how overjoyed I am to hear from my dear +husband,--my poor child's own father! And he is near, to--But go, go! +Guide and protect him, Ixtli, for--Go, I implore you, sir!" + +"But how--we haven't arranged how you are to be rescued, and I must +understand--" + +"Later, then; another time, through Ixtli," interrupted Mrs. Edgecombe, +since there could no longer be a doubt as to her identity. "If found +here 'twill be our ruin as well as your own. Go, and at once I fear that +Lord Hua may--" + +"He 'live yet," pronounced Ixtli, rising from a hasty examination o f +the fallen chieftain. "Dat bad; much more worse bad! He dog; all over +dog!" + +"And I greatly fear he must have recognised you as one of a foreign +race, in spite of your disguise," added the elder woman, trouble in her +face even as it showed in her voice. "He will be wild for revenge, and I +fear--Go, and directly, Ixtli!" + +Bruno Gillespie was only too well assured that this latest fear had +foundation on truth. Swiftly though he had wielded the awkward (to +him) hand-wood, Huatzin had sufficient time to sight his assailant, and +almost certainly had divined at least a portion of the truth. + +Doubtless it would have been the more prudent course to repeat that blow +with greater precision; but Bruno could not bring himself to do just +that, even though the ugly cries were growing in volume on the ground +level; and he felt that capture would be but the initial step to death, +in all likelihood upon the great stone of sacrifice. + +Imminent though their peril surely was, Bruno could not betake himself +to flight without at least partially performing the duty for which he +had volunteered; and so he took time to hurriedly utter: + +"Watch from the top of the tower for the air-ship, and be ready to leave +at any moment, I implore you--both!" + +For even now his admiring gaze could with difficulty be torn away from +yonder younger, even more lovely, visage; although as yet the maiden had +spoken no word, even shrinking away from this strangely speaking Aztec +as though in affright. + +"Come, brother, or too late," urged Ixtli, almost sternly. "Save you, or +Glass-eyes call Ixtli dog-liar. Come; must run, no fight; too big many +for that." + +And so it seemed, when the young men rushed away from the lighted +interior and gained the uncovered space beyond. Loud cries came soaring +through the night from different directions, and dim, phantom-like +shapes could be glimpsed in hurrying confusion. + +Apparently the majority only knew that trouble of some description +was brewing, and that the centre of interest was either in or near the +Temple of the Sun God; yet that was more than sufficient to place the +white intruder in great peril, despite the elaborate disguise he wore. + +Then with awful abruptness there came a sound which could only be +likened to rolling thunder by one uninitiated, but which caused Ixtli to +shrink and almost cower, ere gasping: + +"The great war-drum! Now MUST go! Sacrifice if caught; come, white +brother! See, dat more bad now!" + +Those mighty throbs rolled and reverberated from the hills, filling the +night air with waves of thunder, none the less awe-inspiring now that +their true import was realised. + +The entire population was aroused, and each building seemed to cast +forth an armed host, while, as through some magic touch, a circle of +fires sprung up on all sides, beginning to illumine both valley and +barrier. + +Bruno stood like one appalled, really fascinated by this transformation +scene for which he had been so poorly prepared; but Ixtli better +comprehended their situation, and gripping an arm he muttered, hastily: + +"Come, brother; stop more, make too late. Must hide, now. Dat stop go +back way came. Come!" + +Bruno roused himself with an effort, then yielded to the Aztec's +guidance, crouching low as the brief bit of clear moonlight had to be +traversed. + +Instead of making for the steps which, as customary, reached from +terrace to terrace at each corner, Ixtli crept to the centre, where the +temple-side was cast into deepest shadow, then lowered himself by his +arms, to drop silently to the broad path below. + +A whispered word urged Bruno to imitate this action, and those friendly +hands caught and steadied Gillespie as he took the drop. And so, one +after another, the mighty steps were passed, both young men reaching the +ground at the same instant, having succeeded in leaving the Temple of +the Sun God without being glimpsed by an Indian of all those whom the +sonorous drum-throbs had brought forth In arms. + +"Whither now?" asked Bruno, in guarded tones, as he looked forth +from shadow into moonlight, seeing scores upon scores of armed shapes +flitting to and fro, all looking for the enemy, yet none able to +precisely locate the trouble. + +Just then a savage yell broke from the top of the temple, followed by a +few fierce-sounding sentences, which Ixtli declared came from the Lord +Hua, then adding: + +"He say kill if catch, but dat--no! Come, white brother. Ixtli show how +play fool dat dog; yes!" + +"All right, my hearty. Is it a break for the hills? I reckon I can break +through. If not--well, I'll leave some marks behind me, anyway!" + +"No, no, dat bad! Can't go to hills; must hide," positively declared the +young Aztec. "Come, now. Me show good place; all dead but we." + +Evidently trusting to pass undetected where so many others were rushing +back and forth in seeming confusion, Ixtli broke away from the shadow of +the temple, closely followed by Gillespie, heading as directly as might +be for the strange refuge which he now had in mind. + +That proved to be a low, unpretending structure which was of no great +extent, so far as Bruno's hasty look could ascertain. Still, that was +not the time for doubting the wisdom of his guide, nor a moment in +which to discuss either methods or means; and as Ixtli passed through a +massive entrance, the paleface followed, giving a little shiver as the +barrier swung to behind them. + +"What sort of a place is it, anyway, Ixtli?" he demanded, but the Aztec +was too hurried for words, just then, save enough to warn his companion +in peril that they must descend deeper into the earth. + +It was more of a scramble than a deliberate descent, for the gloom was +complete, and Bruno had no time in which to feel for steps or stairs. +Only for the aiding touch of his guide, he must have taken more than one +awkward tumble ere that lower level was attained. + +Then a breathing-spell was granted him, and, while Ixtli bent ear in +listening to discover if pursuit was being made, Bruno drew a match +from the liberal supply he had taken the precaution to fetch along, +and, striking it, held aloft the tiny torch to view their present +surroundings. + +Only to give an involuntary start and cry as he caught indistinct +glimpses of fleshless bones and grinning skulls, those grim relics of +mortality showing upon every side as his wild eyes roved around. + +Then a hand struck down the match, and a swift voice breathed: + +"Dey come dis way. See us hide--come hunt, now, to kill!" + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. THE SUN CHILDREN'S PERIL. + +Not until the two young men passed beneath those heavy curtains did +either one of the Sun Children really give thought to their own possible +peril, but stood close together, arm of mother about daughter as they +listened to the ominous sounds without, so rapidly growing in force and +number. + +Then, just as the deep tones of the war-drum boomed forth upon the night +air, the fallen Aztec betrayed signs of rallying wits, giving a low +sound which might have been groan of pain or curse of baffled rage. Be +that as it may, the sound served one purpose: Victoria Edgecombe (to +append her correct name for the first time) drew her child farther away, +her right hand reaching forth to pluck a light yet effective spear from +where it lay against the wall. + +"Mother, mother!" faintly panted the maiden, plainly at a loss to +comprehend all that had so recently transpired. "What is it? What does +it all mean? Surely that was Ixtli; and--the other?" + +"A messenger from your father, child, and--" + +"My father? I thought--he is not--not dead?" + +"Thanks be to heaven, not dead!" with hysterical joy in face as in +voice. "Alive, and seeking us, Gladys! Coming to rescue us from this +death in life, and now--to your knees, my daughter; to thy knees, and +lift thanks unto the good Father who has at last listened to my moans!" + +Again the war-drum boomed forth in an awesome roll, but all unheeding +that ominous sound, paying no attention to the stirring of yonder +savage, whose lacerated scalp was painting his face a deeper red than +even nature intended, mother and daughter sank to their knees, lifting +hands and hearts towards the All-Powerful, even as their gratitude +floated towards the Throne of Grace. + +Then arose the hoarse tones of Huatzin, bidding his allies find and slay +without mercy; cursing the treacherous Aztec who had thus guided one of +a strange tribe into the very heart of their beloved city. + +With a short, fierce ejaculation, Victo sprang to her feet, right hand +once again grasping shaft of javelin, its copper point gleaming ruddily +in the rays of lamp as though already moistened by the heart-blood of +yonder villain. + +Far differently acted the maiden, her figure trembling with fear and +wonder commingled, her lips slightly blanched as she clung closer to her +mother. Yet through all ran a touch of girlish curiosity which helped +shape the words now crossing her lips. + +"Who was it, mother? Who could the stranger be? And whither has he +gone?" + +"With Ixtli, my child, and may the good God of our own people grant +them both life and liberty! If I thought--your father, Gladys! Alive +and looking for his beloved ones! See! from his own dear hand, and he +says--Hold! who comes there?" + +But the alarm appeared to be without actual foundation, for the sounds +came no closer, remaining beyond the drapery past which Lord Hua had +staggered only a few brief seconds before. + +Gladys rallied more speedily than one might have expected, and she spoke +with even greater interest than at first. + +"My dear father, and alive? Oh, mother, why is he not here to--why +should he send another? And that one--he spoke our dear language, +mother; surely he is not--not as Ixtli?" + +"No; he was of our own people, child, and I can hardly conceive how he +came hither, save that Ixtli must have acted as guide." + +"And those awful warriors!" shivering as the war-cries followed the +muffled roar of the great drum. "If found, he will be slain! Do you +think there is any hope for him, mother? And he seemed so--so--" + +"He is gone with Ixtli, and Ixtli is true to the very core," Victo +hastened to give assurance. "I would rather trust him than many another +of thrice his years and warlike experience. Ixtli is true; ay, as true +and tried as his father, Aztotl!" + +"Who loves you, mother, and would win--" + +"Hush, child!" just a bit sharply interposed the elder woman, yet at the +same time tightening that loving clasp. "Merely as the daughter of his +Sun God, Quetzalcoatl, and--ha!" + +Once again there came the echoes of rapid foot-falls beyond the heavy +draperies, and again this Amazonian mother drew her superb form in front +of her shrinking child, poising the javelin in readiness for stroke or +casting, as might serve best. + +A strong arm brushed the curtains aside sufficiently to admit its +owner's passage, but the armed warrior stopped short at sighting the Sun +Children, his proud head lowering, hands crossing over his broad bosom +in token of adoration,--for it surely was more than mere submission to +one held his superior. + +With a low cry, Victo drew back a bit, weapon lowering as she recognised +friend in place of enemy. + +"It is you, Aztotl?" she spoke, in mellow tones. "I thought--did you +remove the usual guards, this evening?" + +"The blame falls to my share, Sun Child," the Red Heron made answer, +with a meekness strange in one of his build and general appearance, that +of a king among ordinary warriors. + +"Not justly, nor through fault of your own, my good and true friend," +the elder woman made haste to give assurance. "Not even thy lips shall +speak slander of Aztotl the True-heart, my brother." + +With a swift advance the Red Heron caught the unarmed hand, to bend over +it until his lips barely brushed the soft, perfumed skin. Then he sank +to one knee, bowing his head until his brow touched the floor beneath +her sandalled feet. + +Swiftly, gracefully, these movements were made, and where they would +have appeared fulsome or degraded in some, with this warrior the effect +was far from disagreeable to see or to experience. + +Victo flushed warmly and drew back a little farther, for the memory of +those words let fall by Gladys came back with unpleasant distinctness. +And was she so certain that Aztotl looked upon her as merely a +god-descended priestess? + +The Red Heron arose easily, head rising proudly above his shapely +shoulders as he met those great blue eyes,--eyes as pure and as +fathomless as the cloudless sky in midsummer. + +And then, more like one giving a bare statement of facts than one +offering a defence for himself, Aztotl spoke of a faithless subordinate, +who was guilty of either careless neglect, or worse. + +"It may be that Tezcatl lost his wits through strong waters, Sun Child, +or even that he took evil pay from still more vile hands. You have seen +the last of him, though, Child of Quetzal'l." + +"You surely do not mean that--" + +Aztotl lightly tapped the knife-hilt showing above his maxtlatl, coldly +adding words to that significant gesture: + +"There is no place for fool or traitor upon the body-guard of the Sun +Children. Tezcatl sinned; he has paid full forfeit. And just so shall +all others perish who dare cast an evil glance towards--ha!" + +Another outcry arose from the other side of the curtained recess, and +the Red Heron instantly sprang away in that direction, hands gripping +weapons in readiness for instant use in case of need. + +Almost as swiftly, Victo and the maiden followed, one through fear, the +other through utter lack of fear, for herself. + +Those savage cries came from the lips of none other than the chieftain +whose now bare head bore significant traces of Bruno Gillespie's +handiwork, and he seemed bent on rushing directly into the presence of +the Sun Children, until Red Heron interposed, stern and icy-toned: + +"Stand back, my Lord Hua!" he ordered, left hand advanced with open +palm, but its dexter mate armed and ready for hot work if that must +come. "Venture no closer, on thy peril, chief!" + +Huatzin recoiled a bit, though that might have been more through +surprise than because he feared this proud warrior. He gripped his +knife-hilt, and partly drew the blade from its supporting sash. A +hissing oath escaped his lips, and he crouched a trifle, as a wild beast +gathers its deadliest force prior to making a death leap. + +"Darest thou bar my path, Aztotl?" he cried, hoarsely. "Make way, I bid +thee; make way, for I will see the Sun Children and--" + +"Not so, my Lord Hua," coldly interrupted the master of guards, that +warning palm still turned to the front. "You are here without law or +leave, and know what the edict says: from the going to the return of +the sun, these stones are sacred from all feet save those of the Sun +Children and their regular body-guard." + +"What care I for laws? Or for such as thou, Red Heron? I will that such +a thing shall be, and it comes to pass. And--thou dare to bar my way, +Aztotl?" + +"Ay. By words if they prove sufficient. By force if called for. By death +if worst must come; even the death of a mighty chieftain like Lord Hua +would not be too great a feat." + +For a brief space it seemed as though Huatzin would make a leap to which +there could be but one termination, death to one or to both. But Aztotl +coldly spoke on: + +"I have given you fair and friendly warning, Lord Hua. Go, now, while +the path of peace lies open. Go, else I sound the call, and my +guard will take you in charge, just as they would any other rascally +intruder." + +"Your precious son, for instance?" retorted the 'Tzin, viciously. "He +came with one whom--one of a different race from our own, Aztotl! A +traitor in thy own family, yet thou darest hint at--" + +Aztotl lifted a bent finger to his lips, sounding a shrill, +far-penetrating whistle. The response was prompt indeed, an armed force +advancing with weapons held ready, awaiting only word from commander to +punish that rash intruder by hurling him to death over the terraces. + +Although nearly beside himself with fury, Huatzin glared defiance at +both guard and its commander, then turned more directly upon the Sun +Children, speaking in savage tones: + +"Unto you, proud Victo, I'll either win you as my--" + +"Go on, Lord Hua," coldly spoke the woman, as his voice choked. + +"I'll win and wear you as my squaw, or else give you to the stone of +sacrifice!" he snarled, then turned away as Aztotl motioned his guards +to clear the temple of all intruders, then see that none other dared +enter. + + + +CHAPTER XXV. WALDO GOES FISHING. + +It was with stronger forebodings than he dared acknowledge even to +himself, that Professor Featherwit watched the two young men out of +sight in the early gloom, and scarcely had his nephew passed beyond +hearing than uncle Phaeton would gladly have recalled Bruno. + +Waldo made light of all fears, prophesying complete success, and even +going so far as to predict Bruno's return accompanied by the Children of +the Sun; enthusiastic words which set the exile to trembling with excess +of joy and anticipation. + +What, then, was the blank dismay of all when, floating through the +night, came the hollow throbbing of yonder mighty war-drum, fetching +each person to his feet and holding him spellbound for the first few +seconds. + +Cooper Edgecombe turned sick at heart, even while ignorant as to the +method of sending forth that alarm, his hollow groan being the first +sound to follow the simultaneous exclamation which burst from three +pairs of lips as the surprise came. And but a breath later Waldo broke +forth with the excited query: + +"What is it? What's broken loose now? Surely--thunder?" + +Only Professor Phaeton at once recognised the sound, through +description, and each one of those swiftly succeeding strokes seemed +falling upon his heart, bidding him mourn for his beloved nephew, upon +whom his aged eyes had surely looked their last in this life! + +Yet it was the professor who took prompt action, speaking sharply as he +darted across to where the air-ship rested: + +"Come; get aboard, and let us do what lies in our power. It was criminal +to send the poor lad into the jaws of death, but now--hasten, there may +be a chance, even yet!" + +The call was still hot upon his lips when his two companions entered the +aerostat, gripping tight the hand-rail as Professor Featherwit sent the +vessel afloat with reckless haste. As by a miracle they escaped disaster +through rushing into a bushy treetop, and that fact served to steady the +aeronaut's nerves. + +"On guard, uncle Phaeton!" cried Waldo, making a lucky snatch at his +cap, which one of the stiff boughs brushed off his head. + +"Ay, ay, lad," responded the man at the guiding-gear, as the air-ship +shot onward and upward, now heading, as directly as was practicable, for +the Lost City of the Aztecs. "That was the very lesson I needed. I am +steady of nerve, now, and will show no lack,--heaven grant that we may +not be for ever too late, though!" + +"What do you reckon could have kicked up such a bobbery, uncle? And +what--ugh!" as the wardrum's throbbings again swelled forth in grim +alarm. "What in time is that, anyway?" + +As briefly as might be, the professor explained, and almost for the +first time Waldo felt a thrill of dread. + +"If they've got Bruno, what will they do with him?" + +That very dread was worrying uncle Phaeton, and already through his +busy brain were flashing horrid pictures of punishment and sacrifice, +of hideous scenes of torture, wherein the eldest son of his dead sister +played a prominent role, perforce. + +He dared not trust his tongue to make answer, just then, and sent the +aeromotor onward at top speed, leaning far forward to win the earliest +glimpse of--what? + +He caught sight of blazing beacons fairly encircling the Lost City, +forming a cordon through which no stranger could hope to pass unseen. He +beheld hundreds of armed shapes rushing to and fro, plainly looking for +some intruder or other enemy, yet almost as certainly failing as yet to +make the longed-for discovery. + +Not until that moment had uncle Phaeton dared indulge in even the shadow +of a hope. The awful alarm seemed proof conclusive that poor Bruno had +been taken, through the treachery of Ixtli. + +Naturally enough, that was his first belief, but now, as the air-ship +slackened pace to circle more deliberately above the valley, all eyes +on the eager watch for either Bruno or something to hint at his fate, +Professor Featherwit lost a portion of that conviction. + +If Bruno had indeed fallen victim to misplaced confidence, and had +been craftily lured into this den of ravening wild beasts, why all this +confusion and mad skurry? Why had not the traitor first made sure of his +victim? Why such a general alarm? + +Although such haste in getting afloat had been made, some little time +had been thus consumed, and, before the aerostat was fairly above the +Lost City, Bruno and Ixtli had dropped by stages down the shadowed side +of the Temple of the Sun God, to burrow underneath the ground as their +surest method of eluding pursuit. + +Only for that, the end might have been different, for, once sighted, +Gillespie would have been rescued by his friends, or those friends would +surely have shared death with him. + +And so it came to pass that, circle though they might, calling ears +to supplement their eyes, swooping perilously low down in their fierce +eagerness to sight their imperilled one, never a glimpse of the young +man could they obtain, nor even a definite hint as to where next to look +for him. + +"Surely they cannot have captured Bruno, as yet?" huskily muttered uncle +Phaeton, hungrily straining his eyes without reward. "If the poor boy +had actually fallen into such evil hands, why such crazy confusion? +Why--oh, why did I permit his coaxings to overpower my better judgment? +Why did I send him into--" + +The words stuck in his throat and refused to issue. Phaeton Featherwit +just then felt himself little less than a cold-blooded assassin. + +Mr. Edgecombe was but little less deeply stirred, although his feelings +were more of a mixture. He grieved for Bruno, and would willingly risk +his life in hopes of doing the young man a service, yet his gaze was +drawn far more frequently towards yonder temple, on the top of which he +had--surely he HAD caught sight of his wife, his daughter! + +"Let me down and try to find him," he eagerly begged, as one might plead +for a great boon. "I promise to save him if yet alive, and--let me +try, professor; I beg of you, give me this chance to show my heartfelt +gratitude." + +But Professor Featherwit shook his head in negation. + +"That would only add to our trouble, friend. Knowing nothing of the +dialect, you would be wholly at a loss. And, looking so entirely +different in every respect, how could you hope to pass inspection?" + +"All seems so confused, that I might--surely it is worth trying." + +"It would be suicidal, so say no more on that score," almost harshly +spoke the usually mild-mannered aeronaut, sending his vessel upon +another circuit, only with stern vigilance choking back the appealing +shout to his lost nephew. + +This time the aerostat was brought directly above the Temple of the Sun, +where there appeared to be some unusual disturbance, a number of armed +guards fairly driving a gaily arrayed Indian down to the lower levels, +and that greatly against his inclinations, judging from the harsh cries +and ringing threats which burst from his lips. + +Recognising the building, and unable to hold his intense emotions longer +under stern control, Cooper Edgecombe called aloud the names of his wife +and daughter, begging that they might come to him; but then the air-ship +was sent onward and upward, with a dizzying swoop, and Professor +Featherwit gripped an arm, sternly speaking: + +"Quiet, sir! Another outbreak like that and I'll lock your lips, if I +have to send a bullet through your mad brain!" + +"I forgot. I could not wait longer, knowing that my loved ones--" + +"You forgot that the lives of all depend upon our remaining at liberty," +coldly interrupted Featherwit. "Without this means of conveyance, how +can your loved ones escape? Now, your solemn pledge to maintain utter +silence, or I will take you back to yonder wilderness, leaving you to +shift for yourself as best you can. Promise, sir!" + +"I will,--I do. Forgive me, for I was carried away by--'twas there I +saw--after so many horrible years!" huskily muttered the exile, fairly +cowering there, before his saviour from the whirlpool. + +"Enough; bear in mind that the rescue of your loved ones depend on our +efforts. If discovered by yonder snarling beasts, and the machine is +injured,--farewell, all hopes! Now, quiet, and look for Bruno!" + +Again the air-ship circled over the valley, in spite of the moonlight +passing wholly unseen and unsuspected by the Aztecs, whose energies were +bent on ferreting out mortal foes, not demons of the upper world. + +Waldo leaned farther over the hand-rail as they floated closer to an +excited group of warriors, the central figure being Lord Hua himself, +fiercely denouncing Aztotl and his son, Ixtli, as traitors to the common +welfare, and calling upon all honest braves to mete forth befitting +punishment. + +Professor Featherwit caught one name indistinctly; that of the young +Aztec in whose company Bruno had set forth on his ill-starred venture; +and hoping to learn more of importance, he caused the aerostat to hover +directly above that particular group of redskins. + +Waldo, never stopping to count the risk he might thus fetch upon them +all, silently lowered the grapnel, by means of the drag-rope, giving +a boyish chuckle as the three-pronged hook descended amidst that +gathering, the sight causing more than one superstitious brave to leap +aside, with cries of amazed affright. + +The air-ship gave a sudden swoop, and the grapnel caught Huatzin by +his girdle, jerking him fairly off his feet, and swinging him into air, +pretty much as a youngster might land a writhing fish. But no fish ever +sent forth so wild a screech of mingled rage and terror as split the air +just then. + +Although hardly realising what was happening, Professor Featherwit sent +the aeromotor upward with a mighty jerk. The shock proving too much +for that sash, Lord Hua fell back to earth, literally biting the dust, +although he met with no bodily harm beyond sundry bruises. + +"Caught a sucker, and--I'll never do it again, uncle!" exploded Waldo, +as he swiftly hauled in his novel fish-line; but he had to take a severe +lecture from the professor before the subject was finally dropped. + +And, worse than all else, the air-demon was now the target for both eyes +and arrows, and, perforce, sailed swiftly away into the night. + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. DOWN AMONG THE DEAD. + +Ixtli spoke with a degree of earnestness which left no room for doubt, +even if the young man's own keen sense of hearing had not given warning +but an instant later. + +Ominous sounds came from the entrance, which had served them but so +brief a time gone by, and Bruno knew that, even if they had escaped +being seen while thus attempting to win such a gruesome refuge, the +possibility of their having elected just such a line of flight had +occurred to some of the redskins. + +Gillespie heard the heavy doors open, then clang to again. He was fairly +confident that some of the Aztecs had entered, although as yet the utter +darkness hindered further recognition. + +"What next, Ixtli?" he whispered, lips almost touching the face of his +young guide, as they stood close together in the mirk. "They can't take +me alive! Is it fight, or--" + +"No fight yet," gently breathed the Aztec in turn. "Dey look, dat not +make sure find. Dey try see; we try not see all time. Dey come, we +go,--like dis!" + +Catching a hand within his own clasp, Ixtli led Bruno away in that utter +darkness, seemingly well acquainted with the lay of the ground, although +it quickly became evident that there must be more than one direct +passage. Bruno felt convinced that there were other chambers turning at +right angles to their present course, though it might have bothered the +young man to give entirely satisfactory reasons for such belief. + +Ixtli did not flee fast nor far, in that first spurt, pausing shortly +to turn face towards the rear, a low, musical chuckle coming through his +lips. + +"Dey come look, got no eyes for see in dark," he explained, barely loud +enough for Bruno to catch his meaning. "We play fool dem all; dat be +fun; heap fun all time over!" + +Ixtli was scarcely as precise of speech while under the influence of +excitement as when he had ample time in which to pick and choose his +words; but there was little room for mistaking his meaning, which, after +all, is fairly sufficient. + +But this time the young brave was in error, for only a few moments later +both fugitives caught sight of a dim light in hurried motion far towards +the entrance to these underground crypts. That warned them of added +peril, and Ixtli's chuckle died abruptly away. + +"They'll fetch us now," grimly muttered Bruno, shaking his fairly +athletic shoulders and fingering the knife at his belt as though making +preparations for an inevitable struggle. "All right. They may kill, but +I'll furnish some red paint for my tombstone, anyway!" + +It may be doubted whether Ixtli fully appreciated this conclusion, yet +he divined something of what was spoken, and made swift response: + +"No kill yet. Dey look, we hide. Mebbe not find. Mebbe play fool all +over--yes!" + +"Where can we hide that lights won't ferret us out, though? If a fellow +might only have the same advantage; here in this darkness I'm not worth +a sick kitten!" + +Just a bit disgustedly came the words, but Bruno was not giving over +in weak despair. No matter how vast the odds might show against him, he +would put up a gallant fight as long as he could lift his hand or strike +a blow. + +Still, he was by no means anxious for the crisis to arrive. He would far +rather run than fight, under existing circumstances; but whither, and +how? + +Ixtli took it upon himself to solve the perplexing enigma, in a whisper +bidding his white brother follow with as little sound as might be, once +more hurrying away through the gloomy blackness, which was by no means +rendered more agreeable to Bruno by that fleeting glimpse of the dead +men's bones. + +There was little room left for doubting the truth. Their presence in the +death-cells surely was more than suspected, judging from the actions +of yonder redskins, who flashed the light over and into each angle and +corner, each niche and jog, where a human being might possibly seek +concealment. + +They were not so many in number, but still a larger force than could +well be met with success by two youths, even granting that Ixtli would +turn lethal weapons against his own people, which Bruno felt was by no +means a settled fact. + +For some little time the young men kept without that limited circle of +light, watching each movement made by the searchers, and at the same +time taking care that none of the little party stole a dangerous march +upon them by hastening in advance of the lights. + +Ixtli apparently enjoyed the affair, much as a child might a successful +game of I-spy, for he emitted occasional chuckles, and let fall soft +whispers which, if caught by other ears, certainly would not have deeply +benefited the fugitives when captured. + +Thanks to that slow progress, rendered thus by the care and minuteness +of the search, Bruno began to marvel at the extent of the catacombs, and +almost involuntarily calculate how many centuries it must have taken to +accumulate such enormous quantities of remains. For, thanks to yonder +prying light, he could see how high those grim relics of perishing +mortality were piled up in tiers, with here and there upright skeletons +in position of greater prominence. + +Perhaps Gillespie might have been better able to appreciate Ixtli's +amusement had he even an inkling as to how this game of hide-and-go-seek +was fated to end. That an end must come, eventually, was a foregone +conclusion. And then? + +He ventured to ask Ixtli how they were to escape detection when they +could retreat no farther, but before an answer could be fairly shaped, +that end seemed actually upon them. + +Without sound or warning of any sort, another bright light showed at a +considerable distance in the opposite direction, and, as Bruno stared +that way, he made out several armed warriors who appeared to be engaged +in that same occupation: searching that city of the dead for the living! + +Thus caught between two fires, there seemed only one course to pursue, +and, with the courage of his fathers, Bruno spoke in low, grim tones to +his young guide: + +"No use for you to join in the mix, Ixtli. I'll do the best I know how, +but if I can't make the riffle, if I go down for good and all, I ask you +to convey the news to my friends. You will?" + +But Ixtli was not at the end of his resources, and gripping a wrist, he +urged Bruno towards yonder second light, speaking hastily as they moved +along towards the edge of that wide passage. "No fight, yet. Best +hide; mebbe no find; dat best try first. Den Ixtli fight like white +brother,--fast!" + +There was time for scant speech, for just then the two parties seemed, +for the first time, to catch sight of each other, and while the brave +bearing the rude lantern still maintained his slow movements, searching +well as he came, the other Indians came in advance, giving the fugitives +barely time in which to crouch down under temporary cover. + +The moment these enemies had passed them by, Ixtli urged Bruno on, then, +in swift whispers, instructed him how to perfect his hiding, even +aiding the young paleface into one of the upright crypts, back of a grim +skeleton, the mouldering blankets assisting in covering the one of flesh +and blood. + +After like fashion, the Aztec sought cover on the opposite side of the +passage. None too quickly, either; for now the single searcher drew +dangerously nigh, peering into every practicable hiding-place on either +side, before moving onward. + +Little by little he drew closer, while the other band of searchers +apparently turned off into a side passage, or large chamber, since +nothing could be seen or heard of them by the fugitives. + +In all probability, Ixtli's bold ruse would have proved a complete +success, for the Aztec warrior showed no suspicion as he drew nearer; +but it was not to be thus. + +Fairly holding his breath, lest he disturb some of the dry bones +immediately in front of himself, Bruno waited and hoped, only to feel +his blood chill, and his heart fail him, as a sickening horror crept +over his brain; nor was that the only creeping thing,--worse luck! + +Past all room for doubting, his entrance into that crypt had disturbed +the repose of a snake of some description; for now he could feel the +loathsome reptile crawling slowly up his back, turning the skin beneath +to scorching ice in its horrid passage. + +One horrible nightmare minute that lasted, then the serpent paused upon +his shoulder and biceps, touching his cheek with nose, then drawing back +its ugly head to give an ominous hiss. + +Human flesh and blood could endure no more, and Bruno flung the snake +violently off, striking forcibly against that mass of dry bones as he +did so. With a rattling clatter, the skeleton lost its frail coherence +and tumbled outward, leaving Bruno fairly exposed within the niche. + +With a cry the Aztec warrior turned in that direction, but ere he could +fetch his light to bear upon the right spot, Ixtli sprung forth to the +rescue, hooting like a frightened owl, as he dashed the light to earth, +and, at the same time, deftly tripping the Indian headlong. + +Swift as thought itself he followed up the advantage thus won, smiting +the fallen brave heavily upon the crown with a clubbed thighbone, +depriving him of sensibility for the time being at least. And then +snatching up the still burning light, he called, in guarded tones, to +his white friend: + +"Come, brother, play hunt, now! Fast--not stop here; dat bad for you see +by dem so soon. Dat good you go--like dis way!" + +Scarcely realising just what fresh ruse the Aztec had in mind, but far +from recovered from that horrible fear of death from poisonous fangs, +Gillespie submitted, Ixtli hurrying him away, turning off into what +appeared to be a side passage, less spacious than that to which they had +until then confined their retreat. + +The young Aztec hastily explained his present scheme, which was to play +the role of searchers as well; and scarcely had he made that project +known, than another difficult test was offered their courage. + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. PENETRATING GRIM SECRETS. + +Bruno caught an imperfect view of moving figures at no great distance +ahead, but ere he could fairly decide just what they might be, his +red-skinned guide swiftly whispered: + +"More come look. You don't say. Ixtli fool 'em--easy!" + +Making not the slightest attempt to avoid the issue, the young Aztec +stepped a little in advance of Gillespie, thus casting him into partial +eclipse, speaking briskly, as he met the two Indians, only one of whom +bore a light: + +"It is trouble for nothing, brothers. There is no sign here. If he saw +aught, 'twas in a dream, I think. And now--hark!" + +Even there in the subterranean recesses something of the wildly excited +uproar which followed Waldo's rash attempt to go a-fishing after his +fellow men, and the sighting of that awful air-demon by the Indians, +could be heard, and, without divining its actual import, Ixtli adroitly +turned it to his own advantage. + +"They have found the strange dog without!" he cried, sharply. "Come, my +brothers, else we will be too late for--hasten, all!" + +But only one-half of the present group obeyed, the two Indians dashing +at full speed towards the main entrance to the city of the dead, leaving +Bruno behind, wholly unsuspected, and Ixtli chuckling gleefully over the +favourable change in the situation. + +"Dey go--we come. Dis way, brother," the Aztec spoke, moving in the +opposite direction, followed willingly enough by the now pretty well +bewildered paleface. + +"Whither are we going?" Bruno felt impelled to ask, after a few +moments more of blind obedience. "How are we going to get out? And my +friends,--they must have been alarmed by that great drum!" + +Ixtli made response by touch rather than in words, and, giving his +companion barely time sufficient to read aright that look of warning, he +extinguished the light, leaving themselves in complete darkness. + +Naturally anticipating fresh danger, Bruno strained his ears to catch +at least an inkling of its precise nature ere the trouble could fairly +close in; but only silence surrounded them,--silence, and an almost +palpable gloom. + +"Not cat," assured Ixtli, in a soft-toned whisper, as he divined the +expectations entertained by his comrade in peril. "Nobody come, now. All +gone see what noise 'bout, yonder. You, me, all right. Best mek no big +talk, dough. Come--see!" + +Apparently the young Aztec found it no easy matter to elect words which +should fairly convey his desired meaning, and, abruptly giving over the +effort, he moved on, one hand lightly closed upon Bruno's wrist to guard +against possible separation in that utter darkness. + +Nothing further was said until Ixtli again came to a halt, Gillespie +giving a low exclamation as he felt what appeared to be a blank wall +before them. Was this no thoroughfare? Were they blocked in, to perish +of starvation, unless earlier discovered by the red-skinned searchers? + +Far from agreeable thoughts, yet such swiftly flashed across the young +man's brain, lending an echo of harshness to his voice as he spoke. + +"Where are we now, Ixtli? How are we going to get out of this? If you +have led me into a trap--" + +Finger-tips lightly brushed his lips, then the Aztec explained as well +he was able, thanks to his limited vocabulary. + +Escape from the catacomb by the same route they had taken in seeking +refuge there was entirely out of the question. Even though the redskins +might have abandoned the search in that precise quarter for the time +being, thanks to the sudden alarm which had broken forth in the valley, +almost certainly there would be an armed guard so stationed as to +intercept any or all persons who might so attempt to emerge. + +This much Bruno gathered, then took his turn at the verbal oars. + +"But we can't stay here, man, dear. Nothing to eat or to drink, and my +friends worrying over us, outside. We've got to get out; I have, at any +rate. The only question is, just how, and where?" + +"Dere one way go," Ixtli made reply, even his lowered tones betraying +more than ordinary impressiveness, Bruno fancied. "Mebbe easy, mebbe +hard. Find dat, when try. We go dis way. Best be still, dough!" + +Bruno was ready enough to promise all that, just so action was being +taken, his uneasiness being by far too deep for rest or repose. More on +account of his uncle and his brother, though, than for his own safety. +He had not yet lost hope of extrication from the perils which surely +surrounded them, not quite abandoned hope of rescuing the Children of +the Sun as well. + +Turning abruptly to the left, Ixtli led the way into what appeared +(through the senses of touch and hearing) to be a narrow, winding +tunnel, which presently took an upward incline, then broadened into a +chamber of greater or lesser dimensions; the faint echoes told Gillespie +there was an enlargement of some description, but the utter darkness +veiled all else. + +Barely had the two adventurous youths come to a pause, than dull, +uncertain sounds came from almost directly above their heads; and, after +listening for a brief space, Ixtli disappointedly breathed a fear that +they would have to wait for the time being. + +"Why? What's going on up yonder? And where are we, anyway?" + +Beneath the great teocalli, Ixtli made answer in his disjointed way +of speaking. There the evil-minded paba, Tlacopa, reigned supreme. And +there, almost directly above their heads, stood the sacrificial stone, +upon whose flat surface the Sun Children would be doomed to suffer the +last penalty, provided Tlacopa won his wicked will. + +Bruno thrilled to his centre with fierce indignation as he, little by +little, gathered this information. Perish by such hideous methods? Give +up her fair young life-- + +For, rather queerly, considering that Ixtli spoke of both Victo and +Glady, he now had thought of--could see but that one lovely face and +shrinking figure,--face and form of the daughter alone. + +Discovery might have come all too soon, but for Ixtli's slipping a palm +over those indignant lips and thus smothering the outbreak which the +young man could not avoid; then, recalled to ordinary prudence, Bruno +talked and listened by turns. + +Ixtli contrived to make his white brother understand just how they were +situated at the time: in a secret channel of communication with the +great war temple, through which sanctuary he had hoped to lead his +friend, thence to escape from the valley itself, if a favourable chance +should offer. Now their way was barred, and they could only wait. +Unless--would Bruno keep close guard over his tongue? + +Yes. Anything, rather than remain wholly idle, like this. + +Adding a few minor cautions, Ixtli took Gillespie by a wrist, and stole +noiselessly forward, climbing upward, over and into a contrivance which +Bruno vainly sought to recognise by the sense of touch, but giving a +thrill of amazement when his guide paused long enough to whisper in his +nearest ear: + +"Dis war-god body. Stand up in teocalli, look on kill-stone. Wait; you +see, hear, all dat, now!" + +Thanks to the close association of that night, with all its attendant +perils, Bruno was growing fairly skilful in interpreting the broken +sentences of his copper-hued chum, and he now knew they were moving +about within the hollow image of the Aztecan war-god, Huitzilopochtli, +while-- + +He caught sight of several small apertures, through which yellow light +came dimly, and, almost without thinking, applied his eyes to the one +most convenient, peering forth upon the broad sacrificial stone, with +its foul, blood-stained surface, the little channels intended to drain +off the superfluous hemorrhage, together with the gloomy, repulsive +surroundings. And, too, a most abominable stench appeared to rise from +the altar of death, and Bruno shrunk back with a shiver of disgust. + +"No talk loud!" softly breathed Ixtli, gripping an arm with force. "Dey +kill, if find now. Look, dat one Tlacopa; big priest, you call. DEM help +paba fool all people; so!" + +Although his meaning was not fully apparent, Bruno caught renewed +interest, and once more peered forth upon the scene, weird and +impressive enough, even from a Christian point of view. + +Headed by Tlacopa, a ceremony of some description was taking place, +lesser priests and other acolytes performing their various parts, the +incantations rising now loudly, now sinking to a hollow monotone, the +whole affair being none the less absorbing when Bruno remembered that, +perhaps, it might have some connection with the vile plots against the +Sun Children, if not endangering life itself. + +Gillespie likewise took note of various other graven images; among them +one of the not less hideous war-goddess, Teoyaomiqui, or "divine war +death," fitting consort for the mighty "humming-bird" himself. + +Meanwhile, Ixtli, who appeared to look upon the whole affair as a more +or less jolly good jest at the expense of his superstitious people, took +occasion to give his white brother a few pointers, letting him see how +easy it was for false oracles to be manufactured to order; how certain +the lightest wishes of the head priest were to find speedy fulfilment at +all times. + +While thus divulging part of the mysteries of the temple, that ceremony +reached a finale, and the little crowd slowly melted away, leaving but +Tlacopa and a select few of his trusted henchman. And Ixtli certainly +caught enough of their talk to alter his manner most materially. + +"Come, quick!" he fiercely whispered in Bruno's ear, gripping an arm, +and fairly forcing the young man to accompany his retreat. + +Not another word was spoken before the lower level was reached, and then +Gillespie broke the ice, asking what was the matter. + +Dark though it was all around them, Bruno could tell by sense of touch +that his guide was powerfully agitated, and, though Ixtli clearly +hesitated before imparting the asked-for information, persistence won +the point; and then-- + +Imperfectly though that discovery was set forth, Gillespie contrived +to gather this much: Tlacopa decreed that the Sun Children should be +brought to trial, if not to actual execution, when the morning sun +arose! + +"Never!" fiercely vowed Bruno, all on fire, as he recalled that more +than fair face. "Never,--while I live and draw breath!" + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. BROUGHT BEFORE THE GODS. + +Once again Aztotl, the Red Heron, was bowing humbly before the Children +of the Sun God, but now there was stern grief impressed upon his visage, +rather than pure devotion, such as one might feel at the feet of a +divinity. + +And the face of Victo was unusually pale, her lips tightly compressed to +keep them from trembling too visibly, while her arm clasped Gladys with +almost fierce love in its warm strength. + +Aztotl glanced upwards for a moment, then slowly spoke: + +"Such are the commands laid upon thy captain of guards, Daughter of +Quetzal', the Fair God. He hath been commanded to fetch Victo and Glady +to the teocalli, there to be--no!" with an outbreak of fierce rebellion, +drawing his superb figure erect, and gripping javelin until the springy +ash quivered, as though suddenly winning life for itself. "The gods lie! +They are speaking falsely, or--or the paba lies, when trying to thus +interpret the oracle!" + +Gladys shrunk away, but her mother stood firm, seeming to gain in +coolness and nerve what this ardent servant was losing. + +"It must be thus, my good friend," she spoke, in low, even tones. "The +word hath come to a soldier, and obedience is his first duty." + +"Not when obedience means leading to sacrifice--" + +"That may never come, good Aztotl. We have committed no sin, in deed or +in thought. The Mother of Gods will not lay claim to an innocent victim. +Or, even then, the right shall triumph! Tlacopa is powerful, but hath +Victo no influence? Lord Hua may throw HIS influence to the wrong side, +but hath truth no answer?" + +"If not truth, then death!" sternly vowed the captain of the body-guard. +"If Tonatiuh fails to punish the enemies of his daughter, then this +right arm shall hurl the false prince down to Mictlanteuctli, grim lord +of the under-world!" + +"What is it all about, mother?" murmured Gladys, clinging in sore +affright to the side of her Amazonian relative. "Surely the people will +not--surely we need not go forth to--" + +A mother's kiss closed those quivering lips, and then, with far more +assurance than she really could find in her heart, Victoria bade her +child fear nothing; that all would come aright in a brief while. + +Little by little, the maiden's terrors were calmed, and then she took +position by her parent's side with a greater display of nerve than might +have been anticipated. + +Through all, Aztotl waited, fiercely silent, held from open rebellion +only by the influence of the woman whose very life was now menaced. And +as the Sun Children stood before him, in readiness to comply with the +commands issued by those in high authority, the Red Heron broke bonds. + +"Say but one word, Daughter of Quetzal', and all this shall never come +to pass! Give me but permission to--" + +"What wouldst thou do, good Aztotl?" + +"Surround the Sun Children with their loyal body-guard and defend them, +while one brave might strike blow, or hold shield in front of their +sacred charge," slowly yet fiercely declared the captain, eyes telling +how dearly he longed to receive that permission. + +But Victo shook her head in slow negation. She was still cool of brain +enough to realise how fatal such course would be in the end. If one +deadly blow should be dealt, the end could be but one,--annihilation to +both defended and defenders. + +Then, too, she recalled the wondrous tidings brought the evening before +by Ixtli and his comrade. Friends were seeking to rescue them, and if +only time might be won--it must be played for, then! + +And so, his petition finally denied, with no other course left open to +take, the Red Heron summoned his picked band and, with the Sun Children +in their midst, left the temple, crossed the plain, and slowly marched +into the War God's teocalli. + +In awed silence a vast number of Aztecs followed that little procession, +silent as they, yet clearly anticipating events of far more than +ordinary importance. And thus the foredoomed women were taken before the +great stone of sacrifice, whereupon lay a snow-white lamb, bound past +the possibility of struggling. + +Close beside the prepared sacrifice stood the head priest, Tlacopa, +robed for the awesome ceremony, sacrificial knife in hand, temples +crowned as customs dictated, eyes blazing as vividly as they might if +backed by living fire. + +Not far distant stood Huatzin, head bandaged and face none the better +looking for his floundering fall when his sash gave way the evening +before. And as he caught the passing gaze of the woman whom he had +so basely persecuted, a repulsive smile showed itself, the grin of a +veritable fiend in human guise. + +Sternly cold, and outwardly unmoved, the captain of guards performed +his sworn duty, then in grim silence awaited the end. And in like manner +each man of that carefully selected band rested upon his arms. + +A brief pause, during which the utter silence grew actually oppressive, +then the head priest lifted a hand as though commanding full attention +before he should speak. + +Then, in tones which were by no means loud, yet which were modulated +so as to fill that expanse most perfectly, Tlacopa recited the grave +accusations brought against the false children of the mighty Sun God. + +To their evil influence he attributed the comparative failure of crops +which had now cursed their fair people throughout the past years. Unto +them, he claimed, belonged the evil credit of many untimely deaths +which had covered so many proud heads with the ashes of mourning and of +despair. To their door might be traced all of misfortune with which the +favourite children of the mighty gods had been so sorely afflicted. + +In proud silence Victo listened to this deliberate arraignment, not +deigning to interpose denial, or offer plea in self-defence, until the +paba was clearly at an end. And even then she gazed upon Tlacopa with +eyes of scorn, and lips which curled with contempt. + +A low murmur from the eager crowd told how anxious they were to hear +more, and, taking her cue from that, Victo made a graceful motion with +her white hand, following it by words that sounded rarely sweet in their +deep mellowness, after the harsh, dry notes of the paba. + +"Who dares to bring such base charges against the Daughters of Quetzal'? +Who are our accusers, head priest?" + +Did Tlacopa shrink from that queenly presence? If so, 'twas but another +cunning device intended to pave the way to complete success; to catch +the fickle fancy of his audience by rendering his retort all the more +effective. + +"Who dares accuse us of wrong-doing?" again demanded the Amazonian +mother, speaking for her child as well, around whose waist her left arm +was clinging as a needed support. + +"The Mother of all the gods!" forcibly replied the priest, now casting +aside all presence of timidity, and gazing into that proud face +with eyes which were filled with fire of hatred and jealousy. "The +all-powerful Centeotl hath made known the awful truth through the lips +of the infallible oracle, my children! She hath declared that no +smiles shall be turned towards the children of Anahuac so long as false +prophets disgrace this great city! She hath demanded the sacrifice--" + +"Who can bear witness to any such demand?" sternly interposed the +captain of the body-guard, unable to listen longer in silence. + +Tlacopa flashed an evil look his way, but from the audience issued +another murmur, rising louder until it took upon itself the shape of +words, demanding indubitable proof that the oracle had indeed spoken +thus. And, no longer daring to rely upon his own authority, Tlacopa +turned to the sacrificial stone whereupon lay the helpless lamb, bowing +knee and lifting face as he volubly repeated the customary invocation; +just then it appeared far more nearly an incantation. + +Having thus complied with all the requirements of his office, the paba +first kissed his blade of sacrifice, then seized the lamb and turned +it upon its back, one hand holding it helpless while with the other he +ripped the poor beast wide from throat to tail, then, making a swift +cross-slash, laid bare the cavity and exposed the quivering heart. + +Dropping his knife, Tlacopa grasped this vital organ, fiercely tearing +it away, drawing back where all might see as he lifted the heart on high +for inspection. + +One brief look appeared to satisfy his needs, for he gave a fierce shout +as he hurled the bleeding heart towards the accused, then cried: + +"An omen! An omen! The Mother of the Gods claims her victims!" + + + +CHAPTER XXIX. BENEATH THE SACRIFICIAL STONE. + +Contrary to the expectations of Ixtli escape by way of the War God's +temple was barred throughout the remainder of that eventful night. +Tlacopa, the head priest, together with a number of his acolytes, +varying as to force, yet ever too powerful for any two men to force a +passage contrary to the will of their leader, remained on duty each and +every hour. And hence it came to pass that those early hours found +our fugitives still beneath the temple, worn through loss of sleep +and stress of anxiety, yet firmly resolved not to permit that intended +outrage without at least striking one fair blow for the Children of the +Sun. + +Slowly enough the time passed, yet it could hardly be called monotonous. +Whenever wearied of their darksome waiting, the young men would steal +again into the hollow image of Huitzil', there to utilise the cunningly +arranged peepholes, now looking out upon the priests, or listening to +catch such words as fell from the lips of those nearest the stone of +sacrifice. + +In this manner Ixtli contrived to pick up quite a little fund of +information, mainly through the confidences reposed in a certain +favoured few of the brotherhood by the chief paba. And this, in turn, +filtered through his lips after the chums once again retreated to the +lower regions for both safety and comfort. + +And then Bruno learned how the adventurous young Aztec, far less +superstitious than the vast majority of his people, thanks to the kindly +teaching of Victo, Child of Quetzal', had in his explorations discovered +so many secrets of the temple and priesthood, secrets which he now had +no scruple in communicating to another of a different race. + +Ixtli told how, on various occasions, he had lurked behind the scenes +while the miraculous "oracle" was delivering fiat or prophecy, and then +he told his white brother how Tlacopa meant to completely confound the +Children of the Sun when once brought before the gods. + +"He tell slave what say. Slave come dis way. Hide in War God. Wait for +time, den tell Tlacopa's words!" + +A most infernal scheme, yet the danger of which Bruno could readily +recognise, together with the serious difficulty of refuting any such +supernatural evidence. + +"Surely your people will not suffer a few dirty curs to do such horrible +wrong to ladies like--Why, Ixtli, even the gods you fellows bow the knee +to in worship, ought to rise up in their defence!" + +But Ixtli merely sighed, then spoke in sad tones, explaining how he +alone had been taken wholly into the confidence of the Sun Children. +Even the captain of their guards knew Victo and Glady as but descendants +of the great Fair God whom the audacious trickery of a rival sent far +away from the land of his favoured people, to find an abiding-place in +the sun itself. + +"He good brave. He die for dem,--easy! But he not know all. He think +drop from sun, to lead people back to light. If think not so, dat make +face turn black; dat make mad come--great big!" + +As was ever the case when his feeling seemed deeply stirred, Ixtli found +it difficult to fully or fairly explain his sentiments; but Bruno caught +sufficient of his meaning to give a fair guess at the rest. + +He found a ray of hope in the belief that Aztotl at least would defend +the Children of the Sun, and Ixtli predicted with apparent confidence +that the members of the body-guard would stand firm under the Red +Heron's leadership. + +Keeping thus upon the alert throughout the remainder of that night, the +young men were able to take prompt action when the crisis drew nigh. + +Ixtli caught the first inkling of what was coming, and hastily sent +Bruno away from the peepholes, dropping a word in his ear as they both +prepared for clean work. + +Through a secret entrance, shaped amidst the drapery which surrounded +the pedestal of the mighty Huitzil', a slave of the temple crept to play +the part of echo to Tlacopa's evil will; and scarcely had he secured +what was to be a place of waiting and watching than the attack was made +from out the darkness. + +Ixtli flung his tunic over the slave's head, twisting both ends tightly +about his throat, effectually smothering all attempt at crying aloud for +aid, while Bruno clasped arms about his middle, holding hands powerless +to strike or to draw weapon. + +A brief struggle, which produced scarcely any noise, certainly not +sufficient to reach the ears of priest or helper, then the trembling, +unnerved slave was bundled down that narrow passage, to be dumped in a +remote corner, and there effectually bound and gagged by the young men. + +All this was performed without hitch or mishap, and then, nerved +to fighting pitch, Ixtli and Bruno went back beneath the stone of +sacrifice, resolved to play their part to the end in manful fashion. + +There was no further fear of intrusion, for, of course, Tlacopa would +never think of endangering his own evil scheme by risking an exposure +such as would follow discovery of his slave-oracle. As Ixtli truly +said, such discovery would end in the paba's being slain by his befooled +people. + +Their patience was sorely tried, even then, though a goodly portion of +the blame belonged to their fears for the Sun Children, rather than to +the actual length of waiting. But then, amidst the solemn invocations +led by the high priest, the body-guard marched into the Hall of +Sacrifice, and Bruno caught his breath sharply as he beheld--Gladys! Not +her mother, just then. For the first minute, only,--Gladys! + +Then came the bitter denunciation by Tlacopa, followed by the coldly +dignified words of Victo, after which the innocent lamb yielded up +its life in order that the future might be predicted through the still +quivering heart. + +With a fiercely exultant cry Tlacopa hurled the vital organ towards the +accused, it striking the mother upon an arm, then glancing further to +leave an ugly smear upon the daughter's shoulder ere falling among the +eager multitude, who fought and struggled to secure at least a morsel of +the hideous thing. + +"Behold! the gods hath marked their own!" cried the high priest, his +harsh tones fairly filling the Hall of Sacrifice. "They are guilty of +all crimes laid at their door. They merit death, a thousandfold. The +Mother of Gods hath spoken!" + +"To whom but thou, Tlacopa?" sternly cried the captain of the guards, as +he stood firm in spite of the ominous sounds which were rising from the +rear, as well as from either side. + +"She hath spoken unto me, as her worthy representative on earth." + +"And there are those who say much religion hath turned thy brain, good +Tlacopa," retorted Aztotl, holding his temper fairly well under control, +yet with blazing eyes and stiffening sinews. "Are thy ears alone to +receive such important communications as--" + +"Silence, thou scoffer!" fiercely cried the high priest, lifting +quivering hands on high as though about to call down the thunders of +an outraged deity upon that impious head. "She who hath spoken once may +deign to speak again. Harken,--hear the oracle!" + +Doubtless this was cue for the slave of the temple to repeat the words +placed within its mouth, but that slave was literally unable to speak +a word for himself, let alone others. Yet,--the oracle was not wholly +silenced! + +"Talk out, or I will!" fiercely muttered Bruno, giving Ixtli a violent +punch in the side, "talk out for the Sun Children!" + +The young Aztec needed no further prompting, loving Victo and Glady as +he did, hating and despising the high priest. And in shrill, clear tones +came the wondrous oracle: + +"Tlacopa lies! Tlacopa is an evil dog! The Mother of the Gods loves and +will defend her friends, the Children of the great and good Quetzal'." + +How much more Ixtli might have said, had he been granted further grace, +will never be known. Tlacopa shrank away from the speaking statue as +from a living death, but then he rallied, savagely thundering: + +"'Tis a lying oracle! 'Tis an evil impostor who has--An omen! A true +omen, my children! The evil ones hath been branded for the knife! Seize +them! To the sacrifice!" + +That vicious cry was swiftly taken up, but the body-guard closed in +around the menaced women, presenting arms to all that maddened horde, +while their captain sternly warned all good people to fall aside and +make way for the Children of the Sun. + +Then that secret entrance was flung wide, permitting two excited young +men to issue, Tlacopa reeling aside from a blow dealt him by Bruno's +clenched fist, as that worthy hastened to join forces with the +body-guard. + + + +CHAPTER XXX. AGAINST OVERWHELMING ODDS. + +This double appearance--for Ixtli kept fair pace with his hot-headed +white brother--caused no little stir, and added considerable to the +partial bewilderment which had fallen over that audience. + +Prince Hua shouted forth savage threats, but he, as well as the paba, +was fairly demoralised for the moment by the totally unexpected failure +of their carefully laid schemes. + +Seeing his chance, Aztotl bade his men escort the Sun Children from the +Hall of Sacrifice back to their own abiding-place, barely noticing his +son, and paying no heed at all to the disguised paleface. + +With spears ready for stroke or parry as occasion might demand, +the guard faced about and slowly moved away from the great stone of +sacrifice, rigid of face, cool of nerve, ready to die if must be, yet +never once thinking of disobedience to orders, or of playing cur to save +life. + +Almost involuntarily the crowd parted before that measured advance, +giving way until a fair pathway lay open, along which the body-guard +moved with neither haste nor hesitation, outwardly ignorant of the fact +that ugly cries and dangerous gestures were coming thicker and faster +their way. + +Scores of other voices caught up the fierce cry given by the head +priest, and now the temple was ringing throughout with demands that +the false Sun Children should pay full penalty, should be haled to the +sacrificial stone, there to purge themselves without further delay! + +Others showed an inclination to favour the descendants of Quetzal', and +thus the widely conflicting shouts and cries formed a medley which was +fairly deafening. + +For one of his fierce temper the Red Heron showed a marvellous coolness +throughout that perilous retreat, and never more than during the first +few seconds. Then a single injudicious word or too hasty movement might +easily have precipitated a fight, where the vast audience would surely +have brought disaster, whether the majority so willed or not. + +Holding his men well in hand, moving only as rapidly as prudence +justified, yet losing neither time nor ground, where both were of +such vital importance; Aztotl forced a passage from the great Hall of +Sacrifice down to the level, then out into the open air, where one could +see and fight if needs be. + +Through all this, Bruno Gillespie held the position he had taken, one +hand gripping tightly his maquahuitl, but placing his main dependence +upon the revolver which nestled conveniently within the folds of his +sash, one nervous forefinger touching the curved trigger. + +He could not help seeing that the danger was great. He felt certain that +they could not retreat much farther without coming to blows, when the +odds would be overwhelmingly against them. Yet never for an instant did +he regret having taken such a decided step; not for one moment did he +give thought to himself. + +Almost within reach of his hand, if extended at the length of his arm, +moved the fair maiden whose face and form had made so deep an impression +upon his mind and his heart. She was in peril. She needed aid. That was +enough! + +Then the briefly stunned Tlacopa rushed forth from his desecrated +temple, wildly flourishing his arms, furiously denouncing both the Sun +Children and their body-guard, thundering forth the curses of all the +gods upon the heads of those who refrained from arresting the evil ones. + +"The mighty Mother of Gods calls for her own! Seize them! Strike down +the impious dogs who dare attempt to defraud our Mother! Seize them! To +the sacrifice--to the sacrifice!" + +Equally loud of voice, the Prince Hua came leaping down to the sandy +level, urging his people to the assault, offering almost fabulous sums +as reward for the brave Aztec whose arm should lay yonder traitorous Red +Heron prone in the dust. + +The crisis came, and the dogs of war were let loose. + +An arrow whizzed narrowly past the feathered helmet worn by the captain +of the guards. A stone came humming out of sling, to be deftly dashed +aside by Aztotl's shield ere it could fairly smite that gold-crowned +head as, outwardly calm and composed, Victo aided her trembling daughter +on towards the Temple of the Sun God, where alone they might look for +safety. + +But would it be found even there? + +No! For, at savage howl from lips of the high priest, a strong force of +armed redskins took up position at the teocalli, blocking each one of +the four flights of stone steps in order to intercept the body-guard, +while still closer pressed the yelling, screeching, frantic heathen of +both sexes and all ages. + +Aztotl saw how he had been flanked, but made no sign, even while +slightly turning course for another temple at less distance, a single +word being sufficient to post his true-hearts. + +So far not a single blow had been struck by the retreating party, +although great provocation had been given them. More than one of their +number was bleeding, yet all were afoot, and still capable of holding +ranks. Then-- + +Bravest of the brave, a man among men in spite of his tender years, +Ixtli laid down his life in defence of his idolised Victo. + +From one of that maddened rabble came a heavy stone, flung with all the +power of a sinewy arm and great sling. Smitten fairly between the +eyes, the poor lad's skull was crushed, as a giant hand might mash an +eggshell. + +One gasping sigh, then the lad sunk to earth, dead ere he could fairly +measure his length thereupon. + +For a single instant Aztotl seemed as one stupefied, but then an awful +uproar burst from his labouring lungs, and he hurled his heavy javelin +full at yonder murderer, winging it with a father's curses. + +Swift flew the dart, but fully as quickly sank that varlet, the head of +the spear scraping his skull, to pass on and smite with death one even +more evil, if that might be. + +Full in the throat Tlacopa was stricken, the broad blade of copper +tearing a passage through, and the shaft following after for the greater +portion of its length. Unable to scream, though his visage was hideously +distorted by mingled fear and agony, the high priest caught the wood in +both hands, even as he reeled to partly turn, then fall upon his face, +dead,--thrice dead! + +With a wild thrill of grief and horror, Bruno Gillespie saw his red +brother reel in cruel death, and, for the moment heedless of his own +peril, which surely was doubled thereby, he sprang that way, to stoop +and catch that quivering shape in his eager hands. + +Too late, save to show his comradeship. That heavy stone had only too +surely performed its grim mission. Dead! Poor lad: dead, while seeking +to save another! + +With a fierce cry of angry mourning, Bruno lifted the mutilated corpse +in his arms, trying to toss it over a shoulder, to bear away from risk +of trampling under the heedless feet of the yelling heathen; but it was +not to be. Another stone smote his arm near the elbow, breaking no bone, +yet so benumbing the member as to temporarily disable it, causing that +precious burden to drop to earth once more. + +Then came an awful outcry from the people, whom the sight of their +high-priest reeling in death had, for a few fleeting seconds, fairly +stupefied. Cries which meant much to the living, and before which even +that band of true-hearts receded with slightly quickened pace. + +With the others fell back Bruno, leaving his hand-wood lying beside the +lifeless corpse of his redskinned brother-at-heart, but drawing forth +the weapon which he knew so much better how to use. + +The fierce lust of vengeance now seized upon him, heart and brain. He +shouted forth grim defiance to that howling crew, and as the deadly +missiles came in thickening clouds, carrying death and wounds to the +bodyguard of the Sun Children, he opened fire, shooting to kill. + +Entirely without firearms themselves, and in all probability ignorant of +such an instrument of destruction, this might have produced a far more +beneficial result under other circumstances. As it was now, few, if any, +took heed of what they could not hear above that awful tumult, and those +who felt the boring lead never rose up to give their testimony. + +Closer crowded the superstition-ridden heathen, showering missiles of +all descriptions upon the body-guard, confounding all with the one to +whose javelin their head priest owed his death,--only to recoil once +more, in fierce awe, as another victim of high rank paid forfeit his +life for the death of Ixtli, sole offspring of Aztotl, the Red Heron. + + + +CHAPTER XXXI. DEFENDING THE SUN CHILDREN. + +Louder than ever rose the voice of Lord Hua, after witnessing the fall +of his ally, the high priest. In spite of the great odds against the +body-guards, he began to fear lest his intended prey should even yet +slip through his evil clutches. + +Fiercer than ever rang forth his curses and imprecations upon the head +of the Aztec who thus dared the vengeance of all the gods by lifting +hand in arms against the anointed. + +And then, his own nerve strung by those very efforts to inspire others, +Lord Hua forged nearer the front, eager to behold all his hated enemies +crushed to earth as by a single stroke. And then-- + +With vicious force he hurled his javelin straight for the white throat +of the Sun Child who had scorned his fawning advances, and only the ever +ready eye, the true hand, the strong arm of Aztotl again warded off grim +death from the Fair God's Child. + +Caught upon that trusty shield one instant, the next turned towards +its original owner, to quiver for the barest fraction of time in that +vengeful grip, then, gloriously true to the hero's will and intent, sped +that javelin home. + +Home to the false heart of false prince; grinding through skin and flesh +and bones, cleaving that hot organ with broad blade of tempered copper, +forcing one vicious screech from those tortured lungs, then causing that +bulk to measure its length upon the blood-sprinkled sands. + +Once again the heathen involuntarily recoiled, as death claimed a high +victim. Once more the band of true-hearts slightly quickened their pace +towards the temple, now nigh at hand. Yet those lessened numbers never +once betrayed fear, or doubt, or faltering. Grimly true to their trust, +they fell back in the best of order, fighting as they moved, beating +back the heathen hosts, as though each man was a god, and their strong +arms a wall of steel. + +Here and there a true-heart sank to earth with the hand of death veiling +his eyes, but he died in silence; no cry of fear, no moan of pain, no +pitiful appeal for mercy at the hands of his maddened people. They knew +their sworn duty, and like true hearts they trod that narrow path unto +the very end. + +Although with gradually lessening numbers, the body-guard remained +practically the same. Still in a hollow square, with the Children of the +Sun God in the centre, they slowly, doggedly fell back, ever facing the +ravening foe, ever moving shoulder to shoulder as a single man. + +Then, just as Bruno Gillespie was refilling his emptied revolver, the +base of the tall pyramidal temple was won, and still protecting their +fair-haired charge, the body-guard ascended to the second terrace, +beating back such of the wild rabble as pressed them too closely. + +Again that wonderful barking-death came into play, and Bruno felt +a strangely savage joy gnawing at his heart as he saw more than one +stalwart warrior reel dizzily back from his hot hail. + +"For Ixtli, you curs! That for Ixtli! Down,--and eat dirt, dogs!" + +Scarcely could his own ears catch those sounds, although he shouted with +the full power of his strong young lungs, so indescribably horrid was +the din and tumult. + +Up another flight of steps, then yet another, although the crazed +rabble was not pressing them so very hard, just now. Still, their +number forbade a fourfold division as yet, and Aztotl feared lest the +blood-ravening mob attempt to head off their flight by taking possession +of the other stairs, thus being first to occupy yonder flat arena high +above the earth, whereupon he hoped to still protect the Sun Children, +even though he must lay down his life to maintain their lease. + +Lacking an acknowledged leader, the furious mass thought only of +crushing the faithful band by mere weight of numbers, taking no thought +in advance, else the end might well have been precipitated. + +Arrows, spears, javelins, stones from slings, poured upon the body-guard +in almost countless numbers, now and then claiming a true-heart as +victim, whereupon the rabble howled afresh in drunken triumph; but where +a single man died in the performance of his oath-bound duty, half a +score heathen bit the dust and grovelled out his remnant of life yonder +where most viciously trampled the feet of his fellow brutes. + +Pausing barely long enough to beat back the crazed rush which came +so close upon their retreat, the band of brothers would then slowly, +doggedly fall back another of those mighty steps, with bared teeth and +blazing eyes, longing to end all by one joyous plunge into the thick of +their assailants, dying with their chosen dead! + +Five separate times that upward flight, and five times the grim pause +to give death another portion of his red feast. Five times the +blood-lapping mob dashed against the band of brothers. Five times they +were hurled back, leaving more dead and dying there to mark the savage +struggle. + +And then, sadly decimated at each halt, less in numbers as they passed +farther from earth to climb nearer the blue sky, the survivors won +the crest of the teocalli, still fighting, still beating back such as +followed their steps more closely. + +Ere that brilliant retreat began, 'twould have taken close ranks for the +body-guard to find standing-room upon the temple-top; but now--Aztotl +called for a division of his force, since there were four separate +avenues of approach, of which the enemy was prompt to avail itself. + +"For the Sun Children, my brothers!" he cried, his voice rising even +above that awful tumult and turmoil. "Guard them with your lives!" + +Little need to waste breath in so adjuring. Of all thus enlisted, not +one of the true-hearts but proved worthy the trust. + +Not one brave who took care for his own life. Not one but was ready to +die in order to save; and thus far not a single wound had won so far as +either Child of the Fair God. + +Even now while the heathen were raging more viciously than ever, +crowding each terrace and jamming each flight of steps to the verge of +suffocation, strong arms were shielding them, true hearts were thinking +how best they might be served. + +Time and again Aztotl warded away winged death as it sought to claim +Victo for its prey. And Bruno Gillespie, no whit less brave if somewhat +lacking in warlike experience, made Gladys his especial care, sending +shot or dealing knife-thrust in her defence, barely giving thought to +his own safety as a side issue. + +Those broad terraces bore ugly pools and irregular patches of red blood. +The various flights of stone steps grew slippery and uncertain as they +likewise began to steam. Yet forward and upward pressed the howling mob, +and desperately fought the doomed body-guard above. + +Faster fly the deadly missiles, too many by far for even the keenest eye +to guard against them all. One and another of those gallant defenders +drop away; only because death had claimed them, not because of fear or +of bodily anguish. + +Aztotl staggers,--an arrow is quivering in his broad bosom,--but +still he fights on, dealing death with each blow of his blood-dripping +hand-wood. A stone lays open his brow,--but heavier and faster plays his +terrible weapon. A javelin flashes briefly, then the red copper vanishes +from sight, while the ashen shaft slowly dyes crimson, as the hot +life-blood issues. + +A last, dying stroke, and the Red Heron sinks at the feet of his +adoration, faithful unto the last, his brave soul going forth to join +with that of Ixtli; the last of a gallant family. + +Victo gives a wild cry of vengeance, then snatches up bow and quiver +where let fall by a death-smitten warrior, and wings swift death to the +slayer of her captain of the guard. + +An awful melee, where the odds were momentarily increasing; where one +man was forced to do the work of a score; where death inevitable awaited +all, unless a miracle should intervene. And that miracle-- + +Shrilly rang forth the voice of Victoria Edgecombe as, amidst the fury +of battle, she caught sight of the air-ship swiftly darting that way +through the clear atmosphere, bent on saving, if saving might be. + +The peculiar sound which attended the exploding of a dynamite cartridge +heralded the death of more than one Aztec, and, as the swift rattle of +revolvers added to the uproar, there was an involuntary recoiling, a +terrified shrinking, which was employed to the best advantage by the +air-voyagers. + +The aerostat barely landed upon the top of the temple, before Cooper +Edgecombe, with a wild scream of ecstatic joy, caught his wife in his +arms and hurried her into the car, while Waldo and uncle Phaeton aided +Bruno. + + + +CHAPTER XXXII. ADIEU TO THE LOST CITY. + +And Bruno clung fast to the half-swooning maiden, so that two in place +of one had to be assisted by uncle and nephew! + +Barely a score of seconds thus employed, then the gallant air-ship +responded to the touch of master-hand, and floated away from the bloody +temple-top with its increased burden, even as the last survivor of the +Sun Children's body-guard sank down in death. + +A brief stupor came over the amazed heathen at sight of this awful +air-devil from whose sides spat forth invisible death; but then, as they +divined at least a portion of the truth, as they saw their longed-for +victims thus borne bodily away, a revulsion came, and, amid the most +hideous howls and screeches, missiles flew towards the air-ship, +menacing sudden death to all therein. + +But fate would not have it thus, and, under the guidance of that +master-hand, the aeromotor flew higher and farther, quickly leaving +behind all peril from javelins, darts, arrows, or stones from slings. +And but one of their number had suffered aught: Bruno lay as one dead, +blood flowing from a stone-gash over an eye, but with one hand still +gripping the butt of an empty pistol; his other arm was--around the Sun +Daughter's waist! + +And Gladys? First she shrunk back with a gasping cry of mingled fear and +grief; only to quickly recover and--did she kiss that curiously spotted, +streaked face? + +Waldo afterwards declared she certainly did, for that a moment later he +saw some of that moistened stain upon her quivering lips; but Waldo was +ever extravagantly fond of a jest, and it may be--never mind! + +Not until the air-ship was safely past peril from yonder howling, raving +lunatics in bronze did Professor Featherwit give heed to aught else, +and by that time Victoria had left the ardent embrace of her husband, to +care for the elder Gillespie, whose single-hearted devotion all through +that bloody retreat and bloodier struggle upon the temple had not wholly +escaped her notice. + +Under such tender ministrations, Bruno quickly revived, and, after +assuring himself that the Children of the Sun were alive and unharmed, +while the Lost City was now left far behind them, he huskily begged +uncle Phaeton to descend to earth, where he might find water enough to +remove what remained of that loathsome disguise! + +But Professor Featherwit was far too shrewd a general to take any +unnecessary risks. His last glimpse of yonder valley showed him hundreds +of armed redskins rushing at top speed for the various passes by which +that circle of hills could be over-passed, and he knew that chase would +be made as long as the faintest ray of hope lured the Aztecs on. + +Thus it came that no halt was made until the inland reservoir was +reached, where there could be no possible danger in making a temporary +landing. And then Bruno stole away in hot haste, both to wash his person +and to reclothe it in garments not quite so ridiculous as he now felt +that savage rig must appear. + +"Just as though the little woman wasn't used to see fit-outs like that, +old man," mocked Waldo, the irrepressible. "She'll go scare at you in +this rig; see if she doesn't, now!" + +Whether or no Gladys was actually frightened as Bruno made his +appearance, need not be decided here; but one fact remains: she acted a +vast deal shyer than when she saw her gallant defender lying as if dead, +with the red blood flowing over his face. + +Naturally enough, Cooper Edgecombe seemed fairly crazed by his joy. +After so many long years of hopeless grief and wistful longing, to find +his loved ones, safe and sound, far more beautiful than of yore! Surely +enough to turn the gravest of men into a laughing, jesting, voluble lad! + +But throughout it all ran a vein of sadness and of mourning. Neither +Aztotl the noble, nor Ixtli the gallant, could so soon be forgotten. And +more than one pair of eyes grew dim, more than one voice turned husky, +as mention was made of both life and death,--peace to their ashes! + + +Heavily burdened as the air-ship now was, it would be unwise to add +more, and so but a few minor articles were removed from the cavern, +which had for so long sheltered the exiled aeronaut, then the lever +was touched, and the vessel rose slowly into air, making one leisurely +circuit of the lake, in order to show the Children of the Sun where +their husband and father came so perilously nigh to entering upon +a subterranean voyage to the far-away Pacific. And, luckily as it +appeared, they were just in time to see that "big suck" drag another +huge tree down into its ever hungry maw. + +Not until the shades of night again began to settle over the earth did +the professor permit another halt, but then many miles lay between that +Lost City of the Aztecs and their present position, and, after selecting +a pleasant spot for alighting, preparations for their first al-fresco +meal in company were begun. + +That proved to be a pleasant meal, and yet a more pleasant evening +there in the wilderness,--the first, but by no means the last, partaken +of,--for, now they need no longer fear the heathen, Professor Featherwit +was eager to more thoroughly explore that strange land. + +Still, the air-ship was inconveniently crowded, and that helped to cut +explorations short. Then, too, Cooper Edgecombe was naturally eager to +return to civilisation once more, especially as he now had his heart's +dearest desire, wife and daughter, each peerless in her peculiar way. + +Thus it came to pass that the terra incognita was abandoned for the time +being, Professor Featherwit striking that wide path of ruin which marked +the course of the tornado, then sailing leisurely towards the point +of their initial departure, improving the opportunity by giving a +neat little lecture concerning tornadoes in general, and that one in +particular. + +"Which totally exploded so many absurd theories held up to date," was +his proud assertion; and then he went on to explain just how, and why, +and wherefore-- + + +Why dwell longer? The tale I set out to narrate is finished. The unknown +land has been penetrated, and at least a portion of its marvels has +been inspected; imperfectly, no doubt, but that may be attributed to +circumstances which were past control. + +And should the still curious reader ask, "Is it all true? Is there +actually such a place as the Lost City? And are the people who live +in that town really and truly the same race as once inhabited Old +Mexico?"--to all such, I can hardly do better than this: there was a +Territory of Washington. There is now a State of Washington. Within that +State may be found a range, or system of mountains, known to the +world as the Olympics. And within the wide scope of country which lies +nestling inside of that mountain system may to this day be found-- + +But, after all, a little parable which Waldo Gillespie read to a certain +doubting Thomas, on the very evening of the day which changed Gladys +Edgecombe, spinster, into Mrs. Bruno Gillespie, may better serve in this +connection. + +"After all, I don't believe there is any such place or people," declared +Doubting Thomas, nodding his head vigorously. + +"Is that so?" mildly queried our good friend, Waldo. "Let me give you +a little pointer, old man. Once upon a time, a man by the name of John +Smith was being tried for stealing a fat hog. The State brought three +reputable witnesses to swear that they actually saw the theft committed, +while the best the defence could offer was to declare that they could +produce at least a dozen honest citizens who would make oath to the fact +that they did not witness the crime. So--moral: + +"We six fairly honest people saw both the Lost City and its inhabitants. +Scores of equally reliable persons never saw either. Which sort of +evidence weighs the most, my good fellow?" + +Gentlemen of the jury, the verdict rests with you! + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Lost City, by Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST CITY *** + +***** This file should be named 783.txt or 783.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/7/8/783/ + +Produced by Charles Keller + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. Binary files differdiff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..426a1b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #783 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/783) diff --git a/old/locty10.txt b/old/locty10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b2d1f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/locty10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7956 @@ +Project Gutenberg Etext of The Lost City by Joseph E. Badger Jr + + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the copyright laws for your country before posting these files!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations* + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below. We need your donations. + + +The Lost City + +by Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + +January, 1997 [Etext #783] + + +Project Gutenberg Etext of The Lost City by Joseph E. Badger Jr +*****This file should be named locty10.txt or locty10.zip****** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, locty11.txt. +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, locty10a.txt. + + +Scanned by Charles Keller with +OmniPage Professional OCR software +purchased from Caere Corporation, 1-800-535-7226. +Contact Mike Lough <Mikel@caere.com> + + +We are now trying to release all our books one month in advance +of the official release dates, for time for better editing. + +Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. To be sure you have an +up to date first edition [xxxxx10x.xxx] please check file sizes +in the first week of the next month. Since our ftp program has +a bug in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a +look at the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a +new copy has at least one byte more or less. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +fifty hours is one conservative estimate for how long it we take +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release thirty-two text +files per month: or 400 more Etexts in 1996 for a total of 800. +If these reach just 10% of the computerized population, then the +total should reach 80 billion Etexts. We will try add 800 more, +during 1997, but it will take all the effort we can manage to do +the doubling of our library again this year, what with the other +massive requirements it is going to take to get incorporated and +establish something that will have some permanence. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by the December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000=Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only 10% of the present number of computer users. 2001 +should have at least twice as many computer users as that, so it +will require us reaching less than 5% of the users in 2001. + + +We need your donations more than ever! + + +All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg" + + +For these and other matters, please mail to: + +Project Gutenberg +P. O. Box 2782 +Champaign, IL 61825 + +When all other email fails try our Executive Director: +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +We would prefer to send you this information by email +(Internet, Bitnet, Compuserve, ATTMAIL or MCImail). + +****** +If you have an FTP program (or emulator), please +FTP directly to the Project Gutenberg archives: +[Mac users, do NOT point and click. . .type] + +ftp uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd etext/etext90 through /etext97 +or cd etext/articles [get suggest gut for more information] +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET INDEX?00.GUT +for a list of books +and +GET NEW GUT for general information +and +MGET GUT* for newsletters. + +**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor** +(Three Pages) + + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG- +tm etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor +Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States +copyright on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy +and distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this +etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors, +officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost +and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or +indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause: +[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification, +or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word pro- + cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the + net profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Association within the 60 + days following each date you prepare (or were legally + required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent periodic) + tax return. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time, +scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty +free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution +you can think of. Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg +Association". + +*END*THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END* + + + + + +THE LOST CITY BY JOSEPH E. BADGER, JR. + + +CONTENTS. + +CHAPTER +I. NATURE IN TRAVAIL +II. PROFESSOR FEATHERWIT TAKING NOTES +III. RIDING THE TORNADO +IV. THE PROFESSOR'S LITTLE EXPERIMENT +V. THE PROFESSOR'S UNKNOWN LAND +VI. A BRACE OF UNWELCOME VISITORS +VII. THE PROFESSOR'S GREAT ANTICIPATIONS +VIII. A DUEL TO THE DEATH +IX. GRAPPLING A QUEER FISH +X. RESCUED AND RESCUERS +XI. ANOTHER SURPRISE FOR THE PROFESSOR +XII. THE STORY OF A BROKEN LIFE +XIII. THE LOST CITY OF THE AZTECS +XIV. A MARVELLOUS VISION +XV. ASTOUNDING, YET TRUE +XVI. CAN IT BE TRUE? +XVII. AN ENIGMA FOR THE BROTHERS +XVIII. SOMETHING LIKE A WHITE ELEPHANT +XIX. THE CHILDREN OF THE SUN GOD +XX. THE PROFESSOR AND THE AZTEC +XXI. DISCUSSING WAYS AND MEANS +XXII. A DARING UNDERTAKING +XXIII. A FLIGHT UNDERGROUND +XXIV. THE SUN CHILDREN'S PERIL +XXV. WALDO GOES FISHING +XXVI. DOWN AMONG THE DEAD +XXVII. PENETRATING GRIM SECRETS +XXVIII. BROUGHT BEFORE THE GODS +XXIX. BENEATH THE SACRIFICIAL STONE +XXX. AGAINST OVERWHELMING ODDS +XXXI. DEFENDING THE SUN CHILDREN +XXXII. ADIEU TO THE LOST CITY + + + + +THE LOST CITY. + + + +CHAPTER I. + +NATURE IN TRAVAIL. + +"I say, professor?" + +"Very well, Waldo; proceed." + +"Wonder if this isn't a portion of the glorious climate, broken +loose from its native California, and drifting up this way on a +lark?" + +"If so, said lark must be roasted to a turn," declared the third +(and last) member of that little party, drawing a curved +forefinger across his forehead, then flirting aside sundry drops +of moisture. "I can't recall such another muggy afternoon, and +if we were only back in what the scientists term the cyclone +belt--" + +"We would be all at sea," quickly interposed the professor, the +fingers of one hand vigorously stirring his gray pompadour, while +the other was lifted in a deprecatory manner. "At sea, literally +as well as metaphorically, my dear Bruno; for, correctly +speaking, the ocean alone can give birth to the cyclone." + +"Why can't you remember anything, boy?" sternly cut in the +roguish-eyed youngster, with admonitory forefinger, coming to the +front. "How many times have I told you never to say blue when +you mean green? Why don't you say Kansas zephyr? Or +windy-auger? Or twister? Or whirly-gust on a corkscrew +wiggle-waggle? Or--well, almost any other old thing that you +can't think of at the right time? W-h-e-w! Who mentioned +sitting on a snowdrift, and sucking at an icicle? Hot? Well, +now, if this isn't a genuine old cyclone breeder, then I wouldn't +ask a cent!" + +Waldo Gillespie let his feet slip from beneath him, sitting down +with greater force than grace, back supported against a gnarled +juniper, loosening the clothes at his neck while using his other +hand to ply his crumpled hat as a fan. + +Bruno laughed outright at this characteristic anticlimax, while +Professor Featherwit was obliged to smile, even while compelled +to correct. + +"Tornado, please, nephew; not cyclone." + +"Well, uncle Phaeton, have it your own way. Under either name, I +fancy the thing-a-ma-jig would kick up a high old bobbery with a +man's political economy should it chance to go bu'st right there! + +And, besides, when I was a weenty little fellow I was taught +never to call a man a fool or a liar--" + +"Waldo!" sharply warned his brother, turning again. + +"So long as I knew myself to be in the wrong," coolly finished +the youngster, face grave, but eyes twinkling, as they turned +towards his mistaken mentor. "What is it, my dear Bruno?" + +"There is one thing neither cyclone nor tornado could ever +deprive you of, Kid, and that is--" + +"My beauty, wit, and good sense,--thanks, awfully! Nor you, my +dear Bruno, although my inbred politeness forbids my explaining +just why." + +There was a queer-sounding chuckle as Professor Featherwit turned +away, busying himself about that rude-built shed and shanty which +sheltered the pride of his brain and the pet of his heart, while +Bruno smiled indulgently as he took a few steps away from those +stunted trees in order to gain a fairer view of the stormy +heavens. + +Far away towards the northeast, rising above the distant hill, +now showed an ugly-looking cloud-bank which almost certainly +portended a storm of no ordinary dimensions. + +Had it first appeared in the opposite quarter of the horizon, +Bruno would have felt a stronger interest in the clouds, knowing +as he did that the miscalled "cyclone" almost invariably finds +birth in the southwest. Then, too, nearly all the other symptoms +were noticeable,--the close, "muggy" atmosphere; the deathlike +stillness; the lack of oxygen in the air, causing one to breathe +more rapidly, yet with far less satisfying results than usual. + +Even as Bruno gazed, those heavy cloud-banks changed, both in +shape and in colour, taking on a peculiar greenish lustre which +only too accurately forebodes hail of no ordinary force. + +His cry to this effect brought the professor forth from the +shed-like shanty, while Waldo roused up sufficiently to speak: + +"To say nothing of yonder formation way out over the salty drink, +my worthy friends, who intimated that a cyclone was born at sea?" + +Professor Featherwit frowned a bit as his keen little rat-like +eyes turned towards that quarter of the heavens; but the frown +was not for Waldo, nor for his slightly irreverent speech. + +Where but a few minutes before there had been only a few light +clouds in sight, was now a heavy bank of remarkable shape, its +crest a straight line as though marked by an enormous ruler, +while the lower edge was broken into sharp points and irregular +sections, the whole seeming to float upon a low sea of grayish +copper. + +"Well, well, that looks ugly, decidedly ugly, I must confess," +the wiry little professor spoke, after that keen scrutiny. + +"Really, now?" drawled Waldo, who was nothing if not contrary on +the surface. "Barring a certain little topsy-turvyness which is +something out of the ordinary, I'd call that a charming bit +of--Great guns and little cannon-balls!" + +For just then there came a shrieking blast of wind from out the +northeast, bringing upon its wings a brief shower of hail, +intermingled with great drops of rain which pelted all things +with scarcely less force than did those frozen particles. + +"Hurrah!" shrilly screamed Waldo, as he dashed out into the +storm, fairly revelling in the sudden change. "Who says this +isn't 'way up in G?' Who says--out of the way, Bruno! Shut that +trap-door in your face, so another fellow may get at least a +share of the good things coming straight down from--ow--wow!" + +Through the now driving rain came flashing larger particles, and +one of more than ordinary size rebounded from that curly pate, +sending its owner hurriedly to shelter beneath the scrubby trees, +one hand ruefully rubbing the injured part. + +Faster fell the drops, both of rain and of ice, clattering +against the shanty and its adjoining shed with an uproar audible +even above the sullenly rolling peals of heavy thunder. + +The rain descended in perfect sheets for a few minutes, while the +hailstones fell thicker and faster, growing in size as the storm +raged, already beginning to lend those red sands a pearly tinge +with their dancing particles. Now and then an aerial monster +would fall, to draw a wondering cry from the brothers, and on +more than one occasion Waldo risked a cracked crown by dashing +forth from shelter to snatch up a remarkable specimen. + +"Talk about your California fruit! what's the matter with good +old Washington Territory?" he cried, tightly clenching one fist +and holding a hailstone alongside by way of comparison. "Look at +that, will you? Isn't it a beauty? See the different shaded +rings of white and clear ice. See--brother, it is as large as my +fist!" + +But for once Professor Phaeton Featherwit was fairly deaf to the +claims of this, in some respects his favourite nephew, having +scuttled back beneath the shed, where he was busily stowing away +sundry articles of importance into a queerly shaped machine which +those rough planks fairly shielded from the driving storm. + +Having performed this duty to his own satisfaction, the professor +came back to where the brothers were standing, viewing with them +such of the storm as could be itemised. That was but little, +thanks to the driving rain, which cut one's vision short at but a +few rods, while the deafening peals of thunder prevented any +connected conversation during those first few minutes. + +"Good thing we've got a shelter!" cried Waldo, involuntarily +shrinking as the plank roof was hammered by several mammoth +stones of ice. "One of those chunks of ice would crack a +fellow's skull just as easy!" + +Yet the next instant he was out in the driving storm, eagerly +snatching at a brace of those frozen marvels, heedless of his own +risk or of the warning shouts sent after him by those +cooler-brained comrades. + +Thunder crashed in wildest unison with almost blinding sheets of +lightning, the rain and hail falling thicker and heavier than +ever for a few moments; but then, as suddenly as it had come, the +storm passed on, leaving but a few scattered drops to fetch up +the rear. + +"Isn't that pretty nearly what people call a cloudburst, uncle +Phaeton?" asked Bruno, curiously watching that receding mass of +what from their present standpoint looked like vapour. + +"Those wholly ignorant of meteorological phenomena might so +pronounce, perhaps, but never one who has given the matter either +thought or study," promptly responded the professor, in no wise +loth to give a free lecture, no matter how brief it might be, +perforce. "It is merely nature seeking to restore a disturbed +equilibrium; a current of colder air, in search of a temporary +vacuum, caused by--" + +"But isn't that just what produces cy--tornadoes, though?" +interrupted Waldo, with scant politeness. + +"Precisely, my dear boy," blandly agreed their mentor, rubbing +his hands briskly, while peering through rain-dampened glasses, +after that departing storm. "And I have scarcely a doubt but +that a tornado of no ordinary magnitude will be the final outcome +of this remarkable display. For, as the record will amply prove, +the most destructive windstorms are invariably heralded by a fall +of hail, heavy in proportion to the--" + +"Then I'd rather be excused, thank you, sir!" again interrupted +the younger of the brothers, shrugging his shoulders as he +stepped forth from shelter to win a fairer view of the space +stretching away towards the south and the west. "I always +laughed at tales of hailstones large as hen's eggs, but now I +know better. If I was a hen, and had to match such a pattern as +these, I'd petition the legislature to change my name to that of +ostrich,--I just would, now!" + +Bruno proved to be a little more amenable to the law of +politeness, and to him Professor Featherwit confined his sapient +remarks for the time being, giving no slight amount of valuable +information anent these strange phenomena of nature in travail. + +He spoke of the different varieties of land-storms, showing how a +tornado varied from a hurricane or a gale, then again brought to +the front the vital difference between a cyclone, as such, and +the miscalled "twister," which has wrought such dire destruction +throughout a large portion of our own land during more recent +years. + +While that little lecture would make interesting reading for +those who take an interest in such matters, it need scarcely be +reproduced in this connection, more particularly as, just when +the professor was getting fairly warmed up to his work, an +interruption came in the shape of a sharp, eager shout from the +lips of Waldo Gillespie. + +"Look--look yonder! What a funny looking cloud that is!" + +A small clump of trees growing upon a rising bit of ground +interfered with the view of his brother and uncle, for Waldo was +pointing almost due southeast; yet his excitement was so +pronounced that both the professor and Bruno hastened in that +direction, stopping short as they caught a fair sight of the +object indicated. + +A mighty mass of wildly disturbed clouds, black and green and +white and yellow all blending together and constantly shifting +positions, out of which was suddenly formed a still more ominous +shape. + +A mass of lurid vapour shot downwards, taking on the general +semblance of a balloon, as it swayed madly back and forth, an +elongating trunk or tongue reaching still nearer the earth, with +fierce gyrations, as though seeking to fasten upon some support. + +Not one of that trio had ever before gazed upon just such another +creation, yet one and all recognised the truth,--this was a +veritable tornado, just such as they had read in awed wonder +about, time and time again. + +Neither one of the brothers Gillespie were cravens, in any sense +of the word, but now their cheeks grew paler, and they seemed to +shrink from yonder airy monster, even while watching it grow into +shape and awful power. + +Professor Featherwit was no less absorbed in this wondrous +spectacle, but his was the interest of a scientist, and his pulse +beat as ordinary, his brain remaining as clear and calm as ever. + +"I hardly believe we have anything to fear from this tornado, my +lads," he said, taking note of their uneasiness. "According to +both rule and precedent, yonder tornado will pass to the east of +our present position, and we will be as safe right here as though +we were a thousand miles away." + +"But,--do they always move towards the northeast, uncle Phaeton?" + +"As a rule, yes; but there are exceptions, of course. And unless +this should prove to be one of those rare ex--er--" + +"Look!" cried Waldo, with swift gesticulation. "It's coming this +way, or I never--ISN'T it coming this way?" + +"Unless this should prove to be one of those rare exceptions, my +dear boy, I can promise you that--Upon my soul!" with an abrupt +change of both tone and manner, "I really believe it IS coming +this way!" + +"It is--it is coming! Get a move on, or we'll never know--hunt a +hole and pull it in after you!" fairly screamed Waldo, turning in +flight. + + + +CHAPTER II. +PROFESSOR FEATHERWIT TAKING NOTES. + +"To the house!" cried the professor, raising his voice to +overcome yonder sullen roar, which was now beginning to come +their way. "Trust all to the aeromotor, and 'twill be well with +us!" + +The wiry little man of science himself fell to work with an +energy which told how serious he regarded the emergency, and, +acting under his lead, the brothers manfully played their part. + +Just as had been done many times before this day, a queer-looking +machine was shoved out from the shed, gliding along the wooden +ways prepared for that express purpose, while Professor +Featherwit hurried aboard a few articles which past experience +warned him might prove of service in the hours to come, then +sharply cried to his nephews: + +"Get aboard, lads! Time enough, yet none to spare in idle +motions. See! The storm is drifting our way in deadly earnest!" + +And so it seemed, in good sooth. + +Now fairly at its dread work of destruction, tearing up the rain +dampened dirt and playing with mighty boulders, tossing them here +and there, as a giant of olden tales might play with jackstones, +snapping off sturdy trees and whipping them to splinters even +while hurling them as a farmer sows his grain. + +Just the one brief look at that aerial monster, then both lads +hung fast to the hand-rail of rope, while the professor put that +cunning machinery in motion, causing the air-ship to rise from +its ways with a sudden swooping movement, then soaring upward and +onward, in a fair curve, as graceful and steady as a bird on +wing. + +All this took some little time, even while the trio were working +as men only can when dear life is at stake; but the +flying-machine was afloat and fairly off upon the most marvellous +journey mortals ever accomplished, and that ere yonder +death-balloon could cover half the distance between. + +"Grand! Glorious! Magnificent!" fairly exploded the professor, +when he could risk a more comprehensive look, right hand tightly +gripping the polished lever through which he controlled that +admirable mechanism. "I have longed for just such an +opportunity, and now--the camera, Bruno! We must never neglect +to improve such a marvellous chance for--get out the camera, +lad!" + +"Get out of the road, rather!" bluntly shouted Waldo, face +unusually pale, as he stared at yonder awful force in action. "Of +course I'm not scared, or anything like that, uncle Phaeton, +but--I want to rack out o' this just about the quickest the law +allows! Yes, I DO, now!" + +"Wonderful! Marvellous! Incredible! That rara avis, an +exception to all exceptions!" declared the professor, more deeply +stirred than either of his nephews had ever seen him before. "A +genuine tornado which has no eastern drift; which heads as +directly as possible towards the northwest, and at the same +time--incredible!" + +Only ears of his own caught these sentences in their entirety, +for now the storm was fairly bellowing in its might, formed of a +variety of sounds which baffles all description, but which, in +itself, was more than sufficient to chill the blood of even a +brave man. Yet, almost as though magnetised by that frightful +force, the professor was holding his air-ship steady, loitering +there in its direct path, rather than fleeing from what surely +would prove utter destruction to man and machine alike. + +For a few moments Bruno withstood the temptation, but then leaned +far enough to grasp both hand and tiller, forcing them in the +requisite direction, causing the aeromotor to swing easily around +and dart away almost at right angles to the track of the tornado. + +That roar was now as of a thousand heavily laden trains rumbling +over hollow bridges, and the professor could only nod his +approval when thus aroused from the dangerous fascination. +Another minute, and the air-ship was floating towards the rear of +the balloon-shaped cloud itself, each second granting the +passengers a varying view of the wonder. + +True to the firm hand which set its machinery in motion, the +flying-machine maintained that gentle curve until it swung around +well to the rear of the cloud, where again Professor Featherwit +broke out in ecstatic praises of their marvellous good fortune. + +" 'Tis worth a life's ransom, for never until now hath mortal +being been blessed with such a magnificent opportunity for taking +notes and drawing deductions which--" + +The professor nimbly ducked his head to dodge a ragged splinter +of freshly torn wood which came whistling past, cast far away +from the tornado proper by those erratic winds. And at the same +instant the machine itself recoiled, shivering and creaking in +all its cunning joints under a gust of wind which seemed composed +of both ice and fire. + +"Oh, I say!" gasped Waldo, when he could rally from the sudden +blow. "Turn the old thing the other way, uncle Phaeton, and +let's go look for--well, almost anything's better than this old +cyclone!" + +"Tornado, lad," swiftly corrected the man of precision, leaning +far forward, and gazing enthralled upon the vision which fairly +thrilled his heart to its very centre. "Never again may we have +such another opportunity for making--" + +They were now directly in the rear of the storm, and as the +air-ship headed across that track of destruction, it gave a +drunken stagger, casting down its inmates, from whose parching +lips burst cries of varying import. + +"Air! I'm choking!" gasped Bruno, tearing open his shirt-collar +with a spasmodic motion. + +"Hold me fast!" echoed Waldo, clinging desperately to the +life-line. "It's drawing me--into the--ah!" + +Even the professor gave certain symptoms of alarm for that +moment, but then the danger seemed past as the ship darted fairly +across the storm-trail, hovering to the east of that aerial +phantom. + +There was no difficulty in filling their lungs now, and once more +Professor Featherwit headed the flying-machine directly for the +balloon-shaped cloud, modulating its pace so as to maintain their +relative position fairly well. + +"Take note how it progresses,--by fits and starts, as it were," +observed Featherwit, now in his glory, eyes asparkle and muscles +aquiver, hair bristling as though full of electricity, face +glowing with almost painful interest, as those shifting scenes +were for ever imprinted upon his brain. + +"Sort of a hop, step, and jump, and that's a fact," agreed Waldo, +now a bit more at his ease since that awful sense of suffocation +was lacking. "I thought all cyclones--" + +"Tornado, my DEAR boy!" expostulated the professor. + +"I thought they all went in holy hurry, like they were sent for +and had mighty little time in which to get there. But this +one,--see how it stops to dance a jig and bore holes in the +earth!" + +"Another exception to the general rule, which is as you say," +admitted the professor. "Different tornadoes have been timed as +moving from twelve to seventy miles an hour, one passing a given +point in half a score of seconds, at another time being +registered as fully half an hour in clearing a single section. + +"Take the destructive storm at Mount Carmel, Illinois, in June of +'77. That made progress at the rate of thirty-four miles an +hour, yet its force was so mighty that it tore away the spire, +vane, and heavy gilded ball of the Methodist church, and kept it +in air over a distance of fifteen miles. + +"Still later was the Texas tornado, doing its awful work at the +rate of more than sixty miles an hour; while that which swept +through Frankfort, Kansas, on May 17, 1896, was fully a half-hour +in crossing a half-mile stretch of bottom-land adjoining the +Vermillion River, pausing in its dizzy waltz upon a single spot +for long minutes at a time." + +"Couldn't have been much left when it got through dancing, if +that storm was anything like this one," declared Waldo, shivering +a bit as he watched the awful destruction being wrought right +before their fascinated eyes. + +Trees were twisted off and doubled up like blades of dry grass. +Mighty rocks were torn apart from the rugged hills, and huge +boulders were tossed into air as though composed of paper. And +over all ascended the horrid roar of ruin beyond description, +while from that misshapen balloon-cloud, with its flattened top, +the electric fluid shone and flashed, now in great sheets as of +flame, then in vicious spurts and darts as though innumerable +snakes of fire had been turned loose by the winds. + +Still the aerial demon bored its almost sluggish course straight +towards the northwest, in this, as in all else, seemingly bent on +proving itself the exception to all exceptions as Professor +Featherwit declared. + +The savant himself was now in his glory, holding the tiller +between arm and side, the better to manipulate his hand-camera, +with which he was taking repeated snap-shots for future +development and reference. + +Truly, as he more than once declared, mortal man never had, nor +mortal man ever would have, such a glorious opportunity for +recording the varying phases of nature in travail as was now +vouchsafed themselves. + +"Just think of it, lads!" he cried, almost beside himself with +enthusiasm. "This alone will be sufficient to carry our names +ringing through all time down the corridors of undying fame! This +alone would be more than enough to--Look pleasant, please!" + +In spite of that awful vision so perilously close before them, +and the natural uncertainty which attended such a reckless +venture, Waldo could not repress a chuckle at that comical +conclusion, so frequently used towards himself when their uncle +was coaxing them to pose before his pet camera. + +"Is it--surely this is not safe, uncle Phaeton?" ventured Bruno, +as another retrograde gust of air smote their apparently frail +conveyance with sudden force. + +"Let's call it a day's work, and knock off," chimed in Waldo. "If +the blamed thing should take a notion to balk, and rear back +on its haunches, where'd we come out at?" + +Professor Featherwit made an impatient gesture by way of answer. +Speech just then would have been worse than useless, for that +tremendous roaring, crashing, thundering of all sounds, seemed to +fall back and envelop the air-ship as with a pall. + +A shower of sand and fine debris poured over and around them, +filling ears and mouths, and blinding eyes for the moment, +forcing the brothers closer to the floor of the aerostat, and +even compelling the eager professor to remit his taking of notes +for future generations. + +Then, thin and reed-like, yet serving to pierce that temporary +obscurity and horrible jangle of outer sounds, came the voice of +their relative: + +"Fear not, my children! The Lord is our shield, and so long as +he willeth, just so long shall we--Ha! didn't I tell ye so?" + +For the blinding veil was torn away, and once again the trio of +adventurers might watch yonder grandly awesome march of +devastation. + +"Heading direct for the Olympics!" declared Professor Featherwit, +digging the sand out of his eyes and striving to clean his +glasses without removing them, clinging to tiller and camera +through all. "What a grand and glorious guide 'twould be for +us!" + +"If we could only hitch on--like a tin can to the tail of a dog!" +suggested Waldo, with boyish sarcasm. "Not any of that in mine, +thank you! I can wait. No such mighty rush. No,--SIR!" + +There came no answer to his words, for just then that swooping +air-demon turned to vivid fire, lightning playing back and forth, +from side to side, in every conceivable direction, until in spite +of the broad daylight its glory pained those watching eyes. + +"Did you ever witness the like!" awesomely cried Bruno, gazing +like one fascinated. "Who could or would ever believe all that, +even if tongue were able to portray its wondrous beauty?" + +"What a place that would be for popping corn!" contributed Waldo, +practical or nothing, even under such peculiar circumstances. "If +I had to play poppy, though, I'd want a precious long handle +to the concern!" + +More intensely interested than ever, Professor Featherwit plied +his shutter, taking shot after shot at yonder aerial phenomena, +feeling that future generations would surely rise up to call him +blessed when the results of his experiments were once fairly +spread before the world. + +And hence it came to pass that still more thrilling experiences +came unto these daring navigators of space, and that almost +before one or the other of them could fairly realise that greater +danger really menaced both their air-ship and their lives. + +Another whirly-gust of sand and other debris assailed the +flying-machine, and while sight was thus rendered almost useless +for the time being, the aerostat began to sway and reel from side +to side, shivering as though caught by an irresistible power, yet +against which it battled as though instinct with life and +brain-power. + +Once again the adventurers found it difficult to breathe, while +an unseen power seemed pressing them to that floor as +though--Thank heaven! + +Just as before, that cloud was swept away, and again air came to +fill those painfully oppressed lungs. Once again the trio +cleared their eyes and stared about, only to utter simultaneous +cries of alarm. + +For, brief though that period of blindness had been, 'twas amply +sufficient to carry the aeromotor perilously near yonder +storm-centre, and though Professor Featherwit gripped hard his +tiller, trying all he knew to turn the air-ship for a safer +quarter,-'twas all in vain! + +"Haste,--make haste, uncle Phaeton!" hoarsely panted Bruno, +leaning to aid the professor. "We will be sucked in and--hasten, +for life!" + +"I can't,--we're already--in the--suction!" + + + +CHAPTER III. +RIDING THE TORNADO. + +Whether it was that the air-ship itself had increased its speed +during those few moments of dense obscurity, or whether the madly +whirling winds had taken a retrograde movement at that precise +time, could only be a matter of conjecture; but the ominous fact +remained. + +The aerostat was fairly over the danger-line, and, despite all +efforts being made to the contrary, was being drawn directly +towards that howling, crashing, thundering mass of destructive +energy. + +Already the inmates felt themselves being sucked from the +flying-machine, and instinctively tightened their grip upon +hand-rail and floor, gasping and oppressed, breath failing, and +ribs apparently being crushed in by that horrible pressure. + +"Hold fast--for life!" pantingly screamed Professor Featherwit, +as he strove in vain to check or change the course of his +aeromotor, now for the first time beyond control of that +master-hand. + +A few seconds of soul-trying suspense, during which the +flying-machine shivered from stem to stern, almost like a human +creature in its death-agony, creaking and groaning, with shrill +sounds coming from those expanded, curved wings, as the suction +increased; then-- + +A merciful darkness fell over those sorely imperilled beings, and +the vessel itself seemed about to be overwhelmed by an avalanche +of sand and dirt and mixed debris. Then came a dizzy, rocking +lurch, followed by a shock which nearly cast uncle and nephews +from their frantic holds, and the air-ship appeared to be whirled +end for end, cast hither and yon, wrenched and twisted as though +all must go to ruin together. + +A blast as of superheated air smote upon them one moment, while +in the next they were whirled through an icy atmosphere, then +tossed dizzily to and fro, as their too-frail vehicle spun upward +as though on a journey to the far-away stars. + +A shrieking blast of wind served to briefly clear away the +choking dust, affording the trio a fleeting glimpse of their +immediate surroundings: hurtling sticks and stones, splintered +tops of trees, shrubs with wildly lashing roots freshly torn from +the bed of years, all madly spinning through a blinding, +scorching, freezing mass of crazily battling winds, the different +currents twining and weaving in and out, as so many hideous +serpents at play. + +A moment thus, then that horrid uproar grew still more deafening, +and the air-ship was whirled high and higher, in a dizzy dance, +those luckless creatures clinging fast to whatever their frenzied +hands might clutch, feeling that this was the end of all. + +Further sight was denied them. They were powerless to move a +limb, save as jerked painfully by those shrieking currents. +Breath was taken away, and an enormous weight bore down upon +them, threatening to produce a fatal collapse through their ribs +giving way. + +Upward whirled the flying-machine, powerless now as those +wretched beings within its cunning shape, smitten sharply here +and there by some of those ascending missiles, yet without +receiving material injury; until a last shivering lurch came, +ending in a sudden fall. + +A dizzying swoop downward, but not to death and destruction, for +the aerostat alighted easily upon what appeared to be a sort of +air-cushion, and, though unsteady for a brief space, then settled +upon an even keel. + +"Cling fast--for life!" huskily gasped the professor, unwittingly +repeating the caution which had last crossed his lips, which he +had ever since been striving to enunciate, faithful to his +guardianship over these, his sole surviving relatives. + +"I don't--where are we?" + +Waldo lifted his head to peer with half-blind eyes about them, in +which action he was imitated by both brother and uncle; but, for +a brief space, they were none the wiser. + +All around the aeromotor rose a wall of whirling winds, seemingly +impenetrable, apparently within reach of an extended arm, +changing colour with each fraction of a second, hideously +beautiful, yet never twice the same in blend or mixture. + +A hollow, strangely sounding roar was perceptible; one instant +coming as from the far distance, then from nigh at hand, causing +the air-ship to quiver and tremble, as a sentient being might in +the presence of a torturing death. + +"Look--upward!" panted Bruno, a few seconds later, his face as +pale as that of a corpse, in spite of the dirt and blotches of +sticky mud with which he had been peppered during that dizzy +whirl. + +Mechanically his companions in peril obeyed, catching breath +sharply, as they saw a clear sky and yellow sunshine far +above,--so awfully far they were, that it seemed like looking +upward from the bottom of an enormously deep well. + +And then the marvellous truth flashed upon the brain of Phaeton +Featherwit, almost robbing him of all power of speech. Still he +managed to jerkily ejaculate: + +"We're inside,--riding the--tornado--itself!" + +Then those whirling winds closed quickly above them, shutting out +the sunlight, hiding the heavens from their view, enclosing that +vehicle and its occupants, as they were borne away into unknown +regions, within the very heart of the tornado itself! + +Yet, incredible as it surely seems, no actual harm came to the +trio or to their flying-machine as it swayed gently upon its airy +cushion, although from every side came the horrid roar of +destruction, while ever and anon they could glimpse a wrestling +tree or torn mass of shrubbery whizzing upward and outward, to be +flung far away beyond the vortex of electrical winds. + +Once more came that awful sense of suffocation. That painted +pall closed down upon them, robbing their lungs of air, one +instant fairly crisping their hair with a touch of fire, only to +send an icy chill to their veins a moment later. + +In vain they struggled, fighting for breath, as a fish gasps when +swung from its native element. While that horrid pressure +endured, man, youth, and boy alike were powerless. + +Again the pall lifted, folding back and blending with those madly +circling currents, once again affording a glimpse of yonder +far-away heavens, so marvellously clear, and bright, and peaceful +in seeming! + +Weakened by those terrible moments, Bruno and Waldo lay gasping, +trembling, faint of heart and ill of body, yet filling their +lungs with comparatively pure air,--pity there was so little of +it to win! + +Professor Featherwit still had thought and care for his nephews +rather than himself alone, and pantingly spoke, as he dragged +himself to the snug locker, where many important articles had +been stowed away: + +"Here--suck life--compressed air!" + +With husky cries the brothers caught at the tubes offered, the +method of working which had so often been explained by their +relative. + +Once more the tube became a chamber, and that horrid force +threatened to flatten their bodies; but the worst had passed, for +that precious cylinder now gave them air to inhale, and they were +enabled to wait for the lifting of the cloud once more. + +Thanks to this important agency, strength and energy both of body +and of mind now came back to the air-voyagers, and after a little +they could lift their heads to peer around them with growing +wonder and curiosity. + +There was little room left for doubting the wondrous truth, and +yet belief was past their powers during those first few minutes. + +All around them whirled and sped those maddened winds, curling +and twisting, rising and falling, mixing in and out as though +some unknown power might be weaving the web of destiny. + +Now dull, now brilliant, never twice the same, but ever changing +in colour as in shape, while stripes and zigzags of lightning +played here and there with terrifying menace, those walls of wind +held an awfully fascinating power for uncle and nephews. + +From every side came deadened sounds which could bear but a +single interpretation: the tornado was still in rapid motion, +was still tearing and rending, crushing and battering, leaving +dire destruction and ruin to mark its advance, and these were the +sounds that recorded its ugly work. + +In goodly measure revived by the compressed air, which was +regulated in flow to suit his requirements by a device of his +own, Professor Featherwit now looked around with something of his +wonted animation, heedless of his own peril for the moment, so +great was his interest in this marvellous happening. + +So utterly incredible was it all that, during those first few +minutes of rallying powers, he dared not express the belief which +was shaping itself, gazing around in quest of still further +confirmation. + +He took note of the windy walls about their vessel, rising upward +for many yards, irregular in shape and curvature here and there, +but retaining the general semblance of a tube with flaring top. +He peered over the edge of the basket, to draw back dizzily as he +saw naught but yeasty, boiling, seething clouds below,--a +veritable air-cushion which had served to save the pet of his +brain from utter destruction at the time of falling within-- + +Yes, there was no longer room for doubt,--they were actually +inside the distorted balloon, so dreaded by all residents of the +tornado belt! + +"What is it, uncle?" huskily asked Bruno, likewise rallying under +that beneficial influence. "Where are we now?" + +"Where I'm wishing mighty hard we wasn't, anyhow!" contributed +Waldo, with something of his usual energy, although, judging from +his face and eyes, the youngster had suffered more severely than +either of his comrades in peril. + +Professor Featherwit broke into a queerly sounding laugh, as he +waved his free hand in exultation before speaking: + +"Where no living being ever was before us, my lads,--riding the +tornado like a--ugh!" + +The air-ship gave an awkward lurch just then, and down went the +little professor to thump his head heavily against one corner of +the locker. Swaying drunkenly from side to side, then tossing up +and down, turning in unison with those fiercely whirling clouds, +the aeromotor seemed at the point of wreck and ruin. + +Desperately the trio clung to the life-lines, clenching teeth +upon the life-giving tubes as that terrible pressure increased so +much that it seemed impossible for the human frame to longer +resist. + +Fortunately that ordeal did not long endure, and again relief +came to those so sorely oppressed. A brief gasping, sighing, +stretching as the aerostat resumed its level position, merely +rocking easily within that partial vacuum, and then Waldo huskily +suggested: + +"Looks like the blame thing was sick at the stomach!" + +No doubt this was meant for a feeble attempt at joking, but +Professor Featherwit took it for earnest, and made quick reply: + +"That is precisely the case, my dear lad, and I am greatly joyed +to find that you are not so badly frightened but that you can +assist me in taking notes of this wondrous happening. To think +that we are the ones selected for--" + +"I say, uncle Phaeton." + +"Well, my lad?" + +"If this thing is really sick at the stomach, when will it erupt? +I'd give a dollar and a half to just get out o' this, science or +no science, notes or no notes at all!" + +"Patience, my dear boy," gravely spoke the little man of science, +busily studying those eddying currents like one seeking a fairly +safe method of extrication from peril. "It may come far sooner +than you think, and with results more disastrous than feeble +words can tell. We surely are a burden such as a tornado must be +wholly unaccustomed to, and I really believe these alternations +are spasmodic efforts of the cloud itself to vomit us forth; +hence you were nearer right than you thought in making use of +that expression." + +Just then came a rush of icy air, and Bruno pantingly cried: + +"I'm swelling up--like Aesop's--bullfrog!" + + + +CHAPTER IV. +THE PROFESSOR'S LITTLE EXPERIMENT. + +Again those involuntary riders of the tornado were tossed +violently to and fro in their seemingly frail ship, while the +balloon itself appeared threatened with instant dissolution, +those eddying currents growing broken and far less regular in +action, while the fierce tumult grew in sound and volume a +thousandfold. + +All around the air-ship now showed ugly debris, limbs and boughs +and even whole trunks of giant trees being whirled upward and +outward, each moment menacing the vessel with total destruction, +yet as frequently vanishing without infringing seriously upon +their curious prison. + +Sand and dirt and fragments of shattered rock whistled by in an +apparently unending shower, only with reversed motion, flying +upward in place of shooting downward to earth itself. + +Speech was utterly impossible under the circumstances, and the +fate-tossed voyagers could only cling fast to the hand-rail, and +hold those precious air-tubes in readiness for the worst. + +Never before had either of the trio heard such a deafening crash +and uproar, and little wonder if they thought this surely must +herald the crack of doom! + +The tornado seemed to reel backward, as though repulsed by an +immovable obstacle, and then, while the din was a bit less +deafening, Professor Featherwit contrived to make himself heard, +through screaming at the top of his voice: + +"The mountain range, I fancy! It's a battle to the--" + +That sentence was perforce left incomplete, since the storm-demon +gave another mad plunge to renew the battle, bringing on a +repetition of that drunken swaying so upsetting to both mind and +body. + +A few seconds thus, then the tornado conquered, or else rose +higher in partial defeat, for their progress was resumed, and +comparative quiet reigned again. + +The higher clouds curved backward, affording a wider view of the +heavens far above, and, as all eyes turned instinctively in that +direction, Bruno involuntarily exclaimed: + +"Still daylight! I thought--how long has this lasted?" + +"It's the middle o' next week; no less!" positively affirmed his +brother. "Don't tell me! We've been in here a solid month, by +my watch!" + +Instead of making reply such as might have been expected from one +of his mathematical exactness, Professor Featherwit gave a cry of +dismay, while hurriedly moving to and fro in their contracted +quarters, for the time being forgetful of all other than this, +his great loss. + +"What is it, uncle Phaeton?" asked Bruno, rising to his knees in +natural anxiety. "Surely nothing worse than has already happened +to us?" + +"Worse? What could be worse than losing for ever--the camera, +boys; where is the camera, I ask you?" + +Certainly not where the professor was looking, and even as he +roared forth that query, his heart told him the sad truth; past +doubting, the instrument upon whose aid he relied to place upon +record these marvellous facts, so that all mankind might see and +have full faith, was lost,--thrown from the aerostat, to meet +with certain destruction, when the vessel first came within the +tornado's terrible clutch. + +"Gone,--lost,--and now who will believe that we ever--oh, this is +enough to crush one's very soul!" mourned the professor, throwing +up his hands, and sinking back to the floor of the flying-machine +in a limp and disheartened heap for the time being. + +Neither Bruno nor Waldo could fully appreciate that grief, since +thoughts and care for self were still the ruling passion with +both; but once more they were called upon to do battle with the +swaying of the winds, and once again were they saved only through +that life-giving cylinder of compressed air. + +Presently, the heart-broken professor rallied, as was his nature, +and, with a visible effort putting his great loss behind him, +endeavoured to cheer up his comrades in peril. + +"So far we have passed through all danger without receiving +material injury,--to ourselves, I mean,--and surely it is not too +much to hope for eventual escape?" he said, earnestly, pressing +the hands of his nephews, by way of additional encouragement. + +"Yes," hesitated Bruno, with an involuntary shiver, as he glanced +around them upon those furiously boiling clouds, then cast an eye +upward, towards yonder clear sky. "Yes, but--in what manner?" + +"What'll we do when the cyclone goes bu'st?" cut in Waldo, with +disagreeable bluntness. "It can't go on for ever, and when it +splits up,--where will we be then?" + +"I wish it lay within my power to give you full assurance on all +points, my dear boys," the professor made reply. "I only wish I +could ensure your perfect safety by giving my own poor remnant of +life--" + +"No, no, uncle Phaeton!" cried the brothers, in a single breath. + +"How cheerfully, if I only might!" insisted the professor, his +homely face wearing an expression of blended regret and unbounded +affection. "But for me you would never have encountered these +perils, nor ever--" + +Again he was interrupted by the brothers, and forced to leave +that regret unspoken to the end. + +"Only for you, uncle Phaeton, what would have become of us when +we were left without parents, home, fortune? Only for you, +taking us in and treating us as though of your own flesh and +blood--" + +"As you are, my good lads! Let it pass, then, but I must say +that I do wish--well, well, let it pass, then!" + +A brief silence, which was spent in gripping hands and with eyes +giving pledges of love and undying confidence; then Professor +Featherwit spoke again, in an entirely different vein. + +"If nothing else, we have exploded one fallacy which has never +met with contradiction, so far as my poor knowledge goes." + +"And that is--what, uncle Phaeton?" + +"Observe, my lads," with a wave of his hand towards those +whirling walls, and then making a downward motion. "You see that +we are floating in a partial vacuum, yet where there is air +sufficient to preserve life under difficulties. And by looking +downward--careful that you don't fall overboard through +dizziness, though!" + +"Looks as though we were floating just above a bed of ugly wind!" +declared Waldo, after taking a look below. + +"Precisely; the aerostat rests upon an air-cushion amply solid +enough to sustain far more than our combined weight. But what is +the generally accepted view, my dear boys?" + +"You tell, for we don't know how," frankly acknowledged Waldo. + +"Thanks. Yet you are now far wiser than all of the scientists +who have written and published whole libraries concerning these +storm formations, but whose fallacies we are now fully prepared +to explode, once for all, through knowledge won by personal +investigation--ahem!" + +Strange though it may appear, the professor forgot the mutual +danger by which they were surrounded, and trotted off on his +hobby-horse in blissful pride, paying no attention to the hideous +uproar going on, only raising his voice higher to make it heard +by his youthful auditors. + +"The common belief is that, while these tornadoes are hollow, +even through the trunk or tongue down to its contact with the +earth, that hollow is caused by a constant suction, through which +a steady stream of debris is flowing, to be sown broadcast for +miles around after emerging from the open top of the so-called +balloon." + +"But it isn't at all like that," eagerly cried Waldo, pointing to +where the fragments were flowing upward through those walls +themselves, yet far enough from that hollow interior to be but +indistinctly seen save on rare occasions. "Look at 'em scoot, +will ye? Oh, if we could only climb up like that!" + +Professor Featherwit was keenly watching and closely studying +that very phenomena through all, and now he gave a queer little +chuckle, as he nodded his head with vigour, before dryly +speaking. + +"Well, it might be done; yes, it might be done, and that with no +very serious difficulty, my lad." + +"How? Why not try it on, then?" + +"To meet with instant death outside?" sharply queried Bruno. "It +would be suicidal to make the attempt, even if we could; which I +doubt." + +Waldo gave a sudden cry, pointing upward where, far above that +destructive storm, could be seen a brace of buzzards floating on +motionless wings, wholly undisturbed by the tumult below. + +"If we were only like that!" the lad cried, longingly. "If a +flying-machine could be built like those turkey-buzzards! I +wish--well, I do suppose they're about the nastiest varmints ever +hatched, but just now I'd be willing to swap, and wouldn't ask +any boot, either!" + +Apparently the professor paid no attention to this boyish plaint, +for he was fumbling in the locker, then withdrew his hand and +uncoiled an ordinary fish-line, with painted float attached. + +Before either brother could ask a question, or even give a guess +at his purpose, Professor Phaeton flung hook and cork into those +circling currents, only to have the whole jerked violently out of +his grip, the line flying upward, to vanish from the sight of +all. + +That jerk was powerful enough to cut through the skin of his +hand, but the professor chuckled like one delighted, as he sucked +away the few drops of blood before adding: + +"I knew it! It CAN be done, and if the worst should come to +pass, why should it not be done?" + +Before an answer could be vouchsafed by either of the brothers, +the pall swooped down upon them once more, and again the supply +of natural air was shut off, while their vessel was rocked and +swayed crazily, just as though the delayed end was at last upon +them. + +For several minutes this torture endured, each second of which +appeared to be an hour to those imperilled beings, who surely +must have perished, as they lay pinned fast to the floor of the +aerostat by that pitiless weight, only for the precious air-tubes +in connection with that cylinder of compressed air. + +After a seeming age of torment the awful pressure was relaxed, +leaving the trio gasping and shivering, as they lay side by side, +barely conscious that life lingered, for the moment unable to +lift hand or head to aid either self or another. + +In spite of his far greater age, Professor Featherwit was first +to rally, and his voice was about the first thing distinguished +by the brothers, as their powers began to rally. + +"Shall we take our chances, dear boys?" the professor was saying, +in earnest tones. "I believe there is a method of escaping from +this hell-chamber, although of what may lie beyond--" + +"It can't well be worse than this!" huskily gasped Bruno. + +"Anything--everything--just to get out o' here!" supplemented +Waldo, for once all spirits subdued. + +"It may be death for us all, even if we do get outside," gravely +warned the professor. "Bear that in mind, dear boys. It may be +that not one of us will escape with life, after--" + +"How much better to remain here?" interrupted Bruno. "I felt +death would be a mercy--then! And I'd risk anything, everything, +rather than go through such another ordeal! I say,--escape!" + +"Me too, all over!" vigorously decided Waldo, lifting himself to +both knees as he added: "Tell us what to do, and here I am, on +deck, uncle." + +Even now Professor Phaeton hesitated, his eyes growing dimmer +than usual as they rested upon one face after the other, for +right well he knew how deadly would be the peril thus invited. + +But, as the brothers repeated their cry, he turned away to +swiftly knot a strong trail-rope to a heavy iron grapnel, leaving +the other end firmly attached to a stanchion built for that +express purpose. + +"Hold fast, if you value life at all, dear boys!" he warned, then +added: "Heaven be kind to you, even if my life pays the forfeit! +Now!" + +Without further delay, he cast the heavy grapnel into that mass +of boiling vapour, then fell flat, as an awful jerk was given the +aerostat. + + + +CHAPTER V. +THE PROFESSOR'S UNKNOWN LAND. + +There was neither time nor opportunity for taking notes, for that +long rope straightened out in the fraction of a second, throwing +all prostrate as the flying-machine was jerked upward with awful +force. + +All around them raged and roared the mighty winds, while missiles +of almost every description pelted and pounded both machine and +inmates during those few seconds of extraordinary peril. + +Fortunately neither the professor nor his nephews could fairly +realise just what was taking place, else their brains would +hardly have stood the test; and fortunately, too, that ordeal was +not protracted. + +A hideous experience while it lasted, those vicious currents +dragging the aerostat upward out of the air-chamber by means of +grapnel and rope, then casting all far away in company with +wrecked trees and bushes, and even solider materials, all +shrouded for a time in dust and debris, which hindered the +eyesight of both uncle and nephews. + +Through it all the brothers were dimly aware of one fact uncle +Phaeton was shrilly bidding them cling fast and have courage. + +All at once they felt as though vomited forth from a volcano +which alternately breathed fire and ice, the clear light of +evening bursting upon their aching, smarting eyes with actual +pain, while that horrid roar of warring elements seemed to pass +away in the distance, leaving them--where, and how? + +"We're falling to--merciful heavens! Hold fast, all!" screamed +the professor, desperately striving to regain full command of +their air-ship. "The tiller is jammed, but--" + +To all seeming, the aerostat had sustained some fatal damage +during that brief eruption caused by the professor's little +experiment, for it was pitching drunkenly end for end, refusing +to obey the hand of its builder, bearing all to certain death +upon the earth far below. + +Half stupefied with fear, the brothers clung fast to the +life-line and glared downward, noting, in spite of themselves, +how swiftly yonder dark tree-tops and gray crags were shooting +heavenward to meet them and claim the sacrifice. + +With fierce energy Professor Featherwit jerked and wrenched at +the steering-gear, uttering words such as had long been foreign +to his lips, but then--just when destruction appeared +inevitable--a wild cry burst from his lungs, as a broken bit of +native wood came away in his left hand, leaving the lever free as +of old! + +And then, with a dizzying swoop and rapid recovery, the gallant +air-ship came back to an even keel, sailing along with old-time +grace and ease, barely in time to avoid worse mishap as the crest +of a tall tree was brushed in their passage. + +"Saved,--saved, my lads!" screamed the professor, as his +heart-pet soared upward once more until well past the +danger-line. "Safe and sound through all,--praises be unto the +Lord, our Father!" + +Neither brother spoke just then, for they lay there in half +stupor, barely able to realise the wondrous truth: that their +lives had surely been spared them, even as by a miracle! + +That swooping turn now brought their faces towards the tornado, +which was at least a couple of miles distant, rapidly making that +distance greater even while continuing its work of destruction. + +"And we--were in it!" huskily muttered Bruno, his lids closing +with a shiver, as he averted his face, unwilling to see more. + +"Heap sight worse than being in the soup, too, if anybody asks +you," declared Waldo, beginning to rally both in strength and in +spirit. "But--what's the matter with the old ship, uncle +Phaeton?" + +For the aerostat was indulging itself in sundry distressing +gyrations, pretty much as a boy's kite swoops from side to side, +when lacking in tail-ballast, while the professor seemed unable +to keep the machine under complete control. + +"Nothing serious, only--hold fast, all! I believe 'twould be as +well to make our descent, for fear something--steady!" + +Just ahead there appeared a more than usually open space in the +forest, and, quite as much by good luck as through actual skill, +Professor Featherwit succeeded in making a landing with no more +serious mishap than sundry bruises and a little extra +teeth-jarring. + +As quickly as possible, both Bruno and Waldo pitched themselves +out of the partially disabled aeromotor, the elder brother +grasping the grapnel and taking a couple of turns of the strong +rope around a convenient tree-trunk, lest the ship escape them +altogether. + +"No need, my gallant boy!" assured the professor, an instant +later. "All is well,--all IS well, thanks to an over-ruling +Providence!" + +In spite of this expressed confidence, he hurriedly looked over +his pet machine, taking note of such injuries as had been +received during that remarkable journey, only giving over when +fairly satisfied that all damage might be readily made good, +after which the aerostat would be as trustworthy as upon its +first voyage on high. + +Then, grasping the brothers each by a hand, he smiled genially, +then lifted eyes heavenward, to a moment later sink upon his +knees with bowed head and hands folded across his bosom. + +Bruno and Waldo imitated his action, and, though no audible words +were spoken, never were more heartfelt prayers sent upward, never +more grateful thanks given unto the Most High. + +Boy, youth, and man alike seemed fairly awed into silence for the +next few minutes, unable to so soon cast off the spell which had +fallen upon them, one and each, when realising how mercifully +their lives had been spared, even after all earthly hope had been +abandoned. + +As usual, however, Waldo was first to rally, and, after silently +moving around the aerostat, upon which the professor was already +busily at work by the last gleams of the vanished sun, he paused, +legs separated, and hands thrust deep into pockets, head perking +on one side as he spoke, drawlingly: + +"I say, uncle Phaeton?" + +"What is it, Waldo?" + +"It'll never do to breathe even a hint of all this, will it?" + +"Why so, pray?" + +"Whoever heard it would swear we were bald-headed liars right +from Storytown! And yet,--did it really happen, or have I been +dreaming all the way through?" + +Professor Featherwit gave a brief, dry chuckle at this, rising +erect to cast a deliberate glance around their present location, +then speaking: + +"Without I am greatly mistaken, my dear boy, you will have still +other marvellous happenings to relate ere we return to what is, +rightfully or wrongfully, called civilisation." + +"Is that so? Then you really reckon--" + +"For one thing, my lad, we are now fairly entered upon a terra +incognita, so far as our own race is concerned. In other +words,--behold, the Olympics!" + +Both Bruno and Waldo cast their eyes around, but only a +circumscribed view was theirs. The shades of evening were +settling fast, and on all sides they could see but mighty trees, +rugged rocks, a mountain stream from whose pebbly bed came a +soothing murmur. + +"Nothing so mighty much to brag of, anyway," irreverently quoth +Waldo, after that short-lived scrutiny. "It wouldn't fetch a +dollar an acre at auction, and for my part,--wonder when the gong +will sound for supper?" + +That blunt hint was effective, and, letting the subject drop for +the time being, even the professor joined in the hurry for an +evening meal, to which one and all felt able to do full justice. + +Although some rain had fallen at this point as well, no serious +difficulty was experienced in kindling a fire, while Waldo had +little trouble in heaping up a bounteous supply of fuel. + +Through countless ages the forest monarchs had been shedding +their superfluous boughs, while here and there lay an entire +tree, overthrown by some unknown power, and upon which the +brothers made heavy requisition. + +Professor Featherwit took from the locker a supply of tinned +goods, together with a patent coffee-pot and frying-pan, so +convenient where space is scarce and stowage-room precious. + +With water from the little river, it took but a few minutes more +to scent the evening with grateful fumes, after which the +adventurous trio squatted there in the ruddy glow, eating, +sipping, chatting, now and again forced to give thanks for their +really miraculous preservation after all human hopes had been +exhausted. + +Although Professor Featherwit was but little less thankful for +the wondrous leniency shown them, he could not altogether refrain +from mourning the loss of his camera, with its many snap-shots at +the tornado itself, to say nothing of what he might have secured +in addition, while riding the storm so marvellously. + +More to take his thoughts away from that loss than through actual +curiosity in the subject offered by way of substitute, Bruno +asked for further light upon the so-called terra incognita. + +"Of course it isn't really an unknown land, though, uncle +Phaeton?" he added, almost apologetically. "In this age, and +upon our own continent, such a thing is among the +impossibilities." + +"Indeed? And, pray, how long since has it been that you would, +with at least equal positivity, have declared it impossible to +enter a tornado while in wildest career, yet emerge from it with +life and limb intact?" + +"Yes, uncle, but--this is different, by far." + +"In one sense, yes; in another, no," affirmed the professor, with +emphatic nod, brushing the tips of his fingers together, as he +moved back to assume a more comfortable position inside the +air-ship, then quickly preparing a pipe and tobacco for his +regular after-meal smoke. + +A brief silence, then the professor spoke, clearly, distinctly: + +"Washington has her great unknown land, quite as much as has the +interior of Darkest Africa, my boys, besides enjoying this +peculiar advantage: while adventurous white men have traversed +those benighted regions in every direction, even though little +permanent good may have been accomplished, this terra incognita +remains virgin in that particular sense of the word." + +"You mean, uncle?" + +"That here in the Olympic region you see what is literally an +unknown, unexplored scope of country, as foreign to the foot of +mankind as it was countless ages gone by. So far as history +reads, neither white man nor red has ever ventured fairly within +these limits; a mountainous waste which rises from the level +country, within ten or fifteen miles of the Straits of San Juan +de Fuca, in the north, the Pacific Ocean in the west, Hood's +Canal in the east, and the barren sand-hills lying to the far +south. + +"This irregular range is known upon the map as the Olympics, and, +rising to the height of from six to eight thousand feet, shut in +a vast unexplored area. + +"The Indians have never penetrated it, so far as can be +ascertained, for their traditions say that it is inhabited by a +very fierce tribe of warriors, before whose might and strange +weapons not one of the coast tribes can stand." + +"One of the Lost Tribes of Israel, shouldn't wonder," drawlingly +volunteered Waldo, stifling a yawn, and forced to rub his +inflamed eyes with a surreptitious paw. + +Professor Featherwit, though plainly absorbed in his curious +theory, was yet quick to detect this evidence of weariness, and +laughed a bit, with change of both tone and manner, as he spoke +further: + +"That forms but a partial introductory to my lecture, dear lads, +but perhaps it might be as well to postpone the rest for a more +propitious occasion. You have undergone sore trials, both +of--Hark!" + +Some sound came to his keen ears, which the brothers failed to +catch, but as they bent their heads in listening, another noise +came, which proved startling enough, in all conscience,--a +shrill, maniacal screech, which sent cold chills running races up +each spine. + + + +CHAPTER VI. +A BRACE OF UNWELCOME VISITORS. + +Instinctively the brothers drew nearer each other, as though for +mutual protection, each one letting hand drop to belt where a +revolver was habitually carried, but which was lacking now, +thanks to the great haste with which they had taken wing at the +approach of the tornado. + +"What is it? What can it mean?" asked Bruno and Waldo, almost in +the same breath, as those fierce echoes died away in the +distance. + +Professor Featherwit made no immediate reply, but by the glow of +yonder camp-fire he fumbled inside the magic locker, fetching +forth firearms, then speaking in hushed tones: + +"Wait. Listen for--I knew it!" + +From the opposite quarter came what might easily have been an +echo of that first wild screech, only louder, longer, more +savage, if such a thing be possible. + +Prepared though they now were, neither brother could refrain from +shrinking and shuddering, so hideously that cry sounded in their +ears. But their uncle spoke in cool, clear tones: + +"There is nothing supernatural about that, my lads. A panther or +mountain lion, I dare say, scenting the fumes of our cookery, and +coming to claim a share." + +"Then it isn't--Nothing spookish, uncle Phaeton?" ventured Waldo, +in slightly unsteady tones. + +The professor gave swift assurance upon that point, and, rallying +as few youngsters would have done under like circumstances, the +brothers grasped the weapons supplied their hands, waiting and +watching for what was to come. + +Once, twice, thrice those savage calls echoed far and wide, but +with each repetition losing a portion of their terrors; and +knowing now that prowling beasts surely were drawing nigh the +camp-fire, the flying machine was abandoned by the trio, all +drawing closer to the fire, which might prove no slight +protection against attack. + +Then followed a period of utter silence, during which their eyes +roved restlessly around, striving to sight the four-footed enemy +ere an actual attack could be made. + +Professor Featherwit was first to glimpse a pair of greenish eyes +in silent motion, and, giving a low hiss of warning to his +nephews, that same sound serving to check further progress on the +part of the wild beast, his short rifle came to a level, then +emitted a peculiar sound. + +Only the keenest of ears could have noted that, for only the +fraction of an instant later followed a sharp explosion, the +darkness beyond being briefly lit up by a yellowish glare. + +"That's enough,--beware its mate!" cried the professor, keenly +alert for whatever might ensue; but the words were barely across +his lips when, with a vicious snarl, a furry shape came flying +through the air, knocking Featherwit over as he instinctively +ducked his head with arm flying up as additional guard. + +Both man and beast came very near falling into the fire itself, +and there ensued a wild, confused scramble, out of which the +brothers singled their enemy, Waldo opening fire with a revolver, +at close range, each shot causing the lion to yell and snarl most +ferociously. + +A cat-like recovery, then the fatal leap might have followed, for +the confused professor was rising to his feet again, fairly in +front of the enraged brute; but ere worse came, Waldo and Bruno +were to the rescue, one firing as rapidly as possible, his +brother driving a keen-bladed knife to the very hilt just back of +that quivering forearm. + +One mad wrestle, in which both lads were overthrown, then the +gaunt and muscular brute stretched its length in a shivering +throe, dead even while it strove to slay. + +Just as the professor hurried to the front, beseeching his boys +to keep out of peril if they loved him; at which Waldo laughed +outright, although never had he felt a warmer love for the same +odd-speaking, queer-acting personage than right at that moment. + +"I'm all right; how's it with you, sir? And--Bruno?" + +"Without a scratch to remember it by," promptly asserted the +elder brother, likewise regaining his feet and taking hasty +account of stock. "No fault of his, though!" giving that carcass +a kick as he spoke. "My gracious! I caught just one glimpse of +them, and I was ready to make affidavit that each fang would +measure a foot, while his claws--" + +"Would pass through an elephant and clinch on the other side," +declared Waldo, stooping far enough to lift one of those armed +paws. "But, I say, Bruno, how awfully they have shrunk, since +then!" + +Whether so intended or not, this characteristic break caused a +mutual laugh, and, as there was neither sound nor sign of further +danger from like source, one and all satisfied their curiosity by +minutely inspecting the huge brute, stirring up the fire for that +purpose. + +"An ugly customer, indeed, if we had given him anything like a +fair show," gravely uttered the professor. "Only for your prompt +assistance, my dear boys, what would have become of poor me?" + +"We acted on our own account, as well, please remember, uncle. +And even so, after all you have done for us since--" + +"What was it you shot at, uncle Phaeton?" interrupted Waldo, who +was constitutionally averse to aught which savoured of sentiment. +"Another one of these--little squirrels, was it?" + +Snatching up a blazing brand, the lad moved off in that +direction, whirling the torch around his head until it burst into +clear flame, then lowering it closer to a bloody heap of fur and +powerful limbs, to give a short ejaculation of wondering awe. + +It was a headless body upon which he gazed, ragged fragments of +skin and a few splinters of bone alone remaining to tell that a +solid skull had so recently been thereon. + +Professor Phaeton gave another of his peculiar little chuckles, +as he drew near, then patted the compact little rifle with which +he had wrought such extraordinary work: a weapon of his own +invention, as were the dynamite-filled shells to match. + +"Although I am rather puny myself, boys, with this neat little +contrivance I could fairly well hold my own against man or +beast," he modestly averred. + +"A modern David," gravely added Bruno, while Waldo chimed in +with: + +"What a dandy Jack the Giant-killer you would have been, uncle +Phaeton, if you had only lived in the good old days! I wish--and +yet I don't, either! Of course, it might have been jolly old +sport right then, but now,--where'd I be, to-day?" + +"A day on which has happened a miracle far more marvellous than +all that has been set down in fairyland romance, my dear son," +earnestly spoke the professor. "And when the astounding truth +shall have been published, broadcast, throughout all Christendom, +what praises--" + +"How thoroughly we shall be branded liars, and falsificationers +from 'way up the crick'!" exploded the youngster, making a wry +grimace and moving on to view the headless lion from a different +standpoint. + +"He means well, uncle Phaeton," assured Bruno, in lowered tones. +"He would not knowingly hurt your feelings, sir, but--may I speak +out?" + +"Why not?" quickly. "Surely I am not one to stand in awe of, +lad?" + +"One to be loved and reverenced, rather," with poorly hidden +emotion; then rallying, to add, "But when one finds it impossible +to realise all that has happened this afternoon, when one feels +afraid to even make an effort at such belief, how can the boy be +blamed for feeling that all others would pronounce us mad +or--wilful liars?" + +Professor Phaeton saw the point, and made a wry grimace while +roughing up his pompadour and brushing his closely trimmed beard +with doubtful hand. After all, was the whole truth to be ever +spoken? + +"Well, well, we can determine more clearly after fully weighing +the subject," he said, turning back towards the flying-machine. +"And, after all, what has happened to us thus far may not seem so +utterly incredible after our explorations are completed." + +"Of this region, do you mean, sir?" + +"Of the Olympic mountains, and all their mountainous chain may +encompass,--yes," curtly spoke the man of hopes, stepping inside +the aerostat to perfect his arrangements for the night. + +Waldo took greater pleasure in viewing the mountain lion towards +whose destruction he had so liberally contributed, but when he +spoke of removing the skin, Bruno objected. + +"Why take so much trouble for nothing, Waldo? Even if we could +stow the pelts away on board, they would make a far from +agreeable burden. And if what I fancy lies before us is to come +true, the more lightly we are weighted, the more likely we are to +come safely to--well, call it civilisation, just for a change." + +"Then you believe that uncle Phaeton is really in earnest about +exploring this region, Bruno?" + +"He most assuredly is. Did you ever know him to speak idly, or +to be otherwise than in earnest, Waldo?" + +"Well, of course uncle is all right, but--sometimes--" + +A friendly palm slipped over those lips, cutting short the speech +which might perchance have left a sting behind. And yet the +worthy professor had no more enthusiastic acolyte than this same +reckless speaking youngster, when the truth was all told. + +Leaving the animals where they had fallen, for the time being, +the brothers passed over to where rested the aeromotor, finding +the professor busily engaged in rigging up a series of fine +wires, completely surrounding the flying-machine, save for one +narrow, gate-like arrangement. + +"Beginning to feel as though you could turn in for all night, eh, +my boys?" came his cheery greeting. + +"Well, somehow I do feel as though 'the sandman' had been making +his rounds rather earlier than customary," dryly said Waldo, +winking rapidly. "I believe there must have been a bit more wind +astir to-day than common, although neither of you may have +noticed the fact." + +Professor Featherwit chuckled softly while at work, but neither +he nor Bruno made reply in words. And then, his arrangements +perfected save for closing the circuit, which could only be done +after all hands had entered the air-ship, he spoke to the point: + +"Come, boys. You've had a rough bit of experience this day, and +there may be still further trouble in store, here in this unknown +land. Better make sure of a full night's rest, and thus have a +reserve fund to draw upon in case of need." + +There was plenty of sound common sense in this adjuration, and, +only taking time to procure a can of fresh water from yonder +stream, the two youngsters stepped within that charmed circle, +permitting their uncle to close the circuit, and then test the +queer contrivance to make sure all was working nicely. + +A confused sound broke forth, resembling the faraway tooting of +tin horns, which blended inharmoniously with the ringing of +nearer bells, all producing a noise which was warranted to arouse +the heaviest sleeper from his soundest slumber. + +"That will give fair warning in case any intruder drifts this +way," declared the professor, chucklingly, then sinking down and +wrapping himself up in a close-woven blanket, similar to those +employed by the boys. + +"Even a ghost, or a goblin, do you reckon, uncle Phaeton?" + +"Should such attempt to intrude, yes. Go to sleep, you young +rascal!" + +But that proved to be far more readily spoken than lived up to. +Not but that the brothers were weary, jaded, and sore of muscle +enough to make even the thought of slumber agreeable; but their +recent experience had been so thrilling, so nerve-straining, so +far apart from the ordinary routine of life, that hours passed +ere either lad could fairly lose himself in sleep. + +Still, when unconsciousness did steal over their weary brains, it +proved to be all the more complete, and after that neither Bruno +nor Waldo stirred hand or foot until, well after the dawn of a +new day, Professor Featherwit shook first one and then the other, +crying shrilly: + +"Turn out, youngsters! A new day, and plenty of work to be +done!" + + + +CHAPTER VII. +THE PROFESSOR'S GREAT ANTICIPATIONS. + +A stretch and a yawn, which in Waldo's case ended in a prolonged +howl, which would not have disgraced either of their four-footed +visitors of the past evening, then the brothers Gillespie sprung +forth from the flying-machine, entering upon a race for the +brawling mountain stream, "shedding" their garments as they ran. + +"First man in!" cried Bruno, whose clothes seemed to slip off the +more readily; but Waldo was not to be outdone so easily, and, +reckless of the consequences, he plunged into the eddying pool, +with fully half of his daylight rig still in place. + +The water proved to be considerably deeper than either brother +had anticipated, and Waldo vanished from sight for a few seconds, +then reappearing with lusty puff and splutter, shaking the pearly +drops from his close-clipped curls, while ranting: + +"Another vile fabrication nailed to the standard of truth, and +clinched by the hammer of--ouch!" + +A wild flounder, then the youngster fairly doubled himself up, +acting so strangely that Bruno gave a little cry of alarm; but +ere the elder brother could take further action, Waldo swung his +right arm upward and outward, sending a goodly sized trout +flashing through the air to the shore, crying in boyish +enthusiasm: + +"Glory in great chunks! I want to camp right here for a year to +come! Will ye look at that now?" + +Bruno had to dodge that writhing missile, and, before he could +fairly recover himself, Waldo had floundered ashore, leaving a +yeasty turmoil in his wake, but then throwing up a dripping hand, +and speaking in an exaggerated whisper: + +"Whist, boy! On your life, not so much as the ghost of a +whimper! The hole's ramjammed chuck full of trout, and we'll +have a meal fit for the gods if--where's my fishing tackle?" + +Bruno picked up the trout, so queerly brought to light, really +surprised, but feigning still further, as he made his +examination. + +"It really IS a trout, and--how long have you carried this about +in your clothes, Waldo Gillespie?" + +"Not long enough for you to build a decent joke over it, brother +mine. Just happened so. Tried to ram its nose in one of my +pockets, and of course I had to take him in out of the wet. +Pool's just full of them, too, and I wouldn't wonder if--oh, quit +your talking, and do something, can't you, boy?" + +Vigorously though he spoke, Waldo wound up with a shiver and +sharp chatter of teeth as the fresh morning air struck through +his dripping garments. He gave a coltish prance, as he turned to +seek his fishing tackle; but, unfortunately for his hopes of +speedy sport, the professor was nigh enough to both see and hear, +and at once took charge of the reckless youngster. + +"Wet to the hide, and upon an empty stomach, too! You foolish +child! Come, strip to the buff, and put on some of these +garments until--here by the fire, Waldo." + +And thus taken in tow, the lad was forced to slowly but +thoroughly toast his person beside the freshly started fire, +ruefully watching his brother deftly handle rod and line, in a +remarkably short space of time killing trout enough to furnish +all with a bounteous meal. + +"And I was the discoverer, while you reap all the credit, have +all the fun!" dolefully lamented Waldo, when the catch was +displayed with an ostentation which may have covered just a tiny +bit of malice. "I'll put a tin ear on you, Amerigo Vespucius!" + +"All right; we'll have a merry go together, after you've cleaned +the trout for cooking, lad," laughed his elder. + +Waldo gazed reproachfully into that bright face for a brief +space, then bowed head in joined hands, to sob in heartfelt +fashion, his sturdy frame shaking with poorly suppressed +grief--or mirth? + +Bruno passed an arm caressingly over those shoulders, murmuring +words of comfort, earnestly promising to never sin again in like +manner, provided he could find forgiveness now. And then, with +deft touch, that same hand held his garment far enough for its +mate to let slip a wriggling trout adown his brother's back. + +Waldo howled and jumped wildly, as the cold morsel slipped along +his spine, and ducking out of reach, the elder jester called +back: + +"Land him, boy, and you've caught another fish!" + +Although laughing heartily himself, Professor Featherwit deemed +it a part of wisdom to interfere now, and, ere long, matters +quieted down, all hands engaged in preparing the morning meal, +for which all teeth were now fairly on edge. + +If good nature had been at all disturbed, long before that +breakfast was despatched it was fully restored, and of the trio, +Waldo appeared to be the most enthusiastic over present +prospects. + +"Why, just think of it, will you?" he declaimed, as well as might +be with mouth full of crisply fried mountain trout. "where the +game comes begging for you to bowl it over, and the very fish try +to jump into your pockets--" + +"Or down your back, Amerigo," interjected Bruno, with a grin. + +"Button up, or you'll turn to be a Sorry-cus--tomer, old man," +came the swift retort, with a portentous frown. "But, joking +aside, why not? With such hunting and fishing, I'd be willing to +sign a contract for a round year in this region." + +"To say nothing of exploration, and such discoveries as naturally +attend upon--" + +"Then you really mean it all, uncle Phaeton?" + +Leaning back far enough to pluck a handful of green leaves, which +fairly well served the purpose of a napkin, Professor Featherwit +brought forth pipe and pouch, maintaining silence until the +fragrant tobacco was well alight. Then he gave a vigorous nod of +his head, to utter: + +"It has been the dearest dream of my life for more years gone by +than you would readily credit, my lads; or, in fact, than I would +be wholly willing to confess. And it was with an eye single to +this very adventure that I laboured to devise and perfect yonder +machine." + +"A marvel in itself, uncle Phaeton. Only for that, where would +we have been, yesterday?" seriously spoke the elder Gillespie. + +"I know where we wouldn't have been: inside that blessed +cy-nado!" + +"Nor here, where you can catch brook trout in your clothes +without the trouble of taking them off, youngster." + +"And where you'll catch a precious hiding, without you let up +harping on that old string; it's way out of tune already, old +man," + +"Tit for tat. Excuse us, please, uncle Phaeton. We're like +colts in fresh pasture, this morning," brightly apologised Bruno, +for both. + +Apparently the professor paid no attention to that bit of +sparring between his nephews, staring into the glowing camp-fire +with eyes which surely saw more than yellow coals or ruddy flames +could picture; eyes which burned and sparkled with all the fires +of distant youth. + +"The dearest dream of all my life!" he repeated, in half dreamy +tones, only to rouse himself, with a a start and shoulder shake, +an instant later, forcing a bright smile as he glanced from face +to face. "And why not? How better could my last years be +employed than in piercing the clouds of mystery, and doubt, and +superstition, with which this vast tract has been enveloped for +uncounted ages?" + +"Is it really so unknown, then, uncle Phaeton?" hesitatingly +asked Bruno, touched, in spite of himself, by that intensely +earnest tone and expression. "Of course, I know what the Indians +say; they are full of a rude sort of superstitious awe, which--" + +"Which is one of the surest proofs that truth forms a foundation +for that very superstition," quickly interjected the professor. +"It is an undisputed fact that there are hundreds upon hundreds +of square miles of terra incognita, lying in this corner of +Washington Territory. No white man ever fairly penetrated these +wilds, even so far as we may have been carried while riding the +tornado. Or, if so, he assuredly has never returned, or made +known his discoveries." + +"Provided there was anything beyond the ordinary to see or +experience, shouldn't we add, uncle?" suggested Waldo, modestly. + +"There is,--there must be! No matter how wildly improbable their +traditions may seem in our judgment, it only takes calm +investigation to bring a fair foundation to light. In regard to +this vast scope of country, go where you will among the natives, +question whom you see fit, as to its secrets, and you will meet +with the same results: a deep-seated awe, a belief which cannot +be shaken, that here strange monsters breed and flourish, matched +in magnitude and power by an armed race of human beings, before +whose awful might other tribes are but as ants in the pathway of +an elephant." + +Waldo let escape a low, prolonged whistle of mingled wonder and +incredulity, but Bruno gave him a covert kick, himself too deeply +interested to bear with a careless interruption just then. + +"Of course there may be something of exaggeration in all this," +admitted the enthusiastic professor. "Undoubtedly, there is at +least a fair spice of that; but, even so, enough remains to both +waken and hold our keenest interest. Listen, and take heed, my +good lads. + +"You have often enough, of late days, noticed these mountains, +and if you remark their altitude, the vast scope of country they +dominate, the position they fill, you must likewise realise one +other fact: that an immense quantity of snow in winter, rain in +spring and autumn, surely must fall throughout the Olympics. +Understand?" + +"Certainly; why not, uncle Phaeton?" + +"Then tell me this: where does all the moisture go to? What +becomes of the surplus waters? For it is an acknowledged fact +that, though rivers and brooks surely exist in the Olympics, not +one of either flows away from this wide tract of country!" + +The professor paused for a minute, to let his words take full +effect, then even more positively proceeded: + +"You may say, what I have had others offer by way of solution, +that all is drained into a mighty inland sea or enormous lake. +Granting so much, which I really believe to be the truth as far +as it goes, why does that lake never overflow? Of all that +surely must drain into its basin, be that enormously wide and +deep as it may, how much could ordinary evaporation dispose of? +Only an infinitesimal portion; scarcely worth mentioning in such +connection. Then,--what becomes of the surplusage?" + +Another pause, during which neither Gillespie ventured a +solution; then the professor offered his own suggestion: + +"It must flow off in some manner, and what other manner can that +be than--through a subterranean connection with the Pacific +Ocean?" + +Bruno gave a short ejaculation at this, while Waldo broke forth +in words, after his own particular fashion: + +"Jules Verne redivivus! Why can't WE take a trip through the +centre of the earth, or--or--any other little old thing like +that?" + +"With the tank of compressed air as a life-preserver?" laughed +Bruno, in turn. "That might serve, but; unfortunately, we have +only the one, and we are three in number, boy." + +"Only two, now; I'm squelched!" sighed the jester, faintly. + +If the professor heard, he heeded not. Still staring with vacant +gaze into the fire, his face bearing a rapt expression curious to +see, he broke into almost unconscious speech: + +"An enormous inland sea! Where float the mighty ichthyosaurus, +the megalosaurus, in company with the gigantic plesiosaurus! Upon +whose sloping shores disport the enormous mastodon, the +stately megatherium, the tremendous--eh?" + +For Waldo was now afoot, brandishing a great branch broken from a +dead tree, uttering valiant war-whoops, and dealing tremendous +blows upon an imaginary enemy, spouting at the top of his voice a +frenzied jargon, which neither his auditors nor himself could +possibly make sense out of. + +Bruno, ever sensitive through his affectionate reverence for +their uncle, caught the youngster, and cast him to earth, +whereupon Waldo pantingly cried: + +"Go on, please, uncle Phaeton. It's next thing to a museum and +menagerie combined, just to hear--" + +"Will you hush, boy?" demanded Bruno, yet unable to wholly +smother a laugh, so ridiculous did it all sound and seem. + +But Professor Featherwit declined, his foxy face wrinkling in a +bashful laugh. Whether so intended or not, he had been brought +down to earth from that dizzy flight, and now was fairly himself +again. + +"Well, my dear boys, I dare say it seems all a matter of jest and +sport to you; yet, after our riding in the centre of a tornado +for uncounted miles, coming forth with hardly a scratch or a +bruise to show for it all, who dare say such things may not be, +even yet?" + +"But,--those strange creatures are gone; the last one perished +thousands upon thousands of years ago, uncle Phaeton." + +"So it is said, and so follows the almost universal belief. Yet +I have seen, felt, cooked, tasted, and ate to its last morsel a +steak from a mammoth. True, the creature was dead; had been +preserved for ages, no doubt, within the glacier which finally +cast it forth to human view; yet who would have credited such a +discovery, only fifty years ago? He who dared to even hint at +such a thing would have been derided and laughed at, pronounced +either fool or lunatic. And so,--if we should happen to discover +one or all of those supposedly extinct creatures here in this +terra incognita, I would be overjoyed rather than astounded." + +Bruno looked grave at this conclusion, but Waldo was not so +readily impressed, and, with shrugging shoulders, he made answer: + +"Well, uncle, I'm not quite so ambitious as all that comes to. +May I give you my idea of it all?" + + + +CHAPTER VIII. +A DUEL TO THE DEATH. + +Professor Featherwit nodded assent, and, after a brief chuckle, +Waldo resumed: + +"You can take all those big fellows with the jaw-breaking names, +but as for me, smaller game will do. Maybe a fellow couldn't +fill his bag quite so full, nor quite so suddenly, but there +would be a great deal more sport, and a mighty sight less danger, +I take it!" + +It was by no means difficult to divine that the professor had not +yet spoken all that busied his brain, but the thread was broken, +his pipe was out, and, emptying the ashes by tapping pipe-bowl +against the heel of his shoe, he rose erect, once more the man of +action. + +"You will have to clear up, lads, for I must make such few +repairs as are necessary to restore the aerostat to a state of +efficiency. So long as that remains in serviceable condition, we +will always have a method of advance or retreat. Without +it--well, I'd rather not think of the alternative." + +That dry tone and quiet sentence did more than all else to +impress the brothers with a sense of their unique position. Back +came the remembrance of all they had gathered concerning this +strange scope of country since first settling down fairly within +the shadows of the Olympics, there to put that strange machine +together, preparing for what was to prove a wonder-tour through +many marvellous happenings. + +Times beyond counting they had been assured by the natives that +no mortal could fairly penetrate that vast wilderness. Natural +obstacles were too great for any man to surmount, without saying +aught of what lay beyond; of the enormous animals, such as the +civilised world never knew or fought with; of the terrible +natives, taller than the pines, larger than the hills, more +powerful by far than the gods themselves, eager to slay and to +devour,--so eager that, at times, living flesh and blood was more +grateful than all to their depraved tastes! + +"Do you really reckon there is anything in it all, Bruno?" asked +the younger brother in lowered tones, glancing across to where +their uncle was busily engaged in those comparatively trifling +repairs. + +"It hardly seems possible, and yet--would the members of four +different tribes tell a story so nearly alike, without they had +at least a foundation of truth to go upon?" + +"That's right. And yet--the inland sea sounds natural enough. We +know, too, that there are such things as underground rivers, +outside of Jules Verne's yarns. But those animals,--or +reptiles,--which?" + +"Both, I believe," answered Bruno, with a subdued laugh. + +"That's all right, old man. I never was worth a continental when +it came to such things. I prefer to live in the present, and +so--well, now, will you just look at that old cow!" + +In surprise Waldo pointed across to where a bovine shape showed +not far beyond the pool at the base of the miniature waterfall; +but his brother had a fairer view, and, instantly divining the +truth, grasped an arm and hastily whispered: + +"Hush, boy; can't you see? It's a buffalo, a hill buffalo, +and--" + +"Quick! the guns are in the machine! Down, Bruno, and maybe we +can get a shot and--" + +His eager whisper was cut short, though not by grip of arm or act +by his brother. A rumbling roar broke forth from the further +side of that mountain stream, and as the dense bushes beyond were +violently agitated, the hill buffalo wheeled that way with +marvellous rapidity. + +Just as a long head and mighty shoulders spread the shrubbery +wide apart, jaws opening and lips curling back to lay great teeth +bare, while another angry sound, half growl, half snort, only too +clearly proclaimed that monster of the mountains, a grizzly bear. + +"Smoke o' sacrifice!" gasped Waldo, as the grizzly suddenly +upreared its mighty bulk, head wagging, paws waving in queer +fashion, lolling tongue lending the semblance of drollery rather +than viciousness. + +"This way; to your guns, boys!" cautiously called out the +professor, whose notice had likewise been caught by those unusual +sounds, and who had already armed himself with his pet dynamite +gun. + +"Careful! He'll make a break for us at first sight, unless--down +close, and crawl for it, brother!" + +Bruno set the good example, and Waldo was not too proud of spirit +to humble himself in like manner. Although this was their first +glimpse of "Old Eph" in his native wilds, both brothers +entertained a very respectful opinion of his prowess. + +Under different circumstances their expectations might have been +more fully met, but just now the grizzly seemed wholly occupied +with the buffalo bull, whose sturdy bulk and armed front so +resolutely opposed his further progress towards that common goal, +the pool of water. + +The boys quickly reached the flying-machine and gripped the +Winchester rifles which Professor Featherwit had drawn forth from +the locker at first sight of the dangerous game. Thus armed, +they felt ready for whatever might come, and stood watching +yonder rivals with growing interest. + +"Will you look at that, now?" excitedly breathed Waldo, eyes +aglow, as he saw the bull cock its tail on high and tear up the +soft soil with one fierce sweep of its cloven hoof, shaking head +and giving vent to a low but determined bellow. + +"It means a fight unto the death, I think," whispered the +professor. + +"It's dollars to doughnuts on the bear," predicted Waldo. "Scat, +you bull-headed idiot! Don't you know that you're not deuce high +to his ace? Can't you see that he can chew you up like--" + +"Are you mighty sure of all that, boy?" laughingly cut in Bruno; +for at that moment the buffalo made a sudden charge at his +upright adversary, knocking the grizzly backward in spite of its +viciously flying paws. + +"Great Peter on a bender! If I ever--no, I never!" + +Even the professor was growing excited, holding the dynamite gun +under one arm while gently tapping palms together as an encore. + +Naturally enough, their sympathies were with the buffalo, since +the odds seemed so immensely against him; but their delight was +short-lived, for, instead of following up the advantage so +bravely won, the bull fell back to paw and bellow and shake his +shaggy front. + +With marvellous activity for a brute of his enormous bulk and +weight, the grizzly recovered its feet, then lumbered forward +with clashing teeth and resounding growls. + +Nothing loath, the buffalo met that charge, and for a short space +of time the struggle was veiled by showers of leaf-mould and damp +dirt cast upon the air as the rivals fought for supremacy--and +for life. + +For that this was destined to be a duel to the very death not one +of those spectators could really doubt. That encounter may have +been purely accidental, but the creatures fought like enemies of +long standing. + +As their relative positions changed, the buffalo contrived to get +in another vigorous butt, sending bruin end for end down that +gentle slope to souse into the pool of water, that cool element +cutting short a savage roar of mad fury. + +Then the trio of spectators could take notes, and with something +of sorrow they saw that the buffalo had already suffered +severely, bleeding from numerous great gashes torn by the +grizzly's long talons, while one bloody eye dangled below its +socket, held only by a thread of sinew. + +Nor had bruin escaped without hurt, as all could see when he +floundered out of the water, bent upon renewing the duel; but +there was little room left for doubting what the ultimate result +would be were the animals left to their own devices. + +Like all bold, free-hearted lads, Waldo ever sympathised with the +weaker, and now, unable to hold his feelings in check, he gave a +short cry, levelling his Winchester and opening fire upon the +grizzly, just as it won fairly clear of the water. + +Stung to fury by those pellets, the brute reared up with a horrid +roar, turning as though to charge this new enemy; but ere he +could do more, the professor's gun spoke, and as the dynamite +shell exploded, bruin fell back a writhing mass, his head +literally smashed to pieces. + +Heedless of all else, the wounded buffalo charged with lusty +bellow, goring that quivering mass with unabated fury, though its +life was clearly leaking out through those ghastly cuts and +slashes. + +A brief pause, then Professor Featherwit swiftly reloaded his +gun, sending another shell across the stream, this time more as a +boon than as punishment. + +Smitten fairly in the forehead, the bull dropped as though +beneath a bolt of lightning, life going out without so much as a +single struggle or a single pang. + +"Twas better thus," declared the professor, as Waldo gave a +little ejaculation of dismay. "He must have bled to death in a +short time, and this was true mercy. Besides, buffalo meat is +very good eating, and the day may come when we shall need all we +can get. Who knows?" + +After the animals were inspected, and due comment made upon the +awfully sure work wrought by the dynamite gun, the professor +suggested that, while he was completing repairs upon the +aeromotor, the brothers should secure a supply of fish and of +flesh, cooking sufficient to provide for several meals, for there +was no telling just when they would have an equal chance. + +"Just as soon as we can put all in readiness," he continued, "I +am going to leave this spot. My first wish is to thoroughly test +the aerostat, to make certain it has received no serious injury. +Then, if all promises well, I mean to begin our tour of +exploration, hoping that we may, at least, find something well +worthy the strange reputation given these Olympics by the +natives." + +Without raising any objections, the brothers fell to work, Bruno +looking after the flesh, while Waldo undertook to supply the +fish. That was but fair, since he had been cheated out of +catching the first mess. + +Not a little to his delight, the professor found that the +flying-machine would promptly answer his touch and will, rising +easily off the ground, then descending at call, evidently having +passed through the ordeal of the bygone evening without serious +harm. + +Still, all this consumed time, and it was after a late dinner +that everything was pronounced in readiness for an ascension: +the meat and fish nicely cooked and packed for carriage, a pot of +strong coffee made and stowed beyond risk of leakage, the +flying-machine itself quivering in that gentle breeze as though +eager to find itself once more afloat far above the earth and its +obstructions to easy navigation. + +Waldo expressed some grief at leaving a spot where game came in +such plentitude to find the hunter, and trout simply longed to be +caught; but upon being assured of other opportunities, perhaps +even more delightful, he sighed and gave consent to mount into +space. + +"Only--don't ask me to tackle any of those big dictionary fellows +such as you talked about this morning, uncle Phaeton, for I +simply can't; they'd get away with my baggage while I was trying +to spell their names and title--and all that!" + +Without any difficulty the aeromotor was sent out of and above +the forest, heading towards the northwest; that is, direct for +the heart of the Olympics, of whose marvels Professor Featherwit +held such exalted hopes and expectations. + +Grim and forbidding those mountains looked as the air-ship sailed +swiftly over them, opening up a wider view when the bare, rugged +crest was once left fairly to the rear. Save for those bald +crowns, all below appeared a solid carpet of tree-tops, now +lower, there higher, yet ever the same: seemingly impenetrable +to man, should such an effort be made. + +Once fairly within the charmed circle, leaving the rocky ridge +behind, Professor Featherwit slackened speed, permitting the ship +to drift onward at a moderate pace, one hand touching the +steering-gear, while its fellow held a pair of field-glasses to +his eager eyes. + +All at once he gave a half-stifled cry, partly rising in his +excitement, then crying aloud in thrilling tones: + +"The sea,--an inland sea!" + + + +CHAPTER IX. +GRAPPLING A QUEER FISH. + +At nearly the same moment both Bruno and Waldo caught a glimpse +of water, shining clear and distinct amidst that sombre setting; +but as yet a tree-crested elevation interfered with the prospect, +and it was not until after the course of the air-ship had been +materially changed, and some little time had elapsed, that aught +definite could be determined as to the actual spread of that body +of water. + +This proved to be considerable, although it needed but a single +look into the professor's face to learn that his eager hopes and +exalted anticipations fell far short of realisation. + +"Well, it's a sea all right," generously declared Waldo, giving a +vigorous sniff by way of strengthening his words. "I can smell +the salt clear from this. A sea, even if it isn't quite so large +as others,--what one might term a lower-case c!" + +If nothing else, that generous effort brought its reward in the +dry little chuckle which escaped the professor's lips, and a +kindly glow showed through his glasses as he turned towards Waldo +with a nod of acknowledgment. + +"Barring the salty scent, my dear boy, which probably finds birth +in your kindly imagination. So, on the whole, perhaps 'twould be +just as well to term it a lake." + +"One of no mean dimensions, at any rate, uncle Phaeton." + +"True, Bruno," with a nod of agreement, yet with forehead +contracting into a network of troubled lines. "Naturally so, and +yet--surely this must be merely a portion? Unless--yet I fail to +see aught which might be interpreted as being--" + +Promptly responding to each touch of hand upon steering-gear, the +aeromotor swung smoothly around, sailing on even keel right into +the teeth of the gentle wind, by this time near enough to that +body of water for the air-voyagers to scan its surface: a +considerable expanse, all told, yet by no means of such magnitude +as Professor Featherwit had anticipated. + +Too deeply absorbed in his own thoughts to notice the little +cries and ejaculations which came from the brothers, he caused +the aerostat to rise higher, slowly sweeping that extended field +with his glasses. + +He could see where several streams entered the body of water, +coming from opposite points of the compass, and thus confirming +at least one portion of his explained theory; but, so far as his +visual powers went, there was no other considerable body of water +to be discovered. + +"Yet, how can that contracted basin contain all the drainage from +this vast scope of country? How can we explain the stubborn fact +of--What now, lads?" + +An abrupt break, but one caused by the eager cry and loud speech +from the lips of the younger Gillespie. + +"Looky yonder! Isn't that one o' those sour-us dictionary +fellows on a bender? Isn't that--but I don't--no, it's only--" + +"Only a partly decayed tree gone afloat!" volunteered Bruno, with +a merry laugh, as his eager brother drew back in evident chagrin. + +"Well, that's all right. It ought to've been one, even if it +isn't. What's the use in coming all this way, if we're not going +to discover something beyond the common? And my sour-us is worth +more than one of the other kind, after all; get it ashore and you +might cook dinner for a solid month by it; now there!" + +It was easily to be seen that Waldo had been giving free rein to +his expectations ever since the professor's little lecture, but +his natural chagrin was quickly forgotten in a matter of far +greater interest. + +Professor Featherwit had resumed his scrutiny of yonder body of +water, slowly turning his glasses while holding the air-ship on a +true course and even keel. + +For a brief space nothing interfered with the steady motion of +the field-glasses, but then something called for a more thorough +examination, and little by little the savant leaned farther +forward, breath coming more rapidly, face beginning to flush with +deepening interest. + +Bruno took note of all this, and, failing to see aught to account +for the symptoms with unaided eyes, at length ventured to speak. + +"What is it, uncle Phaeton? Something of interest, or your +looks--" + +Professor Featherwit gave a start, then lowered the glasses and +reached them towards his nephew, speaking hurriedly: + +"You try them, Bruno; your eyes are younger, and ought to be +keener than mine. Yonder; towards the lower end of the--the +lake, please." + +Nothing loath, Gillespie complied, quickly finding the correct +point upon which the professor's interest had centred, holding +the glasses motionless for a brief space, then giving vent to an +eager ejaculation. + +"What is it all about, bless you, boy?" demanded Waldo, unable +longer to curb his hot impatience. "Another drifting tree, eh?" + +"No, but,--did you see it, uncle?" + +"I saw something which--what do YOU see, first?" + +"A great big suck,--a monster whirlpool which is hollowed like--" + +"I knew it! I felt that must be the true solution of it all!" +cried uncle Phaeton, squirming about pretty much as one might +into whose veins had been injected quicksilver in place of +ordinary blood. "The outlet! Where the surplus waters drain off +to the Pacific Ocean!" + +"I say, give me a chance, can't you?" interrupted Waldo, grasping +the glasses and shifting his station for one more favourable as a +lookout. + +He had seen sufficient to catch the right angle, and then gave a +suppressed snort as he took in the view. Half a minute thus, +then a wild cry escaped his lips, closely followed by the words: + +"Now I DO see something! And it isn't a drifting tree, either! +Or, that is, something else which--shove her closer, uncle +Phaeton! True as you live, there's something caught in yonder big +suck which is--closer, for love of glory!" + +"If this is another joke, Waldo--" + +"No, no, I tell you, Bruno! Shove her over, uncle, for, without +this glass is hoodooed, we're needed right yonder,--and needed +mighty bad, too!" + +Little need of so much urging, by the way, since Professor +Featherwit was but slightly less excited by their double +discovery, and even before the glasses were clapped to Waldo's +eyes the aerostat swung around to move at full speed towards that +precise quarter of the compass. + +"What is it you see, then, boy?" demanded Bruno, itching to take +the glasses, yet straining his own vision towards that as yet +far-distant spot. + +"Something like--oh, see how the water is running out,--just like +emptying a bathtub through a hole at the bottom! And see what--a +man caught in the whirl, true's you're a foot high, uncle!" + +"A man? Here? Impossible,--incredible, boy!" fairly exploded +the professor, not yet ready to relinquish his cherished belief +in a terra incognita. + +The air-voyagers were swiftly nearing that point of interest, and +now keen-eyed Bruno caught a glimpse of a drifting object which +had been drawn within the influence of yonder whirlpool, but +which was just as certainly a derelict from the forest. + +"Another floating tree-trunk for Waldo!" he cried, with a short +laugh, feeling far from unpleased that the intense strain upon +his nerves should be thus lessened. "Try it again, lad, and +perhaps--" + +"Try your great-grandmother's cotton nightcap! Don't you suppose +I can tell the difference between a tree and a--" + +"Ranting, prancing, cavorting 'sour-us' right out of Webster's +Unabridged, eh, laddy-buck?" + +"That's all right, if you can only keep on thinking that way, old +man; but if yonder isn't a fellow being in a mighty nasty pickle, +then I wouldn't even begin to say so! And--you look, uncle +Phaeton, please." + +Nothing loath, the professor took the proffered glasses, and but +an instant later he, too, gave a sharp cry of amazement, for he +saw, clinging to the trunk of a floating tree, swiftly moving +with those circling waters, a living being! + +And but a few seconds later, Bruno made the same discovery, +greatly to the delight of his younger brother. + +"A man! And living, too!" + +"Of course; reckon I'd make such a howl about a floater?" bluntly +interjected Waldo. "But I'll do my crowing later on. For now +we've got to get the poor fellow out of that,--just got to yank +him +out!" + +Through all this hasty interchange of words, the aeromotor was +swiftly progressing, and now swung almost directly above the +whirlpool, giving all a fair, unobstructed view of everything +below. + +The suction was so great that a sloping basin was formed, more +than +one hundred yards in diameter, while the actual centre lay a +number +of feet lower than the surrounding level. + +Half-way down that perilous slope a great tree was revolving, and +to this, as his forlorn hope, clung a half-clad man, plainly +alive, +since he was looking upward, and--yes, waving a hand and uttering +a cry for aid and succour. + +"Help! For love of God, save me!" + +"White,--an American, too!" exploded Waldo, taking action as by +brilliant inspiration. "Hang over him, uncle, for I'm going--to +go fishing--for a man!" + +Waldo was tugging at the grapnel and long drag-rope. Bruno was +quick to divine his intention, and lent a deft hand, while the +professor manipulated the helm so adroitly as to keep the +flying-machine hovering directly above yonder imperilled +stranger, leaning far over the hand-rail to shout downward: + +"Have courage, sir, and stand ready to help yourself! We will +rescue you if it lies within the possibilities of--we WILL save +you!" + +"You bet we just will, and right--like this," spluttered Waldo, +as he cast the grapnel over the rail and swiftly lowered it by +the rope. "Play you're a fish, stranger, and when you bite, hang +on like grim death to a--steady, now!" + +Fortunately nothing occurred to mar the programme so hastily +arranged, for the drift was drawing nearer the centre of the +whirl, and if once fairly caught by that, nothing human could +preserve the stranger from death. + +"Make a jump and grab it, if you can't do better!" cried Waldo, +intensely excited now that the crisis was at hand. + +The long rope with its iron weight swayed awkwardly in spite of +all he could do to steady it, and as each one of the three prongs +was meant for catching and holding fast to whatever they touched, +there was no slight risk of impaling the man, thus giving him the +choice of another and still more painful death. + +Then, with a desperate grasp, a death-clutch, he caught one arm +of the grapnel, holding fast as the shock came. He was carried +clear of the tree, and partly submerged in the water as his added +weight brought the flying-machine so much lower. + +"Up, up, uncle Phaeton!" fairly howled Waldo, at the same time +tugging at the now taut rope, in which he was ably seconded by +his brother. "For love of--higher, uncle!" + +Then the noble machine responded to the touch of its builder, +lifting the dripping stranger clear of the whirling currents, +swinging him away towards yonder higher level, where a fall would +not prove so quickly fatal. And then the eager professor gave a +shrill cheer as he saw the man, by a vigorous effort, draw his +body upward sufficiently far to throw one leg over an arm of the +grapnel itself. + +Knowing now that the rescued was in no especial peril, uncle +Phaeton left the air-ship to steer itself long enough for his +nimble hands to take several turns of the drag-rope around the +cleat provided for that express purpose, thus relieving both +Bruno and Waldo of the heavy strain, which might soon begin to +tell upon them. + +"Hurrah for we, us, and company!" cried Waldo, relieving his +lungs of a portion of their pent-up energy, then leaning +perilously far over the edge of the machine to encourage the +queer fish he had hooked. + + + +CHAPTER X. +RESCUED AND RESCUERS. + +Despite their very natural excitement, caused by this peril and +its +foiling, Professor Featherwit retained nearly all his customary +coolness and presence of mind. + +Readily realising that after such a grim ordeal would almost +certainly come a powerful revulsion, his first aim was to swing +the stranger far enough away from the whirlpool to give him a +fair chance for life, in case he should fall, through dizziness +or physical collapse, from the end of the drag-rope. + +This took but a few seconds, comparatively speaking, though, +doubtless, each moment seemed an age to the rescued stranger. +Then the professor slowed his ship, looking around in order to +determine upon the wisest route to take. + +For one thing, it would be severe work to draw the stranger +bodily up and into the aerostat. For another, unless he should +grow weak, or suffer from vertigo, both time and labour would be +saved by taking him direct to the shore of this broad lake. + +As soon as the rope was made fast, and the strain taken off their +muscles as well as their minds, Bruno flashed a look around, +naturally turning his eyes in the direction of the whirlpool. + +Although less than a couple of minutes had elapsed since the man +was lifted off the circling drift, even thus quickly had the end +drawn nigh; for, even as he looked that way, Gillespie saw the +great trunk sucked into the hidden sink, the top rising with a +shiver clear out of the water as the butt lowered, a hollow, +rumbling sound coming to all ears as-- + +"Gone!" cried Bruno, in awed tones, as the whole drift vanished +from sight for ever. + +"Sucked in by Jonah's whale, for ducats!" screamed Waldo, +excitedly. "Fetch on your blessed 'sour-us' of both the male and +female sect! Trot 'em to the fore, and if my little old suck +don't take the starch out of their backbones,--they DID have +backbones, didn't they, uncle Phaeton?" + +Professor Featherwit frowned, and shook his head in silent +reproof. More nearly, perhaps, than either of the boys, he +realised what an awful peril this stranger had so narrowly +escaped. It was far too early to turn that escape into jest, +even for one naturally light of heart. + +He leaned over the hand-rail, peering downward. He could see the +rescued man sitting firmly in the bend of the grapnel, one hand +tightly gripping the rope, its mate shading his eyes, as he +stared fixedly towards the whirling death-pool, from whose jaws +he had so miraculously been plucked. + +There was naught of debility, either of body or of mind, to be +read in that figure, and with his fears on that particular point +set at rest, for the time being, Professor Featherwit called out, +distinctly: + +"Is it all well with you, my good friend? Can you hold fast +until the shore is reached, think?" + +"Heaven bless you,--yes!" came the reply, in half-choked tones. +"If I fail in giving thanks--" + +"Never mention it, friend; it cost us nothing," cheerily +interrupted the professor, then adding, "Hold fast, please, and +we'll put on a wee bit more steam." + +The flying-machine was now fairly headed for a strip of shore +which offered an excellent opportunity for making a safe landing, +and as that accelerated motion did not appear to materially +affect the stranger, it took but a few minutes to clear the lake. + +"Stand ready to let go when we come low enough, please," warned +the professor, deftly managing his pet machine for that purpose. + +The stranger easily landed, then watched the flying-machine with +painfully eager gaze, hands clasped almost as though in prayer. +A more remarkable sight than this half-naked shape, burned brown +by the sun, poorly protected by light skins, with sinew +fastenings, could scarcely be imagined; and there was something +close akin to tears in more eyes than one when he came running in +chase, arms outstretched, and voice wildly appealing: + +"Oh, come back! Take me,--don't leave me,--for love of God and +humanity, don't leave me to this living death!" + +Professor Featherwit called back a hasty assurance, and brought +the air-ship to a landing with greater haste than was exactly +prudent, all things considered; but who could keep cool blood and +unmoved heart, with yonder piteous object before their eyes? + +When he saw that the flying-machine had fairly landed, and beheld +its inmates stepping forth upon the sands with friendly +salutations, the rescued stranger staggered, hands clasping his +temples for a moment of drunken reeling, then he fell forward +like one smitten by the hand of sudden death. + +Professor Featherwit called out a few curt directions, which were +promptly obeyed by his nephews, and after a few minutes' +well-directed work consciousness was restored, and the stranger +feebly strove to give them thanks. + +In vain these were set aside. He seemed like one half-insane +from joy, and none who saw and heard could think that all this +emotion arose from the simple rescue from the whirlpool. Nor did +it. + +Wildly, far from coherently, the poor fellow spoke, yet something +of the awful truth was to be gleaned even from those broken, +disjointed sentences. + +For ten years an exile in these horrible wilds. For ten years +not a single glimpse of white face or figure. For ten ages no +intelligible voice, save his own; and that, through long disuse, +had threatened to desert him! + +"Ten years!" echoed Waldo, in amazement. "Why didn't you rack +out o' this, then? I know I would; even if the woods were full +of--'sour-us' and the like o' that! Yes, SIR!" + +A low, husky laugh came through those heavily bearded lips, and +the stranger flung out his hands in a sweeping gesture, sunken +eyes glowing with an almost savage light as he spoke with more +coherence: + +"Why is it, young gentleman? Why did I not leave, do you ask? +Look! All about you it stretches: a cell,--a death-cell, from +which escape is impossible! Here I have fought for what is ever +more precious than bare life: for liberty; but though ten awful +years have rolled by, here I remain, in worse than prison! +Escape? Ah, how often have I attempted to escape, only to fail, +because escape from these wilds is beyond the power of any person +not gifted with wings!" + +"Ten years, you say, good friend? And all that time you have +lived here alone?" asked the professor, curiously. + +"Ten years,--ten thousand years, I could almost swear, only for +keeping the record so carefully, so religiously. And--pitiful +Lord! How gladly would I have given my good right arm, just for +one faraway glimpse of civilisation! How often--but I am +wearying you, gentlemen, and you may--pray don't think that I am +crazy; you will not?" + +Both the professor and Bruno assured him to the contrary, but +Waldo was less affected, and his curiosity could no longer be +kept within bounds. Gently tapping one hairy arm, he spoke: + +"I say, friend, what were you doing out yonder in the big suck? +Didn't you know the fun was hardly equal to the risk, sir?" + +"Easy, lad," reproved the professor; but with a a smile, which +strangely softened that haggard, weather-worn visage, the +stranger spoke: + +"Nay, kind sir, do not check the young gentleman. If you could +only realise how sweet it is to my poor ears,--the sound of a +friendly voice! For so many weary years I have never heard one +word from human lips which I could understand or make answer to. +And now,--what is it you wish to know, my dear boy?" + +"Well, since you've lived here so long, surely you hadn't ought +to get caught in such a nasty pickle; unless it was through +accident?" + +"It was partly accidental. One that would have cost me dearly +had not you come to my aid so opportunely. And yet,--only for +one thing, I could scarcely have regretted vanishing for ever +down that suck!" + +His voice choked, his head bowed, his hands came together in a +nervous grip, all betokening unusual agitation. Even Waldo was +just a bit awed, and the stranger was first to break that silence +with words. + +"How did the mishap come about, is it, young gentleman?" he said, +a wan smile creeping into his face, and relaxing those tensely +drawn muscles once more. "While I was trying to replenish my +stock of provisions, and after this fashion, good friends. + +"I was fishing from a small canoe, and as the bait was not taken +well, I must have fallen into a day dream, thinking of--no +matter, now. And during that dreaming, the breeze must have +blown me well out into the lake, for when I was roused up by a +sharp jerk at my line, I found myself near its middle, without +knowing just how I came there. + +"I have no idea what sort of fish had taken my bait,--there are +many enormous ones in the lake,--but it proved far too powerful +for me to manage, and dragged the canoe swiftly through the +water, heading directly for the outlet, yonder." + +"Why didn't you let it go free, then?" + +"The line was fastened to the prow, and I could not loosen it in +time. I drew my knife,--one of flint, but keen enough to +serve,--only to have it jerked out of my hand and into the water. +Then, just as the fish must have plunged into the suck, I +abandoned my canoe, jumping overboard." + +"That's just what I was wondering about," declared Waldo, with a +vigorous nod of his head. "Yet we found you--there?" + +"Because I am a wretchedly poor swimmer. I managed to reach a +drift which had not yet fairly entered the whirl, but I could do +nothing more towards saving myself. Then--you can guess the +rest, gentlemen." + +"And the canoe?" demanded Waldo, content only when all points +were made manifest. + +"I saw it dragged down the centre of the suck," with an +involuntary shiver. "The fish must have plunged into the +underground river, whether willingly or not I can only surmise. +But all the while I was drifting yonder, around and around, with +each circuit drawing closer to the awful end, I could not help +picturing to myself how the canoe must have plunged down, and +down, and--burr-r-r!" + +A shuddering shiver which was more eloquent than words; but Waldo +was not yet wholly content, finding an absorbing interest in that +particular subject. + +"You call it a river: how do you know it's a river?" + +"Of course, I can only guess at the facts, my dear boy," the +stranger made reply, smiling once more, and, with an almost timid +gesture, extending one hairy paw to lightly touch and gently +stroke the arm nearest him. + +Bruno turned away abruptly, for that gesture, so simple in +itself, yet so full of pathos to one who bore in mind those long +years of solitary exile, brought a moisture to his big brown eyes +of which, boy-like, he felt ashamed. + +Professor Featherwit likewise took note, and with greater +presence of mind came to the rescue, lightly resting a hand upon +the stranger's half-bare shoulder while addressing his words to +the youngster. + +A tremulous sigh escaped those bearded lips, and their owner drew +closer to the wiry little aeronaut, plainly drawing great comfort +from that mere contact. And with like ease uncle Phaeton lifted +one of those hairy arms to rest it over his own shoulders, +speaking briskly the while. + +"There is only one way of demonstrating the truth more clearly, +my youthful inquisitor, and that is by sending you on a voyage of +exploration. Are you willing to make the attempt, Waldo?" + +"Not this evening; some other evening,--maybe!" drawing back a +bit, with a shake of his curly pate to match. "But, I say, uncle +Phaeton--" + +"Allow me to complete my say, first, dear boy," with a bland +smile. "That is easily done, though, for it merely consists of +this: yonder sink, or whirlpool, is certainly the method this +lake has of relieving itself of all surplus water. Everything +points to a subterranean river which connects this lake with the +Pacific Ocean." + +"Wonder how long I'd have to hold my breath to make the trip?" + + + +CHAPTER XI. +ANOTHER SURPRISE FOR THE PROFESSOR. + +The stranger laughed aloud at this, then seemed surprised that +aught of mirth could be awakened where grief and despair had so +long reigned supreme. + +"You will come with me to--to my den, gentlemen?" he asked, still +nervous, and plainly loath to do aught which indicated a return +to his recent dreary method of living. + +"Is the distance great?" asked Professor Featherwit, with a +glance towards the aeromotor, then flashing his gaze further, as +though to guard against possible harm coming to that valuable +piece of property. + +More than ever to be guarded now, since the words spoken by this +exile. Better death in yonder mighty whirlpool than a half-score +years' imprisonment here! + +Not so very far, he was assured, while it would be comparatively +easy to float the air-ship above the trees, there of no +extraordinary growth. + +At the same time this assurance was given, the stranger could not +mask his uneasiness of mind, and it was really pitiful to see one +so strong in body and limb, so weak otherwise. + +But uncle Phaeton was a fairly keen judge of human nature, and +possessed no small degree of tact. Divining the real cause of +that dread, he took the easiest method of allaying it, speaking +briskly as he moved across to the aerostat. + +"Bear the gentleman company, my lads, while I manage the ship. +You will know what signals to make, and I can contrive the rest." + +Again the recluse laughed, but now it was through pure joy, such +as he had not experienced for long years gone by. He was not to +be deserted by his rescuers from the whirlpool, and that was +comfort enough for the moment. + +Thanks to that guidance, but little time was cut to waste, +Professor Featherwit taking the flying-machine away from the +shore of the lake, floating slowly above the tree-tops, guiding +his movements by those below, finally effecting a safe landing in +a miniature glade, at no great distance from the "den" alluded to +by their new-found friend. + +"It will be perfectly safe here," the exile hastened to give +assurance, as that landing was made. "Then, too, this is the +only spot nigh at hand from which a hasty ascent could well be +made, even with such an admirable machine as yours. Ah, me!" +with a long breath which lacked but little of being a sigh, as he +keenly, eagerly examined the aerostat. "A marvel! Who would +have dared predict such another, only a dozen years ago? I +thought we had drawn very close to perfection while I was in the +profession, but this,--marvellous!" + +Both words and manner gave the keen-witted professor a clew to +one mystery, and he quickly spoke: + +"Then you were familiar with aerostatics, sir? Your name is--" + +"Edgecombe,--Cooper Edgecombe." + +"What?" with undisguised surprise in face as in voice. +"Professor Edgecombe, the celebrated balloonist who was lost so +long ago?" + +"Ay! lost here in this thrice accursed wilderness!" passionately +cried the exile; then, as though abashed by his own outburst, he +turned away, pausing again only when at the entrance to his +dreary refuge of many years. + +"Give the poor fellow his own way until he has had time to rally, +boys," muttered uncle Phaeton, in lowered tones, before following +that lead. "I can understand it better, now, and this is--still +is the terra incognita of which I have dreamed so long!" + +That refuge proved to be a large, fairly dry cavern, the entrance +to which was admirably masked by vines and creepers, while the +stony soil just there retained no trace of footprints to tell +dangerous tales. + +Mr. Edgecombe vanished, but not for long. Then, showing a +light, formed of fat and twisted wick in a hollowed bit of +hardwood, he begged his rescuers to enter. + +No second invitation was needed, for even the professor felt a +powerful curiosity to learn what method had been followed by this +enforced exile; how he had managed to live for so many weary +years. + +With only that smoky lamp to shed light around the place, +critical investigation was a matter of time and painstaking, +although a general idea of the cavern was readily formed. + +High overhead arched the rocky roof, blackened by smoke, and +looking more gloomy than nature had intended. The side walls +were likewise irregular, now showing tiny niches and nooks, then +jutting out to form awkward points and elbows, which were but +partially disguised by such articles of wear and daily use as the +exile had collected during the years gone by, or since his +occupancy first began. + +So much the professor took in with his initial glances, but then +he left Waldo and his brother to look more closely, himself +giving thought to the being whom they had so happily saved from +the whirlpool. + +"Professor Edgecombe!" he again exclaimed, grasping those +roughened hands to press them cordially. "I ought to have +recognised you at sight, no doubt, since I have watched your +ascents time and time again." + +The exile smiled faintly, shaking his head and giving another +sigh. + +"Ah, me! 'twas vastly different, then. I only marvel that you +should give me credit when I lay claim to that name, so long--it +has long faded from the public's memory, sir." + +But uncle Phaeton shook his head, decidedly. + +"No, no, I assure you, my friend; far from it. Whenever the +topic is brought to the front; whenever aerostatics are +discussed, your name and fame are sure to play a prominent part. +And yet,--you disappeared so long ago, never being heard of +after--" + +"After sailing away upon the storm for which I had waited and +prayed, for so many weary, heart-sick months!" + +"So the rumour ran, but we all believed that must be an +exaggeration, and not for a long time was all hope abandoned. +Then, more hearts than one felt sore and sad at thoughts of your +untimely fate." + +"A fate infinitely worse than ordinary death such as was credited +me," huskily muttered the exile. "Ten years,--and ever since I +have been here, helpless to extricate myself, doomed to a living +death, which none other can ever fully realise! Doomed to--to--" + +His voice choked, and he turned away to hide his emotions. + +Professor Featherwit thoroughly appreciated the interruption +which came through Waldo's lips just at that moment. + +"Oh, I say,--uncle Phaeton!" + +"What is it, lad? Don't meddle with what doesn't--" + +"Looking can't hurt, can it? And to think people ever got along +with such things as these!" + +Waldo was squared before sundry articles depending from the side +wall, and as the professor drew closer, he, too, displayed a +degree of interest which was really remarkable. + +A gaily colored tunic of thickly quilted cotton was hanging +beside an oddly shaped war club, the heavier end of which was +armed with blades of stone which gleamed and sparkled even in +that dim light. And attached to this weapon was another, hardly +less curious: a knife formed of copper, with heft and blade all +from one piece of metal. + +"Here is the rest of the outfit," said Edgecombe, holding forth a +bow and several feathered arrows with obsidian heads. + +Professor Featherwit gave a low, eager cry as he handled the +various articles, both face and manner betraying intense delight, +which found partial vent in words a little later. + +"Wonderful! Marvellous! Superb! I envy you, sir; I can't help +but envy your possession of so magnificent--and so +well-preserved, too! That is the marvel of marvels!" + +"Well, to be sure, I haven't used them very much. The bow and +arrows I could manage fairly well, after busy practice. They +have saved me from more than one hungry night. But as for the +rest--" + +"You might have worn the--Is it a ghost-dance shirt, though?" +hesitatingly asked Waldo, gingerly fingering the wadded tunic. + +"Waldo, I'm ashamed of you, boy!" almost harshly reproved the +professor. "Ghost-dance shirt, indeed! And this one of the most +complete--the only perfectly preserved specimen of the ancient +Aztec--pray, my good friend, where did you discover them? Surely +there can be no burial mounds so far above the latitude where +that unfortunate race lived and died?" + +Mr. Edgecombe shook his head, with a puzzled look, then made +reply: + +"No, sir. I took these all from an Indian I was forced to kill +in order to save my own life. I never thought--You are ill, +sir?" + +"Bless my soul!" ejaculated the professor, falling back a pace or +two, then sitting down with greater force than grace, all the +while gazing upon those weapons like one in a daze. "Found +them--Indian--killed him in order to--bless my soul!" + +Then, with marvellous activity for one of his age, the professor +recovered his footing, mumbling something about tripping a heel, +then resumed his examination of the curiosities as though he had +care for naught beside. + +Cooper Edgecombe turned away, and the professor improved the +opportunity by muttering to the brothers: + +"Careful, lads. Give the poor fellow his own way in all things, +for he is--he surely must be--eh?" + +Forefinger covertly tapped forehead, for there was no time +granted for further explanations. Edgecombe turned again, +speaking in hard, even strained tones: + +"Fifteen years ago this month, on the 27th, to be exact, a +balloon with two passengers was carried away on a terrific gale +of wind which blew from the southeast. This happened in +Washington Territory. Can you tell me--has anything ever been +heard of either balloon or its inmates?" + +Professor Featherwit shook his head in negation before saying: + +"Not to my knowledge, though doubtless the prints of the day--" + +Cooper Edgecombe shook both head and hand with strange +impatience. + +"No, no. I know they were never heard from up to ten years ago, +but since then--I am a fool to even dream of such a thing, and +yet,--only for that faint hope I would have gone mad long ago!" + +Indeed, he looked little less than insane as it was. + + + +CHAPTER XII. THE STORY OF A BROKEN LIFE. + +This was the idea that occurred to both uncle and nephews, but +they had seen and heard enough to excuse all that, and Professor +Featherwit spoke again, in mildly curious tones: + +"Sorry I am unable to give you better tidings, my good friend, +but, so far as my knowledge extends, nothing has come to light of +recent years. And--if not a leading question--were those +passengers friends of your own?" + +"Only--merely my--my wife and little daughter," came the totally +unexpected reply, followed by a forced laugh which sounded +anything but mirthful. + +Uncle Phaeton, intensely chagrined, hastened to apologise for his +luckless break, but Cooper Edgecombe cut him short, asking that +the matter be let drop for the time being. + +"I will talk; I feel that I must tell you all, or lose what few +wits I have left," he declared, huskily. "But not right now. It +is growing late. You must be hungry. I have no very extensive +larder, but with my little will go the gratitude of a man who--" + +His voice choked, and he left the sentence unfinished, hurrying +away to prepare such a meal as his limited means would permit. + +While Edgecombe was kindling a fire in one corner of the cavern, +opening a pile of ashes to extract the few carefully cherished +coals by means of which the wood was to be fired, uncle and one +nephew left the den to look after the flying-machine and +contents. + +Bruno remained behind, in obedience to a hint from the professor, +lest the exile should dread desertion, after all. + +"Take these in and open them, Waldo," said the professor, +selecting several cans from the stock in the locker. "Poor +fellow! 'Twill be like a foretaste of civilisation, just to see +and smell, much less taste, the fruit." + +"Even if he has turned looney, eh, uncle Phaeton?" + +"Careful, boy! I hardly think he is just that far gone; but, +even if so, what marvel? Think of all he must have suffered +during so many long, dreary years! and--his wife and child! I +wonder--I do wonder if he really killed--but that is incredible, +simply and utterly incredible! An Aztec--here--alive!" + +"Dead, uncle Phaeton," corrected Waldo. "Killed the redskin, he +said, and I really reckon he meant it. Why not, pray?" + +"But--an Aztec, boy!" exclaimed the bewildered savant, unable to +pass that point. "The tunic of quilted cotton, the escaupil! +The maquahuitl, with its blades of grass! The bow and arrows +which--all, all surely of Aztecan manufacture, yet seemingly +fresh and serviceable as though in use but a month ago! And the +race extinct for centuries!" + +"Well, unless he's a howling liar from 'way up the crick, he +extincted one of 'em," cheerfully commented Waldo, bearing his +canned fruit to the cavern. + +Professor Featherwit followed shortly after, finding the exile +busy preparing food, looking and acting far more naturally than +he had since his rescue from the whirlpool. And then, until the +evening meal was announced, uncle Phaeton hovered near those +amazing curiosities, now gazing like one in a waking dream, then +gingerly fingering each article in turn, as though hoping to find +a solution for his enigma through the sense of touch. + +Taken all in all, that was far from a pleasant or enjoyable meal. +A sense of restraint rested upon each one of that little company, +and not one succeeded in fairly breaking it away, though each +tried in turn. + +Despite the struggle made by the exile to hold all emotions well +under subjection, Cooper Edgecombe failed to hide his almost +childish delight at sight and taste of those canned goods, and it +did not require much urging on the part of his rescuers to ensure +his partaking freely. + +But the cap-sheaf came when uncle Phaeton, true to his habit of +long years, after eating, produced pipe and pouch, the fragrant +tobacco catching the exile's nostrils and drawing a low, +tremulous cry from his lips. + +No need to ask what was the matter, for that eager gaze, those +quivering fingers, were enough. And just as though this had been +his express purpose, the professor passed the pipe over, quietly +speaking: + +"Perhaps you would like a little smoke after your supper, my good +friend? Oblige me by--" + +"May I? Oh, sir, may I--really taste--oh, oh, oh!" + +Bruno struck a match and steadied the pipe until the tobacco was +fairly ignited, then drew back and left the exile to himself for +the time being. And, as covert glances told them, never before +had their eyes rested upon mortal being so intensely happy as was +the long-lost aeronaut then and there. + +At a sign from the professor, Bruno and Waldo silently arose and +left the cavern, bearing their guardian company to where the +air-ship was resting. And there they busied themselves with +making preparations for the night, which was just settling over +that portion of the earth. + +Presently Cooper Edgecombe appeared, the empty pipe in hand, held +as one might caress an inestimable treasure, a dreamy, almost +blissful expression upon his sun-browned face. + +"I thank you, sir, more than tongue can tell," he said, quietly, +as he restored the pipe to its owner. "If you could only realise +what I have suffered through this deprivation! I, an inveterate +smoker; yet suddenly deprived of it, and so kept for ten long +years! If I had had a pipe and tobacco, I believe--but enough." + +"I can sympathise with you, at least in part, my friend. Will +you have another smoke, by the way?" + +"No, no, not now; I feel blessed for the moment, and more might +be worse than none, after so long deprivation. And--may I talk +openly to you, dear, kind friends? May I tell you--am I selfish +in wishing to trouble you thus? Ten years, remember, and not a +soul to speak with!" + +He laughed, but it was a sorry mirth; and not caring to trust his +tongue just then, uncle Phaeton nodded his head emphatically +while filling his pipe for himself. But Waldo never lacked for +words, and spoke out: + +"That's all right, sir; we can listen as long as you can +chin-chin. Tell us all about--well, what's the matter with that +big Injun?" + +"Quiet, Waldo. Say what best pleases you, my friend. You can be +sure of one thing,--sympathetic listeners, if nothing better." + +With a curious shiver, as though afflicted with a sudden chill, +Edgecombe turned partly away, figure drawn rigidly erect, hands +tightly clasped behind his back. A brief silence, then he spoke +in tones of forced composure. + +"A balloon was the best, in my day, and I was proud of my +profession, although even then I was dreaming of better +things--of something akin to this marvellous creation of yours, +sir," casting a fleeting glance at the air-ship, then at the face +of its builder, afterward resuming his former attitude. + +"Let that pass, though. I wanted to tell you how I met with my +awful loss; how I came to be out here in this modern hell! + +"I had a wife, a daughter, each of whom felt almost as powerful +an interest in aerostatics as I did myself. And one day--but, +wait! + +"I had an enemy, too; one who had, years before, sought to win my +love for his own; in vain, the cur! And that day--we were out +here in Washington Territory, living in comparative solitude that +I might the better study out the theory I was slowly shaping in +my brain. + +"The day was beautiful, but almost oppressively warm, and, as +they so frequently wished, I let my dear ones up in the balloon, +securely fastening it below. And then--God forgive me!--I went +back to town for something; I forget just what, now. + +"A sudden storm came up. I hurried homeward; home to me was +wherever my dear ones chanced to be; but I was just too late! +That devil of all devils was ahead of me, and I saw him--merciful +God! I saw him--cut the ropes and let the balloon dart away upon +that awful gale!" + +His voice choked, and for a few minutes silence reigned. Knowing +how vain must be any attempt to offer consolation, the trio of +air-voyagers said nothing, and presently Cooper Edgecombe spoke. + +"I killed the demon. I nearly tore him limb from limb; I would +have done just that, only for those who came hurrying after me +from town, knowing that I might need help in bringing my balloon +to earth in safety. They dragged me away, but 'twas too late to +cheat my miserable vengeance. That hound was dead, but--my +darlings were gone, for ever!" + +Another pause, then quieter, more coherent speech. + +"God alone knows whither my wife and child were taken. The +general drift was in this direction, but how far they were +carried, or how long they may have lived, I can only guess; +enough that, despite all my inquiries, made far and wide in every +direction, I never heard aught of either balloon or passengers! + +"After that, I had but one object in life: to follow along the +track of that storm, and either find my loved ones, or--or some +clew which should for ever solve my awful doubts! And for two +long years or more I fought to pierce these horrid +fastnesses,--all in vain. No mortal man could succeed, even when +urged on by such a motive as mine. + +"Then I determined upon another course. I worked and slaved +until I could procure another balloon, as nearly like the one I +lost as might be constructed. Then I watched and waited for just +such another storm as the one upon whose wings my darlings were +borne away, meaning to take the same course, and so find--" + +"Why, man, dear, you must have been insane!" impulsively cried +the professor, unable longer to control his tongue. + +"Perhaps I was; little wonder if so," admitted Edgecombe, turning +that way, with a wan smile lighting up his visage. "I could no +longer reason. I could only act. I had but that one grim hope, +to eventually discover what time and exposure to the weather +might have left of my lost loves. + +"Then, after so long waiting, the storm came, blowing in the same +direction as that other. I cut my balloon loose, and let it +drift. I looked and waited, hoping, longing, yet--failing! I was +wrecked, here in this wilderness. My balloon was carried away. +I failed to find--aught!" + +Cooper Edgecombe turned towards the air-ship, with a sigh of +regret. + +"If one had something like this then, I might have found +them,--even alive! But now--too late--eternally too late!" + + + +CHAPTER XIII. THE LOST CITY OF THE AZTECS. + +Uncle Phaeton was more than willing to do the honours of his pet +invention, and this afforded a most happy diversion, although the +deepening twilight hindered any very extensive examination. + +Cooper Edgecombe showed himself in a vastly different light while +thus engaged, his shrewd questions, his apt comments, quite +effectually removing the far from agreeable doubts born of his +earlier words and demeanour. + +"Well, if he's looney, it's only on some points, not as the whole +porker, anyway," confidentially asserted Waldo, when an +opportunity offered. "Coax him to tell how he knocked the +redskin out, uncle Phaeton." + +Little need of recalling that perplexing incident to the worthy +savant, for, try as he might, Featherwit could not keep from +brooding over that wondrous collection of relics pertaining to a +long-since extinct people. Of course, the last one had perished +ages ago; and yet--and yet-- + +Through his half-bewildered brain flashed the accounts given by +the coast tribes, members of which he had so frequently +interviewed concerning this unknown land, one and all of whom had +more or less to say in regard to a strange people, terrible +fighters, mighty hunters, one burning glance from whose eyes +carried death and decay unto all who were foolhardy enough even +to attempt to pass those mighty barriers, built up by a +beneficent nature. Only for that nearly impassable wall, the +entire earth would be overrun and dominated by these monsters in +human guise. + +Then, after the air-ship was cared for to the best of his +ability, and the night-guard set in place so that an alarm might +give warning of any illegal intrusion, the little party returned +to the cavern home of the exile where, after another refusal on +his part, the professor filled and lighted his beloved pipe. + +Almost in spite of himself Featherwit was drawn towards those +marvellous articles depending from the wall, and, as he gazed in +silent marvel, Cooper Edgecombe drew nigh, with still other +articles to complete the collection. + +"You may possibly find something of interest in these, too, dear +sir, although I have given them rather rough usage. This formed +a rather comfortable cap, and--" + +"A helmet! And sandals! A sash which is--yes! worn about the +waist, mainly to support weapons, and termed a maxtlatl, +which--and all sufficiently well preserved to be readily +recognised as genuine--unless--Surely I am dreaming!" + +If not precisely that, the worthy professor assuredly was almost +beside himself while examining these articles of warrior's wear, +one by one, knowing that neither eyes nor memory were at fault, +yet still unable to believe those very senses. + +Up to this, Cooper Edgecombe had felt but a passing interest in +the matter, forming as it did but a single incident in a more +than ordinarily eventful life; but now he began to divine at +least a portion of the truth, and his face was lighted up with +unusual animation, when Phaeton Featherwit turned that way, to +almost sharply demand: + +"Where did you gain possession of these weapons and garments, +sir? And how,--from whom?" + +"I took them from an Indian, nearly two years ago. He caught me +off my guard, and, when I saw that I could neither hide nor flee, +I fought for my life," explained the exile; then giving a short, +bitter laugh, to add: "Strange, is it not? Although I had long +since grown weary of existence such as this, I fought for it; I +turned wild beast, as it were! Then, after all was over, I took +these things, more because I feared his comrades might suspect--" + +"His comrades?" echoed the professor. "More than the one, then? +You killed him, but--there were others, still?" + +"Many of them; far too many for any one man to withstand," +earnestly declared the exile. "I made all haste in bearing the +redskin here, obliterating all signs as quickly as possible; yet +for days and nights I cowered here in utter darkness, each minute +expecting an attack from too powerful a force for standing +against." + +Uncle Phaeton rubbed his hands briskly, shifting his weight +hurriedly from one foot to its mate, then back again, the very +personification of eager interest and growing conviction. + +"More of them? A strong force? Armed,--and garbed as of old? +The clothing, the footwear, and, above all else, the weapons, +purely Aztecan? And here, only two short years ago?" + +"Sadly long and hideously dreary years I have found them, sir," +the exile said, in dejected tones. + +The professor burst into a shrill, excited laugh, which sounded +almost hysterical, and, not a little to the amazement of his +nephews, broke into a regular dance, jigging it right merrily, +hands on hips, head perked, and chin in air, at the same time +striving to carry the tune in his far from melodious voice. + +After all, perhaps no better method could have been taken to work +off his almost hysterical excitement, and presently he paused, +panting and heated, chuckling after an abashed fashion as he +encountered the eyes of his nephews. + +"Not a word, my dear boys," he hastened to plead. "I had to do +something or--or explode! I feel better, now. I can behave +myself, I hope. I am calm, cool, and composed as--the genuine +Aztecs! And we are the ones to discover that--oh, I forgot!" + +For Waldo was fairly exploding with mirth, while Bruno smiled, +and even the exile appeared to be amused to a certain extent at +his expense. + +Little by little, the worthy savant calmed down, and then, almost +forcing the exile to indulge in another delicious smoke, he led +up to the subject in which his interest was fairly intense. + +Cooper Edgecombe was willing enough to tell all that lay in his +power, although he was only beginning to realise how much that +might mean to the world at large, judging by the actions of the +professor. + +According to his account, the great lake, or drainage reservoir +of the Olympics, was a sort of semi-yearly rendezvous for a +warlike tribe of red men, where they congregated for the purpose +of catching and drying vast quantities of fish, doubtless to be +used during the winter. + +"As a general thing they pitch their camp on the other side, over +towards the northeast; but small parties are pretty sure to rove +far and wide, coming around this way quite as often as not." + +"And their garb,--the weapons they bore?" asked the professor. + +Edgecombe motioned towards those articles in which such a lively +interest had been awakened, then said that, while few of the red +men who had come beneath his near observation had been so +elaborately equipped, he had taken notice of similar weapons and +garments, with additions which he strove hard to describe with +accuracy. + +Nearly every sentence which crossed his lips served to confirm +the marvellous truth which had so dazzlingly burst upon the +professor's eager brain, and with a glib tongue he named each +weapon, each garment, as accurately as ever set down in ancient +history, not a little to the wide-eyed amazement of Waldo +Gillespie. + +"Worse than those blessed 'sour-us' and cousins," he confided to +his brother, in a whisper. "Reckon it's all right, Bruno? Uncle +isn't--eh?" + +But uncle Phaeton paid them no attention, so deeply was he +stirred by this wondrous revelation. He felt that he was upon +the verge of a discovery which would startle the wide world as no +recent announcement had been able to do, unless--but it surely +must be correct! + +And then, when Cooper Edgecombe finished all he could tell +concerning those queerly armed and gaudily garbed red men, the +professor let loose his tongue, telling what glorious hopes and +dazzling anticipations were now within him. + +"For hundreds upon hundreds of years there have been wild, weird +legends about the Lost City, but that merely meant a mass of +wondrous ruins, long since overwhelmed by shifting sands, +somewhere in the heart of the great American desert, so-called. + +"By some it was claimed that this ancient city owed its primal +existence to a fragment of the Aztecs, driven from their native +quarters in Old Mexico. By others 'twas attributed unto one of +the fabulous 'Lost Tribes of Israel,' but even the most +enthusiastic never for one moment dreamed of--this!" + +"Except yourself, uncle Phaeton," cut in Waldo, with a subdued +grin. "This must be one of the marvels you calculated on +discovering, thanks to the flying-machine, eh?" + +"Nay, my boy; I never let my imagination soar half so high as all +that," quickly answered the professor. "But now--now I feel +confident that just such a discovery lies before us, and with the +dawn of a new day we will ascend and look for the glorious 'Lost +City of the Aztecs!' " + +Again the savant sprang to his feet, wildly gesticulating as he +strode to and fro, striving to thus work off some of the intense +excitement which had taken full possession. And words fell +rapidly from his lips the while, only a portion of which need be +placed upon record in this connection, however. + +"A fico for the paltry lost cities of musty tradition, now! They +may sleep beneath the sand-storms of countless years, but this--I +would gladly give one of my eyes for the certainty that its mate +might gaze upon such a wondrous spectacle as--Oh, if it might +only prove true! If I might only discover such a stupendous +treasure! Aztecs! And in the present day! Alive--armed and +garbed as of yore! Amazing! Incredible! Astounding beyond the +wildest dreams of a confirmed--" + +With startling swiftness uncle Phaeton wheeled to confront the +exile, gripping his arm with fierce vigour, as he shrilly +demanded: + +"Opium--are you an eater of drugs, Cooper Edgecombe?" + +Even as the words crossed his lips, the professor realised how +preposterous they must sound, but the exile shook his head, +earnestly. + +"I never ate drugs in that shape, sir. Even if I had been +addicted to morphine and the like, how could I indulge the +appetite here, in these gloomy, lonely wilds?" + +"I beg your pardon, sir; most humbly I implore your forgiveness. +I have but one excuse--this wondrous--Good night! I'm going to +bed before I add to my new reputation as--a blessed idiot, no +less!" + + + +CHAPTER XIV. +A MARVELLOUS VISION. + +But the night was considerably older ere any one of that +quartette lost himself in slumber, for all had been too +thoroughly wrought up by the exciting events of the past day for +sleep to claim an easy subject. + +By common consent, however, that one particular subject was +barred for the present, and then, sitting in a cosy group about +the glowing fire there in the cavern, the recently formed friends +talked and chatted, asking and answering questions almost past +counting. + +Little wonder that such should be the case, so far as Cooper +Edgecombe was concerned, since he had been lost to the busy world +and its many changes for a long decade. + +Then, too, his own dreary existence held a strange charm for the +air-voyagers, and the exile grew wonderfully cheerful and +bright-eyed as he in part depicted his struggles to sustain life +against such heavy odds, and still strove to keep alive that one +hope,--that even yet he might be able to discover a clew to his +loved and lost ones. + +"Not alive; I have long since abandoned that faint hope. But if +I might only find something to make sure, something that I could +pray over, then bury where my heart could hover above--" + +"You are still alive, good friend, yet you have spent long years +out here in the wilderness," gently suggested the professor. + +Edgecombe flinched, as one might when a rude hand touches a still +raw wound. + +"But they, my wife, my baby girl,--they could never have lived as +I have existed. They surely must have perished; if not at once, +then when the first cruel storms of hideous winter came howling +down from the far north!" + +"Unless they were found and rescued by--who knows, my good sir?" +forcing a cheerful smile, which, unfortunately, was only +surface-born, as the exile lifted his head with a start and a +gasping ejaculation. "Since it seems fairly well proven that +this supposedly unknown land is actually inhabited, why may your +loved ones not have been rescued?" + +"The Indians? You mean by the Aztecs, sir?" + +"If Aztecans they should really prove; why not?" + +"But, surely I have heard--sacrifices?" huskily breathed the +greatly agitated man, while the professor, realising how he was +making a bad matter worse, brazenly falsified the records, +declaring that no human sacrifices had ever stained the record of +that noble, honourable, gallant race; and then changed the +subject as quickly as might be. + +Nevertheless, there was one good effect following that talk. +Cooper Edgecombe had dreaded nothing so much as the fear of being +left behind by these, the first white people he had seen for what +seemed more than an ordinary lifetime; but now, when the +professor hinted at a longing to take a spin through ether, for +the purpose of winning a wider view, he eagerly seconded that +idea, even while realising that it would be difficult to take him +along with the rest. + +Still, nothing was definitely settled that evening, and at a +fairly respectable hour before the turn of night, the +air-voyagers were wrapped in their blankets and soundly +slumbering. + +Not so the exile. Sleep was far from his brain, and while he +really knew that danger could hardly menace that wondrous bit of +ingenious mechanism, he watched it throughout that long night, +ready to risk his own life in its defence should the occasion +arise. + +Why not, since his whole future depended upon the aeromotor? By +its aid he hoped to reach civilization once more; and in spite of +the great loss which had wrecked his life, he was thrilled to the +centre by that glorious prospect. Here he was dead while +breathing; there he would at least be in touch with his fellow +men once more! + +An early meal was prepared by the exile, and in readiness when +his trio of guests awakened to the new day; and then, while +busily discussing the really appetising viands placed before +them, the next move was fully determined upon. + +Not a little to his secret delight, the professor heard Edgecombe +broach the subject of further explorations, and seeing that his +excitement had passed away in goodly measure during the silent +watches of the night, he talked with greater freedom. + +"Of course we'll keep in touch with you, here, friend, and take +no decisive move without your knowledge and consent. Our fate +shall be yours, and your fate shall be ours. Only--I would +dearly love to catch a glimpse of--If there should actually be a +Lost City in existence!" + +"If there is, as there surely must be one of some description, +judging from the number of red men I have seen collecting here at +the lake," observed the exile, "you certainly ought to make the +discovery with the aid of your air-ship. You can ascend at will, +of course, sir?" + +Nothing loath, the professor spoke of his pet and its wondrous +capabilities, and then all hands left the cavern for the outer +air, to prepare for action. + +As a further assurance, uncle Phaeton begged Edgecombe to enter +the aerostat, then skilfully caused the vessel to float upward +into clear space, sailing out over the lake even to the whirlpool +itself before turning, his passenger eagerly watching every move +and touch of hand, asking questions which proved him both shrewd +and ingenious, from a mechanical point of view. + +Returning to their starting-point, Edgecombe sprang lightly to +earth to make way for the brothers, face ruddy and eyes aglow as +he again begged them all to keep watch for aught which might +solve the mystery yet surrounding the fate of his loved ones. + +The promise was given, together with an earnest assurance that +they would soon return; then the parting was cut as short as +might be, all feeling that such a course was wisest and kindest, +after all. + +For an hour or more the air-ship sped on, high in air, its +inmates viewing the various and varying landmarks beneath and +beyond them, all marvelling at the fact that such an immense +scope of country should for so long be left in its native +virginity, especially where all are so land-hungry. + +Then, as nothing of especial interest was brought to their +notice, uncle Phaeton quite naturally reverted to that suit of +Aztecan armour, and the glorious possibilities which the words of +the exile had opened up to them as explorers. + +Bruno listened with unfeigned interest, but not so his more +mercurial brother, who took advantage of an opening left by the +professor, to bluntly interject: + +"What mighty good, even if you should find it all, uncle Phaeton? +You couldn't pick it up and tote it away, to start a dime museum +with. And, as for my part,--I'll tell you what! If we could +only find something like Aladdin's cave, now!" + +"Growing miserly in your old age, are you, lad?" mocked his +uncle. + +"No; I don't mean just that. His trees were hung with riches, +but mine should be--crammed and crowded full of plum pudding, +fruit cake, angel food, mince pies, and the like! Yes, and there +should be fountains of lemonade! And mountains of ice-cream! +And sandbars of caramels, and chocolate drops, and trilbies, +and--well, now, what's the matter with you fellows, anyway?" + +He spoke with boyish indignation at that laughing outbreak, but +the kindly professor quickly managed to smooth the matter over, +although not before Waldo had promised Bruno a sound thumping the +first time they set foot upon land. + +Until past the noon hour that pleasant voyage lasted, without any +remarkable discovery being made, the trio munching a cold lunch +at their ease, rather than take the trouble to effect a landing. + +But then, not very long after the sun had begun his downward +course, there came a change which caused Featherwit's blood to +leap through his veins far more rapidly than usual, for yonder, +still a number of miles away, there was gradually opening to view +a hill-surrounded valley of considerable dimension, certain +portions of which betrayed signs of cultivation, or at least of +vegetation different from aught the explorers had as yet come +across since entering that land of wonders. + +Almost unwittingly Professor Featherwit sent the air-ship higher, +even as it sped onward at quickened pace, his face as pale as his +eyes were glittering, intense anticipation holding him spellbound +for the time being. And then--the wondrous truth! + +"Behold!" he cried, shrilly, pointing as he spoke. + +"Houses yonder! Cultivated fields, and--see! human beings in +motion, who are--" + +"Kicking up a great old bobbery, just as though they'd sighted +us, and wanted to know--I say, uncle Phaeton, how would it feel +to get punched full of holes by a parcel of bow-arrows?" + +With a quick motion the air-ship was turned, darting lower and +off at a sharp angle to its former course, for the professor +likewise saw what had attracted the notice of his younger nephew. + +Scattered here and there throughout that secluded valley were +human beings, nearly all of whom had sprung into sudden motion, +doubtless amazed or frightened by the appearance of that oddly +shaped air-demon. + +Brief though that view had been, it was sufficiently long to show +the professor houses of solid and substantial shape, cultivated +plots, human beings, and a little river whose clear waters +sparkled and flashed in the sunlight. + +It was very hard to cut that view so short, but the professor had +not lost all prudence, and he knew that danger to both vessel and +passengers might follow a nearer intrusion upon the privacy of +yonder armed people. Yet his face was fairly glowing with glad +exultation as he brought the aerostat to a lower strata of air, +shutting off all view from yonder valley, as it lay amid its +encircling hills. + +"Hurrah!" he cried, snatching off his cap and waving it +enthusiastically, as the air-ship floated onward at ease. "At +last! Found--we've discovered it at last! And all is true,--all +is true!" + +"Found what, uncle Phaeton?" asked Waldo, a bit doubtfully. + +"The Lost City of the Aztecs, of course! Oh, glad day, glad +day!" + +"Unless--what if it should prove to be only a--a mirage, uncle +Phaeton?" almost timidly ventured Bruno, a moment later. + + + +CHAPTER XV. +ASTOUNDING, YET TRUE. + +The professor gave a great start at this almost reluctant +suggestion, shrinking back with a look which fell not far short +of being horrified. But then he rallied, forcing a laugh before +speaking. + +"No, no, Bruno. All conditions are lacking to form the mirage of +the desert. And, too; everything was so distinct and clearly +outlined that one could--" + +"Fairly feel those blessed bow-arrows tickling a fellow in the +short ribs," vigorously declared the younger Gillespie. "Not but +that--I say, uncle Phaeton?" + +"What is it now, Waldo?" + +"Reckon they're like any other people? Got boys and--and girls +among 'em, I wonder?" + +"I daresay, yes, why not?" answered Featherwit, scarcely +realising what words were being shaped by his lips, while Bruno +broke into a brief-lived laugh, more at that half-sheepish +expression than at the query itself. + +"Both boys and girls galore, I expect, Kid; but you needn't +borrow trouble on either score. You can outrun the lads, while +as for the fairer sex,--well, they'll take precious good care to +keep well beyond your reach,--especially if you wear such another +fascinating grin as--" + +"Oh, you go to thunder, Bruno Gillespie!" + +Through all this interchange the air-ship was maintaining a wide +sweep, drawing nearer the forest beneath, if only to keep hidden +from the eyes of the strange people in yonder deep valley. Yet +the gaze of Phaeton Featherwit as a rule kept turned towards that +particular point, his eyes on fire, his lips twitching, his whole +demeanour that of one who feels a discovery of tremendous +importance lies just before him. + +"Are we going to land, uncle Phaeton?" queried Bruno, taking note +of that preoccupation, which might easily prove dangerous under +existing circumstances. + +That question served to recall the professor to more material +points, and, after a keen, sweeping look around, he nodded +assent. + +"Yes, as soon as I can discover or secure a fair chance. I wish +to see more--I must secure a fairer view of the--of yonder +place." + +"Will it not be too dangerous, though? Not for us, especially, +uncle, but for the aerostat? Even if these be not the people you +imagine--" + +"They are past all doubt a remnant of the ancient Aztecs. Yonder +lies the true Lost City, and we are--oh, try to comprehend all +that statement means, my lads! Picture to yourselves what +boundless fame and unlimited credit awaits our report to the +outer world! The benighted world! The besotted world! +The--the--" + +"While we'll form the upsotted world, or a portion of it, without +something is done,--and that in a howling hurry, too!" fairly +spluttered Waldo, as the again neglected air-ship sped swiftly +towards a more elevated portion of that earth, part of the tall +hill-crest which acted as nature's barricade to yonder by nature +depressed valley. + +"Time enough, lad, time enough, since we are going to land," +coolly assured the professor, deftly manipulating the +steering-gear and still curying around those tree-crowned hills. +"If we are really hunted after, 'twill naturally be in the +quarter of our vanishment, while by alighting around yonder, +nearly at right angles with our initial approach, we will have +naught to fear from the--the Aztecan clans!" + +Clearly the professor had settled in his own mind just what lay +before them, and nothing short of the Lost City of the Aztecs +would come anywhere near satisfying that exalted ideal. And, +taking all points into full consideration, was there anything so +very absurd in his method of reasoning, or of drawing a +deduction? + +Still, that exaltation did not prevent uncle Phaeton from taking +all essential precautions, and it was only when an especially +secure landing-place was sighted that he really attempted to +touch the earth. + +Fully one-half of that wide circuit had been made, and as nothing +could be detected to give birth to fears for either self or +air-ship, the aeronauts skilfully landed their vessel with only +the slightest of jars. It was a well-screened location, where +naught could be seen of the flying-machine until close at hand, +yet so arranged as to make a hasty flight a very easy matter +should the occasion ever arise. + +Not until the landing was effected and all made secure, did +Professor Featherwit speak again. Then it was with gravely +earnest speech which suitably affected his nephews. + +"Above all things, my dear lads, bear ever in mind this one +fact,--we are not here to fight. We do not come as conquerors, +weapons in hand, hearts filled with lust of blood. To the +contrary, we are on a peaceful mission, hoping to learn, trusting +to enlighten, with malice towards none, but honest love for all +those who may wear the human shape, be they of our own colour +or--or--otherwise." + +"That's what's the matter with Hannah's cat!" cheerfully chipped +in the irrepressible Waldo. "I say, uncle Phaeton, is it just a +lie-low here until yonder fellows grow tired of looking for what +they can't find, then a flight on our part; or will we--" + +"Have we voyaged so far and seen so much, to rest content with so +very little?" exclaimed the professor, hardly as precise of +speech as under ordinary conditions. "No, no, my lads! Yonder +lies the greatest discovery of the nineteenth century, and we +are--Get a hustle on, boys! The day is waning, and with so much +to see, to study, to--Come, I say!" + +In spite of his initial attempt to impress his nephews with a due +sense of the heavy responsibilities which rested upon them, +Phaeton Featherwit was far more excited than either one of the +brothers. Doubtless he more nearly appreciated the importance of +this wondrous discovery, provided his now firm belief was +correct,--that yonder stood a solid, substantial city, erected by +the hands of a people whom common consent had agreed were long +since wiped out of existence. + +The story told by Cooper Edgecombe, backed up by the articles +taken from the person of the warrior whom he had slain in +self-defence, certainly had its weight; while the brief and +imperfect glimpse which he had won of yonder valley helped to +bear out that astounding belief. And yet, how could it be true? + +Really believing, yet forced by more sober reason to doubt, the +poor professor was literally "in a sweat" long ere another view +could be won of the depressed valley, although the landing of the +air-ship was so well chosen as to make that trip of the briefest +duration consistent with prudence. + +The natural obstacles were considerable, however, and as they +picked their way along, the brothers for the first time began to +gain a fairly accurate idea of what was meant by the term, a +virgin forest. + +To all seeming, the human foot had never ventured here, nor were +any marks or spoor of wild beasts perceptible on either side. + +Although the aerostat had landed not far below the crest of those +hills, the adventurers had to climb higher, before winning the +coveted view, partly because the most practicable route led down +into and along a winding gulch, where the footing was far less +treacherous than upon the higher ground, cumbered, as that was, +with the leaf-mould of centuries. + +Still, half an hour's steady labour brought the little squad to +the coveted point, and once again Professor Featherwit was almost +literally stricken speechless,--for there, far below their +present location, spread out in level expanse, lay the secret +valley with all its marvels. + +Far more extensive than it had appeared by that initial glimpse, +the valley itself seemed composed of fertile soil, yet, by aid of +the river which cut through, near its centre, irrigating ditches +conveyed water to every acre, thus ensuring bounteous crops of +grain and of fruit as well. + +Numerous buildings stood in irregular array, for the most part of +no great height, nor with many pretensions towards architectural +beauty or grace of outline; but in the centre of the valley +upreared its head a massive structure, pyramidal in shape, +consisting of five comparatively narrow terraces, connected one +with another only at each of the four corners, where stood a +wide-stepped flight of stones. + +"Behold!" huskily gasped the professor, intensely excited, yet +still able to control the field-glass through which he was +eagerly scanning yonder marvels. "The temple of the gods! And, +yonder, the temple of sacrifice, unless my memory is--and look! +The people are--they wear just such garb as--Oh, marvellous! +Amazing! Astounding! Incredible--yet true!" + +Although their uncle could thus take in the various details to +better advantage, still the intervening distance was not so great +as to entirely debar the brothers from finding no little to +interest them, as was readily proven by their various +exclamations. + +"Just look at the people, will ye, now? Flopping around like +they hadn't any bigger business than to--Reckon they're looking +for us to come back, Bruno?" + +"Or watching for the monster bird of prey, rather," suggested the +elder Gillespie. "Of course they couldn't distinguish our faces, +and our bodies were fairly well hidden. And, even more, of +course, they must be totally ignorant of all such things as +flying-machines and the like." + +"Poor, ignorant devils!" sympathetically sighed the youngster. +"Well, we'll have to do a little missionary work in this quarter, +before taking our departure, eh, uncle Phaeton?" + +With a start, Featherwit descended out of the clouds in which he +had been lost ever since winning a fair view of the secret city; +and now, rallying his wits and fairly aglow with eager interest +in this marvellous discovery, he began pointing out the various +objects of special importance, naming them with glib assurance, +then reminding the boys how wonderfully similar all was to what +had existed in Old Mexico before the conquest. + +Bruno listened with greater interest than his brother could +summon at will. For one thing, he had long been a lover of the +genial Prescott, and, now that his memory was freshened in part, +was able to closely follow the course of that little lecture, +noting each strong point made by the professor in bolstering up +his delightful theory. + +That monologue, however, was abruptly broken in upon by Waldo, +who gave an eager exclamation, as he reached forth a pointing +finger: + +"Look! There's a white woman yonder,--two of 'em, in fact!" + + + +CHAPTER XVI. +CAN IT BE TRUE? + +That announcement came with all the force of a bolt from the +blue, and even the professor dropped his glasses with a gasp of +amazement, while Bruno would have leaped to his feet, only for +the hasty grab which his brother made at the tail of his coat. + +"White--where? Surely it cannot be that--Edgecombe--" + +"Augh, take a tumble, boy!" ejaculated Waldo, giving a jerk that +rendered compliance nearly literal, though scarcely full of +grace. "Want to have the whole gang make a howling break this +way? Want to--They're white all right, though!" + +"Where? Which direction? Point them out, and--I fail to see +anything which would bear out your--" + +The professor was sweeping yonder field with his glass, searching +for the primal cause of that latest excitement, but without +success. No sign of a white face, male or female, rewarded his +efforts, and he turned an inquiring gaze upon the youngster. + +Waldo was peering from beneath the shade of his hand, but now +drew back with a long breath, to slowly shake his head. + +"They've gone now, but I did see them, and they were white, just +as white as--as anything!" + +Bruno frowned a bit at that unsatisfactory conclusion, but the +professor was of more equable temper, for a wonder. He smilingly +shook his head, while gazing kindly, then spoke: + +"I myself might have made the same error, Waldo, but you surely +were in error, for once." + +"What! You mean I never saw those white women, uncle Phaeton?" + +"No, no, I am not so seriously faulting your eyesight, my dear +boy," came the swift assurance. "But even the best of us are +open to errors, and there were in olden times not a few Aztecs +with fair skins; not exactly white, yet comparatively fair when +their race was considered. And, no doubt, Waldo, you saw just +such another a bit ago." + +But the youngster was not so easily shaken in his own opinion. + +"There were a couple of 'em, not just such another, uncle. And +they were white,--pure white as ever the Lord made a woman! +And--why, didn't I see their hair, long and floating loose? And +wasn't that yellow as--as gold, or the sunshine itself?" + +"Yellow hair?" + +"Yes, indeedy! Yellow hair, white skins,--faces, anyway. +Blondes, the couple of 'em; and to that I'll make my davy!" + +And so the youngster maintained with even more than usual +sturdiness, when questioned more closely, pointing out the very +spot upon which the strange beings were standing, the top of a +large, tall building, clearly one of the series of temples. + +In vain the field-glass was fixed upon that particular point. +The partly roofed azotea was wholly devoid of human life, and +though watch was maintained in that direction for many minutes +thereafter, by one or other of the air-voyagers, naught was seen +to confirm the assertion made by the younger Gillespie. + +For the moment that fact or fancy dominated all other interests, +for, granting that Waldo had not been misled by a naturally fair +Indian face, there was room for a truly startling inference. + +"Could it actually be they?" muttered Bruno, face pale and eyes +glittering with intense interest. "Could they have escaped with +life from the balloon, and been here ever since?" + +"You mean--" + +"The wife and child of Cooper Edgecombe,--yes! Who else could +they be, unless--I'd give a pretty penny for one fair squint at +them, right now! If there was only some method of--It would +hardly do to venture down yonder, uncle Phaeton?" + +The professor gave a stern gesture of denial, frowning as though +he anticipated an actual break for yonder town, in spite of the +odds against them. + +"That would be madness, Bruno! Worse than madness, by far! Look +at yonder warriors, all thoroughly armed, and eager to drink +blood as ever they were in centuries gone by! They are hundreds, +if not thousands, while we are but three! Madness, my boy!" + +"Four, with Mr. Edgecombe, uncle." + +"And that means a complete host so long as we are backed up by +the air-ship," declared Waldo, in his turn. "Those fellows!" +with a sniff of true boyish scorn for aught that was not fully up +to date. "What could they do, if we were to open fire on them +just once?" + +"Prove our equals, man for man, armed as they assuredly are," +just as vigorously affirmed the professor, inclined rather to +magnify than diminish the importance of these, his so recently +discovered people. "You forget how the Aztecans fought Cortez +and his mailed hosts. Yet these are one and identical, so far as +valour and training and blood can go." + +"Huh! Scared of a runty horse so badly that they prayed to 'em +as they did to their own gods!" sniffed Waldo, betraying a lore +for which he did not ordinarily receive fair credit. "Why, uncle +Phaeton, let you just slam one o' those dynamite shells inside a +chief--" + +"Nay, Waldo, must I repeat, we are not here for the purpose of +conquest, unless by purely amicable methods. There must be no +fighting, for or against. Savages though most people would be +inclined to pronounce yonder race, they are human, with souls +and--" + +"But I always thought they were heathens, uncle Phaeton?" + +The professor subsided at that, giving over as worse than useless +the attempt to enlighten the irrepressible youngster, at least +for the time being. + +Silence ruled for some little time, during which each one of the +trio kept keen watch over the valley, the field-glass changing +hands at intervals in order to put all upon an equal footing. + +One thing was clear enough unto all: the Indians had been +greatly wrought up by the brief appearance of some queerly shaped +monster of the air, and while a goodly number of their best +warriors had hastened out of the valley and up the difficult +passes, in hopes of learning more, still others were astir, +weapons in hand, evidently determined to defend their lives or +their property from any assault, should such be made, whether by +known or foreign adversaries. + +This busy stir and bustle, combined with the novel architecture +and so many varying points of interest, would have been a mental +and visual feast for the trio of air-voyagers, only for that one +doubt: were white captives actually in yonder temple? And, if +white, were they the long-lost relatives of the aeronaut, Cooper +Edgecombe? + +Quite naturally the interest displayed by the Indians centred in +the quarter of the heavens where that air-demon had been sighted, +hence our friends saw very little cause for apprehension on their +own parts. + +Thus they were given a better opportunity for thinking of and +then discussing the new marvel. + +Again did Waldo vow that his eyes had not befooled him. Again he +positively asserted that he had seen two white women, wearing +blonde hair in loose waves far adown their backs. And once again +Bruno, in half-awed tones, wondered whether or no they were the +mother and child borne away upon the wings of a mighty storm, +fifteen long years gone by. + +"It is possible, though scarcely credible," admitted uncle +Phaeton, in grave tones, as he wrinkled his brows after his +peculiar fashion when ill at ease in his mind. "Edgecombe lived +through just such another experience; though, to be sure, he was +a man of iron constitution, while they were far more delicate, as +a matter of course." + +"Still, it may have happened so?" persisted Bruno, taking a +strong interest in the matter. "You would not call it too +far-fetched, uncle?" + +"No. It may have happened. I would rather call it marvellous, +yet still possible. And if so--" + +"There is but a single answer to that supposition, uncle; they +must be rescued from captivity!" forcibly declared Bruno. + +"That's right," confirmed Waldo. "Of course all women and +girls--I mean other people's kin--are a tremendous sight of +bother and worry, and all that; but we're white, and so are +they." + +"We must rescue them; there's nothing else to do," again +emphasised the elder Gillespie. + +"That is no doubt the proper caper, speaking from your boyish +point of view, my generous-hearted nephews; but--just how?" dryly +queried the professor. "Have you arranged all that, as well, +Bruno?" + +"You surely would not abandon them, uncle Phaeton?" asked the +young man, something abashed by that veiled reproof. "To such a +horrible fate, too?" + +"A fate which they must have endured for fifteen years, provided +your theory is correct, Bruno," with a fleeting smile. "Don't +mistake me, lads. I am ready and willing to do all that a man of +my powers may, provided I see just and sufficient cause for +taking decisive action. That is yet lacking. We are not certain +that there are white women yonder. Or, if white women, that they +are captives. Or, if captives, that they would thank us for +aiding them to escape." + +"Why, uncle Phaeton! Think of Mr. Edgecombe, and how--" + +"I am thinking of him, and I wish to think yet a little longer," +quietly spoke the professor. "keep a lookout, lads, and if you +see aught of Waldo's fair women, pray notify me." + +For the better part of an hour comparative silence reigned, the +boys feasting eyes upon yonder spectacle, their uncle deeply in +reverie; but then he roused up, his final decision arrived at. + +"I will do it!" were his first words. "Yes, I will do it!" + +"Do what, uncle Phaeton?" asked Waldo, with poorly suppressed +eagerness, as he turned towards his relative. + +"Go after Cooper Edgecombe,--bringing him here in order that he +may, sooner or later, solve this perplexing enigma. Come, boys, +we may as well start back towards the aerostat." + +But both youngsters objected in a decided manner, Waldo saying: + +"No, no, uncle Phaeton! Why should we go along? You'll be +coming right back, and will be less crowded in the ship if we +don't go." + +"And we can better wait right here; don't you see, uncle?" + +"To keep the Lost City safely found, don't you know? What if it +should take a sudden notion to lose itself again?" added Waldo, +innocently. + + + +CHAPTER XVII. +AN ENIGMA FOR THE BROTHERS. + +In place of the indulgent smile for which he was playing, Waldo +received a frown, and directly thereafter the professor spoke in +tones which could by no possibility be mistaken. + +"Come with me, both of you. I am going back to the aerostat, and +I dare not leave you boys behind. Come!" + +Kind of heart and generally complaisant though uncle Phaeton was, +neither Bruno nor Waldo cared to cross his will when made known +in such tones, and without further remonstrance they followed his +lead, slipping away from the snug little observatory without +drawing attention to themselves from any of yonder busy horde. + +Not until the trio was fairly within the gulch did the professor +speak again, and then but a brief sentence or two. + +"Give me time to weigh the matter, lads. Possibly I may agree, +but don't try to hurry my cooler judgment, please." + +Waldo gave his brother an eager nudge at this, gestures and +grimaces being made to supply the lack of words. But when, the +better to express his confidence that all was coming their way, +the youngster attempted a caper of delight, his foot slipped from +a leaf-hidden stone, and he took an awkward tumble at full +length. + +"Never touched me!" he cried, scrambling to his feet ere a hand +could come to his aid. "Who says I don't know how to stand on +both ends at the same time?" + +Barring this little caper, naught took place on their way to the +air-ship; and once there, the professor heaved a mighty sigh, +wiping his heated face as one might who has just won a worthy +race. But he betrayed no especial haste in setting the +flying-machine afloat and Waldo finally ventured: + +"Can we help you off, uncle Phaeton?" + +But he was assured there existed no necessity for such great +haste. + +"In fact, it might be dangerous to start while so many of the +Aztecs are upon the lookout," came the unexpected addition. "I +believe it would be vastly better not to leave here until shortly +before dawn, to-morrow." + +It took but a few words further to convince the brothers that +this idea was wisest, and while the young fellows felt sorry to +have their view cut so short, neither ventured to actually rebel. + +After all, the day was well-nigh spent, and, besides preparing +their evening meal, it was essential that their plans for the +immediate future should be shaped as thoroughly as possible. + +Professor Featherwit had resolved to fetch Cooper Edgecombe to +the scene of interest, in order to give him at least a fair +chance to solve the enigma which was perplexing them all. Even +so, he felt that no small degree of physical danger would attend +that presence, particularly if it should really prove, as they +could but suspect, that both wife and daughter of the involuntary +exile were yonder, among the Aztecans. + +Much of this the professor made known to his nephews during that +evening, the trio thoroughly discussing the matter in all its +bearings, but before the air-ship was prepared for the night's +rest, uncle Phaeton made the youngsters happy by consenting to +their remaining behind as guardians to the Lost City, while he +went in quest of the balloonist. + +"But bear ever in mind the conditions, lads," was his earnest +conclusion. "I place you upon your honour to take all possible +precautions against being discovered, or even running the least +unnecessary risk during my absence." + +"Don't let that bother you, uncle Phaeton," Waldo hastened to +give assurance. "We'll be wise as pigeons, and cautious as any +old snake you ever caught up a tree; eh, Bruno, old man?" + +"We promise all you ask, uncle, but does that mean we must stay +right here, without even stealing a weenty peep at the Lost +City?" + +Professor Featherwit felt sorely tempted to say yes, but then, +knowing boyish nature (although Bruno had just passed his +majority, while Waldo was "turned seventeen") so well, he feared +to draw the reins too tightly lest they give way entirely. + +"No; I do not expect quite that much, my lads; but I do count on +your taking no unnecessary risks, and in case of discovery that +you rather trust to flight, and my finding you later on, than to +actually fighting." + +So it was decided, and at a fairly early hour the trio lay down +to sleep. Although so unusually excited by the marvellous +discoveries of the day just spent, their open-air life tended to +calm their brains, and, far sooner than might have been expected, +sleep crept over them, one and all, lasting until nearly dawn. + +Perhaps it was just as well that the wakening was not more early, +for the professor was beginning to regret his weakness of the +past evening, and had there been more time for drawing lugubrious +pictures of probable mishaps, he might even yet have insisted on +taking the youngsters with him. + +Knowing that it was rather more than probable some of the Indians +would be stationed upon the hills to watch for the queerly shaped +air-demon, the professor felt obliged to lose no further time, +and so the separation was effected, just as the eastern sky was +beginning to show streaks and veins of a new day. + +"Touch and go!" cried Waldo, with a vast inhalation as he watched +the aeromotor sail away with the swiftness of a bird on wing. +"And for a weenty bit I reckoned 'twas you and me as part of the +go, too!" + +In company the lads enjoyed a more leisurely meal than their +relative had dared wait for, knowing that, at the very least, +they would have the whole of that day to themselves, so far as +uncle Phaeton was concerned. As a matter of course, he would not +attempt to return except under cover of night, or in the early +dawn of another day. + +All that had been thoroughly discussed and provided for the +evening before, and was barely touched upon by the brothers now. +Their first and most natural thought was of yonder Lost City, +with its inhabitants, red, white, and yellow, as Waldo put it; +but being still under the foreboding fears of the professor, they +finally agreed to remain where he left them until after the sun +crossed its meridian. + +It was a rather early meal which the brothers prepared, if the +whole truth must be told; and the last fragments were bolted +rather than chewed, feet keeping time with jaws, as they hastened +towards the observatory. + +There was pretty much the same sort of view as on the day before, +the main difference being that many of the Indians were labouring +in the fields, instead of watching for the air-demon. + +Using the glass by turns, the lads kept eager watch for the white +women whom Waldo stubbornly persisted were within the town; but +hour after hour passed without the desired reward, and Bruno +began to doubt whether there was any such vision to be won. + +"The sun was in your eyes, and you let mad fancy run away with +your better judgment, boy," he decided, at length. "If not, +why--what now?" + +For Waldo gave a low, eager exclamation, gripping the field-glass +as though he would crush in the reinforced leather case. A few +moments thus, then he laughed in almost fierce glee, thrusting +the glass towards his brother, speaking excitedly: + +"A crazy fool lunatic, am I? Well, now, you just take a squint +at the old house for yourself and see if--biting you, now, is +it?" + +For Bruno showed even more intense interest as he caught the +right line, there taking note of--yes, they surely were white +women! Faces, hair, all went to proclaim that fact. And more +than that, even. + +"Fair--lovely as a painter's dream!" almost painfully breathed +the elder Gillespie. "I never saw such a lovely--" + +"Injun squaw, of course. Couple of 'em. Nobody but a fool would +ever think different. The idea of finding white women--" + +"They are ladies, Waldo! I never saw such--and I feel that they +must be the ones lost by poor Edgecombe when that storm--" + +"That's all right enough, old fellow," interrupted Waldo, +claiming the glass once more. "No need of your playing the +porker on legs, though, as I see. Give another fellow a chance +to squint. But aren't they regular jo-dandies, though, for a +fact?" + +The two women in question, clad in flowing robes of white, lit up +here and there by a dash of colour, were slowly pacing to and fro +upon the temple where first discovered by the keen-eyed +youngster. Thanks to the excellent glass, it was possible to view +them clearly in spite of the distance, and there could be no +dispute upon that one point: both mother and daughter (granting +that such was their relationship) were more than ordinarily fair +and comely of both face and person. + +For the better part of an hour that slow promenade lasted, and +until the women finally passed beyond their range of vision, the +brothers took eager and copious notes. Then, in spite of the +fact that scores of other figures still came within their field +of vision, curiosity lagged. + +"It's like watching a street medicine show, after hearing Patti +or seeing Irving," muttered Bruno, drawing back and stretching +his wearied limbs beyond possible discovery. + +"Or the A B C class playing two-old-cat, after a league game of +extra innings; right you are, my hearty!" coincided Waldo, +feeling pretty much the same way, "only with a difference." + +Shortly after this, Bruno suggested a retreat to the rendezvous, +and for a wonder his brother agreed without amendment. + +The brothers passed down to the gulch, which formed the easiest +route to their refuge, saying very little, and that in lowered +tones. The confirmation so recently won served to stir their +hearts deeply, and neither boy could as yet see a way out of the +labyrinth that discovery most assuredly opened up before them. + +"Of course we can't leave them there to drag on such a wretched +existence," declared Bruno. "We couldn't do that, even though we +learned they held no relationship to Mr. Edgecombe. But--how?" + +"I reckon it's--what?" abruptly spoke Waldo, gripping an arm and +stopping short for a few seconds, but then impulsively springing +onward again as wild sounds arose from no great distance. + +A score of seconds later they caught sight of a huge grizzly bear +in the act of falling upon a slender stripling, whose bronze hue +as surely proclaimed one of the Aztec children from yonder Lost +City. + +What was to be done? Disobey their uncle, or leave this lad to +perish? + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. +SOMETHING LIKE A WHITE ELEPHANT. + +Only a lad, slight-limbed and slenderly framed to the eye, yet +for all that gifted with a gallant heart, else he surely must +have been cowed to terror by the huge bulk of such a dire +adversary at close quarters. + +Instead of trying to find safety in headlong flight, the Indian +stood at bay, with both hands firmly gripping the shaft of his +copper-bladed spear, at far too close quarters for employing bow +and arrows, while the copper knife in his sash was held in +reserve for still closer work. + +Snarling, growling, displaying its great teeth while clumsily +waving enormous paws which bore talons of more than a +finger-length, the bear was balanced upon its hindquarters, +evidently just ready to lurch forward with striking paws and +gnashing teeth. + +Its enormous weight would prove more than sufficient to end the +contest ere it fairly began, while a slight stroke from those +taloned paws would both slay and mutilate. + +No one was better aware of all this than the Indian lad himself, +yet he took the initiative, swiftly darting his spear forward, +lending to its keen point all the power of both arms and body. A +suicidal act it certainly appeared, yet one which could scarcely +make his position more perilous. + +An awful roar burst from bruin as he felt that thrust, the blade +sinking deep and biting shrewdly; but then he plunged forward, +striking savagely as he dropped. + +The Indian strove to leap backward an instant after delivering +his stroke, but still clung to the spear-shaft. This hampered +his action to a certain degree, yet in all probability that stout +ashen shaft preserved his life, which that wound would otherwise +have forfeited. + +The stroke but brushed a shoulder, nor did a claw take fair +effect, yet the stripling was felled to earth as though smitten +by a thunderbolt. + +All this before the brothers could solve the enigma thus offered +them so unexpectedly; but that fall, and the awful rage displayed +by the wounded grizzly as he briefly reared erect to grind +asunder the spearshaft, decided the white lads, and, temporarily +forgetting how dangerously nigh were yonder Aztecan hosts, both +Bruno and Waldo opened fire with their Winchester rifles, sending +shot after shot in swift succession into the bulky brute, fairly +beating him backward under their storm of lead. + +Victory came right speedily, but its finale was thrilling, if not +fatal, the huge beast toppling forward to drop heavily upon the +young savage, just as he was recovering sufficiently from shock +and surprise to begin a struggle for his footing. + +Firing another couple of shots while rifle-muzzle almost touched +an ear, the brothers quickly turned attention towards the fallen +Indian, more than half believing him a corpse, crushed out of +shape upon the underlying rocks by that enormous carcass. + +Fortunately for all concerned, the young Aztec was lying in a +natural depression between two firm rocks, and while his +extrication proved to be a matter of both time and difficulty, +saying nothing of main strength, success finally rewarded the +efforts of our young Samaritans. + +The grizzly was stone-dead. The Indian seemed but a trifle +better, though that came through compression rather than any +actual wounds from tooth or talon. And the brothers themselves +were fairly dismayed. + +Not until that rescue was finally accomplished did either lad +give thought to what might follow; but now they drew back a bit, +interchanging looks of puzzled doubt and worry. + +"Right in it, up to our necks, old man! And we can't very well +kill the critter, can we?" + +"Of course not; but it may cause us sore trouble if--" + +Just then the young Aztec rallied sufficiently to move, drawing a +step nearer the brothers, right hand coming out in greeting, +while left palm was pressed close above his heart. And--still +greater marvel! + +"Much obliged--me, you, brother!" + +If yonder bleeding grizzly had risen erect and made just such a +salutation as this, it could scarcely have caused greater +surprise to either Bruno or Waldo, looking upon this being, as +they quite naturally did, in the light of a genuine "heathen," +hence incapable of speaking any known tongue, much less the +glorious Americanese. + +True, there was a certain odd accent, a curious dwelling upon +each syllable, but the words themselves were distinctly +pronounced and beyond misapprehension. + +"Why, I took you for a howling Injun!" fairly exploded Waldo, +then stepping forward to clasp the proffered member, giving it a +regular "pump-handle shake" by way of emphasis. "And here you +are, slinging the pure United States around just as though it +didn't cost a cent, and you held a mortgage on the whole +dictionary! Why, I can't--well, well, now!" + +For once in a way the glib-tongued lad was at a loss just what to +say and how to say it. For, after all, this surely was a +redskin, and the professor had explicitly warned them +against--oh, dear! + +Was it all a dizzy dream? For the Aztec drew back, speaking +rapidly in an unknown tongue, then sinking to earth like one +overpowered by sudden physical weakness. + +Bruno Gillespie, too, was recalling his uncle's earnest cautions, +and now took prompt action. He quickly secured the weapons which +had been scattered as the Indian fell before the grizzly's paw, +then the brothers drew a little apart to consult together. + +"What'll we do about it?" whisperingly demanded Waldo, keeping a +wary eye upon yonder redskin. "You tell, for blamed if I know +how!" + +"We daren't let him go free, else he might fetch the whole tribe +upon our track," said Bruno, in the same low tones, no whit less +sorely perplexed as to their wisest course. + +"No, and yet we can't very well kill him, either! If we hadn't +come along just as we did, or if--but he's a man, after all! Who +could stand by and see that ugly brute make a meal off even an +Injun?" + +Bruno cast an uneasy look around, at the same time deftly +refilling the partly exhausted magazine of his Winchester. + +"Load up, Waldo. Burning powder reaches mighty far, even here in +the hills; and who knows,--the whole tribe may come +helter-skelter this way, to see what has broken loose! And we +can't fight 'em all!" + +"Not unless we just have to," agreed the younger Gillespie, +placing a few shells where they would be handiest in case of +another emergency. "But what's the use of running, if we're to +leave this fellow behind to blaze our trail? If he is our +enemy--" + +"No en'my; Ixtli friend,--heart-brother," eagerly vowed the young +Aztec, once again startling the lads by his strange command of a +foreign tongue. + +He rose to his feet, though plainly suffering in some slight +degree from that brief collision with the huge beast, and smiling +frankly into first one face, then the other, took Bruno's hand, +touched it with his lips, then bowed his head and placed the +whiter palm upon his now uncovered crown. + +In like manner he saluted Waldo, after which he drew back a bit, +still smiling genially, to add, in slowly spoken words: + +"You save Ixtli. Bear kill--no; you kill--yes! Ixtli glad. Sun +Children great--big heart full of love. So--Ixtli never do hurt, +never do wrong; die for white brother--so!" + +More through gesticulation than by speech, the young Indian brave +made his sentiments clearly understood, and if they could have +placed full dependence in that pledge, the brothers would have +felt vastly relieved in mind. + +But they only too clearly recalled numerous instances of cunning +ill-faith, and, in despite of all, they could not well avoid +thinking that this was really something like a white elephant +thrown upon their hands. + +"All right. Play we swallow it all, but keep your best eye +peeled, old man," guardedly whispered Waldo. "Fetch him along, +yes or no, for it may be growing worse than dangerous right here, +after so much shooting." + +"You mean for us to--" + +"Take the fellow along, and keep him with us, until uncle Phaeton +comes back to finally decide upon his case," promptly explained +Waldo. "Of course we ought to've let him die; ought, but didn't! +We couldn't then, wouldn't now, if it was all to do over. So +watch him so closely that he can't play tricks even if he +wishes." + +There was nothing better to propose, and though the job promised +to be an awkward one to manage, Ixtli himself rendered it more +easy. + +Past all doubt he could understand, as well as speak, the English +language, for he took a step in evident submission, speaking +gently: + +"Ixtli ready; heart-brother say where go, now." + +Again the brothers felt startled by that quaintly correct accent, +and almost involuntarily Bruno spoke in turn: + +"You can talk English? When did you learn? And from whom?" + +A still brighter smile irradiated the Aztec's face, and turning +his eyes towards the secluded valley, he bowed his head as though +in deep reverence, then softly, lovingly, almost adoringly, +responded: + +"SHE tell me how. Victo,--Glady, too. Ixtli know little, not +much; his heart feel big for Sun Children, all time. So YOU, +too, for kill bear,--like dat!" + +Bruno turned a bit paler than usual, catching his breath sharply, +as he repeated those names: + +"Victo,--Glady,--Wasn't it by those names, Victoria, Gladys, that +Mr. Edgecombe called his lost ones, Waldo?" + +"I can't remember; but get a move on, old man. The sooner we're +back where uncle Phaeton left us, where we can see a bit more of +what may be coming, the safer my precious scalp will feel. This +Injun--" + +"No scalp," quickly interposed the Aztec, with a deprecatory +gesture to match his words. "You save Ixtli. Ixtli say no hurt +white brothers. Dat so,--dat sure for truth!" + +Only partially satisfied by this earnest disclaimer of evil +intentions, Waldo gripped an arm and hurried the Aztec along, +leaving the bear where it had fallen, intent solely upon reaching +a comparatively safe outlook ere worse could follow upon the +heels of their latest adventure. + +And Bruno brought up the rear as guard, eyes and rifle ready. + + + +CHAPTER XIX. +THE CHILDREN OF THE SUN GOD. + +No difficulty whatever was experienced in reaching that retreat, +and milder prisoner never knew a guard than Ixtli proved himself +to be, silently yielding to each impulse lent his arm by Waldo, +smiling when, as sometimes happened, he was brought more nearly +face to face with that armed rear-guard. + +Nor were the Gillespie brothers worried by sound, sign, or token +of more serious trouble from others of that strangely surviving +race. And it was not long after reaching the rendezvous from +which the professor had sailed in the early dawn, that the +youngsters agreed the echoes of their Winchesters could not have +reached the ears of the Lost City inhabitants. + +"That's plenty good luck for one soup-bunch," quoth Waldo, yet +adding a dubious shake of the head as he gazed upon their bronzed +companion. "And if it wasn't for this gentleman in masquerade +costume--" + +"Ixtli friend. Ixtli feel like heart-brother," came in low, +mellow accents from those smiling lips. + +There certainly was naught of guile or of evil craft to be read +in either eyes or visage, just then; but the brothers could not +feel entirely at ease, even yet. How many times had warriors of +his colour played a cunning part, only to end all by blow of +tomahawk, thrust of knife, or bolt from the bended bow? + +At a barely perceptible sign from Bruno, his brother drew apart, +leaving their "white elephant" by himself, yet none the less +under a vigilant guard. + +"He seems all right, in his way," muttered the elder Gillespie, +"but how far ought we to trust him, after what we promised uncle +Phaeton?" + +"Not quite as far as we can see him, anyway. Still, a fellow +can't find the stomach to bowl him over like a hare,--without a +weenty bit of excuse, at least." + +"That's it! If he'd try to bolt, or would even jump on one of +us, it would come far more easy. Look at him smile, now! And I +hate to think of clapping such a bright-seeming lad in bonds!" + +"Time enough for all that when he shows us cause," quickly +decided Waldo, with a vigorous nod of his curly pow. "Pity if a +couple of us can't keep him out of mischief without going that +far. And we want to pump the kid dry before uncle Phaeton gets +back; understand?" + +Bruno gave a slight start at these words, but his eye-glow and +face-flush bore witness that the idea thus suggested had not been +unthought of in his own case. + +"Then you really think--" + +"That there's more ways than one of skinning a cat," oracularly +observed Waldo. "Without showing it too mighty plainly, one or +the other of us can always be ready and prepared to dump the +laddy-buck, in case he tries to come any of his didoes. And, at +the same time, we can be hugging up to him just as sweetly as +though we knew he was on the dead level. Understand?" + +Possibly the programme might have been a little more elegantly +expressed, but Waldo, as a rule, cared more for substance than +form, and his speech possessed one merit, that of perspicuity. + +Having reached this fair understanding, the brothers dropped +their aside, and moved nearer the young Aztec. + +Ixtli gazed keenly into first one face, then the other, plainly +enough endeavouring to read the truth as might be expressed +therein, as related to himself. What he saw must have proved +fairly satisfactory, since he gave another bright smile, then +spoke in really musical tones: + +"Good,--brother, now! That more good, too!" + +In spite of the suspicions, which seem inborn where people of the +red race are concerned, both Bruno and Waldo felt more and more +drawn towards this remarkable specimen of a still more remarkable +tribe; and not many more minutes had sped by ere the younger +couple were chatting together in amicable fashion, although +finding some little difficulty in Ixtli's rather limited +vocabulary. + +Not a little to his elder brother's impatience, Waldo apparently +took a deeper interest in the recent adventure than in the +subject which claimed his own busiest thoughts, but he hardly +cared to crowd the youngster, lest he make matters even worse. + +Aided by the sort of freemasonry which naturally exists between +lads of an adventurous nature, Waldo readily succeeded in picking +up considerable information from the Aztec, even before broaching +that all-important matter. + +Ixtli was the only son of a famed warrior and chieftain of the +Aztecan clans, by name Aztotl, or the Red Heron. He, in common +with so many of his people, had witnessed the approach and abrupt +departure of the strange bird in the air, and had hastened forth +in quest of the monster. + +He failed to see aught more of the strange creature, but, +disliking to return home without something to show for the trip, +remained out over night, then chanced to fairly stumble into the +way of a mighty grizzly. + +There were a few moments during which he might possibly have +escaped through headlong flight, but he was too proud for that, +and but for the timely arrival and prompt action on the part of +his white brothers would almost certainly have paid the penalty +with his life. + +Then followed more thanks and broken expressions of gratitude, +all of which Waldo magnanimously waved aside as wholly +unnecessary. + +"Don't work up a sweat for a little thing like that, old man. Of +course we saw you were an Injun and--ahem! I mean, how in time +did you happen to catch hold of our lingo so mighty pat, +laddy-buck?" + +"My brother means to ask who taught you to speak as we do, +Ixtli?" amended Bruno, catching at the wished-for opportunity now +it offered. + +"And who was that nice little gal with the yellow hair? Is +she--what did you call her? Gladys--And the rest of it +Edgecombe?" + +Waldo was eager enough now that the ice was fairly broken, but +his very volubility served to complicate matters rather than to +hasten the desired information. + +Ixtli apparently thought in English pretty much as he spoke +it,--slowly, and with care. When hurried, his brain and tongue +naturally fell back upon his native language. + +Sounds issued through his lips, but, despite all their animation, +these proved to be but empty sounds to the eager brothers. And, +divining the truth, Bruno checked his brother, himself acting as +questioner, pretty soon striking the right chord, after which +Ixtli fared very well. + +Still, thanks to his difficulty in finding the right words with +which to express his full meaning, it took both time and patience +for even Bruno to learn all he desired; and even if such a course +would be desirable, lack of space forbids giving a literal record +of questions and answers, since the general result of that +cross-examination may be put so much more compactly before the +generous reader. + +The first point made clear was that the young Aztec owed his +imperfect knowledge of the English language to certain Children +of the Sun, whom he named as if christened Victo and Glady. With +this as starting-point, the rest formed a mere question of time +and perseverance. + +Growing in animation as he proceeded, Ixtli told of the coming to +their city of those glorious children; riding upon the wings of +an awful storm, yet issuing unharmed, unawed, bright of face, as +the mighty orb the sons of Anahuac worshipped. + +He told how an envious few held to the contrary: that these +fair-skins had come as evil emissaries from the still more evil +Mictlanteuctli, mighty Lord of Death-land, who had laden them +with pestilence and brain-sorrow and eye-darkness, with orders to +devastate this, the last fair city of the ancient race. + +With low, sternly suppressed tones, the young warrior went on to +tell of what followed: of the wicked attempt made by those +malcontents to punish the bearers of death and misery; then, his +voice rising and growing more clear, he told how, from a +clearing-sky, there came a single shaft flung by the mighty hand +of the great god, Quetzalcoatl, before which the impious dog went +down in everlasting death. + +"Struck by lightning, eh?" interpreted Waldo, who seemed born +without the influence of poetry. "Served him mighty right, too!" + +Bowing submissively, although it could be seen he scarcely +comprehended just what those blunt words were meant to convey, +Ixtli spoke on, seemingly with perfect willingness, so long as +the adored "Sun Children" formed the subject-matter. + +From his laboured statement, Bruno gathered that the sudden death +of one who had dared to lift an armed hand against the woman so +mysteriously placed there in their very midst awed all opposition +to the general belief in the divine origin of mother and child; +and ere long Victo was installed as a sort of high priestess of +the temple more especially devoted to the Sun God. + +That was long ago, and when Ixtli was but a child. As he grew +older, and his father, Red Heron, was appointed as chief of +guards to the Sun Children, Victo took more notice of the lad, +and ended in teaching him both the English tongue and its +Christian creed, so far as lay in his power to comprehend. + +Then came less pleasing information concerning the Children of +the Sun, which went far to prove that the death of one +evil-minded dog had not entirely purged the Lost City, and it was +with harsher tones and frowning brows that Ixtli spoke of the +head priest, or paba, Tlacopa the evil-minded, who had built up a +powerful and dangerous sentiment against both Victo and Glady, +even going so far as to declare before the holy stone of +sacrifice that the Mother of Gods demanded these falsely titled +Children of the Sun. + +"The fair-faced God must come soon, or too late!" sighed the +Aztec, bowing his head in joined palms the better to conceal his +evident grief. "He has promised to come, but hurry! They +die--they die!" + +This was hardly an acceptable stopping-point, but questioning was +of little avail just then. Satisfied of so much, the brothers +drew apart a short distance, yet keeping where they could guard +their more or less dangerous charge, conversing in low tones over +the information so far gleaned from the Aztec's talk. + +"Well, we'll hold a tight grip on him, anyway, until uncle +Phaeton gets back," finally decided Waldo, speaking for his +brother as well. + + + +CHAPTER XX. +THE PROFESSOR AND THE AZTEC. + +Fortunately for all concerned, there proved to be no serious +difficulty attached to that same holding. So far as outward +semblance went, Ixtli was very well content with both present +quarters and present companionship. + +He likewise enjoyed the supper that, aided by a small fire +kindled in a depression so low that the light could by no means +attract any unfriendly eye, Bruno prepared for them all. And +just prior to taking his first taste, the young warrior bowed his +head to murmur a few sentences which, past all doubt, had first +come to his mind through the wonderful Victo: a simple little +blessing, which certainly did not add to the dislike or +uneasiness with which the brothers regarded their guest. + +"He's white, even if he is red!" confidentially declared Waldo, +at his first opportunity. "More danger of our spoiling him than +his doing us dirt; and that's an honest fact for a quarter, old +man!" + +Bruno felt pretty much the same, yet his added years gave him +greater discretion, and, in spite of that growing liking, he kept +a fairly keen watch and ward over the Aztec. + +After supper there came further questioning and answers, Waldo as +a rule playing inquisitor, eager to learn more anent the strange +existence which these people must live, so completely hemmed in +from all the rest of the world as they surely were in yonder +valley. + +Without at all betraying the exile, Gillespie spoke of the lake +and its mighty whirlpool, then learned that the Indians really +made semi-annual trips thither for the purpose of laying in a +supply of dried fish for the winter's consumption. + +As the night waned, preparations were made for sleeping, although +it was agreed between the brothers that one or the other should +stand guard in regular order. + +"Not that I really believe the fellow would play us dirt, even +with every chance laid open," Waldo admitted. "Still, it's what +uncle Phaeton would advise, and we can't well do less than follow +his will, Bruno." + +"Since we broke it so completely by tackling the grizzly," with a +brief laugh. + +"That's all right, too. Of course we'd ought to've skulked away +like a couple of egg-sucking curs, but we didn't, and I'm +mightily glad of it, too. For Ixtli--what a name that is to go +to bed with every night, though!--for Ixtli is just about as +white as they make 'em, nowadays; you hear me blow my bazoo?" + +And so the long night wore its length along, the brothers taking +turns at keeping watch and ward, but the Aztec slumbering +peacefully through all, looking the least dangerous of all +possible captives. And after this light even the cautious Bruno +began to regard him ere the first stroke of coming dawn could be +seen above the eastern hills. + +Not being positive just where the air-ship would put in an +appearance, since Professor Featherwit had, perforce, left that +question open, to be decided by circumstances over which he might +have no control, each guard in turn devoted considerable +attention to the upper regions, hoping to glimpse the aerostat, +and holding matches in readiness to raise a flare by way of +alighting signal. But it was not until the early dawn that Bruno +caught sight of the air-ship, just skimming the tree-tops, the +better to escape observation by any Indian lookout. + +After that the rest came easily enough. A couple of blazing +matches held aloft proved sufficient cue to the professor, and +soon thereafter the flying-machine was safely brought to land, so +gently that the slumbers of the young Aztec were undisturbed. + +Bruno gave a hasty word of warning and explanation combined, even +before he extended a welcoming hand towards Mr. Edgecombe, who +certainly appeared all the better for his encounter with people +of his own race. + +Professor Featherwit took a keen, eager look at the slumbering +redskin, then drew silently back, to whisper in Bruno's ear: + +"Guard well your tongue, lad. I have told him nothing, as yet, +and we must consult together before breaking the news. For now +we have had no rest, so I believe we would better lie down for an +hour or two." + +Mr. Edgecombe appeared to be perfectly willing to do this, and +soon the wearied men were wrapped in blankets and sleeping +peacefully. + +Long before their lids unclosed, Bruno had an appetising meal in +readiness, although the others had broken fast long before, and +Ixtli, his hands tightly clasped behind his back, as a child is +wont to resist temptation, was inspecting the air-ship in awed +silence. + +Taking advantage of this preoccupation, Bruno quickly yet clearly +explained to his uncle all that had happened, showing that by +playing a more prudent part the young warrior must inevitably +have perished. + +Then, making sure Cooper Edgecombe was not near enough to catch +his words, Bruno told in brief the information gleaned from Ixtli +concerning the Children of the Sun, whom he and Waldo more than +suspected must be the long-lost wife and daughter of the exiled +aeronaut. + +As might have been expected, Professor Featherwit was deeply +stirred by all this, fidgeting nervously while keeping alert +ears, with difficulty smothering the ejaculations which fought +for exit through his lips. + +After satisfying his craving for food, the professor led the +young Aztec apart from the rest of the party, speaking kindly and +sympathetically until he had won a fair share of liking for his +own, then broaching the subject of the Sun Children. + +After this it was by no means a difficult matter to get at the +seat of trouble, and little by little Featherwit satisfied +himself that Ixtli would do all, dare all, for the sake of +benefiting the woman and maiden who had treated him so kindly. + +At a covert sign from the professor, Bruno came to join in the +talk, and his sympathy made the young Aztec even more +communicative. And Ixtli spoke more at length concerning +Tlacopa, the paba, and another enemy whom the Children of the Sun +had nearly equal cause to fear, one Huatzin, or Prince Hua, +chiefest among the mighty warriors of the Aztecan clans. + +This evil prince had for years past sought Victo for his bride, +while his son, Iocetl, tried in vain to win the heart-smiles of +the fair Glady, Victo's daughter. And, through revenge for +having their suit frowned upon, these wicked knaves had joined +hands with the priest in trying to drag the Sun Children down +from their lofty pedestal. + +It did not take long questioning, or shrewd, to convince the +professor that in Ixtli they could count upon a true and daring +supporter in case they should conclude to interfere in behalf of +his patroness and teacher, adored Victo. + +The professor led the way over to the air-ship, there producing +the clothing and arms once worn by another Aztec warrior, which +he had carefully stowed away in the locker, loath to lose sight +of such valuable relics; truly unique, as he assured himself at +the moment. + +Bruno gave a little exclamation at sight of the articles, then in +eager tones he made known the daring idea which then flashed +across his busy brain. + +"We ought to make sure before taking action, uncle Phaeton. Then +why not let me don these clothes and steal down into the valley, +under cover of darkness, to see the ladies and--" + +"No, no, my lad," quickly interrupted the professor, gripping an +arm as though fearful of an instant runaway. "That would be too +risky; that would be almost suicidal! And--no use talking," with +an obstinate shake of his head, as Bruno attempted to edge in an +expostulation. "I will never give my consent; never!" + +"Or hardly ever," supplied Waldo, coming that way like one who +feels the proprieties have been more than sufficiently outraged. +"Give some other person a chance to wag his chin a bit, can't ye, +gentlemen? Not that _I_ care to chatter merely for sake of +hearing my own voice; but--eh?" + +"We were considering whether or no 'twould be advisable to take a +walk over to the observatory," coolly explained the professor. +"Of course, if you would rather remain here to watch the +aerostat--" + +"Let Bruno do that, uncle. He grew thoroughly disgusted with +what he saw over yonder, yesterday," placidly observed the +youngster. + +"Waldo, you villain!" + +"Well, didn't you vow and declare that you could recognise grace +and beauty and all other varieties of attractiveness only +in--dark brunettes, old man?" + +Professor Featherwit hastily interposed, lest words be let fall +through which Mr. Edgecombe might catch a premature idea of the +possible surprise held in store; and shortly afterwards the start +was made for the snug covert from whence the Lost City had been +viewed on prior occasions. + +Naturally their route led them directly past the scene of the +bear fight, where the huge carcass lay as yet undisturbed, and +calling forth sundry words of wonder and even admiration, through +its very ponderosity and now harmless ferocity. + +Professor Featherwit deemed it his duty to gravely reprove his +wards for their rash conduct, yet something in his twinkling eyes +and in the kindly touch of his bony hand told a far different +tale. His anger took the shape of pride and of heart-love. + +In due course of time the lookout was won, and without delay the +savant turned his field-glass upon the temple which appeared to +appertain to the so-called Sun Children; but, not a little to his +chagrin, the azotea was utterly devoid of human life. + +But that disappointment was of brief existence, for, almost as +though his action was the signal for which they had been waiting, +mother and daughter came slowly into view, arm in arm, clad in +robes of snowy white, with their luxuriant locks flowing loose as +upon former occasions. + +Both lads--three of them, to be more exact--gave low exclamations +of eager interest as those shapes came in sight, while even +Cooper Edgecombe gazed with growing interest upon the scene, +wholly unsuspecting though he was as yet. + +A slight nod from the professor warned the brothers to stand +ready in case of need, then he offered the exile the glass, +begging him to inspect yonder fair women upon the teocalli. + +The glass was levelled and held firmly for a half minute, then +the exile gave a choking cry, gasping, ere he fell as one smitten +by death: + +"Merciful heavens! My wife--my child!" + + + +CHAPTER XXI. +DISCUSSING WAYS AND MEANS. + +In good measure prepared for some such result, in case their +expectations should prove true, friendly hands at once closed +upon the exile, hurrying him back, and still more completely +under cover, as quickly as might be. + +Cooper Edgecombe seemed as wax in their hands, not utterly +deprived of consciousness, but rather like one dazed by some +totally unexpected blow. He made not the slightest resistance, +yielding to each impulse given, shivering and weak as one just +rallying from an almost mortal illness. + +Yet there came an occasional flash to his eyes which warned the +wary professor of impending trouble, and as quickly as might be +the stunned aeronaut was removed from the point of observation, +taken by short stages back to the spot where rested the +flying-machine. + +Ixtli seemed something awed by this (to him) inexplicable conduct +on the part of the gaunt-limbed stranger, but gave his new-found +friends neither trouble nor cause for worry, bearing them company +and even lending a hand whenever he thought it might be needed. + +The Gillespie brothers were far more deeply stirred, as was +natural, but even Waldo contrived to keep a fair guard over his +at times unruly member, speaking but little during that retreat. + +With each minute that elapsed Cooper Edgecombe gained in bodily +powers, and while his mental strength was slower to respond, that +proved to be a blessing rather than otherwise. + +The rendezvous was barely gained ere he gave a hoarse cry of +reviving memory, then strove to break away from that friendly +care, calling wildly for his wife, his daughter, fancying them in +some dire peril from which alone his arms could preserve them. + +It was a painful scene as well as a trying one, that which +followed closely, and respite only came after bonds had been +applied to the limbs of the madman,--for such Cooper Edgecombe +assuredly was, just then. + +There were tears in the professor's eyes, as he strove hardest to +soothe the sufferer, assuring him that his loved ones should be +restored to his arms, yet repeatedly reminding him that any rash +action taken then must almost certainly work against their better +interests. + +The exile grew less violent, but that was more through physical +exhaustion than aught else, and what had, from the very first, +appeared a difficult enigma, now looked far worse. + +Only when fairly well assured that the sufferer would not attract +unwelcome attention their way through too boisterous shouting, +did the professor draw far enough away for quiet consultation +with his nephews. + +Mr. Edgecombe was deposited within the air-ship, secured in such +a manner that it would be well-nigh impossible for him to do +either himself or the machine material injury, no matter how +violent he might become; and hence, in case of threatened trouble +from the inmates of the Lost City, flight would not be seriously +hindered through caring for him. + +Professor Featherwit now gleaned from his nephews pretty much all +they could tell him concerning sights and events since his +departure in quest of the exile. That proved to be very little +more than he had already learned, and contained still less which +seemed of especial benefit to that particular enigma awaiting +solution. + +True, Waldo suggested that Ixtli be employed as a medium of +communication between the Sun Children and themselves; but, +possibly because, as a rule, this irrepressible youngster's ideas +were generally the wildest and most far-fetched imaginable, uncle +Phaeton frowned upon the plan. + +No; the young Aztec might prove true at heart, even as +indications went, but the risk of so trusting him would prove far +too great. + +"That's just because you haven't known and slept with him, like +we have," declared Waldo. "He's red on the outside, but he's got +just as white a soul as the best of us,--bar none." + +Bruno likewise appeared to think well of the young brave, and +suggested an amendment to Waldo's motion,--that he accompany +Ixtli into the sunken valley, covered by the friendly shades of +night, there to open communication with the Sun Children. + +"By so doing, we could make certain of their identity," the young +man argued, earnestly. "That, it appears to me, is the first +step to be taken. For, in spite of the apparent recognition by +Mr. Edgecombe, it is possible that no actual relationship +exists." + +"What of that?" bluntly cut in the younger Gillespie. "Don't you +reckon strangers'd like to take a little walk, just as well as +any other people?" + +"Patience, my lad," interposed the professor. "While we seem in +duty bound to lend aid and assistance to women in actual +distress, we can only serve them with their own free will and +accord. Granting that the women we saw upon the teocalli were +other than those believed by our afflicted friend--" + +"But, uncle, look at their names! And don't Ixtli say--tell 'em +all over again, pardner, won't ye?" urged Waldo, taking a burning +interest in the matter, as was his custom when fairly involved. + +The young Aztec complied as well as lay within his power, giving +it as his fixed opinion that sore trouble, if not actual peril, +awaited the Children of the Sun, unless assisted by powerful +friends. He spoke of the mighty chieftain, Prince Hua, and of +the high priest, Tlacopa, who was, to all seeming, playing +directly into the hands of the 'Tzin. + +"He say Mother of Gods call--loud! He say sacrifice, and +dat--no, no! Quetzal' send--Quetzal' save--MUST save Victo, +Glady!" + +Further questioning resulted in but little more information, +though, as Ixtli grew calmer, he emphasised such statements as he +had already made, elaborating them a trifle. And, by this, his +questioners learned that, humanly speaking, the fate of the Sun +God's Children depended almost entirely upon the whim or fancy of +the chief paba of the teocalli. + +Through Tlacopa issued the awesome oracles, and when his voice +thundered forth the dread fiat, who dared to openly rebel? + +Further questioning brought forth one more important fact,--that +there was absolutely no hope of either Victo or Glady coming +forth from the valley, either by night or by day. While +ostensibly free of will as they were of limb, neither woman was +permitted to leave yonder temple, save under armed escort; and +guards were on duty each hour of the day and night. + +"But we could get to see and speak with them, Ixtli?" asked +Bruno, eager to reach some fair understanding as to the future +course of action. + +"Yes, white brother, go with Ixtli," came the hesitating reply; +but then the Aztec caught one of Gillespie's hands, holding it in +close contrast to his own brown paw, shaking his head doubtingly. + +"No like. Keen eye, dem people. Watch close. Find 'nother +white skin--bad!" + +"You hear that, Bruno?" asked the professor, really relieved at +such positive evidence in conflict with the rash proposition made +by the young man. + +"Of course I thought of going under cover of the night, uncle, +and surely it would not be such a difficult matter to darken my +face and hands? With dirt, if nothing better can be found. And +if I wore the clothes you brought from the cavern, uncle +Phaeton?" + +"That's the ticket!" broke in Waldo, eagerly. "Why, in a rig +like that, I could turn the trick my own self!" + +The consultation was broken off at this juncture by a faint +summons from Cooper Edgecombe, and Professor Featherwit was only +too glad of the excuse, hurrying over to the flying-machine, +finding to his great joy that the exile was now far more like his +old-time self. + +Still, great caution was used in revealing all, and it was not +until considerably later in the day that Mr. Edgecombe felt +capable of taking part in the discussion of ways and means. + +He declared that his recognition had been complete, in spite of +the long years which had elapsed since losing sight of his dear +ones; and he earnestly vowed to never give over until their +rescue was effected, or he had lost his life while making the +attempt. + +While the two air-voyagers were thus engaged in talk, Bruno +silently stole away with Ixtli, taking a bundle along, and +leaving Waldo to throw their uncle off the track in case his +suspicions should be prematurely awakened. Then, side by side, +two Indian braves silently approached the aerostat, causing +Professor Featherwit to make a hasty dive for his dynamite gun to +repel a fancied onslaught. + +"Sold again, and who comes next?" merrily exploded Waldo, dancing +about in high glee as the supposed redskin slowly turned around +for inspection before speaking, in familiar tones: + +"Would there be such an enormous risk of discovery, uncle +Phaeton, provided I put lock and seal upon my lips, save for the +ladies?" + +That experiment proved to be a complete success, and after Cooper +Edgecombe added his pathetic pleadings to the young man's own +arguments, Professor Featherwit gradually gave way, though still +with reluctance. + +"I could never find forgiveness should harm come to your mother's +son, boy," he huskily murmured, his arm stealing about Bruno's +middle. "I'd far rather venture myself, and--why not, pray?" as +Waldo burst into an involuntary laugh. + +Then he turned upon Ixtli, a hand resting upon each shoulder +while he gazed keenly into those lustrous dark orbs for a full +minute in perfect silence. Then he spoke, slowly, gravely: + +"Can we trust you, friend? Would you sell the boy to whose arm +you owe your own life, unto his enemies? Would you lead him +blindly to his death, Ixtli, son of Aztotl?" + +A wondering gaze, then the Indian appeared to flush hotly. He +shook off those far from steady hands, drawing his knife and with +free fingers tearing open his dress above the heart. Thrusting +the weapon into Bruno's hand, he spoke in clear, distinct +accents: + +"Strike hard, white brother! Open heart; see if all black!" + +Eye to eye the two youths stood for a brief space in silence, +then the weapon was let fall, and Bruno gripped the Indian's hand +and shook it most cordially. + +"Strike you, Ixtli? I'd just as soon smite my brother by birth!" + +"And that's mighty right, too!" cried Waldo, impetuously. + +"I really begin to believe that you are all in the right, while I +alone am left in the wrong," frankly admitted the professor. + + + +CHAPTER XXII. +A DARING UNDERTAKING. + +Still, that point was of too vital importance to justify hasty +decision, and the professor did not make his surrender complete +until the shades of another night were beginning to gather over +the land. + +Meantime, partly for the purpose of keeping the youngsters +employed and thus out of the way of less harmless things, the +professor suggested that the huge grizzly be flayed. If the +proposed scheme should really be undertaken, that mighty pelt, if +uncomfortable to convey, would serve as a fair excuse for the +young brave's as yet unexplained absence from the Lost City. + +As a matter of course, Cooper Edgecombe felt intense anxiety +through all, but he contrived to keep fair mastery over his +emotions, readily admitting that he himself could do naught +towards visiting the Lost City. + +"I know that my loved ones are yonder. I would joyfully suffer +ten thousand deaths by torture for the chance to speak one word +to--to them. And yet I know any such attempt would prove fatal +to us all. The mere sight of--I would go crazy with joy!" + +There is no necessity for repeating the various arguments used, +pro and con, before the final agreement was reached. Enough has +already been put upon record, and the result must suffice: +Professor Featherwit yielded the vital point, and, having once +fairly expressed his fears and doubts, flung his whole heart into +perfecting the disguise which was now counted upon to carry Bruno +safely into and out of yonder city. + +He was carefully trigged out in the warlike uniform secured by +Cooper Edgecombe at the cost of a human life, and, with fresh +stain applied to his face and hands, the slight moustache he wore +was not dangerously perceptible. + +" 'Twould take a strong light and mighty keen eyes to see it at +all, and even if a body should happen to notice it, he'd reckon +'twas a bit of smut, or the like," generously declared Waldo. + +Under less trying circumstances, Bruno might have answered in +kind, but now he merely smiled at the jester, then turned again +to receive the earnest cautions let fall for his benefit by the +professor. + +Above all else, he was to steer clear of fighting, and, without +he saw a fair chance of winning speech with the white women, he +was to keep in such hiding as Ixtli might furnish, trusting the +young Aztec to post the Children of the Sun as to what was in the +wind. + +Tremulous, almost incapable of coherent speech, so intense was +his agitation, Cooper Edgecombe sent many messages to his loved +ones, begging for one word in return. And if nothing less would +serve-- + +His voice choked, and only his feverishly burning eyes could say +the rest. + +It was well past sunset ere the youngsters set forth from the +rendezvous, accompanied a short distance by both Waldo and the +professor; but the parting came in good time. It would be worse +than folly to add to the existent perils that of possible +discovery by some prowling Aztec who might work serious injury to +them one and all. + +That great bear-hide proved a tax upon their strength, even +though the bullet-riddled head-piece had been carefully cut off +and buried, lest those queer holes tell a risky tale on close +examination; but Ixtli, as well as Bruno, was upborne by an +exaltation such as neither had known before this hour. + +There was nothing worse than the natural obstacles in the way to +be overcome, and, knowing every square yard of ground so +thoroughly, Ixtli chose the most practicable route to that +hill-encircled town. + +The stony pass was followed to the lower level, and the young +adventurers had drawn fairly near the first buildings ere +encountering a living being; and then ample time was given them +for meeting the danger. + +A low-voiced call sounded upon the night air, and Ixtli responded +in much the same tone. Bruno, of course, was utterly in the dark +as to what was being said, but he still held perfect faith in his +copper-hued guide, and left all to the son of Aztotl. + +The Aztec brave appeared to be explaining his unusually +protracted absence, for he proudly displayed the great grizzly +pelt, then exhibited the spear-head from which protruded the +tooth-marked wood. + +Like one who was already familiar with the details, Bruno slowly +lounged forward a pace or two, then in silence awaited the +pleasure of his companion on that night jaunt. + +Ixtli was not many minutes in shaking off the Indian, and, almost +staggering beneath his shaggy burden, moved away as though in +haste to rejoin his family circle. + +Fortunately for the venture, the Aztecans appeared to believe in +the maxim of going to bed early, for there were very few +individuals astir at that hour, young though the evening still +was. And by the clear moonlight which fell athwart the valley, +it was no difficult task to catch sight before being seen, where +eyes so busy as those of the two young men were concerned. + +Only once were they forced to make a brief detour in order to +escape meeting another redskin, and then a guarded whisper from +the lips of the Aztec warned Bruno that they were almost at the +teocalli wherein the Children of the Sun made their home and +abiding-place. + +Leaving the grizzly pelt at a corner, for the time being, Ixtli +led his white friend up and into the Temple of the Sun, pressing +a hand by way of added caution. + +Although he had declared that an armed guard was kept night and +day over the Sun Children, and that he hoped to pass Bruno as +well as himself without any serious difficulty, since he had long +been a favoured visitor, and ever welcomed by Victo and Glady, +the temple was seemingly without such protection upon the present +occasion. + +Ixtli expressed great surprise when this fact became evident, and +he showed uneasiness as to the welfare of his beloved patroness +and kindly teacher. + +Surely something evil was impending! His father, Aztotl, was +chieftain of the guards, and wholly devoted to the Sun Children, +ready at all times to risk life in their behalf. Now, if the +usual guards were lacking, surely it portended evil,--treachery, +no doubt, at the bottom of which the paba and the 'Tzin almost +certainly lurked. + +All this Ixtli contrived to convey to Bruno, who fairly well +shared that anxiety, but who was more for going ahead with a bold +rush, to learn the worst as quickly as might be. + +Still, unfamiliar with the construction of the temple as he was, +Bruno felt helpless without his guide, and so timed his progress +by that of Ixtli, right hand tightly gripping the handle of his +"hand-wood," or maquahuitl, resolved to give a good account of +either of those rascally varlets in case trouble lay ahead. + +The unwonted desolation which appeared to reign on all sides was +plainly troubling the Aztec brave, and he seemed to suspect a +cunning ambuscade, judging from his slow advance, pausing at +nearly every step to bend ear in keen listening. + +Still, nothing was actually seen or heard until after the young +men reached the upper elevation, upon a portion of which the Sun +Children had been first sighted by the air-voyagers. + +Here the first sound of human voices was heard, and Bruno stopped +short in obedience to the almost fierce grip which Ixtli closed +upon his nearest arm, listening for a brief space, then +breathing, lowly: + +"We see, first. Dat good! Him see first, dat bad! Eye, ear, +two both. You know, brother?" + +"You mean that we are to listen and play spy, first, Ixtli?" +asked Bruno, scarcely catching the real meaning of those hurried +words. + +"Yes. Dat best. Come; step like snow falls, brother." + +"Who is it, first?" + +"Victo, she one. Odder man, not know sure, but think Huatzin. +He bad; all bad! Kill him, some day. Dat good; plenty good all +over!" + +This grim vow appeared to do the Aztec good from a mental point +of view, and then he led his white friend silently towards the +covered part of the teocalli, from whence those sounds emanated. + +Curtains of thick stuff served to shut in the light and to partly +smother the sound of voices, but Ixtli cautiously formed a couple +of peepholes of which they quickly made good use. + +A portion of the sacred fire was burning upon its special altar, +while a large lamp, formed of baked clay, was suspended from the +roof, shedding a fair light around, as well as perfuming the +enclosure quite agreeably. + +Almost directly beneath this hanging-lamp stood the two Children +of the Sun, one tall, stately, almost queenly of stature, and now +looking unusually impressive, as she seemed to act as shield for +her daughter, slighter, more yielding, but ah, how lovely of face +and comely of person! + +Even then Bruno could not help realising those facts, although +his ears were tingling sharply with the harsh accents falling +from a far different pair of lips, those of a tall, muscular +warrior whose form was gorgeously arrayed in featherwork and +cunning weaving, rich-hued dyes having been called to aid the +other arts as well. + +If this was actually the Prince Hua, then he was a most brutal +sample of Aztecan aristocracy, and at first sight Gillespie felt +a fierce hatred for the harsh-toned chieftain. + +As a matter of course, Bruno was unable to comprehend just what +was being said, thanks to his complete ignorance of the language +employed; but he felt morally certain that ugly threats were +passing through those thin lips, and even so soon his hands began +to itch and his blood to glow, both urging him to the rescue. + +Swiftly fell the reply made by Victo, and her words must have +stung the prince to the quick, since he uttered a savage cry, +drawing back an arm as though to smite that proudly beautiful +face with his hard-clenched fist. + +That proved to be the cap-sheaf, for Bruno could stand no more. +He dashed aside the heavy curtain as he leaped forward, giving a +stern cry as he came, swinging the war club over his shoulder to +strike with all vengeance at the startled and recoiling Aztecan. + +Only the young man's unfamiliarity with the weapon preserved +Prince Hua from certain death. As it was, he reeled, to fall in +a nerveless heap upon the floor, while, with a startled cry, +another Aztec broke away in flight. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. +A FLIGHT UNDERGROUND. + +That sudden appearance and flight of another man took Ixtli even +more by surprise than it did Bruno, for he never even suspected +such a possibility, knowing Prince Hua so well. Still, the young +brave was swift to rally, swift to pursue, sending a menace of +certain death in case the fleeing cur should not yield himself. + +Just then Bruno had eyes and thoughts for the Sun Children alone, +who quite naturally shrunk back in mingled surprise and alarm at +his unceremonious entrance. He forgot his disguise, forgot +everything save that before him stood the fair beings whom he had +vowed to save at all hazards from what appeared to him worse by +far than actual death. + +Gillespie never knew just what words crossed his lips during +those first few seconds, but he saw that the women, in place of +eagerly accepting his aid, were visibly shrinking, apparently +more alarmed than delighted with the opportunity thus offered. + +Doubtless this was caused mainly by that odd blending of Aztec +and paleface, the colour and garb of the one joined to the tongue +of the other; but the result might have been even worse, had not +Ixtli hastened back to clear up more matters than one. + +In spite of his utmost efforts, the second Indian had escaped +with life, although he received a glancing wound from an arrow, +as he plunged down towards the lower level; and nothing seemed +more certain than that an alarm would right speedily spread +throughout the town, if only for the purpose of hurrying succour +to the Lord Hua. + +All this rolled in swift words over Ixtli's lips, his warning +finding completion before either of the women could fairly +interrupt the young brave. But then the one whom Ixtli termed +Victo spoke rapidly in his musical tongue, one strong white hand +waving towards the now somewhat embarrassed Gillespie. + +"He friend; come save you, like save Ixtli," the Aztec hurriedly +made reply, with generous tact speaking so that Bruno could +comprehend as well as the women. "He good; all good! Paba bad; +'Tzin more bad; be worse bad if stay here, Victo--Glady." + +Thus given the proper cue, Bruno took fresh courage and, in as +few words as might be, explained his mission. He spoke the name +of Cooper Edgecombe, and for the first time that queenly woman +showed signs of weakness, staggering back with a faint, choking +gasp, one hand clasped spasmodically above her madly throbbing +heart, the other rising to her temples as though in fear of +coming insanity. + +"He is well; he is safe and longing for his loved ones," Bruno +swiftly added, producing the brief note which the exiled aeronaut +had pressed into his hand at almost the last moment. "He wrote +you that--here it is, and--" + +"Make hurry, quick!" sharply interposed Ixtli, as ominous sounds +began to arise without the Temple of the Sun God. "Dog git 'way, +howl for more. Come here--kill like gods be glad." + +With an evident effort Victo rallied, tones far from steady as +she begged both young men to save themselves without thought of +them. + +"I thank you; heaven alone knows how overjoyed I am to hear from +my dear husband,--my poor child's own father! And he is near, +to--But go, go! Guide and protect him, Ixtli, for--Go, I implore +you, sir!" + +"But how--we haven't arranged how you are to be rescued, and I +must understand--" + +"Later, then; another time, through Ixtli," interrupted Mrs. +Edgecombe, since there could no longer be a doubt as to her +identity. "If found here 'twill be our ruin as well as your own. +Go, and at once I fear that Lord Hua may--" + +"He 'live yet," pronounced Ixtli, rising from a hasty examination +o f the fallen chieftain. "Dat bad; much more worse bad! He +dog; all over dog!" + +"And I greatly fear he must have recognised you as one of a +foreign race, in spite of your disguise," added the elder woman, +trouble in her face even as it showed in her voice. "He will be +wild for revenge, and I fear--Go, and directly, Ixtli!" + +Bruno Gillespie was only too well assured that this latest fear +had foundation on truth. Swiftly though he had wielded the +awkward (to him) hand-wood, Huatzin had sufficient time to sight +his assailant, and almost certainly had divined at least a +portion of the truth. + +Doubtless it would have been the more prudent course to repeat +that blow with greater precision; but Bruno could not bring +himself to do just that, even though the ugly cries were growing +in volume on the ground level; and he felt that capture would be +but the initial step to death, in all likelihood upon the great +stone of sacrifice. + +Imminent though their peril surely was, Bruno could not betake +himself to flight without at least partially performing the duty +for which he had volunteered; and so he took time to hurriedly +utter: + +"Watch from the top of the tower for the air-ship, and be ready +to leave at any moment, I implore you--both!" + +For even now his admiring gaze could with difficulty be torn away +from yonder younger, even more lovely, visage; although as yet +the maiden had spoken no word, even shrinking away from this +strangely speaking Aztec as though in affright. + +"Come, brother, or too late," urged Ixtli, almost sternly. "Save +you, or Glass-eyes call Ixtli dog-liar. Come; must run, no +fight; too big many for that." + +And so it seemed, when the young men rushed away from the lighted +interior and gained the uncovered space beyond. Loud cries came +soaring through the night from different directions, and dim, +phantom-like shapes could be glimpsed in hurrying confusion. + +Apparently the majority only knew that trouble of some +description was brewing, and that the centre of interest was +either in or near the Temple of the Sun God; yet that was more +than sufficient to place the white intruder in great peril, +despite the elaborate disguise he wore. + +Then with awful abruptness there came a sound which could only be +likened to rolling thunder by one uninitiated, but which caused +Ixtli to shrink and almost cower, ere gasping: + +"The great war-drum! Now MUST go! Sacrifice if caught; come, +white brother! See, dat more bad now!" + +Those mighty throbs rolled and reverberated from the hills, +filling the night air with waves of thunder, none the less +awe-inspiring now that their true import was realised. + +The entire population was aroused, and each building seemed to +cast forth an armed host, while, as through some magic touch, a +circle of fires sprung up on all sides, beginning to illumine +both valley and barrier. + +Bruno stood like one appalled, really fascinated by this +transformation scene for which he had been so poorly prepared; +but Ixtli better comprehended their situation, and gripping an +arm he muttered, hastily: + +"Come, brother; stop more, make too late. Must hide, now. Dat +stop go back way came. Come!" + +Bruno roused himself with an effort, then yielded to the Aztec's +guidance, crouching low as the brief bit of clear moonlight had +to be traversed. + +Instead of making for the steps which, as customary, reached from +terrace to terrace at each corner, Ixtli crept to the centre, +where the temple-side was cast into deepest shadow, then lowered +himself by his arms, to drop silently to the broad path below. + +A whispered word urged Bruno to imitate this action, and those +friendly hands caught and steadied Gillespie as he took the drop. +And so, one after another, the mighty steps were passed, both +young men reaching the ground at the same instant, having +succeeded in leaving the Temple of the Sun God without being +glimpsed by an Indian of all those whom the sonorous drum-throbs +had brought forth In arms. + +"Whither now?" asked Bruno, in guarded tones, as he looked forth +from shadow into moonlight, seeing scores upon scores of armed +shapes flitting to and fro, all looking for the enemy, yet none +able to precisely locate the trouble. + +Just then a savage yell broke from the top of the temple, +followed by a few fierce-sounding sentences, which Ixtli declared +came from the Lord Hua, then adding: + +"He say kill if catch, but dat--no! Come, white brother. Ixtli +show how play fool dat dog; yes!" + +"All right, my hearty. Is it a break for the hills? I reckon I +can break through. If not--well, I'll leave some marks behind +me, anyway!" + +"No, no, dat bad! Can't go to hills; must hide," positively +declared the young Aztec. "Come, now. Me show good place; all +dead but we." + +Evidently trusting to pass undetected where so many others were +rushing back and forth in seeming confusion, Ixtli broke away +from the shadow of the temple, closely followed by Gillespie, +heading as directly as might be for the strange refuge which he +now had in mind. + +That proved to be a low, unpretending structure which was of no +great extent, so far as Bruno's hasty look could ascertain. +Still, that was not the time for doubting the wisdom of his +guide, nor a moment in which to discuss either methods or means; +and as Ixtli passed through a massive entrance, the paleface +followed, giving a little shiver as the barrier swung to behind +them. + +"What sort of a place is it, anyway, Ixtli?" he demanded, but the +Aztec was too hurried for words, just then, save enough to warn +his companion in peril that they must descend deeper into the +earth. + +It was more of a scramble than a deliberate descent, for the +gloom was complete, and Bruno had no time in which to feel for +steps or stairs. Only for the aiding touch of his guide, he must +have taken more than one awkward tumble ere that lower level was +attained. + +Then a breathing-spell was granted him, and, while Ixtli bent ear +in listening to discover if pursuit was being made, Bruno drew a +match from the liberal supply he had taken the precaution to +fetch along, and, striking it, held aloft the tiny torch to view +their present surroundings. + +Only to give an involuntary start and cry as he caught indistinct +glimpses of fleshless bones and grinning skulls, those grim +relics of mortality showing upon every side as his wild eyes +roved around. + +Then a hand struck down the match, and a swift voice breathed: + +"Dey come dis way. See us hide--come hunt, now, to kill!" + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. +THE SUN CHILDREN'S PERIL. + +Not until the two young men passed beneath those heavy curtains +did either one of the Sun Children really give thought to their +own possible peril, but stood close together, arm of mother about +daughter as they listened to the ominous sounds without, so +rapidly growing in force and number. + +Then, just as the deep tones of the war-drum boomed forth upon +the night air, the fallen Aztec betrayed signs of rallying wits, +giving a low sound which might have been groan of pain or curse +of baffled rage. Be that as it may, the sound served one +purpose: Victoria Edgecombe (to append her correct name for the +first time) drew her child farther away, her right hand reaching +forth to pluck a light yet effective spear from where it lay +against the wall. + +"Mother, mother!" faintly panted the maiden, plainly at a loss to +comprehend all that had so recently transpired. "What is it? +What does it all mean? Surely that was Ixtli; and--the other?" + +"A messenger from your father, child, and--" + +"My father? I thought--he is not--not dead?" + +"Thanks be to heaven, not dead!" with hysterical joy in face as +in voice. "Alive, and seeking us, Gladys! Coming to rescue us +from this death in life, and now--to your knees, my daughter; to +thy knees, and lift thanks unto the good Father who has at last +listened to my moans!" + +Again the war-drum boomed forth in an awesome roll, but all +unheeding that ominous sound, paying no attention to the stirring +of yonder savage, whose lacerated scalp was painting his face a +deeper red than even nature intended, mother and daughter sank to +their knees, lifting hands and hearts towards the All-Powerful, +even as their gratitude floated towards the Throne of Grace. + +Then arose the hoarse tones of Huatzin, bidding his allies find +and slay without mercy; cursing the treacherous Aztec who had +thus guided one of a strange tribe into the very heart of their +beloved city. + +With a short, fierce ejaculation, Victo sprang to her feet, right +hand once again grasping shaft of javelin, its copper point +gleaming ruddily in the rays of lamp as though already moistened +by the heart-blood of yonder villain. + +Far differently acted the maiden, her figure trembling with fear +and wonder commingled, her lips slightly blanched as she clung +closer to her mother. Yet through all ran a touch of girlish +curiosity which helped shape the words now crossing her lips. + +"Who was it, mother? Who could the stranger be? And whither has +he gone?" + +"With Ixtli, my child, and may the good God of our own people +grant them both life and liberty! If I thought--your father, +Gladys! Alive and looking for his beloved ones! See! from his +own dear hand, and he says--Hold! who comes there?" + +But the alarm appeared to be without actual foundation, for the +sounds came no closer, remaining beyond the drapery past which +Lord Hua had staggered only a few brief seconds before. + +Gladys rallied more speedily than one might have expected, and +she spoke with even greater interest than at first. + +"My dear father, and alive? Oh, mother, why is he not here +to--why should he send another? And that one--he spoke our dear +language, mother; surely he is not--not as Ixtli?" + +"No; he was of our own people, child, and I can hardly conceive +how he came hither, save that Ixtli must have acted as guide." + +"And those awful warriors!" shivering as the war-cries followed +the muffled roar of the great drum. "If found, he will be slain! + +Do you think there is any hope for him, mother? And he seemed +so--so--" + +"He is gone with Ixtli, and Ixtli is true to the very core," +Victo hastened to give assurance. "I would rather trust him than +many another of thrice his years and warlike experience. Ixtli +is true; ay, as true and tried as his father, Aztotl!" + +"Who loves you, mother, and would win--" + +"Hush, child!" just a bit sharply interposed the elder woman, yet +at the same time tightening that loving clasp. "Merely as the +daughter of his Sun God, Quetzalcoatl, and--ha!" + +Once again there came the echoes of rapid foot-falls beyond the +heavy draperies, and again this Amazonian mother drew her superb +form in front of her shrinking child, poising the javelin in +readiness for stroke or casting, as might serve best. + +A strong arm brushed the curtains aside sufficiently to admit its +owner's passage, but the armed warrior stopped short at sighting +the Sun Children, his proud head lowering, hands crossing over +his broad bosom in token of adoration,--for it surely was more +than mere submission to one held his superior. + +With a low cry, Victo drew back a bit, weapon lowering as she +recognised friend in place of enemy. + +"It is you, Aztotl?" she spoke, in mellow tones. "I thought--did +you remove the usual guards, this evening?" + +"The blame falls to my share, Sun Child," the Red Heron made +answer, with a meekness strange in one of his build and general +appearance, that of a king among ordinary warriors. + +"Not justly, nor through fault of your own, my good and true +friend," the elder woman made haste to give assurance. "Not even +thy lips shall speak slander of Aztotl the True-heart, my +brother." + +With a swift advance the Red Heron caught the unarmed hand, to +bend over it until his lips barely brushed the soft, perfumed +skin. Then he sank to one knee, bowing his head until his brow +touched the floor beneath her sandalled feet. + +Swiftly, gracefully, these movements were made, and where they +would have appeared fulsome or degraded in some, with this +warrior the effect was far from disagreeable to see or to +experience. + +Victo flushed warmly and drew back a little farther, for the +memory of those words let fall by Gladys came back with +unpleasant distinctness. And was she so certain that Aztotl +looked upon her as merely a god-descended priestess? + +The Red Heron arose easily, head rising proudly above his shapely +shoulders as he met those great blue eyes,--eyes as pure and as +fathomless as the cloudless sky in midsummer. + +And then, more like one giving a bare statement of facts than one +offering a defence for himself, Aztotl spoke of a faithless +subordinate, who was guilty of either careless neglect, or worse. + +"It may be that Tezcatl lost his wits through strong waters, Sun +Child, or even that he took evil pay from still more vile hands. +You have seen the last of him, though, Child of Quetzal'l." + +"You surely do not mean that--" + +Aztotl lightly tapped the knife-hilt showing above his maxtlatl, +coldly adding words to that significant gesture: + +"There is no place for fool or traitor upon the body-guard of the +Sun Children. Tezcatl sinned; he has paid full forfeit. And +just so shall all others perish who dare cast an evil glance +towards--ha!" + +Another outcry arose from the other side of the curtained recess, +and the Red Heron instantly sprang away in that direction, hands +gripping weapons in readiness for instant use in case of need. + +Almost as swiftly, Victo and the maiden followed, one through +fear, the other through utter lack of fear, for herself. + +Those savage cries came from the lips of none other than the +chieftain whose now bare head bore significant traces of Bruno +Gillespie's handiwork, and he seemed bent on rushing directly +into the presence of the Sun Children, until Red Heron +interposed, stern and icy-toned: + +"Stand back, my Lord Hua!" he ordered, left hand advanced with +open palm, but its dexter mate armed and ready for hot work if +that must come. "Venture no closer, on thy peril, chief!" + +Huatzin recoiled a bit, though that might have been more through +surprise than because he feared this proud warrior. He gripped +his knife-hilt, and partly drew the blade from its supporting +sash. A hissing oath escaped his lips, and he crouched a trifle, +as a wild beast gathers its deadliest force prior to making a +death leap. + +"Darest thou bar my path, Aztotl?" he cried, hoarsely. "Make +way, I bid thee; make way, for I will see the Sun Children and--" + +"Not so, my Lord Hua," coldly interrupted the master of guards, +that warning palm still turned to the front. "You are here +without law or leave, and know what the edict says: from the +going to the return of the sun, these stones are sacred from all +feet save those of the Sun Children and their regular +body-guard." + +"What care I for laws? Or for such as thou, Red Heron? I will +that such a thing shall be, and it comes to pass. And--thou dare +to bar my way, Aztotl?" + +"Ay. By words if they prove sufficient. By force if called for. +By death if worst must come; even the death of a mighty chieftain +like Lord Hua would not be too great a feat." + +For a brief space it seemed as though Huatzin would make a leap +to which there could be but one termination, death to one or to +both. But Aztotl coldly spoke on: + +"I have given you fair and friendly warning, Lord Hua. Go, now, +while the path of peace lies open. Go, else I sound the call, +and my guard will take you in charge, just as they would any +other rascally intruder." + +"Your precious son, for instance?" retorted the 'Tzin, viciously. +"He came with one whom--one of a different race from our own, +Aztotl! A traitor in thy own family, yet thou darest hint at--" + +Aztotl lifted a bent finger to his lips, sounding a shrill, +far-penetrating whistle. The response was prompt indeed, an +armed force advancing with weapons held ready, awaiting only word +from commander to punish that rash intruder by hurling him to +death over the terraces. + +Although nearly beside himself with fury, Huatzin glared defiance +at both guard and its commander, then turned more directly upon +the Sun Children, speaking in savage tones: + +"Unto you, proud Victo, I'll either win you as my--" + +"Go on, Lord Hua," coldly spoke the woman, as his voice choked. + +"I'll win and wear you as my squaw, or else give you to the stone +of sacrifice!" he snarled, then turned away as Aztotl motioned +his guards to clear the temple of all intruders, then see that +none other dared enter. + + + +CHAPTER XXV. +WALDO GOES FISHING. + +It was with stronger forebodings than he dared acknowledge even +to himself, that Professor Featherwit watched the two young men +out of sight in the early gloom, and scarcely had his nephew +passed beyond hearing than uncle Phaeton would gladly have +recalled Bruno. + +Waldo made light of all fears, prophesying complete success, and +even going so far as to predict Bruno's return accompanied by the +Children of the Sun; enthusiastic words which set the exile to +trembling with excess of joy and anticipation. + +What, then, was the blank dismay of all when, floating through +the night, came the hollow throbbing of yonder mighty war-drum, +fetching each person to his feet and holding him spellbound for +the first few seconds. + +Cooper Edgecombe turned sick at heart, even while ignorant as to +the method of sending forth that alarm, his hollow groan being +the first sound to follow the simultaneous exclamation which +burst from three pairs of lips as the surprise came. And but a +breath later Waldo broke forth with the excited query: + +"What is it? What's broken loose now? Surely--thunder?" + +Only Professor Phaeton at once recognised the sound, through +description, and each one of those swiftly succeeding strokes +seemed falling upon his heart, bidding him mourn for his beloved +nephew, upon whom his aged eyes had surely looked their last in +this life! + +Yet it was the professor who took prompt action, speaking sharply +as he darted across to where the air-ship rested: + +"Come; get aboard, and let us do what lies in our power. It was +criminal to send the poor lad into the jaws of death, but +now--hasten, there may be a chance, even yet!" + +The call was still hot upon his lips when his two companions +entered the aerostat, gripping tight the hand-rail as Professor +Featherwit sent the vessel afloat with reckless haste. As by a +miracle they escaped disaster through rushing into a bushy +treetop, and that fact served to steady the aeronaut's nerves. + +"On guard, uncle Phaeton!" cried Waldo, making a lucky snatch at +his cap, which one of the stiff boughs brushed off his head. + +"Ay, ay, lad," responded the man at the guiding-gear, as the +air-ship shot onward and upward, now heading, as directly as was +practicable, for the Lost City of the Aztecs. "That was the very +lesson I needed. I am steady of nerve, now, and will show no +lack,--heaven grant that we may not be for ever too late, +though!" + +"What do you reckon could have kicked up such a bobbery, uncle? +And what--ugh!" as the wardrum's throbbings again swelled forth +in grim alarm. "What in time is that, anyway?" + +As briefly as might be, the professor explained, and almost for +the first time Waldo felt a thrill of dread. + +"If they've got Bruno, what will they do with him?" + +That very dread was worrying uncle Phaeton, and already through +his busy brain were flashing horrid pictures of punishment and +sacrifice, of hideous scenes of torture, wherein the eldest son +of his dead sister played a prominent role, perforce. + +He dared not trust his tongue to make answer, just then, and sent +the aeromotor onward at top speed, leaning far forward to win the +earliest glimpse of--what? + +He caught sight of blazing beacons fairly encircling the Lost +City, forming a cordon through which no stranger could hope to +pass unseen. He beheld hundreds of armed shapes rushing to and +fro, plainly looking for some intruder or other enemy, yet almost +as certainly failing as yet to make the longed-for discovery. + +Not until that moment had uncle Phaeton dared indulge in even the +shadow of a hope. The awful alarm seemed proof conclusive that +poor Bruno had been taken, through the treachery of Ixtli. + +Naturally enough, that was his first belief, but now, as the +air-ship slackened pace to circle more deliberately above the +valley, all eyes on the eager watch for either Bruno or something +to hint at his fate, Professor Featherwit lost a portion of that +conviction. + +If Bruno had indeed fallen victim to misplaced confidence, and +had been craftily lured into this den of ravening wild beasts, +why all this confusion and mad skurry? Why had not the traitor +first made sure of his victim? Why such a general alarm? + +Although such haste in getting afloat had been made, some little +time had been thus consumed, and, before the aerostat was fairly +above the Lost City, Bruno and Ixtli had dropped by stages down +the shadowed side of the Temple of the Sun God, to burrow +underneath the ground as their surest method of eluding pursuit. + +Only for that, the end might have been different, for, once +sighted, Gillespie would have been rescued by his friends, or +those friends would surely have shared death with him. + +And so it came to pass that, circle though they might, calling +ears to supplement their eyes, swooping perilously low down in +their fierce eagerness to sight their imperilled one, never a +glimpse of the young man could they obtain, nor even a definite +hint as to where next to look for him. + +"Surely they cannot have captured Bruno, as yet?" huskily +muttered uncle Phaeton, hungrily straining his eyes without +reward. "If the poor boy had actually fallen into such evil +hands, why such crazy confusion? Why--oh, why did I permit his +coaxings to overpower my better judgment? Why did I send him +into--" + +The words stuck in his throat and refused to issue. Phaeton +Featherwit just then felt himself little less than a cold-blooded +assassin. + +Mr. Edgecombe was but little less deeply stirred, although his +feelings were more of a mixture. He grieved for Bruno, and would +willingly risk his life in hopes of doing the young man a +service, yet his gaze was drawn far more frequently towards +yonder temple, on the top of which he had--surely he HAD caught +sight of his wife, his daughter! + +"Let me down and try to find him," he eagerly begged, as one +might plead for a great boon. "I promise to save him if yet +alive, and--let me try, professor; I beg of you, give me this +chance to show my heartfelt gratitude." + +But Professor Featherwit shook his head in negation. + +"That would only add to our trouble, friend. Knowing nothing of +the dialect, you would be wholly at a loss. And, looking so +entirely different in every respect, how could you hope to pass +inspection?" + +"All seems so confused, that I might--surely it is worth trying." + +"It would be suicidal, so say no more on that score," almost +harshly spoke the usually mild-mannered aeronaut, sending his +vessel upon another circuit, only with stern vigilance choking +back the appealing shout to his lost nephew. + +This time the aerostat was brought directly above the Temple of +the Sun, where there appeared to be some unusual disturbance, a +number of armed guards fairly driving a gaily arrayed Indian down +to the lower levels, and that greatly against his inclinations, +judging from the harsh cries and ringing threats which burst from +his lips. + +Recognising the building, and unable to hold his intense emotions +longer under stern control, Cooper Edgecombe called aloud the +names of his wife and daughter, begging that they might come to +him; but then the air-ship was sent onward and upward, with a +dizzying swoop, and Professor Featherwit gripped an arm, sternly +speaking: + +"Quiet, sir! Another outbreak like that and I'll lock your lips, +if I have to send a bullet through your mad brain!" + +"I forgot. I could not wait longer, knowing that my loved +ones--" + +"You forgot that the lives of all depend upon our remaining at +liberty," coldly interrupted Featherwit. "Without this means of +conveyance, how can your loved ones escape? Now, your solemn +pledge to maintain utter silence, or I will take you back to +yonder wilderness, leaving you to shift for yourself as best you +can. Promise, sir!" + +"I will,--I do. Forgive me, for I was carried away by--'twas +there I saw--after so many horrible years!" huskily muttered the +exile, fairly cowering there, before his saviour from the +whirlpool. + +"Enough; bear in mind that the rescue of your loved ones depend +on our efforts. If discovered by yonder snarling beasts, and the +machine is injured,--farewell, all hopes! Now, quiet, and look +for Bruno!" + +Again the air-ship circled over the valley, in spite of the +moonlight passing wholly unseen and unsuspected by the Aztecs, +whose energies were bent on ferreting out mortal foes, not demons +of the upper world. + +Waldo leaned farther over the hand-rail as they floated closer to +an excited group of warriors, the central figure being Lord Hua +himself, fiercely denouncing Aztotl and his son, Ixtli, as +traitors to the common welfare, and calling upon all honest +braves to mete forth befitting punishment. + +Professor Featherwit caught one name indistinctly; that of the +young Aztec in whose company Bruno had set forth on his +ill-starred venture; and hoping to learn more of importance, he +caused the aerostat to hover directly above that particular group +of redskins. + +Waldo, never stopping to count the risk he might thus fetch upon +them all, silently lowered the grapnel, by means of the +drag-rope, giving a boyish chuckle as the three-pronged hook +descended amidst that gathering, the sight causing more than one +superstitious brave to leap aside, with cries of amazed affright. + +The air-ship gave a sudden swoop, and the grapnel caught Huatzin +by his girdle, jerking him fairly off his feet, and swinging him +into air, pretty much as a youngster might land a writhing fish. +But no fish ever sent forth so wild a screech of mingled rage and +terror as split the air just then. + +Although hardly realising what was happening, Professor +Featherwit sent the aeromotor upward with a mighty jerk. The +shock proving too much for that sash, Lord Hua fell back to +earth, literally biting the dust, although he met with no bodily +harm beyond sundry bruises. + +"Caught a sucker, and--I'll never do it again, uncle!" exploded +Waldo, as he swiftly hauled in his novel fish-line; but he had to +take a severe lecture from the professor before the subject was +finally dropped. + +And, worse than all else, the air-demon was now the target for +both eyes and arrows, and, perforce, sailed swiftly away into the +night. + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. +DOWN AMONG THE DEAD. + +Ixtli spoke with a degree of earnestness which left no room for +doubt, even if the young man's own keen sense of hearing had not +given warning but an instant later. + +Ominous sounds came from the entrance, which had served them but +so brief a time gone by, and Bruno knew that, even if they had +escaped being seen while thus attempting to win such a gruesome +refuge, the possibility of their having elected just such a line +of flight had occurred to some of the redskins. + +Gillespie heard the heavy doors open, then clang to again. He +was fairly confident that some of the Aztecs had entered, +although as yet the utter darkness hindered further recognition. + +"What next, Ixtli?" he whispered, lips almost touching the face +of his young guide, as they stood close together in the mirk. +"They can't take me alive! Is it fight, or--" + +"No fight yet," gently breathed the Aztec in turn. "Dey look, +dat not make sure find. Dey try see; we try not see all time. +Dey come, we go,--like dis!" + +Catching a hand within his own clasp, Ixtli led Bruno away in +that utter darkness, seemingly well acquainted with the lay of +the ground, although it quickly became evident that there must be +more than one direct passage. Bruno felt convinced that there +were other chambers turning at right angles to their present +course, though it might have bothered the young man to give +entirely satisfactory reasons for such belief. + +Ixtli did not flee fast nor far, in that first spurt, pausing +shortly to turn face towards the rear, a low, musical chuckle +coming through his lips. + +"Dey come look, got no eyes for see in dark," he explained, +barely loud enough for Bruno to catch his meaning. "We play fool +dem all; dat be fun; heap fun all time over!" + +Ixtli was scarcely as precise of speech while under the influence +of excitement as when he had ample time in which to pick and +choose his words; but there was little room for mistaking his +meaning, which, after all, is fairly sufficient. + +But this time the young brave was in error, for only a few +moments later both fugitives caught sight of a dim light in +hurried motion far towards the entrance to these underground +crypts. That warned them of added peril, and Ixtli's chuckle +died abruptly away. + +"They'll fetch us now," grimly muttered Bruno, shaking his fairly +athletic shoulders and fingering the knife at his belt as though +making preparations for an inevitable struggle. "All right. +They may kill, but I'll furnish some red paint for my tombstone, +anyway!" + +It may be doubted whether Ixtli fully appreciated this +conclusion, yet he divined something of what was spoken, and made +swift response: + +"No kill yet. Dey look, we hide. Mebbe not find. Mebbe play +fool all over--yes!" + +"Where can we hide that lights won't ferret us out, though? If a +fellow might only have the same advantage; here in this darkness +I'm not worth a sick kitten!" + +Just a bit disgustedly came the words, but Bruno was not giving +over in weak despair. No matter how vast the odds might show +against him, he would put up a gallant fight as long as he could +lift his hand or strike a blow. + +Still, he was by no means anxious for the crisis to arrive. He +would far rather run than fight, under existing circumstances; +but whither, and how? + +Ixtli took it upon himself to solve the perplexing enigma, in a +whisper bidding his white brother follow with as little sound as +might be, once more hurrying away through the gloomy blackness, +which was by no means rendered more agreeable to Bruno by that +fleeting glimpse of the dead men's bones. + +There was little room left for doubting the truth. Their +presence in the death-cells surely was more than suspected, +judging from the actions of yonder redskins, who flashed the +light over and into each angle and corner, each niche and jog, +where a human being might possibly seek concealment. + +They were not so many in number, but still a larger force than +could well be met with success by two youths, even granting that +Ixtli would turn lethal weapons against his own people, which +Bruno felt was by no means a settled fact. + +For some little time the young men kept without that limited +circle of light, watching each movement made by the searchers, +and at the same time taking care that none of the little party +stole a dangerous march upon them by hastening in advance of the +lights. + +Ixtli apparently enjoyed the affair, much as a child might a +successful game of I-spy, for he emitted occasional chuckles, and +let fall soft whispers which, if caught by other ears, certainly +would not have deeply benefited the fugitives when captured. + +Thanks to that slow progress, rendered thus by the care and +minuteness of the search, Bruno began to marvel at the extent of +the catacombs, and almost involuntarily calculate how many +centuries it must have taken to accumulate such enormous +quantities of remains. For, thanks to yonder prying light, he +could see how high those grim relics of perishing mortality were +piled up in tiers, with here and there upright skeletons in +position of greater prominence. + +Perhaps Gillespie might have been better able to appreciate +Ixtli's amusement had he even an inkling as to how this game of +hide-and-go-seek was fated to end. That an end must come, +eventually, was a foregone conclusion. And then? + +He ventured to ask Ixtli how they were to escape detection when +they could retreat no farther, but before an answer could be +fairly shaped, that end seemed actually upon them. + +Without sound or warning of any sort, another bright light showed +at a considerable distance in the opposite direction, and, as +Bruno stared that way, he made out several armed warriors who +appeared to be engaged in that same occupation: searching that +city of the dead for the living! + +Thus caught between two fires, there seemed only one course to +pursue, and, with the courage of his fathers, Bruno spoke in low, +grim tones to his young guide: + +"No use for you to join in the mix, Ixtli. I'll do the best I +know how, but if I can't make the riffle, if I go down for good +and all, I ask you to convey the news to my friends. You will?" + +But Ixtli was not at the end of his resources, and gripping a +wrist, he urged Bruno towards yonder second light, speaking +hastily as they moved along towards the edge of that wide +passage. No fight, yet. Best hide; mebbe no find; dat best try +first. Den Ixtli fight like white brother,--fast!" + +There was time for scant speech, for just then the two parties +seemed, for the first time, to catch sight of each other, and +while the brave bearing the rude lantern still maintained his +slow movements, searching well as he came, the other Indians came +in advance, giving the fugitives barely time in which to crouch +down under temporary cover. + +The moment these enemies had passed them by, Ixtli urged Bruno +on, then, in swift whispers, instructed him how to perfect his +hiding, even aiding the young paleface into one of the upright +crypts, back of a grim skeleton, the mouldering blankets +assisting in covering the one of flesh and blood. + +After like fashion, the Aztec sought cover on the opposite side +of the passage. None too quickly, either; for now the single +searcher drew dangerously nigh, peering into every practicable +hiding-place on either side, before moving onward. + +Little by little he drew closer, while the other band of +searchers apparently turned off into a side passage, or large +chamber, since nothing could be seen or heard of them by the +fugitives. + +In all probability, Ixtli's bold ruse would have proved a +complete success, for the Aztec warrior showed no suspicion as he +drew nearer; but it was not to be thus. + +Fairly holding his breath, lest he disturb some of the dry bones +immediately in front of himself, Bruno waited and hoped, only to +feel his blood chill, and his heart fail him, as a sickening +horror crept over his brain; nor was that the only creeping +thing,--worse luck! + +Past all room for doubting, his entrance into that crypt had +disturbed the repose of a snake of some description; for now he +could feel the loathsome reptile crawling slowly up his back, +turning the skin beneath to scorching ice in its horrid passage. + +One horrible nightmare minute that lasted, then the serpent +paused upon his shoulder and biceps, touching his cheek with +nose, then drawing back its ugly head to give an ominous hiss. + +Human flesh and blood could endure no more, and Bruno flung the +snake violently off, striking forcibly against that mass of dry +bones as he did so. With a rattling clatter, the skeleton lost +its frail coherence and tumbled outward, leaving Bruno fairly +exposed within the niche. + +With a cry the Aztec warrior turned in that direction, but ere he +could fetch his light to bear upon the right spot, Ixtli sprung +forth to the rescue, hooting like a frightened owl, as he dashed +the light to earth, and, at the same time, deftly tripping the +Indian headlong. + +Swift as thought itself he followed up the advantage thus won, +smiting the fallen brave heavily upon the crown with a clubbed +thighbone, depriving him of sensibility for the time being at +least. And then snatching up the still burning light, he called, +in guarded tones, to his white friend: + +"Come, brother, play hunt, now! Fast--not stop here; dat bad for +you see by dem so soon. Dat good you go--like dis way!" + +Scarcely realising just what fresh ruse the Aztec had in mind, +but far from recovered from that horrible fear of death from +poisonous fangs, Gillespie submitted, Ixtli hurrying him away, +turning off into what appeared to be a side passage, less +spacious than that to which they had until then confined their +retreat. + +The young Aztec hastily explained his present scheme, which was +to play the role of searchers as well; and scarcely had he made +that project known, than another difficult test was offered their +courage. + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. +PENETRATING GRIM SECRETS. + +Bruno caught an imperfect view of moving figures at no great +distance ahead, but ere he could fairly decide just what they +might be, his red-skinned guide swiftly whispered: + +"More come look. You don't say. Ixtli fool 'em--easy!" + +Making not the slightest attempt to avoid the issue, the young +Aztec stepped a little in advance of Gillespie, thus casting him +into partial eclipse, speaking briskly, as he met the two +Indians, only one of whom bore a light: + +"It is trouble for nothing, brothers. There is no sign here. If +he saw aught, 'twas in a dream, I think. And now--hark!" + +Even there in the subterranean recesses something of the wildly +excited uproar which followed Waldo's rash attempt to go +a-fishing after his fellow men, and the sighting of that awful +air-demon by the Indians, could be heard, and, without divining +its actual import, Ixtli adroitly turned it to his own advantage. + +"They have found the strange dog without!" he cried, sharply. +"Come, my brothers, else we will be too late for--hasten, all!" + +But only one-half of the present group obeyed, the two Indians +dashing at full speed towards the main entrance to the city of +the dead, leaving Bruno behind, wholly unsuspected, and Ixtli +chuckling gleefully over the favourable change in the situation. + +"Dey go--we come. Dis way, brother," the Aztec spoke, moving in +the opposite direction, followed willingly enough by the now +pretty well bewildered paleface. + +"Whither are we going?" Bruno felt impelled to ask, after a few +moments more of blind obedience. "How are we going to get out? +And my friends,--they must have been alarmed by that great drum!" + +Ixtli made response by touch rather than in words, and, giving +his companion barely time sufficient to read aright that look of +warning, he extinguished the light, leaving themselves in +complete darkness. + +Naturally anticipating fresh danger, Bruno strained his ears to +catch at least an inkling of its precise nature ere the trouble +could fairly close in; but only silence surrounded +them,--silence, and an almost palpable gloom. + +"Not cat," assured Ixtli, in a soft-toned whisper, as he divined +the expectations entertained by his comrade in peril. "Nobody +come, now. All gone see what noise 'bout, yonder. You, me, all +right. Best mek no big talk, dough. Come--see!" + +Apparently the young Aztec found it no easy matter to elect words +which should fairly convey his desired meaning, and, abruptly +giving over the effort, he moved on, one hand lightly closed upon +Bruno's wrist to guard against possible separation in that utter +darkness. + +Nothing further was said until Ixtli again came to a halt, +Gillespie giving a low exclamation as he felt what appeared to be +a blank wall before them. Was this no thoroughfare? Were they +blocked in, to perish of starvation, unless earlier discovered by +the red-skinned searchers? + +Far from agreeable thoughts, yet such swiftly flashed across the +young man's brain, lending an echo of harshness to his voice as +he spoke. + +"Where are we now, Ixtli? How are we going to get out of this? +If you have led me into a trap--" + +Finger-tips lightly brushed his lips, then the Aztec explained as +well he was able, thanks to his limited vocabulary. + +Escape from the catacomb by the same route they had taken in +seeking refuge there was entirely out of the question. Even +though the redskins might have abandoned the search in that +precise quarter for the time being, thanks to the sudden alarm +which had broken forth in the valley, almost certainly there +would be an armed guard so stationed as to intercept any or all +persons who might so attempt to emerge. + +This much Bruno gathered, then took his turn at the verbal oars. + +"But we can't stay here, man, dear. Nothing to eat or to drink, +and my friends worrying over us, outside. We've got to get out; +I have, at any rate. The only question is, just how, and where?" + +"Dere one way go," Ixtli made reply, even his lowered tones +betraying more than ordinary impressiveness, Bruno fancied. +"Mebbe easy, mebbe hard. Find dat, when try. We go dis way. +Best be still, dough!" + +Bruno was ready enough to promise all that, just so action was +being taken, his uneasiness being by far too deep for rest or +repose. More on account of his uncle and his brother, though, +than for his own safety. He had not yet lost hope of extrication +from the perils which surely surrounded them, not quite abandoned +hope of rescuing the Children of the Sun as well. + +Turning abruptly to the left, Ixtli led the way into what +appeared (through the senses of touch and hearing) to be a +narrow, winding tunnel, which presently took an upward incline, +then broadened into a chamber of greater or lesser dimensions; +the faint echoes told Gillespie there was an enlargement of some +description, but the utter darkness veiled all else. + +Barely had the two adventurous youths come to a pause, than dull, +uncertain sounds came from almost directly above their heads; +and, after listening for a brief space, Ixtli disappointedly +breathed a fear that they would have to wait for the time being. + +"Why? What's going on up yonder? And where are we, anyway?" + +Beneath the great teocalli, Ixtli made answer in his disjointed +way of speaking. There the evil-minded paba, Tlacopa, reigned +supreme. And there, almost directly above their heads, stood the +sacrificial stone, upon whose flat surface the Sun Children would +be doomed to suffer the last penalty, provided Tlacopa won his +wicked will. + +Bruno thrilled to his centre with fierce indignation as he, +little by little, gathered this information. Perish by such +hideous methods? Give up her fair young life-- + +For, rather queerly, considering that Ixtli spoke of both Victo +and Glady, he now had thought of--could see but that one lovely +face and shrinking figure,--face and form of the daughter alone. + +Discovery might have come all too soon, but for Ixtli's slipping +a palm over those indignant lips and thus smothering the outbreak +which the young man could not avoid; then, recalled to ordinary +prudence, Bruno talked and listened by turns. + +Ixtli contrived to make his white brother understand just how +they were situated at the time: in a secret channel of +communication with the great war temple, through which sanctuary +he had hoped to lead his friend, thence to escape from the valley +itself, if a favourable chance should offer. Now their way was +barred, and they could only wait. Unless--would Bruno keep close +guard over his tongue? + +Yes. Anything, rather than remain wholly idle, like this. + +Adding a few minor cautions, Ixtli took Gillespie by a wrist, and +stole noiselessly forward, climbing upward, over and into a +contrivance which Bruno vainly sought to recognise by the sense +of touch, but giving a thrill of amazement when his guide paused +long enough to whisper in his nearest ear: + +"Dis war-god body. Stand up in teocalli, look on kill-stone. +Wait; you see, hear, all dat, now!" + +Thanks to the close association of that night, with all its +attendant perils, Bruno was growing fairly skilful in +interpreting the broken sentences of his copper-hued chum, and he +now knew they were moving about within the hollow image of the +Aztecan war-god, Huitzilopochtli, while-- + +He caught sight of several small apertures, through which yellow +light came dimly, and, almost without thinking, applied his eyes +to the one most convenient, peering forth upon the broad +sacrificial stone, with its foul, blood-stained surface, the +little channels intended to drain off the superfluous hemorrhage, +together with the gloomy, repulsive surroundings. And, too, a +most abominable stench appeared to rise from the altar of death, +and Bruno shrunk back with a shiver of disgust. + +"No talk loud!" softly breathed Ixtli, gripping an arm with +force. "Dey kill, if find now. Look, dat one Tlacopa; big +priest, you call. DEM help paba fool all people; so!" + +Although his meaning was not fully apparent, Bruno caught renewed +interest, and once more peered forth upon the scene, weird and +impressive enough, even from a Christian point of view. + +Headed by Tlacopa, a ceremony of some description was taking +place, lesser priests and other acolytes performing their various +parts, the incantations rising now loudly, now sinking to a +hollow monotone, the whole affair being none the less absorbing +when Bruno remembered that, perhaps, it might have some +connection with the vile plots against the Sun Children, if not +endangering life itself. + +Gillespie likewise took note of various other graven images; +among them one of the not less hideous war-goddess, Teoyaomiqui, +or "divine war death," fitting consort for the mighty +"humming-bird" himself. + +Meanwhile, Ixtli, who appeared to look upon the whole affair as a +more or less jolly good jest at the expense of his superstitious +people, took occasion to give his white brother a few pointers, +letting him see how easy it was for false oracles to be +manufactured to order; how certain the lightest wishes of the +head priest were to find speedy fulfilment at all times. + +While thus divulging part of the mysteries of the temple, that +ceremony reached a finale, and the little crowd slowly melted +away, leaving but Tlacopa and a select few of his trusted +henchman. And Ixtli certainly caught enough of their talk to +alter his manner most materially. + +"Come, quick!" he fiercely whispered in Bruno's ear, gripping an +arm, and fairly forcing the young man to accompany his retreat. + +Not another word was spoken before the lower level was reached, +and then Gillespie broke the ice, asking what was the matter. + +Dark though it was all around them, Bruno could tell by sense of +touch that his guide was powerfully agitated, and, though Ixtli +clearly hesitated before imparting the asked-for information, +persistence won the point; and then-- + +Imperfectly though that discovery was set forth, Gillespie +contrived to gather this much: Tlacopa decreed that the Sun +Children should be brought to trial, if not to actual execution, +when the morning sun arose! + +"Never!" fiercely vowed Bruno, all on fire, as he recalled that +more than fair face. "Never,--while I live and draw breath!" + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. +BROUGHT BEFORE THE GODS. + +Once again Aztotl, the Red Heron, was bowing humbly before the +Children of the Sun God, but now there was stern grief impressed +upon his visage, rather than pure devotion, such as one might +feel at the feet of a divinity. + +And the face of Victo was unusually pale, her lips tightly +compressed to keep them from trembling too visibly, while her arm +clasped Gladys with almost fierce love in its warm strength. + +Aztotl glanced upwards for a moment, then slowly spoke: + +"Such are the commands laid upon thy captain of guards, Daughter +of Quetzal', the Fair God. He hath been commanded to fetch Victo +and Glady to the teocalli, there to be--no!" with an outbreak of +fierce rebellion, drawing his superb figure erect, and gripping +javelin until the springy ash quivered, as though suddenly +winning life for itself. "The gods lie! They are speaking +falsely, or--or the paba lies, when trying to thus interpret the +oracle!" + +Gladys shrunk away, but her mother stood firm, seeming to gain in +coolness and nerve what this ardent servant was losing. + +"It must be thus, my good friend," she spoke, in low, even tones. +"The word hath come to a soldier, and obedience is his first +duty." + +"Not when obedience means leading to sacrifice--" + +"That may never come, good Aztotl. We have committed no sin, in +deed or in thought. The Mother of Gods will not lay claim to an +innocent victim. Or, even then, the right shall triumph! +Tlacopa is powerful, but hath Victo no influence? Lord Hua may +throw HIS influence to the wrong side, but hath truth no answer?" + +"If not truth, then death!" sternly vowed the captain of the +body-guard. "If Tonatiuh fails to punish the enemies of his +daughter, then this right arm shall hurl the false prince down to +Mictlanteuctli, grim lord of the under-world!" + +"What is it all about, mother?" murmured Gladys, clinging in sore +affright to the side of her Amazonian relative. "Surely the +people will not--surely we need not go forth to--" + +A mother's kiss closed those quivering lips, and then, with far +more assurance than she really could find in her heart, Victoria +bade her child fear nothing; that all would come aright in a +brief while. + +Little by little, the maiden's terrors were calmed, and then she +took position by her parent's side with a greater display of +nerve than might have been anticipated. + +Through all, Aztotl waited, fiercely silent, held from open +rebellion only by the influence of the woman whose very life was +now menaced. And as the Sun Children stood before him, in +readiness to comply with the commands issued by those in high +authority, the Red Heron broke bonds. + +"Say but one word, Daughter of Quetzal', and all this shall never +come to pass! Give me but permission to--" + +"What wouldst thou do, good Aztotl?" + +"Surround the Sun Children with their loyal body-guard and defend +them, while one brave might strike blow, or hold shield in front +of their sacred charge," slowly yet fiercely declared the +captain, eyes telling how dearly he longed to receive that +permission. + +But Victo shook her head in slow negation. She was still cool of +brain enough to realise how fatal such course would be in the +end. If one deadly blow should be dealt, the end could be but +one,--annihilation to both defended and defenders. + +Then, too, she recalled the wondrous tidings brought the evening +before by Ixtli and his comrade. Friends were seeking to rescue +them, and if only time might be won--it must be played for, then! + +And so, his petition finally denied, with no other course left +open to take, the Red Heron summoned his picked band and, with +the Sun Children in their midst, left the temple, crossed the +plain, and slowly marched into the War God's teocalli. + +In awed silence a vast number of Aztecs followed that little +procession, silent as they, yet clearly anticipating events of +far more than ordinary importance. And thus the foredoomed women +were taken before the great stone of sacrifice, whereupon lay a +snow-white lamb, bound past the possibility of struggling. + +Close beside the prepared sacrifice stood the head priest, +Tlacopa, robed for the awesome ceremony, sacrificial knife in +hand, temples crowned as customs dictated, eyes blazing as +vividly as they might if backed by living fire. + +Not far distant stood Huatzin, head bandaged and face none the +better looking for his floundering fall when his sash gave way +the evening before. And as he caught the passing gaze of the +woman whom he had so basely persecuted, a repulsive smile showed +itself, the grin of a veritable fiend in human guise. + +Sternly cold, and outwardly unmoved, the captain of guards +performed his sworn duty, then in grim silence awaited the end. +And in like manner each man of that carefully selected band +rested upon his arms. + +A brief pause, during which the utter silence grew actually +oppressive, then the head priest lifted a hand as though +commanding full attention before he should speak. + +Then, in tones which were by no means loud, yet which were +modulated so as to fill that expanse most perfectly, Tlacopa +recited the grave accusations brought against the false children +of the mighty Sun God. + +To their evil influence he attributed the comparative failure of +crops which had now cursed their fair people throughout the past +years. Unto them, he claimed, belonged the evil credit of many +untimely deaths which had covered so many proud heads with the +ashes of mourning and of despair. To their door might be traced +all of misfortune with which the favourite children of the mighty +gods had been so sorely afflicted. + +In proud silence Victo listened to this deliberate arraignment, +not deigning to interpose denial, or offer plea in self-defence, +until the paba was clearly at an end. And even then she gazed +upon Tlacopa with eyes of scorn, and lips which curled with +contempt. + +A low murmur from the eager crowd told how anxious they were to +hear more, and, taking her cue from that, Victo made a graceful +motion with her white hand, following it by words that sounded +rarely sweet in their deep mellowness, after the harsh, dry notes +of the paba. + +"Who dares to bring such base charges against the Daughters of +Quetzal'? Who are our accusers, head priest?" + +Did Tlacopa shrink from that queenly presence? If so, 'twas but +another cunning device intended to pave the way to complete +success; to catch the fickle fancy of his audience by rendering +his retort all the more effective. + +"Who dares accuse us of wrong-doing?" again demanded the +Amazonian mother, speaking for her child as well, around whose +waist her left arm was clinging as a needed support. + +"The Mother of all the gods!" forcibly replied the priest, now +casting aside all presence of timidity, and gazing into that +proud face with eyes which were filled with fire of hatred and +jealousy. "The all-powerful Centeotl hath made known the awful +truth through the lips of the infallible oracle, my children! +She hath declared that no smiles shall be turned towards the +children of Anahuac so long as false prophets disgrace this great +city! She hath demanded the sacrifice--" + +"Who can bear witness to any such demand?" sternly interposed the +captain of the body-guard, unable to listen longer in silence. + +Tlacopa flashed an evil look his way, but from the audience +issued another murmur, rising louder until it took upon itself +the shape of words, demanding indubitable proof that the oracle +had indeed spoken thus. And, no longer daring to rely upon his +own authority, Tlacopa turned to the sacrificial stone whereupon +lay the helpless lamb, bowing knee and lifting face as he volubly +repeated the customary invocation; just then it appeared far more +nearly an incantation. + +Having thus complied with all the requirements of his office, the +paba first kissed his blade of sacrifice, then seized the lamb +and turned it upon its back, one hand holding it helpless while +with the other he ripped the poor beast wide from throat to tail, +then, making a swift cross-slash, laid bare the cavity and +exposed the quivering heart. + +Dropping his knife, Tlacopa grasped this vital organ, fiercely +tearing it away, drawing back where all might see as be lifted +the heart on high for inspection. + +One brief look appeared to satisfy his needs, for he gave a +fierce shout as he hurled the bleeding heart towards the accused, +then cried: + +"An omen! An omen! The Mother of the Gods claims her victims!" + + + +CHAPTER XXIX. +BENEATH THE SACRIFICIAL STONE. + +Contrary to the expectations of Ixtli escape by way of the War +God's temple was barred throughout the remainder of that eventful +night. Tlacopa, the head priest, together with a number of his +acolytes, varying as to force, yet ever too powerful for any two +men to force a passage contrary to the will of their leader, +remained on duty each and every hour. And hence it came to pass +that those early hours found our fugitives still beneath the +temple, worn through loss of sleep and stress of anxiety, yet +firmly resolved not to permit that intended outrage without at +least striking one fair blow for the Children of the Sun. + +Slowly enough the time passed, yet it could hardly be called +monotonous. Whenever wearied of their darksome waiting, the +young men would steal again into the hollow image of Huitzil', +there to utilise the cunningly arranged peepholes, now looking +out upon the priests, or listening to catch such words as fell +from the lips of those nearest the stone of sacrifice. + +In this manner Ixtli contrived to pick up quite a little fund of +information, mainly through the confidences reposed in a certain +favoured few of the brotherhood by the chief paba. And this, in +turn, filtered through his lips after the chums once again +retreated to the lower regions for both safety and comfort. + +And then Bruno learned how the adventurous young Aztec, far less +superstitious than the vast majority of his people, thanks to the +kindly teaching of Victo, Child of Quetzal', had in his +explorations discovered so many secrets of the temple and +priesthood, secrets which he now had no scruple in communicating +to another of a different race. + +Ixtli told how, on various occasions, he had lurked behind the +scenes while the miraculous "oracle" was delivering fiat or +prophecy, and then he told his white brother how Tlacopa meant to +completely confound the Children of the Sun when once brought +before the gods. + +"He tell slave what say. Slave come dis way. Hide in War God. +Wait for time, den tell Tlacopa's words!" + +A most infernal scheme, yet the danger of which Bruno could +readily recognise, together with the serious difficulty of +refuting any such supernatural evidence. + +"Surely your people will not suffer a few dirty curs to do such +horrible wrong to ladies like--Why, Ixtli, even the gods you +fellows bow the knee to in worship, ought to rise up in their +defence!" + +But Ixtli merely sighed, then spoke in sad tones, explaining how +he alone had been taken wholly into the confidence of the Sun +Children. Even the captain of their guards knew Victo and Glady +as but descendants of the great Fair God whom the audacious +trickery of a rival sent far away from the land of his favoured +people, to find an abiding-place in the sun itself. + +"He good brave. He die for dem,--easy! But he not know all. He +think drop from sun, to lead people back to light. If think not +so, dat make face turn black; dat make mad come--great big!" + +As was ever the case when his feeling seemed deeply stirred, +Ixtli found it difficult to fully or fairly explain his +sentiments; but Bruno caught sufficient of his meaning to give a +fair guess at the rest. + +He found a ray of hope in the belief that Aztotl at least would +defend the Children of the Sun, and Ixtli predicted with apparent +confidence that the members of the body-guard would stand firm +under the Red Heron's leadership. + +Keeping thus upon the alert throughout the remainder of that +night, the young men were able to take prompt action when the +crisis drew nigh. + +Ixtli caught the first inkling of what was coming, and hastily +sent Bruno away from the peepholes, dropping a word in his ear as +they both prepared for clean work. + +Through a secret entrance, shaped amidst the drapery which +surrounded the pedestal of the mighty Huitzil', a slave of the +temple crept to play the part of echo to Tlacopa's evil will; and +scarcely had he secured what was to be a place of waiting and +watching than the attack was made from out the darkness. + +Ixtli flung his tunic over the slave's head, twisting both ends +tightly about his throat, effectually smothering all attempt at +crying aloud for aid, while Bruno clasped arms about his middle, +holding hands powerless to strike or to draw weapon. + +A brief struggle, which produced scarcely any noise, certainly +not sufficient to reach the ears of priest or helper, then the +trembling, unnerved slave was bundled down that narrow passage, +to be dumped in a remote corner, and there effectually bound and +gagged by the young men. + +All this was performed without hitch or mishap, and then, nerved +to fighting pitch, Ixtli and Bruno went back beneath the stone of +sacrifice, resolved to play their part to the end in manful +fashion. + +There was no further fear of intrusion, for, of course, Tlacopa +would never think of endangering his own evil scheme by risking +an exposure such as would follow discovery of his slave-oracle. +As Ixtli truly said, such discovery would end in the paba's being +slain by his befooled people. + +Their patience was sorely tried, even then, though a goodly +portion of the blame belonged to their fears for the Sun +Children, rather than to the actual length of waiting. But then, +amidst the solemn invocations led by the high priest, the +body-guard marched into the Hall of Sacrifice, and Bruno caught +his breath sharply as he beheld--Gladys! Not her mother, just +then. For the first minute, only,--Gladys! + +Then came the bitter denunciation by Tlacopa, followed by the +coldly dignified words of Victo, after which the innocent lamb +yielded up its life in order that the future might be predicted +through the still quivering heart. + +With a fiercely exultant cry Tlacopa hurled the vital organ +towards the accused, it striking the mother upon an arm, then +glancing further to leave an ugly smear upon the daughter's +shoulder ere falling among the eager multitude, who fought and +struggled to secure at least a morsel of the hideous thing. + +"Behold! the gods hath marked their own!" cried the high priest, +his harsh tones fairly filling the Hall of Sacrifice. "They are +guilty of all crimes laid at their door. They merit death, a +thousandfold. The Mother of Gods hath spoken!" + +"To whom but thou, Tlacopa?" sternly cried the captain of the +guards, as he stood firm in spite of the ominous sounds which +were rising from the rear, as well as from either side. + +"She hath spoken unto me, as her worthy representative on earth." + +"And there are those who say much religion hath turned thy brain, +good Tlacopa," retorted Aztotl, holding his temper fairly well +under control, yet with blazing eyes and stiffening sinews. "Are +thy ears alone to receive such important communications as--" + +"Silence, thou scoffer!" fiercely cried the high priest, lifting +quivering hands on high as though about to call down the thunders +of an outraged deity upon that impious head. "She who hath +spoken once may deign to speak again. Harken,--hear the oracle!" + +Doubtless this was cue for the slave of the temple to repeat the +words placed within its mouth, but that slave was literally +unable to speak a word for himself, let alone others. Yet,--the +oracle was not wholly silenced! + +"Talk out, or I will!" fiercely muttered Bruno, giving Ixtli a +violent punch in the side. "talk out for the Sun Children!" + +The young Aztec needed no further prompting, loving Victo and +Glady as he did, hating and despising the high priest. And in +shrill, clear tones came the wondrous oracle: + +"Tlacopa lies! Tlacopa is an evil dog! The Mother of the Gods +loves and will defend her friends, the Children of the great and +good Quetzal'." + +How much more Ixtli might have said, had he been granted further +grace, will never be known. Tlacopa shrank away from the +speaking statue as from a living death, but then he rallied, +savagely thundering: + +" 'Tis a lying oracle! 'Tis an evil impostor who has--An omen! +A true omen, my children! The evil ones hath been branded for +the knife! Seize them! To the sacrifice!" + +That vicious cry was swiftly taken up, but the body-guard closed +in around the menaced women, presenting arms to all that maddened +horde, while their captain sternly warned all good people to fall +aside and make way for the Children of the Sun. + +Then that secret entrance was flung wide, permitting two excited +young men to issue, Tlacopa reeling aside from a blow dealt him +by Bruno's clenched fist, as that worthy hastened to join forces +with the body-guard. + + + +CHAPTER XXX. +AGAINST OVERWHELMING ODDS. + +This double appearance--for Ixtli kept fair pace with his +hot-headed white brother--caused no little stir, and added +considerable to the partial bewilderment which had fallen over +that audience. + +Prince Hua shouted forth savage threats, but he, as well as the +paba, was fairly demoralised for the moment by the totally +unexpected failure of their carefully laid schemes. + +Seeing his chance, Aztotl bade his men escort the Sun Children +from the Hall of Sacrifice back to their own abiding-place, +barely noticing his son, and paying no heed at all to the +disguised paleface. + +With spears ready for stroke or parry as occasion might demand, +the guard faced about and slowly moved away from the great stone +of sacrifice, rigid of face, cool of nerve, ready to die if must +be, yet never once thinking of disobedience to orders, or of +playing cur to save life. + +Almost involuntarily the crowd parted before that measured +advance, giving way until a fair pathway lay open, along which +the body-guard moved with neither haste nor hesitation, outwardly +ignorant of the fact that ugly cries and dangerous gestures were +coming thicker and faster their way. + +Scores of other voices caught up the fierce cry given by the head +priest, and now the temple was ringing throughout with demands +that the false Sun Children should pay full penalty, should be +haled to the sacrificial stone, there to purge themselves without +further delay! + +Others showed an inclination to favour the descendants of +Quetzal', and thus the widely conflicting shouts and cries formed +a medley which was fairly deafening. + +For one of his fierce temper the Red Heron showed a marvellous +coolness throughout that perilous retreat, and never more than +during the first few seconds. Then a single injudicious word or +too hasty movement might easily have precipitated a fight, where +the vast audience would surely have brought disaster, whether the +majority so willed or not. + +Holding his men well in hand, moving only as rapidly as prudence +justified, yet losing neither time nor ground, where both were of +such vital importance; Aztotl forced a passage from the great +Hall of Sacrifice down to the level, then out into the open air, +where one could see and fight if needs be. + +Through all this, Bruno Gillespie held the position he had taken, +one hand gripping tightly his maquahuitl, but placing his main +dependence upon the revolver which nestled conveniently within +the folds of his sash, one nervous forefinger touching the curved +trigger. + +He could not help seeing that the danger was great. He felt +certain that they could not retreat much farther without coming +to blows, when the odds would be overwhelmingly against them. +Yet never for an instant did he regret having taken such a +decided step; not for one moment did he give thought to himself. + +Almost within reach of his hand, if extended at the length of his +arm, moved the fair maiden whose face and form had made so deep +an impression upon his mind and his heart. She was in peril. +She needed aid. That was enough! + +Then the briefly stunned Tlacopa rushed forth from his desecrated +temple, wildly flourishing his arms, furiously denouncing both +the Sun Children and their body-guard, thundering forth the +curses of all the gods upon the heads of those who refrained from +arresting the evil ones. + +"The mighty Mother of Gods calls for her own! Seize them! +Strike down the impious dogs who dare attempt to defraud our +Mother! Seize them! To the sacrifice--to the sacrifice!" + +Equally loud of voice, the Prince Hua came leaping down to the +sandy level, urging his people to the assault, offering almost +fabulous sums as reward for the brave Aztec whose arm should lay +yonder traitorous Red Heron prone in the dust. + +The crisis came, and the dogs of war were let loose. + +An arrow whizzed narrowly past the feathered helmet worn by the +captain of the guards. A stone came humming out of sling, to be +deftly dashed aside by Aztotl's shield ere it could fairly smite +that gold-crowned head as, outwardly calm and composed, Victo +aided her trembling daughter on towards the Temple of the Sun +God, where alone they might look for safety. + +But would it be found even there? + +No! For, at savage howl from lips of the high priest, a strong +force of armed redskins took up position at the teocalli, +blocking each one of the four flights of stone steps in order to +intercept the body-guard, while still closer pressed the yelling, +screeching, frantic heathen of both sexes and all ages. + +Aztotl saw how he had been flanked, but made no sign, even while +slightly turning course for another temple at less distance, a +single word being sufficient to post his true-hearts. + +So far not a single blow had been struck by the retreating party, +although great provocation had been given them. More than one of +their number was bleeding, yet all were afoot, and still capable +of holding ranks. Then-- + +Bravest of the brave, a man among men in spite of his tender +years, Ixtli laid down his life in defence of his idolised Victo. + +From one of that maddened rabble came a heavy stone, flung with +all the power of a sinewy arm and great sling. Smitten fairly +between the eyes, the poor lad's skull was crushed, as a giant +hand might mash an eggshell. + +One gasping sigh, then the lad sunk to earth, dead ere he could +fairly measure his length thereupon. + +For a single instant Aztotl seemed as one stupefied, but then an +awful uproar burst from his labouring lungs, and he hurled his +heavy javelin full at yonder murderer, winging it with a father's +curses. + +Swift flew the dart, but fully as quickly sank that varlet, the +head of the spear scraping his skull, to pass on and smite with +death one even more evil, if that might be. + +Full in the throat Tlacopa was stricken, the broad blade of +copper tearing a passage through, and the shaft following after +for the greater portion of its length. Unable to scream, though +his visage was hideously distorted by mingled fear and agony, the +high priest caught the wood in both hands, even as he reeled to +partly turn, then fall upon his face, dead,--thrice dead! + +With a wild thrill of grief and horror, Bruno Gillespie saw his +red brother reel in cruel death, and, for the moment heedless of +his own peril, which surely was doubled thereby, he sprang that +way, to stoop and catch that quivering shape in his eager hands. + +Too late, save to show his comradeship. That heavy stone had +only too surely performed its grim mission. Dead! Poor lad: +dead, while seeking to save another! + +With a fierce cry of angry mourning, Bruno lifted the mutilated +corpse in his arms, trying to toss it over a shoulder, to bear +away from risk of trampling under the heedless feet of the +yelling heathen; but it was not to be. Another stone smote his +arm near the elbow, breaking no bone, yet so benumbing the member +as to temporarily disable it, causing that precious burden to +drop to earth once more. + +Then came an awful outcry from the people, whom the sight of +their high-priest reeling in death had, for a few fleeting +seconds, fairly stupefied. Cries which meant much to the living, +and before which even that band of true-hearts receded with +slightly quickened pace. + +With the others fell back Bruno, leaving his hand-wood lying +beside the lifeless corpse of his redskinned brother-at-heart, +but drawing forth the weapon which he knew so much better how to +use. + +The fierce lust of vengeance now seized upon him, heart and +brain. He shouted forth grim defiance to that howling crew, and +as the deadly missiles came in thickening clouds, carrying death +and wounds to the bodyguard of the Sun Children, he opened fire, +shooting to kill. + +Entirely without firearms themselves, and in all probability +ignorant of such an instrument of destruction, this might have +produced a far more beneficial result under other circumstances. +As it was now, few, if any, took heed of what they could not hear +above that awful tumult, and those who felt the boring lead never +rose up to give their testimony. + +Closer crowded the superstition-ridden heathen, showering +missiles of all descriptions upon the body-guard, confounding all +with the one to whose javelin their head priest owed his +death,--only to recoil once more, in fierce awe, as another +victim of high rank paid forfeit his life for the death of Ixtli, +sole offspring of Aztotl, the Red Heron. + + + +CHAPTER XXXI. +DEFENDING THE SUN CHILDREN. + +Louder than ever rose the voice of Lord Hua, after witnessing the +fall of his ally, the high priest. In spite of the great odds +against the body-guards, he began to fear lest his intended prey +should even yet slip through his evil clutches. + +Fiercer than ever rang forth his curses and imprecations upon the +head of the Aztec who thus dared the vengeance of all the gods by +lifting hand in arms against the anointed. + +And then, his own nerve strung by those very efforts to inspire +others, Lord Hua forged nearer the front, eager to behold all his +hated enemies crushed to earth as by a single stroke. And then-- + +With vicious force he hurled his javelin straight for the white +throat of the Sun Child who had scorned his fawning advances, and +only the ever ready eye, the true hand, the strong arm of Aztotl +again warded off grim death from the Fair God's Child. + +Caught upon that trusty shield one instant, the next turned +towards its original owner, to quiver for the barest fraction of +time in that vengeful grip, then, gloriously true to the hero's +will and intent, sped that javelin home. + +Home to the false heart of false prince; grinding through skin +and flesh and bones, cleaving that hot organ with broad blade of +tempered copper, forcing one vicious screech from those tortured +lungs, then causing that bulk to measure its length upon the +blood-sprinkled sands. + +Once again the heathen involuntarily recoiled, as death claimed a +high victim. Once more the band of true-hearts slightly +quickened their pace towards the temple, now nigh at hand. Yet +those lessened numbers never once betrayed fear, or doubt, or +faltering. Grimly true to their trust, they fell back in the best +of order, fighting as they moved, beating back the heathen hosts, +as though each man was a god, and their strong arms a wall of +steel. + +Here and there a true-heart sank to earth with the hand of death +veiling his eyes, but he died in silence; no cry of fear, no moan +of pain, no pitiful appeal for mercy at the hands of his maddened +people. They knew their sworn duty, and like true hearts they +trod that narrow path unto the very end. + +Although with gradually lessening numbers, the body-guard +remained practically the same. Still in a hollow square, with +the Children of the Sun God in the centre, they slowly, doggedly +fell back, ever facing the ravening foe, ever moving shoulder to +shoulder as a single man. + +Then, just as Bruno Gillespie was refilling his emptied revolver, +the base of the tall pyramidal temple was won, and still +protecting their fair-haired charge, the body-guard ascended to +the second terrace, beating back such of the wild rabble as +pressed them too closely. + +Again that wonderful barking-death came into play, and Bruno felt +a strangely savage joy gnawing at his heart as he saw more than +one stalwart warrior reel dizzily back from his hot hail. + +"For Ixtli, you curs! That for Ixtli! Down,--and eat dirt, +dogs!" + +Scarcely could his own ears catch those sounds, although he +shouted with the full power of his strong young lungs, so +indescribably horrid was the din and tumult. + +Up another flight of steps, then yet another, although the crazed +rabble was not pressing them so very hard, just now. Still, +their number forbade a fourfold division as yet, and Aztotl +feared lest the blood-ravening mob attempt to head off their +flight by taking possession of the other stairs, thus being first +to occupy yonder flat arena high above the earth, whereupon he +hoped to still protect the Sun Children, even though he must lay +down his life to maintain their lease. + +Lacking an acknowledged leader, the furious mass thought only of +crushing the faithful band by mere weight of numbers, taking no +thought in advance, else the end might well have been +precipitated. + +Arrows, spears, javelins, stones from slings, poured upon the +body-guard in almost countless numbers, now and then claiming a +true-heart as victim, whereupon the rabble howled afresh in +drunken triumph; but where a single man died in the performance +of his oath-bound duty, half a score heathen bit the dust and +grovelled out his remnant of life yonder where most viciously +trampled the feet of his fellow brutes. + +Pausing barely long enough to beat back the crazed rush which +came so close upon their retreat, the band of brothers would then +slowly, doggedly fall back another of those mighty steps, with +bared teeth and blazing eyes, longing to end all by one joyous +plunge into the thick of their assailants, dying with their +chosen dead! + +Five separate times that upward flight, and five times the grim +pause to give death another portion of his red feast. Five times +the blood-lapping mob dashed against the band of brothers. Five +times they were hurled back, leaving more dead and dying there to +mark the savage struggle. + +And then, sadly decimated at each halt, less in numbers as they +passed farther from earth to climb nearer the blue sky, the +survivors won the crest of the teocalli, still fighting, still +beating back such as followed their steps more closely. + +Ere that brilliant retreat began, 'twould have taken close ranks +for the body-guard to find standing-room upon the temple-top; but +now--Aztotl called for a division of his force, since there were +four separate avenues of approach, of which the enemy was prompt +to avail itself. + +"For the Sun Children, my brothers!" he cried, his voice rising +even above that awful tumult and turmoil. "Guard them with your +lives!" + +Little need to waste breath in so adjuring. Of all thus +enlisted, not one of the true-hearts but proved worthy the trust. + +Not one brave who took care for his own life. Not one but was +ready to die in order to save; and thus far not a single wound +had won so far as either Child of the Fair God. + +Even now while the heathen were raging more viciously than ever, +crowding each terrace and jamming each flight of steps to the +verge of suffocation, strong arms were shielding them, true +hearts were thinking how best they might be served. + +Time and again Aztotl warded away winged death as it sought to +claim Victo for its prey. And Bruno Gillespie, no whit less +brave if somewhat lacking in warlike experience, made Gladys his +especial care, sending shot or dealing knife-thrust in her +defence, barely giving thought to his own safety as a side issue. + +Those broad terraces bore ugly pools and irregular patches of red +blood. The various flights of stone steps grew slippery and +uncertain as they likewise began to steam. Yet forward and +upward pressed the howling mob, and desperately fought the doomed +body-guard above. + +Faster fly the deadly missiles, too many by far for even the +keenest eye to guard against them all. One and another of those +gallant defenders drop away; only because death had claimed them, +not because of fear or of bodily anguish. + +Aztotl staggers,--an arrow is quivering in his broad bosom,--but +still he fights on, dealing death with each blow of his +blood-dripping hand-wood. A stone lays open his brow,--but +heavier and faster plays his terrible weapon. A javelin flashes +briefly, then the red copper vanishes from sight, while the ashen +shaft slowly dyes crimson, as the hot life-blood issues. + +A last, dying stroke, and the Red Heron sinks at the feet of his +adoration, faithful unto the last, his brave soul going forth to +join with that of Ixtli; the last of a gallant family. + +Victo gives a wild cry of vengeance, then snatches up bow and +quiver where let fall by a death-smitten warrior, and wings swift +death to the slayer of her captain of the guard. + +An awful melee, where the odds were momentarily increasing; where +one man was forced to do the work of a score; where death +inevitable awaited all, unless a miracle should intervene. And +that miracle-- + +Shrilly rang forth the voice of Victoria Edgecombe as, amidst the +fury of battle, she caught sight of the air-ship swiftly darting +that way through the clear atmosphere, bent on saving, if saving +might be. + +The peculiar sound which attended the exploding of a dynamite +cartridge heralded the death of more than one Aztec, and, as the +swift rattle of revolvers added to the uproar, there was an +involuntary recoiling, a terrified shrinking, which was employed +to the best advantage by the air-voyagers. + +The aerostat barely landed upon the top of the temple, before +Cooper Edgecombe, with a wild scream of ecstatic joy, caught his +wife in his arms and hurried her into the car, while Waldo and +uncle Phaeton aided Bruno. + + + +CHAPTER XXXII. +ADIEU TO THE LOST CITY. + +And Bruno clung fast to the half-swooning maiden, so that two in +place of one had to be assisted by uncle and nephew! + +Barely a score of seconds thus employed, then the gallant +air-ship responded to the touch of master-hand, and floated away +from the bloody temple-top with its increased burden, even as the +last survivor of the Sun Children's body-guard sank down in +death. + +A brief stupor came over the amazed heathen at sight of this +awful air-devil from whose sides spat forth invisible death; but +then, as they divined at least a portion of the truth, as they +saw their longed-for victims thus borne bodily away, a revulsion +came, and, amid the most hideous howls and screeches, missiles +flew towards the air-ship, menacing sudden death to all therein. + +But fate would not have it thus, and, under the guidance of that +master-hand, the aeromotor flew higher and farther, quickly +leaving behind all peril from javelins, darts, arrows, or stones +from slings. And but one of their number had suffered aught: +Bruno lay as one dead, blood flowing from a stone-gash over an +eye, but with one hand still gripping the butt of an empty +pistol; his other arm was--around the Sun Daughter's waist! + +And Gladys? First she shrunk back with a gasping cry of mingled +fear and grief; only to quickly recover and--did she kiss that +curiously spotted, streaked face? + +Waldo afterwards declared she certainly did, for that a moment +later he saw some of that moistened stain upon her quivering +lips; but Waldo was ever extravagantly fond of a jest, and it may +be--never mind! + +Not until the air-ship was safely past peril from yonder howling, +raving lunatics in bronze did Professor Featherwit give heed to +aught else, and by that time Victoria had left the ardent embrace +of her husband, to care for the elder Gillespie, whose +single-hearted devotion all through that bloody retreat and +bloodier struggle upon the temple had not wholly escaped her +notice. + +Under such tender ministrations, Bruno quickly revived, and, +after assuring himself that the Children of the Sun were alive +and unharmed, while the Lost City was now left far behind them, +he huskily begged uncle Phaeton to descend to earth, where he +might find water enough to remove what remained of that loathsome +disguise! + +But Professor Featherwit was far too shrewd a general to take any +unnecessary risks. His last glimpse of yonder valley showed him +hundreds of armed redskins rushing at top speed for the various +passes by which that circle of hills could be over-passed, and he +knew that chase would be made as long as the faintest ray of hope +lured the Aztecs on. + +Thus it came that no halt was made until the inland reservoir was +reached, where there could be no possible danger in making a +temporary landing. And then Bruno stole away in hot haste, both +to wash his person and to reclothe it in garments not quite so +ridiculous as he now felt that savage rig must appear. + +"Just as though the little woman wasn't used to see fit-outs like +that, old man," mocked Waldo, the irrepressible. "She'll go +scare at you in this rig; see if she doesn't, now!" + +Whether or no Gladys was actually frightened as Bruno made his +appearance, need not be decided here; but one fact remains: she +acted a vast deal shyer than when she saw her gallant defender +lying as if dead, with the red blood flowing over his face. + +Naturally enough, Cooper Edgecombe seemed fairly crazed by his +joy. After so many long years of hopeless grief and wistful +longing, to find his loved ones, safe and sound, far more +beautiful than of yore! Surely enough to turn the gravest of men +into a laughing, jesting, voluble lad! + +But throughout it all ran a vein of sadness and of mourning. +Neither Aztotl the noble, nor Ixtli the gallant, could so soon be +forgotten. And more than one pair of eyes grew dim, more than +one voice turned husky, as mention was made of both life and +death,--peace to their ashes! + + +Heavily burdened as the air-ship now was, it would be unwise to +add more, and so but a few minor articles were removed from the +cavern, which had for so long sheltered the exiled aeronaut, then +the lever was touched, and the vessel rose slowly into air, +making one leisurely circuit of the lake, in order to show the +Children of the Sun where their husband and father came so +perilously nigh to entering upon a subterranean voyage to the +far-away Pacific. And, luckily as it appeared, they were just +in time to see that "big suck" drag another huge tree down into +its ever hungry maw. + +Not until the shades of night again began to settle over the +earth did the professor permit another halt, but then many miles +lay between that Lost City of the Aztecs and their present +position, and, after selecting a pleasant spot for alighting, +preparations for their first al-fresco meal in company were +begun. + +That proved to be a pleasant meal, and yet a more pleasant +evening there in the wilderness,--the first, but by no means the +last, partaken of,--for, now they need no longer fear the +heathen, Professor Featherwit was eager to more thoroughly +explore that strange land. + +Still, the air-ship was inconveniently crowded, and that helped +to cut explorations short. Then, too, Cooper Edgecombe was +naturally eager to return to civilisation once more, especially +as he now had his heart's dearest desire, wife and daughter, each +peerless in her peculiar way. + +Thus it came to pass that the terra incognita was abandoned for +the time being, Professor Featherwit striking that wide path of +ruin which marked the course of the tornado, then sailing +leisurely towards the point of their initial departure, improving +the opportunity by giving a neat little lecture concerning +tornadoes in general, and that one in particular. + +"Which totally exploded so many absurd theories held up to date," +was his proud assertion; and then he went on to explain just how, +and why, and wherefore-- + + +Why dwell longer? The tale I set out to narrate is finished. +The unknown land has been penetrated, and at least a portion of +its marvels has been inspected; imperfectly, no doubt, but that +may be attributed to circumstances which were past control. + +And should the still curious reader ask, "Is it all true? Is +there actually such a place as the Lost City? And are the people +who live in that town really and truly the same race as once +inhabited Old Mexico?"--to all such, I can hardly do better than +this: there was a Territory of Washington. There is now a State +of Washington. Within that State may be found a range, or system +of mountains, known to the world as the Olympics. And within the +wide scope of country which lies nestling inside of that mountain +system may to this day be found-- + +But, after all, a little parable which Waldo Gillespie read to a +certain doubting Thomas, on the very evening of the day which +changed Gladys Edgecombe, spinster, into Mrs. Bruno Gillespie, +may better serve in this connection. + +"After all, I don't believe there is any such place or people," +declared Doubting Thomas, nodding his head vigorously. + +"Is that so?" mildly queried our good friend, Waldo. "Let me +give you a little pointer, old man. Once upon a time, a man by +the name of John Smith was being tried for stealing a fat hog. +The State brought three reputable witnesses to swear that they +actually saw the theft committed, while the best the defence +could offer was to declare that they could produce at least a +dozen honest citizens who would make oath to the fact that they +did not witness the crime. So--moral: + +"We six fairly honest people saw both the Lost City and its +inhabitants. Scores of equally reliable persons never saw +either. Which sort of evidence weighs the most, my good fellow?" + +Gentlemen of the jury, the verdict rests with you! + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg Etext of The Lost City, by Joseph E. Badger, Jr. + diff --git a/old/locty10.zip b/old/locty10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7cae9ce --- /dev/null +++ b/old/locty10.zip |